Nnrti? Glaraltna ^tuU This book was presented by Howard T. Shell S00696992 This book is due on the date indicated below and is subject to an overdue fine as posted at the Circulation Desk. ^SA^^-^'^TS^ MAY 0 9 1993 CYCLOPEDIA OF AMERICAN HORTICULTURE ^^^^ Plate X. Prominent American Horticulturists Cyclopedia of American Horticulture COMPRISING SUGGESTIONS FOR CULTIVATION OF HORTI- CULTURAL PLANTS, DESCRIPTIONS OF THE SPECIES OF FRUITS, VEGETABLES, FLOWERS AND ORNAMENTAL PLANTS SOLD IN THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA, TOGETHER WITH GEOGRAPHICAL AND BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCHES L. H. BAILEY Professor of Horticulture in Cornell Univer WILHELM MILLER, Ph.D. Associate Editor AND MANY EXPERT CULTIVATORS AND BOTANISTS 3Uu0tratfti bJitS iaDtiginal CEnfftafainss In Four Volumes Vol. II-E-M FIFTH EDITION J13etu gotfe THE MACMILLAN COMPANY LONDON: MACMILLAN & CO., Ltd. 1906 The rights of reproduction and of translation are strictly reserved Copyright, 1900 By the MACMILLAN COMPANY Set up and eleetrotyped, 1900 Printed June, 1900; reprinted March. 1901, January, 1903, and May. January. 1906 Bannt flrnaa«. Prr.B j. Horace McFarland Company Harrtsburg:, PeoDsylvania COLLABORATORS PAETIAL LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS TO TUE CYCLOPEDIA proofs and in other ways. Adams, Geo. E., Asst. Horticulturist, R. I. Exp. Sta., Kingston, E. I. [Rhode Island.) *Ames, Oakes, Asst. Dir. Botanic Garden, and Instructor in Botany in Harvard Univ., Cam- bridge, Mass. {Several genera of Orchids.) *Archdeacon & Co., Commission merchants, New York, N. Y. {Mushroom.) Arnold, Jr., Geo., Florist, Rochester, N. Y. {China Aster.) Arthur, Prof. J. C, Purdue Univ., Lafayette, Ind. {Physiology of Plants.) *Atkinson, Geo. F., Prof, of Botany, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. {Mushroom.) Balmer, Prof. J. A., Horticulturist, Wash. Exp. Sta., Pullman, Wash. ( TTashitigton.) ♦Barclay, F. W., Gardener, Haverford, Pa. {Her- baceous Perennials, Aster, Eryngiiim, etc.) *Barnes, Charles R., Prof, of Plant Physiology, Univ. of Chicago, Chicago, 111. {Fertilization-. Flower.) *Barnes, William H., Secretary Kans.Hort. Soc, Topeka, Kans. (Kansas. ) *Bayersdorfer, H., Dealer in florists' supplies, Philadelphia, Pa. {Everlasting floicers.) Beach, Prof. S. A., Horticulturist, N. Y. Exp. Sta., Geneva, N. Y. {Corn. Thinning.) Beadle, C. D., Botanist and horticulturist, Bilt- more, N. C. {Bamboo.) *Beal, Prof. W. J., Mich. Agric. College, Agri- cultural College, Mich. ( Grass. Has read proofs of many genera of grasses.) Beckert, Theo. F., Florist, Allegheny City, Pa. {Bougainvillwa.) *Berckmans, p. J., Pomologist and nurseryman, Augusta, Ga. {Lawns for the South. Mag- nolia. Melia. Michelia. Has read proof of many groups of importance in the South. ) *Blair, Prof. J. C, Horticulturist, 111. Exp. Sta., Champaign, 111. {Greenhouse Glass. Illinois.) *Brandegee, Mrs. Katharine, Botanist, editor of Zo6, San Diego, Calif. {Mammillaria, Melo- cactus, and other cacti.) *Bruckner, Nichol N., Dreer's Nursery, River- ton, N. J. {Tlie article ^' Ferns." Many groups of tender ferns. ) to the second volume. Many of the contributors have also assisted in reading BuFEUM, Prof. B. C, Ilortieulturist, Wyo. Exp. Sta., Laramie, Wyo. {Wyoming.) *BuRNETTE, Prof. F. H., Horticulturist, La. Exp, Sta., Baton Rouge, La. (Louisiana.) BuTZ, Prof. Geo. C, Asst. Horticulturist, Pa Exp. Sta., State College, Pa. {Carnation Pennsylvania .) *Cameron, Robert, Gardener, Botanic Garden of Harvard Univ. ( Various articles and much help on rare plants. Alpinia, Campanula, Ech inocactus, etc.) *Canning, Edward J., Gardener, Smith College Botanic Gardens, Northampton, Mass. (Many articles and much help on rare and difficult jilants. Anthnrium , Echinocactus, Epiphyllum Gloxinia, etc.) *Card, Prof. Fred W., Horticulturist, R. I. Exp Sta., Kingston, R. I. (Nebraska. Botany and culture of bush-fruits, as Amelanchiei- , Berberis Blackberry, BuffaloBerry, Ctirrant, Loganberry. *Clinkaberry, Henry T., Gardener, Trenton N J. (Certain orchids, as Lcelia.) Cook, O. F., Div. of Botany, Section of Seed and Plant Introduction, Dept. of Agric, Washing ton, D. C. (Coffee.) Corbett, Prof. L. C, Horticulturist, W. Va. Exp Sta., Morgantown, W. Va. { West Virginia.) *C0ULSTON, Mrs. M. B., Formerly assistant editoi of Garden and Forest, Ithaca, N. Y. (Mitchella. and some other native plants.) *CouLTER, John M., Professor and Head of the Dept. of Botany, Univ. of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois. (Echinocactus.) *CowEN, J. H., formerly Assistant in Horticulture, Colo. Exp. Sta., Ithaca, N. Y. (Certain Colo rado plants, as Lejmchys, Leucocrinum.) *Craig, Prof. John, Horticulturist, la. Exp. Sta., Ames, la. (Canada. Gooseberry. Kale. Kohl rabi. ) Craig, Robert, Florist, Philadelphia, Pa. (Arau caria. Ardisia. Codimum.) *Craig, W. N., Gardener, North Easton, Mass (Mushroom. ) Crandall, Prof. C. S., Horticulturist, Colo. Exp Sta., Fort Collins, Colo. (Colorado.) (V) COLLABORATORS *CusHMAN, B. H., Gladiolus specialist, Euclid, Ohio. (Gladiolus.) "Darlington, H. D., Wholesale florist, specialist in heaths and hard-wooded plants. (Epacris. Lep tospermum . Has read proof of many articles on hard -wooded plants.) *Davis, K. C, Science teacher, Ithaca, N. Y. ( Genera in Ranunculacec^ . ] *DAvy, J. BuRTT, Asst. Botanist, Univ. of Calif. Exp. Sta., Berkeley, Calif. {Acacia. Euca- lyptus. Maytenus. Myrtacew.) *Deane, Walter, Botanist, Cambridge, Mass. (Herbarium. Has helped on various botanical problems.) *Dewet, Lystkr H., Div. of Botany, Dept. of Agric, Washington, D. C. (Mentha.) DoRNER, Fred, Carnation specialist, Lafayette Ind. [Varnation.) DoRSETTjP.H., Associate Physiologist andPatholo gist, Dept. of Agric, Washington, D.C. ( Violet.) *DouGLAS, Thos. H., of R. Douglas & Sons, nur- serymen and specialists in conifers, Waukegan, 111. (inn>.) DuGGAR, B. M. , Asst. Cryptogamio Botanist, Cor- nell Exp. Sta., Ithaca, N. Y. [Pollen.) *DuNNiNG, D. M., Amateur, Auburn, N. Y. ( Grapes under Glass.) *DuPUY, Louis, Wholesale florist and specialist in hard- wooded plants. College Point, L. I. {Erica. Has read other articles on heath-like plants.) Earle, Prof. F. S., Horticulturist, Ala. Poly- technic Institute, Auburn, Ala. {Alabama. ) Earle, Parker, Horticulturist, Roswell, N. M. {Neio Mexico.) *Egan, W. C, Amateur, Highland Park, III. {Eremurus. Has helped on hardy 2>lanls.) EiSELE, J. D., Foreman Dreer's Nursery, River- ton, N. J. {Cordyline. ) Elliott, William H., Florist, Brighton, Mass. (Asparagus plumosus. ) *Emert, S. M., Director Mont. Exp. Sta., Boze- man, Mont. (Montana.) *Endicott, John, Bulb-grower, Canton, Mass. (Littonia. ) *Endicott, W. E., Teacher, Canton, Mass. {Achim- enes. Acidanthera. Ixia. Has made important corrections in many articles on bulbs.) Evans, Walter H., Office of Exp. Stations, Dept. of Agric, Washington, D. C. (Alaska.) *Fawcett, Wm., Dir. Dept. Public Gardens and Plantations, Kingston, Jamaica. (Tropical fruits, as Cherimoya, Marmalade Plum, Egg Fruit, Mango, Mangosteen, Xutmeg ) *Fernow, Prof. B. E., Dir. College of Forestry, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. (Conifers. For- estry. ) FiNLATSON, Kenneth, Gardener, Brookline, Mass. (Diosma.) *Fletcher, S. W., Horticulturist, Ithaca, N. Y. {Ipomwa and other Cotivolvulacece . Helianthus and related genera.) *Franceschi, Dr. F., Manager S. Calif. Acclima- tizing Ass'n, Santa Barbara, Calif. {Rare plants of S. Calif., as Dasylirion, Flacourtia, Fouquiera, Furcrcra, Hazardia, etc. Has read many proofs and made numerous corrections. ) *GALLowAr, B. T., Chief Div. Veg. Phys. and Path., Dept. of Agric, Washington, D. C. {Floricul- ture. Has read articles on fungi.) *Garfield, C. W., Horticulturist, Grand Rapids, Mich. (Michigan.) *Gerard, J. N., Amateur, Elizabeth, N. J. {Many articles, especially on bulbous plants, as Crocus, Iris, Muscari, Narcissus.) *Gillett, Edward, Nurseryman, Southwick, Mass. {Hardy Ferns. Liparis. Has read numerous proofs on native plants .) GoFF, Prof.E. S., Horticulturist, Wis. Exp. Sta., Madison, Wis. ( Wisconsin. ) Gould, H. P., Asst. Entomologist and Horticul- turist, Md. Exp. Sta., College Park, Md. (Brussels Sprouts. Celeriac.) *Green, Prof. S. B., Horticulturist, Minnesota Exp. Sta., St. Anthony Park, Minn. {Minnesota.) *Green, Wm. J., Horticulturist, Ohio Exp. Sta., Wooster, Ohio. (Ohio. Greenhouse sub-irriga- tion.) *Greenlee, Miss Lennie, Bulb-grower, Garden City,N.C. {Ixia.) *Greiner, T., Specialist in vegetables. La Salle, N. Y. { Garden vegetables, as Artichoke, Aspara- gus, Bean, Cress, Corn Salad, Kohlrabi, Lettuce.) *GREy, Robert M., Gardener, North Easton, Mass. {Numerous important orchid groups, as Cypripe- dium, Epidendrum, Lycaste, Maxillaria, Masde- vallia.) *Grofp, H. H., Gladiolus specialist, Simeoe, Ont. (Gladiolus.) Gurnet, James, Gardener, Mo. Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Mo. (Cacti.) Hale, J. H., Nurseryman and pomologist, South Glastonbury, Conn. (Connecticut.) *Halsted, Prof. B. D., Rutgers College, New Brunswick, N. J. {Diseases. Fungus.) *Hansen, Geo., Landscape architect and botanist, Berkeley, Calif. (Ejndendrum.) Hansen, Prof. N. E., Horticulturist, S. Dak. Exp. Sta., Brookings, S. Dak. {South Dakota.) *Harris, F. L., Gardener, Wellesley, Mass. (Lis- ianthus. Medinilln.) *Harris, AV., Acting Dir., Dept. Public Gardens and Plantations, Kingston, Jamaica. (Mammee Apple and some other trojjical fruits.) COLLABORATORS •Harris, W. K., Florist, Philadelphia, Pa. [Ficus ehistica. Help on Lilium Harrisii.) *Hasselbring, Heinrich, Asst. in Botany, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. (Iris and most orchids from Gongora to Masdevallia.) •Hastings, G. T., Asst. in Botany, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. {Some tropical plants , as Berria, BertlioUetia. A few grasses, as Bierochloe, Hol- eus, Hordeum.) •Hatfield, T. D., Gardener, Wellesley, Mass. {Numerotts and varied contributiotis, as Gesnera, Gloxinia, Laclienalia, Leca, Macrosamia.) •Hedrick, U. p., Asst. Prof, of Horticulture, Agri- cultural College, Mich. {Evaporation of Fruit.) •Henderson & Co., Peter, Seedsmen, 37 Cort- landt St.,New York, N.Y. {Bulbs. Eccremo- carpus.) •Hereington, a.. Gardener, Florham Farms, Madi- son, N. J. {Chrysanthemum coccineum. Solly- hock. ) •Hexamer, Dr. F. M., Editor American Agricul- turist, New York, N. Y. {Sereral biographical sketches, as Fuller, Sarris.) Hicks, G. H., late of Dept. of Agric, Washington, D. C. {Seed- testing.) •Hicks, Henry, Nurseryman, Westport, L. I. {Li- gustrum.) •HiGGiNS, J. E., Horticulturist and teacher, Hono- lulu, H. I. {Haicaiian Islands. ) Hill, E. G., Florist, Richmond, Ind. (Begonia.) •Hitchcock, A. S., Prof . of Botany, Kansas State Agric. College, Manhattan, Kans. (Most of the genera of grasses in the second volume.) •Hoopes, Josiah, Nurseryman, West Chester, Pa. (Hedges.) •Horsford, Fred. H., Nurseryman and specialist in Lilies, Charlotte, Vt. {Alpine Gardens. Lilium. Hasread proof of many articles on native plants. ) •HuNN, Charles E., Gardener, Cornell Exp. Sta., Ithaca, N. Y. (Forcing of Vegetables. Mign- onette.) •Huntley, Prof. F. A., Idaho Exp. Sta., Moscow, Idaho. (Idaho.) HuTCHiNS, Eev. W. T., Sweet Pea specialist, In- dian Orchard, Mass. (Sweet Pea.) •Irish, H. C, Horticulturist, Mo. Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Mo. (Capsicum. Lactuca.) Jackson & Perkins Co., Nurserymen and spe- cialists in Clematis, Newark, N. Y. (Clematis. ) •Jeffers, a.. Editor "Cornucopia," Norfolk, Va. (Kale.) Jordan, A. T.,Asst. Horticulturist, New Bruns- wick, N. J. (New Jersey.) •Kains, M. G., Div. of Botany, Dept. of Agric, Washington, D. C. (Minor vegetables, as Horse- Eadish. Herbs, as Hyssopus ; also Ginseng and Glycyrrhiza.) •Kearney, Jr., T. H., Div. of Botany, Dept. of Agric, Washington, D. C. (Three orchid gen- era, Grammangis, Grammatophyllum, Habena- ria.) •Keller, J.B., Florist, Boehester, N.Y. (Many groups of hardy herbaceous perennials. ArUele on ^^ Herbaceous Perennials.") •Kelsey, Harlan P., Landscape architect, Boston, Mass. {Xorth Carolina jtlants, as Galax and Leucotho'e. ) Kennedy, P. Beveridge, Horticulturist, Nev. Exp. Sta., Reno, Nev. (Many generaof grasses. Begonia.) •Kerr, J. W., Nurseryman, Denton, Md. (Mary- land.) KiFT, Robert, Florist, Philadelphia, Pa. (Cut- flowers.) Kinney, L. F., Horticulturist, Kingston, R. I. (Celery.) Lager & Hurrell, Orchid cultivators. Summit, N.J. (Cattleya.) Lake, Prof. E. R., Horticulturist, Ore. Exp. Sta., Corvallis, Ore. (Oregon.) •Landreth, Burnet, Seedsman, Philadelphia, Pa. (David Landreth.) •Lauman, G. N., Instructor in Horticulture, Cor- nell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. (Geranium. Impa- tiens. Pelargonium.) Lonsdale, Edwin, Florist, Chestnut Hill, Phila- delphia, Pa. (Conservatory.) •Lord & Burnham Co., Horticultural architects and builders, Irvington-on-Hudson, N. Y. (Greenhouse Construction.) LoTHROP & HiGGiNS, Dahlia specialists. East Bridgewater, Mass. (Dahlia ) •JIacPherson, James, Landscape gardener, Tren- ton, N. J. (Euphorbia. Has read proof of sev- eral orchid genera.) •Manning, J. Woodward, Horticultural expert and purchasing agent, Boston, Mass. (Pyre- thrum. Hardy herbs. Has read proof of many groups of herbaceous jierennials.) •Manning, Warren H., Landscape architect, Boston, Mass. (Article, "Herbaceous Peren- nials.") •Mason, Prof. S. C, Berea, Ky. (Labeling. Lay- ering.) •Massey, Prof. W. F., Horticulturist, N. C. Exp. Sta., Raleigh, N. C. (Figs. North Carolina.) Mathews, F. Schuyler, Artist, 2 Morley St., Boston, Mass. (Color.) •JIathews, Prof. C. W., Horticulturist, Ky. Exp. Sta., Lexington, Ky. (Kentucky.) •Mathews, Wm., Florist and orchid grower, Utiea, N. Y. (Various rare and important orchids, as Gongora, Grammatophyllum , lonopsis, Lima- todes, Miltonia.) COLLABORATORS *Matnard, Prof. S. T., Horticulturist, Mass. Hatch Exp. Sta., Amherst, Mass. (Massa- chusetts, ) McDowell, Prof. E. H., Reno, Nev. (Nevada.) McFarland, J. Horace, Horticultural printer and expert in photography, Harrisburg, Pa. (Border.) *McMiLLEN, Robert, Wholesale grower of migno- nette. Pearl River, N. Y. (Mignonette.) *Mc William, Geo., Gardener, Whitinsville, Mass. ,"' (Dipladenia. Luculia.) Mead, T. L., Horticulturist, Oviedo, Fla. (Cri- nuni. Has helped in, matters of extreme southern horticulture.) *3Ieehan, Joseph, Nurseryman, Germantown, Philadelphia, Pa. (Idesia.) *Meredith, a. P., Gardener, South Lancaster, Mass. (Bumea.) Moon, Samuel C, Nurseryman, Morrisville, Pa. (Trees for ornament.) *M0RRIS, O. M., Asst. Horticulturist, Okla. Exp. Sta., Stillwater, Okla. (Indian Territory. Oklahoma.) *MuNSON, T. v., Nurseryman and grape hybridist, Denison, Tex. ( Grape culturein the South.) *MuNSON, Prof. W. M., Horticulturist, Me. Exp. Sta., Orono, Me. (Maine.) Newell, A. J., Gardener, Wellesley, Mass. ( Certain orchids. ) *NoRTON, J. B. S., Botanical Assistant, Mo. Botan- ical Garden, St. Louis, Mo. (Euphorbiacew. Manihot. Several botanical puzzles, as Lithra:a.) Ogston, Colin, Gardener and orchid cultivator, Kimball Conservatories, Rochester, N. Y. (Dendrohium .) *Oliver, G. W., Gardener, U. S. Botanic Gardens, Washington, D. C. (Many articles on palms, aroids, succulents and rare plants, and much help on proofs. Alstrcemeria. Amaryllis.) Orpet, Edward O., Gardener, So. Lancaster, Mass. (Many articles. Border. Cyclamen. Dianthus, and certain orchids.) *Parsons, Jr., Samuel, Landscape architect. New York, N. Y. (Lawn.) Peacock, Lawrence K., Dahlia specialist, Ateo, N. J. (Dahlia.) Powell, Prof. G. Harold, Horticulturist, Del. Exp. Sta., Newark, Del. (Cherry. Delaivnre.) Price, Prof. R. H., Horticulturist, Tex. Exp. Sta., College Station, Tex. (Texas.) *PuRDy, Carl, Specialist in California bulbs, Ukiah, Calif. (California native plants, as Brodicea, Calochortus, Erythronium, Fritillaria.) Rane, Prof. F. W., Horticulturist, N. H. Exp. Sta., Durham, N. H. (Neio Hampshire.) *Rawson, Grove P., Florist, Elmira, N. Y. (Lan- tana.) *Rawson, W. W., Seedsman and market- gardener, Boston, Mass. (Cucumber. Lettuce.) *Reasoner, E. N., Nurseryman and horticulturist, Oneco, Fla. (Many articles, and much help on extreme southern horticulture. Ccesalpinia. Cocos. Guava. Kumquat. Lemon. Lime. Mango. ) *Rehder, Alfred, Specialist in hardy trees and shrubs, Jamaica Plain, Mass. (Botany and culture of most of the hardy trees and shrubs.) *ROBERTS, Prof. I. P., Dir. College of Agric, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. (Drainage. Fer- tility. Manure. Potato.) *RoLFS, Prof. P. H., Botanist, S. C. Exp. Sta., Clemson College, S. C. (Eggplant. Florida.) Rose, J. N., Asst. Curator, U. S. Nat. Herb., Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C. (Agave.) Rose, N. Jonsson, Landscape Gardener to New York City Parks, New York, N. Y. ( Various exotics. ) *R0TH, FiLiBERT, Asst. Prof. of Forestry, N. Y. State College of Forestry, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. (Fagus.) *RowLEE, Prof. W. W., Asst. Prof, of Botany, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N.Y. (Definitions. Lia- tris. Nymphwa. Salix.) Sargent, Prof. C. S., Dir. Arnold Arboretum, Jamaica Plain, Mass. (Abies.) *ScoTT, Wm., Florist, Buffalo, N. Y. (Important florists' plants and flowers, as Acacia, Con- vallaria. Cyclamen, Cytisus, Smilax, Metrosid- eros, etc.) Scott, Wm., Gardener, Tarrytown, N. Y. (Berto- lonia and other dwarf tender foliage plants.) Semple, James, Specialist in China Asters, Belle- vue. Pa. (Aster.) *Sexton, Joseph, Founder of the pampas grass industry, Goleta, Calif. (Gynerium.) *Shinn, Charles H., Inspector of Experiment Stations, Univ. of Calif., Berkeley, Calif. (California, Fig, Loganberry, etc.) *Shore, Robert, Gardener, Botanical Dept., Cor- nell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. (Various articles, as Acalypha, Bedding, Dichorisandra, Episcea, Fit- tonia, Hymenophyllum. ) *Siebrecht, Henry A., Florist and nurseryman. New York and Rose Hill Nurseries, New Ro- chelle, N. Y. (Much help on rare greenhouse plants, particularly orchids and palms. Dracwna. Ficus. Fuchsia. Gardenia. Ixora. Lapageria. Laurus.) *SlMONDS, O. C, Supt. Graceland Cemetery, Buena Ave., Chicago, 111. (Landscape Cemeteries.) *Slingerland, Prof. M. v., Asst. Prof. Economic Entomology, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. (Insecticides. Insects.) COLLABORATORS Smith, A. W., Cosmos cultivator, Americus, Ga. (Cos?iios.) Smith, Elmer D., Chrysanthemum specialist, Adrian, Mich. (Chnjsanthemum.) *Smith, Jared G.,Div.of Botany, Dept. of ARric, Washington, D. C. {Xearli/ all palms. To- rious genera, as Centaurea, Cerastium, Coti/le- dmi.) *Spencer, John W., Fruit-grower, Westfleld, Chau- tauqua Co., N. Y. {Gi-apes in the North. Help on important fruits.) *Starnes, Prof. Hugh N., Horticulturist, Ga. Exp. St., Athens, Ga. (Georgia.) Stinson, Prof. John T., Dir. Mo. Fruit Exp. Sta., Mountain Grove, Mo. (ArTcansas.) *Strong, Wm. C, Nurseryman, Waban, Mass. (Kenrick.) *Taft, Prof. L. R., Horticulturist, Mich. Agric. College, Agricultural College, Mich. (Green- house Heating. Hotbeds.) *Tapun, W. H., Specialist in palms and ferns, Holmesburg, Philadelphia, Pa. (Culture of tnanij jmlms, ferns and foliage plants.) *TAyLOR, Wm. A., Asst. Pomologist, Div. of Po- mology, Dept. of Agric, Washington, D. C. ( Various articles on nuts, as Hickory.) "Thilow, J. Otto, of H. A. Dreer, Inc., Phila- delphia, Pa. (Leek. Muskmelon.) *Thompson, C. H., formerly Asst. Botanist, Mo. Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Mo. (Some genera of cacti, as Echinocerxts , Epijphyllum .) *Thorburn & Co., J. M., Seedsmen, New York, N. Y. (Hyacinth. Have read many proofs of hulbs, annuals, vegetables, herbs, etc.) TouMEY, Prof. J. W., Biologist, Ariz. Exp. Sta., Tucson, Ariz. (Arisona. Date. Opuntia.) *Tracy, S. M., Horticulturist, Biloxi, Miss. (Mis- sissippi.) *Tract, Prof. W. W., Seedsman, Detroit, Mich. (Cal)bage. Lettuce. Michigan.) *Trelease, Dr. WM.,Dir. Mo. Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Mo. (Certain desert plants of the lily family, as Aloe, Apicra, Gasteria, Hawor- thia.) *Tricker, Wm., Specialist in aquatics, Dreer's Nursery, Eiverton, N. J. (Aquarium. Most Aquatics, as Limnanthemum, lAmnocharis , Nym- phoea, NeluniMum, Victoria, etc.) *Troop, Prof. James, Horticulturist, Ind. Exp. Sta., Lafayette, Ind. (Indiana.) *Turner, Wm., Gardener, Tarrytown-on-Hudson, N. Y. (Forcing of Fruits. Mushroom.) Tuttle, H. B., Cranberry-grower, Valley Junc- tion, Wis. (Cranberry.) *Underwood, Prof. L. M., Columbia University, New York, N. Y. (Botany of all ferns.) Pomologist, Parksley, Va. florist, Chicago, Van Deman, H. E. (Date.) *Vaughan, J. C, Seedsman ; 111. (Christmas Greens.) *V^iCK, James, Editor "Viek's Magazine," Roches- ter, N. Y. (Malvaeiscus. Melothria.) *Voorhees, Prof. Edward B., Dir. N. J. Exp. Sta., New Brunswick, N. J. (Fertilisers.) Waldron, Prof. C. B., Horticulturist, N. Dak. Exp. Sta., Fargo, N. Dak. (North Dakota.) *Walker, Ernest, Horticulturist, Ark. Exp. Sta., Fayetteville, Ark. (Annuals. Basket Plants. Heliotrope. Watering.) *WatR0US, C. L., Nurseryman and pomologist, Des Moines, la. (Iowa.) *Watson, B. M., Instructor in Horticulture, Bus- sey Inst., Jamaica Plain, Mass. (Colchicum. Cuttage. Forcing Hardy Plants. House Plants.) Watts, R. L., Horticulturist, Tenn. Exp. Sta., Knoxville, Tenn. (Tennessee.) *Waugh, Prof. F. A , Horticulturist, Vt. Exp. Sta., Burlington, Vt. (Beet. Carrot. Cucumber. Greens. Lilium. Pentstemon. Salad Plants. Vermont.) *Webber, H. J., In charge of Plant Breeding Lab- oratory, Div. of Veg. Phys. and Path., Dept. of Agric, Washington, D. C. (Citrus. Mur- raya and other citrous genera.) *Wellhouse, Col. Fred, Fruit-grower, Fair- mount, Kans. (Kansas. ) *Wheeler, H. J., Dir. R. I. Exp. Sta., Kingston, R. I. (Lime.) *Whitney, Milton, Chief, Div. of Soils, Dept. of Agric, Washington, D. C. (Irrigation. Soils.) *Whitten, Prof. J. C, Horticulturist, Mo. Exp. Sta., Columbia, Mo. (Missouri.) *Whyte, R. B., Amateur, Ottawa, Ont. (Hemero- callis. Lilium.) *WlcKSON, Edward J., Prof, of Agricultural Prac- tice, Univ. of Calif., and Horticulturist, Calif. Exp. Sta., Berkeley, Calif. (Almond, Apricot, Cherry, Grape, Lemon, Lime, etc., in California.) *WiEGAND, K. M., Instructor in Botany, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. (Coreopsis. Cordyline. Cyperus. Draccena. Juncus. Lysimaehia. Musa. Myosotis). *WooLSON, G. C, Nurseryman, specialist in hardy herbaceous perennials, Passaic, N. J. (Mer- tensia. Has read numerous proofs.) *WoRTMAN, S. W., Mushroom-grower, Iselin, N.J. (Mushroom.) *Wyman, a. p., Asst. to Olmsted Bros., Landscape Architects, Brookline, Mass. (Dirca, Epigcea, Exochorda, Halesia, Hypericum, Eerria, Liquid- ambar, and other hardy trees and shrubs. Also Lathyrus, Lupinus.) COLLABORATORS //. PARTIAL LIST OF THOSE WHO HAVE ASSISTED BY READING PROOF, AND IN OTHER WAYS. Andrews, D. M., Nurseryman, Boulder, Colo. [Native western plants , especially new hardy cacti.) Ball, C. D., Wholesale florist, Holmesburg, Phila- delphia, Pa. (Ferns. Foliage Plants. Palms.) Barker, Michael, Editor "American Florist," Chicago, III. {Many suggestions.) Bassett & Son, Wm. F., Nurserymen, Hammon- ton, N. J. {Native plants, as Hibiscus.) Berger & Co., H. H., New York, N. Y. {Japa- nese and CaUfornian plants .) Besset, Chas. E., Prof, of Botany, Univ. of Neb., Lincoln, Neb. {Native plants, particularly grasses.) Betscher Bros., Florists, nurserymen and seeds- men, Canal Dover, Ohio. (Gladiolus.) Blanc, A., Seedsman and plantsman, Philadel- phia, Pa. (Cacti. Novelties. ) BoARDMAN, S. L., See. Maine Hort. Soc, Augusta, Me. (Maine.) Brackett, Col.G. B., Pomologist, Dept. of Agric, Washington, D. C. (Hicoria. Hickory. Juglans.) Braunton, Ernest, Gardener, Los Angeles, Calif. (Many valuable notes on plants cull, in Calif.) Breck & Sons, Joseph, Seedsmen, Boston, Mass. (Portrait of Joseph Breck.) BuDD, Prof. J. L., Horticultural author, Ames, Iowa. {Iowa. Important fruits.) Budlong Bros., Pickle-makers, Providence, K. I. (Cucumber. Martynia.) BuRBANK, Luther, Hybridist, Santa Rosa, Calif. (Gladiolus.) Bush & Sons & Meissner, Bushberg, Mo. (Grapes.) Caldwell, Geo. C, Prof, of Agric. Chemistry, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. (Fertility. Ferti- lizers. Lime.) Clark, Miss Josephine A., Asst. Librarian, Dept. of Agric, Washington, D. C. (Information as to species after the date of Index Kewensis.) Clinton, L. A., Asst. Agriculturist, Cornell E.xp. Sta., Ithaca, N. Y. (Lime.) Coates, Leonard, Napa City, Calif. (Fruit Cul- ture in California.) CoviLLE, Frederick v.. Botanist, Dept. of Agric, Washington, D. C. {Juniperus. Suggestions in various matters.) Cranefield, Fred, Asst. Horticulturist, Wis. Exp. Sta., Madison, Wis. (Irrigation.) Dailledouze Bros., Wholesale florists, Flatbush, Brooklyn, N. Y. (Mignonette.) Dandridge, Mrs. Danske, Amateur, Shepherds- town, W. Va. {Hardy plants.) Davenport. Geo. E.. Botanist, specialist in ferns, Aledford, Mass. (Several genera of ferns.) Day, Miss Mary A., Librarian, Gray Herbarium of Harvard Univ., Cambridge, Mass. (Rare books.) Devron, Dr. G., Amateur in bamboos. New Or- leans, La. (Bamboo.) Dock, Miss M. L., Harrisburg, Pa. (Bartram.) Downer's Sons, J. S., Fairport, Ky. (Kentucky.) Dreer, H. a. (Inc.), Seedsmen and plantsmen, Philadelphia, Pa. (Many and varied services, especially in aquatics, ferns, foliage plants and rare annuals.) Elliott, J. Wilkinson, Landscape architect, Pittsburg, Pa. (Eochia, and some herbaceous 2>erennials. ) Ellwanger & Barry, Nurserymen, Rochester, N. Y. (Hardy plants. ) Fisher, Jabez, Fruit-grower, Fitehburg, Mass. (Massachusetts.) Ganong, W. F., Prof, of Botany, Smith College, Northampton, Mass. (Cadi.) Goodman, L. A., Fruit-grower, Westport, Mo. (Missouri.) Halliday Bros., Florists, Baltimore, Md. (Azalea. Camellia.) Harris, J. S., Fruit-grower, La Crescent, Minn. (Minnesota.) Heiss, J. B., Florist, Dayton, Ohio. (Palms.) Hutt, R. L., Prof, of Horticulture, Out. Agric College, Guelph, Out. (Kale. Kohlrabi.) Jones, Rev. C. J. K., Los Angeles, Calif. ( Various CaUfornian plants.) Jordan, Dr. W. H., Dir., N. Y. Exp. Sta., Geneva, N. Y. (Fertility. Fertilizers.) Kedzie, Dr. R. C, Prof, of Chemistry, Mich. Agric. College, Agricultural College, Mich. (Fertility. Fertilizers. Lime.) *KlNG, F. H., Prof, of Agricultural Physics, Madi- son, Wis. (Irrigation, Mulching, etc.) Latham, A. W., Secretary Minn. Hort. Soc, Minneapolis, Minn. (Minnesota.) LuPTON, J. M., Market -gardener, Gregory, L. I. ( Cabbage. ) Mackenzie, B. R., Manager bulb department, J. M. Thorburn & Co., New York, N. Y. (Many important bulbs.) Makepeace, A. D., Cranberry-grower, West Barn- stable, Mass. (Cranberry.) Manda, W. A., Nurseryman, South Orange, N. J. ( Orchid pictures. ) Manning, Jacob W., Nurseryman, Reading, Mass. (Dried sjiecimens of herbaceous perennial plants.) Manning, Robert, Sec. Mass. Hort. Soc, Boston, Mass. (Biographical sketches. Horticulture.) COLLABORATORS XI May, John N., Florist, Summit, N. J. {Florists' Flowers.) Meehan, Thos., Nurseryman, Germantown, Pa. (The article '^Horticulture.") Miller, E. S., Specialist in bulbs. Floral Park, L. I. (Many articles on bulbs. ) MuDGE, W. S., Hartland, N. Y. {Miisknielon.) Nanz & Neuner, Florists and seedsmen, Louis- ville, Ky. (Kentucky.) Nash, Geo. V., Asst. N. Y. 'Bot. Garden, Bronx Park, N. Y. [Genera of grasses.) Parsons, Samuel, Nurseryman, Flushing, L. I. ( 2he article "Horticulture.") Pendergast, W. W., Pres. Minn. Hort. Soe., Hutchinson, Minn. (Minnesota.) PlERSON, F. R., Nurseryman, Tarrytown-on- Hudson, N. Y. (Bulbs.) Powell, Geo. T., Pomologist, Ghent, N. Y. (Inqwrtant fruits.) Ragan, W. H., Div. of Pomology, Dept. of Agric, Wasliington, D. C. (Indiana.) Rider, Prof. A. J., Trenton, N. J. (Cranberry.) Robinson, Dr. B. L. , Curator Gray Herbarium of Harvard Univ., Cambridge, Mass. (Various articles on native plants.) Robinson, John, Author of "Ferns in their Homes and Ours," Salem, Mass. (Several articles on ferns. ) Sander & Co. (A. Dimmoek, Agent), New York, N. Y. ( Recent importations, particularly orchids and palms. ) ScHDLTHEis, Anton, Nurseryman and florist. Col- lege Point, N. Y. ( Woody plants from Aus- tralia and the Cape, as Erica.) SCOON, C. K., Fruit-grower, Geneva, N. Y. ( Cherry. 1 ScRlBNER, F. Lampson, Agrostologist, Dept. of Agrie., Washington, D. C. ( Genera of grasses. ) Sears, Prof. F. C, School of Horticulture, Wolf- ville, Nova Scoti?,. (Canada.) Seavey, Mrs. Fannie Copley, Landscapi gardener, Brighton, 111. (Landscape Gardeti ing.) Shady Hill Nursery Co., Boston, Mass. (Her baceous perennials. ) Shaw, Thos., Prof, of Agric, Univ. of Minn. Minneapolis, Minn. (Medicago. Melilotus.) Slaymaker, A. W., Fruit-grower, Camden, Del (Delaware. ) Smith, Irving C, Market -gardener, Green Bay Wis. (Kohlrabi.) Stanton, Geo., Ginseng specialist. Summit N. J. (Ginseng.) Storrs & Harrison, Nurserymen, Painesville Ohio. (Various plants.) Suzuki & Iida, Y'okohama Nursery Co., New York N. Y. (Japanese plants.) Todd, Frederick G., Landscape architect, Mon- treal, P. Q. (Hardy trees and shrtibs.) Vick's Sons, James, Seedsmen, Rochester, N. Y ( Various plants.) Ward, C. W., Wholesale florist and carnation specialist. Cottage Gardens, Queens, L. I (Carnation.) Webb, Prof. Wesley, Dover, Del. (Delaware.) Wedge, Clarence, Fruit-grower, Albert Lea Minn. (Minnesota.) Wheeler, C. F., Prof, of Botany, Mich. Agric College, Agricultural College, Mich. (Hyperi- cum. Mimulus.) White, J, J., Cranberry- grower, New Lisbon N. J. (Cranberry. ) WiLLARD, S. D., Nurseryman, Geneva, N. Y { Important fruits, as Cherry.) WiTTBOLD, Geo., Florist, Chicago, 111. (Palms and ferns. ) Wright, Charles, Horticulturist, Seaford, Del (Delaware.) Yeomans, L. T., Fruit-grower, Walworth, N. Y (Evaporation of fruits.) ABBREVIATIONS /. OF GENERAL EXPREHSIOXH cull cultivated, etc. ilium diameter. i' east. /' N. feet, inches north, south. trop tropics, tropical. The figures given below explain the method of citation, and incidentally give some hints as to the number of volumes to date, and of the number of pages or plates in one of the latest volumes. A few works of the greatest imporlauee are mentioned elsewhere by way of acknowledgment (p. xv). The standard works on the bibliography of botany are Pritzel's Thesaurus and Jackson's Guide to the Literature of Botany; also, Jackson's Catalogue of the Library of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. //. OF BOTAXICAL TERMS fl flower. its flowers. A.F. flowered. fruit. height. leaf, , leaflet. , leaves. . stem. stems. synonym. , variety. ///. OF BOOKS AND PERIODICALS To aid the student in the verification of the work, and to introduce him to the literature of the various subjects, citations are made to the por- traits of plants in the leading periodicals to which the American is most likely to have access. These references to pictures have been verified as far as possible, both in the MS. and in the proof. A uniform method of citation is much to be de- sired, but is extremely difficult, because periodi- cals rarely agree in methods. With great reluc- tance it was decided to omit the year in most cases, because of the pressure for space, but the student who lacks access to the original volumes may generally ascertain the year by consulting the bibliographical notes below An arbitrary and brief method of citation has been chosen. At the outset it seemed best to indi eate whether the cited picture is colored or not. This accounts for the two ways of citing certain publications containing both kinds of pictures, as The Garden, Revue Horticole, and Gartenflora. . The American Florist. Chicago. A trade paper fouuded August 15, 1885. The vol- umes end with July. Many pictures re- peated in"Gng:." ( 14 :]524=vol. and page.) . Am.ri.Mii niM-.lc ii:i,„- Xi •: York. Represents 14i\iiipi! ' :" ricidicals, iuclud- Fouiiiliii i-,Mi ', ,_,. -i/i ^vol. and page.) . The Botanist. Eilitreeds of EcliiU' cactus will then germinate in five or six days, while during the winter months it takes almost as many week- . Opuntias will germinate in even less than six days. They germinate most readily of all the Cactaceae, and grow the fastest afterwards, while Mammillarias are tl. slowest to germinate and grow tlie slowest afterward-. The seeds should be sown in well-drained 4-ineh po , in a finely sifted mixture of one part leaf -mold, o; e part loam and one part charcoal dust and silver sanl. The surface should be made very smooth, and the see ' < pressed lightly into the soil with the bottom of a fiower- pot and then covered with about three-eighths of an in^ ii of fine silver sand. This allows the seedlings to pu-li through readily and prevents the soil from crusting - i. the surface of the pots, as they usually have to stay in their seedling pots at least one year. The pots shot m be placed in a greenhouse where they will receive plet i \ of light but not the direct sunlight, for, although Carii are natives of desert regions, the writer has found from experience that the seedlings will simply roast if i x- posed to full sunlight under glass. For the first wintc r. at least, the seedlings should be kept in a temperature of not less than 60° and carefully looked over every day to ascertain the condition of the soil, for, although they should be kept on the dry side, they must never be al- lowed to become quite dry during the seedling stage. When about a year old they may be transplanted li. shallow pans not more than 6 inches in diameter, and prepared with the same mixture as for seedling pots. The.se pans will be found better than small pots, be- cause the soil may be kept more evenly moist and the seedlings do better in consequence. When grown from 2 to 3 inches in diameter, seedlin;: Echinocactus may be transferred to pots, using sii es only just large enough to accommodate them, asttey make but few roots. Pot them in a mixture of t.M> parts fibrous loam, one part leaf-mold and one p irl pounded brick and silver sand. During the spring and summer months, established plants may be given a lib- eral supply of water, but must be studiously watered during the fall and winter months. During the winter they should be given a light position in a dry green- house, with a night temperature of 45° to 50°, and a rise of 10° by day. For the summer, they may be either kept in an airy greenhouse or placed in some conve- nient position outside, plunging the pots in the soil or ECHINOCACTUS in some light non-conducting material. Some of the species will commence to blossom in May and others at intervals during the summer. The flowers vary con- siderably in size, and embrace a good range of color, from white to deep yellow, and from the faintest purple to deep rose. They do not readily produce seed (in New England, at least) unless artificially fertilized. Like most of the Cactus family, the more cylindrical species will readily unite when grafted upon other kinds, not only in the same genus, but in other generaof Cactacese, and for weak-growing species it may often be an advan- tage to graft upon some stronger-growing species. Cereits JJaitnianiu (or C. colubrinus) makes an excel- lent stock to graft upon, choosing stock plants of rea- sonable size and height. The system known as "wedge- grafting" is perhaps best for the purpose, and the early spring months, or just as the growing season is about to commence, is the best time for grafting. If plants of Echinocactus can be kept in a healthy condition, they are not much troubled with insect pests; mealy-bug is their wor.st enemy and should be removed at once with a clean mucilage brush. As a guide to among the most easily !.n-(nvn : Krhinnrnrlini r,ipri,-<'r- ECHINOCACTUS 513 nis, E. coptonoij. H».s', A'. r.,r,n,,2 in. in diam. : radial spines 8 arranged as in uncinatus; central spine solitary, angled flexuous and hooked, elongated (2-6 in.), erect, straw color, with dark tip: flowers 1-114 in. long, dark pur pie. Texas and northern Mexico. EB. Central spines 4. c. Some or all of the spines annulate. 2. cylindraceus, Engelm. Globose to ovate or ovate cylindrical, simple or branching at base, becoming as much as 3 ft. high and 1 ft. in diam. : ribs 13 in younger specimens, 20-27 in older ones, obtuse and tuberculate spines stout, compressed, more or less curved, reddish radials about 12, with 3-5 additional slender ones at upper edge of areola, 1-2 in. long, the lowest stouter and shorter and much hooked ; centrals 4, very stout and 4-angled, about 2 in. long and one-twelfth to % in. broad, the uppermost broadest and almost straight and erect s yellow. Southwestern 3. longihamatus, Gal. Subglobose or at length ovate, becoming 1-2 ft. high: ribs i:!-17. often r.bliciue, bm.- 1 obtuse, tuberculati--ili(rrnipl. .1 : .i.iii.- r.l.n -l , |.nr|l I or variegated whin v.iini^, I i i^ i - spreading, straiglif ..!■ rin-,.! I !'. ,, I lower ones 1-3 in. I.mi-. i hr i:ii.i-,ii- j- i m.; .■,iiir;,i- t angled, the upper ones lunicd upwanK, Ninunhi r curved or twisted, the lower one stouter, elongated (3-8 in.), flexuous and more or less hooked: flowers yellow, tinged with red, 2K-3}^ in. long. Texas and Mexico. 4. Wislizeni, Engelm. At first globose, then ovate to cylindrical, lr3-4 ft. high: ribs 21-25 (13 in small speci- mens), acute and oblique, more or less tuberculate: radial spines three-fifths to 2 in. long, the 3 upper and 3-5 lower ones stiff, straight or curved, annulate, red (in old specimens the 3 stout upper radials move toward the center and become surrounded by the upper bristly ones), the 12-20 laterals (sometimes additional shorter ones above) bristly, elongated, flexuous, horizontally spreading, yellowish white; centrals 4, stout, angled, and red, one and three-flfths to three and one-fifth in. long, the 3 upper straight, the lower one longest (some- times as much as 4-5 in.), very robust (flat and chan- neled above), hooked downward: flowers yellow or sometimes red, two to two and three-fifths in. long. Prom southern Utah to northern Mexico and Lower California. CC. None of the spines annulate. 5. brevihamatus, Engelm. Globose-ovate, very dark green: ribs 13, deeply tuberculate-interrupted, the tu- bercles with a woolly groove extending to the base: radial spines mostly 12, terete, straight, white or yel- lowish, with dusky tips, li-l in. long, the upper longer; ci-ntral s]iines 4 (rarely 1 or2 additional ones), flattened, wliil.- wiih black tips, the 2 lateral ones divergent up- ward, straight or a little recurved, 1-2 in. long, the upiKTiiiost one weaker, the lower stoutest and darkest, porrect or deflexed, hooked downward, ?4-l in. long: flowers funnelform, rose-color, 1-1 H in. long. South- western Texas and New Mexico. 6. sinuatus, Dietr. (E. Treculianiis, Labour.). Glo- bose, 4-8 in. in diam., bright green: ribs 13, oblique, acute, tuberculate-interrupted, the tubercles short- grooved; radial spines 8-12, setiform and flexible, the 514 ECHINOCACTUS 3 upper anil I! lowiT jmrplish brown and straightish (the lower (.ins s.iinriiinrs i„„re or less hooked), four-fifths to 1 in. loiiL', 111' _' li litiTals more slender, longer (1 to one anil in" liiili- ihj. utten flattened, puberulent and •whitish, s.iiiiitiiiirs il,.\u,iiis or hooked; central spines 4, pubenilciii. jvllmvisli (or purplish variegated), the 3 upper ones slender, flattened or subangled, erect and generally straight (rarely hooked), one and three-fltths to 2 in. long, the lowest one much stouter, flattened or even channeled, straw-color, flexuous, more or less hooked (sometimes straight), 2-4 in. long: flowers yel- low, 2-3 in. long. Texas, Arizona, and northern Mexico. 7. unoinitus, Gal. Glaucescent, globose to oblong: ribs 13, obtuse, tuberculate-interrupted: radial spines 7 or 8, 1-2 in. long, the upper 4 or 5 straw-color, straight, flattened, the lower 3 purplish, terete and hooked; cen- trals 4. the upper 3 rather stout and straight, about 1 in. long, the lowest one very long, flattened, hooked at apex: flowers brownish purple. Northern Mexico. 8. Whipple!, Engelm. Globose-ovate, 3-5 in. high, 2-1 iu. in diam.: ribs 1.3-15 (often oblique), compressed and tuberculately interrupted: radial spines usually 7, compressed, straight or slightly recurved, ^ to three- fifths in. long, lower ones shorter than the others, all white excepting the two darker lowest laterals; central spines 4, widely divergent, the uppermost one flattened, straight and white, 1 to one and three-fifths in. long, turned upward in the plane of the radials (completing the circle of radials), the others a little shorter, quad- rangular-compressed, dark brown or black, becoming reddish and finally ashy, the 2 laterals straight, the lowest one stouter and sharply hooked downward: flower greenish red. Northern Arizona. BBB. Central spines 5 to S. 9. cornfgerus, DC. Glrfbose or depressed - globose. 10-16 in. in diam.: ribs about 21, very acute and wavy (not tuberculately interrupted): radial spines G-IO, white and comparatively slender, or wanting; centrals red and very robust, angular-compressed, with long, sharp, horny tips, the upper 3 erect-spreading, 1-1!^ in. long, the lower 2 weaker and declined, the central one longer, more rigid and keeled, very broad (one-fifth to one-third in.) and hooked downward: flowers purple, 1-1 >^ in. long. Mexico and Central America. 10. polyancistrus, Engelm. & Bigel. Ovate or at length subcylindric, becoming 4-10 in. high and 3^ in. in diam.: ribs ]:i-l 7, obtuse, tuberculately interrupted; radial spines 'li) or more, compressed and white, the up- permost wiintiiiLr. till- 4 upper ones broader and longer (1-2 in.) ami (lii-,k\ ii|i|.iHl, the laterals shorter (four- fifths to mil ml. 111.' i.iwest very short (Hin.) and sub- setaceou-; (nmal ^pims of several furnis, the upper- most oin- ■ rn .- a ..-!,! -iiMii ir liiit -■,,, all,. 1- ,,111- above or besiili ■ -I .; - ■ ^' ■ ■■ - angular. . l.aiLMiial I3-.5 5-io'tenli-!i i.riii.aiiL-ail, lai.:ht (.uri.l.-linnvii ; upper ones long (^-4 m. ) and mnstly straight, the others gradu- ally shortening (to about 1 iu.) downward and sharply hooked: flowers red or yellow, 2 to two and two-fifths in. long and wide. Nevada and southeastern California. A\ .<^/w-„- • ,..-.' hnnked. u. C'(«'. ' , ' "r indistinct. 11. Monvlllii, I. I M ;' 1 Lose and bright green: ribs 13-17, tubrmilai- , lai'a.ti-t inward the base, undu- late; tubercles somewhat hexagonal, strongly dilated below: radial spines y-12, the lower ones somewhat longer, very stout, spreading, yellowish translucent, reddish at base; central wanting: flowers varying from white to yellow and red. Paraguay. 12. Pfelfteri, Zucc. Oblong-globose, becoming 1-2 ft. high and 1 ft. in diam.: ribs 11-13, compressed and somewhat acute: spines G, about equal, rigid, straight, divergent or erect, pale transparent yellow with a brownish base; very rarely a solitary central spine. Mexico. 13. copton6gronus, Lem.,var. major, Salm-Dyck. De- pressed, from a large indurated naked napiform base, 2-4 in. across the top: ribs 10-15, acute from a broad base, more or less transversely interrupted and sinuous : spines 3, annulate, very stout and erect from deeply sunken areoiSB, reddish when young, becoming ashy ECHINOCACTUS gray; upper spine stoutest, erect and straight, or slightly curved upward, flattened and keekd. and occa- sionally twisted, VA-V/i in. long; the two laterals erect- divergent, straight or slightly curved, terete above and somewhat quadrangular below, 1-lJ^ iu. long; all from an abruptly enlarged base: flowers not seen, but said to be small and white, with purpli-sh median lines. Mexico. 14. multicOBtiltus.Hildmann. Depressed-globose: ribs very numerous, 90 to 120, compressed iiiti, tliin iitart's which run vertically or are twisted iu • ^| r , iKn. lam: spines exceedingly variable, in some e a . . n- tirely, in others 3 or 4, short, rigid, aial .1 low; in others more numerous, larger, ami liti. II iliii-li; in still other cases very long and flat, interlacing alt over the plant; no centrals: flower white, with a broad pur- ple stripe. 15. capric6mis, A. Dietr. Globose: ribs about 11, broad, spotted all over with white dots : clusters of spines distant, usually seen only near the apex; spines 5-10, long and flexuous; centrals not distinct: flowers large, yellow. Mexico. 16. BinconSnsis, Poselg. Cylindrical, covered with ivory white spines which are tipped with crimson; spines 3, with no centrals: flower large, purple-crimson, darker at base. Northern Mexico. 17. phyllacSnthus, Mart. From globose to cylindrical, with depressed vertex, simple or proliferous, two and one-third to three and three-fifths in. broad: ribs 40-55 (sometimes as few as 30), very much crowded and cora- iuterruptc'il : radial s|iim.s :, \ soui.ninies i; .n- Ti, strai!.'lit and spreadinLT. the 'Z li.west .mi.s wlnie, rii:i-l, nui-sixih to one-fourth in. Iiiu^'. lialf as li.n:; as the :; darker. broad, channeled above, faintly annulate, flexible, gray- ish pink, three-fifths to 1 in. long; central spines none: flowers small, dirty white. Mexico. BB. Central spine solitary (sometimes 2-4 in E. cris- )nitHA, helophorus, and tietispinux, or wanting in lophothele). c. mtjs less than IS. IS' l(>iicaci5iithiis, Zui'i'. Somewhat clavate-cylindrical, pal' ' '■ - ii'iii-i . I iii-e, strongly tuberculate, the an I _ radial spines 7 or 8, similar, si] I I 1 . , at first yellowish, at length while a 111 1 al |.im ..liiary, more or less erect, rarely wanting: flowers light yellow. Mexico. 19. omiltuB, DC. (E. MirMlli, Lem.). Subglobose: ribs 8, broad, compressed, vertical, thickly covered with close-set white woolly spots, making the whole plant almost white: radial spines 7, straight, stout, yellowish or becoming gray ; central spine solitary. Mexico. 20. Ingens, Zucc. (E. Visnliga, 'Koo^.). Very large (sometimes as much as 10 ft. high and as much in cir- cumference ) , globose or oblong, purplish toward the top : ribs 8, obtuse, tubercnlate: areolae large, distant, with very copious yellowish wool: radial spines 8 or more; central spine solitary; all the spines shaded yellow and red or brownish, straight, rigid, and interwoven: flow- ers bright yellow, about 3 in. broad. Mexico. 21. horizonthaldnius, Lem. Glaucous, depressed-glo- bose or at length ovate or even cylindric with age. 2-8 in. high, iV^-i in. in iliam,: lil.- s_]il fi uer ih iery young specimens), ol : " - ' ■ ■ : , ' i h s scarcely distinct by n i . -: spines 6-9, stout, cmmi.i . --. .i, i. m,,- a aj ~,i> I. recurved or sometiun.- aiiuu-t .stiait^lit, maiiv i .|ual, four-fifths to 1)^ in. lung (sometimes long ami slender and almost terete, sometimes short, stout and broad); radials 5-8, upper ones weaker, lowest wanting; a single stouter decurved central (sometimes wanting): flowers pale rose-purple, 2X in. long or more. New Mexico and northern Mexico. cc. Mils 1S-S7. 22. electracinthus, Lem. Globose or thick cylindrical, becoming 2 ft. high and 1 ft. in diam.: ribs about 15; radial spines about 8, equal, rigid, spreading, yellowish, about 1 in. long; the central one solitary, red at base: flowers clear yellow. Mexico. ECHINOCACTUS 23. Echidne, DC. {E. I'cuideiii'iji, Ijem.). Depressed- globose, 5-7 in. in diam., a-4 in. liigh: ribs 13, acute: radial spines 7, broad, rigid, spreading, yellowish, 1 in. or more long; central spine solitary and scarcely longer than the others: flowers bright yellow, 1 in. or more long. Mexico. 24. TexSnsis, Hopf. Mostly depressed (sometimes globose), 8-12 in. in diam., 4-6 in. high, simple: ribs mostly 21 (sometimes 27, and in smaller specimens 13 or 1t) and undulate: spines stout and fasciculate, red- clMi. c-.uii|.rissiMl; the exterior 6 or 7 radiant, straight- i-li Ml- ,111 v(, I. unequal, yi to four-fifths in. long in some r;i^( s, .mr ;ind one-fifth to 2 in. in others, much shorter tli:in tlii- solitary and stout recurved central, which is sometimes one-sixth to K in. broad: flowers about one- fifth in. long, parti-colored (scarlet and orange below to white above). Texas and northeastern Mexico. 23. fimoryi, Engelm.. var. rectispinus, Engelm. Pig. 745. Globose, at l.n-ili <'vliTi.lrii-iil : ribs 13-21, obtuse and strongly tubfiriil:.!.: i.i.IkiI ^|,iih^ ,-'.>. very unequal, the 3 upper ones I-:, in. Imh-, ihr l,i«-, r l'.S-3 in. long and paler; the central vn-y loni; (lii-i:! in.), straight or slightly decurved. Southwestern United States and northern Mexico. 26. reciirvus, Link & Otto. Subglobose and very stout: ribs about 15, covered with broad, dark red spines, the radials spreading, the central one recurved and very stout. Mexico (?). 27. setisplnus, Engelm. Subglobose, 2 to three and one-fifth in. in diara. : ribs 13, more or less oblique, often undulate or somewhat interrupted : radial spines H-I6, setiform and flexible, two-fifths to four-fifths in. long, the uppermost (the longest) and lowest ones yel- lowish brown, the laterals white; central spines 1-3, setiform and flexuous, dark, 1 to one and one-fltth in. long; flowers funnelform, one and three-fifths to 3 in. long, yellow, scarlet within. Texas and Mexico. 28. heWphorua, Lem. Depressed globose, light green, with purple-red veins: ribs about 20, compressed, ob- tuse: radial spines 9-12, very stout and porrect; central spines 1-4, stronger and annulate; all the spines pearl- gray. Mexico. ccc. Bibs 30 or more. 29. obvallitus, DC. Obovate-globose, depressed ; ribs very numerous, vertical ; spines most abundant towards the apex, unequal, spreading, stout, whitish; the 3 up- per radials and solitary central strong, the others (espe daily the lowest) small : flowers purple, with whitish margin. Mexico. — The name was suggested by the ap- pearance of the terminal cluster of flowers surrounded by a fortification of strong spines. 30. crispitUB, DC. i-E.drri(/ens,h\nk). Globose, 5 in. or more high: ribs 30-60, compressed and sharp, more or less undulate-crisped : spines 7-11, widely spreading, more or less flattened, the upper larger and brown at tip, the lower shorter and white, or all of them brown: flowers purple, or white with purple stripes. Mexico and Central America. cccc. Tuberculale, as in Mammillaria. 31. hex8edr6phorus, Lem. More or less globular, dark gray: ribs deeply tuberculate, giving the appearance of ECHINOCACTUS 515 al tubercles: radial spines :entral spine solitary, erect, te, reddish brown: flowers a Mammillaria, with hexag, 6 or 7, radiating like a star; longer; all the spines annul white, tinted with rose. Me 32. lopothdle, Salm-Dyck. late, after the manner of M: rangular, bearing clusters of 5-10, more or less porrect long, rigid, and equal spines; central solitary or want ing: flowers white or yellowish. Mexico. BBB. Central spines 4 (Z or 3 in Sileri and sometimet 3 in Scopa). c. nibs less than IS. 33. robtistus, Otto. Clavate and stout: ribs about 8, compressed, vertical: radial spines about 14, the uppei ones slender, the lowest 3 stronger; central spines 4, 4-angled at base, transversely striate, the lowest one largest; all the spines purple-red, \\i-3 in. long: flow- ers golden yellow. Mexico. 34. Ottdnis, Link & Otto. Depressed-globose or ovate, 3-4 in. high: ribs 10-12, obtuse: radial spines 10-18, slender, yellowish, more or less straight and spreading, about H in. long; central spines 4, dusky red, stronger, the uppermost very short, the two laterals horizontal, the lowest longest (1 in.) and deflexed: flowers lemon- yellow, becoming 2-3 in. in diameter. Mexico. 35. bicolor, Gal. Globose-ovate, stout, \%-A in. in diam., sometimes becoming 8 in. high: ribs 8, oblique and obtuse, compressed, tuberculate-interrupted : lower radials and centrals varitgated red and white; radials 9-17, spreading and recurved, slender and rather rigid, the lowest one J^-1 in. long, the laterals 1-2 in. long and about equaling the 2-4 flat flexuous ashy upper ones; centrals 4, flat and flexuous, lK-3 in. long, the uppermost thin and not longer than the erect and rigid laterals, the lowest very stout, porrect and very long: flowers funnelform, bright purple, 2-3 in. long. North- ern Mexico. CO. Bibs 13-27. 36. orthacintlius, Link & Otto. (E. flavovh-ens, Scheidw.). Globose, yellowish green; ribs 12 or 13, vertical, acute: radial spines 14, unequal, straight and spreading; central spines 4, stronger, the lowest the largest; all the .spines rigid, annulate, and grayish white. Mexico. 37. intert^xtus, Engelm. Ovate-globose, 1-4 in. high: ribs 1.!. arut... somewhat oblique, tuberculate-inter- rupted, tile tiilnTcIes with a woolly groove : spines short and riyid. reddish from a whitish base and with dusky tips; radial 16-25, closely appressed and inter- woven, the upper 5 to 9 setaceous and white, straight, one-fifth to % in. long, the laterals more rigid and a 746. Echmocactus myriostigma little longer, the lowest stout and short, a little re- curved; centrals 4, the 3 upper ones turned upwaid and exceeding the radials and interwoven with them, the lower one very short, stout and porrect: flowers about 1 in. long and wide, purplish. Texas and northern Mexico. 38. 6rcuttil, Engelm. Cylindrical, 2-3J^ ft. high, 1 ft. in diam., single or in .Init, i< up to 18 or more, not rarely decumbent : ri' ' ' '■ m "l.li(|ue: spines ex- tremely variable, an ^ : I :; in. wide; radials 11-13, unequal, lowe^ I .mi < .. i.ii i;airals thinnest; cen- trals 4: flowers about :; m. b-n-. 4< i p crimson in center, bordered by light greenish yellnw. Lower California. 39. Jbhnsonl, Parry. Oval, 4-6 in. high: ribs 17-21, low, rounded, tuberculately interrupted, close set, often oblique, densely covered with stoutish reddish gray spines: radial spines 10-14, tln-ee-tifths to one and one- third in. long, the iii,|'. i- li.iii.'evt ; centrals 4, stouter, recurved, about I'j in. I'ui:: il.iweis 2 to two and three- flfths in. long and wid.-. lr..iii deep red to pink. Utah, Nevada, California. 40. polyc^phalus, Engelm. & Bigel. Globose (6-10 in. in diam. ) to ovate (10-16 in. high, 5-10 in. in diam.) and cylindrical (reaching 24-28 in. high and about 10 in. in 516 ECHINOCACTUS diam.), profusely branclied at base: ribs 13-21 (occa- sionally 10) : spines 8-15, very stout and compressed, more or less recurved and reddish; radials 4-11, com- paratively slender (the uppermost the most slender), 1-2 in. long; the 4 centrals much stouter and longer (1^ to two and four-fifths in. ), very unequal, the upper- most one usually broadest and curved upward, the low- est one usually the longest and decurved: flowers yel- low. From Utah to northern Mexico. 41. viridiscens, Nutt. Globose or depressed, simple or branching at base, 4-12 in. high, G-10 in. in diam.: ribs 13-21 (fewer when young), compressed and scarcely tuberculate: spines more or less curved and sometimes twisted, reddish below, shading into greenish or yellow- ish above; radials ii-_'ii. tw..-(iff)iK to four-fifths in. long, the lowest shortest, fMtm-i, :,u<\ (ifcurved; centrals 4, cruciate, much stem , -,■.[ ;^nd 4-angled, four- fifths to one and t \'. J. the lowest broadest, longest and straii,^lii'-i : i!r.,r- \ <-llowish green, about one and three-fifths in. long. Southern California. 42. Lec6ntei, Engelm. Resembles Wislizeni, but often somewhat taller (sometimes becoming 8 ft. high and 2 ft. in diam.), usually more slender, and at last clavate from a slender base: ribs somewhat more inter- rupted and more obtuse; lower central spine more fiat- tened and broader, curved (rather than hooked) or twisted, usually not at all hooked, sometimes as much as 6 in. long: flower rather smaller. From the Great Basin to Mexico and Lower California. 43. Sileri, Engelm. Globose : ribs 13, prominent, densely crowded, with short rhombic-angled tubercles: radial spines 11-13, white; centrals 3, black, with pale base, three-fifths in. long, the upper one slightly longer: fiower scarcely 1 in. long, straw-colored. Utah. 44. Grtaoni, Hildraann. Globose, completely covered by a mass of almost transparent golden spines, which give the plant the appearance of a ball of gold; centrals 4, curved : flowers red and yellow. Mountains of Mexico. — From illustrations it is evident that the radial spines are somewhat numerous and widely spreading, and that the centrals are prominent and more or less deflexed. 45. 8altiU6nBi8, Poselg. Very stout, globose : ribs 15-19, compressed, dark green: spines very prominent, 5-7 in a cluster, stout and porrect, sometimes becoming Sin. long; centrals 4. Mexico. — Schumann makes this a variety of E. ingens. 48. Simpsoni, Engelr nate at base, simple, ot to five in. in diam.: rili arrangement of the \n to three-fifths in. loni:, and cylindric above : 74ea. Mammillan ECHINOCACTUS c'cc. Ribs 30 or more. 4G. Scbpa, Link & Otto. More or less cylindrical, 1 ft. or more high, 2—1 in. in diameter, at length branching above : ribs 30-36, nearly vertical, tuberculate ; radial spines 30-40, setaceous, white ; central spines 3 or 4, purple, erect ; sometimes all the spines are white: flow- ers yellow. Brazil. — The species is exceedingly plastic in form, branching variously or passing into the cris- tate condition. BBBB. Central spines 5-10. 47. pildBUS, Gal. Globose, 6-18 in. high : ribs 13-18, compressed, little if at all interrupted : radial spines represented by 3 slender ones at the lowest part of the pulvillus or wanting; centrals 6, very stout, at first pur- plish, becoming pale yellow, the 3 upper ones erect, the 3 lower recurved-spreading: flowers unknown. North- ern Mexico. Subglobose or depressed, turbi- II rliiMrn.l. three and one-fifth - I ;. "Illy indicated by the spiral tiiiKiii till., r.-les, which are K wiiat .|ii:iilrangular at base ■xttTior sjiiues 20-30, slender, rigid, straight, whitish, Js-J-i in. long, with 2-5 addi- tional short setaceous ones above; interior spines 8-10, stouter, yellowish and reddish brown or black above, erect-spreading, two-fifths to three-fifths in. long ; no truly central spine: flowers three-fifths to four-fifths in. long and nearly as broad, yellowish-green to pale pur- ple. Mountains of Colorado, Utah and Nevada. AAA. Spines entirely uantiuf/. 49. turblnif6rmls, Pfeiff. Depressed-globose, grayish green, with 12-14 spirally ascending ribs, cut into regu- lar rhomboidal tubercles ; tubercles flat, with a depressed pulvillus, entirely naked excepting a few small setaceous spines upon the younger ones : flowers white, with a purplish base. Mexico. — The depressed and spineless body, with its surface regularly cut in spiral series of low, flat tubercles, gives the plant a very characteristic appearance. 50. myriOBtigmtiB. Salm-Dyck (Astropliytitm myrio- stigma, Lem.). Fig. 740. Depressed-gloliose, 5 in. in diam. : ribs 5 or 6, very broad, covered with numerous somewhat pilose white spots, and with deep obtuse sin- uses: spines none: flowers large, pale yellow. Mexico. 51. Wimainsii, Lem. (Anhaldnium Wll- liam.sii, Lem. Lopli6]>hora Williamsii, Coult.). Hemispherical, from a very thick root, often densely proliferous, transversely lined below by the remains of withered tuber- cles : ribs usually S (in young specimens i.firi, i;., M I -^ lini;,,!. -riMlually merging above ini' ■ ■: ' - ■ 1 1 ul.ercles, which are ( !■ ' I 'lilicate pencillate till I -, .11:11 iM , , ihi 1 .1, It, r inconspicuous pul- villi ..ii iii.r nils. 1I..W.-IS i-iiiall, whitish to rose. Texas and Mexico. — The well-known "mescal button," used by the Indians in religious rites. 52. Lewlnii, Hennings (AnJialbnium Lew- iiiii, Hennings. Lophdphora Leu-inii, Coult.). Like E. Williamsii, but a much more robust form, with more numerous (usually 13) and hence narrower and more sinuous ' ribs, and much more prominent tufts. Along the Rio tiraude. JoHs M. Coulter. Otlier names of Echinocacti may be looked fur under Echinocereus and Mammillaria. Echinocactus and Mammillaria are distin- guished chiefly by the way in which the fls. are borne, — terminal on the tubercles in the former, and axillary to tubercles or ribs in the latter. In external appearance they are very similar. Some species may be referred to either genus or to both. Mammillaria micromeris (Pig. 302) is considered by some to be an Echinocactus. The strong resem- blances between these two genera may be seen by comparing the Echinocacti in Figs. 745 and 746 with the Mammillaria in Fig. 746a. See, also. Figs. 1355-7 under Mammillaria. ECHINOCEBEUS ECHINOCfiREtTS (spini/ Cereus). Caclilcece. Stems usually low and growing in thick clusters, which some- times reach a considerable size: fls., as a rule, mostly- short funnel-form: ovary and tube covered with bracts, from the axils of which are produced to a greater or less extent wool, bristles and spines: fr. globose to ellip- soidal, covered with spines until ripe. The genus is so closely allied to Cereus, and merges so gradually into it, that it seems impossible to draw a sharp line of dis- tinction between them, and, indeed, by some aiithors they are combined under Cereus. For culture, see Cactus, Cereus, and Uchinocactus . acifer, 19. dubius, 7. polyacanthus, 18. adustus, 24. Engelmannii, 13. procumbens, 5. Berlandieri, 3. enneacanthus, B. rigidissimus, 24. Blanku, 4. Pendleri, 12. Roetteri, 11. caespitosus, 24. gonacanthus, 9. nifispinus, 24. chloranthus, 20. longisetus, 10. Scheeri, 2. chrysocentrus, 13. Merkeri, 8. stramineus. 1.1. coccineus, 17. Mojavensis, 16. triglochidiatus, 9. conglomeratus, 14. pauoispinus, 9. tuberosus, 1. conoideus, 17. pectinatus, 24. variegatus, 13. ctenoides, 23. phoenleeus, 17. vlridiflorus, 21. dasyacanthus, 22. A. Stems small. slender, cylindricai '., much resemblhuj 1. tuberdsus, Rilmpl. {Cereus tuberdsus, Poselg. ). Stems cylindrical, upright, or later reclining, clustered, from a number of more or less globular or ellipsoidal tuberous roots, the lower part woody and about the size of a lead pencil, the upper part more fleshy, about Kin. in diam., reaching a length of 1-2 ft.: ribs about 8, straight, low, rounded: areolae very close together : ra- dial spines 9-12, horizontally spreading, straight, white, thin subulate, very short ; central solitary, subulate, from a tuberous base, about twice the length of the radials, white or brownish, with darker brown or black tips, directed upward, appres.sed: fls. from the end of the stem, about 2 in. long, tube covered with an abun- dance of white wool intermingled with bristles, rose-red to purplish: fr. ovoid, green, covered with the white wool and bristles. Tex. and northern Mex. 2. Scheeri, Lem. {Cereus Scheeri, Salm-Dyck). Branching freely from the base of the stem and forming dense clusters ; branches upright or ascending, about 8 in. long by 1 in. in diam., slightly tapering toward the apex, dark green: ribs 8-9, straight or sometimes in- clined to spiral, separated above by sharp grooves, which become flattened toward the base, low arched: areolse little more than %m. apart, round, yellowish white: ra- dial spines 7-9, spreading, needle-like, the under pair the longest, about H-Vs in. long, white with yellowish bases; centrals 3, the lower the longest, about %in., red with brown bases ; later all the spines become gray : fl. red, from the upper part of the stem, about 5 in. long: ovary and tube bracteate and furnished with abundance of wool and spines. Mex. 3. Berlandieri, Lem. (Cercjis SerJatuUeri, 'Engelm.). Stems prostrate, richly branching, forming dense clus- ters, the branches upright or ascending, 2-3 in. long or longer by K-% in. in diam., light or dark green, and in young growth often purplish : ribs 5-6, broken up into as many straight or spiral rows of tubercles, tubercles conical, pointed : areolae %-% in. apart, round, white- woolly, soon naked: radial spines 6-8, stiff bristle-form, thin, horizontally spreading, white, about % in. long, the upper one sometimes light brown and somewhat stronger ; central solitary, yellowish brown, sometimes reaching % in. in length : fls. from the upper lateral areolae, 2-3 in. long, red to light pink: fr. ovoid, green, bristly. Southern Tex. and northern Mex. 4. BUnkii, Palm. {Cereus Bhinkii, Poselg.). Branch- ing freely from the base and thus forming clusters: stems columnar, tapering above, about 6 in. long by 1 in. in diam., dark green: ribs 5-6 (rarely 7), straight, almost divided into tubercles: areolae about % in. apart, round, white curly-woolly, later naked : radial spines mostly 8, horizontally spreading, the under pair the longest, reaching about % in. in length, all stiff, ECHINOCEREUS 517 straight, thin, white or the upper ones when young, later reddish brown; central solitary, por rect, later deflexed, 1-1 Ji in. long, white or brownish, black when young : fls. from near the crown, 2K-3 in. long, purple-red to violet. Mex. R.H. 1865:90. 5. procumbens, Lem. {Cereus proctlmbens, Engelm.). Branching from the lower part of the stem, and so form- ing clusters : branches procumbent or ascending, an- gled, at the base tapering into cylindrical, lK-5 in. long by K-% in. in diam. : ribs mostly 5, rarely 4, straight or spiral, on the upper portion of the branch almost divided into tubercles : areolae H-% in. apart, round, sparingly white curly-woolly, soon naked : ra- dial spines 4-6, subulate, stiff, straight, sharp, in young growth brownish, then white, at the base often yellow- ish and the tip brownish, horizontally spreading, the upper the longest, reaching H in. in length ; central solitary, or absent on the lower areolae, somewhat stronger, %-% in. long, darker : fls. lateral, from just below the crown, 3-4 in. long, carmine-red to violet, with white or yellowish throat: fr. ellipsoidal, green, % in. long. Mex. 6. enneac4nthu3, Engelm. {Cereus enneacanthus, Engelm. ) . Freely branching at the base of the stem, and thus forming thick, irregular clusters : branches as- cending, usually 3-5 in. long by VA-'l in. in diam., green or sometimes reddish: ribs 8-10, straight, often divided by transverse grooves into more or less con- spicuous tubercles: areolae %-% in. apart, round, white curly- woolly, soon naked; radial spines 7-12 (mostly 8), horizontally spreading, needle-form, straight, stiff, translucent white, base bulbose, the under one longest, reaching about Kin., the upper one very short; central solitary, or seldom with two additional upper ones, straight, porrect or deflexed, round or angled, whitish to straw-yellow or darker, ys-1% in. long ; later all the spines are gray : fls. lateral, from near the crown or lower, l?4-2 % in. long, red to purplish : fr. spherical, green to red, spiny, %-l in. long. Tex. and northern Mex. AAA. Stems erect, more than 1 in. in diameter. B. Bibs of stem 9 or less. 7. diibius, Rumpl. {Cereus diibins, Engelm.). Tol- erably thickly clustered ; stems branching at the base, cylindrical or elongated ellipsoidal, 4K-7 in. high by lK-2!4 in. in diam.: ribs 7-9, undulate: areolae %-5^ In. apart, round, covered with short curly white wool, later naked: radials 5-8, subulate, horizontally spread- ing, stiff, round or faintly angled, the lower ones usually the longest, about 1 in. long, the upper ones about half as long, or sometimes absent, transparent white ; centrals 1-4, stronger and longer, bulbose at the base, straight or curved, reaches 254 in. in length, the lowest one longest, straight, porrect or deflexed, the upper ones spreading : fls. lateral, 2 in. long, rose-red to violet: fr. spherical, greenish to purple- red, covered with bundles of deciduous spines. Tex. and northern Mex. 8. Mferkeri, Hildm. Stems at first upright, columnar, later reclining, and by branching at the base forming clusters, in new growth bright green, later gray to gray- brown and corky: ribs 5-9, undulate to more or less tu- berculate : areola %m. and more apart, round, white velvety, later naked: radial spines 6-9, tlie upper ones the longest, reaching IH in. in length, suintwiiat cc.n- fluent with the centrals, subulate, siinailini,', siiaiixlit; centrals 1-2, stronger, reachinga lenKtli "( - in. ; nil tlie spines are white, nearly transparent, with rcd-tintt'd bulbose base. Northern Mex. 9. paucispinua, Rilmpl. {Ceretis paucisplnus, Engelm.). Clustered in irregular bunches : stems cy- lindrical to ovoid, 4-7 in. high by l%-3 in. in diam. : ribs 5-7, undulate : areola Va-ya in. apart, round, white woolly, later naked: radial spines 3-6, spreading, subu- late, straight or curved, round, bulbose at the base, the lowest one longest, reaching % in., light colored, the upper ones reaching to about K in., reddish or brown- ish ; central solitary or none, reaching about 1% in. in length, somewhat angled, brown-black, porrect (>r up- right ; later all the spines blackish : fls. 2 in. o-- more long, dark scarlet to yellowish. Tex. and Colo. 518 ECHINOCEREUS Var. triglochidiitus, K. Sch. {Echinocereiis triglochi- diitus, Engelm. Cereus triglochidiAtus, Engelm. ). Radial spines usually 3, sometimes as many as 6, strong, angled, base bulbose, straight or curved, about 1 in. long, soon ash-gray. Tex. and New Mex. Var. gonactlnthus, K. Sch. (Echinocereus gonaedn- tlius, Lem. Cereus gonacdnthus, Engelm. and Bigel.). Radial spines 8, very large, angled and sometimes twisted, the upper strongest, reaching nearly 3 in. in length, light or dark yellow with brown tips ; central always present, deeply grooved, often flattened, 3 in. or more long. Colo. BB. Hibs of stem ahont 9-13. 10. longisetus, Lem. (r, ,, ,, ; ; .V„x, Engelm.). Stems clustered, cylindri- ., ,,, , .tl, long, dirty white spines, about 8 in. ]> ■ i j [:: m 2 in. in diam., light green : ribs 11-13, un- dulate : radial spines 11-13, somewhat angled, stiff, sharp, straight or somewhat curved, horizontally spread- ing, the lowest or lower laterals the longest, about K in., the upper ones the shortest, whitish with brown tips; centrals 4, stiff, straight, angled, stout, the lowest one deflexed, white to dark-colored, reaching a length of 2 Kin., the upper ones about K as long, spreading, brown : fls. lateral, from just below the- crown, \%-2^ in. long, purple-red : fr. ovoid, green to purple-red, spiny, later naked, about 1 in. in diam. ; pulp purple- red. Calif, to Utah and south into Mex. Var. chrysoc^ntms, Engelm. and Bigel. The three upper centrals golden yellow, the lowest white. Mojave desert, Calif. Var. variegiltus. Engelm. and Bigel. The three up- per centrals curved, horn-colored and mottled with black. Utah, Nev. and Calif. 14. conglomeriltus, Fiirst. Stems clustered, colum- nar, somewhat tapering above, reaching a height of 1 ft. and 2 in. in diam., light green: ribs 12-13, strongly un- dulate, tubercled above : radial spines 9-10, glossy, spreading, the lower pair the longest, base yellow; cen- trals 1-4, the lowest straight, porrect, reaching a length ot 1% in. and more, somewhat stronger than the rest. Northern Mex. ECHINOCEREUS 15. stramineus, Riimpl. {Cereus stramineus, Engel- mann). Clustered in thick, irregular bunches : stems ovoid to cylindrical, 4-8 in. long, \]4-2i4 in. in diam.: ribs 11-13: radial spines 7-10 (usually 8), horizontally radi- ate, straight or slightly curved, subulate, sharp, round or the long lower ones angled, transparent white, toler- ably equal in length, about i4-% in. or the lower ones sometimes longer and reaching a length of IK in. ; ce - trals 3^, much longer, stronger, twisted, angled, straw yellow to brownish, when young reddish transparent, the upper ones shortest and spreading upward, the lower ones porrect or depressed : fls. lateral, 2K-3K in. long, bright purple- red or deep dark red to scarlet: fr. ellipsoidal, about 1 K in. long, covered with numerous spines, purple-red. Tex. to Ariz, and northern Mex. 16. MojavfinBis, Riimpl. {Cereus Mojavhisis, Engelm. and Bigel.). Stems clustered, ovoid, reaching 3 in. in height by 2 in. in diam. : ribs 8-12, conspicuously undu- late : radial spines 5-8, the lowest pair the longest, reaching about 2J^ in. in length ; all are white with brown tips, subulate, straight or curved, strongly bul- bose at the base ; central solitary, or sometimes absent, stronger and somewhat longer and darker colored; later all the spines become gray: fls. 2-3 in. long, deep carmine: fr. ellip.soidal, about 1 in. long. Mojave des- ert of Ariz., Nev. and Calif. 17. phoenicens, Lem. {Echinocereus cocci neiis, Engelm. Cereus phceniceus, Engelm.). Stems irregu- larly clustered, ellipsoidal to short cylindrical, 2-A in. high by 1K-2K in. in diam.: ribs 8-11, straight: spines bristle-form, straight, round; radials 8-12, white, H-% in. long, upper ones shortest ; centrals 1-4, stouter, white to yellow or brown, with bulbose base: fls. from upper lateral areolae scarlet-red, with the co rolla throat yellow. Colo, to Ariz. ECHINOCEREUS Var. conoideus, Engelm. (Echinocereus conoUJeus, RUmpI. Ceretts conoideus, Engelm.). Central spine long and robust : fls. large, red. Southern Calif, and northwest Mex. 18. polyac^nthus, Engelm. {Ceretis polyacdntltns, Engelm.). Stems clustered, forming thick masses, cy- lindrical to ellipsoidal: ribs 9-13: radial spines 8-12, robust, subulate, stiff and sharp, under one the longest, nearly 1 in., upper ones scarcely K in., white to red- dish gray with dark tips ; centrals 3-4, bulbose base, stronger, about the length of the radials or the lowest .sometimes reaching 2 in., horn-colored; later all the spines become gray: fls. lateral, about l?i-2}^ in. long, dark scarlet to blood-red: fr. spherical, about 1 in. long, greenish red, spiny. Tex. to Calif, and northern Mex. 19. ioifer, Lem. (Cereus dcifer, Otto). Stems thickly clustered, 6-8 in. high by 1^-2 in. in diam., becoming gray and corky with age : ribs 9-11, usually 10: radial spines usually 9, spreading, under pair long- est, about K in., in young growth white, later horn-col- ored to gray, the upper ones brownish ; central soli- tary, straight, porrect, at first ruby red, later brown, 1 in. long : fls. lateral, 2 in. and more long, clear scarlet- red, with a yellow throat and sometimes a carmine bor- der. Northern Mex. BBB. Sibs of stem IS or more. 20. chlordnthus, Riimpl. {Cereus chloranthus, Engelm.). Fig. 747. Stems in small clusters, cylindri- cal, slightly tapering above, 4-9 in. high by 2-2>^ in. in diara. : ribs 13-18, straight or rarely spiral : radial spines 12-20, horizontally spreading and appressed, sharp, the shortest one about %in. long and white, the lower laterals a little longer and have purple tips; cen- trals 3-.5, or in ynuiiir plants absent, bulbose at the base, the upt'spitt>sus, Engelm. fcccHS cws/Ji'MsHS, Engelm.). Radials 20-30, curved, clear white or with rose-red tips ; centrals ab- sent, or 1-2 very short ones. Indian Terr., Tex. and Mex. Var. mKsplnus. K. Sch. Of more robust growth: ra- dial spines curved, red. Mex. Horticultural names unidentified: E. polycephalus.—E. sanguineus.— E. Vehri. — E. Vspenskii. — E. paucupina, no doubt a mutilation of paucispinus.— i'. Schlini=E. Scheeri ? C. H. Thompson. ECHINOCtSTIS {Grvck. herUie-liog and bladder; from the pricklv fruit). (<,,,.,'./;.-<. Wild Cucumber. Wild Balsam-Api'i.i, li - • • 'Mutains a hardy na- tive annual vine win 'li - ■ ' i:i\i)rite for home ar- bors, although not c-ii. inn i.- hm iiul in foliage, flower or fruit. Its bladdei> liiiUs al.uut l' in. long, covered with weak prickles, are a source of unfailing delight to children, who love to make them burst. It is one of the quickest growing of all vines, and is therefore useful in hiding unsightlv objects, while the slower-growing shrubbery is getting a start. The latest reviewer of the gourd family ( Gogni.aiix. in DC Mon. Phan. vol. 3, 1881) makes three sections of this genus, and this plant the sole representative of the second section, or 520 ECHINOCYSTIS true Echinocystis, because its juicy fruit bursts irregu- larly at the top, and contains 2 cells, each with 2 flat- tish seeds. lob&ta, Torr. & Gray. Lvs. wider than long, deeply 5-lobed, slightly emarginate at the base : tendrils 3-4- branched; staminate fls. small, in many-fld. panicles longer than the lvs. ; calyx glabrous : fr. egg-shaped, sparsely covered with prickles. Saskatchewan to Win- nepeg, south to Va. and Ky., west to Colo. A.G. 14: 161. R.H. 189.5, p. 9. G.C. III., 22:271. Sometimes be- comes a weed. ^_ jj^ ECHlNOPS (Greek, like a hedgehog; alluding to the spiny in volucral scales). Compdsitce. Globe Thistle. A large genus of thistle-like plants, with blue or whit- ish flowers in globose masses. The structure of one of these globes is very curious. Each flower in the globe has a little involucre of its own, and the whole globe has one all-embracing involucre. Another way of say- ing the same thing is "heads 1-fid., crowded into head- like glomes." More or less white-woolly herbs: lvs. al- ternate, pinnate-dentate or twice or thrice pinnatisect, the lobes and teeth prickly. Globe Thistles are coarse-growing plants of the easi- est culture, and are suitable for naturalizing in wild gardens and shrubberies. An English gardener with an eye for the picturesque (W. Goldring) recommends massing them against a background of Bocconia cor- data, or with such boldly contrasting yellow- or white- flowered plants as Helianthiis rigidum or Selianthus ■multiflorus. The best species is U. Bnthenicus. A few scattered individuals of each species are not nearly so effective as a condensed mass or group of one kind. E. Butheniinis flowers in midsummer and for several weeks thereafter. The silvery white stems and hand- somely cut prickly foliage of Globe Thistles are interest- ing features. They make excellent companions for the blue-stemmed Eryngiums. All these plants are attrac- tive to bees, especially E. exaltatus, which h.as con- siderable fame as a bee-plant. Globe Thistles are some- times used abroad for perpetual bouquets. A. Leaves not pubescent nor setulose above. Eltro, Linn. Tall, thistle-like plant, with pinnate- lobed lvs., which (like the stems) are tomentose be- neath, the lobes lanceolate or linear and cut, but not spiny: involucre scales setiform, the inner ones much shorter: fls. blue, very variable. \'ar. tenuifdliuB, DC. (A'. Ruthinicus, Hort. ) has the lower leaves more nar- rowly out, more or less spine-tipped. Gn. 45:951. — Per- ennials of S. Eu., growing 2-3 ft. high. They bloom all summer. Lvs. sometimes loosely webby above. AA. Leai'es pubescent or setulose above. Bann&ticua, Rochel. Lvs. hairy-pubescent above, tomentose beneath (as also the stems), the lower ones deeply pinnatelv parted, the upper pinnatifid, spinv: fls. blue. Hungary. R.H. 1858, p. 519. exaltatus, Scbrad. Tall hionnial, the stem nearly simple and glamliilosipil. ,.<,■, the lvs. pinnatifid, scarcely spiny: lis. l.hic. liusvia. B.M. 2457 as E. strictus, Fisch. Di.stini.'iiisli,,l l,v its simple, erect stem. The garden E. commutatus uiu.y be the same as this. sphaerociphalus, Linn. Tall ( 5-7 ft. ) perennial : lvs. pinnatifid, viscose-pubescent above, tomentose below, the teeth of the broad lobes yellow-spined : fls. white or bluish. S. Eu. B.R. 5:356. L. H. B. ECHINOPSIS (Greek, 7je(f!;«7iO,7-ra-c). Caciitcem. Sea- urchin Cactus. Stems spherical to ellipsoidal or rarely columnar : ribs pnimiiicnt and usually sharp-angled : fls. usually long tnnn|., i ■■],:,,'■ •]- Mv:iry and tube covered with linear-lani-.-.ii,, luiiets which become longer toward th ;- <■ i 'tube, where they pass gradually into th. -.■ - i i- ,,i-, m their axils bearing long, sUky, wavy hau., ami usually a few rather rigid bristles. This is a well marked genus, though by some authors combined with Cereus, confined entirely to South America. Culture as for Cereus. A. Bibs of stem divided into more or less evident tubercles. F6ntlandii, Salm-Dyck. Stem simple, later branch- ing, spherical or ellipsoidal, reaching 6 in. in diam. : ECHINOPSIS ribs 12-15, divided between the areolae into oblique com- pressed tubercles : radial spines 9-12, spreading, straight or slightly curved, yellowish brown, the upper the longest and strongest, reaching yi-VA in. ; central solitary, or seldom in pairs, porrect, curved, 1-lM in., rarely 3 in. long : fls. lateral, 2-2}^ in. long, yellow, orange, pink to scarlet-red : fr. spherical, green, "/i in. in diam. Peru. B.M. 4124. AA, Bibs of stem not divided. B. Flowers red or pink. multiplex, Zucc. Stems at first rather clavate, later globose to ellipsoidal, abundantly branching, 6-12 in. in diam. and the same in height, or rarely taller, light green to yellowish: ribs 12-14, straight, scarcely undu- late: radial spines about 10, subulate, straight, yellow to yellowish brown, with darker tips, reaching ^ in. in length, very unequal, horizontally spreading; centrals mostly 4, of these the lowest is the longest, reaching 13^ in., somewhat porrect at first, later curved and deflexed, darker colored than the others : fls. rare, lateral, 11-15 in., rose-red. S. Braz. B.M. 3789. Var. cristata, Hort. Stems flat and spreading in growth, like an open fan or the flower stalk of the com- mon garden cockscomb, spines reduced to fine, stiff bristles. This is merely a montrosity of the species. oxj^gona, Zucc. Stems at first simple, nearly spheri- cal or rarely clavate, becoming short columnar, reaching IK ft. in height and 1 ft. in diam., gray-green, darker above: ribs 13-15, straight or wavy at the base : radial spines 5-15, horizontally spreading, very unequal, reach- ing Ye in., subulate, obliquely upright ; centrals 2-5, somewhat longer, straight, porrect or deflexed, dark horn-colored, with black tips: fls. commonly many to- gether, lateral, reaching 13 in. in length, pink to car- mine-red, the inner petals lighter than the outer ones. S. Braz. triiimphans, Jacobi. This is a hybrid between E. Ey- riesii and oxygona, with pink double flowers. BB. Flotcers white. EyriSsii, Zucc. Stem simple, commonly branching later, at first somewhat depressed, later short to rather tall columnar, reaching a height of 2 ft. and a diam. of «^ 749. Echmopsis eemmata. 4-6 in., dark green: ribs 11-18, straight, undulate, with sharp-angled margins: radial spines about 10, scarcely more than % in. long, rigid, straight, slender conical, pointed, dark brown to black; centrals 4-8, but very lit- tle different from the radials: fls. lateral, 10-15 in. long, ECHINOPSIS white: fr. small, ellipsoidal, about 1 in. long. S. Braz., Uruguay and Argentine Republic. B.M. 3411. B.B. 20:1707. gemmita, K. Sch. (E. turbinAta, Zucc). Pig. 749. Stem simple or sometimes branching, at first low spherical or short columnar, later more top-shaped, reaching 1 ft. in height by 4-6 in. in diam., dark green: ribs 13-14, rarely more, straight or sometimes slightly spiral with sharp or obtuse margins, which are but lit- tle or not at all undulate; central spines appear first, about 3-6 in number, very short, stiff, black; later the radials appear, about 10-14, longer, horizontally spread- ing, at first yellowish brown, later horn-colored : fls. lateral or from the upper areola, 9-10 in. long, clear white, with a pale greenish midline in the petals. S. Braz. tubiCUra, Zucc. (A'. Diirrilii, Hort. E. Zuecarlnii, Pfeiff.). Stems spherical to ellipsoidal, at first simple but later more or less branching, reaching 10 in. in height by 8 in. :in diam., dark green : ribs 11-12, straight, with margins inconspicuously undulate: radial spines numerous, sometimes as many as 20, unequal, horizontally or obliquely spreading, yellowish white with brown tips, sometimes darker ; centrals 3—4, the lowest the longest, reaching %in., later deflexed: fls. lateral, about 14 in. long, white with pale green midline in the petals. S. Braz. and Uruguay. B.M. 3627. ECHINOSTACHYS {spiiiu head, from the Greek). A bromeliaceous genus, now referred by Mez to JScbmea, which see. Three species have been offered in the Amer. trade: E. HyBtrix, Wittm., for which see p. 28. E. Pineli4na, Wittm., which is ^. Pineli&na, Baker: 2-3 ft.: peduncle and bracts brilliant red: Ivs. banded, spine-edged: spike dense, 2 in. long, spiny: petals yellow, the tips fringed and incurved. Brazil. B.M. 5321. E. Van Houttetoa, Van Houtte, is JS. Van Hoiitfectna. Mez (Quesnelia Vhn Routteana, Morr. ). Lvs. many, strong spined, sometimes white-banded beneath : fls. white, blue-tipped, in a crowded spike: 1-2 ft. Brazil. L. H. B. ECHtTES (Greek, viper; possibly from its poisonous milky juice or from its twining habit). ApocyiiAcecc. A large genus of tropical American twiners related to Dipladenia, and of similar culture. Differs technically from Dipladenia in the 5-lobed disk and the glandular or 5-scalcil calyx. Andrewsii, Cliaimiaii ( E. subericta, And.). Lvs. lJ^-2 in. long.i'l.is,. t.it;, th, r, (,val or oblong, mucronate, acute or roundi'd at the bust-, margins revolute: peduncles axillary, 3-5-tid., .shorter than the lvs.: fls. yellow; corolla tube 1 in. long, Kin. wide, much dilated above the insertion of the stamens, bell-shaped, scarcely longer than the lobes; anthers tapering into a long, bristle-like awn: glands of the nectary 5, rounded, as long as the ovaries. Sandy shores, S. Fla. W. Indies. paluddsa, Vahl. Lvs. oblong, oval-oblong, or lanceo- late-oblong, rounded toward the mucronate top: calyx segments glandular, devoid of an interior scale, oblong, mucronate-blunt, spreading; corolla tube funnel-shaped above a cylindrical base ; anthers oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, rounded-cordate at the base, hirsute on the back above. umbell&ta, Jacq. Lvs. ovate or ovate-roundish, mucro- nate: fls. greenish white; calyx segments glandular, devoid of an interior scale; corolla tube cylindrical, en- larged below the middle, tapering again above; anthers rigid, tapering from a hastate base, glabrous. W. Indies. W. M. fiCHIUM (Greek, meaning unknown) . Borraqin&cea. Viper's Bugloss. Coarse herbs and shrubs, with spikes of blue, violet, red or white flowers. Their nearest ally of garden value is Cerinthe, but they are very distinct in general appearance. E. fastitosum, for instance, has dark blue, 5-lobed flowers about half an inch across, in spikes 6 inches long and 2 inches wide, perhaps as many as 200 fls. in a spike. Great masses of stamens are thrust out and add to the interest, and the young flower-buds look like pink 5-pointed stars. Three kinds are cult, out- EGGPLANT 521 doors in California. There being no published American experience with their cultivation under glass, the follow- ing points are gleaned from The Garden 42, p. 884 (1892). In rich soil they grow coarse and scarcely flower, and the flowers are never as richly colored as when the plants are more or less starved. Biennials seed freely, and the seed is sown as soon as gathered. E. callithiirmm is a greenhouse shrub or small tree which produces hundreds of spikes during summer. After flowering "the old stems or branches are cut back, when the plant breaks away again, and in this way may be had in bloom almost at will." Cuttings strike freely, flower soon, and make good pot-plants. Seedlings require a greater age and size before blooming. E. fa.ituosiim is the handsomest of the shrubby kinds, grows 2^ ft. high, has long, pale green lvs., covered vrith soft white hairs, and fls of a peculiarly brilliant deep blue. In California, Franceschl says, Echiums are eminently suited for dry places, and need good drainage. E. vulgare is a common weed in the East. A. Fls. dark blue. c&ndicans, Linn, f {E. fastnbsum, Jacq. f., not Ait.). Forms a bush 3 ft. high, but flowers at 3 ft., and its foliage is green when fresh, hoary white when dry. Branches thick, leafy toward the tips: lvs. lanceolate, the upper ones smaller, crowded and narrower: panicles much looser than the spikes of .B. fastnosnm: fls. ses- sile, pale blue, the buds reddish purple. Madeira. B.M. 0868. B.R. 1:44. -The fls. are sometimes said to be streaked with white or all white. AA. Fls. pale blue. fastudsum. Ait., not Jacq. This has darker blue fls. in a dense spike and perhaps less hoary foliage than E. candicans. This was Hooker's conception in 1886 of the relation of the two species, but De CandoUe formerly held the opposite opinion. Canaries. R.H. 1876:10. Gn. 10:50. AAA. Fls. white. simplex, DC. Woody but biennial and not branched: lvs. ample, oval- lanceolate: panicle very long, cylindri- cal, spike-like, the spikelets 2-fld., pedicelled: stigmas simple. ^_ jj EDELWEISS. Hee Leoutopodium. EDGEW6RTHIA (after M. P. Edgeworth, English botanist in E. Indies, and his sister Maria). Deciduous shrub, with stout branches: lvs. alternate, entire, short- petioled, crowded at the end of the branches : fls. in dense, peduncled heads, axillary, on branches of the previous year, with or before the lvs., apetalous; perianth tubular, 4-lobed, densely pubescent outside: st:imens S, in 2 rows; stigma elongated: fr. a dry clnipe. One species from Himal. to Japan, tlie bark .if wliich is used for paper- making. Ornamental slirub. with liaTHls..iiie fuliage and yellow, fragrant fls. Hardy only Suutli, thriving in any good, well-drained garden soil; if grown in pots a sandy compost of peat and loam, with sufficient drainage given, will suit them. Prop, by greenwood cuttings in spring under glass; also by seeils, oljiaiiii-il from dealers in Japanese plants. i!el,.i,j-i" I i: ^nn, l.iticea. GArdneri, Meissn. / , Zucc. E. chry- sdntha, Lindl.). L\^. 'l"iig-lanceolate, ap- pressed pubescent wlirii \ _-. -liilinMis above at length, 3-8 in. long: fls. about 1 in. limf;, densely clothed with yellowish silky hairs outside, in dense heads about 2 in. in diam. B.M. 7180. B.R. 33:48. F.S. 3:289. -Cannot withstand the long, dry summers South. Alfred Rehder. EDRAIANTHUS. See Wahlenbergia. EDWAKDSIA. The leguminous genus of this name is now included in Sophora. EEL-GKASS. Vallisneria spiralis. EGGPLANT {SoUnum Melongena, Linn.). Solani- eew. Guinea Squash. Aubergine of the French. This plant is a native of the tropics, probably from the East Indies, but its native land is not known. It is cultivated to a greater or less extent throughout the entire tropical 522 EGGPLANI 750. NoD-polIinated fruit. regions. The first reports o£ its use as a vegetable come from India, hence the above assumption. In the United States it is cultivated as a vegetable as far north as New York, but it usually grows to greater perfection in the southern states. The demands for it during the early months of the year have not been fully supplied. Its cultivation demands as mufli a /i. __ ^"^ 'S4 St r \s o( Early Dwarf Purple EgEPlant NoctudiiP). These insects are almost omnipresent, and when nearly full grown are liable to cut off plants that are 4 or 5 inches high. It is not common for one insect to cut off more than a single plant, but in ordinarily fertile soil there are enough cut-wonus present to destroy the entire field. So that, on the whole, it be- comes very annoying. Where these insects are quite destructive, it is possible to kill them with poisoned bran or poisoned cotton-seed meal, sweetened with syrup or sugar. Another Insect that does more or less damage is the cotton-boll worm (Heliothis armigera). This insectdoes its damage by boring a hole into the stems or the fruit. In the latter case it causes it to rot before it is picked, main trouble occurs in the earlier stages of its growth. The Eggplant a^Ms (Siplionophora oucurhitm) is one of the most annoying pests to this crop. It usually makes its appearance about the time the crop is fit to ship, and appears in such numbers that the plants are ruined in the course of a week or two. The insect at- tacks the lower surface of the leaves, making it difiicult to reach the pest with insecticides, but persistent efforts and a good tobacco decoction, applied with a fine nozzle, will give considerable relief. Anthracnose ( Glaeasporimn melongencB) does not cause great damage to this crop, but is one of the agents that reduce the profits. "It may be recognized by its producing decided pits in the fruit, upon which soon appear minute blotches bordered with pink. ' Bordeaux mixture may be used to good advantage for preventing this disease. Phoma Solan i frequently causes damping-off in the hotbed. It often renders a whole bed worthless. Plants 'lamination EICHHORNIA affected with this fungus usually fa off by some insect. Some plnnt^. Ii miserable existence and Hii;i|i '■'<'■ ' will reveal the point of iniM . it tlie ground level. The best preventi\ . liMined beds, and then avoid excessive w.iii i m j. \\ Im n i htm ping-off is detected in a seedling bed, the atmosphere and surface soil should be dried as rapidly as possible, followed by one application of fungicide. p_ jj_ Rolfs. EGYPTIAN BEAN. Same as Black Bean, DoUchos EGYPTIAN LOTUS. EHRETIA (G. D. Ehret, botanical painter, born in Germany, 1708, died in England, 1770). Borraginicea. About 50 species of tender trees and shrubs, found in the warmer regions of the world. Two species are cult, outdoors in S. Calif, and 2 others in European green- houses Plants with or without rough, short hairs: Ivs. alternate, saw-toothed or not: fls. small, often white, in cymes corymbs, terminal panicles, or rarely all borne m the upper axils. The 2 species described below are . % ergreen trees in S. Calif., attaining a height of 30 ft. •s eds may be obtained through dealers in Japanese A. Lvs. snw-toollied. B. Foliage hairy. macroph^Ila, Wall. Lvs. ovate, acute, sharply 1 uthed, with long, harsh, rigid hairs above and soft ubccence beneath: panicle terminal, pubescent: calyx (-iliate fr. globose, obscurely 4-grooved. Himalayas. BB. Foliage not hairy. acuminata, R. Brown (£. serrdta, Roxb.). Helio- trope Tree. This belongs to a different tribe of the sime family with the Heliotrope, and the white fls. have a honev-like odor. Lvs. oblong-lanceolate, acuminate: panicles terminal and axillary: fls. clustered, sessile. Trop Asia and Aust. — "Dni|.ts rid. tin- size of a pea; said to be edible." F. ^'^. J,: ., ■:■.„. , . .■,,, Fla. AA. Lvs. US lll."). L stricted at the middle, Ijlad.l. r- raany-nerved : scape 1 ft. l"n,i;, sheaths at and above the middle: spike, pale violet, 6-lobed, the upper lobe larger and hav- ing a large patch of blue, with an oblong or pear-shaped spot of bright yellow in the middle: stamens 3 long and 3 short, all curved upwards towards the tip. Braz. B.M. 2932, erroneously, as Pontederia azurea. I.H. 34: 14. A. F. 5:511. Var. mijor, Hort., has rosy lilac flowers. Var. aurea, Hort., has yellowish flowers. AA. Leaf-stalks not inflated; inner perianth-segments beaiitifully serrate. azitrea, Kunth. Lvs. on long or short not inflated petioles, very variable in size and shape: scape often as stout as the leaf -stalk, gradually dilated into a hooded spathe: fls. scattered or crowded in pairs along a stout, hairy, sessile rachis ; perianth bright pale blue, hairy outside, inner segments beautifully toothed, the upper a trifle larger, with a heart-shaped spot of yellow, which is margined with white. Braz. B.M. 6487. G C. II. 25:17. I.H. 34:20. R.H. 1890:540.-One plant will be- come 5 or 6 ft. across in one season. Wm. Thicker and W M. ELffiAGNUS (ancient Greek name, meaning a kind of willow; from elaios, olive). Elctagndcew. Shrubs or small trees: lvs. alternate, deciduous or persistent, en- tire or nearly so, clothed more or less with silvery or brownish scales: fls. axillary, solitary or in clusters, apetalous ; perianth companulate or tubular, 4-lobed; stamens 4, included, on very short filaments: fr. a 1-seeded drupe. About 15 species in S. Europe, Asia and N. America. Highly ornamental shrubs with handsome foliage and mostly decorative frs.; the fls. are incon- spicuous, but mostly fragrant. Some of the deciduous species, as £. argentea, longipes, mnltiflora and «m- bellata, are hardy North, while the evergreen ones are hardy only South. A distinct feature of some species, as E. argentea, angustifolia and pa^'ri folia, is the conspicu- ous silvery hue of their foliage, while E. longipes is the most ornamental in fruit. They grow in almost any well drained soil, also in limestone soil, and prefer sunny position. Prop, by seeds and by cuttings of mature and half-ripened wood ; also sometimes increased by layers and by root-cuttings ; varieties and rarer kinds can be grafted on seedlings of vigorous growing species. Index of names (varieties and synonyms in italics): angustifolia .irgentea, 6. anreo-variegata. Japonii longipes, 5. maorophylla, manilala. 8. mnltiflor.i, 4. orientalis, 1. hortensis. chlets ( ht green axillary, ampanu- A. Jjvs. deciduous, nd lvs. beneath silvery white, without any brown scales. 1. angastifdlia, Linn. (£. 7i< Shrub or small tree, to 20 lanceolate or oblong-lanceohi above, 2-3 in. long: fls. si}' on the lower parts of the bi; late, tube about as long as limi», _M I ;.' '::, trrvj-rnnt; style at the base included bya'tulHi:: r n .■y:,\, veUow, coated with silvery scales, .lu! - ' . W. Asia. Var. orientalis, Schlecht.(j;..',, If.). Spineless: lvs. often oblong cr oval, .1.: Ih .1 m n witli stellate hairs beneath than with scales, usually glabrous above at length: fr. rather large. Var. spindsa, Dipp. {E. spindsa, Linn.). Spiny: lvs. linear-lanceolate or lanceolate, scaly above and densely scaly beneath: fr. smaller. L. B.C. 14:1339. B.E. 14:1156. 2. parvifdlia, Royle {E. Japdniea, Hort.). Shrub or small tree, to 20 ft., with erect stems and spiny, spread- ing branches: lvs. elliptic-ovate or oblong-lanceolate, crisped at the margin, usually with stellate hairs above, glabrous at length, silvery beneath, lK-3 in. long: fls. axillary, usually crowded on short lateral branchlets, short pedicelled; perianth narrow, tube longer than in, fragrant fr globose or nearly so, voung, pmk when ripe, 'jin long, ipin. B R 29 51 Mn 5 145 -Not ■sometimes cult under the name of les, however, is evergreen Var. ^ / IS advertised but probably does (XIO). BB. Branchlets with reddish or yellowish bijown scales and sometimes silvery besides: lvs. silvery white beneath, often with f-ew brown scales. c. Fr. juicy, scarlet-red or brownish red. 3. umbeliata, Thunbg. Spreading shrub, to 12 ft., often spiny, with yellowish brown branchlets, often partially silvery: lvs. elliptic or ovate-oblong, silvery- scaly above, without brown scales beneath, crisped at the margin, lK-3 in. long: fls. yellowish white, fragrant, axillary, 1-3 usually crowded on short lateral branchlets ; tube of perianth longer than the limb: fr. globose or roundish oval, scarlet, Ji-Hin. long, erect, rather short- stalked, clothed with silvery scales when young, ripen- ing late in fall, while the similar E. parvifolia ripens much earlier. May, June. Japan. A. G. 12:206. M.D.G. 4. multifldra, Thunbg. Spreading shrub, to 8 ft., spineless ; branchlets reddish brown : lvs. elliptic or ovate-oblong, with scales or stellate hairs above, often glabrous at length, usually with few brown scales be- neath: fls. 2-3, axillary, usually crowded on short lat- eral branchlets; tube longer than the limb: fr. acid, oval or roundish-oval, scarlet, ^4-/3in. long, erect or nodding, with brown scales when young, ripening in July or August, rarely later: pedicel as long as or some- what longer than fr. May, June. Japan. M.D.G. 1899: 569. — Very variable species, and perhaps the former and the following are only varieties of it. 5. 16ngipes, Gmj (E. fdu1i.<. ll-n.i. mi. Fig. 7.56. Shrub.to 6ft., withreddisli I ! : i- mIs: lvs. elliptic, ovate or obovate-obl'iii- ' i iic hairs above, usually glabrous at leuirrli. nH> ti\ wiih ^.-attered brown scales beneath, \-2% in. Ion;,': lis. l-i', axillary, on the lower part of the branches or on short branchlets, yellowish white, fragrant ; tube as long as the limb: fr. pendulous, oblong, % in. long, scarlet, on slender pe- duncles, much longer than the fr. ; fr. with brown scales when young, ripening in June or July, of agreeable, slightly acid flavor. April, May. Japan, China. B.M. 7341 (as E. mnltiflora). G.F. 1:499. G.C. 1873:1014 Gng. 1:275, 277. cc. Er. rather dry, silvery white. 6. argentea, Pursh. Erect shrub, to 12 ft., spineless, stoloniferous, with reddish brown branchlets: lvs. ovate 526 EL^AGNUS or oblong-lanceolate, silvery on both sides, often with scattered brown scales beneath, 1-3 in. long: fls. 1-3, axillary, yellow within, fragrant: fr. oval or roundish oval densely clothed with silvery scales short-pedi- celled A A ^ long May June Canada south to Quebec M nnesota I tih B B 40 A L I Hi n I f II macroph^Ua Tl 1 Sp nele h shrub to C ft V tl 1 ery h te 1 hi t Ivs 1 road ovate or 1 road ell pt c on to t 1 ther long pet oles scaly above uallj glabr t length silvery wh te beneath fls. axillary, with silvery and brovniish scales outside; tube corapanulate, abruptly narrowed at the base, as long as limb. Japan. 8. piineens, Thunbs. Spreading shrub, to G ft., mostly spiny. " nil lir.> ii i rnichlets: Ivs. oval or oblong, undu- latearil 1 1'- at the margin, at length glabrous abov. . I Ml. more or less interspersed with browii -- ;ili -. L' I in. long: fls. in axillary clusters; tube cylindrii-al. slightly narrowed at the base, longer than the limb : fr. short-stalked, about ?^in. long, with silvery and brown scales. Japan. Var. Fr^derici varie- g&ta, Hort. Lvs. with vellow center and green margin. Var. maculilta, Hort. With large vellow b!otchf><. A. ults are secured when tl 1 (,ht runs only lialt Ihr ni:;lit. A common two tl i i 1 candle-power iJL'lit lias a marked effect on tl e ^. th f many plants at a distance of sixty to even i: ne 1 n Ire 1 feet. The incandescent light has a similar ii H ence but not so marked. The incandescent or 'W el 1 h ^ light is also capable of hastening the growth cf \ lant As now understood, the application of the eleetin, light to the growing of plants is a special matter to 1 e used when the climate is abnormally cloudy or when it is desired to hasten the maturity of crops for a particu lar date. Only in the case of lettuce has it been proved to be of general commercial importance; and even with lettuce, it is doubtful if it will pay for its cost in cli- mates which are abundantly sunny. For the literature of the subject, consult the publications of the Experi- ment Stations of Cornell University and of West Vir- ginia. L. H. B. ELE6CHAKIS ( Greek-made word, meaning deligMing in marshes). Ci/perAeew. Rush-like native plants, mostly of low, wiry growth, and commonest in marshes and on muddy shores. They are mostly perennial. The culms are simple, terete or angular, bearing a spherical or oblong head of inconspicuous fls.: Ivs. usually re- duced to nitri' slit'aths, TIk-v an- iiitrresting for the borders of i..in.U. ami aiv v.rv'.-asv t.. naturalize. Three species hav.- 1... n ..tl. r.il l.v .•..ll...-t..i-s : E. equlsetoWes, Torr. A sli..n. ].laiit, with' t,-r.-tr li..ll..\v .•nlins 2-3 ft. high, and cylindrical heads about the thickness of the culm; resembles horse-tail (Equisetum). E. acicuUrlB, R.Br. Hair-like, 6 in. high, making grass-like mats. E. ov4ta, R.Br. Culms nearly terete, 12 in. high: head glo- bose or ovate. L H. B. ELEPHANT'S EAR is a name for Begonias. The Elephant-Ear Caladium is a Colocasia. ELEPHANT'S FOOT. Testudinaria. ELETTAEIA (native name). Scitamindcew. Differs from Amomum in technical characters, as in the slender tube of the perianth, the presence of internal lobes in the perianth, and the filaments, not prolonged beyond the anther. Perhaps only 2 species, although more have been described. E. Cardamdmum, Maton, affords the small Cardamons of commerce, which are the dried capsules, and which are used in medicine. The large or China Cardamons are from sp.ci.-s ..f Amoiiiuni. The Cardani..ns,.f X,.,.al and B.-nu-al aiv Aiii..ni.iiii ; tliose of S. India arc Kl.'ttaria. Th.' Kl.-tli>ria i- iiatn.' t.. India, parts of S. Fla. I'lauts have been .jllurcd by Keasoner Bros. The Cardamon plant grows 5-10 ft. high, bearing an erect, jointed, closely sheathed stem, and lanceolate acuminate entire nearly sessile Ivs. often 2 ft. long: fls. purple-striped. It is said to prefer shade and a moist soil. In three or four years plants give full crops, but they become more or less exhausted after bearing three or four crops. Prop, by dividing the roots and by seeds. Under glass, handled the same as Alpinia. L. H. B. ELEUSlNE (Greek, JUleusis, the town where Ceres, the goddess of harvests, was worshipped). Gramlnece. Crab Grass. Yard Grass. Coarse, tufted annuals, with the stout unilateral spikes digitate at the apex of the culm. Spikelets several-fld. ; arranged in two rows along one side of a continuous rachis, rachilla articulate above the empty glumes: fls. perfect or the upper one staminate: grain loosely enclosed by the fl. -glume and palet Species 5 or 6 in tropical regions of the Old World. Some are valued as cereals in Africa, India, and other eastern coun- tries. For E. ^Kqyptlaca, see Jl,ir/,il,„t,',u„i„. Indica, ria>rtn. Dog's iiiK Grass. Fig.757. -4 ft. high ; culms ig, fl.attened : spikes o-V. aiiout 2—4 in. long, digi- tate, often with one or two lower down : spikelets 3-6- fld. Blooms from June to October. — A very grass in cultivated fields and dooryards in the South, often troublesome as a weed coraciLna, Gaertn. Afri- can Millet. Fig.758. Erect, " igh, closely related f nd much resembling M. liidUa. Can be distinguished from it by its stouter habit, shorter, broader and larger spikes. — Cult, in India, China and Japan for the grain. Beer is brewed from the grain in Abyssinia. In cult, in America as an ornamental grass. Coracana means. "of the crows." Barcinon^nsis, Costa. Culms tufted, 6 in. to 1 ft. high: leaf -blades short, about one-sixteenth of an in. 528 ELEUSINE wide, obtuse at the apex: spikes broad, 2—4, digitate, 1-1>2 in. long; spikelets closely imbricate, 5-fld.— Int. into Amer. on ballast, and in cult, as an ornamental Pla°*- P. B. Kennedy. ELEUTHEEOCOCCUS (Greek, eleulheros, free, and kokkos, kernel; the seeds are easily detached from the flesh). Arahdcew Ornamental hardj shrub with numerous erect, spmy stems rather large, digitate Ivs inconspicuous greenish fls., and black berries in umbels. They prefer a somewh t moist and rich soil and are w II adapted as single specimens en tli lawn or in borders of shrubberies for the handsome bright green foil age. Prop, by seeds and ro )t cut tings. Three species in E \sia with alternate, long petiol d digi tate Ivs.: fls. small greenish nhf, amous-dloscious, 5 merous pedi celled, in terminal pedum led um bels: berry roundish ovd blatk Mhining, 5-seeded Benticdsus, Maxim Shrub to It ft., the branches densely covered with slender spines Ifts 5 rarely 3, oblong, usually narrowed at the base, acute, sharply and doubly ser- rate, sparingly hispid above, with bristly hairs on the veins beneath, 4-6 in. long: fr. about H in. high. July. N. China. Gt. 12=^^3. Alfred Rehdee. ELIOT, JABED, author of the first American book on agriculture, was born November 7. 1685, and died April 22, 1763. He was the grandson of John Eliot, the "apos- tle of the Indians," and was pastor at Killingworth, Conn., from October 26, 1709, until his death. He was a botanist, and the leading consulting physician in New England. He introduced the mulberry tree into Con- necticut, wrote an essay upon the silkworm, and dis- covered a process of extracting iron from ferrugineous sands. His "Essays upon Field-Husbandry," begun in 1748, formed the first American book devoted exclu- sively to agriculture. It is now extremely rare. He was a high-minded, progressive and useful citizen. Many of his sermons were separately reprinted. Jared Eliot and Samuel Deane were among the few agricultural writers of note in the period before American horticul- ture was considered distinct from agriculture, -^y, jj, ELLI6TTIA (after Stephen Elliott, South Carolina's early and excellent botanist. For a flue portrait and sketch of him, see G.F. 7:204-206). EricAcew. A genus allied to Rhododendron and Ledum, with three species, of which the most interesting is an extremely rare na- tive southern shrub, with delicate white flowers, an inch in diameter, composed of 4 slender petals, and borne in racemes 6-10 in. long. John Saul once adver- tised it, and P. J. Berckmans, of Augusta, Ga., still culti- vates it. The two Asiatic species are inferior in size and beauty of flowers. Important generic characters which distinguish this genus from Leiophyllum and Cladothamnus are : flowers terminal, racemose; petals 3-5, entire: anthers 4-10, opening by irregular cracks: ovary 3-5-celled. racemdsa, Muhl. Shrub, 4-10 ft. high, branches slen- der: Ivs. alternate, oblong, acute at both ends, glandu- lar-mucronate, entire, thin, membranous, 3-4 in. long, 1-lK in. wide; petioles slender, grooved, hairy, about 1 in. long: calyx lobes 4, short, rounded: stamens 8 : fr. unknown. Wet, sandy woods of S. C. and Ga. G.F. 7: 205- W. M. The plants formerly oflfered by John Saul were incor- rectly named, and he refunded whatever amount had been charged for all plants sold by him. They proved to be Styrax. grandiflora. The only plants now known to exist are a few specimens collected by the writer, in company with Dr. Asa Gray in 1873, 'in a patch in Columbia county, Ga., which covered an area of about ELSHOLTZIA 3 acres. This was afterwards cleared, and not a vestige of EUiottia remains. A small patch is said to exist in Edgefield county, S. C, near the city of Augusta, Ga., but all my efforts to find it have failed. The only plants which the writer has ever been able to propagate came from suckers. A few of these were sent to the Arnold Arboretum and to Kew Gardens. No seed has ever been produced upon our specimens, which are now lo feet high p. j. Bercciians. ELM See L Imm. ELODBA (Greek marshy) HydrocJiariddcece. This ^enu lit nil ] tihii 9 species of aquatic herbs, in- lulii tl T) I 1 11 interesting hardy perennial 1 1 1 t t 1 and ponds nearly through - ut \ I I t the extreme north. It is ] 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 me and school aquaria. It ] I I UijLi^ed plant, with branching t 1 t IT It Ijut, aLtording to the depth of the w I 1 II I I tilUte fls are raised to the surface by tl 11 I I 1 \ tubes and float there. The minute tint tl which are rarely seen, commonly break tt 1 el w ri e to the surface float about, open, and bed their pollen The fruit ripens below the surface, ind the seeds ri>>e This plant is now found abundantly in Europe being sometimes known in England as Babmgton s C urse from the man who introduced it. It reached England in 1841 and choked up many canals and waterways, notably the Cam. It was very abundant in 1852 and 18."i3, but declined in the next few years. Ducks, geese and swans are fond of it, and render great service in getting rid of it. It can be used for manure where it grows in sufiicient quantities. Like many other water plants, it makes heavy buds in the fall (Fig. 759), which drop to the bottom and grow in the spring. Canadensis, Mich. (Andcharis Canadensis, Planch. A. Alsindstrum, Bab.). Water-weed. Ditch-moss. Water Thyme. Water Pest. Lvs. in whorls of 3 or 4, or the lower ones opposite, linear, minutely toothed or not, 2-7 lines long, i4-2 lines wide : fls. white ; calyx tube of the pistillate fls. 2-12 in. long; spathes 5-7 lines long. B.B. 1:93. w. M. Trickek and W. M. ELdDES. See Hypericum. ELSHOLTZIA (John Sigismund Elsholtz, author of an unpublished Flora Marcica, the MS. of which is in the Royal Library, Berlin) Labidtce. Herbs or under- shnibs, in temperate and tropical Asia, with fls. in spikes: calyx tubular, 5-toothed ; corolla oblique or 2- lipped, the "upper lip 4-toothed in the typical species (described below), the lower longer and entire or some- what crenulate ; stamens 4, separated. One is in the Amer. trade. ^-^-js^ 760 Elsholtzia < cnstata, Willd Fig 760 Twelve to 18 in high with opposite, petioled, ovate-oblong toothed lvs. and small, light blue fls. in crowded, more or less 1-sided spikes: calyx enlarging in fr. Asia. B.M. 2560. -Hardy annual, with very aromatic foliage and attractive, upright habit. Said to be a good bee plant. l_ jj_ b_ ELYMUS £LY1IUS (Greek, rolled up or enveloped). Gra- mlnece. LviiE Grass. Wild Rye. Erect perennial grasses, with flat or convolute Ivs. and closely-fld. termi- nal spikes: spikelets 2-6-fld., often long-awned, the up- permost imperfect, sessile, in pairs (rarely inS's or 4's), at the alternate notches of the continuous or articulate rachis, forming terminal spikes; empty glumes acute or awn-pointed, persistent and subtending the fls. like an involucre. Species about 20, in the temperate regions of Eu., Asia and N. Amer. For E. Hijstrix, see Asperella. areniriua, Linn. Sea Lyme Grass. Stout, coarse perennial, 2-8 ft. high, with strong, creeping rootstocks: Ivs. long, rigid, smooth: spikes dense, terminal, G-12 in. long; spikelets about 1 in. long and .S-4-fld.-One of the best grasses known for binding the drifting sands of our Atlantic and Pacific coasts, especially when com- ■ bined with Beach Grass {nee Ammopliila arenaria) . The seed is also used by the Digger Indians for food. Canadensis, Linn. Canada Lyme Grass. Terrel Grass. Rather stout, smooth perennial, 3-5 ft. high, with broad, flat Ivs. 6-12 in. long : spikes 4-9 in. long, exserted, nodding spkelets very r'g'd 3 d fld fl glumes long-awned Co n men in low thickets ani along streams in rich open woods t hrosghout the country. — Cult, as a ornamental plant. ^ ar glaucifdlius, Gray (E glaucifdlius, Hort ) pale and glaucous through out, with usually m e slender awns. Cult i n ornamental grass. condensitus.Presl Cat Rye Grass. The Hrge t of the native Rye Gra e growing to the he ght f 5-10 ft. : culms in den e tufts, stout : spikes 8 to 1% ft. long, very \% able, compact or n rupted, bearing bran h n clusters of spikelet each" joint. Common the Rocky mounta n re gions and the Pacific slope — Useful for binding the loose sands on ra Iway banks. Cult, as an orm mental grass. glatious, Regel. A g u cous-leaved, dense, ce p tose, hardy perennial gra 3-4 ft. high, with ve short, smooth Ivs erect, elongated sp k spikelets in 2's, er usually 5-fld., densely lous - pubescent, sho awned. Turkestan. — R ly in cult, as an oma u tal grass, p. B. Ken-^e EMILIA (perhaps ai sonal name). C'ompd Herbs, perennial or nual : related to Senec but always without rays heads rather small, the n volucre very simple an 1 cup-shaped, with n( m 11 outer scales: akene w 1 all perfect. A doz scribed from Africa species in common u t fl4mmea, Cass. (E sag t Ita DC E soncl fol a Hort., not DC. E so ch fdl a, L nn , var sag UAta Clarke. CaccLlia eocchiea, Sims, B.M. 564. C. son chifdlia, Hort., not Linn. C. sagitt&ta, Vahl. Se ENCEPHALARTOS 529 flammea e ngle floret el e een le 1 P Ij a One necio sag tt }f 4 Hoffm ) Tassel, Flower Flora's Paint Brlsh F ;, 61 \ neat annual erect 1 ' ft., h h ir\ the long stems tein i ated 11 nrl t e Men ^ ell w n the form " Uoi g or glabrous b clustei c. lied C ovate K dentate E p rp o c sonchitol L nn ^ often more or le s 1 r o Irk heads fewer n the cl ter and the nvoluc lone as the florets Apparently not n cult florets. not Hort Caoalia nch) Rad cal Its. r 1 d ela p ng, arly ; ountry. L H B. EMMENANTHE (Greek el g fl e the per- sistent corollas reta n their bhipe vl eu drj like ever- lasting flowers) Sjlojljin t Half a dozen an- nual herbs from western North A en i of wl ch the most interesting species wa 1 tr luce 1 to c It vation in 1892, under the name of California Yellow or Golden Bells. It grows 9-12 in. high, forming bushy plants, each branch loaded with broadly bell-shaped, pendulous, unwithering flowers, about half an inch long, of creamy yellow. The general effect of a branch suggests the lily-of-the-valley, but the foliage is pinnatiM. The lasting character of the fl. distinguished the genus from its allies, the nearest of any garden value being Pha- celia. Corolla lobes 5 ; stamens 5; style 2-cut. The spe- cies named below belongs to a section of the genus, with calyx lobes broader downward, and coarsely pitted seeds. All the others have the calyx lobes broader up- wards and the seeds more or less wrinkled transversely. pendulifldra, Benth. California Yellow or Golden Bells. Somewhat sticky, with long or short, soft hairs: Ivs. pinnatifid, lobes numerous, short, somewhat toothed or sharply cut : ovules about 16: s.-i-.ls 1 line long. Calif. G.C. III. 11:339. ^y M. EMPfiTEUM (Greek, en, in, petros, rock ; growing often on rocks). EmpetrAcea. Crowberby. Evergreen, hardy, prostrate or creeping, heath-like shrubs, with small, crowded Ivs., inconspicuous purplish fls., and globose, red or black, edible berries. They grow best in moist, sandy or peaty soil, and are especially handsome for rockeries. Prop, usually by cuttings of nearly rip- ened wood in late summer under glass. One species through the northern hemisphere in mountainous and arctic regions, also in S. America. Lvs. generally lin- ear, thick, alternate : fls. dioecious, small, 1-3 axillary, nearly sessile, 3-merous : fr. a 6-10-seeded drupe. nigrum, Linn. Lvs. linear to linear-oblong, glabrous or nearly so, entire, %-Ji in. long : fls. purplish: fr. black, about one-fifth in. in diam. Var. purpiireum, DC. i 1 . red. Arctic and boreal N. Am. Var. Tiibrum, DC. {E. iiinim, Vahl). Young branches and margins of lvs. 1 lous, hence the plant grayish green: fr. red. Antarc- ..- ,S. Am. B.R. 21:1783. Alfred Rehder. ENCfiLIA (meaning obscure). Compdsitce. About 20 species of American herbs, chiefly western, often woody at base. The following was introduced by Pranceschi, 8anta Barbara, Calif., and has fls. 2% in. across, with yellow rays and a black disk. Has probably never been tried in the East. Caliibmica, Nutt. Woody at base, 2-4 ft. high, stroug-scented, rather hoary, or becoming green : lvs. 1-2 in. long, ovate to broadly lanceolate, usually entire, indistinctly 3-ribbed from the base, abruptly stalked: rays numerous, 2^-toothed : seeds ohovate, with long, silky hairs on the callous margins and a shallow notch at the tip. ENCEPHALARTOS (Greek, en, within, kephale, head, and artos, bread; alluding to the bread -like interior of the trunk). OycadAcea. Grand cycads from tropical and southern Africa, grown chiefly for their splendid ever- green foliage. Nineteen or less species. The finest pic- ture of an Encephalartos in any American periodical is probably that in Garden and Forest 4:209, accompany- 530 ENCEPHALARTOS ing an article from William Watson, of Kew, whose re- marks are here condensed. These plants are specially suited for large conservatories, the fronds being not easily injured. They should succeed outdoors South. Some of the Kew specimens must be nearly a century old. The trunks of some kinds grow only a few inches in many years. The specimen illustrated had a stem 5 ft. in circumference, nearly 3 ft. high, and crowned by 107 leaves, each 3 ft. long, and rigid. A whorl of new leaves is produced each year, the latest one having 34 full sized leaves. The whole head was about 7J^ feet in diameter. Most kinds prefer a sunny, tropical house, but E. brachyphyllns and perhaps others may be grown in a cool greenhouse if kept a little dry in winter. The cones are always interesting and often very decorative. Those of U. villosus are twice as large as a pineapple, orange-yellow, half-revealing the scarlet fruits. Cycads are propagated by seeds ; also by offsets or suckers. They are slow-growing, except in very warm houses. They like a strong, loamy soil. While making new growth they need plenty of water. SeeOycas. The woolliness of the stem and leaf-segments varies with the age of the plants and of the leaves. The pith and central portion of the cones of some species form an article of food among the Kaffirs, hence the common name of Kaffir Bread. The most widely known species in cultivation are U. villosus, E. Alten- steinii and E. pungens. Though very handsome Cycads, they are by no means popular. Some other Cycads frequently produce seed in con- servatories, but Encephalartos seldom does, and plants are, therefore, usually imported. Dry trunks, weighing frequently from 50-75 pounds, have been received from South Africa. They often remain dormant for a year or more, and do not make ornamental specimens for two or more years. In the following descriptions " rachis " refers to the midrib of the leaf on which the leaflets or segments are borne, and "petiole" means the portion of the leaf be- low where the leaflets begin. A. Leaflets toothed (sometimes entire in No. 1). B. Petiole 4-angled : foliage glaucous, i. c, covered with plutn-like "btoom.^' 1. h6rriduB,'Lehm. Trunk woolly or not: leaflets op- posite or alternate, lanceolate, mostly entire, sometimes toothed. Var. glaiica is presumably more glaucous than the type. B.M. 5371. BB. Petiole sub-cylindrical : foliage not glaucous. c. Leaves dark green : trunk not woolly. 2. Altensteinii, Lehm. Leaflets mostly opposite, lan- ceolate. B.M. 7162-3. G.C. II. 6:392, 393, 397; III. 2:281; 12:489-93. cc. Leaves light green: trunk woolly. 3. villdsuB, Lehm. Leaflets opposite or alternate, ~ " 1897:36. G.C. II. B-. Foliage glaucous. 4. L^hmanni, Lehm.(C!>casi^A»Ma»im,Hort.). Trunk not woolly: rachis and petiole obtusely 4-angled; leaf- lets nearly opposite, narrowly or broadly lanceolate, rarely 1-toothed. Gt. 1865:477. BB. Foliage not glaucous. c. Apex of leaflets mostly obtuse, pointless. 5. longifdliua, Lehm. Trunk not woolly, at length tall: rachis and petiole 4-cornered but flattish above: lowest leaflets often 1-3-toothed, margin somewhat revo- lute: wool soon vanishing from the rachis and leaflets. Var. revoliltiis, Miq., has the margins more distinctly revolute. Var. angustildlius has narrower, flat leaflets. Var. Hodkeri, DC, has narrowly lanceolate leaflets, not glaucous but intense green, and rachis not woolly. B.M. 4903, erroneously named E. Caffer, is referred to this place by a recent specialist, though the leaflets are dis- tinctly pointed in the picture. cc. Apex of leaflets D. Form of E. Margin oflaifl.i.-^ ,;v..li,i.. 6. cycadifdlius, Lehm. (E. Fri,h riciiimli.'lmi, hehm. E. cycadifdlius,Ya.T.Friderici-(ruili(ilmi, Hod.). Trunk woolly at first : rachis and petiole ashy-pubescent: leaf- lets opposite and alternate, linear. I.H. 29:4,59. G.F. 4:209. EE. Margin of leaflets not revolute. 7. pungens, Lehm. (ZAmia piingens, Ait.). Rachis and petiole glabrous: leaflets long-linear, dark green, rigid, flat, striated beneath. Var. glaiica is also sold. DD. Form of leaflets lanceolate. E. Bachis glabrous. 8. C4Ker, Miq. (E. Cdffra, Hort.). Petiole 3-angled: leaflets alternate, narrower at the base, twisted, the younger ones with 1 or 2 teeth. R.H. 1869, p. 233. Not B.M. 4903, which is E. longifoUus, var. Hookeri. EE. Bachis spidery -pubescent. 9. C4Her, var. brachyphylluB, DC. (E. brachyphyllns, Lehm. ) . Rachis and blades of the lower leaflets spidery- pubescent : male cones sessile instead of peduncled. The pinnaa are erect, and longer and narrower than in E. Caffer. W. M., P. J. Berckmans and W. H. Taplin. ENCHOLlEIUM. Consult Tillandsia. ENDIVE (Cichdrium Endivia). Compdsitw. See Cichorium. During summer and fall, well-blanched heads of Endive may be found in all our large city markets, and are appreciated to some extent, especially among the foreign part of our population. We seldom see Endive in American home gardens, or in small local markets. In the absence of lettuce during the lat- ter part of the season. Endive serves as an acceptable salad, and is well worthy of greater atteutiuu than it re- ceives, especially as it is of easy culture. Select any ordinary good garden soil. Sow seed thinly in drills, which need not be more than a foot apart, but thin the plants promptly to about the same distance in the rows, and keep free from weeds, and also well cultivated and hoed. When the plants have attained nearly their full growth, gather up the leaves and tie them lightly at their tips (Fig. 762). In from two to three weeks' time, according to weather conditions, the heart will blanch beautifully, and the plant should then be promptly used or marketed, as decay sets in soon after this stage of development. The blanching may also be done by slipping a large-sized but short tile or piece of tile over each plant, after the leaves are gathered up and held closely together. The varietal differences are slight, and consist mostly ENDIVE In variations of form of leaves. The standard variety grown in America is called Green Curled. In European catalogues we find a number of varieties listed and de- scribed. Among them Moss Curled, Rouen, and Broad- leaved are the most popular. f^ Greiner. ENEMIES. This word is found increasingly useful to include the work of Insects and Diseases, which see. Also consult Spraying and Tools. ENElANTHnS (Greek words, referring to shape of the Andromeda-like flowers). Also written Enkyan- thits. Ericdcece. A genus of 5 species of shrubs, allied to our familiar Andromeda, Zenobia and Pieris (the last of which it most resembles in habit), and dis- tinguished from these genera by the obtuse anthers, 2- horned at the top on the back, and long pores: seeds 3-5-winged. China, Japan and Himalayas. Jil.Japonimts is very showy in autumn, with its lirilliant yellow foli- age more or less marked with red, and its strongly con- trasting brown capsules, lu early spring it bears nu- merous umbels of Andromeda-like tls. Pot-grown plants are obtained through dealers in Japanese plants. The species is hardy as far north as Washington, D. C, and perhaps farther. Enkianthus is a genus of glabrous shrubs: branehlets somewhat whorled : buds furnished with deciduous bracts: Ivs. stalked, leathery and ever- green or membranous and deciduous, entire or minutely toothed: fls. in terminal umbels, white, rosy or scarlet, drooping or merely nodding; calyx small, 5-cut; corolla urceolate or broadly bell-shaped, with 5 spreading or reflexed lobes ; stamens 10: ovary 5-celled. Four kinds are grown abroad under glass. Equal parts of loam and peat, and careful potting, are advised. Prop, by cuttings of ripe wood, inserted under glass in spring without heat; also, by layering out of doors. Jap6nicus, Hook. Lvs. crowded at the ends of branch- lets, l>2-2 in. long, short-stalked, obovate when young, ovate when older, acute, serrulate, deciduous : lis. "droop- ing, pure white ; pedicels 8 lines long, glabrous; corolla globose, with 5 sacs at the base, a contracted mouth, and 5 small, revolute lobes: capsule narrow, erect. Japan. B.M. 5822. E.H. 1877, p. 467. G.C. III. 21:357. E. campanuldtxts, Nicholson. Fls. terminal, drooping, in short racemes, dark red throughout, without sacs at the base: pedicels sometimes minutely hairy, 6-9 lines long; corolla 4 lines across, with 5 erect lobes. lu the forests of Japan some- times30ft.high. Has brilliant foli;ige. Northern.lap. B.M. 7059. R.H. 1888, p. .S12 (.IS E. Himalaicus).-JS. Himnmcus. Hook. Lvs. 2-3 in. long, narrower above the middle .iiul more tapering than in E. Japouieus, acuter at the b.-ise,pulpesceiit l)eneath when young: fls. drooping. 6-14 in an umbel: pedicels hairy: corolla dull yellowish red, streaked hrightpr red. without sacs at the base, and erect lobes. B.M, 6460. The liriglit red petioles and leaf-margins are possessed to a lesser degree in the next spe- cies, hut this has yellowish pedicels and the nest species red ones.— .E. o'l'nQUfflortts, Lour, Lvs. IniiKer-petioled than in the rest, oval, and more abruptly pointed: c.ilyx colored like the corolla instead of green, as in the other kinds: fls. droop- ing, scarlet, sometimes white .it tips, with f. s.ics, which are shorter than in E, .Japonicus. R.H. I,'i40:2-.'l. B.M. 1649. B.E. 11:884-5. The buds are particularly interesting. Tjff, JJ. ENTADA (a Malabar name). Legiimindsie. A genus of 13 species of tropical, woody, spineless climbers, with bipinnate lvs. White fls., in spike-like racemes. One kind has lately been introduced from the West Indies to the southern states. It makes a quick growth. Petals free or slightly cohering, valvate : stamens 10, free, ex- serted : anthers crowned with a deciduous small gland : ovary many-ovuled. The lvs. often bear tendrils. Some of the species yield "Sea Beans" (G. P. 7:503). polystichya, DC. At length tendril-bearing : pinna) in 1-6 pairs: Ifts. in 6-8 pairs, oblong, rounded at apex: racemes in terminal panicles : pod oblong, straightish. Trop. Amer. ENTEL£a (Greek, complete; the stamens all fertile, a distinguishing feature). Tiliclcem. Perhaps 3 species of trees from New Zealand and Tahiti. The following is said to be an extremely fast grower in S. Calif., and is cult, abroad under glass, but, from the picture cited, it seems not worth the space in northern greenhouses. Lvs. 5-nerved, stellate-pubescent: fls. white, in terminal EPACRIS 531 cymes; sepals 4-5; petals 4-5; stamens numerous, free: ovary 4-6-celled; cells many-ovuled: style simple. arborSscens, R.Br. Attaining 30 ft. : the heart-shaped outline of the leaf broken on each side, about two-thirds of the way toward the tip, by a projection Kin. long or nearly as long as the tip of the leaf: lvs. 6 in. long, 4 in. wide, doubly serrate. New Zeal. B.M. 2480.— Int. by Franceschi. ENTESOLOBIUM (meaning not obvious). Legu- mindsa. Six species of tropical trees, of which 2 have been introduced into S. Calif. Unarmed: lvs. bipinnate: fls. greenish, in large heads or clusters; corolla 5- toothed; stamens any number up to 10, purple or white. A. Pod bent back in a complete circle. cycloc&rptun, Griseb. Pinnae in 4-9 pairs: Ifts. in 20-30 pairs, unequal-sided, oblong, pointed. Cuba, Jamaica, Venezuela. AA. Pod forming half or two-thirds of a circle. Timboftya, Mart. "A truly magnificent tree, with shining bark and spreading head, sure to become popu- lar in the South. Hardy at Naples, Italj."— Franceschi. EOMfiCON (Greek, eastern poppy). PapaverAcerc. A rare, hardy herbaceous perennial plant with white fls., destined to no great popularity, but interesting to lovers of hardy borders. Hooker writes: "A beautiful monotypic genus, intermediate between Stylophomm and Sanguinaria, differing from both in the scapose habit, racemose fls. and sepals confluent in a mem- branous, boat-shaped spatbe, and further from Stylo- phomm m the form of the Ivs. and color of the fls., and from Sanaruinaria in tlie-four petals and elongate style." The plant is hardy with Woolson at Passaic, N. J. chionintlia, Hance. Rootstock creeping, ascending, full of yellow sap: lvs. all from the root ; stalks twice as long as the blades; blades 3-6 in. long, heart-shaped, concave, broadly sinuate, rounded at the apex, bright pale green above, almost glaucous beneath: scape 1 ft. high, reddish: fls. 2 In. across, white; petals 4. Spring. China, not Japan. B.M. 6871. ^ jj EOPfiPON. See Trichosanthes. £FACBIS (Greek-made name, upon the summit; referring to their habitat). Epacriddcem. About 25-30 heath-like shrubs of Australia, New Zealand, etc., of which half a dozen or less are grown as cool green- house pot-plants. livs. small and entire, usually sharp- pointed, sessile or short-stalked, scattered or sub-oppo- site: fls. small and axillary, short-stalked, the flowering stems being elongated leafy spikes. The fls. are regu- lar and perfect ; calyx bracteate ; corolla tubular, 5- toothed, white or shades of purple and red ; stamens 5: ovary 5-loculed, ripening into either a fleshy or cap- sular fruit. Distinguished from Ericas by the bracteate or scaly calyx, and the anthers opening by slits rather than pores. In the Old World, Epacrises are prized by those who grow heaths, and many good varieties are known. They bloom in early spring or late winter. The varieties of E. impressa may be flowered for Christmas; perhaps others may be so treated. A carnation house, 50°-55°, suits them well. There are double-fld. forms. The most important to the horticulturist are : impressa, Labill. Three ft., erect, twiggy, downy:' lvs. horizontal or deflexed, narrow-lanceolate and sharp: fls. rather large (often yi in. long), tubular, pendent, on very short stalks, red or white. B.M. 3407. There are many forms: var. parvifldra, Lindl., B.R. 25:19; H. ca»ipaji«?[ito,Lodd., with broader fls.,L.B.C. 20:1925; E. cermflbra, Grab., B.M. 3243 ; E. nivdlis, Lodd., snow white, L.B.C. 19:1821, B.R. 18:1531; £. variab- ilis, Lodd., blush, L.B.C. 19:1816; longifldra, Cav. {E. miniAta, Lindl. E. grandifUra, Willd.). Stems woolly, straggling : lvs. ovate-pointed or cordate- pointed, sessile or nearly so, many-nerved : fls. long (nearly 1 in.), red at base and white at the limb, crlin- drical. B.M. 982. B.R. 31:5. — Handsome. Var. spl6n- dens, Hort., has brighter colors. acuminata, Benth. Lvs. ovate, acuminate, clasping., ascending: fls. small, red, the coroUa tube not much exceeding the calyx. 532 EPACRI purpurAscens, R. Br. Lvs. ovate-acuminate, trough- shaped, tipped with a long curved point or spine : iis. short, the calyx nearly equaling the corolla, white or pinkish. There is a double-Hd. form. L.B.C. 3:237. G.C. II. 5:340.-Probably identical with E. pulchella, Cav. obtusifdlia, Smith. Lvs. small, elliptic or linear, thick and obtuse : hs. small, white, the spikes more or less one-sided. L.B.C. 3:292. Other trade names are £. ari!.nt,ss,„i,i . FIs. < rimv,,,, — /:;. hyadnthifldra, var. candidisnium , \%lui.-, '-rtilx , ;iii.(/ mdnea. L. II. H. The genus Epacris (though perhaps not as well known as the Ericas, with which they are usually grown, re- quiring the same culture) furnishes the cool greenhouse with some of the most beautiful hard-wooded flowering plants known, the fls. embracing a good range of color. Where a good variety of these plants is grown, the flowering period extends from the end of January to the end of April. After flowering, the upright or bushy species should receive whatever pruning may be neces- sary to secure a well-shaped plant, while the pendulous varieties will require the shortening of only the strong- est branches to induce a more even growth. If neces- sary, potting should be done at this time, and those which do not need repotting should have the drainage of their pots made perfect, as a water-logged condition of the soil is fatal to these plants. The soil best suited to them is two parts good fibrous peat, one part leaf- mold, and one part silver sand. In potting, small shifts should be given and the soil pressed as firmly as possible in the pots. After potting and pruning, the plants should be placed in a temperature of 60-65°, and syringed on all fine days to encourage fresh growth. During the summer they should be placed outside, in a position where they would receive some shade during the hottest part of the day, and the pots should be plunged in ashes or other non-conducting material. Careful watering is necessary at all times with these plants. If allowed to become dry, they will lose their lower lvs., which spoils their appearance; at the same time a saturated condition of the soil is fatal to them. Though they may be propagated by seeds, the use of cut tings of the young growth is more expeditious. These should be about 1 inch in length and the tip ends of the young growths. They may be inserted thickly in pans of sharp silver sand, with a glass bell-jar placed over them to keep them close. The pans should be plunged in the propagating bed and the cuttings care- fully watered and shaded till rooted. The moisture which collects in the bell-jars should be wiped out two or three times a day, and a little ventilation from the bottom admitted after about the third day, removing the bell-jars altogether as the cuttings become rooted, which usually takes two or three weeks. When nicely rooted, they should be potted singly into thumb-pots and grown along, pinching when necessary to induce a bushy habit. Edward J. Canning. It is a good plan to plunge pots of Epacris in an open position and cover the plants during June and July with lath racks. About August, begin to remove the racks a few hours each day until the middle of September. Then remove the racks altogether. This practice hardens the w-ood and insures the setting of buds. A top dressing is a great lielp to Epacris and all hard- wooded plants. Hay or straw, run through a hay cutter, makes the best dressing. It can be put on quickly and evenly; it protects from the sun; it is light; it dries quickly, and has no bad effects, as manure does in the case of some hard-wooded plants. The writer has found the following sorts do well : Diadem, Eclipse, Her Majesty, Model, Rose Perfection, hyacinthiflora and vars. candidissima and fulgens. impressa alba, miniata vars. superba and splendens, rubra superba. H. D. Darlington. £FH£I)BA (ancient Greek name, used by Pliny for the Horse-tail). Gnetdcece. Generally low, much- branched shrubs, often procumbent and sometimes climbing, the green branches resembling much those of EPIDENDRUM Equisetum, bearing minute, scale-like, sheathing lvs. in distant pairs or whorls : fls. inconspicuous, but fr. in some species decorative, berry-like and scarlet. They are but rarely grown, and most of them are tender; half hardy North are H. distachya, foliala, Nevadensis, trifurca. They can be used for covering dry, sandy banks or rocky slopes, and are prop, by seeds or by suckers and layers. About 30 species from S. Europe, N. Africa, Asia and in extra trop. Amer. Fls. dioe- cious, in small aments, forming usually peduncled axil- lary clusters ; staminate fl. with a 2-4-lobed perianth ami "ith the 2-8 Stamens united into a column; pistil- hit .• tl . \m i li an urceolate perianth, including a naked ovule, .Uvili.iiiiig into a nutlet; in some species the bracts of the ameut become fleshy, and form a berry-like syncarp. Latest monograph by O. Stapf, in Denkschr. Akad. Wissensch., Wien, Vol. 56 (1889), (in German and Latin). J7 (f<■,^^),7MM' t.imi t'K 'nil^nri-, T.inn V Low, of ten procum- l„.i,t 1 : n vi: ■ 1. III. 1, -'■■■■" K- .111. ■-twelfth in. long: .im.'i , ,,,.,:, ,1^.: fls. with about 8 sta s. Europe, W. Asia. Var ■:.. i|M,, si.i; : V ...litarv.-Ji.^.imfn, blu lik,. \li.,[,l..,.- r. II III II ■• , ; \ \\-ats. Erect, 2-:; 1' •] I ;,,, .■ ..I '. I ' . III.: aments ,isu;i, ;• :.-i;-fld.: fr. ilrv, xM.h .i,.ii,- i.r.M !- .,i,|,N.>i ij. .. ; "i<.:n-o, Terr. Ereii, villi. liB,.i, .lrii..i.l_,l. c.i i.,i;.- til.-. 1. I.l.iu._l.i»: lvs. in 3's. fr. dry, the roundish bracts ^vith transparent margins. Ari- zona to Colorado. Alfred Rehder. r. . .s, alluding to their epiphy- il.c /•,>/./, Hi/cffp. Epiphytes: infliin-!-..!!..- siin|.l.. ..r liraiii-liril.ii. arly always terminal: claw of till- III.. Hum 111. .II- ..r liss ailnate to footless column, tlic i: nil ; .. iliiu' and usually deeply lobed: pollinia 4, J i ' i .•.11, separated. Nearly 500 species dis... . riliod from central America. Epidendruii.-ai. la the orchid tnl.« .-. 1 L ing of hybrids, bo it in the genus itself, or with the related Cattleya and L»lia, has opened a wide field for the hybridist. Epidendrum seedlings grow freely; the time required to bring them to the flowering stage is little compared with other orchids, and it is but a ques- tion of a short time till the blood of the Epidendrums will be infused into the weaker but more gorgeous flowers of genera more difficult to grow. It is also the long stem and the grace of the racemes of the Epidendra, as well as the odor of some of their species, whifh the hybridist will try to blend with the largeness of short- stemmed flowers, of Cattleyas for instance. We therefore give below a list of the species but rarely found under cultivation, but the value of which will call for and justify large importations of their kind before long. George Hansen. It is scarcely possible to apply any one rule for the cultivation of this widely divergent and large genus, which includes many hundreds of variable individuals geographically distributed all over tropical America. For convenience they are treated under their several separate sections. Section /. — Barkeria embraces several deciduous, small-growing species which generally deteriorate sooner or lutrr iiu.l.-r .ui]ti\ ati.ui. Tliev suct-cd best in small baski-t-, Mi~|..-n.l.|.l fn.u, tli.. i fin i-..ul'1i, l....se of'liveciuii.|..'.'l si.ha-iiuiu' iii..-s a.ld.-d't.. r.-taiu 'iiiuis- ture, this cuiiip..st frt-cly interspersed with pieces of charcoal or broken crocks or potsherds. They are all subjects for the coolhouse, require a free, moist atmos- phere, shade from the sun while growing, and must be syringed frequently overhead in bright weather. After the plants have matured growth they should be removed to a rather sunny location and be syringed overhead often enough to keep them in sound condition until they start new action. While resting during winter the tem- EPIDEXDRUM perature may range from 50° to 55° Fahr. at night, and a few degrees higher during the day. They are increased by division. This should take place as the plants start growth action in early spring, allowing at least three pseudobulbs to each piece. Section //.—Encyclium, of which J!, atropurpureum, E. nemorale and E . prismatocarpum are good examples, may be grown either in pots or baskets in equal parts clean peat fiber and live chopped sphagnum, with a liberal amount of drainage, and excepting E. vitellinum, which must be grown cool, they require a moist, sunny location with a winter temperature of 58° to 65° Fahr. by night and several degrees advance during the day. In February and March, many species will start root or growth action; such as need it should then be I'epotted or top-dressed, as occasion requires. The temperature should be increased several degrees, and a greater amount of water be allowed with frequent overhead syringing on bright days. Ventilation should be given whenever the weather will permit, to keep the young growths from damping-off and the atmosphere active; at this time the plants will need light shading to pre- vent sun-burning. The stock is increased by cutting nearly through the rhizome 3 or 4 bulbs behind the lead, when starting action ; this will generally cause the latent eyes to grow, but the pieces should not be re- moved until the new growth is well advanced. Section ///.— Anlizeum includes such species as E. ciliare, E. coclileatum, etc., the several requirements being identical with the preceding. Section ZF.— Euepidendrum. These are mostly tall growing reed-like species, of which E. erectum and E. radicans aflford good illustrations. They are best adapted for pot culture. The pots should be two-thirds filled with drainage and the compost — consisting of about equal parts peat fiber and live sphagnum, well mixed — pressed in firmly about the roots, leaving the surface raised a little above the rim in the center when finished, to shed off surplus water. While the plants are growing they require a shaded, moist location, a day temperature of about 7.5° Fahr., with 5 or 10 degrees less at night. They should not be kept too wet at the roots, but overhead syringing in bright weather is very beneficial. While at rest, in winter the temperature should be modified 10 degrees and a more sunny loca- tion be given, with less frequent syringing, enough only to keep the canes or pseudobulbs in sound condition. Young plants often form in the axils of the upper leaves, and on the old flower stems it is best to let these young plants remain until they start their second growth, as they can be more safely removed at that time. Section T — Psilauthemum contain's but one species, E Stamfoidianum, which requires the same general treatment as those in Section II. Robert M Grey EPIDEXDRUM 533 AA. Inflorescence terminal. B. Stems without bulbs: leaves distichous, alternate : only top of ctihiinii frir from lip. {Euepidendrum.) 2. CatlUus, Kci.hl,. f. ( /;. imperAtor, Hort.). Fls. cin- nabar red. New I Iraiiaihi. l.H. 21:1()2. 3. cinnabarlnum, SalzMKinn. Stems 3-lft.: fls. orange- red, 2 in. in diani., lobes of lip deeply fringed. Beauti- ful species. Braz. B.R. 28:25. 4. ebumeum, Reichb. f . Stems terete, 2-3 ft. : fls. 3-4 in. in diam., yellowish green; lip ivory white, with yel- low calli. Panama, in swamps. B.M. 5643. 5. ellipticum, Graham {E. crassifdlium, Hook.). Fls. on long scapes, clustered, rose or purple, % in. in diam. Braz. B.M. 3543. G. findresii, Reichb. f. Stems 6-9 in.: racemes 9-12- flowered: fls. 1 in. in diam., pure white; lip and column spotted purple. Costa Rica. G.C. II. 23:504. 7. ev^ctum, Hook. Stems 3-5 ft.: peduncles nodding, 2 ft. : fls. rich purple, lip deeply fringed. New Granada. B.M. 5902. 8. leucochllum.Klotzsch (A", unperd^r, Hort.). Stems 2 ft. : fis. 5-9, on long pedicels, greenish yellow, lip pure white. New Granuila, C.niiiMj.uOO ft. 9. paniculitum, lini/ ,v Triv. Stems 3-4 ft.: fls. % in. across, lilac-i>iii|.l.', li|. \\liiri.su yellow. Venezuela to Peru, high altitmli-s. M.i^t free-flowering and best of paniculate species. B.M. 5731. l.H. 22:211. 10. radicans, Pavon (17. r7ii>o>;i«r»»i, Batem.). Stems semi-scandent, up to 5 ft. long, long white roots from opposite the leaves: fls. up to 2 in. in di.ain., numerous; most brilliant of the red-flowering species. Guatemala, amongst heavy grass. Gn. 24:412. BB. Stems thickened into pseudobulbs. c. Pseu.lnhulhs 2^-lmved .- lahellum adnate less than h.ilf: column l,n„nl-wl ii.j.'.l . (Barkeria.) 11. 61egans, Ri-irhli. f. i lon-lh-in //I'l/aHS, Knowles & Westc... StL-ias t.T,.t,-, \1 11,.: iir.li.-i-ls 24 in. : fls. 5-7, uoddiu^', 1'.. iu. ill iliaui., liUi.-puriil.-; lip whitish, with purple blotch. Pacific coast of Mexico. B.M. 4784. 12. Skinneri, Bateman (Barkhia Skinneri. Paxt.). Lvs. ovate-obloni;, sheathing the slender stem : peduncle terminal, beariiii,' rose-lilac flowers about 1 in. across: petals and st-jKiN iir.irly iM|ual, petals so twisted at the base as to ).n-. nt .l"i-:il surface to the observer: la- bellum ovati.-. \Mtli :; lai^.-d lines. Guatemala. B.B. 22:1881. P.M. i:.:! i v;ir, ,n<,, ..,■). atropurpureum : cmnabannum cochleatum 24 crassifolium i dichromum 17 eleg-ins 11 leucochilum 8 maculatum 21 macrochdum 16 orale 18 odoratum is an violieeiim is Cattleyi Loddigesii vitellinum 11 ^ Inflore (Psilanth 1 Stamford Stems fusiform, 12 m long |i 7-9 in large panicles of yelh 534 EPIDENDRUM 13. Lindleyanum, Reichb. f. {Barkeria LindleijAna, Batem.). Stems slender: fls. numerous, about 2 in. across, rose-purple; labellum with a white disk; petals broader than the sepals. Central America, 1839. 14. BpectAbile, Reichb. f. (Barkeria spectdbilis, Batem.). Flor de Isabal. Stems tufted, cylindrical, i-5 in. high: Ivs. 2: raceme about 6-fld. : fls. 3-4 in. across, bright lilac ; sepals linear-lanceolate ; petals ovate-lanceolate; labellum white at base, red-spotted. Guatemala. cc. Pseudobulbs 1-2-, rarely S-Uaved, labellum adnate at base, or not up to the middle, column not winged. (EncycUum.) 15. atropurptoeum, Willd. (E. maerochUum, Hook.). Pseudobulbs ovoid, 3^ in. high : Ivs. lanceolate, 12-15 in. long, dull purple colored : peduncle 6-10-fld. : fls. 2J^in. in diam., purplish brown upon greenish ground; lip yellowish white, with crimson stripes. Mex. to Vene- zuela. B.M. 3534. A.P. 6:609. var. rdseum, Reichb. f. Sepals and petals purplish, lip bright rosy. Guatemala. P.M. 11: 243. 16. BraBSdvolae, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs pear-shaped : Ivs. 6-9 in. : racemes 18-24 in., 6-9-fld. ; fls. 4 in. across, sepals and petals narrow, yellowish brown ; lip trowel- shaped, purple, white and green. Mex. to Guatemala, 8,000 ft. B.M. 5664. 17. dichrbmum, Lindl. Fls. white, lip rose-colored, yellow and downy at base. Brazil. 18. nemorUe, Lindl. Pseudobulbs sub-globose, 3-i in. high: Ivs. 9-12 in.: peduncles 2 ft. long, covered with warts : fls. 3-4 in. in diam., rose-colored ; lip rosy mauve, streaked with purple. Mex. B.M. 4606. G.C. II. 24:332. A.F. 0:6.33. 19. osmdnthum, Rodrigues (E. Godseffidnnm, Rolfe. E. Capartiilnum, hindh). Fls. 1% in. across, in large panicles, light green, suffused with brown; lip white, lined with rose-purple, fragrant. Braz. — One of the handsomest species. 20. prismatooirpum, Reichb. f. {E. macuWum, Hort. ). Pseudobulbs ovoid, tapering, 4-5 in. : Ivs. 12-15 in.: fls. IX in. across, pale yellow-green, with purplish black spots; lip pale purple, with yellow tip and white border. Cent. Amer., 5,000 ft. B.M. 5336. 21. vitelUnum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs ovoid, 2 in. long: Ivs. 6-9 in.: peduncles 15-18 in., 10-15-flowered : fls. cinnabar-red; lip and column orange. Mex., 6,000-9,000 ft. B.M. 4107. G.C. III. 10:141. Var. mijus, Veitch. Pseudobulbs shorter : racemes denser: fls. larger and more brilliant. G.C. III. 12:159. —Very superior to the species; type no longer imported. ccc. Pseudobulbs 1-2-, rarely 3~leaved : lip adnate up to apex of column. (AuUzeum.) 22. vendsum, Lindl. Butterfly Orchid. Scape 1ft., with white sheaths : Ivs. 3, 4-6 in. long, linear-lanceo- late: scape tumid at base, 5-7-fld. : fls. pink, chocolate and green, about 1 in. long, lasting a long time. On oaks, etc., Mex. — Of easy culture. The Florida repre- sentative of this species is E. Tampense, Lindl. See 9th Rept. Mo. Bot. Gard. 137, plates 38, 39. 23. cili&,re, Linn. Pseudobulbs clavate, 4-6 in. : Ivs. 4-6 in., springing from sheathing bract: peduncles 5-7- flowered : fls. yellowish green ; lip white. Tropical America, between 5th and 20th parallel of north latitude. B.R. 10:784.— Plant resembles a Cattleya. Introduced to cult, in 1790. 24. cochle&tum, Linn. Pseudobulbs 3-4 in. : Ivs. 6 in. : racemes 4-7-flowered : fls. 3-4 in. across, greenish white; lip deep purple beneath, light green above, with maroon blotch on each side, column white. Trop. Amer. from Fla. to New Granad:.. H.M. .")72.- Introduced 1787, first epiphytical orchid t.> llww. r in i;iii.'land. 25. faloatum, Lindl. i A'. /■././, ,(/v.i, /;.(»«;«, Hook.). Pseudobulbs thin, raisin;; from rumiiug rhizomes, monophyllous : Ivs. 6-12 in., fleshy, channeled on one side : peduncles 2-5, sheathed, 1-flowered : fls. 5 in. across, greenish yellow ; lip white, greenish at apex. Mex. to Guatemala. B.M. 3778.— Plants grow inverted. EPIG^A 26. frigrans, Swartz. Pseudobulbs fusiform, mo- nophyllous, 3-4 in.: Ivs. 8-12 in.: fls. inverted, 2 in. in diam., very fragrant, pale greenish or whitish; lip crim- son streaked. Guatemala, through the West Indies to northern Brazil. B.M. 1669. 27. aurantlacum, Batem. Once classed in the sepa- rate group of Epicladium, now often accepted as a spe- cies of Cattleya, where it was first referred by Don. The plant grows with, and much resembles Cattleya Skinneri. Fls. IS i". across, orauge-red. Guatemala. Garden liylii-;.N /: /:■ ,!.^ !■■>,, ' M.-n.if. .iMian i.u • " I'.n.n- Endresio-\V;ilii - f I ' , '•* lil I,t..iil— A J- nu: , .•■m- l\ ~,< , i.-.,i — E. U'Brienuuiu.u u ^cLiuui ,-, i^idicau^;. (j.C. 111. :j.7;i. E. Phoebus (O'Brieni.inumXvitellinum).— -B. radicantiStamfor- dianum.—E. radico-vitellXnum.—E. Wdllisiociliare.—E. xan- tho-radlcans. Euepidendrum : E. aracknogldssum, Andr6. Sts. 4-5 ft.: fls. rich purple-lilac; lip fringed, with orange calh. New Gra- nada. R.H. 1882:554. -£. cnemidophorum, Lindl. Sts. 4-8 ft.; racemes ample, drooping ; fls. purple, brown and yellow, fragrant. Guatemala, 7,000 ft. B.M.. 5656.— E. condpseum.B. Br. Scape few- to many-fld.; Ivs. 1-rt, thick ; fls. green, tinged with purple, tlie SB]>.ils s).;itiil;it.> ;ni(l rfvoliite. tile petals nar- grdciiis, Lindl., w:is 1 l.\ .1. Im S;iul. — E. Ibaauhise, H.B.K. Sts. 2-3 ft.: I\- ni.,,,;;,- srMl.-t ; lip yellow. New Granada to Peru, 4,.''ii' it.— /, nmrutnthum, Lindl. Sts. 3-5 ft.; enormous pani'-I'-s of ni li s.uii.].- tls.; Up with 2 yellow calli. ciuateiiKi];i. li.M. ,Vi.-.i;. i Mi -..■ ..ff.Ted by Saul.-£. jioc- (,<,„:,„, l.iiiii M^ 1-2 ft.: pedunnles 8-10-flowerecl : fls. \vli!: 1 1 .'. in. across, very fragrant. S. Fla. and M. I : \V..st Indies. B.M. 3298. Once oft'ered by Kr;, .1.. , ,' , ,..;,r»m. Reic-hl). f. Fls. beautiful lil,->c. M.\ -. / //./ o. lii.Ife. Sts. 4-6 ft. high; fls. light purple; lip witl) wliite disk, in numerous racemes. Costa Rica.— £. Pseud- epidendnim. Reichb. f. Sts. 2-3 ft.; fls. 3 in. in diam., green; lip orange-red and yellow. Cent. Amer.. 4,000 ft. B.M. 592!l. — B. rnnlfenim, Lindl. Sts. 2-3 ft.; fls. yellow-green, thic-lily si.cittod with purple. Mex. to Guiana. B.R. 2S:i2.—E. ;-('/('/ ",. ,1 .' J , \\:i-i.ii'-e catalogued by Reasoner.- £. ScMm- 1,11 > < '•- -J-.'i ft.: fls. vennUion. Guiana, Brazil, 3ft.: fls. ■ft. high; George Hansen. EPIGfflA (Greek, cpf, upon, jaia, earth; in reference to its trailing growth). Eric&cea. This genus includes our charming Trailing Arbutus, which in New England at least is the most popular of all our wild flowers. Creeping, branching, slightly woody, more or less rough hairy shrubs: Ivs. alternate and entire, petiolate, leath- ery and evergreen : fls. rnonopc-talous. perfei-t, large, dimorphous or dicpci'in-. --.-.-^iln in n-.:i;!:ir-.- mi- t.rniinni clusters; sepals 5: '■"!■ "■■ ■■'■ ■ ' ' " "'■ "' o-ii-i-d spreading border ; - : : - of the corolla; styh- . . .::,i.:i: . _ i i ;iry ovoid, 5-celled, man\ <■. ii!-.!. .;:n.-ul.. d'.-i'n. - -.'i ^'lo- bose, encircled by the persistent calyx. Two species, N. E. America and Japan. The E. eordifolia quoted in Index Kewensis as South American is probably not of this genus. It seems to be known only from the old description of Swartz (1792). The cultivation of the Trailing Arbutus, especially in localities where it has been exterminated by ruthless "Mayflower parties," always attracts interest. Only EPIG^A a brief epitome is Iiere given. For fuller details, consult G.F. 5:202 and 8:15; also "The Nursery Book," which gives the experience of a specialist. Occurs in sandy and rocky woods, especially under evergreen trees in earliest spring. Thrives only in a humid soil and shady situations. Transplanted with difficulty. When a too great shock is received from difference of ex- posure, change of temperature, etc., it dies within 2 or 3 years, if established at all. Small plants must be pro- cured, removed without harming the roots, and planted under the same conditions of soil and exposure with the greatest care. They may also be taken up in late Sep- tember or October, new roots formed in the greenhouse or eoldframe, wintered in a coldpit, but not planted until the second spring. Best on the north side of a hill, in light, sandy soil, mixed with leaf -mold. Once established it spreads rapidly. Prop, by division of old plants, layers or cuttings. Seeds are rarely found, but when found may be used, though slow to develop. rtpens, Linn. Tkailino Arbutus. Ground Laurel. Mayflower. (The Mayflower of English history and literature is the Hawthorn.) Fig. 763. Spreading on the ground in large patches, with hirsute branches 6-13 in. long just beneath the Ivs., sending out roots and leaf- and flower-bearing stalks every 2-3 in.: Ivs. oval or nearly orbicular, thick, acute or obtuse, cordate or rounded at the base, glabrous above, hirsute below, green on both sides, l-3in. long, petioles hairy : fls. spicy- fragrant, few or several crowded in clusters, practically dioecious, either stamens or pistils being abortive, the female Hs. larger and whiter, the male smaller and rosy. Em. 431. G.W.F. 37. Mn. 3:17. Gn. 45, p. 193. New- foundland to N. W. Terr., south to Fla., Ky. and Mich., chiefly east. The vernacular name is pronounced Ar'- bu-tus, not Ar-bu'-tus. x. Phelps Wtman. EFILdBIITM (Greek, upon the pod; the flower and pod appearing together). OnagrAcea. This genus includes hardy herbaceous perennial plants, thriving in any soil, with willow-like foliage, and large, showy spikes of deep pink or rosy crimson fls.borne from June to August. They are particularly suited for naturalizing in meadows for mass effects. A genus of about 65 species, widely scat- tered in temperate and frigid regions: herbs, or sub- shrubs, erect, sprawling or creeping: Ivs. alternate and opposite, toothed or not: fls. Mxilhn-y or terminal, soli- tary or in spikes or racemes, rosy inuplc- or flesh-colored, very rarely yellow; calyx tnl..- sr;ui-.|\. if at all, pro- duced beyond the ovary; ji.ials 4. ..I„,vair or obcordate, erect or spreading; stamens 8: ovary 4-celled; seeds EPIMEDIUM 535 The taller species, like -^. angttstifolium and hir- sutum, make very rank growth in moist places, and are therefore especially adapted for the wild garden or for naturalizing along "the water's edge and in low meadows. The underground runners travel great distances, and the plants spread fast when not kept in bounds. Prop, by division or seeds. angustifdiinm, Linn. {£!. spicAlum, Lam.). Great Willow Herb. Fire Weed. In cult, mostly branched and 3-5 ft. high ; in the wUd simple or branched, 2-8 ft. high : Ivs. alternate, very short-petioled, lanceolate, entire or minutely toothed, 2-6 in. long, 4-12 lines wide, pale beneath, acute, narrowed at bases: fls. spreading, in long, terminal spike-like racemes, petals rounded at tip; stigma 4-lobed: capsules 2-3 in. long. Eu., Asia, N. Amer. B.B. 2:481. Var. dlba, Hort., has pure white flowers suitable for cutting; also occurs wild. This va- riety was perfected in England. It forms a compact bush. hiraitum, Linn. Stout, 2-i ft. high, with short but conspicuous soft hairs: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate, usually opposite, sessile and often clasping, with many small, sharp teeth, 1-3 in. long, pubescent on both sides : fls. erect, axillary, about 1 in. across; petals notched. Bal- last Weed from Europe. English names are Codlins and Cream. Fiddle Grass. EPIMfiDIUM (Greek, Ulce Median, a plant said to grow in Media ; a name from Dioscorides, retained by Linnseus). Be rheridCtce ilillicult to describe. Var. la's catalogue, is presum- red-fld. form would be very unex- Spurs much shorter than the inner sepals, being, in fact, merely small nectar-glands. B. Iiva. once or twice ternate. Fisch. Fig. 7G4. Lvs. usually biternate, with 5 leaflets, 3 above and 1 on each side; leaflets with adeeperand narrower basal cut than in E. tnacranthum: fls. typically bright yellow; nectaries red, a third or fourth as long as the inner sepals. Shady mountain woods of Persia and Caucasus. B.M. 4450. Gn. 46:984, erroneously as J5. macranthum. Gn. 48, p. 486. Var. 61egans, Hort., presumably has larger, brighter and more numerous fls. E. sulphureum of European catalogues is regarded by J. W. Manning and J. B. Keller as a pale yellow-fld. form of E. pinnatum, but by Voss as a variety of H. macranthtim. A yellow form of the violet-fld. E. macranthum would be very surprising. Var. Cblchicum, Hort. (E. Cilchlcum, Hort.), has brilliant golden yellow fls. and nectaries 1-lK lines long. BB. Lvs. always once ternate. Perralderi4num, Cosson. This is the African repre- sentative of E. pinnatum, from which it differs in the key characters and also in the much more strongly cili- ate-toothed leaflets. Its flowers are a "paler yellow than the typical E. pinnatum. It is far from improbable that specimens connecting them will be found in southern Europe, if not in Africa." Algeria.. B.M. 6509. — Lvs. remain all winter. Less desirable than E. pinnatum. BE. Inne ■r sepals UusBcliiJlnnm, Morr. .t nate, sharply t<)( parts whitish or )tl|iil. :i~ |M . least showy kin^ 1. !• .' spurs having an ill. In nil. rdbrum, of Pitcher & JI ably an error, a pected. s a red-£ E. diphii but the <"h. EPIPHYLLUM native western and Japanese plants; the second is listed in the American edition of a Dutch catalogue. Leafy orchids with creeping rootstocks and unbranched stems : lvs. ovate or lanceolate, with plaited veins : fls. purplish brown, nearly white or tinged red : lower bracts often longer than the fls. ; sepals free, spreading, nearly as large as the petals; lip free, deeply concave at base, without callosities, narrowly constricted and somewhat jointed in the middle, the upper portion dilated, petaloid. Boyle&na, Lindl. i F. ,';,''„':,. Di.iisl.). Stout, 1-4 ft. high: lvs. fromov;iti 1 : i : > uly lanceolate above, 3-8 in. long; fls. :i-l' -tn.ngly veined with purple. June. July. \'. ,-n. m. > niii Barbara, east to S. Utah and W.Tex., oil l.ai.k.suj; >.uv;uus. Also Himalayas. Int. by Pringle and Horst'ord, 1883. Mn. 8:145. atrbrubens, Schult. [(.E. rubigindsa, Crantz). Lvs. often reddish : fls. and ovary dark purple ; lip oval, acute, or slightly notched : bracts equaling the fls. or rarely longer. July-Sep. Eu., W.Asia. EPIPHRONlTIS is a bigeneric orchid hybrid of Epi- dendrum and Sophronitis, for a charming picture of which see R.H. 1896:470. It has about 10 fls., chiefly a brilliant scarlet, set off with bright yellow. Gt. 46, p. EPIPHtLLUM (on a leaf; referring to the leaf -like branches on which the fls. grow). Cact&cece. Crab Cactus. This genus is confined to Brazil, so far as known, where the plants grow as epiphytes upon the trees, along with orchids, growing in large clusters on the branches: stems flat and jointed, becoming rounded ;^ EPIPACTIS (Greek, epipegnuo; it coagulates milk). Orchidcieem. Hardy terrestrial orchids of minor value. The first mentioned may be obtained through dealers in 765. Epiphyllum with age, bearing areolfe only on the margins and more or less truncated ends, from which grow the new branches and fls.: fls. more or less conspicuously zygomorphous : ovary devoid of bracts, and those of the tube comparatively large and colored as the petals. The genus is closely allied to Phyllocactus, and, indeed, the last two species are referred by some authors to that genus. In cultivation many forms have been pro- duced through hybridization between the different spe- cies and with Phyllocactus and Cereus, so that typical plants are rarely met with. c. H. Thompson. Epiphyllums are among the most useful as decorative plants of all the Cactacea-. Their brilliant colored blos- -'! I -, i '-'"!' r wiili tIm pT-. 'fusion with which they are ' I : . - ii :it worthy of a place in every ! 1 I : - I 1: , :u-e propagated by cuttings, -■ iM.ii I ,;i-iil, \\\u-\i ni^.-rted in an ordinary propa- siiiiii^ 1"^*1. lit-iiitc luw -growing or pendent-habited plants, they are very useful subjects for hanging baskets. Like most of the Cactus family, they may be grafted readily upon other Cacti. When grown as pot- plants, they are often grafted to elevate them above EPIPHYLLUM the pots, so as to show tht-m .iff to lipttir ailvantage when in flower. Pereskia (iculi •ft^( an.l /•. /.V'w aie tlu' stock most commonly used for i,-rafi ini.' K|ii|iliylliniis upon, though some gardeiuTs pr< Ii r trratiin^' iijk.u Cereiis triangularis, taking clean, hualthy puit-s about 1 foot in length, first rooting them and establishing them in pots, then grafting when actire growth of the Epiphyllums commences in spring. It is said by some gardeners that Epiphyllums do better and may be brought into Hower earlier by grafting on Cereus tri- angularis. Otlur species of Cereus may also be used as stock jilants tor grafting upon, especially the upright- growing species, as O. colubrinus. The system known as we A common basket and rafter plant. KusselUaniun Hook. Stems more upright with pendent branches: joints %-V- in long by ys-% in. broad, oblong or elliptical to obovate, light green margins crenate, with 2-4 areolfe on either side, bearing a few ver\ short dark gray bristles : fls. from the end of the youngest joints, red, 1^4-2% m long fr red, 4-angled or narrow winged Braz. B.M. 3717. Gaertnen K Sch. (£. Eussel- Udnum var Ghrineri, Reg.). EiSTER Cactus. Stems of more ujiright habit with drooping blanches joints long-oblong or elliptical to obovate, %-2H in. long by J'o-l in. broad, dark green margins crenate.with ; ^-.^^_^ about 5 areolae on either _^ side bearing 6-12 rather stiff long yellow or brown bristles and are especially spicuous on the trun- cated apex, where they form considerable beard : fls. ] f 1 tm the apex of the young- 4 ) e t 1 mts, 2M-3 in. long, l' 111 t led: fr. red. Braz. B M 01 Fi it ilhirnauedneyri.'SoMl- 1 t-PljU cactus sp. C H. Thompson. EPIPHYTES or air plants grow on trees or other plants without robbing them of food. Orchids are the most famous examples among garden plants. Some or- EQUISETUM 537 Xr chids, however, grow in the soil, and others are true parasites. Plants that live on decaying organic matter, and haie lo t more or less of their leaf green are called saproph^ tes Many mosses are Epiphvtes EPlSCIA (Greek V sliadtj the\ grow w il 1 ^ in shad^ place ) erdc i\ U the best garden t iin t tin genus IS the retin 1 m I elegant basket j 1 nt / cupreata with its rich coppeiy colored softlj hairy leaves shown in Fig. 767 The genus has perhaps 30 species all tropical American. Herbs with long, short or no hairs : stem from a creeping root, branched or not : Ivs. opposite, fls. pedicelled, axillary, solitary or clustered ; corollas mostly scarlet, rarely whitish or pur- plish ; tube straight or curved, more or less spurred at the base; limb oblique or nearly equal; lobes 5, spreading, rounded. Episcia cupreata is one of tlo' standard bas- ket plants, especially for the warmest green- houses. It can also be used in pyramids and mounds, as told under Fittouia. As it does not require so close an atmosphere as the Fittonias, it can be grown in some living rooms and per- haps outdoors in sum chief charms are the soft hairiness of the leave-, the eupjiery hue, which is often laid on like paint in two broad bands skirting the midrib, and the rarer and perhaps finer metallic bluish luster of which one occasionally gets a glimpse in a finely grown specimen. Give very rich, fibrous loam, and in summer partial shade. A. Fls. u-hite. ChontaWnsiB, Hook. {Cyrtodelra ChontaUnsis, Seem.). Stems stout, more or less ascending, dark red- dish purple, 6-10 in. bin-: h-s, oi.i.ositp and irregu- larly whorled, 3-4 in. f ■ - ' i'' ' .- it,., .•r.iiate, ob- tuse, rounded at the b,: . iivix on both sides of the midrib an.] . in li sunk veins, margins recurved, gre-ii. iii:.iK.'l \. nb r.^ciilar purple patches, which advance fr..m tlie margins between the veins toward the midrib and are more or less oblong: fls. in I's and 2's ; corolla tube with a sac at the base, the limb oblique, 132-2 in. across, with small and regu- lar but conspicuous and beautiful teeth. Chontales region of Nicaragua. B.M. 5925. K.B. 22:241. F.S. 18: 1924. AA. Fls. scarlet. cupreilta, Hanst. (Acliimhies cupredta, B.oo)l.). Fig. 767. Stems slender, creeping, branched, rooting at the joints, with a main branch rising erect a few inches, which bears the fls. and the largest Ivs. : Ivs. copper- colored above: fls. solitary, 9 lines wide, scarlet, with a .rmall sac and denticulate limb. Nicaragua. B.M. 4312. Var. Tiridiiolia, Hook., has green foliage and larger fls., 1 in. across. B.M. 5195. cocclnea, Benth. & Hook. (Cyrlodelra coccinea,'HoTt., B. S. Williams). Lvs. dark metallic green, 3-4 in. long, 23^-3 in. wide. Free-flowering. Robert Shore and W. M. EQUISfiTUM contains the weed known as Horse-tails, or Scouring-rushes. They are suitable for naturalizing in waste and wettish places. They hold sandy banks. The following have been advertised by dealers in native 538 EQUISETUM ~ ■ " emdle (Fig. 768), limbsum, pra- oldes, sylvdticum, variegdtum. For descriptions, consult the manuals. They grow usually In moist or swale-like places. They are flowerless plants, allied to ferns and club-mosses. ERAGEOSTIS (Greek, love and grass). Gramineie. Love Grass. Annual or peren- nial grasses, with herbaceous stems of various habits, and from 6 in. to several feet tall. Culms simple or often branched. Inflores- «'euce composed of very variable panicles, either close and narrow, or loose and widely spreading: spikelets 2-many-fld., the upper- most imperfect. Closely allied to Poa, from which it can be distinguished by its 3-nerved fl. -glumes, which are destitute of any wooUi- ness. The species are very variable and their limits hard to define. About 100 species oc- cur in the warm and temperate regions of both hemispheres, few of which are of any agricultural or horticultural value. The fol- lowing are cult, as "ornamental grasses" in flower gardens. Abyssinlca, Link. A branching, leafy an- nual, 2-4 ft. high, with widely spreading cap- illary panicles of many spikelets; Ivs. 12-14 in. long, rough on the upper side, ligule a mere ring : panicles slender, gracefully drooping, grayish when in full bloom : spike- lets 5-7-fld., one-fifth of an inch long. Africa. — In cult, as an ornamental grass for bou- quets. Grain used as food in Africa. By •-ome referred to Poa. amibilis, Wit'ht & Am. (Pda amdhiUs, Liiin.l. All i-ri-Lt grass 6 in. to 1 ft. high, with ini-uiis].icucais linear -lanceolate Ivs., <-iliati- at the base: spikelets very large and broad, closely resembling quaking-grass ( Briza), 10-24-fld. India.-In cult, as an orna- mental grass. 61egans, Nees. Feather Love-Grass. An erect grass 1-2 ft. high, with smooth culms and rough Ivs.: panicles closely contracted, dense: spikelets very small, 4-7-fld., numer- ous, and presenting a feather-like appear- ance in mass. S. Amer. — In cult, as an orna- mental grass. 1 mixima, Baker. Large Love-Grass. A tall, robust plant, 2-3 ft. high, with lanceolate acuminate Ivs., cordate at the base: panicles very lax and broad, 6-9 in. long: spikelets oblong, flattened, very large, K-K in. long. Madagascar. — One of the most ornamental species of the genus. colllna, Trin. (A", stiaveohns, Becker). Tig. 769. An erect, leafy annual, 1-3 ft. high, with densely fld., spread- ing panicles: spikelets 6-13-fld., numerous, one-fifth in. long : pedicels of spikelets and branches of panicle rough: Ivs. smooth beneath, rough above. Asia. — The species is very variable under cult., many different forms being found. In cult, as an ornamental grass for bouquets. E. major, Host. Stisk Grass. A common species, growing chietly in cultivated or waste ground. When fresh it emits a strong, unpleasant odor. — Intr. from Eu. — E. pectindcea, Nees. "MEADnw rnMi^-TTRASS. A very pretty perennial grass, with sli"w-v <'nlnr^,l ^iiikflfts- A Ti.itjvo nf the eastern, south- ern aii'l !ri:-MI.' M.ii. ^ It i~ nil, II i;:i;l,,r'',l for dry bouquets. ShouM . , ,•■ . ■ Til i . : > . , • . . n as containing five differ-Ill ~i>r' II > 1'. ' ■^l,,,^, iirMiw -^ nnijlma, svaveoleus, and i'<'U ;;u.>. presumably a misprint for nervum-nibrum. li.i, Ivs " iir. ^-nhcrly shaped, shaded with light and dark grt-.n. and l.lnt.ii.'d with 5'ellow, which darkens to reddish purple." I'os-ildy'— I^ittonia Ver- schaffeltii.— .B. til:irescens. Presumably with blackish Ivs.— £. purpureuin. "Lvs. and stems dark, lurid purple." Siebrecht & Wadley. The following trade names are accounted for in other genera: E. iijurum. See ('hama?ranthemum. — E. nervosum and pul- vlu'Uum. See Dredalacanthus. TfJ M EBANTHIS (Greek, er, spring, and anthos, a flower; from the early opening of the flowers). Banuuculdcect. Winter Aconite. Low perennial herbs, with tuberous rootstock: basal Ivs. palmately dissected, one stem-leaf sessile or amplexicaiil just beneath the large yellow fl. ; sepals 5-8, petal-like; petals small, 2-lipped necta- ries; stamens numerous; carpels few, stalked, many- ovuled. becoming follicles. About 7 species, natives of Europe and Asia. Very hardy, and at home in half- places, among shrubs the bor- der; very desirable be- cause of the very early, bright fls. Prop, by division of roots. The place where the tubers are planted should be marked during the sum- mer, when the foliage is The yhich generic giv 770. Eranthis hyemalis. HUl's British Herbal, p. 47, pi. 7 (1756), or 51 years before Salis- bury made the name Eranthis. hyemalis, Salisb. (Ht'lU'horus hyemdlis, Linn.). Fig. 770. Erect, 5-8 in.; basal Ivs. long- petioled : involucre 12- 15-parted. the bright yellow-fls. always ses- sile; anthers oblong. Jan.-March. Naturalized from Eu. B.M. 3. Mn. 8:43. G.C. II. 11:245. Var. Cilicica, Huth. {E. Cilkica, Schott & Kotschy). Much like the above. Involucre of deeper and more numerous lobes: anthers ovate instead of oblong; se- pals broader, being about % in. across; follicles always straight. Season a few weeks later. — The stems, when grown in gardens, said to be red-brown. Roots of this were first sent to England from its native home near Smyrna in 1892. Rare in Amer. G.C. III. 13:266. Gn. 45, p. 192 (note). Sibirica, DC. Much dwarfer, seldom over 3-4 in. high: fls. bright yellow, a little smaller than those of E. hijemalis, 5-sepaled. Siberia. J. B. Keller and K. C. Davis. EKEMtTEUS (Greek name, probably referring to their tall and striking aspect in solitary and desert places). Zilirtreir. These hardy desert plants when in flower, with their great flower-stalks taller than a man, and crowned with a spike of fls. from 1-4 ft. long, are amongst the most striking spectacles in the choicer gardens of the North and East. Their roots are clusters of fleshy fibers : their Ivs. all from the root, in dense rosettes, long and linear: fls. white, yellow or rosy; perianth bell-shaped or more widely spreading, wither- ing and persisting or finally dropping away; segments distinct or very slightly united at the base; stamens 6: ovary 3-celled; seeds 1—1 in each cell, 3-angled. E. robustus and J alai 3 probably the hardi- est of all the tall, desert-inhabiting plants of the Lily family — a family including the Poker Plant, the Aloes, the Yuccas, and many others that are not so tall and strik- ing in appearance or else too tender to grow outdoors in the North. Large specimens o£E. 7-obHstus will annually produce a flower-stalk 8 ft. or more high, with racemes 4 ft. long, remaining in bloom for a month. After flow- ering the Ivs. disappear entirely, but early in spring they reappear, and should then be covered with a box or barrel, to protect the forming flower-stalk from late frosts. A mound of ashes over the crown in winter is advisable, or a box with water-tight top filled with dry leaves. Both species like a rich soil, moist but well drained, and plenty of water in the flowering period, but none afterwards. Prop, by division, or slowly by seeds. Large plants are expensive, but they can some- times be obtained large enough to flower within a year or so of purchase. It tries one's patience to wait for seedlings to reach flowering size. The flowers look like small stars. -^y. C. Egan. A. J^'^lo leers 7'osi/. B. Lvs. linear-Ugulute. robliBtUi, Regel. Root-flbers thick and fleshy: Ivs. glaucous, glabrous, liuear-ligulate, 2 ft. long, lH-2 in. wide, roughish on the margin, with minute recurved teeth: raceme 4-4^ in. wide: stamens about as long as the perianth. Turkestan. B.M. 6726. Gng. 6:52, 324. Gn. 46, p. 335. Mn. 8:123. J. H. III. 29:267. BB. Jji's, ovate-lanceolate. filwesii, Micheli {E. ElwesiAniis, novi.). Lvs. light green, ovate-lanceolate, obtuse, flat, not at all rough at the margin, shorter than in E. robustus, nearly trian- gular, even more glaucous, and beginning to decay at the time of flowering: perianth segments with a band of deeper color down the middle. Habitat! R.H. 1897:280. Gn. 54, p. 99. G.C. III. 24:137.-Int. by Leichtlin as D. robustus, var. Elwesii. AA. Flowers white. HimalMcus, Baker. Root-fibers thick and fleshy: lvs. 'J-12, ligulate, firm, persistent, 1-1 H ft. long, 6-15 lines wide above the middle : raceme 3-3K in. wide : stamens about as long as the perianth. Himal. B.M. 7076. Gn. 49, p. 131. G.C. II. 16:49. AAA. Fls. some shade of yellow. B. Color light yellow. spectibiliB, Bleb. Root-fibers thick and fleshy: lvs. 6-15, lorate, slightly glaucous, 12-18 in. long, 6-12 lines wide above the middle, noticeably narrowed at the base: raceme 1-1 J^ ft. long, 2 in. wide: stamens orange, finally twice as long as the perianth. Asia Minor, Persia. B.M. 4870. BE. Color pure yellow or orange. Bungei, Baker. Lvs. contemporary with the fls., linear, 1 ft. long, less than 3 lines wide: raceme 4-5 in. long, 2 in. wide : stamens finally twice as long as the perianth. Persia. — Var. perf^ctus, Hort., is sold. BBB. Color orange. aurantlaeus, Baker. Closely allied to E. Bungei, but live plants have less acutely keeled lvs. : root-fibers tapering upwards, and orange fls. and stamens. Bokhara, Turkestan. B.M. 7113. w. M. ERIANTHUS (Greek, u'oolly flower). Gramlnem. Woolly Beard Grass. Plume Gkass. Tall and stout reed-like perennials, with the spikes crowded in a pani- cle and clothed with long, silky hairs, especially in a tuft around the ba.se of each spikelet. Spikelets in pairs, one sessile, the other pedicellate. Glumes 4, the fourth enclosing a hermaphrodite flower and awned. Species about 18, in the warmer regions of both hemispheres. Erianthus Bavennic is the best hardy substitute for the pampas grass, which is the most famous of all tall, plumy grasses. For general purposes and for aquatic groups and bedding it has no peers in the North except Aruntlo Donax and a few tall bamboos. These latter, however, are grown for their foliage effects, and while the plumes of Arundo are highly ornamental, they are only an incident in the North.where frost often ctits down 540 ERIANTHUS the plants before they flower. The general appearance of Erianthus is striking and unique, and for the plume- like character of its flowers it has few if any rivals. Bav^nnee, Beauv. (Sdcehanim Eavinnce, Muir.). Wool Grass. Plume Grass. Ravenna Grass. A tall, hardy grass, 4-7 ft. high, very ornamental, either planted alone or in company with other grasses: Ivs. very long, linear, pointed, band -like, sometimes violet, with a strong white rib in the center. The foliage forms graceful clumps, from which rise long and handsome plumes, resembling the pampas grass (Gynerium argenteum). Southern Europe. R.H. 1890, p. 546. Gn. 54, p. 496.— Its cultivation is not difficult in ordinary garden soil. A sunny situation is preferable. May be propagated by division or by seed. It is exquisite for lawns, and flowers the first season if sown very early. The plumes are fine for winter use when dried. P. B. Kennedy and W. M. EBlCA (practically meaningless; probably not from ereiko, to break, as commonly stated). l^ricdce , , nh ,ver- green boughs in winter. Two i.tln t - /. 1/ , ,riniea and S. I/usitaniea) we grow uini. r fji.i.,., .-...uifwhat. The tree Heath of southern Europe (A", ayhorea) will probably never be a feature of our southern landscapes. The halcyon days of the Heaths were from about 1806 (when the English took the Cape of Good Hope) until the middle of the century. Andrews' colored engrav- ings of Heaths (1809) marks the first flush of their popu- larity. Practically, if not absolutely, all the Heaths that are grown on a large scale have been developed from the South African species. The ..1.1 En^'Iisli irardeners still lament the glorious days wli. ii ili.^ tiu-.iwooded plants of Australia and the Cai'.- I.nii* .| tin- .liipf fea- ture of European indoor horticultur. . 'I'li- v ...inplain that the present generation is ii..t " ":•_- • :-■,.■ them the care they deserve. This i- ,-.,.. tin.- of America. Nevertheless, acconlim' ' \ Watson, of Kew (in Garden and Forest. !>' I i .th-; are still grown in surprisinir iiuani! - _- ..f E. hyemalis, he says: "It max i.. 'Iiat no other plant is grown in ~ I; , -t..rthe London market. At Ii-a-i a ! i ' ' mi^'htbe named whose annual outinn ..i li.i- ,aa II. iiS anMiunts to from 20,000 to 30,000 plants each." 11." pictures a plant in a 5-inch pot, with about 15 shoots a foot high, and loaded with perhaps 1,000 flowers. Such plants sell at Christmas for about .W cents. "The fliowers re- main fresh for at least a month. The popularity of this Heath is thus easily accounted for: it is cheap, very pretty when in flower, and lasts just long enough to satisfy the masses who like window-plants and change. The plants perish almost as soon as the flowers— that is, all those which find their way into the window of a house, or into a small greenhouse. And this accounts for the enormous number disposed of every year. In England -t'. hyemalis is certainly one of the most valu- able plants ever introduced." (In America Heaths are of minor importance, even at Easter, and the kind grown most extensively for Christmas seems to be E. me- lanthera.) Watson adds: "It is strange that a plant which has enjoyed an exceptional popularity in England for something like fifty years should never have been figured in any English publication or work until now. I have not been able to trace the origin of the plant, nor ERICA find any picture of it in any book to which I have access here. Nor can any of those who have paid attention to garden Heaths assist me." The great trouble with Heaths is the immense amount of care they need. Few, if any, classes of plants require more attention. Hence tli.. gn.wing of Heaths for the iiiaik. 1 i- .xtr. iia l\ -j. - lah .■.]. ami there is not a re- la, i ■ : i _ , t .'ITers more than one -I I N ilescribed below are i;r.'.\t mar.iaiiv, aii-i aia' ..f The first importance in tlie genus. The stock is largely imported from Eng- land. Germany has a very diti'erent set of varieties, and France still another, and there are few cases among cultivated plants showing so great a difference in the three countries. The risks of importation are consider- able, and the tendencies toward American independence in this line seem to be gaining. Another difficulty in Heath culture is the poor quality of peat obtainable in America. In England the peat is 771. Erica hyemaUs. more fibrous, and has been formed in past ages largely by the decay of the native heather. The soft-wooded kinds are the ones most grown. The hard-wooded sorts i . i|uir.- a l..iit,'«T period of growth and more thorough rii.tniti^' ..f ili.- \v 1. Apparently only ..m- \a.||.,« lid. Heath is cult, in America, -£'. Cniv »!,:•, t, soft hairs. 4. Tetralix AA. Tendtr Stuths. B. Fail-hlooming. e. Corolla club-shaped or funnel- shaped 3. hyemalis cc. Corolla widest at base, taper- ing to a much constricted neck. 6. prsBstans CCC. Corolla globose, the lobes very shin I 7. gracilis BB. Ch,,^ . , c. (' I III! spxiid- ' b. melanthera cc. ''"/ ; mil ni'oliite 11. Iragrans CCC. Ciuiiiiii I nil ^ .^1111,1 mid rathtr iitct 10. Wilmorei BBB, JCastcr-hloomntg. c. Fls. iiilliiTi' 11. Cavendishiana cc. FIs. rn-l/ to irhlti. D. Cm id hi t nil III,,, 12. cylindrica DD. Col din III /"|^. F. Ll- in thins F /Vs iihil K!. persoluta FF. FIs. losi/ 14. Lusitanica EE. Lfs. in fiuo-s l.'i. cupressina DDD. Corolla urn-shiipid, i. ,.. loiigir than DD, and min-e constricted at the jtecA-. . .. l(i. Mediterranea DDDD. Corolla venfricose, i. c, swelled at the base, and tapering slowly to a nar- row neck 17. ventricosa 18. translucens 1. c4mea, Linn. {JS. herbdcea, Linn.). Height 6 in.: Ivs. in 4's : inflorescence lateral : corolla broadly bell- shaped: anthers exserted : ovary glabrous. Mar.-May. Alps. L.B.C. 15:1452. B.M. 11. Gn. 54:1177 (a charm- ing picture). The bright rosy-fld. form is the best and most striking. There are pale red and pure white varie- ties. The most popular of all hardy Ericas. Very easily prop, by division. We should try F. Mediterranea, var. hybrida, Hort., said to be a cross with F. camea, and in England thriving almost as well in loam as in peat. See Gn. 55, p. 125, and 54, p. 262. 2. v4gans, Linn. Cornish HE.iTH. Lvs. in4's or 5's: sepals small, ovate, obtuse ; corolla ovate-bell-shaped; anthers ovate-oblong, 2-parted, exserted : ovary not hairy. W. Eu. and Medit. - Pis. pale purplish red. Grows 3-4 ft. in England; 1 ft. with J. W. Manning, Reading, Mass. Var. diba has white fls. Var. capit^ta, grows i-2 ft. high with Meehan at Gerraantown, Pa., and has "small whitish fls. with a purplish tip." ERICA 541 3. stricta, Don. Corsicajt Heath. Lvs. in 4's, a little more erect than in Nos. 3 and 5 : sepals lanceolate, ob- tuse ; corolla ovoid-oblong, narrowed at the throat ; an- thers awl-shaped or awned, included : ovary densely covered with long, rough hairs. Corsica.— Attains 4 ft. in England, but grows 1-2 ft. high with Meehan, at Ger- mantown, Pa. Branches strict, rigid. 4. Tetrd,Ux, Linn. Bell Heather. Ckoss-leaved Heath. Lvs. in 4's. in;irf;iii folded back: fls. rosy; se- pals ovate-laiH > 111. , .ii::,i,. ; anthers awl-shaped or awned, inclu.l. li siiort, soft hairs. W. Eu. -Foliage frr:,, ii. ,,, England 6-12 in. With Manning, at Ju .i-iinj . ^l i~ ., r.l.out 8 in. 5. hyemalis, H..rt. li-. 771. Written also /li'ewinits. Watson thinks it may be a wintcr-Howt-ring form of F. perspiciia, figured in L.B.C. 2:1U2 and 18:1778 as F. Linnaana. Pis. rosy pink, tipi.tnl white. Var. Alba has white tls. With L. Dupuy, Wbitestone, L. I., it flowers in Sept. G.P. 5:137. Gn. 4I:85I>. H. D. Darlington says it is very distinct from F. perspicua. 6. prsestans, And. (27. PacMifii^f'tW;, Loddiges). Lvs. in 4's, somewhat incurved: bracts crowded : fls. nearly sessile, white, faintly flushed pink at base, in terminal groups of 4 or more; sepals ovate, rough -margined; an- thers scarcely acute. Sep. Varieties are pictured under various names in L.B.C, pl.ites \:^■^. lOOn, 1!»7 and 1804. 7. gracilis, Salisb. Lvs. in 4's. s..imwliat erect: bracts remote : sepals smalln-. l:iii lati-d ; anthers with a short, sharp point. L.B.C. :;:L'I4 i j.ali- violet). "Pis. purplish red." Var. autumnilis, Hort. Pis. Sep. Var. vem4Iis, fls. in Oct. and Nov. 8. melanthera, Linn. Fig. 772. Lvs. in 3's, obtuse, grooved on the back, younger ones often rough, with glands: bracts mostly crowded: fls. rosy; sepals obo- 772. Erica melanthera. vate, keeled, colored ; anthers black: ovary villous. Not L.B.C. 9:867, which may be a form of F. nigrita. Flowers in Dec. and Jan. A. P. 11:1133 and 12:579. P.E. 9:333. 9. fr&grans, And., not Salisb. Lvs. opposite, erect- appressed, acute, always glabrous: bracts loose, sepal- like: fls. in 2's ; sepals ovate, keeled, green: ovary glabrous or slisrhtlv bristiv at the tip. Habitat? B.M. 2181. L.B.C. .'liL'ss.' 10. 'Wilmorei. Kn.iui. s ^ Wi-stc. {A. Wihnoreina and VilmoreAna, Hurt. I. Ilvl.ri.l : corolla tubular, bulged below the lobes, slightly vclvetv-hairy : fls. in l's-3's, rosy, tipped white. R.H. 1892, p'. 2(12. A. F. 4:251. G.C. III. 19:201. -Var. glatica, Carr., has nearly glaucous foliage. Var. calycul4ta, Carr., has a large additional calyx. R.H. 1882, p. 203. In England flowers in spring. 542 ERICA n. Cavendishiina, Hort. {E. Cdvendishii, Hort. )• Hybrid of E. depressa x E. Patersonii. Lvs. in 4's, margins revolute : fls. in 2— i's ; corolla tubular ; sta- mens included ; anthers awned. P.M. 13:3. G.C. 1845, p. 435. P.S. 2:142. A.P. 12:1143. Gng. 5:331. G.C. II. 18:213 and 20:597. 12. cyllndrica, And. and Hort., not Wendl. or Thunb. Important hybrid of un- known parentage, cult, since 1800. Lrs. in4's: fls. nearly sessile ; corolla 1 in. long, brilliant rosy red, with a faint circle of dull blue about two-thirds of the way from the base ; anthers awned, included: ovary gla- brous. L.B.C. 18:1734. R.H. 1859, p. 42. -Pis. very showy and unusually long. The oldest E. cijlindrica. That of Wendland is a yellow-fid. species unlinown to cult. 13. persolMa, Linn. Fig. 773. Essentially a white-fld. and very variable species, particularly as regards hairi- ness. Lvs. erect or spread- ing, hirsute or glabrous : corolla small, originally \yi lines long; lobes ovate, 2-3 times shorter than the tube, the sinuses acute, narrow. S. Afr. The numerous va- Erica pcrsoluta. rieties Bentham found im- possible to separate either in the wild or in cultivation. Var. hispidula, Benth. .Slightly hirsute: lvs. 2 J'2-3 lines long, rough : anthers subovate. Var. laBYis, Benth. Lvs. shorter, blunter, often appressed, glabrous ; anthers subglobose. Var. subcdrnea, Benth., has the corolla lobes more evident. To this last variety Bentham seems to refer most of the horticultural varieties cult, under the name of E. persoluta. E. assurgens, Link., he re- fers to the first variety; E. Cdffra of Linnaeus to the first, but of L.B.C. 2:196 (and the trade?) to the second. J!l. regirminans of Linneeus is a distinct species ( figured in L.B.C. 17:1614 as E. Smithiana) ; of the trade = E. persoluta, var. hispidula; of L.B.C. ]8:1728 = ii'. persoluta, var. subcamea. Flowers in February and March, while the other species, numbered from 12-18, mostly flower in March and April. 14. Lusitdnica, Rudolph (E. codonddes, Lindl.). Spanish HE.iTH. Branches tomentose- pubescent : ivs. glabrous and ovarv glabrous. W. Eu. B.R. 20:1698. G.C. II. 7:463; III. 19:487. LH. 43, p. 321. Gn. 54: 1190; 55, p. 125.-Hardy in Eng- land, but not here. 15. cupressina, Forbes {E. turrUjera, Salisb.). Lvs. gla- brous, subciliate or naked : in- florescence terminal: fls. pedi- celled, in 1-4's: bracts remote: sepals finally reflexed ; sinuses of the corolla acute, narrow. Probably a hybrid cult, since 1802. F.E. 9:333. 16. Mediterr&nea, Linn. {E. cdrnea, var. occidentdlis, Benth.). Fig. 774. This is con- sidered by Bentham a western form of E. carnea (No. 1), with a little smaller fls., corolla a trifle wider at the apex, and anthers shortly exserted instead of included. E, Mediterranea of the trade is hardy in England, and perhaps second only to E. carnea in popularity there. In America it seems to be cult, only under glass. B.M. 471. Gn. 54: 1190; 55, p. 403. ERIGERON 17. ventricdsa, Thunb. Lvs. in4's, incurved to spread- ing, with pilose margins: inflorescence tertninal: sepals keeled; anthers with 2 very short ears, or awned, in- cluded: ovary glabrous. B.M. 350. L.B.C. 5:431. Var. grandifldra, with tubes over J^ in. long. L.B.C. 10:945. The following varieties are cult, by L. Dupuy: Both- welUa>ta, hreviflora, rarv't yn.-^.n, '■nilr>i, liir.suta alba, maijtiifica.siiperba, trU-ol,,,-. S. .■ I.MI. I>,,,s, p. 450 and ^.F. 111:1111. 1M;.;i:3.T). Pirliaps ih.- first of all the .'. tubiflora and E. ventricosa. II long, soft, red hairs: fis. in rt'Tuote; corolla rosy, 8-9 lines •R-ose, pubescent: limb short, Andr. Heaths, 295. Bentham 1 of E. spuria, Andr. Heaths, , - H = hard- ■ i' ss stated. hi'te: Var'. ruV,rii,Hort.,is the J. 6:508. n.—E. aristala. And. g bristle which ends the lvs.: Ills keeled with red : corolla with not so long and narrow .M. li;4!l. L.B.C. 1:73. H.-E. hiulitr-itubescent: lvs. in 4's: r,v mI1„„s, L.B.C. 2:124.-1;. 1880:.-,0. Gu, 45, p 18. translucens, garden li\ i^i m; - 1 ' i Lvs. rit'iil. umbel-lik. I ' long; tub.' Ii:i|-r-.v considers this And. Allied to E. ampuUat-e.-H the base and tapering with per limli. whore it has a prominen H.-E. nil sumably I [lily long. f the I s description is from L.B.C 12: lit :irliest pictures of these charminf 'fers to the hybrid E. aristell.%. Fo Qport Ericas from Ilir old World hy- Mediterranea. brids whiclr Beiitha Those who expect be er:itcful to .\. .Schulteis for the folio he lias been unable to grow successfully . I' ' - I' * I..T: Soft-wooded kinds, E. cerinthoides, < • ,L,mn. ; JfJ.linedliim, Benth.& Hook. ; £. polystAchyon, Linn.: E. vagiiiAtiim, Unn.; E. Vir- glnicum, Linn. All these are wild in the northern states. Ilseful for bog gardens. Avoid late fall planting. ERIOSTEMON EEIOPH'^LLUM (Greek, woolly-leaved). Compisitae Perhaps a dozen species, all from western N. Amer. One kind cult, in a few hardy borders is a low, tufted, herbaceous perennial, with much divided Ivs., covered with wool beneath (each stem bearing about 5), and 8- rayed, yellow heads, 2 in. across, borne in a loosely fork- iiiic fashion on peduncles 3-7 in. long. The genus was iiiilud.-.l in Bahia by Bentham and Hooker, but is now kept f r th t it i the hardy borders in 1 the rock gardi i I I 1 ve in a gritty loam They like dty su i I y be trusted with a conspicuous pi 1 I fl> valued for their steady succession ot bl()f)ra troiii .lune to August. Divided plants are chiefly sold here, but the species are easily prop, by seeds. Of E. moseliatum only seeds are sold, and these are sown annually, the species not being hardy. N"'^, I nivl 4 mv not native to America, being essentially California and to some ex Erodiums can be grown in ■■ i i . i i :-. hut not ^'. Manescari, which is the sIpii:..i ji.-sin^', showiest and best kind. 1. cicut4rium, L'TOrit. Tufted, lower and more slen-. der than No. 4, less glandular, often with coarse, soft, short hairs: lvs. oblontr. 1-2-pinnate; Ifts. small, nearly sessile, tin- u|.|H-rniMsi coiiilui'iit. nn.rc sli:ir|ily and deeply cut ami wilh narniWcT- l.iiirs : sliinilc^ 'mii:i11, nottoothed. .Mc.liU-rr:in.-aii rr-i.nis, Asia. .Mii. 7. |). 127. 2. macradSnium, Ij'Herit. R.niarkatili' f..r the great length of the roots when twistini; aiiiniii,' nicks, and strong odor of the foliage. Lvs. liairy. ^'laii.iular,lH-2in. long, oblong,. pinnate: segments pi'nnatitid, rachis with a toothed wing : fls. light purple, the 2 upper petals a shade darker, and the spots nearly black. Pyrenees. B.M. 56G5. 3. Manescivl, Coss. Height 10-18 in.: lvs. attaining 6 in. long, 2^ in. wide; segments alternate, ovate, short- stalked, dentate, with sometimes a deeper cut : fls. at best 2 in. across, strong rosy purple, the spots of the upper petals only a shade or two darker. Pyrenees. Gn. 5.5:1220. — Colors stronger and more uniform than No. 2. 4. moschattun, L'H^rit. Mostly stout and glandu- lar: Ifts. large, short-stalked, ovate to elliptical, serrate, broad-lobed : stipules large, rather obtuse : sepals not terminated by bristles: filaments 2-toothed. Mediterra- nean, Orient. -^ ^ EKPfiTION. All referred to Viola. EROCA (etymology in dispute; probably from the Latin to burn, in allusion to the hot seeds). Cruciferce. Perhaps half a dozen herbs of Eu. and W. Asia, annual or biennial. Allied to Brassica : diflfers in the shorter, more turgid silique, with keeled valves ; style elon- gated; seeds in two rows. E. satlva, Mill., Roquette or Tira, is the only species cult, in this country. It is a. weedy, hispid annual, resembling a Mustard, 2-3 ft. high, with lyrate-ninnatifid lvs. and creamy yellow fls. See Eoqnette. L H B EB'^NGITJM (a name used by Theophrastus for some sort of thistle). Umbellltero! . Sea Holly. The Sea Hollies are among the most bizarre of garden plants, and are chiefly valued for the steel-blue or purplish east of their rigid stems, prickly foliage and teasel-like heads. They look like thistles, and do not stiggest any rchition to the umbelliferous family of "•'litr' flnworpd iiiiil.rls of wild '' 'I'll'' ^'iiins has perhaps ■iking to be used which the Ha carrot are a ■ ■' 100 species, m All those di'sr The Sea H.. as elements ii tures, and their proper place is the hardy border, 'the natural repository for all sorts of curious things. Here they perpetually challenge one's curiosity and interest. There are two very distinct groups of them, one with much-cut foliage, as shown in Fig. 776, the other the 776. Eryngium amethysticum. "Pandanus group," with long, undivided leaves. A very different list of species is cult, abroad, but the main types are here now, and a collection of kinds is not as artistic as well massed groups of a single kind. They are slightly used in subtropical bedding. The dried stems retain their color, and are sometimes hung ERTNGIUM ng-rooms. The plants mostly grow from 2-3 ft. high and head out in July and Sep. J. B. Keller ad- up in light soil and sunny situation. £. amethystinum is probably the favorite. Meehan says that E. planum is much visited by bees. The weak point of Eryngiums is that they are slow to recover fn.m llu- sbo.-k uf divi- sion. This makes it difficult to w..rk n|. a ^t.„k at home sufficient to make an effective group. I). 1). \\;ir, in his garden monogrnph of the group, do. 4i;. ].. .vj:;, says that "Sow the seed a coldframe. and if properl\ following year, less showy and iiore rigid and heads ovate. ■•!.-.■ till- Sea Ilullics i.s by seed. - .is gathered, and place in I ! L-. rniinate in the spring, : I I" ready to plant out the ^1 ili.it many of the species are jry here than in England. A. Li'S. divided into radiating segments. B. Bracts longer than the heads. c. Number of bracts 10-20. 1). Moot-lvs. deeply notched at the base and merely toothed at the margin. 1. alplnum, Linn. Bracts 10-20, a little longer than the oblong heads. Alps. R.H. 1876, p. 113. B.M. 922. Wn. 46:993.— There is a white variety. DD. Rooi-lvs. less deeply notched at the base, elsewhere more dissected. 2. Oliverijlnum, Laroch. Bracts 10-12, i fewer-toothed than in E. alpinum : Orient. Gn. 45, p. 223. CC. JViimber of bracts 6-9. D. Soot-lvs. deeply cut. 3. ameth^Btinum, Linn. Fig. 776. Root-lvs. pinnatifid : bracts 7-8, few-toothed at the base, much longer than the globose heads. Eu. Gn. 46, p. 522, and 55, p. 454. £. calestinum, a trade name unknown to our botanies, is the same thing, according to J. B. Keller. DD. Eoot-lvs. merely crenate-dentate. 4. gigant^um, Bieb. Root-lvs. deeplv cordate: bracts 8-9: head ovate. Armenia. Gn. 46, p. 523. BB. Bracts as long as or shorter than the heads, c. Upper stem-lvs. 5-parted. 5. planum, Linn. Middle stem-lvs. stalkless, undi- vided; bracts 6-7: head rotund. Eu., N. Asia. CC. Cpper stem-lfs. about S-parted. 6. L6avenworthii, Torr. & Gray. Height 1-3 ft. : stem- lvs. stalkless, somewhat clasping : heads ovoid-oblong. Kans. to Tex., Mex. B.B. 2:522. AA. Lvs. undivided, long and linear. 7. aquAticum, Linn. (A'. )/«cc(EW;;Km,Michx.). Height 2-6 ft.: stem striate, unbranched or branched above: lvs. mostly clasping, finely parallel-veined, lower some- times 3 ft. long, i% in. wide, all bristly margined: heads globose-ovoid. U. S. B.R. 5:372. ^_ jj In No. 1 the involucre is a deeper blue than in Nos. 2-5 ; in No. 7 the involucre is not colored and the fls. are white or pale. No. 1 needs f'; deep soil and partial species. 2-3 ft.; 3-5, •2-Zyi ; 3-4, 3-t. F. W. Barclay. EBtSIMUH (possi- nly means blister-draw- ing). Cruclferw. Of this big genus we cul- tivate two brilliant yellow and orange, spring- and summer- blooming, hardy "an- nuals," scarcely, if at ERYSIMUM ic true wallflowers (Cheiranthus) for , and two lower-growing and perhaps iMik [garden plants. The genus has lilt tinial and perennial herbs, with si-,1, i.>-i.arted hairs: lvs. narrow, linear or variously toothed: fls. orange or How, rarely purple, often fragrant; petals 4: style persistent. Although the two most popular kinds are biennials, the gardeners think of them as annuals. Their seeds can all, infei general ] earlier-bl 70-100 s| long, sof 1 778. Erysi asperum (XK). be sown in the fall and produce earlier bloom than if sown in spring. Fig. 777 shows the last flowers open at the top of the pyramid, while the seed pods are swelling below. The rockery kinds, J. B. Keller writes, do well also in the front row of the border and on dry banks. They like full exposure to sunlight, and in the spring months are completely covered with bright flowers. Divided plants only, not seeds, are offered by American dealers. In Gn. 24, p. 462, it is said that E. ochroleucum on level ground is likely to lose its lower lvs. and to perish on heavy soils in hard winters. It thrives best when fre- quently divided, and may be prop, by cuttings. A. P/n»/.< biennial: height 1.1-18 in. B. Fls. yellow. Asperum, DC. (E. ArkansAnum, Nutt.). Figs. 777, 778. Heightl-Sft. in the wild, 12-18 in. in gardens: lvs. dentate or entire, upper ones mostly entire; fls. ^ in. across: pods rough, 1)^-4 in. long, 4-sided, nearly erect. U. S. E. Arkansanum is merely a western and broader- leaved form. B.B. 2:152. BB Eh orange Ferofski&niun, Fisch &. Mev Pods shorti r than m the above, and standmg out more nt IT h itnulit iii^des, not so stiff and straight, (.unst 1 1 tt 1 1 1 w tin nni wer style. Caucasus, Afghanis! i I M I M i .i'l — There are strains of set (1 s 11 Nil in \i iiifu\ &Co..from compi,taii.ld« ul ,1 Mss„, 1,1,1, 1 , tdg in„- /.. /■ • , , K I ^2 101 E nanum , / ] \ n E compactum au- A ,, /•,,-■ , - , /;/ woolly 4-6 in rock- ga.ihn phuits rup6stre, DC. {E. pulchillum, 3. Gaj) Stem rather woody at base: lvs. somewhat dentate; stem-lvs. oblong, the hairs short, dense, 2-3-parted. Asia Minor. R.H. ERYSIMUM 1880, p. 412. — Woolson, Passaio, N. J., keeps the names separate. His plants of E. riipeati-e have "citron-yellow fls." -E. ruprestre is "more spreading." ochroleiiouin, DC. (E. Rlueticum, DC). Height 4-12 in.: stems yellowish, creeping: Ivs. entire or the upper with a few short, sharp teeth. Spain. J. W. Manning's plants of E. Bhaticiim he considers same as E. pul- ehellum. They "grow 6 in. high, and have bright yellow fls. in May." Woolson's p\a.atsotE. ocJiroleucuin,"troTn the Alps of Jura," have pale yellow fls. \y, jj, EETTHfiA (one of the Hesperides, Daughterof Even- ing). PalmAcece, tribe Oorgphece. Spineless palms with solitary robust caudices, ringed at the base, clothed above with dead leaf-sheaths. Leaves terminal, the younger ones tomentose, orbicular, flabellately many- parted, the lobes lacerated at the apex, intermingled with fibers, infolded; rachis short; ligule long; petiole stout, smooth or spiny along the margins; spadices long, white tomentose: branches stout; spathes many, sheathing the peduncle, thicls-coriaceous, densely to- mentose; bracts and bractlets distinct; fls. pale: fruit globose, small. Species 2. Southern California. This small group of American palms includes two species only, as far as known at present, these being E. armiita, which is known locally as the "Blue Palm," and E. edulis, the latter commonly known as the "Guada- lupe Palm," from the fact that it has only been found in a wild state on the island of Guadalupe, off the coast of southern California. The plants in question belong to the fan-leaved section of palms, and bear much resem- blance to Brahea, the segments of the leaves being adorned with whitish filaments. In the gardens of Santa Barbara, California, the Erytheas are planted out, and in a few years form very handsome trees, but in less favored latitudes they may be cultivated in the same manner as Kentias or Latanias, flourishing in a night temperature of 60° when grown in a rich and open soil and abundantly supplied with water. armita, Wats. (Brahea armntn Tall and slender, 40 ft. hit;h : h ^ ole narrow, deeply chaniielcil, ma stout, more or less hookiMi, sli^^lith- spreading spines; segments 30-40, sub-laeerat.- at tin- aprx. slightly filif- erous. Lower California. G.C. III. 20:425. fidulis, S.Wats.*(.Bra7ifrt«fcrK?;s,Wendl.). Stem 30 ft. high, 15 in. thick, with thick, corky bark; .sheaths fibrous, at length glabrous ; petioles stout, 1 in. wide, plano- convex, unarmed on the acute margins, fibrous-pubes- cent or glabrate above ; ligule 2-3 in. long, densely silky-tomentose ; blade 3 ft. ; segments 70-80, at first tomentose, lacerate at the apes and fibrous on the edges. California. R.H. 1893, p. 297, and 1897, p. 77. G.C. III. 13:507; 22:157. Jared G. Smith andW. H. Taplin. £RTTHR2;A (Greek, red; alluding to the fls. of some species). GentianAcece. This includes two hardy plants with bright, deep rose fls., one of which is a rockery plant from the Azores, the other a Californian annual which deserves general cultivation. The flowers have slender green tubes an inch long, and a spreading limb of 5 oblong lobes, each half an inch long. The style of E. venusta is curious. Though longer than the stamens, it does not stand above them, but bends down and stands off at one side. The genus has possibly 30 widely scat- tered species, and no near allies of garden value. These plants bloom in summer and autumn. Ot E. diffusa. J. B. Keller writes: "A light, sandy loam, in a protected nook of the rockery, with partial shade, is required for this charming little alpine plant. 1( must be planted in a well sheltered position, and re- quires protection from sun and severe frost in winter, but the little plant is well worth all the extra care we may have to expend on it in winter. Prop, by cuttings, seeds or division." Missoni, Sweet (E. diffiisa, Woods). Height 4 in.: stems ascending, tufted, not branched above, 1-3-fld. • fls. lateral. Azores. Annuals in Azores, biennial in western Europe. -The plant cult, under this name is considered perennial by our nurserjTnen. venftsta, Gray. Height 6-10 in. : stems erect, 4-angled, cymosely branched, as many as 14-fld.: Ivs. K-1 in. Blue Palm. ith numer ERYTHRINA 547 long, oblong or ovate oblong, very blunt: corolla lobes said to be yellow at the base, but in the picture the fls. have a white eye. Calif. B.M. 6396. -The largest flow- ered species. EEYTHRiJJA (from Greek for red). Leguminbsm. Coral Tree. Herbs, shrubs or trees, with large and showy papilionaceous fls., represented by 25-30 species in tropical countries. Lvs. pinnately 3-foliolate, with glanduliform stipules. Fls. mostly red and in dense ra- cemes; calyx 2-lipped; standard free or very nearly so j tenth stamen free, or united only half its length: 'fr. a slender, more or less twisted pod! Plants usually spiny; very rapid growers. Erythrinas are much prized gar- den plants. Some ot them, parrirulaiiy the herbaceous kinds, are frequently planted out in ili,- -uinmer. In the house they demand an inti iumi! lai. tmiperature. Give rich soil and frequent watrrin-^. In the woody specie's, aiiti to have well-ripened wood for flowering, for till' I'l'T'ini i-s produced on wood of the preceding year. Th.- In iIkutuus species are propagated by di- vision of tiir rt()ck; also by cuttings from shoots springing fnuii tht.' old roots. Woody species prop, by cuttings of growing wood. All species prop, by seeds, whenever these are obtainable. A. Herbaceous species (or treated as such). These die down at the end of the season, and the roots may be stored after the manner of Dahlias. It is best to start the roots before planting them out, particu- larly in the N. In their native countries, these species are more or less woody. Crlsta-g411i, Linn. (E. laurifblia, Jacq.). Common Coral Tree. Bushy and woody, sometimes developing a very short trunk, but the flowering branches dying back after blooming, the stronger branches coming an- nually or periodically from near the root : stem and petioles somewhat spiny: Ifts. ovate-oblong or lance- oblong, acuminate, entire: fls. large, brilliant crimson, the keel nearlv as long as the down-folding standard, the v,-iTi'_-« rii.fimfft-iT-.-, Hi-;'. P ^] . 2ir,l.~Ruiis into laiiger i 1 Fls. I popu- lar garden form. compdcta, Bull. Of very compact habit : fls. rich crimson. Probably a form o'f the last. specidsa, Andr. Bush-like, reaching 8-12 ft., hut usu- ally cut back as E. Urista-galli is : stems and Ivs. prickly: Ifts. broad and more or less 3-lobed, pointed, veiny: fls. in pubescent racemes, rich crimson. W. Ind. B.R. 9 : 7.'>0. — Stem green, very prickly. herbacea, Linn. Stems several and herbaceous, from a very thick root, 2-t ft. high, the flowering ones nearly leafless : Ifts. ovate to hastate : petioles long, more or less prickly: fls. 2 in. long and very slender, deep scar- let, in loose racemes 1-2 ft. long : seeds scarlet. N. Car. to W. Ind. Common on Gulf coast of Ala. and Miss. B.M. 877.-E.Bidwillii, Lindl., is a beautiful hybrid of this species and E. Crista-galli (the latter the pollen parent), with herbaceous shoots and an ascending vex- illum. B.R. 33:9. AA. Woody or tree-like species. Greenhouse plants, or planted in the open in S. Calif, and S. Fla. Huinei.na, Spreng. (E. Cdffra, Hort.). Often tree- like and 30 ft. or more, the stem and petioles very spiny: petioles long: Ifts. rhomboid-ovate, acuminate: pedun- cles axillary and strictly erect, longer than the lvs., white-warty: fls. verticillate-spiked on the ends of the peduncles, long and slender, deflexed. brilliant scarlet fading to purple. S. Afr. B.M. 2431. B.R. 9:730. Corallod^ndron, Linn. Cobal Tree. Tree, prickly: Ifts. ovate-rhomboid: calyx teeth obsolete; standard erect, linear-oblong, scarlet: seeds scarlet, usually with a black spot. W. Ind. Other Ervthrinas have been introduced into S. Calif. : E. Bogotinsis, said to grow 50 ft. high, from Colombia; E. insignis, Todaro, of unknown habitat, 100 ft.; E. vi&rum, Todaro, 100 ft., of unknown habitat. L. H. B. 548 EKYTHROCH.ETE EKYTHROCHaiTE, or EEYTHEOCHaiTON. See ERYTHKONIUM (from the Greek word for red). Lilidreir. Doii'S-TOOTH VlOLET. ADDEK'S ToNGUE. Handsome plants of the north temperate zone. Pour belong to the Old World, four to eastern N. America, one is found in the Rocky mountains, while in the cool woods and high mountains from northern California to the British possessions the genus i- rcprf-.-iit.-.l hy nine species and a number of w«-ll in nii^ ; ui.tifs. Erythroniums have bulbs standinL' i Ij- long to linear in form, two radical I. :i "i"--^t species are handsomely mottled: -■ :ti" -Irn.i. ,■ ;,nd leafless, producing from one to many flowers. The peri- anth consists of six similar divisions, usually recurved, six stamens and a single .3-lobed style. The species are confused and are much in need of revision. See Watson, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts & Sci. 14:200 ; 22:479. Baker, Jouru. Linn. Soc. 14:290. Weathers, G.C. 111. 20:301. The Erythroniums are most interesting spring flow- ers. They succeed in any light soil, particularly in par- tial shade. In common with all herbaceous perennials, especially those which produce bulbs or corms, they profit by a winter mulch of leaves or litter. The west- ern Erythroniums are all plants of the cool woodlands, except a few which grow at such altitudes as to reach like conditions. They thrive best in shade, a thoroughly drained soil, moist and rich in mold, a surface cover- ing of half rotten leaves tending to equalize condi- tions. Any good fibrous material, as fibrous peat, cocoa- nut fiber or spent tan bark, or even well rotted sod, will answer tho piirpn'^o to lighten the soil and give that abundam-c ..f ni'iM llnv delight in. Pockets in shaded rockwork -^w,- iil-.il >iluations. They will thrive nat- uralized oil rool. wooil, ,1 slopes, and where the drainage is good will thri\i' iu gn'-ss. The leaves ripen before the grass is cut and the effect is very fine. Simply- planted in boxes in a loose soil, rich in mold, and left year after year in a shaded spot, they sometimes give splendid bloom. E. Hartii'egH flowers very early, and stands more heat and dryness than any other variety. E. purpiirascens and E. montamim, from high altitudes, tend to throw up their growth very late, and are on that account rather diflicult to cult. E. grancliflorum flowers very early, and must be given a cool situation and be ERYTHKONIUM kept back, to secure an\ l.-iit.-tli of stalk. All of the other western species art- \l f .n jitudinal slits, often almost kid- ney-sha|M i! , .: ,. I>y divergent longitudinal slits, ortinincat- , ' l.y terminal pores ; style undi- vided: (r I . . I ■ iiiiig at the top by 3-6 valves; seeds nuiiit-i'-'u>. in.-.>Ll_, angular, only a few fertile. For structure of fruit aud calyptra, see Figs. 782-788. A genus of about 140 species, all Australasian, except- ing perhaps 5 found in the East Indies. Valuable hard- wood trees, mostly of rapid growth : the timber is ex- ceedingly durable and largely used in Australia by ship- builders, railroad engineers, implement makers, and for building purposes. Felling fortimber should be eftected towards the end of the dry sras.m, when the flow of the sap is least active. Rin.' I.:ii lin-. if necessary, should be performed duD; ' - i nt of the cool, or the earlier part of tin i. that by largely ex- hausting the sap.ili' ;. < I .1 iM new shoots will rise from the r<"it 'Mn' i I' i''s ,.f „ianv species contain a \ i- .1 ', . -: which is dis- tilled for i.i : ■:. : ■ . M i ,,; ... 1 ' ■ I .Mk of .several species yi. L; - . i . .■ I .. ...i : .| - . uniin in com- mercial .(iKiiiMi h -. ..II .■I.T..HI.I .1 ...In.li the name of Gum Trees is applied to the ijemis. A\ Globulus has been very widely distributed over the globe throtigh the persevering efforts of the late Baron Von Mueller; it is frequently planted in the malarial regions of warm cli- mates, as at the Campagna at Rome, with very benefi- cial effect. (Sanitarians will be interested in "Eucalyp- tus in Algeria and Tunisia, from an hygienic and cli- matological point of view." by Dr. Edward Pepper, Proc. Amer. Phil. S...'. M-?:"!-,".!;. i (n England the same species is grown iM' i -iv' ! !..i Militropical gardening, onaccountofits.il _:. i. us hue and symmet- rical growth, but ii, i; ii.-eds the protection of glass in wuitir. i;i,i i. a -y ■■i.-a are really hardy; most of them, however, can be grown successfully in California and countries enjoying a similar climate. For ready determination of species in this critical ge- nus, it is necessary to have adult leaves, mature buds, flowers, and mature fruit : immature fruits are often very misleading. Monographed in part by Baron von Mueller in his Eucalvptographia (cited here as F.v. M. Eucal.), in which lOO" species are carefully illustrated. Bentham describes 135 species (almost the whole ge- nus) in his Flora Australieii-is, \-,,|, :y Tlie following key has been adapted fi I.m liiiniiin ^ Diehotomous Key, published in 1898: the i!. ^iiipiien- liave been sum- marized from the Eucalypte-rapliia, aiel subsequently verified by reference to herbarium specimens wherever these were available. References to Hook. Icon, mean Hooker's Icones Plantarum. Culture in the Hast: Eucalypti are most easily raised from seeds, which generally germinate freely. These should be sown thinly in pots or pans of light, sandy soil, and placed in a little heat. E. Globulus, when in- tended to be used for subtropical bedding or for a group on a lawn, is best sown in August and grown on through the winter, for use the following season. In this way much larger and better plants may be obtained than when sowing is deferred to the spring. It is beet to raise new plants each year, as lifted specimens do not regain their beauty of the preceding season. Being fast-growing plants, considerable space must be al- lowed when they become established, either in the open ground or in pots. A rather rich soil, composed of loam and decayed manure, with the addition of some char, coal, to keep it open, is most suitable. E. maculata, var- citriodora, is very useful for growing in pots in the con- servatory, its lemon-scented leaves rendering it a gen- eral favorite (Nicholson). Culture in the South : The process of raising Euea- lypts is one of extreme simplicity. Well-ripened seeds, shallowly sown (on open nursery ground, or, should the sf". ie- V.,* a rare .,r seleet nne. in wood boxes or seed ]:. r. iimrklv: ^vll. II about hand-high the . .; I.I- tT.,iii~]ilaiiii il in the nursery, to I ]i. . ,, : ,,. e.. ., :, .. .1] .( uaii\\ ill ef the roots and to promote tliu iuriiiaiiuii ui: Literal ruotlets, lit to retain some soil while moving such seedlings to places of permanency. The operation of transplanting should be carried out in EUCALYPTUS the cool season, best under a cloudy sky, and the seed- lings ought not to get dried up in any way during the process of removal, regular daily watering for some time afterwards being requisite. Eucalyptus seedlings for shipment to places only a few days' distance may he simply packed in closed cases without much soil ; for transmittal to longer distances, they niu^t tie w. II ..-- tablisho.-ll..wi^li ..!■ i-.-.l,l"i-li lir.mn: that of large, oval-uni-sha|H-,l. .\ii_' !•. .■- -Timber very hard whi-ii i about 28 per cent tannic acid; dr per ee. Size of fruit exceeding 1 in. in diameter: Ivs. turn- ing the surface more than the edge, to the zenith; veins feu th ery -spreading. 5. calophylla, R. Br. Medium-sized, umbrageous tree: bark persistent, dark, deeply furrowed: Ivs. broad- or lanceolate-ovate, firm and thick, conspicuously stalked: fls. large, white, rarelv pink, in large clusters: lid thin, patellar: fr. hirL-i-. s.ii,...tli. ..vat.-urn-sliap.-.i. border Oct. l;,-l : . ' " ' ' ,v.', 1. r. v'Vl.'F.ueal. 10:2. I. ' li: - ' iiial trrr.hut of rather slowgrniMl, :,ihI -nl.H -I I., ir.i.t. Fruits vli-hc-d and sold forpijie Im.wIs: good shade-tree for avenues: valu- able for bees, flowering late into the fall: bark contains tannin. 6. Kcitdlia, P. v. M. Crimson-flow- ered EUCAI>YPTUS. Pigs. 782, 783. Handsome, umbrageous dwarf tree or tall shrub, of symmetrical habit: bark persistent, furrowed : Ivs. broad- or ovate -lanceolate, ricrid, rnnsiiicuously stalked ; veins aliiiMvt transv.rse : fls. crimson or scarlet : linit^ lari.'> , -.uii*th, 782. urn shaped-ovate; IiMnhr i-oinjiressed ; Fruit and bud seeds pale browu. broadly winged. of E. ficifolia. Aug., Sept. F.v.M. Eucal. 7:3.-Very (x}^.) ornamental ; adapted to the lemon-belt : a shady, heat - resisting avenue tree, withstanding drought. Fruits polished for pipe bowls 7. paniculMa, Smith sized tree: bark persisK thin: fls. sometimes bori II I 1 thin, conical, semiovate, out mi nute, truncate, opening I nut, stigma dilated distmttl t of the style : calyx tube "in 1 1 I '^laj F.v.M. Eucal. 5 8 -Tinil ei I ii 1 and dnt 1 K lasting under ground ; valuable for railroad ties, fencing and building purposes. pedicellate 552 EUCALYPTUS BB. Fls. in sini/ilf, axiUary nmheU: tr. with 3 or more nils, mill III, I exceeding 1 in. in length. {See iil.s.i /■;. /iiiiniiiliita, No. 7.) c. Liil J.I-"}, •■hiiii III i/iiiid the rim of the calyx tube : inillii IS ilisli iiitiji longer than broad, opening by almost parallel longitudinal slits. 8. corynoc41yx, F. v. M. Sugab Gum. Tree, 120 ft. high : bark smooth: Its. elongate-lanceolate, slightly curved, somewhat paler beneath : lid .ilmoxt lieriiispheri- cal : fr. urn-shaped-ellipsoid, l..ii-';i u.l inilli -tnaked. June-Sept. F.v. M. Eucal. 2:2. 'i . I- ■ : i-ht-re- slsting tree for desert regions i.Mi,. . i: L.liage contains but little oil, is sweetish, n i.i i- i.imh-.mI by stock. Needs protection from sea biu./..- wh.ii planted along the coast. An ornamental tree used fur roadside planting in southern California. Timber hard, strong, durable; useful for railroad ties and fence posts. Said to be the quickest-growing shade tree for regions ex- posed to hot, bleak winds; will stand Eucalyptus ficifolia (XJ cc. Jjid ^tot projecting beyond the rim of the calyx-tube. D. Lrs. opposite: anthers minute, not longer than broad {nearly oval), opening by longitudinal slits. 9. doratbxylon, P. v. M. Spear-wood. A pretty, small tree or tall shrub: bark smooth, greenish white: Ivs. stalked, narrow, lanceolate : umbels bent downward, on recurved, slender, compressed peduncles: lid termi- nating in a beak-like point: outer filaments sterile. P. V. M. Eucal. 4:4.— Graceful tree, of slender habit: timber firm and elastic. DD. Xrvs. scattered. E. Leaf-veins several, longitudinal, almost pa7-allcl u'ith the midrib. 10. coriicea.Cunn. {E.pauciflira, Sieb. ). White Gum. Handsome tree : branches spreading ; branchlets slen- der anil more or liss drooping: bark smooth, whitish gray: h -. liil, Mni^'ated, thick: lid hemispherical, twice "T ' ' -I c than the tube, usually quite blunt: ^n ■ kidney-shaped, opening by very diverKiiii. - il slits: fr. shortly-pedicelled. Nov.-lVl.. J ... M. Lucal.3:G.-An alpine tree, and one of the hardiest species. Cattle browse on the foliage in seasons of drought. Timber used for fuel, fences and building purposes; sometimes badly affected with EE. Leaf-veins all more or less diverging from the midrib. F. Foliage much paler beneath {see also No. So, E marginata): anthers almost heart-shaped, opening by longitudinal slits. 11. diversicolor, F. v. M. (E. coUssea, P. v. M. E. di- versicolor, var. colossea, Hort.). Kabri. Very tall, symmetrical tree, attaining 12 ft. in diameter : bark smooth, white: Ivs. scarcely inequilateral, dark green and shining above; veins feathery-spreading, fine : lid nearly hemispherical : fls. white, in heavy clusters ; stamens all fertile. March-May, and again in Novem. EUCALYPTUS P. V. M. Eucal. 5:4. — A rapid grower, profuse bloomer, and considered a good tree for bees. Timber elastic, valued for building purposes, shafts, masts and fence rails. FF. Foliage of equal color on both sides, or nearly so. G. Pedicels elongated : lid conical. acute, pal.- : oblong-u^ al, dilated: Ir. i.iin. lar: margin ..ui.sai — Flowering almost , iM. ly. Valuable for bees. 13. leuc6xylon, P. v. M. White Ironbark. Tall tree, usually branching below : bark mostly deciduous, sm""tfi, iialH : Ivs. narrow -lanceolate, grayish or dull (-'I. • ' '1- ■■i|\ in 3's, white orrarely pink: lid semi- ..\ : It. rstamenssterile; anthers truncated, "I I ■ al pores; stigma much dilated: fr. slighil) TMiii i.M t,.,l at the orifice, rarely slightly angu- lar. .Jiin.-Aiir. F.v.M. Eucal. 1:4. — Valuable bee tree, making an excellent honey. Timber superior to that of almost any other Eucalypt for certain purposes. Val- ued for hardness and durability; used by wagon- and ship-builders, also for railroad ties and underground work for axe handles and for turning. Will grow on stonj ridges not adapted to ordinary cultural purposes. 14 sider6xylon, Cunn {E leiicdxylon, var. sider6xy- I \ il In Ironbark Perhaps not specifically 1 I I H oxi/lon usually not branched be- I 1 lit rough dark red: Ivs. green: fls. \ ir rosea, )i it (L leucdxylon, var. rbsea, Hort.). l\s green tts rose colored March, Apr.— A handsome lorm and profuse bloomer \ ar p&Uens, Auct {E leucdxylon, var. pdllens, Benth. E. leucdxylon, v&T. pallida, Hort. E. siderdxy- lon,va.T.pdllida, Sort.). Lvs. silvery gray: fls. red.— A profuse bloomer. GG. Pedicels short or none : fertile seeds not winged. H. Fr. much contracted at the orifice, nearly globular: outer anthers kidney-shaped, opening by divergent slits. 1.5. buprtstium, F. v. M. Shrub, 10 ft. high : lvs. about 2 in. long, narrow; oil-dots much concealed: fls. small, almost pear-shaped in bud : lid hemispherical, pointed : inner anthers opening by large, roundish pores : fr. nearly 1 in. in diam., truncate-globular, grayish ; margin compressed. July, Aug. P. v. M. Eucal. G:l.— Valuable for bees. IG. piperita, Smith. Peppermint Stringy-bark. Tall tree : bark persistent, gray, rough and fibrous : oil- dots copious, transparent: lid broad-conical, acute: fr. about % in. in diam. F. v. M. Eucal. 3:8. HH. Fr. but slightly or not at all contracted. I. Diameter of fr. nearly 1 inch. 17. Planchoniina, P. V. M. Tree, 100 ft. high: pedun- cles erect, broadly compressed : pedicels very short or almost none : lid narrow-conical, from a semi-ovate base, about as long as the calyx-tube, both longitu- dinally streaked : anthers ovate or roundish ovate, opening by longitudinal slits. July. F.v.M. Eucal. 4:6. — A profuse bloomer. Timber heavy, hard and durable; well adapted for sawing, but not easy to split. II. Diameter of fr. rarely exceeding }4 in. J. Calyx-tube and lid granular, rough. 18. obllqua, L'Her. {E. fissilis, F.v.M.). Stringt- BARK. Tall tree: bark persistent, grayish, very fibrous, but rather soft and fragile : lvs. very inequilateral at base : peduncles nearly terete, mostly slender : calyx tvibe terete : lid hemispherical, depressed or scarcely point,..!. .■\Iar.'l.-Mi-- 1 ■■■. !-;_-ii: ■ M"I -Im|.^ ^d i.h.'I--^ ; nd much .sought by bees. ^. Fniit-f:h\s either quite exserled or the points rritrhniii the level of the rim. {Fruit must be fiilhi iiiuhirr ill iinler to render this point de- EUCALTPTUS 553 ried: opt both c. Lfs. opposite, more or less ovate. 20. melanophldia, P. v. M. Silver-leaved Ironbark. Small tree: bark persistent, deeply furrowed, blackish: Ivs. glaucous or mealy white, sessile, from cordate- ovate or orbicular to ovate-lanceolate, obtuse or acute: peduncles :h- to 8-flowered : anthers very small and globular; cells parallel and distinct: fr. truncate-globu- lar, 2 or 3 lines long. cc. Lvs. scattered, lanceolate. 21. siderophldia, Benth. Large-leaved Ironbark. Tree, 150 ft. high : bark wholly persistent, deeply and somewhat anastomosingly furrowed; furrows yellowish or dark brown: lvs. elongated: lid conical, very acute, about 3 lines long: outer filaments straight in bud; an- thers very minute, roundish ; stigma not dilated. October. F. v. M. Eucal. 4:8. — Timber very strong, hard and durable; used for railroad ties, wharf piles, spokes and tool-handles. 22. drepanophylla, P. v. M. Low, stunted tree : bark ribbed, dark gray: lvs. thin, often over 6 in. long; veins fine, numerous, parallel and very diverging: um- bels 3- to 6-flowered: lis. large; calyx-lid about as long as the tube (not exceeding 2 lines long): fr. 3 to 4 lines in diameter; valves level with or hardly project- ing beyond the rim. Said to be near £. crebra, differing mainly in the large flowers and in the larger, harder and more globular fruit. Var. leptophlSba, Luehm. (F. leptophleba, F. v. M.), is said to be chiefly distinguished by the lvs. being thicker and the veins more oblique. Timber strong, hard and very durable ; used for bridges, mine props and fence posts. 23. crebra, P. v.M. Narrow-lkavep lKr.N-BARK. Tall tree: barkpersisti-nt tlirniiL'ltuur . lUtrk. :ilni.)st blackish, ridged and deeply l'urr"\\ . ship bull I I t 1 1 1 I I ill. III 1 k 1 il o for fence rails tell ,1 II II | I i iili il ti li ift ind spokes It has been recomiiieii b d for wine t asks A\ ill tolerate 19° F fig 78o shows the stamens (o) and the structure of the bud Nos 1-4 are }4 nat size o is on a larger scale No 4 is a section of a bud 35 alplna, Lindl Shrub 12 ft high lvs inequilater ally half ovate blunt acute on young shoots leathers fls sessile in the leaf axils solitary or few fr 1 irte 8 lines wide almost hemispherical not angular Sej t - Nov F V M Fucal 2 1 —A very rare and interesting alpine species, possibly suitable for street planting. FF. Calyx-tube and lid smooth or rough, but not warty: lvs. much exceeding 1 in. in length. a. Stamens not indexed, in the bud (see also No. 51, E. tereticomis): peduncles broadly flattened: calyx lid long, cylindrical, obtuse : anthers ellipsoid, opening by parallel longitudinal slits. 36. L^hmanni, Preiss. Tall shrub or small tree; bark coming oif in irregular sheets, roughish and reddish: fls. greenish yellow; calyx lid often IK in. long: ovary convex at the top: fr. half immersed in the receptacle, about %m. in diameter; valves connivent into a cone, tapering into the persistent base of the style. July- Sept.— Valuable ornamental tree. 37. comdta, Labill. Yate Tree. Large tree : calyx lid 1-1 ii in. long: filaments yellow: ovary almost on a level with the calyx rim, the top flat or at length slightly convex; style thickened at the base: fr. free (not im- mersed in the receptacle). .Tuly-.Sept. F.v.M. Eucal. 9:1.— Closely related to the lui rr.lini.'. Used success- fully as a roadside tree in soiuIm in ( ■iilif..iiiin: adapted to the lemon belt, and tolemtiiiL- iiiki.li-;. iin,! saline soils (Franceschi). Prefers a sonnw hm liumj,! suil. Timber hard, tough and elastic, suitablt fur shafts and frames of carts, and considered equal to ordinary ash wood. B. M. ^&^NL1^ 38. occidentaUs. Endlich. iT^^r^ / ^1 Flat-topped Y'ate. fig. 787. (IjF / I Tall tree: bark deciduous, ' ^^^1 \\ mostly smooth: lvs. narrow- ^^^^ /|( lanceolate : calyx lid M-% in. fj^^ffj long; filaments yellowish: fruit- fFJ^g^ valves onlv half exserted. awl- "l/W^i shaped, free. F.v.M. Eucal. sf 6:5. — Individuals show great ) diversity in time of flowering, so that specimens may be found in blossom at any time between August and April. 39. pl&typuB, Hook. (E. nhcordclta. Turcz.). Tall shrub, 30 ft. or less high: bark smooth, grayish: lvs. petiolate, leathery, broad-obovate, blunt, shining: pedun- cles flattened and winged, bent downwards : fls. sessile, dull red or yellowish white, not conspicuous : calyx- tube prominently angular, much broader than the conic- cylindrical lid: fr. truncate-ovate, very angular, border compressed; flowering almost continuouslv. but never much at a time. F.v.M. Eucal. 7:6. Hook. Icon. 849. 787. Fruits i Stamens inflexeil in the bud: frui, :toli 40. megacdrpa, F.v.M. Tree, 100 ft. or less high: bark deciduous, smooth, grayish white : peduncles sharply 2-edged and dilated upwards: fls. 1-2 or 3, ses- EUCALYPTUS siie ; anthers with a large dorsal gland near the apex : fr. large, slightly angular-streaked; valves thick, con- vergent, emersed; border broad, depressed. F.v. M. Euoal. 6:3. GGO. Stamens Inflexed in the buds: fruits mostly under i4 in. in diameter: Ivs. lanceolate, rarehj lin- ear: cahjx-tube and lid not ribbed. H. Cahix-tul)e angular: pedicels flattened. 41. goniocilyx, P. v. M. Bastard Box Tree. Tall tree : peduncles compressed : pedicels very short and angular or wanting; calyx-tube conspicuously angular: lid pyramidal-hemispheric : fr. angular: valves deltoid, almost enclosed. August. P. v.M. Eucal. 1:3.— Ascends to 4,000 ft. elevation. Timber especially esteemed for wheelwrights' work; also used for house-building, fence rails, etc. ; excellent for fuel. •te : fr.-valves short, J. Frs. urceolate [i.e. 42. Baileyana, P. v.M. T;m1 throughout, fibrous: foliat.''' ^ dotted: anthers broadly "■"ti: slits: fr. rather large, fjlMiii; valves deltoid, slightly exs.rti i Will grow well on sandy sciil. tough and durable; used iw (<■ EUCALYPTUS 555 short K. L( nf-i-ihis fiiir. numerous, very divergent. 43. uncin^ta, Turi'z, Slirub, branching from near the base with several thin stems: bark deciduous, smooth and grayish or reddish : Ivs. firm, very light green, nar- row: fls. small; stamens remaining bent inward in an- thesis; anthers very minute, almost globular, opening by terminal pores: fr. very small. F. v. M. Eucal. 4:10. —A very hardy species. KK. Leaf-veins not numerous, very oblique. 44. cocclfera, Hook. Small, glaucous tree : Ivs. thick and shining, under 3 in. long : peduncles short, thick and much flattened upwards: calyx-tube narrow-tur- binate, tapering at the base, prominently angled : lid short, broad, flat or depressed, rugose: anthers kidney- shaped, opening by divergent, longitudinal slits : fr. almost flat on the top. Tasmania, 3,000Hl,000 ft. eleva- tion. B.M. 4C37. G.C. IL 12:113; 13:395; 111.2:787, 789; 3:799,801; 9: 169. -Perhaps only a sub-alpine form of E. amygdalina. 45. Gunnii, Hook. Cider Gum. Small, often scrubby tree: Ivs. thie.k, shining, less than 3 in. long: calyx-lid shining, hemispherical, short-pointed: anthers almost oval, opening by parallel longitudinal slits : capsule somewhat sunk below the narrow rim of the calyx -tube. A very hardy species. Cattle and sheep readily browse on the foliage, as it lacks the peculiarly pungent Euca- lyptus odor. May, June. G.C. II. 19:437; HI. 2:781; 11:787. Var. undulita, (E. Chinnii, P. v.M. Eucal. 4:5.,notof Hook. E. unduldta, huehm., not of F.v. M.). Swamp Gum. Tall tree: Ivs. longer (over 3 in.), broad and somewhat undulate : fr. top-shaped.— Yields agreatdeal of nectar, and flowers earlier than E. viminalis. Tim- ber strong and useful. JJJ. Frs. ovate or globose, truncate: rim rather broad and flat; anthers broader than long almost kidney-shaped , opening by divergent longitudi- nal slits: Ivs. green: bark of trunk smooth 46. haemastdma, Smith. White Glti. Tree : Ivs. broad; veins spreading, prominent: outer stamens ster- ile : fr. short, ovate-truncate, with a reddish apex. P. v.M. Eucal. 2:3.— Will grow on poor, sandy land. Timber of inferior quality. 47. amygdalina, Labill. Peppermfnt Gum. Tall tree: bark persistent on trunk and lower branches, fibrous: Ivs. rather small, narrow-lanceolate, attenuate into the petiole; veins not much spreading; oil-dots large and not very numerous, translucent : fr. globose, trun- cate or shortly ovale. P. v. M. Eucal. 5:1. B.M. 3260. B.R. 11:947 (as E. longifolia). G.C. III. 6:16. — Timber not strong, but suitable for shingles, rails, staves, inner building material, etc. Foliage yields more volatile oil than that of any other species tested. Var. rfignans, P. v. M. Giant Gum. Very tall tree, (415 ft. or less high): bark usually smooth, whitish, fibrous only near the base: Ivs. large, broad-laijceolate; oil dots very fine, numerous. Var. angnstifdlia, P. v. M. Graceful, spreading tree : branchlets drooping : Ivs. very narrow : fis. very nu- merous in the umbel. Jan.-Apl., and more or less throughout the year. II. Capsule raised above the rim of the calyx-tube: Ivs. mostly large, inequilateral ; veins very di- verging: stems of young plants nearly terete: an- thers longer than broad, opening by parallel longitudinal slits. J. Flowers mostly three in an umbel. 48. viminalis, Labill. Manna Gum. Fig. 788. Tall and graceful, spreading tree, 300 ft. or less high: bark persistent, roughish and dark-colored (never fibrous ) , or deciduous, very smooth and grayish white: seedling leaves lanceolate : pedicels almost none or very short: lid semi-ovate, mostly short- pointed. P. V. M. Eucal. 10:10. G.C. III. 4:597.-A hardy species, withstanding considerable frost and strong winds. Timber not as strong as that of many other spe- cies, but frequently em- ployed for shingles, fence rails and ordinary building purposes. Sheep will feed on the foliage. A valuable bee tree. Growing readily in California from voluntary seedlings. Seed said to retain its vitality ten years. Fruits i (XK). jj. Flowers more tha thr nbel. 49. Stuartitaa, P. v. M. Apple-scented Gum. Tall, branching tree, with dense, drooping foliage ; closely related to E. viminalis, and distinguishable from the latter when it has more than 3 flowers in an umbel, by the fibrous bark and roundish seedling leaves: pedi- cels almost none ; calyx-lid almost hemispherical or shortly and bluntly conical. March-May. F.v.M. Eucal. 4:9. — One of the hardiest species: timber used mostly for fencing and fuel. 50. rostrita, Schlecht. Bed Gum. Tree, 200 ft. or less high: bark early deciduous, smooth, ashy gray or whit- ish: pedicels conspicuous: calyx-lid acuminate, usually ending in a beak (occasionally blunt). Apl., May. F.v.M. Eucal. 4:7. — Useful for bees. Prefers a moist soil with a clayey subsoil ; thrives in ground periodi- cally inundated for a considerable time, and even in slightly saline places: stands 22° F. in Italy. Timber hard, heavy, strong and extremely durable, either above or under ground or in water ; suitable for fence posts, piles and railroad ties; also extensively used in ship- building and for wood bricks for street paving; said to make a better fuel than wood of E. Globulus. Some- what hardier than E. Globulus. 51. teretic6niis, Smith. Flooded Gum. Tall tree: bark smooth: peduncles elongated: pedicels conspicu- ous: calyx-lid conical, not beaked, often much elon- gated: fr. almost globose through the broad, ascending rim. Apr., May. P. v. M. Eucal. 9:8. — Closely related to E. rosirata. Will thrive on undrained ground. Tim- ber used by wheelwrights. 52. rildis, Endl. Tree, 80 ft. high, or less : bark per- sistent, rough: peduncles %-l in. long: pedicels short: calyx-lid conical, not beaked ; commissural line be- tween calyx tube and lid prominent : rim of fr. only slightly ascending. Sep.-Nov. F. v. M. Eucal. 10:8.— Stands drought better than many others, and promises 556 EUCALYPTUS to make a beautiful avenue tree ; young growth of a deep copper color ; adapted to the lemon belt (Frau- ceschi). E. botryoldes, Smith. Placed nest after E. robusta ia the key. Tall tree: lid not broader than the angular calyx tube. F. v.M. Eucal. 4:2. Timber v.aluable.-B. dlrindira, Hook.= maeulata, %':..r <-itvi...inr.-i - F ,!..rlpi,,„ KTvIli-li Pl;..-«1 next after E. l;..nhH■■,l^ >. 1,1 lin- ;,-v Tr,-.., 7" 11 lii_'ii. .Mlvvtube and pt'ilh'i I 1 !■ , ■ !■ I ;,. ciilyx . M Eh key. Tr f rs. sessi some tree when in blossom.— Placed after E. Planchoniana i frs. rarely exceeding *-^in. in d: thick, usually much tiatteneil. mere sand and )n-,-i,p n . i bear some frost, 'ii i the 1 Placed before E. \ !,,,; lique; fls. and fr.^ t,n -^ii< ! i ney-shaped, opening liydi\ Eucal. l:b.—E. microthica . phloia in the key. Lid noi valves much esserted. F \ trees for desert tracts; t<,li-i a desert summer, nnrl ,r v. i valuable for caMn. i after E. panicului.i i orange-oolor: fr. \\ ; i Eucal. 6:4. A h:ii, , Auct.— virgata (belou i.- /.'. synonym of s( 10ft. high: lis and very broad peduncle: c;ilyx tube almost nl>verse-pyr;iniidal, sharply quadrangular, br-K-nh-r tluin th" pvr.iinichd ciniiral lid: stamensred. P. v. .\l. F.ii.-;il ■_■ M i ui.- of tljr- Tii.,vt (.riKuiicntal species of the genu- -/'./,.,,,/./, Si.-i, -K ,,i,i ii^iii,,,-,, DC). Placed second aft.-r K .ilili.|n:i in th.' k. ■, ^\,rn'' I"-!', ft. high: barksmootli; lv<, hn-i', fiil.-iit.': uniii.]- -.ii. r;.lly en- closed in large brat-ts wiiil.- in liii.i. J JLJl i;ll 1) v\v EUCHARlDIUM (from the Greek for charming). OnafirAceif. Two Californian herbs allied to Clarkia, but differing in having the calyx tube much prolonged be- yond the ovary, stamens 4 and opposite the sepals and not appendaged at the base. E. conclnnum, Pisch. & Mey. {E. grandiflbrum, Pisch. & Mey. ), is a graceful garden annual, growing 1 ft. high. Pubescent or gla- brous : Ivs. small, oblong, petioled, entire : fls. rose- colored, nearly or quite an inch across; calyx tube fill form, an inch or more long ; filaments filiform; petals 3-lobed. Of easy culture in any garden soil. B.R. 23:1962. B.M. 3589. R.H. 184G:81; 1857, p. 299. E. Brtweri, Gray, is an annual 1 ft. high. Lvs. 1 in. or more long, narrow-lanceolate: petals large, obcordate, with a narrow lobe in the deep terminal sinus : filaments club- shaped. L. H. B. EtrCHAEIS (very graceful, from the Greek). Ama- ryllidAceit. Perianth tube straight or curved, the throat dilated ; segments broad and spreading ; perianth cup either entire or toothed between the filaments : ovules 2 to many in each of the 3 locules: fls. white, in umbels, very showy, standing on long, stout scapes: lvs. broad- ovate, narrowed into distinct petioles. Six or eight handsome species from Colombia. Rootstoek short and bulb-like. The species are confused. E. grandi flora, H. Candida and H. subedenfata are the well-marked types. The fls. in Fig. 789, adapted from authentic plates, will distinguish the types. Hybridizes with Ur- c'eolina (see Urceocharis). Monogr. by Baker, Ama- ryllideie. L H. B. The Amazon Lilies, as Eucharis are popularly called, are among the most desirable of warmhouse bulbous plants, being not only very beautiful but also very free in the production of flowers. When grown in pots, they require a coarse, fibrous soil, composed chiefly of rotted sod, and enriched with about one-fourth of dry cow manure and a sprinkling o£ bone dust. The pots should be well drained, for much water is needed during the growing season, but fre- quent potting should be avoided, as the roots _are im- EUCHARIS patient of disturbance Shading from full sunshine is required, except during the winter uiontlis ind a night temperature ot ()>-70° is best t i tl 1 1 ' I B\ dry- ing oflf the Eu. h lub to sola I Ml r I uw,,ks,a crop of flowers ma-y be hid t li i i is n pro- viding the bulbs UL strong 111 1 li Iti \ i It tiii\ should never be dri It ii h i 1 ^lee that ill the toliage is lost, else tl I ill Hill I much weakened Good ri s ill 1 hid from planting out the Eucharis ( u I i I iii c w irmhouse, the soil and treat- ment beiu^; mu h tK s hul is for pot giown specimens. The only msttts liable to give much trouble m connec- tion with these plants are mealy bugs and thrips, and these may be controlled bv thorough syringing W H Taplin. A. Cup toothed and protindtd fioin the penanth tube. grandiSldra, Planch (H ^jnasrfiuca, Lmd ) Amazon LiLV. isTAB or Bethlehem (a name also applied to Ornithogalum) Fig 789 Bulb globulai, 2 in indiam. : lvs. 2-4 to each stem scape 1-2H ft , bearing an um- bel of 2-4 large (4 m across), very fragiant stir-Iike fls. on pedicels nearly or quite 1 m long the segments oblong and obtuse , cup forming a distinct proiecting tube. P.S 9 957, 12 1216-17 B M 4971 &n 48, p. 217. G.C. Ill 7 193, 16 665 AF 5 303, 8 445 F.E. 8:1000. P.E. 1 11, 2 364 Var. MoArei, Baker, may be expected to appear in the Amer. trade. It has smaller, rounder and thicker lvs. and smaller fls., with the cup lined with yellow. MAstersii, Baker. Bulb often smaller : scape 1 ft. high, bearing 2 nearly sessile fls. in the umbel, the peri- anth segments ovate and spreading and shorter than in the last: cup forming a shallow frilled or notched col- lar. B.M. 6831. G.C. II. 24:721.-Possibly a hybrid of M. grandiflora and H. Sanderi. AA. Cup almost entirely joined or adnate to the perianth-tube [the winged filaments may project), cdndida, Planch. Fig. 789, d. Bulb globose, bearing stolons, 2 in. in diam. : scape somewhat flattened, glau- cous, 1-lK ft. high, bearing 6-10 short-pedicelled fls. ECICHARIS In an umbel : segments oblong, acute, more or less re- flexed : winged yellow filaments projecting, united at the base only. F.S. 8:788.-Smaller-fld. than £. gran- difloru. Sinderi, Baker. Fig. 789 6. Bulb pvoid, 1-2 in. in diam.: scape terete, 1 ft., bearing 2-3 nearly sessile white lis.: segments ovate, 1 in. or more long: yellow- ish cup, very narrow, like a collar or rim, and bearing the short, curved fllaiuents on its edge. B.M. 6676. G.C. 11. 1!I:;M;1.-Bv s<.me thought to be a hybrid of A\ qriiHihflnra and K. niiidirhi . Vnr. multifldra, Baker. Fls. smaller, 4-1!, striped green. B.M. 6831. subedentita, Be nth. {I'.illiphruria suhdentcila. Baker). Fig. 7S'.l.i. Bull) ovoid, I'o in. in diam.: scape slender, 1 ft.; lis. G-S, ou pedicels 1 in. or less long; tube 1 in. long, funnel-shaped above; segments oblong, aseen ft.; Ivs, oval or obovate-oblong, bluntish, scale-like :ilon:,' the branches, 3 in. long, IJ^ in. broad : fr. edible, se:i]|et. the slzB of 3. clierry. April. B.M. 4526. R.H. lS4.j:42.".. AA. Fls. in S-forking panicles or cymes ; petali free and spreading. myrtifilia, Sims (E. austrdlis, Wendl.). Brush Cherry. Shrub, 6-12 ft. : lvs. petiolate, 2-3 in. long, obovate to nearly lanceolate, rather thick, dark and glossy green: peduncles 3-5-fld. : fr. edible, red or vio- let, about 8 lines in diam., crowned by the persistent calyx lobes. Austral. Hardy in the South. A.G. 1! :756. B.M. 22.30. — Chiefly grown for ornament. Used for hedges in Calif. J&mbos, Linn. Rose Apple. Jamro.?ade. Jambos. Tree, 20-30 ft. : lvs. narrow-lanceolate, acuminate, long, thick and shining, resembling those of an oleander; fr. lK-2 in. thick, white or yellowish, with a tinge of blush- pink on one side, edible, rose-scented, apricot-flavored. E.Indies. Stove. B.M. 1696. -Valued for jelly-making. AAA. Fls. in 3-forking panicles or cymes; petals united into a calyptni. Jambolina, Lam. .Jambolan, or .Jambolan Plum. Tall shrub or tree ; lvs. obtuse or shortly acuminate, 4-6 in. long, 2-3 in. broad : berry edible, varying from the size of a cherry to that of a pigeon's egg. E. Indies. E. apimldta. DC, Chile, has oval apiculate lvs. .ind 3-fld. .axillary peduncles. Perhaps a Myrtus. j. BuRTT Davy EULALIA. Treated under Miscanthus. EULARIA, Misprint for Eulalia. ETJLOPHIA (Greek, handsome crest). Orchiddcece, tribe Vdndeie. Terrestrial herbs with membranaceous lvs. and conspicuous pseudobulbs; scape basal, several- will apply to this genus. macuiata, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs ovate, compressed: lvs. ovate, spotted or blotched: fls. small; upper sepal hood-shaped, lateral ones acuminate, reddish brown; petals broader, white or pale rose; labellum cordate, with two crimson spots, triangular in outline, near the base, otherwise white. Braz. B.R. 8:618 (AngraBcum). sorlpta, Lindl. Lvs. linear, subdistichous: fls. purple and yellow; sepals and petals linear-oblong; labellum 3-lobed, lateral lobes rotund at the apices. Madagascar. Oakes Ames. EULOPHIfiLLA (diminutive of Eulophia). Orchid- Aceo'.tTihe Vdndew. Pseudobulbs fusiform, elongated: Ivs. elliptic, plicate: raceme from the base of young growths, with violet rachis: fls. white, fleshy; labellum articulate with the base of the column. Two epiphytes, from Madagascar. 558 EULOPHIELL^i Elisabethae, Lind. & Rolfe. Fls. 2-2J^ in. across, usu- ally 2-4 ill tlie drooping cluster; sepals and petals ovate; labellu.u oscillatory; anterior lobe yellow. B.M. 7387. fi.B. 21:181. l.H. 40:173. Peetersiana, Kriinz. {GmmmatophyUum liampleri- ri'. ping habit, with oppusitc simidc lvs. :iimj i , ! . r m. ..n^pic- Tious gi-.-^iii -h, .v i|ii i-h .ir- |iiir|.lisli il-. II) a\illaryoymes; veryatttM ■ .i i' h i ImIi- li:iii.|-).iii,- scarlet, pink or whin-. ■ I-., -Im.wiii- til., liright orange seeds wli. i .; . ■ ,■ ,mi ,, tih th,. -|,1, h.|i,l fall coloring The .ated hardy North, while of the evergreen ones only il'. radi- cans is fairly hardy, and, on account of its greater hardiness, is often used North as a substitute of the ivy for covering walls, rocks and trunks of trees, climbing, if planted in good soil, to a height of 15 and sometimes 20 ft. B. JiurojXfus, and South the evergreen JS. Ja- ponicuSj are sometimes used for hedges. Prop, by seeds, usually stratified and sown in spring, or by cuttings of ripened wood in fall. The evergreen species grow readily from cuttings of half-ripened wood under glass in fall or during the winter in the greenhouse. Varie- ties are sometimes grafted or budded on stock of their typical species. About 40 species are known in the northern hemisphere, extending also from .S. Asia to Australia. Shrubs or .small trees, with usually more or less quadrangular branches and opposite, usually gla- brous and serrate lvs.: fls. small, in axillary cymes, 4-5-merous, generally perfect; style and stamens short, the latter inserted on a disk: fr. a 3-5-lobed, somewhat fleshy capsule, each dehiscent valve containing 1 or 2 seeds enclosed in a generally orange-colored aril; the seed itself is usually white. The wood is tough, close- grained and light-colored, often almost white, and used, of small or- has medica INDEX. EuropsBUS, 6. pulchelhts, 12. flavescnts, 12. pyramidalis. 12. gracilis, form of. IS.radicans, 13. Hamiltonianus, 9. argenteo ■ margina- Bungeanu.s, Carrieri, 13 coluranaris. JaponieiLs, 12. latiShu""'.' linifoliiis, 5. Maackii. 9. macrophyllus, 12. medio-pictus, 12. microphyllus, 12. reliculatus, 13. robustus, 12. roseo • viarginatus, 13. Sieboldianui subtrif torus. Thunbergiai variegatus, '. obovatus, 2. vindi-variegatus.i pallens, 12. Yeddoensis, 10. A. Foliage decidtwus. Capstiles ttiberciilate, depressed-globose, fls. 5- 1. Americinus, Linn. Strawbekkv Bush. Upright shrub, to 8 ft. : lvs. ovate-lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, usually acute at the base, acuminate, crenately serrate, l%-'.i in. long: peduncle slender, few-fld.: fls. yellowish or reddish green : fr. pink. June. From southern N. York south, west to Tex. L.B.C. 14:1322. B.B. 2:,394. — Var. angustiSdlius, Wood ( 47. anguslifoHus. Pursh). Lvs. lanceolate or linear-lanceolate, half -evergreen South. 2. obov4tus, Nutt. {E. Americdnus, var. obov&tus, Torr. & Gray). Procumbent shrub, with rooting stem and erect branches, to 1 ft. : lvs. obovate or elliptic-obo- vate, crenately serrate, light green, 1-2 in. long : fls. purplish: capsule usually 3-ceUed. May. From Canada to Indiana and Kentucky. G.F. 9:385.— It may be used EUONYMUS for covering the ground under large trees, or for bor- ders of shrubberies. Var. variegatus, Hort., has the lvs. marked pale yellow. BB. Capsules smooth: fls. generally 4-merous. c. Fr. divided to the base into 4 or less nearly separate pods. 3. alitus, Maxim. (C. ThnnbergiAnus, Blume). Spreading shrub, to 8 ft. : branches with 2-A broad, corky wings : lvs. elliptic or obovate, acute at both ends, sharply serrate, 1-2 in. long : fls. 1-3, short-pe- duncled, yellowish : capsule purplish, small. May, June. China, Jap.— Var. subtrifldruB, Franch. & Sav. Branches not winged: fls. 1-5. cc. Fruit more or less S-5-lobed. D. Branches densely warty. 4. verrucdsus, Scop. Erect shrub, to 6 ft. : lvs. ovate- lanceolate, crenately serrulate, acuminate, l-2Kin. long: fls. slender-peduncled, 1-3, brownish : capsule deeply 4- lobed, yellowish red; seed black, not wholly covered by the orange aril. Southeastern Europe, W. Asia. DD. Branches smooth. E. Anthers yellow. 5. ninus, Bieb. Low shrub, to2 ft., with slender, often arching or sometimes procumbent and rooting branches : lvs. linear or linear-oblong, mucronulate, entire or re- motely denticulate and revolute at themargins, K-lKin. long: fls. slender-peduncled, purplish: capsule deeply 4-lobed, pink ; seed brown, not wholly covered by the orange aril. May,June. W. Asia to W. Cliina.-Hand- some shrub for rockeries and rocky slopes, forming a graceful, pendulous, standard tree if grafted high on E. Europceus. Fruit ripens in August, earliest of all species. E. Kodpmanni is a form of this. 6. EuropleuB, Linn. Fig. 790. Erect shrub or some- times small tree, to 20 ft. : lvs. ovate or oblong-lanceo- late, acuminate, crenately serrate, IK-2K in. long : fls. yellowish, in few-fid. cymes : capsule 4-lobed, usually pink. May. Europe to E. Asia. B.B. 2:395.— Varying with narrower and broader lvs. There are also several varieties with variegated lvs. and some with frs. of dif- ferent colors, as var. fnlctu atropurptireo with deep I>uii.lf. iructu coccineo with scarlet, and fnSctu dlbo (var. I,i,r.„;,rju,. Hort.), with whitish frs. Var. atro- purpilreus, .Vrli. Kew., has rather narrow purplish lvs. 7. latifdliua. Scop. Shrub or small tree, to 20 ft.: winter buds slender, about J^ in. long: lvs. obovate-ob- long, acuminate, crenately serrate, 2-4 in. long: fls. yellowish, often 5-raerous, in slender-peduncled, nather many-fld. cymes : capsule pink, large, with winged lobes. S. Europe, W. Asia. B.M. 2384. -A very decora- tive species, with handsome foliage and large frs. EE. Anthers purple. F. Fls. purple. 8. atropurptireus, Jacq. Burning Bush. Shrub or small tree, to 20 ft.: lvs. elliptic, acuminate, obtusely serrate, pubescent beneath, lK-5 in. long: fls. purple, in slender-peduncled, many-fld. cymes: capsule deeply 3-4-lobed. scarlet. June. E. N. Amer., west to Montana. B.B. 2:394. E. Americdnus, Hort. cymes : fr. eds white or Manchuria, rather large, time on the EUONYMUS FK. Fls. yellowish or whitish. 9. Hamiltoiii4nus, Wall. (A'. i/a(ic&u,Rupr.). Shrub, rarely small tree, to 30 ft., with almost terete branches: Ivs. elliptic to ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, serrulate, 2-5 in. long: fls. in 3-12-fli;l. cymes: capsule deeply 4- lobed, with rounded valves, pink (yellowish in the Himalayan form); seed usually not wholly covei-ed by the aril, grayish brown. June. Himalaya to Manchuria. Var. semipersistens, Rehder {E. Sieboldidnus, Hort., not Blume). Lvs. elliptic, long-acuminate, half ever- green, keeping its bright green foliage South until mid- winter: fr. bright pink, ripening vei-y late. 10. Sieboldiinus, Blume (E. Yeyramidillis, Hort.). Of upright, columnar habit: Ivs. broadly oval. There are many va- rieties with variegated lvs. ; some of the best are the following: Var. arg6nteo-varieg4tus, Rgl. Lvs. edged and jmarked white. Var. ailreo-vaTieg4tus, Rgl. Lvs. blotched yellow. Var. dlbo-marginitus, Hort. Lvs. with whiti-, ralliir narrow iiiari,'ins. Var. medio-pictuB, Hort. Lvs. will, a v. -Hew blotrh in fhi- mi, Idle Var. pAUenS, Can-. , var. ihn-,^n»s. ll.irt.). Lvs. jial,- yellow when youHi:; similar is var. aiireus, lli.ri., hut the yel- low is biif,'hlcr and changes quicker to green. Var. yiridi-variegatus, Hort. (var. Due cVAiijou, Hort.). Lvs. large, bright green, variegated with yellow and green in the middle. 13. radlcans, Sieb. {E. Japduiciis, var rnfVicans, Rgl.). Low, procumbent shi-ub, with often trailing and rooting or climbing branches, climb ft. high : branches terete, densely a lvs. roundish to elliptic-oval, ruunt the base, crenately serrate. iis\iany iliill i,'n_-.i, above, with whitish veins, %-2 in. |,in^': 11. ami fr. sin,ilar to the former, but fr. generallv of palir .dl.ir. .lun,\ July. N. and M.Jap. R.H. lK«."i. p. 2'.I5. ( i.e. IL ■Jn::;i3.- Closely allied to the former, and considered by most botanists as a variety; also very variable. Var. Carri^ri, Vauv. Low shrub, with ascending and spreading branches: lvs. oblong-elliptic, about IMin. long, some- what shining. Var. arg^nteo-marginitus, Hort. Lvs. bordered white. Var. rdseo-margin4tus, Hort. Lvs. bordered pinkish. Var. reticul&tus, Rgl. (var. pictiis, Hort., var. arginteo-variegdtiis, Hort.). Lvs. marked white along the veins. E.echiualnx, W'lJl 1". , Lilly i-reeinng or climbing, with root- ing bran. !,. , i.late: fr. spiny. Himal. B.M. 2767.-A\ / I! I I lic.f Wall.— iiendulus.-jB. ffrandi- flbrus,\. (R H IK^- / ' all, white heads, h »n '.in. Less , from Mex 1 m cult as E Weinman- f I ill I I 111.- 793. Eupatorium ageratoides. f' I (X ;^.) Is I white heads, and whole plant Kl, I I I III 1) L. H. B. EUPHOBBIA (classical name, said by Pliny to be in honor of King Juba's physician; possibly from the Greek word for fat). Ettp7iorbidce(f. Spdrge is a name sometimes applied to the genus as a whole, but is, per- haps, better restricted to one or more species. One of the largest plant genera, of perhaps a thousand species, not less than 700, of very diverse habit, and found in EUPHORBIA most temperate and tropical regions. Many are desert plants, and the greater number grow in dry and sterile places. Herbs, shrubs or trees, often fleshy and cactus-like, or low and prostrate weeds; but all characterized by a single pedicellate-pistillate flower, with a 3-celled, 3- seeded ovary, without floral envelopes or with a minute calyx, surrounded by numerous staminate flowers con- sisting each of a single stamen, the insertion of which is represented by an articulation with the pedicel, the whole surrounded by a more or less cup-shaped involucre, with 5 lobes, and bearing 1-5 glands of various shapes between the lobes. The staminate flowers are usually subtended by minute bracts. The glands often bear Iict.il hi.. ,i|.|".riMini,'fs, the whole involucre (oreyathium) ill. . ;i ])erfect flower (Fig. 794). ,M I I 'ii-s have abundant milky juice, and thr • I iiioi Mi ~|M rj.s have been thus distinguished from cacti, but iiiiuiy cacti also have milky juice. The juice of most species is acrid poisonous, e.speoially if it comes in contact with mucous membranes or open sores. The juice from some of the species is used in medicine as a purgative. Monographed by Boissier inDeCandolle's Prodromus, son's Gard. Diet, and Bois' Diet. d'Hort. describe a number of cultivated species. See also Kobe, in Monats- schrift fur Kakteenkunde, 8:42 (1898). Many of the fleshy species are cultivated by lovers of succulents for their curious shapes; and a few are valu- able for their ornamental foliage. The flowers are usu- ally too minute to be noticeable. Some, like H. corollata (Pig. 794), J?, maeulata, E. Cj/parissias and E. margi- ' ■ ■ 'ca, but not troublesome. The ccics; .ire insignificant herbs. h ir. 1 ir,,m injurious insects, EUPHORBIA weeds great majority of tli The species are rem; and are rarely att;i. I. The fleshy specie- (which see), but thr do well with warmer 1.1] the same as cacti ss (liflicult, and they winter they are kept : the pots should be plunged outdoors in hot, dry situations, with a moderate supply of watrr aii.l cspe- cially good drainage. It is better to ].r.it. .t th. m fn.in continued rain, but most species do w. II witlmui ihis. The more fleshy species, like E. Cupiil -M,' L-5). bled when young ; spines 2-2}4 lines long : Ivs. lanceo- late or lance-spatulate, 3-5 in. long. Gabon river, W. Afr. — Considered one of the best. 15. liLctea, Haw. A shrub: branches erect; faces 1-3 to. wide, plano-convex, yellow and green striped; edges subcompressed, repand dentate; spines 2-3 lines long. East Indies. 16. gT&ndldens, Haw. Tree, 20-30 ft. high and as much as 3 ft. in diam. : branches slender, %-% in. wide, numerous, erect-spreading, making a rounded head in old plants ; faces almost plane ; angles deeply lobed-dentate; spines .3-5 lines long, slender: Ivs. very small, triangular. S.Afr. G.C. II. 26:721. -E, alcicornis, Hort., is probably a form of this with flat branches. 17. trianguliris, Hort. Par. Stem 3-7 ft. high, trian- gular: numerous branches erect, with convex faces dark green ; the winged angles sharply toothed and short- spined. S. Afr. mgle. EE. Orowths or branches with 4 or rarely S-angled. 18. Canarifinsis, Linn. Shrub or tree, 12-20 ft. high, with many 4-G-angled suberect branches, as much as 3 in. thick, from the base ; angles subentire; spines 2 lines long, black : Ivs. al- most none. Canary Islands. Gn. 53, p. 46. G.C. 11.20:629. 19. virdsa, Willd. (E. cceruUs- cens. Haw.). A shrub as much as 15 ft.high,much branched :branohes 4-5- or sometimes 3-angIed, 1 in. thick, ascending ; angles lobed ; epidermis bluish; spines strong, 4-5 lines long, black. S. Afr. 20. Abyssinica, Rausch. Sti m robust, 30-40 ft. high, 9-14 ft. in greenhouses: branches few. 4-0 in. in diam., dark green; angles 5-8,obtuse but prominent; edges undulate; spines short, re- curved : Ivs. minute, spat- ulate. Abyssinia. Gn. 52, p. 106. G.C. 111.20:497.- Much resembles Cerens Peruvianus. 21. Pffirsdorffii, Hort. Trunk round, lK-2!2 in. thick, 9-ribbed, much branched when old ; spines large, 4-8 lines long. 22. candeUbmm, Trem. & Klotzch. Tree, 20-30 ft. high, with ahead 60-80 ft. in circumference: trunk short and thick, densely branched : branches 3^-angled ; 564 EUPHORBIA -See E. ■ilH for some spines short. Trop. Afr.- plants sold under this num 23. officininim, Linn. I thick, 9-13-aDKlf.l,(l.. ply - red, divergent (ir. I. il,.\,.,l, I N. Afr. R.H. l,s7:,::!:;(i-:i7.-E. Beaumeriana, Hook. & Coss., and E. echinus, Hook. & Coss., are closely re- lated species from the same region. CCC. Branches with spines, if any, not stipular, but in the place of Ivs. or branches D. Spines not present. 24. Ciput-MeddBae, Linn. Medusa's Head. Stem short, obconical, fleshy: branches numerous from the apex, soon declined around the main stem with their ends erect, K in. or more in diam., 6-12 in. long, covered with depressed, keeled tubercles, each bearing a small, linear-lanceolate leaf ; glands of the involucre white, rather conspicuous, the outer lip palmatifid. S. Afr. L.B.C. 14: 1315. -Curious and rather rare. Var. mijor. Ait. (J?. Commelini, DC), is a large, erect, unbranched form, perhaps originating from branch cuttings. 25. melo!6rmis, Ait. Pig. 799. Globose or pyriform, 3-5 in. in diam., deeply 8-10-costate, the ribs obscurely tuberculate on the almost acute angles, the sides trans- versely dark and light green striped or wrinkled when old the few small h s and fls at the de- pressed ape\ the old forked branches of the inflorescence subpersis? tent but not spmose A few small branches simi- lar to the main stem usu- alh present S Afr L.B. C 5 4J6 A G 11 ibi -A ver\ interesting and rare plintinAmer Best grown onlv under glass Often mistaken for a cactus. formed of the sterile peduncles. 26. cerei!6rmis, Linn. (E.erbsa, Willd.). Erect, 3 ft. or more high, little branched: branches erect, with 8-13 tuberculate ribs : Ivs. very small : peduncles usually with only one involucre, the sterile ones forming dark colored spines 4-7 lines long. S. Afr. L.B.C. 14:1334.- E. polfgona. Haw., with more prominent and spiral ribs, and E. heptdgona, Linn., with 7-8 ribs and sulci between them more obtuse, are closely related South African species. 27. H^Btrix, Jacq. A shrub, 2-3 ft. high, not ribbed: podaria depressed: Ivs. 2-3 in. long, linear ; spines nu- merous, 1-2 in. long, erect-spreading. S. Afr. Jacq. Hort. Schcenb. 207. BBB. Stems herbaceous or woody, scarcely ever sUghtly fleshy -stemmed : inflorescence umbellate : stipules none, c. Lvs. below the umbel decussate : tall herbs. 28. Lithyris, Linn. Caper Spurge. Mole Plant. Fig. 800. Annual, 2-3 ft. tall : lvs. long, lance-linear, those of the inflorescence ovate-acuminate : glands short-homed : capsules somewhat fleshy. Eu., and naturalized in ea,stern U.S. Rept. Mo. Bot. Gard. 11, pi. 11. — Cult, in old gardens. Capsules sometimes pickled. Seeds used as a purgative. Said to drive moles from its neighborhood (see Cornell Bull. 61:331). CC. ira. usually clustered at the ends of the branches: shrubs. 29. atroporpi^ea, Brouss. A shrub, 3-6 ft. high, branched: the pale, glaucous green, spreading or droop- ing lvs. crowded at the ends of the branches, 2-3 in. long : umbel 5-10-rayed ; involucres surrounded by 2 large, dark purple, broadly ovate, obtuse, connate bracts. March. Teneriffe. B.M. 3321. -Plants known as E. atropurpurea and E. sanguinea in America, and used for bedding, are in part E. hwmatodes, Boiss., a species of Section A not well known to botanists, and partly a purplish var. of E. pulcherrima. EUPHORBIA 30. Efigis-Jilbffi, Webb. Like the last, but lvs. nar- rowly linear and bracts not dark purple ; involucral gland with 2 short horns. Teneriffe. 31. dendroldes, Linn. A large, branching shrub, more foliaceous than the two preceding: leaves linear-lanceo- late, obtuse or ;unite: floral Ifavu.s yellowish, rhomboid- '■ M I--: Kill. Gn. 36, p. 203. li lanceolate leaves, ' Hi I.). .ind palmate glands. tin: E. arboiea offered by Blanc probably belong iu this section, though the E. Grantii of American dealers may possibly be Synadenitim Grantii, Hook. CCC. Lvs. below the umbel alternate ; glands oval in the first species, in the others two horned: leafy herbs. 33. epithymoldes, Jacq. (E. polychrdma, Kern.). A herbaceous perennial, a foot or more high, with oblong, dark green leaves, floral leaves different shades of yel low at flowering time. May. Europe. B.M. 2258. — Grow clump, uncommon in garden Mediterraiir: 32. Grdnti large, loiii; a E. Africa. ' fine. 34. robusta. stemmed j" i tains, the Inr h1 Palnipri, Kngelm., are many ' I an the Rocky moun ' I liigh.more or less with small -^ij.ned seeds. They have been oilLia.i l..i ...ak . J^ui L.i. u little cultural value, 35. GyparisBiaB, Linn. Herb, perennial from root buds the short plume-like branches covered with spreading, narrow linear, dark green leaves an inch long: seeds smooth. Europe. L.B.C. 2:118. G.C. II. 22:469. Rept. Mo. Bot. Gard. 11, pi. 50. -Cult, in old gardens for its moss-like growth. Naturalized and a weed in east U.S 36. Natalinsis, Bemh. Stems many, X-1 ft. high umbel 3-5-rayed, head-like : leaves crowded, narrow linear-lanceolate, subcoriaceous. S. Africa. 37. Myrsinites, Linn. Perennial herb: many declined stems covered with large, fleshy, glaucous, obovate or ovate-oblong, concave, pointed leaves : umbel 7-12-rayed : glands and flowers yellow. Europe.— A plant of old gardens, good for rockeries. Plants in cult, in Europe but not in the American trade: Fleshy forms: E. anacantha, A\t.—E. bupleurifblia, Jac^i. Short, thick, scily stem, with a cluster of large leaves at the top.— £. Bojeri, Hook. NearE. splendens.— £. Brcint=E.Bojeri. — E. Capensis. Hort.— E. cfandestina, J.icq. — E. ennedgona, Haw.= cereiformis, Linn.— £. fimbriata,HoTt.^—E. Foumiiri, EUPHORBIA Lem =E Nivulia, Buch — E imbrtcata Valil — E Leinaireana, Boiss Like E gi.iudicorms, but spines much shorter — £ lophogona Lim Peculiar club shaped stem with large leaves above and eiistite stipules Madagascar — E macroglypha Lem — E mamtllans Linu — E Montieri Hnrt — F pmtagona, UiW —E p,-:cat^na Ait —E pi/rifobn I un in ir 1 .iil">eona - E, serpiforiitit Bins'; =E siopiforuiis - / H nv — F.slapehccf nms Holt —E t ti i i ii i \\ ?! Linn = Pedil mthus titlu in ilni Us — / II — A tuberculata Jicti—E x il ph lU I 1 Shrubby or tiee like t ims t I ,1 I I the IdU Bolle-£ colUtwidi'! 11/ i I iiu - £ melUfera \it -E misera 1 ' / s Teysman — £ pimicfO, Swartz ti ( II l f la'—E sco lopendna Don Herbaceous terms EH I ' / tntcias,liinn —E Ohama:syce,hinn —E I I n»ia(a Orteg —E helioscdpia, Lmn —E Ii I I'i mt of east U. S coast region, root fiii ( i thcinal U S drags —E Lagascce Sprciu / / I "" —F ptittsa, Linn —E ptluhfera Lmn — / I Others not well known / i i / I ill i Brouss — £ arttculatn Hr 1 1 I — E. caput odmata Hoit -^ ' i Ha pmdula, Hort— £ coluhn ' i / dentdta, Hort —E di Sin i i i i -; fimbndta, Hort —E funalt II 1 1 t t — E. gracilis, Hort —E H i II I 1 1 rt — £ i^rdlMii, Hoi t =E Kri I \1 \ — E. longifMia Hort —E Mi i 1 1 1 1 » —E Mauntdnia, h —E J/ 1 1 < -h orntthopus Jacq — £ Paioen-.is Hit i -F Pullettana Hort - E Rehuti, Hort - / 1 1 i - E Richardiana ~~E Sahanensis Hort — / 1 1 1 1 — E. serpentana, Hort— £ viperlna II " ms, Hort 11 -s \ 1 1 ^ EUPTfiLEA (Greek eu, well, handsome, and ptelea, elm). Trochodendrdcece. Ornamental shrubs or small trees, with alternate, long-petioled, simple Ivs. and small fls. appearing before the foliage, resembling some- what the alder in habit and foliage. Three species from Himalayas to E. Asia, of which the half hardy Japanese species is sometimes cultivated ; it prefers somewhat moist situations and is prop, by seeds or by grafting on their own roots. polyindra. Sieb. & Zucc. Shrub or small tree, to 20 ft. : Ivs. long-petioled, usually roundish ovate, cuspi- date, coarsely and irregularly dentate, slightly pubes- cent on the veins beneath, 2^ in. long: fls. in small, ax- illary, peduncled clusters, polygamous-dioecious, apeta- lous ; stamens and carpels numerous : fr. consisting of many small winged nutlets, similar to the elm frs. Ja- pan, China. S.Z. 72. Alfred Rehdee. EtRYA (Greek for large, but of no application). Ternstroimidcece. Perhaps 20 shrubs of southern Asia and Malaya, with small dioecious fls., berry-like frs., and simple, glabrous evergreen Ivs.: fls. in axillary clus- ters, or rarely solitary; petals and sepals 5; stamens 15 or less (rarely only 5), joined to the base of the corolla: ovary usually 3-loculed. The Euryas are allied to Camellias, and require much the same treatment. They are grown for foliage rather than for fls. Demand an intermediate temperature and a peaty soil. Prop, by cuttings taken from the tips of growing shoots. E. Ja- p6mca, Tliunl.. ( S. Sielmldii. Hort.), is the common sprrirs, anil is verv variable. The variegated form of it I known in iht- trade as -E. latifolla rurieijdta) is one of the best glasshouse decorative pot shrubs: Ivs. variable in shape, usually ovate-acuminate and irregularly toothed or notched, short-petioled, irregularly blotched with white : fls. greenish white, in small, axillary clus- ters. Japan. V.M. 23:5. L. H. B. EUE'?ALE (mythological name). NympluBdce(e. One species, the Indo-Chinese representative of Victoria Reijia, from which it differs in having all the stamens fertile (in Victoria the inner ones are sterile) and in the very small flower, and in other technical characters. E. f^rox, Salisb., is the species. The Ivs. are 1^ ft. across, circular, purple and spiny-ribbed beneath, dark green and uneven above: fls. small, prickly outside, the calyx reddish inside and the 20-30 purple petals shorter than the calyx lobes; stamens numerous : fr. a small, many- EUTERPE 565 seeded, globular berry, bearing the remains of the calyx on its top ; seeds edible. B.M. 1447. Long cult, in China. Treated as an annual. Has attracted little at- tention since the introduction of Victoria. As far north as Philadelphia it is hardy, sowing itself every season. It is ferociously spiny. E. Amazonica, Poepp., still advertised in catalogues, is Vic- toria Eegia. L. g. B. and Wm. Tricker. EUBtCLES (Greek-made name, of no particular ap- plication). Amari/ltidicew. Two .south hemisphere bulbous plants, allied to Hymenocallis and Pancratium. Perianth-tube cylindrical, the segments oblong-lanceo- late and nearly equal; stamens inserted in the throat of the tube: Ivs. broad and stalked, with prominent curv- ing veins and interlocking veinlets : fls. white, in um- bels. Cf. Baker, Amaryllidese, p. 130. E, sylv^stris, Salisb. (W. Amboin(nsis, Loud.). Brisbane Lily. Scapes 1-2 ft., bearing an umbel of 10^0 handsome, creamy white fls. (2 in. across), Ivs. round-cordate, with a very short, blunt point. B.M. 1419, as Pancratium Aiiihi'iiiriis, . H.K. ;):715, as Pancratium Australasicum, hinill. li.Il. Is7:i. p. 456; p. 457 &s M. Australasica, Lonil. JIalaya. Philippines, N. Australia. Growincool- houSB, as for Pancratiums. l_ jj^ g^ EUSCAPHIS (Greek, e« and scaphis, vessel; alluding to the shape and the handsome color of the dehiscent capsule). Celastrdce(e. Ornamental shrub, with rather large pinnate, opposite Ivs., small whitish fls. and at- tractive brownish red frs. in erect panicles, with shin- ing black seeds. Monotypic genus allied to Staphylea, but with upright panicles and the capsules divided to the base into 3 dehiscent, leathery pods. It grows in almost any good garden soil, but is only half-hardy North. Prop, by seeds and greenwood cuttings under glass. staphy Isoldes, Sieb. & Zucc. (E. J".// ■/.;.., h |.|.,i. Shrub, to 10 ft. : Ifts. 7-11, ovate-laiir. serrate, lK-3 in. long, each with 2 sm r iN, perfect, 5-merous, small, in many-fld. ]i.iiiii I. -, n i in- sisting of 1-3 pods, each with 1-2 sec-ils. Alay. .Iinie. Jap. S.Z. 67. Alfred Rehder. EUSTEfiPHTTS (Greek, referring to the climbing habit). Lilidceie. One or two Australian plants, bo- tanically related to Lapageria, but much less showy. Inhabit, suggestive of smilax {Asparagus medeoUides). E. latifdlius, R.Br., is a tall, half-twining, branchy herb, more or less woody at the base, bearing alternate, stiff, linear-lanceol.ite, short-stalked Ivs. and small, ax- illary, drooping light blue fls. with spreading, ciliate perianth segments : fr. a dry berry : Ivs. 2-4 in. long, sharp-pointed: fls. less than 1 in. across. B.M. 1245. Of easy culture, either in the glasshouse border or in pots. Very useful for table decoration and for design work. L. H. B. ETTTACTA. Found under Araticaria. EUTfiKPE (mythological name). Patmdceuii fficiently warm aim Mr- ■ ' ■ ■ ' I urk. y. :ind parts of Kraiiri'. >:. . ■, I . , 1.:,. fnut is dried aliiic>st whull . i: :,' ;.;., 1;. . i ... I 1 ii tlir.se favorcd localitirs thf diN 111- r;,ija< II j 1- Jiiiuiua uuly by the acre- age of sunshine, makes it certain that the proportion of sun-dried fruit will always be vastly greater than that of evaporated fruit. Drying fruit in the sun is a simple process, but one hedged in by many little arts and methods which facilitate the work and improve the prod- uct. In general, the process is as follows ; the fruit is graded, bleached by sulfur, if a light colored product is desired, in the case of prunes dipped or pricked, and is then spread on trays to be exposed to the sun. When the drying process is finished the fruit is again graded, in most cases put through a sweat, and then "finished" in various ways, as by dipping or glossing. Ecaporating ^rjti/. — There are hosts of styles of evaporators, but all possess in common a chamber for the reception of the fruit, through which a current of warm air is forced, or the fruit is forced through the air, or both, the object being to remove the aqueous matter from the fruit as quickly as possible, and the principle being that warm air will absorb more moisture than cool air. The saturated air must not remain in contact with the fruit. Since different fruits exact dif- ferent conditions, one should be able to change the tem- perature and velocity of the air current in the drying chamber at will. To make the product homogeneous, current and temperature must be equal in all parts of the evaporator. It is obvious that simplicity in the ma- chine and economy in heat and in room are cardinal virtues in a good evaporator. It is the rule to start the evaporation of large fruits at a low temperature and finish at a high one, but with berries the reverse is true. Some operators start their apples high and finish at a low temperature. The following are definitions of the somewhat tech- nical terms used in the industry : Bleaching is the pro- EVAPORATING oess of changing the dark color of fruit to a lighter hue, or of preventing the discoloration ; generally accom- plished by sulfuring. Bloaters are prunes which in drying swell up to an abnormal size ; generally pro- duced by fermentation in over-ripe fruit. Dipping is the process of cutting the skin of fresh prunes to facilitate curing. The operation is performed by sub- » merging the fruit in boiling lye. Cured fruit is some- times dipped in one of various solutions as a "fin- ishing" process. Brip is the syrupy liquid which oozes from prunes in the process of evaporation; it generally characterizes a poor prune or a poor evaporator. Frogs are cured prunes having an abnormal shape ; a condi- tion caused by curing unripe fruit. Bricking is the pro- cess of puncturing the cuticle of fresh prunes. It is done oy means of a machine, the essential part of which is a board covered with projecting needles, over which the prunes must pass. It accomplishes the same end as lye dipping. Sises is a term used to indicate the num- ber of cured prunes it takes to make a pound. The "four sizes" known in the markets are 60s-70s, 70s-80s, 80s-90s, 90s-100s. Sugaring is the formation of globules of sugar on the cuticle of cured prunes. Sulfuring is a process cured fruit is put through to give it a lighter color. The fruit is subjected to fumes of burning sul- fur before being exposed to the sun or put in evap- orators. Sweating is a process cured fruit is subjected to before packing, in which it is put in a room at a high temperature and allowed to" become moist. Curing different fruits.— Apples and pears are peeled, cored, cut in rings or quarters, and sulfured, before being placed upon the drying trays. The time required for curing is about three days out of doors and six to twelve hours in the evaporator. There is considerable trade in apples called "dumplings," which are whole apples peeled and cored. Double the time is required in evaporating thera, but the price is higher. Apricots, peaches and nectarines must be fully ripe before drying and without bruises. They are pitted, and may or may not be peeled. If peeled, "the operation is done with machines or with lye, though the use of the latter is considered a bad practice. The fruit is placed on the trays cup side up. About three days are re- quired for drying in the sun and about eight hours are required for evaporating. The cured product should be of a translucent amber color. 1 1 Berries are seldom sun-dried for the markets. For evaporating they are placed on trays in quantities of from sixteen to thirty quarts, given a temperature of about 175 degrees at the start, and are finished in from four to five hours, at a temperature of about 100 degrees. After being taken from the evaporator, they are piled for sweating in a warm, ventilated room. Pigs for drying must be gathered when f\illy ripe. Some growers prefer drying in shade r.ithi-r than in sun. Evaporators are seldom used. The tniit is not allowed to dry hard, and before packiii^j^ must be well sweated. Usually, for "finishing," they" are dipped in salt water or syrup. The drying process requires from five to eight days. Prunes are allowed to ripen until they fall to the ground. Before being spread on the trays they are dipped or pricked in order to thin or crack the skin, that the moisture may easily escape, and dripping be pre- vented. Sun-drying requires from one to three weeks, while from sixteen to thirty hours are required for evaporation. A thorough sweat prevents the sugaring so common to this fruit. Before packing they are graded in sizes. Dipping as a "finishing" process is practiced by many producers. A good prune is soft, smooth and meaty, with loose pit, and of an amber, dark red or golden hue, depending upon the variety. Grapes for raisins are sun-dried. They must be picked when fully ripe, the bunches, and the berries on the bunches, being sorted as the picking progresses. The operation of drying must be watched with care. The process requires from eight to fourteen days, during which time the bunches must be turned at least once. A sweat is given before packing. Raisins are graded into half a dozen or more brands for the market. U. P. Hedrick. EVENING PRIMKOSE. See (Enothera. EVERLASTING 567 EVEEGEEEN. Said of plants which do not shed all their foliage at any one time, thereby remaining green; or of leaves which persist for two or more years. In all evergreen plants, the old leaves shed after a time, when they become so overshadowed or crowded as to be of no further use to the plant. The leaves of pines and spruces persist for three to fifteen years. In the popular mind "Evergreen" and "Conifer " are the same, but some conifers are deciduous, as the larches and taxodiums. Moreover, in the tropics most trees and shrubs are evergreen or nearly so. In the mind of the gardener, evergreen and conifer are thoroughly dissoci- ated, and in works on gardening hundreds of greenhouse plants are called "evergreen, "which represents dozens of families besides the Coniferte. Evergreens other than conifers are sometimes called "Broad-leaved Evergreens." See Conifers. EVEELASTIHG. A term applied to flowers or plants which retain their shape and other characteristics after being dried. Equivalent to the French word Immortelle (see Revue Horticole, 1890, p. 521). The most important commcrihdly of the flowers which retain their form and .'^.l. ;■ in u .iii.l state are the French Immortelles, 7/ ' . , , murium. These flowers are used very < . i i Irauee in their natural yellow color, fur il.. i mi,- of me- morial wreaths and crosses, Mhich, !« lUf,- toustructed very compactly, are exceedingly durable, even in the severest weather, and are exported in large numbers to all parts of the world. The flowers bleached white, or bleached and then dyed in various colors, are also shipped in enormous quantities,eitherdirect to this coun- try or through some of the large exporting houses of Ger- many. Approaching the French Immortelles in aggregate value are the so-called Cape Flowers, ffelicfiri/snm grandiflorum which have reached an enormous «?ale in this country withm a few years, and have largely supplanted the Immortelles on account of their silvery texture and greater h n itv p-\ erv wnv Thev ire natu- rally white, but re i iii II f H t ivethem the desired luster 1 1 t Good Hope, and reach thi j The common E^ I 1 nglish country gardens H the only one of these everlasting H wti ^r "" *' " "v extent in America, and more or less extensive cultivation of them, commercially, has been piacticed in this country but still a l.argt i i nt ige are imported Thej come in whilr, -(r:ii\ :iim1 iruwu colors naturally, and take read- ily I i iitilicial tints ; these, together with Aiii.' mid thewellknown Globe Amaranth, Giiiii/,;,,, ,.., ',, ,w, are grown and used to a consider- able L.^iiui l.y 111.- country folk in t!io .■n,i«tni.-tio)i nf the many forms of wreaths, strn- :■' i ,.» i. .■ < ; - ;,- . ;;^ greens, which they sell in tli. ,i . quantities, but their sale by \^ I i . ., , i^ for general consumption is very litni'i!. , ., cultivated orwild from the swamjis of -" , , I ' and Gypsophila in several species ar.- i i siderable extent, and the sale of .St.ni . , | , , which is popular in combination with (';i|" I'i .: . r- in memorial designs, is quite an item with the dealers in florists' supplies. Of the dried grasses, the Pampas Plumes of California, Gi/neriam argenteum, native of South America, are the only American production attaining any great commer- cial importance. Their beautiful silky plumes, unap- proached by any other horticultural product, are used in enormous quantities for decorative purposes, and are an important item of American export. They are used mainly in sun-bleached state, but more or less dyeing, often parti-colored, is also done. Bromus hriza'formis is the most extensively used of the smaller grasses. It is mostly imported from Europe, via Erfurt, but has been grown in considerable quantity in Michigan. It can be imported, however, including duty, for about 25 per cent less than it is possible to grow it in this country It is handled in the natural state. Briza maxima, another popular grass, is grown in Italy, whence it is shipped to America, Philadelphia being the largest importing port. Brizn media, a medium sized grass, and Briza minima, the flowers of which are as fine as saw-dust, are also 568 EVERLASTING handled in the same manner as Briza maxima, very little of the B.minima being used dyed, however. Phleum pratense, Siipa pennata, and various kinds of oats have more or less commercial value, being used considerably in the manufacture of imitation flowers and straw goods, but from a florist's standpoint, they are not important. The most important commercially of the imported grasses is the Italian wheat, the quantities used in this country for the manufacture of sheaves for funeral pur- poses being enormous, aii\vuonly to the ama- teur, oiii ; i , ,1 p.>or indeed if only EXPERIMENT STATIONS 569 improvement society; li.u .■ h.l 1:-.!,i1-i1 i,.ii .11 .-,mi.- uud fall. Invite the professional growers tu sU.jw their specialties at the local show. It is well to make some one plant or group of plants a central feature of each show; and this plant should be shown in all its various forms. ■ Endeavor to interest people in plants them- selves, even though they may not show the formal ideals of the plant-breeder. Good subjects for these central features are the different fruits and vegetables, roses, carnations, chrysanthemums, dahlias, gladioli, spring bulbs, aquatics, bog plants, alpine plants, cacti, orchids, poppies, sweet peas, violets, ferns, peonies, or- namental autumn fruits, wild flowers, bloom of hardy shrubs, foliage or bloom of forest trees, and vines. Aside from these technical uses of the Exhibition in Illustrating the progress of plant-breeding, the show also mav be made a powerful means of extending and deepening the love of nature. In this guise it will app.'al t.. (■\ .fv jierson, not to horticulturists only. In ov.rv ^.li.M.I :iii Exhibition once or twice a year should !..■ iii'a.l.- ail ailjunctof nature-study instruction. Such ail i;xhi)iiti.)ii should not stop with plants, but include all natural objects. It should not be a technical horti- cultural Exhibit ; and therefore, its further discussion is not germane to this work. L. h. B. EX0CH6BDA (from exo, external, and chorde, a cord or thong; suggested by the free placentary cords sup- posed to be external to the carpels). Iiosdee(e. Hardy shrubs or small trees, remarkable for the structure of the fr., which is composed of 5 small, bony carpels, ad- hering around the central axis in a star-like manner. Allied to Spiraea. Prop, by seeds, cuttings and layers. Seeds are produced only on old plants; cuttings root slowly and with diiHculty ; layering is best. Seed propa- gation is advisable when seeds can be obtained. grandifldra, Lindl. Pearl Bush. Pig. 802. Well known garden shrub, not often over 6-8 ft., but some- times 15 ft.: Ivs. petiolate, lanceolate-oblong, whitish below, very strong toothed on strong shoots, but almost entire upon the older parts, stipuled: fls. appear with Ivs. in long, terminal racemes of 5 or 6 fls., pure white; calyx deeply 5-cleft; petals; 5, narrow, roundish and clawed; stamens 10-15, short: fr. of 5 bony, 2-valved ear- pels joined to a common axis, each with 1 large, flat- winged seed. Apr., May. Central China. F.S. 9:954. Gt. 47:U55. R. H. 1896, pp. 32i, 325. J. H. III. 34:483. B.M.4795. A.P.6:343. Gng.5:97. G.C. II. 16:73; III. 7:613.— Open habit and with thin, uninteresting foli- age. Individual fls. of no value. Useful only in bloom, when it is a dazzling white, the most brilliant shrub of its season. Can be kept in shape by pruning, but better back of or massed with other shrubs. Thrives in any good soil. Albert!, Regel. Of greater vigor, darker foliage. covered with spikes of pure white fls., 8-10 on a spike. Becomes 6 ft. Turkestan. For its garden value, see Gng. for Oct. 1, 1899. a. Phelps "Wtman. EXOBBHtZA {exo, out, outside, rhiza, root; alluding to the large aerial roots above the ground). Patmdcece. High - growing palm, with straight, smooth stem, sup- ported at the base by large aerial, spiny roots: Ivs. large, pinnate. Allied to Kentia, but distin- guished by the im- bricate sepals of the sterile fls., the elon- gated, subulate fila- ments of the by the roundish sepals of the pistil late fls. and by th( parietal ovule. Ii Kentia the ovule is basal and erect. Wendlandiina, Becc. (A'. exorrh'nii, Wendi.). Often i than 60 ft. high : Ivs. 10-12 ft. long: pinnae alternately arranged, 1-2 in. from each other, becoming 4 ft. long and 2 in.broad, 3-nerved : spadix appearing below the Ivs., enveloped in thick, boat-shaped spathes. Fijilsl fj ^hel extensive serie- •-•(: a-ri.uitural research stations in the world. In Alabama, Connecticut, New Jersey and New York there is also a station maintained in whole or in part by state funds. The total number of regular stations in the United States, to the close of the fiscal year, June 30, Thfe total income of these £ was $1,210,921.17. In the work of 802. E-cochorda arandiflora. administration and inquiry, these (X^3. ) stations that year employed 669 persons, of whom 77 were horticulturists. In that year, these stations published 406 reports and bulletins. The mailing lists aggregated half a million names. Sum- maries of all these publications are published by the Ofiice of Experiment Stations, Department of Agricul- ture, Washington, in the monthly "Experiment Station Record." In the Dominion of Canada there are five Experimen- tal Farms. One of these is known as the Central Experi- mental Farm, and is located near the capital, Ottawa, and serves the purposes of the two large provinces of Ontario and Quebec. The other four are branch Experi- mental Farms, sites for which have been selected in dif- ferent parts of the country, as follows : One at Nappan, Nova Scotia, which serves for the three maritime provinces ; a second at Brandon, Manitoba, which serves the purposes of that large prairie province ; a third at Indian Head, N. W. T., which serves the pur- poses of the provisional districts known as the North- west Territories of Canada ; and the fourth is at Agassiz, in the coast climate of British Columbia, and meets the need of the latter important province. The grant made for the maintenance of the five Experimen- tal Farms has been $75,000 per annum until 1899, when this was increased to $80,000. At the Central Farm there are six officers engaged in research, and two at each of the branch farms, excepting at Agassiz, B. C, where there is only one. The publications relating to the work at all the "Experimental Farms are issued from the Central Farm at Ottawa. FABA. See Vicia. FABIANA (after Francisco Fabiano, Spanish bota- nist). Solandceie. This group is a series of surprises. It contains 16 species of heath-like shrubs from Soutli America. They are dwarf, erect, much branched, and £. imbricata has Ivs. suggesting an arborvitEe, being scale- like, overlapping, and densely crowded. The flowers resemble a heath in size and profusion, and their cul- ture is the same as Erica. They belong to the same family with the potato. The tis. are club- or funnel- shaped, of 5 semi-i> liii^lrir;,] |H.rtioDS grown together at the edges and rvv. ]:■■■{ )>>■ :i I mil) of 5 short, rounded, spreading lobes. .At [ii^rm it -.ins to be cult, only in S. Calif, and the South. Alin.:,,! it is cult, under glass in winter and put outdoors in summer. imbricata, Ruiz & Pav. Height 3 ft. : Ivs. scale-like, imbricated : fls. sessile, white. Spring. Peru. B.R. 2S:59. FAGilLIA (after Caspar Fagelius). Zegummdsw. A fast-growing, twining subshrub from S. Africa, covered with clammy haii-s, and bearing all summer axillary ra- cemes of pea-like fls. which are yellow, the keel tipped violet. Cult, outdoors in S. Calif, and abroad under glass. The plant is allied to Cajanus, but is a genus by itself, chiefly because its seeds are strophioled, pod swollen, not flattened, and the 2 upper calyx lobes nearly distinct. bitumindBa, DC. Leaflets 3. B.R. 3:2G1, as Glycine, showing fls. also veined with red. FAGOPfEUM Iheech wheat, from the likeness of the fruit to a beech-nut). PoUjgon&cece. Probably only two species of Eu. and N. Asia. Quick-growing annuals, with alternate deltoid or hastate Ivs., small honey- scented fls. in racemes or panicles, 5-parted calyx, 8 stamens, 1-loculed ovary ripening into a floury, 3-an- gled akene. esoul6ntum, Jtonch. Buckwheat (which see). Fig. 276, p. 186. Lvs. large and broad, long-petioled : fls. white, In panicled or corymbose racemes : akene or grain with regular angles. r/ W 803. Faeus ferruEinea (XJa). Tatiricum, Gajrtn. India Wheat. Diickwheat (which see). More slender: lvs. smaller and hastate or arrow-shaped, sborter-petioled : fls. greenish or yellow- ish, in small, simple racemes • akene with wavy or FAGUS (ancient Latin name). Cupuliferm, teih& Fa- ijUctu. Beech. Tall, deciduous, hardy trees, of noble, symmetrical habit, with smooth, light gray bark and clean dark green foliage, which is rarely attacked by in- sects or fungi. They are among the most ornamental and beautiful trees for park planting, and attractive at every season, especially in spring, with the young foliage of a tender, delicate green, and the graceful, drooping headsof the staminate fis. The American and the Euro- pean species are much alike, but the first has the bark of a lighter color, the head is broader and more roundish, and the lvs. less shining, but turning clear yellow in fall, while the latter has a more ovate head and shining foliage, which turns reddish brown in fall and remains on the branches almost through the whole winter. It is sometimes used for tall hedges. In Europe the Beech is a very important forest tree, and the hard and very close-grained wood is largely used in the manufacture of different articles and for fuel; but it is not very dur- able in the soil. The sweet nuts are edible, and in Europe an oil is pressed from them, used for cooking and other purposes. The Beech prefers dryish situations, and grows best in sandy loam and in limestone soil. Prop, by seeds sown in fall where there is no danger of them being eaten by mice, or dried after gathering and kept mixed with dry sand until spring. The young plants should be transplanted every second or third year; otherwise they make long tap-roots, and cannot always be transplanted successfully. The varieties are grafted on seedling. stock, usually in the greenhouse in early spring ; grafting in the open usually gives not very satisfactory results. Five species occur in the cooler regions of the northern hemisphere, all large, de- ciduous trees, with alternate, distichous, dentate or nearly entire lvs. : fls. monoecious, with the lvs. ; stami- nate in slender-peduncled, pendulous heads appearing at the base of the young shoots ; perianth 5-7-lobed; stamens 8-13; pistillate with 3 styles, usually two in an axillary peduncled invnini re : fr. .a lirown. ovate, trian- gled nut, 1 or 2 in a ])riilil.. '1. lii^ -i tit in\-olucre. The species of the southern Imm-iili. r. , .it'ten included un- der Fagus (as F. bil„l..,h.< ,,u,\ Mih.rsi, form the ge- nus Xothofagus, which »n.. ferruelnea. Ait. {F. AmericAna, Sweet. F. alropu- jiiccn, Sudw.). American Beech. Figs. 803, 804. Tree, to 80 ft., rarely 120 ft. : lvs. ovate-oblong, acuminate, toirsely serrate, silky beneath when young, with 9-14 I air-, of veins, dark bluish green above, light yellowish grtcn beneath, 2}^-5 in. long : involucre covered with •-Under, straight or recurved prickles, % in. high. E. N Viner.,west to Wis. and Texas. S.S. 9:444. Em. G.P. 8:125. A.G. 12:711. Var. latifdUa, Loud., with broader and larger, strongly toothed lvs. Bylvitica, Linn. European Beech. Fig. 804. ^ Tree, to 80 ft., or rarely 100 ft.: lvs. ovate or ellijitic. rcmotfly denticulate, silky beneath and eiliiite wiH II veiiiL'.', with 5-9 pairs of veins, dark gi-eiii aii.l irlussy above, pale beneath, 2-4 in. iMUL-: iTiv..liic-re witli mostly upright prickles, about 1 : ' -' M. and S. Europe to (Saucasus. Fig. 804 ■lie lvs. of the American and European spe- ' ' at number of varieties are in cultivation, , !!ie following are the most remarkable: Var. iiuturophylla. Loud. (var. asplenifolia, Lodd.). Lvs. deeply jut, often almost to the midrib, into narrow lobes. A very graceful variety, forming a dense and low, shrubby tree. Mn. 1, p. 61. P.G. 3:163. Var. p6ndala. Lodd. With long, pendulous branches, the larger limbs mostly horizontally spreading. Gn. 55, p. 267. G.F. 1:32. Var. purpiirea. Ait. ( var. u/io;)Hi-/)»)-ea, Hort. ). Fig. 805. Lvs. purple. A form with very dark purple lvs. and of compact habit is var. purpilrea Hiv- ersl, Hort. There are other forms, differing in the PAGUS shade of purple, and also some with rosy pink varia- gated Ivs. Var. purpurea p^ndula, Hort., has purple Ivs. and pendulous l.raii.-h.-. Imt is of slow growth. Var. Zlatia, Spaeth, ha- y.AU.w t,.Iiage. Less important varieties, but sonntiin. - _'i-.iv. m. ai.- the following : Var. cristita, Lodd., with .h. ply t...ithcd, curled, small and clustered Ivs. : of slow growth. Var. incisa, liort. Simi- lar to var. heterophylhi. I>vit Ivs. less deeply cut. Var. macrophylla, Hort. Lvs. large, to 5 in. long. \ar. quercoides, Pers. (var. quereifoli" . 11 deeply toothed and sinuate PELICIA 571 With tuosa, form, with twisted and conto'rted branches and small Alfred Rehder. Both in Europe and the eastern U. S. the Beech forms extensive forests. It is to-day the common hard- wood tree of Central Europe, particularly in Denmark and Germany, raised as pure growth or mixture. It re- quires a loamy, preferably calcareous soil, shuns poor sand and swamp, ascends to 3,500 ft. in the Alps; pre- fers north and east exposures, endures much shade, protects and improves the soil, and produces large amounts of wood' per acre. The wood is heavy (sp. gr. 0.65-0.75) hard, straight grained, of close texture, not durable. Beech is not used as building lumber, but is extensively used for ordinary wooden ware, furniture, wheelwright and cooperage stock. p. Roth, Double forms of Ba- FAIRY LILY. Cooperia iiedunciilata . FANWOKT See Cabomba FAKFUGIUM. See Sen K(pmpfe: YhTSlik (from a Japanese name) AialiAcetf. This genus IS doublv interesting as producing the famous rice paper of the Chinese, and two superb rivals of the castor oil plant in bold, subtropical effects, made by large lvs. which spread out like fingers Fatsia has 1 species of trees or small shrubs belonging to the Pam\ series, m which the petals .in \ ih iti while m the Aralia series they are mut is in theAmer. trade. Easily cultivated annual; ma- tures quickly. Sow in spring, and later for succession. Giant Fennel is cult, for ornament, and is described under Ferula. Fennel Flower is a name of Nigella. L. H. B. FENUGREEK (Trigonella Fcentim-Grceciim, literally Greek hay). An annual legume indigenous to western Asia, cultivated and widely naturalized in Mediterranean countries ; little grown in America. The seeds are 1 or 2 lines long, brownish yellow .and marked with an ob- lique furrow half their length. They emit a peculiar odor, and contain starch, mucilage, a bitter extractive, a mear-lanceo- well drained loams d n ■ : fertility; most foddir iip m 1 1- duction, potash and pliospliuiic for forage, nitrogenous luaiiu thorough harrowing are essent seed should be used broadcast, FERN yellow coloring matter, and C per cent of fixed and volatile oils. As human food they are used in Egypt, mixed with wheat flour, to make bread ; in India, with other condiments, to make curry powder; in Greece, either boiled or raw, as an addition to honey; in many oriental countries, to give phiiupnt-ss t.j tlii. female human fonu. The plant is um iil in 111- ^: Ml- UatiOU a- ■ • • -I ■ ■,. I . ■ 'M. \ ^ .1 i-'i:. . '.■ . :_,•! Ilir best ri-MJii - ■..Mill |.i.nili -:i:;u.'. ;, -I I li.Tc' .'iM- -miir exception.^, like i.-)i.■k.•^.lUla, uln.li i., sueli a pioiiiiiielit feature on our northern New England hillsides. Many dreary places shut out from the sunlight may be beau- tified "by a clump of Ferns, and fill the place as no other plant will do. The native kinds will survive our New England winters without covering, but they are all bene- fited by a mulch of leaves or boughs. Be sure that the Fern border is protected from strong winds (Fig. 810). Against the shady or half-shady side of a house is a good spot, if there i to select rather young o Perns in the wild. Wh persist and thrive for yt It is much better to m. autumn, when not in gr. ves. It is best when hunting lid, these will I ■ > sprmgoriate in wish to plant I'll: III .:i<>wth. In this latter case cut off all tin- m . inui.;-: iliis will retard evaporation, or keep the j^lam u--iii willing. Get the roots into the soil with as little exposure to the air as possible, and (with a very few exceptions) new fronds will spring up, giving nearly as good results as if planted in early spring. No doubt a great majority of failures from planting when in full growth are due to not cutting back Edward Gillett l\. '■^ Many species will thrive under other conditions than those in which they grow most luxuriantly in a wild state, and, in general, the species are tenacious of life where- ever placed ; but as the beauty of Fern foliage is brought out only by luxuriance of growth it should be the aim to plant only where such may be obtained. Ferns are exceedingly easy to transplant, and with care may be removed from native haunts during the sum- mer, though it is always to the conservation of the strength of plants to move them when dormant. In planting Ferns, especially those of small size, the .spat- tering of soil on the fronds by rain must be prevented by covering the earth with material such as gravel or moss for the smaller species and leaves for the more vigorous. The smaller species are easily smothered with leaves, and some of the stronger, as Dicksonia and Aspidium jVoveboracense, do not endure coarse covering. The evergreen species should preferably be given a position shaded in winter, such as a bank with northern exposure. The best species for planting in sunlight are Pleris aquilina ill siiiilii;Iii. _T,i ;, ini'i-1. I -liii.iii..ii ami a heavier Miiilrli ilian m' iiaii 'i',_ 'ii \, i/. ■\ ' •ai ,,,| j^ prcfer- alil'a lull. I ■ ■■ ■ • ■ n.otstocks, I- lait iM'ia'^-a I , , ill. -. a I laa ■. i ..• . a ii-' a . 'i with any iiiaiiiire ii"i j4i\i-ii i... Iiiatiiiig. 1 ..r ^i...-uk-s imtive only of limestoue soils, old plaster should be mixed with the soil. An application of any manure to Ferns growing in turf is apt to stimulate the grass to the crowding out of the Ferns. Following are notes, drawn from experience, on the cultivation of some of the common native Ferns : Adiantum pedatiim prefers light, loose, rich soil in cool, moist shade, with yearly mulch of leaves. Soil con- ditions are more important than shade. Where estab- lished in a wild state will endure the full sunshine com- ing with the removal of trees until soil conditions change or it is crowded out by stronger plants. Aspidium aerostie7i"i'r: s slamld be given shade both summer and winter fm- lia-r rf-iilts, and in no case can shade in summer be ..mitt. . I. 'I'lii- jilants will endure sunshine for a few yeara l.iit will ii.>t be thrifty, and will eventually die. Aspidium Bootti is found in a wild state in moist, shaded positions, but will grow well in shade in quite dry positions. Aspidium cristatum prefers moist to wet soil in shade. It will not endure strong sunlight. i pidium Goldianiim prefers deep, moist, rich soil m cool shade Aspidium maiginaU wants rich soil in rather deep shade durmg the entire year, but will grow well in partial shade and endure even full sunlight, though not grow- ing so luxuriantly. Aipidium Noieboracense does best in rather moist, rich soil in partial shade, but will endure full sunlight with good soil conditions. Aspidium fhelypteris prefers quite moist situations with at le 1st partial shade. Asphnium angustifolium thrives on rich rather moist soil in shade. Avoid complete removal of fronds whtu planting in early fall, as this Fern quickly sends up ne\^ tionds to the weakening of the following sea- son _i wth I I in ebeneum prefers partial shade. Care t il en to prevent smothering by leaves and to I e the least likely to be heaved by frost. It is I t plentifully as a native on banks growing 1 and other plants in partial shade. The ii I iM evergreen, but become discolored in severe Filix-fmmina prefers rich, moist soil shade. It will not eh.iuic imi. ii .>ui,. at i.a.>t ii.jt a removal to a sunny position. Cj/stopferis fragilis should be planted in shade in positions where it will receive no covering of leaves. The fronds die in early August in the drier situations. It will grow in positions which become exceedingly dry in midsummer. It forces well in a coolhouse. Dicksonia pilosiuscuia prefers shady, moist situa- tions where it does not receive any covering by falling leaves of large size. Grows well in sunshine. May be transplanted at any season, and takes kindly to heavy enrichment. Onodea sensibilis prefers a rich, moist soil in partial shade or full sunshine. It will also grow in shade. Onoelea Struthiopteris should be given a rich, moist soil with at least partial shade. The fronds will "bum" in fierce sunlight. Osmiinda cinnamomea prefers moist, partially shaded situations, but will grow well in full sunshine in rich soil not exceedingly dry. Osmunda Claytoniana, a native of low ground, both FERN in shade and sunshine, but will grow equally well in rich soil only fairly moist. Osmnnrla rrrjniis prefers a peaty soil in very wet, lii);.-i.'y j.i.^itioii in partial shade, Init will grow as well in Pelhi'i :ilr>>j'iirpiireii prefers rather dry positions in partial slia.lc, winter and summer, with soil not deficient in lime. It will not endure heavy mulching. Will grow in full sunshine, but not to its full size. It may be transplanted at any season. Pln ii found to be very satisfactory, as til i- .-instruction of three 7- footbenc-hfs, tw.. LI i ;. it i. -. iiiid two paths 2>$ feet I' I -ii.'uld be made for ventilation. I' I iitinuous row of ventilators of -.'■' I ' . ill. i. :. -Ij..uld be provided, with some PERN 575 ts if should be so arranged that a 2,)-foot hose attached to same will easily reach any part of the house. A 2.5-foot hose can easily be carried about without injuring either itself or benches and plants; and iron pipe is of only half the cost of good hose. In most Fern houses drip is a source of great annoyance, and should be prevented by the use of drip-bars, by having a drip-groove plowed 37 into the headers Immediately under the ventilating sash, and also by having a groove in sides of gutter plates. This very slight additi"n:i! oxp--i"^*-- will very soon pay for itself by saving a lt. .' mi..,i,. , ..f ],lants, especially when growing very sin i I , ' -u-is, such as have been transplanted fr..n> ; . n. boxes. Ventila- tors should fit into a L:r ..,. m n !_•. ..f house and be hinged to the ridge. When ventilators are so arranged, air, which is very desirable on a good many warm, rainy days in the summer, can be given without having plants in the houses suffering from excessive jnoistu Burning of the foliage will also be avoid. .1. n- in. |.|:m will at no time be exposed to the dire<-t i :. ; " . ■ Ventilators hinged on header and opciiin_ . .,_■ always give trouble. No matter what Lii... .; i is put over the opening, if it eflicientlv lxlIuJus I burning sun's rays it will also prevent the ingress Propagating room should be provided for ; and in the case of general trade Ferns raised from spores, it is a very safe rule to calculate on having from 60 to 70 square inches of room in the propagating frame for every 1,000 plants desired. The propagating frame should be 3K feet wide, have sides 9 inches high, and, to insure an even moisture, its bottom should be cov- ered to the thickness of 1 inch with fine cinders with the tine ashes removed, which make very clean and effi- cient drainage material. The frame should be covered with light sash constructed with drip-bars, to carry off condensation. Shading of Fern houses should have close attention. It is best effected by the application of a suitable wash to the outside of glass on roof. The following composi- tion for a wash has given excellent results for a num- ber of years: To 2 gallons of benzine or turpentine add 1 pint "(or more, according to time the shading is de- sired to remain on houses) of linseed oil, 5 pounds of pure white lead and enough whitening to make proper thickness (which can very easily be ascertained by ap- plying some of it to a piece of glass while adding the whitening); thoroughly mix and apply to outside of glass with a soft brush of the same width as glass. This shading, by the addition of more or less linseed oil, may be made to stay on houses up to one year. If properly applied in spring, it will be just right during the hot days of summer, and in the fall and winter, when more light is gradually required, the frosts gradu- ally will have reduced the shading, thus admitting more light at the necessary time. Much time, annoyance and expense will be saved by a careful arrangement of the workshop, or potting room, a thing which in most eases is totally neglected. It should be so built that potting benches are about 3 feet above the floor and 5 feet wide. They nuiy be perma- nentlv constructed of substantial material, in order that a niunber of pots of different sizes can be conveniently stored, and that potting material can be thrown from cart or wagon directly onto potting benches. By an im- proper arrangement of workshop great expense, loss of time and material are incurred by having to handle material repeatedly in small quantities. Propagation hy Means of Spores.— To grow Ferns from spores successfully, it is advisable to sterilize soil on which spores are to be sown, which can best be done by subjecting it to a high temperature by means of steam under a pressure of from 10 to 15 poiinds; and for this purpose a properly equipped workshop should be provided with a tight box ;ili..nt :: 1 v :: i.v S feet or larger if an uncommonly lar;;. ■ ' i' r . ■ ' '. riis is to be grown. It should be fitted \mi : i:,..deof2- inch laths spaced one inch !i|mi. , ; J inches from bottom of tlie box. This -iiiiin^ :i' .' i" covered with l.iuli,],, ami if a ■'i-inch steam pipe is titted between liottoiii .,f l...\ nii.l ^'l•ating, and connected to highest l...iiit ..r sti'iim l...il.-r (to insure getting perfectly dry sti-am I wo :iro roadv to sterilize the soil. After having cooled otf. the soil is in practically the same condition as before as far as moisture, friableness, etc., are con- cerned, and this cannot be said of soil that has been sterilized by burning and by other methods. This steaming process will effectually destroy all forms of life in the soil and leave it for the use of spores alone. In most localities, the water used for moistening spores 576 FERN is impure and full of the spores of low forms of plant life, which are very destructive to the prothalli of Ferns. To prevent this, the worksliu]. should be pro- vided with a receptacle in which tin \\ .1!' 1 1 nn mli li for use on Perns while in the prothiillii - ■ . Tuised to a boiling temperature, which \s 1 1 1 ' i.^troy all spores that may be present in iim ,,:n, t, I Ins is best done by leading .1 1 inch .suam pipe lu within 6 inches of the bottom ..f tin- nre|itaele and turning on a reasonable pressure ..f ^t. am. If lioiled 12 hours before intended for use, it hIII 1..- m,,] enough to be applied, and will be pure. .\ I', in \\..rkOH.|i sli.mld also be pro- vided with a ! 1 pcres. In beginning tin- ruli ii ■, ..i | . to purchase the spMi- s iVi.ni --111. ■ r. makes Fern-growing a specialty, uuti ber of stock plants can be grown to home demand. Spores will do about equally well in pots or pans. Pans 12 inches square and 4 inches deep 1 flower ] 1% incl ders fu composed 1 it is advisable ilile firm which sufficient num- jpply spores for also are the 6-inch common pans should be supplied with pots with .3 inches of coal cin- for sowing spores on is best proportions of two parts good garden soil, two parts of finely screened peat and one of sharp, clean propagating sand. Leaf -mold may be used instead of peat, if easier to procure. This soil should be thoroughly sterilized, as already directed. The spore pots should be filled with the soil to within M-inch of the top; press firmly. The rest of the pots sliould be filled with the same composition after it has been passed through a screen of about fs-inch mesh, then fourth of a square inch being abundant to sow one 12- inch pan. Spores should not be covered with soil. Im- mediately after sowing, the sash of the propagatine frame should be tightly closed and kept so until s)i(.ns show signs of germination, when a sm.ill nninii:, ..f air should be given and gradually incf the time the first small fronds have in.i - 1 ,. - : . m auce they may have been sufficiently li.n-.b n-1 .K :- liave the sash removed entirely. In sowine s]iores. great care will be necessary to prevent them from getting mixed. Fern spores being very minute and so light that the slightest movement of air will carry them long dis- tances. While sowing spores, all spore pots should be kept tightly covered. Being kept in a very close 'and humid atmosphere after sowing, the spores should not require any watering for one or two weeks, by which time they will have sufficiently settled not to' be dis- lodged by a very gentle overhead watering, which should be given whenever soil shows the least sign of being dry. Sterilized water should be used until after the first fronds have been formed. As soon as the first little fronds have made their appearance, care should be taken to weed out all undesirable varieties, which, even with the very best of care, will occasionally creep in. A temperature of 65° F. should be maintained in the propagating house. As soon as the first little fronds are evenly formed all over the surface of the pot, the little plants should be transferred in clumps of four or five plants each, to well drained pans (Fig. 811) or boxes filled with soil composed of one-half rich garden soil and one- half peat or leaf -mold, finely screened. In transplanting, great care should be exercised not to cover the remaining prothalli, but to have them just level with the surface of the soil. The clumps of plants should be kept as loose as possible, as this will give each individual plantlet a better chance to form the necessary number of rootlets, and it will, later ■'U "TjT^f^^'VflP'" A Fern pan. FERN on, also be easier to separate the plants. Boxes for transplanting Ferns are most convenient when i inches deep, 14 inches wide and 22 inches long. These boxes will hold alM.iti l'nii pi;ihi- placed about one inch apart. As soon a^ ! i i: Ms liave formed two or three fronds ea'li. ■ ■- separated and transplanted singly into li •' - nmiMlv prepared as before, where they may remain uutil suUiciently strong to be potted into 2- or 2}i-iuch pots. Times of sowing Fern spores are the first weeks of March, July and October. When making three sowings a year, and allowing n siininienth- Inn^ertime for slower growing varieties, a (..niini -Mi.i.lyof plants will be assured. In calcnlam : t sowing spores of commercial varieti. - I .. ill be helpful to di- vide them into two . Ii-. -, a- - .me varieties are con- siderably slower of growtli and will consequently have to be sown earlier, in order to be ready for sale at the same time as the more rapid-growing ones. The follow- ing popular commercial varieties will require from 9 to 10 months between times of sowing and potting. The names are those which the plants bear in the trade: Adiantum cuiieatum, Doodia aspera multifida. '' " variegatum. " caudata, '_ " grandiceps, Doryopteris nobiiis [[ Bausei, Lastrea aristata, decorum, " " variegata, '[ Fergusonii. " chrysoloba, ][ graclllimum, " opaca. '[ mundulum, " si.lK.Mii, Wiegandii, -r.uMl. ns, Cibotium Schiedii, X,|,hin,l 1,1,1 s, Cyathea niedullaris, " cnrdata compaeta, Cyrtoniium car>'otoidenm, Platyloma Bridgesii, '[ Fortunii, " falcata, falcatum, Polypodium aureum, Davalliatenuifoliastripta, " fraxinifolium, etc., Veitchiana. Polystichum c Dicksonia(Balantium) ( tica, Pteris Victoria;, Doodia aspera, " Tremala Smithiana. The following trade varieties will develop into plants large enough to be potted in about six months after sowing spores: Adiantum pubescens, Pteris argyrsea, hispidulum, " Cretica albo-lineata, Alsophila australis, [', ',', magniflca, Gymnogramma calomelanos, chrysophyU decomposita, ., hastata, Peruviana, adiantoides, sulphurea, intemata, Sieboldii, leptophyila Ouvrardii, palmata, serrulata, Nephrodium moUe corymbif- Onychium Japonicum, It should also be borne in mind, when calculating time of sowing, that spores sown in the autumn will require about four weeks longer for development than those sown at other times of the year. Fern spores are borne on the back or under side of fronds. In some cases they are borne naked on under surface of frond, while in others they are produced un- der a scale-like membrane or indusiuni. In some cases, as in Pteris, the edge of the pinuJB is folded back over the spores, while in Adiantums a small part of the leaf- let is folded back over each little fruit-dot to serve as a shield or indusium. Davallias form a small sack-like re- ceptacle at the extremity of the pinn£B. The proper time of gathering spores is when they assume a light brown, rather dry appearance, or in the indusium-bearing kinds when the indusium or shield begins to open. Spores should be gathered on a dark day when the fronds are slightly moist, as they will be better retained in that condition, and will not be so liable to get mixed when disturbed. Fronds, or parts of them, should be cut off entirely in most cases, put up in tight paper bags and stored on shelves in a dry closet for a week, by which- FERN time, in most cases, tliey will be sufflciently dry to have spores removed from them by rubbing the frond in a sieve which has about 20 meshes to the inch. When thus separated from fronds the spores should be put up in small seed-bags and placed in air-tight jars until re- (piired for sowing. Cared for in this manner, perfect success has been invariably secured, even after keeping spores for years. Prnpiigathn by Other J/ea«s. — Some Perns form little plants at the ends of pinnae and of fronds, which upon attaining to sufficient size may be detached from parent plants, planted into shallow, well-drained seed- pans, and for a week or two left in the propagating PERN 577 be potted. Edge worth they will soon form roots, when they can imrmf; sii.^h are Adiantum eaudattim, A. A. Jinnihrf'tiii, var. dolat>riforme, Aspte- nium Belain/. rii. A . hull, if, rum, A. salieifolium, Gym- nogrnmma srh , -.n/,!, :ill li\- il iii spores thinly we have found that tli, y .n- laa ai lial.lr to the attacks of fungus during tin- pi-Mtliailus stai.'.'. They should not be covered with soil, as in sowing seeds. Each pan should be placed in a pot-saucer, and all the water necessary to keep the soil moist should be poured into the saii.-er and allowed to soak up through the soil. This nr.t c.i)l\ ].(r \ , ,,|- 111,. .,H,,vs beingfloated into clus- ters,Im' ; ' ' t ■! , (t. r of any germs of low forms I.I !, II I i^'ht prove injurious to the s]...r. .1 J J i;,,!,. After the prothallus sta;;.- is | . . i i lii.-, |in . ;uui..u is unnecessary; as soon as th.' y.'iiiiL,' IfTus begin to develop fronds, they may • "■ wall]-. I ir.idy overhead with a fine rose. The pans -li..iil.| I..' [.l.a.-ed in a temperature of 65° to 75°, in a sha.l.-.i p.isiti.jn. Each pan should be covered with a pane of glass to keep the surface evenly moist, taking care to remove the moisture which collects on the glass at least twice daily ; but as soon as the spores have germinated, which, in most cases will be in about ten days, these should be gradually removed. A close watch must be kept for fungus during the prothallus stage, and if a pan should show the least sign of it, it should at once be isolated from the rest and a little fine sulphur dusted upon it ; if this fails to check it the prothalli should be at once transplanted to fresh pans of soil, which usually checks it. The chief reasons for fungus are sowing the spores too thickly, a too stagnant atmos- phere after germination, and a dripping greenhouse roof. As soon as the young Ferns begin to make fronds, they may be transplanted. Edwaru J. Canning. t^ FEBN BALLS are the dried rhizomes of Ferns, im- I ported from Japan. Dealers start them into growth, and sell them when the mass is well covered with its deli- cate vegetation. To start them into growth, the balls are drenched in a tub of water and then hung in a warmhouse, not in direct sunlight. When the plants are well started, gradually expose them to more light and to a cooler air. Give liquid manure if they do not grow satisfactorily. The species are mostly Davallias. oftenest apparently 1). huUata and D, Maritsii. Xj. H. B. FERNS, POPULAR NAMES OF. Adder's Tongue F., Ophio,,l„ss,n,i n,l,,at,n„. Beech F., ^■/.../"/.^)v^•. Bird's- ne8t F., TlinniHopirns yi.liis-Aris. Bladder F., Cys- topterts. Boston F., .V. /.;.)■.. /.yji.v ,.r,:U,il,,. var. Bostotii- fnsis. Bristle F.. Trirl,o,>i,ni,'s. Bmc^Ibt F., l>rii„pteris. Californian Gold F., Ciimiiniiriuiuini iriiniiiKliiris. Chain F., Il'...../»v;, •./;.(. Christmas F., I'^'hisiirhum iicrustirln:nU'X. Cinnamon F., (tsiniiii.l.i ri/- Oak F.. />/,,. /../.^, ■■s Iha^.ptpris. ./ Strlithini'l. ris. PoA F.. < '. mtop- Rattlesnake F.. i;„t,-ii.'l,i,n„ Mr- Sensitive F., FERTILITY P.attisti Ferrari, 1584-1653, cr and collaborator with the tli). Iridacew. There are of Good Hope, rarely grow- They have a large, irreg- is fidiage, the lowest Ivs. rest ..vate, clasping, succes- tiy inflated sheaths from The derfully mar purple and and the fls. .r.a.lin^'. .tisj..-.!. ]..-taI-like lobes, won- [ with many dull cjlurs, as yellow, green, wn. Each spatbe contains several fls., united at the very base, connivent and cup-shaped below the spreading lobes. The fls. last only from morning to afternoon of a siiij,^!.,' day, but there is a fair succession. Some ar.. \i-iiiil l.v .airion flies. Only one species, F. utuh'h: ,.[ . ~. .1 at pres- ent, but the other 0 are .1... rial interest. The first is the oldest kin. I m luli li \^as known to pre-Linniean authors as Fins Imiiriis an. I GInilioluit In- dicus. E. S. Miller writes that the bulbs should be stored like Gladiolus in a dry, warm place, away from mice. A. Fls. dull brownish purple. undul&ta, Linn. Stem stout, erect : upper Ivs. and spathes 11^-2 in. long: fls. 2 in. across, largely dull pur- ple; anthers oblong, with parallel cells. B.M. 144. A a. Fls. greenish. uncin&ta, Sweet. L'ts. 2-3, linear: fls. 2, "cream colored, edged with sage green," according to W. E. Endicott. « AAA. Fls. dark purple. atrtta, Lodd. Lvs. about 4, sword shaped : fls. 3-4. Other names are advertised by Dutch bulb growers, but are not to be found in Index Kewensis or Flora Capensis: F. Canariensia.coelestis. con^hiflora. grandiflora. immaculata, HIiacea ami rosea. These can perhaps be accounted for under Tigridia. where F. Pavonia belongs. ^^ jyf _ FERTILITY of soils: that condition of soils which makes them productive. The elements of productivity are, a full supply of available plant-food, a suitable and continuous supply of moisture, good physical conditions of the soil, coupled with suitable seed and climate. Land may contain vast quantities of potential nitro- gen, potash and phosphoric acid and other plant-food, and yet be unfruitful, — infertile. Most of the potenti; lazy. lot available in sufficient I produce maximum crops. .mtains from 3,000-4,000 "lilt of phosphoric acid I li.tirst 8 inches of an MaleF.,7>/i/. opteris Th,h(pl,-r;s. Ostrich ¥.,Mntt,-H<-ci teris thalictroidix. giniamim. Royal F Onoclea sensibili.-i. Shield F., Ih- Stag-horn a-'i.,!.. . [.f.-iii. !• . ii':' I. 1 . 1 1 ■■ ' r N ...f wheat per acre, w In- , r. .luii. ■, iMili 111., -iriiu , l.iit L'4, 13 and 20 pounds of these thre.- eleni.-nts respectively. Therefore, land may contain a great abundance of potential plant-food and yet not contain enough of that which is available for a full crop. To make land more fertile, one or more of the following means may be employed. Usually deeper and more thorough tillage should first be re- sorted to, since most lands, by reason of careless farm- ing, contain much inert plant-food. Superior tillage is almost certain to produce fn:i»fi;In. - =. Trid thrrefore should be resorted to befi.ri ■ , • ■ ' . uhiIioiIs are tried. Tillage not only nm ■; •imih avail- able, but it improves thepliy . , ;. .1 ill. -oil, thereby making it more coint-a lai-i.j i.ir the jilaiit; it may also assist in relieving the hui.l of surplus water, and give to the soil the power of retaining large stores of moisture by capillary action. Moisture plays such an important part in productive- ness that it may be said to constitute its prime factor. Clay soil.s are usually composed of such fine particles that water percolates "through them slowly or not at all. The rainfall then must either run off over the surface, FERTILITY or remain to bo evaporated. The aim should be to so prepare the land by sulidrainnsi-. plowing and surface tillaffp. and bv intrc^hii-ini; at l.a^r one eropof tap-rooted plants in tlir rotation, tliat tlir surplus water will filter tlinMii;li till- soil in a nasonabk- time. Percolation of rainwater through soils nialii's them more friable and warmer in spring, aerates the land, promotes beneficial ,nd ch« itrogenous compounds contained in Soils which are reasonably porous have the power of retaining more moisture, and of giving it up to plants when needed to a greater extent, than either open sandy or close clay soils do. Fertility, which results in fruit- fulness, is governed very largely by the water and mois- ture conditions of the soil, and these, in turn, are largely governed by the texture of the land and the amount of humus which it contains. Legumes, used either as a harvest or cover-crop, pro- mote fertility. A cover-crop of clovers planted August 1, and analyzed (ii days after planting, contained of nitrogen, in roots and tops, per acre as follows: Tops Roots Total p—r Lbs. Clov be used i I fix and store ind • make available ili, . -.1 , , n-ntn.-nts or the lauM, thereby greatly inei-. , -ii I n \ of the soil. Barn manures. «le ■, ■ •! . i -.iv,! r.,r an,l intelli- gently applied, not oiii;, ii.nii~i[ iieeeptalile plaiit-food but humus as well. Fertility and high productivity usually may be maintained many years by means of su- perior tillage, leguminous harvest and cover-crops, and the manures of the farm. In some cases a high state of fertility can be maintained only by occasional applica- tions of commercial mineral fertilizers, as phosphates and potash, but too often expensive fertilizers have been > substituted for tillage, leguminous plants and barn manures. Fertility may frequently be promote.l by liu-ht n|ipli- may serve to make plant-food more a\ailali]i . imi'rove soil" texture ami correct acidity. Its use is is[ierially recommended on clay and moist lauds and in orchards where the ground is much shaded. Applications of gyp- sura and salt are sometimes beneficial in maintaining fertility, but they, as well as lime, usually act indirectly, as the soil is seldom deficient in these constituents so far as they are required as plant- food. On high-priced lands, especially those devoted to horticulture, the s.iil si,,,,,!.! be made and kept fertile- •. up to its highest pro.lu.n power. Sometimes soils are rendered unfruitful by the presence of deleterious substances, as or- ganic acids or alkaline salts, or a superabundance of some ful ingredients, as water or nitrogenous matter. An ex- cess of nitrogen stimulates the growth of stalk and straw at the expense of grain, or in the orchard it tends to the for- mation of wood rather than to fruitfulness. The acidity should be corrected by lime, as noted above, the surplus water removed by drainage, the nitrogenous matter re- duced by the production of such crops as are not harm- imcieus. -uagniueu juu fully afi'ected by its super- diameters. abundance, such as forage crops which are prized for their foliage rather than for their seeds, while the alkalinity may sometimes be over- come by deep tillage or irrigation. i. p. Roberts. , FERTILIZATION FEETILIZATION. The union of male cell and a female cell, to form a of growing into a plant. The term v to include the transfer of pollen to Darwin's "On the Fertilization of ( nr but this process is now generallx ili~i Unafion, which see. In the lower plants, fertilization can be much more readily ob- served than in the seed plants, because in the latter it takes place inside of opaque parts, and therefore can be studied only by the most careful mi- croscopical methods. The process of fertilization is here described as it occurs in lilies. In other seed plants it differs in details. The generative cell (g. Fig. 814) is produced by the pol- len grain before it leaves the anther. It is usually lenticu- lar, and placed at one end of the grain. Its most important part is the spherical nucleus, which occupies the ceuter. When the pollen grain is con- veyed' to the stigma (s, Fig. 81o), the larger cell [f. Fig. 814), nourished by food it ab- sorbs from the stigma, grows, forming a long tube (pt, Fig. 815), which traverses the nar- row triangular canal (1, 2. 3, Fig. 815) that leads down the long style to the ovary. In many plants the style is not hollow. In this case, and often when it has a canal, the pollen tube pushes its way between the cells of the style, living on the food it absorbs. About the time the tube begins to grow (or later) the generative _ _ _ cell divides into two. These e„t i^^gt^. male cells, or sperms, migrate through the down the tube {pt, Fig. 815), which makes its way into the opening between the inner in- tegument (!, Fig. 816) of the ovule, penetrates the body of the ovule and enters the em- bryo-sac (E. Fig. 816). Its direction of growth is deter- mined by substances, proba- bly chiefly the sugars, con- tained in the parts which it While the pollen tube has o been growing, the female cell has been forming in the embry The nucleus of this huge cell, "li: vided into two, these into four. nuclei, four migrating to eaeh each group advances toward the i the two fuse into one {r, Fig. slln stigma on which pollen grain, p, has been lodged. The course of the pollen tube, pt, is indicated by broken line. At the right, 1,2,3,4. are cross sections of the pistil at the levels indicated by the arrows : 1, the stigma: 2, 3, the style, show the triangular canal which leads into the three chambers of 4, the ovary, in each chamber of which are two rows of o\-ules. Natxu-al size. (A-, Fig. 816). siiii.^]e. has di- e,e into eight lleii one from of ilie sac and ^Toui. id' three 814. A pollen grain of Lilium Philadelphicum. Before le.-iving anther, seen in section : (, the tube cell ; //, the generative cell. The large spherical od:a end of the emlirvo 's;e- ul . Fiu'. sU'.i. In the lilies. ho«vver, tliis do/s not i,'o tar, :,ml two of the three antipodal nuclei are seen to be i,lre:i I;f,)i. Baknes. FEETIIIZEBS. There i~ ..,„. fart that has been fairly well established by experiment and inquiry, namely, that fruits, flowers and vegetables are benefited by the intelligent application of manures and fertilizers, and that, in the majority of cases, such application is followed by profit. In the first place, these crops should be classified for purposes of fertilization according to theirperiod of growth, the first class including the peren- nial fruits and flowers, and the second, the annual flowers and vegetables. Those of the first class differ from or- dinary crops in that a longer season of preparation is required, during which time the growth is vegetative rather than productive, though upon this vegetative growth depends the quality and value of the fruit or flower obtained. The growth of both tree and fruit is dependent, too, not only upon the food acquired during its year of growth, but also upon that previously ac- quired, and which has been stored up in bud and branches. The tree fruits include apples, pears, peaches, plums, cherries, apricots, etc. It may be regarded as a safe assumption that the fertility elements, phosphoric acid. FERTILIZERS potash and lime, contribute materially to the proper growth and hardenius of the wood, as well as the matu- ration of the fruit. The necessity for added nitrogen is, on the whole, ime 1, 1, ss ; it should be applied as the need for it ;i|i|h ;,i ~ in tlie lack of vigor of the tree. In the next i.la.e, ii i^ -ale to assume that the mate- rials wliieli lurnivh il:. -r , h iiH III- or constituents in slowly axaihil.lr loni - , - ' ■' '■ '■■ he quite as useful, exee)it uii.hr s|ieri;, i tlioso whlch are tlioii^'li ^h.\vl\ . i^ ahh- lo ohu.iu Iri.iii the gradually dis- sol\iiiL' ^nh-taii'es a sullicieut amount for its daily iiee.N. IhiM ,■. a- a rule, fertilizers for fruit trees may iiielmle th. h -^ available and cheaper forms of con- Ar-pi.ES AND Pears. -On soils of - 1 natural char- acter, the fertilization of apph- aiel p. ar- n. ed not be- gin until the trees reach the h. ninu' |i' ii".l. when an annual dressing of 400 pounds jier aere ot either of the following mixtures should be applied in early spring, and plowed in : No. 1. — One part, or 100 pounds each, of ground bone, acid phosphate and muriate of potash. lYo. a. — One and one-half parts, or 150 pounds, of ground bone, and one part, or 100 pounds, of muriate of As tlie trees grow older, these dressings should be in- creased. While no definite rules can be laid down as to the most profitable amounts to apply, the best growers find that for mature trees it pays to use from 1,000 to 1,500 pounds annually. In many cases nitrogen, in addition to that contained in the mixture, should be used, the liind and form depending, perhaps, upon the relative cost more than upon any other one thing, the minimum amount to be 20 pounds per acre, or an equiva- lent of 125 pounds of nitrate of soda. In many cases it is possilile to obtain the necessary nitrogen from the growing of leguminous crops, as crimson clover and red clover, though when these are used they should be plowed down early in the spring, in order that their growth may not interfere with the growth of the tree. If they are allowed to remain until mature, they absorb not only the food that may be necessary for the growth of tree and fruit, but the moisture also, and thus they frequently injure rather than improve the crop pros- pects. On poor soils, the necessity for fertilization is naturally greater. In fact, on these liberal fertilization — 500 pounds per acre— should precede the setting of the trees, and be continued annually. On these soils, too, green manuring, as a source of nitrogen, can be practiced with safety for a longer period than in the preceding case. Peaches.— Peaches differ from apples and pears in re- spect to fertilizing. The demands for added plant- food are proportionately greater in the early life of the tree, and are different because of their more rapid growth, their early bearing, and the exhaustive charac- ter of the crops. On soils of good natural character, however, the necessity for fertilizing is seldom apparent until after the first or second year of growth. That is, good soils will provide sufficient food for a normal de- velopment of leaf and wood, and any additional fertili- zation would have the tendency to unduly increase the tree growth. On medium and poor soils, "the setting of the trees should be preceded by a fertilization, prefer- ably broadcast in spring, and plowed in, with one or the other of the mixtures recommended for apples and pears, as follows : JVb. i. — One part, or 100 pounds each, of ground bone, acid phosphate and muriate of potash. JV'o. g.-One and one-half parts, or 150 pounds, of ground bone and one part, or 100 pounds, of muriate of potash. On the better soils. No. 2, and on the poorer. No. 1, at the rate of 400 to 600 pounds per acre, which should be followed by the application of the more soluble fertili- zers, immediately the trees begin to bear. The need of nitrogen is often very marked, and is shown by a lack of vigor of the tree. Nitrate of soda applied broadcast in early spring has proved a very valuable form of ni- trogen, since it is appropriated by the rt early season, and if a sufficient abundance of the i erals is present, it enables a normal development of agthe FERTILIZERS leaf and branch. If the quick-acting nitrogenous fer- tilizers are applied late, or if too large applications of the slower-acting nitrogenous materials are applied early, the tendency is to provide for a continuous feed- ing on nitrogen, and thus encourage an undue develop- ment of leaf and branch, which does not permit the ripening of the wood before the beginning of winter. Thus, on these soils, in addition to an annual appli- cation of the basic formula, from 100 to 150 pounds of nitrate of soda, 200 pounds of acid phosphate and 100 pounds of muriate of potash should be applied early in the season and carefully worked into the soil. Pluiis, Cherries axd Apricots. — The fertilizing of these fruits, when grown on the different classes of soils, need not differ materially from that recommended for peaches under the same conditions, though cherries, particularly, require, in addition, a relatively greater supply of lime, which should be applied at the rate of 30 bushels per acre once in about five years, and thor- oughly incorporated with the soil. Small Fruits and Berries.— These, in respect to their general character, correspond more nearly with the vegetable crops than with the cereal grains or fruits, hence, in most cases, natural sources of plant-food are ignored, and the more quickly available materials, par- ticularly nitrogenous and phosphatic, applied. In the case of strawberries, it is desirable that the soil in which the plants are set should be supplied with soluble and available phosphoric acid ; hence an appli- cation, broadcast previous to setting, of from 500 to 800 pounds per acre of the mixture No. 1, is recommended. The nitrogen should also be in quickly available forms, and should be supplied in sufficient quantities at time of setting the plant to enable it to mature, and thus to better withstand the rigors of winter. Hence, an addi- tional application of 100 pounds of dried blood, or its equivalent in nitrate of soda or ammonia, is advisable, particularly on soils not previously well enriched with organic nitrogenous matter. In the spring of the sea- son during wliich the first crop is harvested, dressing with a quick-acting fertilizer, rich in nitrogen. Is de- sirable, carefully applied between tlie rows, and prefer- ably worked into the soil. Raspberries and blackberries also require a soil well enriched with the mineral elements, to insure an abundant and strong growth of canes. The need for ni- trogen, while apparent, is less marked than in the case of the strawberries, and the slower-acting forms serve a good purpose, provided they are not applied in too great quantities, so as to encourage a large growth of plant, which does not fully mature. An annual applica- tion of mixture No. 2 is recommended at the rate of 400 to 600 pounds per acre. Currants and gooseberries are less likely to need ni- trogen than the other berry crops, because of the ten- dency to the development of mildew. In common with the other crops mentioned, they should be abundantly supplied with the minerals (phosphoric acid and potash) , and mixture No. 1 may be used at the rate of 500 to 1,000 pounds per acre. Grapes.— Grapes are more exhaustive than most of the fruit crops, largely because of the larger total crop harvested, and the special need is for phosphoric acid and potash. These elements may be supplied by mix- tures No. 1 or No. 2, and Tery liberal dressings are rec- ommended— from 800 to 1,500 pounds per acre annu- ally—after the bearing period begins. Roses and other Flowering Plants.— In the grow- ing of flowers and herbaceous plants, phosphoric acid is particularly needed, and it has been demonstrated that ground bone is one of the most useful forms from which to obtain it, since it furnishes both nitrogen and phos- phoric acid in slowly available forms. A good mixture for both the field and prepared soils may consist of four parts of ground bone and one of muriate of potash, ap- plied at the rate of four pounds per square rod, and preferably worked into the soil previous to setting the plants ; the after application may be made in the fall at the same rate. Vegetable Crops.— Vegetables constitute a group of plants distinguished from all others, both because of their peculiar habits and of their purposes of growth. Both having an important bearing upon fertilization, PESSENDEN 581 they should all be supplied with an abundance of avail- able food. Since nitrogen is the one element that more than any other stimulates leaf and stem growth, its use is extremely beneficial for all of these crops, and be- cause of their relativelv high commercial value the quantity of fertilizer may be greatly in excess of that for the other groups. While a classification of these crops is possible, a fertilizer of the following composition may be regarded as a basic mixture for the entire group : Nitrogen 4^ Phosphoric acid 8* Potash lott The nitrogen should be derived in part from quickly available souroi-s. and tli.- |ih"v|.li..ri.- aii.l >li.)uld be all soluble or, availalil.-. .■iml ili,^ |iMia-l] Iimiu muriate. This should l.r :ii.|.li.>.l iji pai-t lii-.ia.lrast. ami in part in the row at time uf plantiTi-. at the lat.- ..f l.iHid to 1,500 pounds per acre, and upon soils naturally poor, two or three additional annual top-dressings with nitrate of soda, at the rate of from 50 to 100 pounds per acre, will prove very serviceable. Edward B. Vc F£BULA (possibly the stems were anciently used as ferules). UmbellUerm. Giant Fennel. This large genus includes 2 hardy herbs, which are, perhaps, the tallest plants cult, for ornament in this large (but from the garden standpoint unimportant) order. They are valued for the excessive fineness with which their foli- age is cut, and their clusters of perhaps 40-50 umbels of minute yellow fls. borne on stout stems, which rise far above the foliage. F. Tingitana, Linn., from N. Africa, has Ivs. 4 times ternately pinnatisect, somewhat glaucous. B.M. 72G7. The common error that it comes from Spain goes back to Morison, 1C80. Lindley origi- nated the false notion that this plant is the source of gum ammoniac. F. communis, Linn., from S. Eu., has deep green Ivs., with more linear segments and more compact habit. yif jj FESSENDEN, THOMAS GEEEN, editor and author, 1771-1837, founded "The New England Farmer" at Bos- ton in 1822, and edited it until his death. The present "New England Farmer" is n.ittlic lii\ral successor of Fes- seuden's paper. FessciMl. n i^ ,lii,ily noted as a satirical poet, and he was mon- ni' a liiri-a!-\- man than agardener. He was bom at Walpdr, N. 11., was graduated at Dart- mouth College in 17'IG, ami stu..iiii-, tulti-il, hardy per- ennial grass, with deep. silv. i\ Mm- l.:ivcs resembling the common Sheep's Fesi-in i /'.,,/.(.■, i Mr/)ia),and by most authors regarded as a \ari.t\ ..f it. Lvs. very narrow, conduplicate : pauick- sumtnvLut oue-sided and short: spikelets 3-8-fld., with a short awn.— An attractive plant for edgings or for contrast of foliage with deeper colored plants. Often used also in hanging-baskets, window-boxes and the rockery. It will grow almost any- where if not too densely shaded. Propagated by divi- sion of the tufts. amethystina, Host. {F. ovlna, var. psammdphila, Hack.). Avery pretty grass with violet-colored culm and sheaths: lvs. somewhat thin and long, blue-green: panicles slightly branched, small, often violet-colored: spikelets short-awned, seldom awnless. Europe.— Use- ful i places. Pi- Various I if used f' with otli. 1 the garden for dry, sunny sion. pastures and in lawn grass mix- Festxici ovina. var. duriuscula. tprt porennial grass. 1-2 ft. high: s, -ml. ting. Sheep's Fescue. Pani- i.lv s,.iKunat for the growth .''1, luiirow, hairy and folded to- iiK-h broader, flat, and 5-7-ribbed: iling at the apex. Eu. It is an p.-irks, where it is too shady for P. B. Kennedy. FETTICUS, Another name for Com Sahid. FEVERBUSH. See Benzoin. FEVEEFEW. Chrysanthemum Parthenium. FEVEK TREE is Plnckneya pubens. FEVERWOET. Triosteum. FIBER PLANTS are treated only incidentally in this work. Division of Publications, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C, issues free publications of the Office of Fiber Investigations. FlCUS (ancient Latin name). UriicAce(e. The Fig, the India Rubber Plant, the Banyan Tree and the Creep- ing Fig of conservatory walls belong to this vast and nat- ural genus, which has over 600 species scattered through the warmer regions of the world. Ficus has no near ally of ganleii value. It is a genus of trees or shrubs and climbers, with milky juir,-. In the common Fig the lvs. are deeiilv l.il,,,!, Im in iii,,st of the other species thev are entin- <.r . N,. th. marcin is wavv or has a few teeth Till ISC de- or an occasional stu alternate, /'. his/ml scribed below wliirh lias ..],|„,sit,. lvs. Th,- fc.lia:;i- in Ficus varies all tlir way fr.-m l.athny t.. m.-nilirauous, and is astonishingly varial.k- in VLiiatiou, .su that the veins are very helpful in telling the species apart. What the horticulturist calls the Fig, or fruit, is the fleshy receptacle, while the fruit of the botanist is the seed in- side (Fig. 817). In the following account fruit is used instead of receptacle. The fertilization or caprifieation of the Fig is one of the most surprising, interesting and complicated chap- ters in natural history, and is of great practical impor- tance. See Fi^ in. long: fr. 1-2}^ in. thick, spotted, globose, in cauline clusters. India. — This name was once adv. by John Saul, who spoke of the plant as a shrub with leathery lvs. EE. Lvs. deeply lobed,not merely wavy. 5. quercifdlia, Roxb. The oak-leaved form is the typi- cal one, but King includes F. humilis, Roxb., in which the lvs. are serrate or nearly entire and not lobed. Lvs. 2-5 in. long, "thickly membranous;" nerves 5-7-pairs; petiole 14-1 in. long: fr. in axillary pairs, egg- or pea- shaped. Burma, lilalaya, where it is a shrub, often creeping or decumbent. L.B.C. 16:1540 (fruiting soon after importation, when 2 ft. high ) . Adv. 1895 by Pitcher and Manda. Voss refers this, with many other syno- nyms, to J*', heterophylla. DD. Foliage variegated. 6. ParoMli, Veitch. Lvs. thin, membranous, light green, mottled with cream-white, more or less in the mosaic, oblong-oval, acuminate, dentate. Islands of Pacific. F.S. 22:227.'!. F.M. 1874:124. -Int. by Veitch ;il)"ut 1874. A wariiilious.- shrubby plant; prob- ably till- ini.st ],.,]. iilnr "f tin- vnri.irat.-d forms of Ficus. J. r>. Kisclc s;,vs It i~ r.aililv |ir..|i. I.v cuttings of half- ripened wu.mI ]ilace.l 111 ^aii.l in liii-k in.ttom heat Also cult, in t;. Calif., where it bears tri.olured fr. cc. Under surfave of young lvs. rusty. 7. rubigindsa, Desf. (F. auslruU.s, ViiUd.). Lvs. leathery, rounded or cordate at base, notched at tip: fr. mostly in pairs, globular, 5-fj lines thick, usually warty. Australia, where it throws out aerial roots like the Baayan Tree. B.M. 2939. — The rusty color is a beauti- ful feature. Voss considers this a form of F, elastica. BB. Hilhil eliiiihiiig or trailing. c. Form of lvs. ovate, uhliisc. unequally heart-shaped at base. 8. pilmila, Linn. (F. stipnhUa, Thunb. F. ripens, Hort, not Rottl.). Creeping Fig. Fig. 819. Pros- trate or climbing shrub, clinging close to conserva- tory walls and then flattened. Lvs. more or less 2 ranked on very short petioles, ovate, obtuse, en- tire or slightly wavy, rounded or cordate at the base, often unequally; veins prominent below. Japan, China, Australia B.M. 6657. R.H. 1891:448. G.C. II. 14:560, 561 717 Var. minima iF. minima, Hort.) has smaller lvs The species is sometimes used for hanging baskets. cc Fonn of lvs. obloug-( ate, slightly notched 9 radlcans, Desf. Garden jdant, with green, oblong- icuniinite lvs. and trailing hal.it. Imperfectly known. Hil it It unknown. Var. variegata. Hurt. \V. Bull., has h 111 .ularlv marked with .-reaiiiv white, the variega- ti, n le^iimini at the niar«in. (i.C. III. 22:185. A.6. 19 o27 Int. 1897. Ai\ Cult outdoors in southern Flu. and Calif, for shade, etc., hence often tall trees. B Arrangement of lvs. usually opposite. 10. Msyida, hinn. t. (F. oppositifdlia.WiUd.). Shrub or small tree: lvs. entire or toothed: fr. clustered on old wood or leafy branches, hispid, yellowish. Asia, Trop. Australia. BB. Arrangement of lvs. alternate. c. Texture of lvs. membranous, not leathery. D. Lvs. tapering to a point ; base entire, obtuse. 11. glomerata, Roxb. Cluster Fig. Lvs. 4-7 in. long ; nerves 4-6 pairs: fr. clustered on leafless, scaly branches, pear- or top-shaped, :1H in. thick, reddish. India, Burma. -"A quick-growing, evergreen shade tree."— Reasoner. "A dense shade tree: lvs. have a peculiar metallic luster: small fruits, much relished by cattle and children."— ii'raticescAi. DD. Lvs. witJi an abrupt, short, acutninate apex ; base notched. 12. infeotfiria, Roxb. Lvs. 3K-5 in. long ; nerves 5-7 pairs : fr. in axillary pairs, sessile, globose, H in. thick, whitish, flushed and dotted. Trop. Asia, Malaya. - Grows 60 ft. high, and is one of the best shade trees. cc. Texture of lvs. leathery, not membranous. D. Under surfnee of lvs. rusty. 13. rubigindsa, Pesf. nes.'ril.cd at No. 7. sly. E. Stipn the , lvs. iiid I I nil • rrds 14. elastica, Roxb. Described at No. 2. 15. macrophylla, Desf. Mobeton Bay 6-10 in. long, 3-4 in. wide : stipules nearly globular, 9-12 on short, thick pedu southern and middle California, where, however, it does not perfect seed. F. von Mueller says it is perhaps the grandest of Australian avenue trees. EE. Stipules not exceptionally large and not rosy or deciduous. IG. Lvs. long : fr. 1 thick, axillary, in 3's or 4's, Austral.— Much planted 584 FICUS F. I'oioig IfS. densely covered with woul beneath. 16. PAlmeri, Watson. Tree, 8-12 ft. high, branching near the ground : Ivs. 3 in. long, 2-2H in. wide ; petiole 1 in. long : fr. in pairs, axillary, globose, % in. thick. Discovered on San Pedro Martin Island, northwestern Mexico, 1887. — Perhaps the best adapted to severely hot and dry places. Franceschi says it attains 30 ft. FF. Young Ivs. not wooUy. G. Base or Ivs. narrowed. H. Slipuhs glabrous. 17. retusa, Linn. (F. nitida, Thunb., and Hort., not Blurae}. Lvs. 2— i in. long; nerves 5 or 6 pairs; petiole 3-6 lines long: fr. sessile, in pairs, axillary, 4 lines thick, yellow or reddish. Trop. Asia, Malaya. —A large ever- green tree with a few aerial roots. 18. aiirea, Nutt. Branches pale, smooth, furrowed : lvs. 3-1 in. long, snmotli. nlilf.na-, entire, narrowed but obtuse at each end. si.iiit-|irti..l. d ; fr. orange-yellow. licasoner says it is a i!ii' florist, and that it rilies it as a small tree; Tender in Santa Bar- globose, 4 lines tliids. S. il.i handsome decorativ. |,l.iiit i. grows 60 ft. high. ('li;i|.inan .1.- he says nothing about stipules HH. Stipules not glabrous. 19. Indica, Linn. Not the Banyan Tree. Glabrous throughout, except stipules: lvs. 4-7 in. long ; nerves about 4-6 pairs, not very prominent ; petiole 4-12 lines long ; stipules 6-9 lines'long ; fr. in crowded pairs, ses- sile, globose, smooth, yellowish red, 4 lines thick. Trop. Asia, Malaya. — This species is greatly confused in botanical literature with F. Benghalensis, but F. In- dica does not take root from its branches, as does the Banyan Tree. In recent writings F. Indica is often given as a synonym of F. Benghalensis, but the dis- tinctions here given are those made bv King, in Flora British India 5: 499 (1890). Tree grows 50 ft. high. GG. Base of lvs. rounded. H. jyerves about 5 pairs : lvs. 4-8 in. long. 20. Benghalensis, Linn. Banyan Tree. Also written Bengalensis. Young parts softly pubescent : nerves prominent; petiole 6-18 lines long; stipules 9-12 lines long : fr. in pairs, sessile, globose, puberulous, red, about the size of a small cherry. Trop. Africa, India.— A tree, 70-100 ft. high, rooting from the branches, thus forming accessory trunks and extending the growth of the tree indefinitely. For an explanation of the confu- sion between Benghalensis and Indica, see Hooker's Flora Brit. India 5:499, 500. HH. yerves about 8 pairs : lvs. 4]4-T x S-4Xin. lotig. 21. religidsa, Linn. Peepul Tree of the Hindoos. Petiole 3-4 in. long ; stipules minute : fr. in axillary pairs, sessile, dark purple, K in. thick. India. Gn. l,p. 435. — Grows 100 ft. high, and the lvs., suspended on their long, flexible petioles, rustle in the slightest breeze. 60 f J D E 1 S Af n v e b d by o be F GO des. n by P A- Manda.— P h (It I nda for in- h s b oader and a doma whe e a ains h e my white ■ ng and should be uab 1 ng F C op Hor s cul ndoo s f cm op Amer. sed 89 bv P che & Mand F C ngha s a I sf tsepoungan o n educed am nded by Rea- P e umably Hab atnn- byCa fo naE p I sed 1 B u h«. Br t w b h gh nd has n gn in w e a d oppe o o ed when u g F n ma be F Ben am n e e a F n anesii nh T ne ad er ed ylokoh ma Inu ry Co., w oa oad t eF e a ■«- M. Frees ELASTicA, or the Rubber Plant as it is known all over this country, is perhaps the most popular and satisfactory house plant that has ever been cultivated. It is a plant for the million. Some florists have several houses especially devoted to the propagation and culti- vation of this tough and thrifty plant. There are also thousands upon thousands of young plants or rooted cuttings from thumb-pots imported into this country, especially from Belgium and Hollaud, for marketing every spring. It is estimated that from 75,000 to 80,000 Rubber Plants were sold in America during the last year. There are several varieties of the Rubber Plant, but the true Ficus elastica is the best, both for growing and for selling. It can be easily told from the smaller- leaved variety, which is smaller and lighter colored in all its parts, the stem being smoother, and the sheath that covers the young leaves lacking the brown tint, which often runs into a bright and beautiful Indian red. The method of propagating now popular in America employs old, bushy stock-plants, either in pots or tubs, or planted out into a bed where the night temperature can be kept from 60° to 75° F. As soon as the young shoots are 5-6 in. long they are operated upon. An in- cision is made at the place where it is intended to root the young plant, cutting upward on a slant midway be- tween two eyes, making the cut anywhere from 1-2 in. long, according to the thickness and length of the young shoot or branch. A small wedge, as a piece of match, is then inserted to keep the cut open. A large handful of clean, damp, well prepared moss is then placed around the branch to cover the cut and is tied moderately iirm with twine or raflia. Some use a small piece of charcoal for a wedge in the cut; others coat the two cuts with a mixture of charcoal dust and lime. The lat- ter practice, in the opinion of the writer, is beneficial in that it expedites the callusing of the cuts and the root- ing of the young plant after being cut and mossed. The moss should be kept constantly moist, and the higher the temperature, within reasonable limits, the quicker the rooting process goes on. The roots of the young plant usually appear on the outside of the oval-shaped bunch of moss. A complete cut can then be made below the moss and the young plant potted. The smaller the pot at first the better. The leaves of the young plants should be tied up in order that they may not be in- jured by coming in contact with one another or by lying flat on the pots. The young plants now require a gentle bottom heat and frequent syringing, — a dozen times on clear days. As soon as the young plants are taken from the stock-plant, a little wax should be put on the end of the cut U> prevent the milky sap from escaping. The best tiirif .if tin- yrar to propagate and root Ficus is from the tii--f i>f .TaiiiKirv to Mav. The Eur(.)pean growers nev.r -tart murh lirfcro the Christmas holidays; and from th. 11 uuiil spriiiK thev make all their cuttings. Thf ul.U r mutliod of propagating Rubber Plants is still the favorite one abroad ; it employs single-eye cut- tings. Sometimes, if the branches are very thick, only one-half the stem is taken with the eye and a single PICUS leaf, the leaf being curled up and tied with raffia, and the small piece with the eye set into the propagating bed. This is a bed of sharp sand, or sometimes of sand and chopped sphagnum moss or fine coeoa-flber. Fre- quently the single-eye cuttings are put at once into the smallest sized thumb-pot, with a mixture of very finely ground potsherd and charcoal filling about one-half the pot, and either soil or sand for the balance. A small stick is used to hold the leaf upright. These pots are plunged into the propagating benches in either sand, FIO 585 Rubber Plant of florists. moss or fiber, and a steady bottom heat of from 75° to 80° is applied and kept up until the plants are rooted. As a rule, such beds are inclosed in a glasshouse, in or- der to keep about them close, warm and moist atmos- phere. Only ventilation enough to permit the moisture caused by the evaporation to escape is allowed on these beds. In this country, propagation by the first described method can be continued nearly ail the year round. From experience of both methods, tho \\-riter can say that the top-cutting and mossingprocf^s i-; Kitt.-r l.y far, especially where plenty of stock plants .an In- main- tained. After being shifted from the smalhr siz.>.l puts into 3- or 4-in. pots, the young plants will stand a great deal of liquid manure as soon as they are rooted through or become somewhat pot -bound. Many propagators plant out the young plants from 3- and 4-in. pots into cold- frames after the middle of May, or when all danger of night frost is past. They do very well in the bright, hot, open sun, but must receive plenty of water. After being planted out in frames, they should be potted not later tha the later imii ■<( . ticableone. a- rl, severe heat .lurii Within recent nd for early marketing as early !■( planting out and potting in "r early autumn is a very prac- ilo not suffer so much from the immer. jj ^ Siebrecht. much-branched or tree-shaped style of Rubber Plant has attained a considerable de- gree of popularity. It is possible to produce such a plant by topping it at any desired height while it is in a free growing condition. However, the best shaped plants are obtained only by natural branching. In order to induce Rubber Plants to branch freely without the intervention of topping, it is necessary to keep the plants dry and cool for two or three months in the spring, in order to get them thoroughly rested. Then plant them in a frame or in open ground that has been highly fertilized, and give plenty of water. When the plants start into growth they will be inclined to "break;" that is, to make branches from the axils of many of the leaves all along the stem. By this method handsome, tree-shaped specimens of the Rubber Plant may be secured by the following autumn. -^ j^ Harris FIG is Ficus Carica, a native of Asia. See Ficus. It is a warm-temperate fruit, although it will stand 10 to 20 degrees of frost under favorable conditions. It was early introduced into North America, but excepting on the Pacific coast it has never been more than an amateur fruit. It has been known to fruit in the open in Michigan without other protection than a high board fence inclosure, but usually if grown north of Phila- delphia the plants ar.- lilt..l in early November, with good balls C'f rarili. k' 11 i[i a dryish cellar over winter, and planted nut th. m xt -.|,,ing. From Philadelphia to theCarolinastli> y may In l„ iit to the ground and covered with earth or pine i)i.tn:)i-. Tin- fiaiit is borne on the young wood, and oftrn ..n y..,niL- tia.s. This fruit is really a hollow pear-sliai.'.l iiri i.tarlc with many mi- nute seeds (botanicallv Iriut-i .ii ili.- inside; it grows like a branch from the sidu .if tin -[....t. Inf.-rior. run- wild forms are frequent in tin' -- .: - im -'ar.s, where they are sometimes called "oM i . n ' by the negroes. Figs may be grown tin. i i l -- i. il' jilanted permanently in a border aftir th. i. u n. r -i li.ithouse grapes. They usually bear b.-tti i n iln laanihes are trained more or less harizontally. Tw.. . r ni.iie crops may be expected in one year un.i. r i.'la-^. i; a-tirn nur- serymen sell Fig trees. As ctirly as ls:!:i K.inii-k ("New American Or.liai.liNt ■■) .l.^.-iili. .1 _':: vai-ietit-s. Popular varieties f.:ir amat, iir .■iiliivati..ii m ih.- east are Turkey, White Gen. >a. I'.la.k an. I i'.ii.\\ti l-.i.ia. In order to fa- cilitate the ri|..iiini.' .if III. ft uit ill ......1 climates or un- der glass, it is a ciist.jm tu drL-ss the surface of the nearly full grown Figs with sweet oil. As a dessert fruit Figs are usually eaten in the fresh state, in which condition they are scarcely known to people in cool cli- mates. They are also cooked. The commercial Fig is the dried fruit. The Fig is propagated very easily from hardwood cut- tings, as grapes are. Take cuttings in the fall, cutting just below a bud. If wood is scarce, single-eye cuttings may be used, being started preferably in a frame. From cuttings, bearing plants may be expected in 2 to 4 years. New varieties are obtained from seeds. Various fruit books give directions for the growing of Figs. Publications in <'alif..nii!i mid of the United States Department ..f \ lh. ulnii . .iis.'uss them. But the only independcni .iiing seems to be James T. Worthingt..!! ' •< I ig Culture in the Northern and Middl,- s-iai. s, i lnlli...the, Ohio, 1869. Although regularly copyrighted, it is a pamphlet of only 10 pages. It recommends the laying-down of the trees in late fall and covering them with earth. This practice gave better results than covering with other material, or carrying the trees over winter in cellars, either in tubs or transplanted fr..in iIn- op.-n. Incident to the comniciTial .iiltivatii.n of Figs in Cali- fornia, there has been mti.-li .lis.-tissi.»n of the necessity of caprificationorfertilizati..!! by means of the Fig wasp. The necessity for capriflcation, as well as the nature of the process, "was first established by Dr. Gustav Eisen; see "Biological Studies on Figs. Capriflgs and Capriflca- tion" (Proc.Cal.Acad. Sci.Ser.2,Vol. V. ISOC). In this paper Dr. Eisen demonstrates for the first time that there are three distinct classes of edible Figs, those which here have been termed Smyrniaca, Hortensis and Inter- media, and that some of these required capriflcation and others not. Another point established by him was that capriflcation was entirely a process of pollination, and not due to the sting of the Fig insects, as had been previously held by certain investigators. In this and other Fig work, the United States Department of Agri- culture has taken an active part. Dr. Howard, U. S. Entomologist, has done much towards introducing the wasp. As early as 1890, H. E. Van Deman, then U. S. Pomologist, introduced a few cuttings of the Smyrna Fig and large quantities of the Capri, and these were distributed in the Fig-growing sections of the country. The Smyrna Fig was first hand-pollinated in 1891 by 586 FIG Dr. Eisen at Niles, Calif. The wasp was introduced several times without success, but the Department of Agriculture took hold of the matter in 1898, and in 1899 succeeded in establishing the insect (sent from Algeria by Mr. Swingle) in Mr. Roeding's orchard at Fresno, Calif. For further noteson Figs, sei- Bulletin N.i. '.. Division of Pomology, U. S. Dept. ..i \:y,i, . !,. i.n-i.n l.iscn (1897), Bulletin 20, new Ml , ,|i i i ."l.igy, Dept. of Agric, and vari.il 1 ■ ■ \ re- cent full account of Smvi-ii:( lU-. I - .1 I;mim h:i\v, is in the Pacific Rural Press, Nov. 2."., 1S99. i,. jf. b. Fig Culture in the Carolinas.— Enthusiasm in re- gard to Fig culture in the eastern part of the country has been very much dampened by the two or three severe winter spells of late years. Several methods of winter protection have been tried. A plan, which was so successful in northern Maryland, of bending them down and mounding with earth, will not do in North Caro- lina and .southward. If the soil froze up and remained frozen, as it dues in northern Maryland, it would be all right. But here there is more warm than cold weather in winter, and during the w.irm and wet spells the buried branches simply r"t, nii.l :irf i-irse off in the spring than those to wlii'l: ' .i..r,.iiMi is given. In normal winters most v;iri. I :. ^. t along very well without protection. I.ui i.ury drops to 10° or 12° above zero,t\rii ,i iIm « 1 escapes, the early crop is destroyed. Wlii'ii tlie trees are branched in bush form from the ground, the best protection here is to bend them down to the ground and cover thickly with green pine boughs. If in standard shape and kept pruned so, the best method of all is to thatch the entire tree with com stalks and broom sedge, placing a thick layer of corn stalks upright around the body of the trees, ami tying them in closely at the top and bank- ing tlie eartli up :ii.'.Tin«t the butts, and then to thatch everv liiiili -rpririit. Iv with broom sedge, tying as we go. Tlie'tr.M - e..iii. lilt III I II Iter shape from tiiis than from any other iieMli ot j'li 'teetion. There is a great deal of differeuee in tlie natural hardiness of the different va- rieties. The Celestial is one of tin- lianlje-t. Doree Narbus i.s reputed the hardiest in i 'alit..i iiia. Imt was killed outright here. Next to c. le-tml e.-ims the Brown Turkey, the Brunswick and Peu'ii^trtita. Adria- tic is too tender to be of any use in North Carolina. Station Smyrna, from the California Station, seems to be almost as hardy as the Celestial. A few years ago Brown Turkey Figs were plentiful in the Raleigh mar- ket at 75 cts. per bushel, but for two or three years past hardly any have been offered. f^_ p, Masset. Fig in California. — The Fig, a native of southwestern Asia, is one of the most ancient, beautiful and valuable of all fruit trees, and its more general culture in suitable dis- tricts of the United States is much to be desired. There are several recognized botanical varieties of the Fig ( Fi- cus Carica), of which the following can be noted : (1) Ficus Carica, y.tr. .;-/''i '.' . tlir- wild Fig of Asia Mi- nor, commonly eall ' •' I Fig. The fruit of this kind is not edilil- Vii; -wasp {Blasfophaga psenes) breeds tie 1. ,:,, ' <>■ CnWcn, var. .Smi/r- niaca, the true t-m;. ma r _ , ; :■ li does not mature its fruit unless the flowers ai. i-lliiaiecl by hand or by the friendly agency , I... tie ,mi-, iit- .,f many horticultural forms. '[ ' ', ■ ! r merce belong to the s.r , ^ nearly all of the fine taMe 1 1 i , ii ,_ i ..i' ,. rieties of ;,-.,7,.»y;s. N.ii.;> ,i!, .a;::.,i;.u iainu,. .,£ Figs yield tlii-.-e ,•,■., |.s. iie.n -r 1, -~ili-tinet aecordiug to the variety, the l.,rati..ii an.l tlie sea-.m. The second crop is tile iiii|iiiftaiii line, liui tlie tif-f iTup lu soiuc Va- rieties is intleli esteeine.l f.if taMe u^e. Ripe FlgS CaU be gathered in many Ctilileinia li- "I'liards from late in July until rains and fn-t iie~iiey tlie fi-uit. Figs have been grown en tin I'aeiti ast for much more than a century. Trees were probably at Loreto FIG a, before 1710, and reached the ceei) rtffer tltelr establishment. . - IT ^ iiiia Clara in 1792. At I il ill almost all parts 1 i II stands a range of 111 IJ'i la lir.. .and the only por- tions of California roallv iinsuited to its growth are cer- tain cold or foggy districts. In the drier parts of the state it needs irrigation, as do other fruit trees. Some of the old Fig trees in California are of immense size. Mission, Lower Califor Alta California Missiei Vancouver found Fil- i the present time tin I of the state of Calilm temperature of from 1- 821 White Adriatic Fie It is not uncommon to see trees with trunks of more than 2 feet in diameter. One tree in Stanislaus county is 60 feet in height, covers a circle 70 feet across, and has a trunk that girths 9 feet. The great Banyan- like Fig tree at General Bidwell's, Butte county, illus- trated in the Century Magazine for October, 1892, has trailing or descending branches, which have taken root at many places, and the whole group now covers a cir- cle more than 150 feet in diameter. Varieties.— There are many horticultural varieties of the Fig, probably not less than 150 distinct sorts in cul- tivation under innumerable synonyms. Their classifica- tion is by shape, color of skin and color of flesh. The shape is round or turbinate in some sorts ; pyriform or obovate in others. The skin varies in color in dift'erent varieties from green, through pale yellow, buff, light brown, rediiisli brown and pur]>le. to black. The flesh is almost whit. . ni. ihin . -ir \ neii. -liailes of red ; it can bedescrili.e , . .-oarse or even dry in a few nl. I i : - : , a few removes from the wild, i: 1,1,1 It s hardly as large as n ^-rii II _M.;, :,i ,i , ,, , I , i- liii -i njietimes weigh 4 or ,,, ,, a , |i ! J I 1 It. u planted iu Cali- ■ i , ,,!,! \i i - -i,iiis, and is known as 1 ;,,,., ! : !.,i. : 111,: I 1 y productive sort. l'r,,.iin.iii ijiiii! 11 1- an exe' Uent l'i;;,'but the dark color renders" it less iiiarketal.le than the white varieties. It is a very popular table Fig. The white Fig most gen- erally planted in California is the so-called "White Ad- riatic," which is the"Grosse Verte"of France and the "Nebian" of Hogg. The best dried Figs yet produced commercially in California are of this variety, which does not need caprification. There is a large and in- creasing demand for California dried Figs, which are FIG 587 re no f eelj c 1 eh grown by the I Agen \ngel que I Ilk. Pro ence or Re B Turke Brunsw ck :ele te (Celest ne) Col d S g 1 Ro Cro ale Lalaro Isegro nde Violette H it ve Royal rna Wh te C enoa (Crosse White Marseille (Pette a Exper ment Stat on has 1 1 e elle t tur hou e 1 e ol tore II en Prance Sj a n a d Italy have II I for the 1 ou m] ortat ons of Figb I 111 oUect ons are bas>ed J r/- ,/;/.. — Altout 5,000 acres of land in California iKivr l.r.ii iihinted in Pigs, mostly in small tracts sel- iluHi iXiTi iliiiLT 120 acres. The leading Pig counties, as f:ir ;i-i art-a is concerned, are Los Angeles, Santa Bar hara, San Bernardino, Butte and Presno, but the counties of Alameda, Santa Clara, Solano, Sacramento, Stanislaus, San Joaquin, Placer, Yuba, El Dorado and Shasta contain some of the finest groves and specimen The Smyrna Figs.—\ttet many attempts, the true Smyrna Pigs were introduced on quite an extensive scale by the San Francisco Bulletin in 1882, by the late James Shinn, and by George Roeding, of Presno. Prom these different importations, California became well stocked with both the Capri and Smyrniaca types. The Pig wasp was obtained in July, 1891, by James Shinn, but the locality was unsuited to its propagation. It was again introduced at various times by the United States Department of Agriculture and by Mr. Roeding, until it now seems to be fairly well established at Fresno. The Smyrna Pig was first hand-pollinated in 1891 at Niles and also for several seasons at Presno, producing Pigs which when dried were of superior quality. In 1899 Mr. Roeding's Smyrna Pigs, caprified by the little Fig wasp, bore a Pig crop. Several large orchards of tlio tnic Smyrna Fi^s, in v.irious varieties, and many Cai.ri Flu' tn rs ai-f r.aily for colonies of this useful Bia^.ti.i.hai.-a. ami it is 1],.|m('i that a new industry can now br iir\-.-!n[M- ^^ T bwiugle in Science, October 20, 1899. The true Smyrna Figs, which are of several varieties, and doubtless capable of much improvement, yield two crops, the first of which fails, because no pollen is then obtainable from the wild or Capri trees. Both earlier and later varieties of wild Pigs than we now have are needed by horticulturists. The wild Fig now produces three crops, but only one is useful for caprification ; the others are barren of pollen, but are necessary to main- tain the Fig wasp. Only 30 Capri Figs are needed to caprify a large Pig tree, so abundant are the insects and the pollen in good seasons, and one tree of the wild Fig is sufficient for one hundred Smyrna trees. The male of the Pig wasp is without wings, but the female has wings and saw-like mandibles; she cuts her way through scales which interlock over the apex of the half grown Smyrna Pig. She loses her wings in entering, dies in the Pig, and is absorbed by the vegetable cells ; if her eggs are deposited they also perish, and the continuance of the species depends upon those individuals that remain upon the wild Fig trees. The whole story is one of the most interesting known to entomologists. Fig-drying in California (Fig. 822). -The foreign methods so far as tested in California are not practi- cable under labor conditions, and not entirely satisfac- tory in any case. Some growers let Pigs fall from the trees, picking such as shrivel on the trees without dropping ; others let all the Pigs fall. Picking is best with the finer sorts. Allow the Pigs to shrivel on the trees, pick with great care place on slat trays, bloom end down and subject to sulphur fumes if bleaching is desired Expose to the sun turn the fruit over m an hour or so and the 822 Youne Fig tree and Fie drying next day begin to "Pig-pull," or press each Pig between the fingers to keep it from "drying hard." In 4 or 5 days the Figs can be placed in the shade, and in a day or two "dipped" in boiling water, to further reduce the coarse- ness of the skin, close the pores and color the fruit. 588 FIG Subsequent sweating and "processing" vary much as with prunes, raisins and other dried fruits. Exceeding care, cleanliness and long experience are all-important in the production of a high-grade article. The dried Fig crop of California is large, and increas- ing. In 1886 the total product was but 100,000 pounds. In the 5 years ending with 1899 it was 14,945,000 pounds, an average of 2,989,000 pounds per annum. White Adriatic, Black Califomian and to a small extent Whito Marseilles were the varii-tits producing this amount. Culture in th. ■ - - . ,. ':;,.s._The culture of the Fig in the noiili. , i 11, parts of the United States is extrtiin : i . i , — , l.ut is essentially dif- ferent from Calif.,1 111. • .i , .n- .vi-n from those pre- vailing in the soutlicni -i- ■ IIm ti, ,• is not hardy enough to endure the cliii I : . . m: \s lieu grown as a bush, and protected in \' '■ i , . liy covering it with several inches of -n'l In t\f ...iithern middle states a heavy covering .-i .->[i.tvv or of evergreen branches is often sufficient. The hrst crop of fruitis all that can usually be expected in the extreme north ; the second crop sometimes ripens in the middle states. South of Virginia, many varieties of Fig are readily grown in the open ground. The experiments of Berck- mans, Massey, Normand, Reasoner and others plainly show that the Fig is well adapted to a large area of the southern states, but chiefly for table use— not fordrying, which seems to require a less moist summer atmos- phere. The Fig cannot be carried far to market in a fresh state, and therefore its extended cultivation to supply local demands will long be profitable. Even in California the fruit markets are with difficulty kept supplied, and many large towns seldom have fresh Figs on the stands. Charles H. Shinn. FIG. Adam's F. is Musa paradisiaca. BarbaryF., Opuntia vulgaris. Devil's F., Argemnne Mesieaiui. Hottentot' B 'F., Mesembryanthemum ediile. Indian F., Opuntia vulgaris. Keg'F,, Diospyros Kaki. Pharaoh's F., Syeomorus antiguorum. FIG-MAEIGOLD. Mesembryanthemum. FILAGO Germanica, the Cotton Rose, is a cot- tony annual plant somewhat like Leontopodium, which is now and then collected by tourists and dyed like im- mortelles. It was called Herba impia by the old herbal- ists, because a new generation of clustered heads rises out of the parent cluster as if undutifully exalting itself. Fully described in botanies. FILBERT. Old World species of Corylus. FILIPfiNDULA. See L'lmaria. FINGER GRASS. Species of Chloris and Pinlciim. FIOEIN. Agrostis stolonifera and alba. FIE should not be used to mean anything outside the genus Abies, but popularly it includes many trees known to nurserymen and others as Picea. Fir is also used loosely and inaccurately to include conifers of other genera. FIRE-CRACKER, FLORAL. See Brevoortia. FIRE-PINK. Silene Virginica. FIRE-PLANT is Euphorbia heterophylla. FIRE-WEED. Epilobium angttstifolium and Erech- tites Iiieracifolia. FISH-GRASS. See Cabomba. FITTdNIA (Elizabeth and.Sarah Mary Fitton, authors of "Conversations on Botany," and friends of Robert Brown). AcanthUcece. Three species of low-growing Peruvian herbaceous perennials, valued for the brilliant variegation madebv red or white venation of their large, heart-shaped Ivs. Fls. borne singly in the axils of the overlapping bracts, which form a peduncled, terminal FITTONIA spike; calyx segments Imenr bn^^tlj corolla tube slen- der ; lip long mrrow shortI> lobed it the apex. Fittonia argt/ioii kmMI-u HZi) and F Verschaffeltii are among the sli n\ le t mil most s itisfactory of tropical trailing plints tint m .,1 «nnf )r their foliage. Heat, moisture and shade ir* tlie miinfictors in their cul- ture. They are standard plants m all the finer collec- tions, and require a closer atmosphere than that of the ordinary living room Thev are chiefly grown in wide, shallow pans on wire frames filled with moss and peat, some sand and a little verv fineh rotted manure. ^Melt- :^> 823 Fittonii They can be trusted with the most conspicuous position, as they are alw -i^ s on dress parade They look well on a corner, with the pan tilted up somewhat so that some of the foliage may hang down It is a good plan to place the pan on a small ln^ erted saucer m a large sau- cer of water chiefly for the sake of a continuous supply of moisture, but also to foil the slugs, which are about the only enemies of these fine plants. A fine, large speci- men can be quickly and easily secured by the use of a number of small planis. As f.ist as they grow they can be pegged down iu tin n- |, .,1.111. i-.„,ting medium. If a specimen has to be ii,-l, , 1, ,1 i,,r a l,>ng while it can be quickly renewed liy ,-,,>,iiiil; \miIi a little soil the bare portions of stem and pi-ggiuf.' the lu down. Fittonias are also amongst the finest elements in "pyramids "or mounds along witK Philodendriim, Cis- sus discolor, Episcea cupreata, Nephthytis and Selagi- nellas. There is often a bare, unsightly space under the benches that can be transformed into a tangle of tropical creepers by the use of such plants. A board can be placed slanting toward the walks and covered with rotten stumps, chunks of peat, and moss for the plants to run in. The open borders near the walks have hardly good enough drainage. They can also be pegged down in mossy coverings for tubs of palms, as they can stand unlimited watering. On the whole, they are ideal plants for tropical conservatories, and it would be hard to overstate their merits. A. Habit erect : height I'A ft. gigant^a, Linden {Gynmostichyum giganlea, Sort.). Subshrubby, branching : stems reddish violet only be- tween the joints, with 4 ranks of silky, white, erect hairs : Ivs. opposite, elliptical, not notched at the base, with 2 ranks of hairs, tapering more than in the other species, dark, shining green ; veins carmine-red : fls. pale, with a reddish brown band in the middle of the side and upper lobes, and a dark vellow .spot in the mid- dle of the lower lip. R.H. 1869, p! 186. I.H. 16:611. AA. Rabit trailing : height about 6 in. B. I'eins red. Verschaffeltii, E. Coiim. {Fittonia and Branthemum rubronervum and rubrovenosum, Hort. Eranthemum FITTONIA rubro-venium. Veitch. Gymnostachijum Verschaffeltii. Leraaire). Lvs. ovate, notched at the base, dull green, often yellowish, veined carmine. F.S. 15:1581. I.H. 10:372. Van Pfiarcei (if. and e. P«4«ei, Hort.). Lvs. light, bright green ; veins light, bright carmine ; under surface somewhat glaucous. Var. D&veana (F. Ddve- ana, Hort.). Once sold by J. Saul. "Foliage with light center, bordered very dark green." More robust than the type and with veins of stronger red. B. Veins white. argyronedra, E. Coem. Lvs. dark, shining green. F.S. 16:1664. Gn. 36, p. 527, and 2, p. 319.-The velveti- ness of the upper surface of J*'. Verschaffeltii is due to large, projecting epidermal cells with an apical nucleus. Instead of these characteristic cells, F. argyroneura has small cells and conical hairs, which are partitioned off and have tubercles at the base. Robert Shore and W. M. FIVE-FINGEK. Potenfilla. FLACOtTKTIA ( Etienne de Flacourt, 1607-1660, Gen- eral Diric'tor <>( the French East India Co., Governor of Miidagascar and author of a history of Madagascar). Bixi1t:e!.■ in all branches of the work. Rapi.l ii i irreen- house construction had been hi" i.i many facilities were afforded growers f.n ii. , ^ hm! s eiitilat- ing their greenhouses, which iiiateii.ili> auUd in the production of better stock. The change from flues to hot water was the most important innovation of the pe- riod. 'About 1850 other improvements which had a marked influence on the industry were made in green- house construction. Chief among these may be men- tioned the abandonment of movable sashes and the sub- stitution of fixed roofs, the use of larger-sized gla and the bedding of the glas^s the putty the porta idvance in iri". ' 1 1 ,-S the prinei|.al l-mnis Li.nM were camellias, tuberoses., helioti..i,e. and for bedding and for ornamental am fuchsias, geraniums and bulbs of vario By 1860 commercial Floriculture had itead of placing fments may ap- \ marked an im- . for cut-flowers (Ouvardias, etc., other purposes, iid- erable importance. The establishments in the however, were devoted to many diverse lines of work ; that is, the commercial florists of the time were required, through the demands of the market, to grow not only cut-flowers, but also plants for ornament and for bed- ding. Things went on for the most part in this way until after the civil war, when there began an era of plant-growing, which continued until about 1868 or 1870. At this time plants of all kinds were in demand in pref- erence to cut-flowers, consequently many new establish- ments were started, and these devoted practically all their space to growing ornamental stock. The rose, which had come into general use as early as 1850, was rapidly superseding the camellia. Carnations were also being grown to a considerable extent, and much atten- tion was devoted to lilies and other bulbous crops, such as hyacinths, tulips, etc. About this time violets began to attract attention, and the introduction of the variety Marie Louise L'ii\. .m ini|.. ins to the work which was destined to ha • i .i : influence on an important phase of Flori. n in i I ' .[-nient. About 18 iO tin ..■ \:i- a I -I..1 increase in the demand for cut-flowers, and in a short time this business as- sumed important proportions. Soon there was a rush to change from the growing of plants for ornament and for bedding to the forcing of roses, carnations and other crops for the flowers alone. This demand for cut-flowers had an important bearing onjnethods of culture and the construction of houses, and ^ was found necessary in many cases to modify existing methods and to change the construction to suit the demands of the time. During the past twenty-five years the demand for cut- flowers has been constantly increasing, and, while the same is true of plants, the demand for flowers has been 590 FLORICULTURE proportionally greater. As a result of the increasing de- sire for flowers, there have been developed methods of handling them which prior to 1870 were unknown. The best growers have found it necessary to specialize in order to keep pace with the demands of the trade for the highest grade of flowers, hence we have specialists in rose-growing, carnation-growing, violet-growing, etc. The immense number of flowers produced required, special methods for handling, and therefore there have been developed wholesale commission houses, retail stores, exchanges, auction sales, and other arrangements for quickly disposing of stock. See Cuf-I'lowers. As already pointed out, the industry has assumed the most importance near large cities, owing to the great demand in such places for both plants and flowers. The cities which now lead in the handling of stock of this kind are New York, Chicago, Boston and Philadelphia. The greatest amount of glass devoted to Floriculture is found in New York, Illinois, Pennsylvania and New Jersey, in the order named. There are now probably not less than nine or ten thousand floral establishments in the United States, representing a money value of from twenty-two to twenty-three million dollars, and giving employment to not less than fifteen thousand people. The annual output from these establishments, considered from the retailer's standpoint, is in the neighborhood of twenty-five million dollars. Of this amount from twelve to fourteen millions are annually spent for flowers and the remaining ten or twelve mil- lions for plants. The rose is the most important cut-flower grown, and there are not less than six million dollars' worth sold every year in this country. This means an annual pro- duction of fully one hundred million flowers. The car- nation is the second flower in importance. It is esti- mated that there is sold annually fully four million dollars' worth of this flower, representing a production of not less than one hundred million flowers. The vio- let Is third, with a production of seventy-five million flowers, valued at seven hundred and fifty thousand dol- lars. Chrysanthemums are only a part-year crop, but they represent a value of half a million dollars. Of mis- cellaneous flowers, such as lilies, hyacinths, tulips, or- chids, etc., there are probably between two and three million dollars' worth sold annually. The varieties of roses, carnations and chrysanthemums grown for flow- ers are constantly changing, but the varieties of violets have changed but little in twenty years. The number of plants sold, includingpalms, ferns and bedding ^inrk of n]\ kinds, will probably exceed one hun- dred niillii'ii^. 'stijiKitiiig that the average sized pot for the Qd the ige price 1(1 i-riii-. |H r |H,t. To prupLiiv cimilurt the fine retail establishments in our cities, a large force of employes is required. These establishments are carried on with every attention to methods for attracting and holding trade. The stores are models of elegance, and their methods of handling the crops, such as having special decorators, show win- dows, fine delivery wagons, messenger boys, etc., makes the business expensive. As a rule, florists are such busy people that few of them have time to write books on their specialties, consequently the works on this industry can be counted on the fingers of one hand. The first work of impor- tance was Peter Henderson's "Practical Floriculture," which was issued in 1867. New editions of this were issued from time to time', but nothing further was pub- lished until 1893, when M. A. Hunt's " How to Grow Cut- Flowers" appeared. More recently we have Taf t's " G reen- house Management," which covers the whole field of pl,™t-grnwing under glass, and also the "Florists' Man- ual," by William Scott. b. T. Galloway. FLORIDA HORTICULTUBE. Fig. 824. The history of Horticulture in Florida dates fiom tl,. . mli. ~t settle- nicnt-».:iud cvi'n prior to thatperi.nl i' - ; _ ■ iirried ouadi'sult.u-v plant growing. Tin ;- i iln-soil, h..\v.'v,r. pn'.hihited the extensi.u, . : ;;,i- i, .xcept in a few isolated places. It was ii.-..,r>^ary i.. uitroduce commercial fertilizers before Horticulture could make rapid progress in this state. Up to the time of commer- cial fertilizers, it was thought that the hammocks were FLORIDA the only places capable of raising fruit, the rest of the arable land being so sandy and wanting in plant-food that remunerative crops could not be grown on it ex- cepting after it had been "cow-penued." Such a soil, containing often over 90 per cent sand and insoluble matter, at first sight would seem to be absolutely worthless for Horticultural purposes, but with the advent of the new Horticulture it becomes the ideal soil. We have here a lodgment for plants in which occurs no material that will prove deleterious to the crop, and all we have to do is to add to it the ma- terial that will cause the plant to grow to the necessary size and produce fruit of the desired quality. Beautiful thin-skinned oranges grow only on land properly ferti- lized and not on soil impregnated with great quantities of organic nitrogen, i.e., fertile lands. CiRciMSCRiBED Areas.— In building up of the land from the ocean bed, referring especially to peninsular Florida, the wind and waves have sorted the particles to some extent and have elevated various portions more than others. The separation of the larger particles of sand from the finer, with a porous substratum, has produced what is called a"scrub." The railroad surveys indicate that the maxim elevation in peninsular Florida is about 150 feet. Thus it happens that, although this land is thirsty, it is rarely or never spent of its capillary moisture. The areas of scrubs may vary in size from a few acres or even less to many thousands, but they are alwavs sharply defined, having a specialized flora. The soil in a hammock is of a finer texture and is not infre- quently underlaid by clay. It often occurs that land of this texture is only a few feet above sea level, or it may be elevated and rolling, but is always covered with a good growth of hard wood or of cabbage palmetto, or both. This class of land has long been desirable for Horticultu- ral purposes, and is still regarded as valuable; these re- gions are more or less isolated, and vary in extent. Such land usually contains suflicient fertility to raise several crops of vegetables. Flat-woods laud is usually level, varying in fertility from 96 per cent of sand and insoluble matter to that which will produce a crop of tomatoes. This class of land rnm\.Ti-.-» al.,u.t nine-tenths of the land of the Peninsula. Wirli ]iri>p' r treatment it raises good crops and is .-.ii.al.lr .,r iimarkable Improvement. The characteristic plant of tlils land is the long-leaved pine (Pintis palustrix}. Horticultural Regions.— The foregoing discussion relates to the state independent of latitude and climate. The state is also divided into four regions, according to climate and latitude: (1) western Florida, that portion of the state lying west of the Aucilla river; (2) east- ern Florida, that portion of the state lying between the Aucilla river and a line drawn from the mouth of the St. John's river to Cedar Keys; (3) central Florida, that portion of the state lying between eastern Florida and southern Florida; (4) southern Florida, -including the counties of Brevard, Dade, Monroe, Lee, DeSoto and Manatee. Citrous Fruits develop best on hammock and flat- woods land, preferring the cabbage palmetto hammocks or a hammock containing a mixture of palmetto and hard wood. The lime {Citrus Medicus var. ) alone does well on the shell and coquina lands of southern Florida. The lemon is the best stock for high flat-woods land. For western Florida the Satsuma orange is the best va- riety. For eastern Florida varieties that mature their fruit before Christmas may be planted. In central Flor- sweet oranges do especially well in southern Florida: Centennial. DuRoi, Exquisite, Hart's Late, Higley's Late, Homosassa, Jafi'a, Madam Vinos, Majorca, Mal- tese Oval, Nonpareil, Parson Brown, Pineapple and Thorpe. Of the Mandarin group, — China, Cleopatra, Dancy's Tangerine, Japan Tangerine and King. Of the l-.-riiillips Bitter Sweet. Of the • , Hart, Josselyn, Seedless and U II-, — Marumi and Nagami. Of 1. nan. Lemon and Orange. Of ■ i i.rlndden Fruit "and Mammoth. all sections, preferring hammock or Bitter Or Pomelos, Walter, the Citr Shaddocl Peaches gr oiling flat -woods land or even level flat-wood perfectly drained, but the varieties best adapted d if FLORIDA diflferent regions vary considerably. Among tliose adapted to western Florida we have Alexander, Early Cream, Elberta, Florida Crawford, General Lee, Im- perial and Powers' September. For eastern Florida,— Angel, Bidwell's Late, Colon, Ferdinand, Honey, Im- perial, Oviedo, Taber, Triana and Waldo. For central Florida, -Angel, Bidwell's Early, Bidwell's Late, Mag- gie, Peen-to, Waldo and Yum Yum. For .southern Florida, -Angel, Bidwell's Early. Bidwell's Late, Mag- FLORIDA 591 gie, Peen-to, Yum Yum, and othi Plums, as a whole, are adapted only to west eastern Florida, preferring hammock and flat-woods land. Burbank does well the western section. In the eastern sect Babcock, Botan and Burbank do well. Pears.— Kieffer, LeConte and Sni pears do well in western aud eastern Fl ida on hammock or flat-woods land. and Pineapples find their most congenial habitat on scrub land. Soil from pineapple fields contains a large percent of sand aud insoluble matter,-as high as 98 per cent. The land must be well drained, free from any standing water, even during the rainy season. The most extensive pineapple area is located on the sand hills near the coast. The character of the vegetation and physical condition of these hills or dunes is essentially that of the scrub land of the interior. The slat sheds or pmeapple sheds, which are constructed to afford a half shade, serve a good purpose in summer as well as in P^ ItRapes fjnnv nii>i(lly, but need careful attention to be kept in good lie;irinK condition for a period of years. Hammock hind is pref.-rable for them. The varieties gn.w to an immense size and produce great quantities of fruit with a minimum attention. Of V. ro- ti(inlif,,i:,i. Ih.- Scuppemong and Thomas grow luxuri- antly in ;ili s.-,ti..ns. Flowers grows well in western, east.i-ii an.l .■,-ntral Florida. Of the true Vitis section of this i.'.'iins, Cynthiana, Ives and Norton do well in west- ern Florida; Cynthiana, Ives, Niagara and Norton do w,-ll in rast.rn Fhirida ; Cynthiana, Niagara and Nor- Kaki (.Tapanise Persimmon). — This fruit needs good hammock laud or well drained high, or more or less un- dulating flat-woods land. It is better adapted to west- ern, eastern and central than to southern Florida. The following varieties do well in western, eastern and central Florida, and under most favorable nirnumstancrs in southern Florida: Costata, Hvakuiiir. oliani.-, Tal. er's No. 129, Tane-nashi, Tsuru, Yedd.i-irlii and Vi nion. Miscellaneous Tree Fruits.— I'd. hi- favi.ial.h- au- ditions Jennings and Red Astraclian a|i|.hs may iiu fruited in western Florida; Santa K<- apricot in western and eastern Florida. Figs d.. laiiiv w.ll lur home use and for canning or camlyiii- in .a-t.,-,, an.l central Florida. They need a compact, liii.- textured soil. The following varieties fruit more men't rarely extends beyond the middle of April, E^peciallv prepared refrigerator cars, so constructed that tlie ice tank is filled from the outside, the water melted iieiu it carried off without entering the car. keepiiu; the ajiart- ment occupied by berries dry and cool in transit, are now carried by some railroads on express trains. The plants are usually set out every vear, in August, Sep- tember and October, and bear a good crop the following spring. The most successful strawberry growers con- tinue to cultivate a ].ortie,i ,,f the old field to secure new plants to be used the lellMivin- fall for planting out the new field. Cloud. Newua.i, I.adv Thompson and Wilson do well in western, eastern and central Florida. Citrus, hardy varieties Citrus, once productive Citrus, now productive Strawberries Pineapples winter. I: slats reduce the sunshine that plants and conseq the intensity of heal frost. The slat shed is a simple structure, the essential part of it being the roof or covering, which is made of boards or slats fastened so as to leave an opening between y' for local markets, but "I c'li.il. luljle revenue to a number of lilaiitatiuus. 'Ill, IiihI best adapted to them is a low, nii'ist haiiinieck er a liay head, especially such soil as is c, .111)1(1^1.1 lar-. ly ..f muck. Barajoa (Red Jamaica), Caveii.lish, (H.hhn, Hart's Choice and Orinoco ("Horse Banana") are leading varieties in southern Florida. GuAVA.-The guava has attained considerable im- portance, though as yet it is not cultivated exten- sively. Plantations exist in various portions of the state, but the greater quantity us.il in canning and for .ielly is collected from uiicnit'ivate.l .ir from originally native growth. The native vari.ti.s t'row well on any fertile soil that is well drained. IVrtile soil on cora'l breccia is a favorite spot for the wild guava. The most Porto crates. This bility and pn Bananas a 592 FLORIDA desirable varieties are the common native guava. White Winter, Cattley and Chinese. The native varieties yield the bulk of the fruit used. The Cattley and Chinese do well in central and southern Florida, while the White Winter and native varieties grow to greatest perfection in southern Florida. Mangoes have not been grown extensively for north- em markets. The greatest difficulty has been that of securing trees of unquestionable value for setting out a grove. Since the difficulty in the way of grafting and budding has been overcome, the groves will multiply rapidly. Up to the present time the local markets have demanded more fruit than has been supplied them. Well drained tirst-class flat-woods land and fertile high hammocks furnish good soil for mangoes. Apricot and No. H (Apple) are favorite varieties. They are grown mostly in southern Florida, though fruited in southern portions of central Florida. CocoANCTS are confined to southern Florida and along the seacoast. While the trees continue to grow when transplanted to the higher lands, they need the low, moist lands of the coast for fruiting and for highest development. The Avocado Peak has entered the markets to some extent. The soil should be like that for mangoes. Their cultivation is confined to central and southern Florida. '" Vegetables. —There are several classes of soils upon which vegetables are grown extensively, viz., ham- mock, flat-woods, the low islands around the coast, and the marl or drained lands. The low hammocks, espe- cially those composed almost exclusively of cabbage palmetto, produce the largest crops and probably the largest profits, while flat-woods land is probably more extensively cultivated than any other. In a general way all the classes of land mentioned above are capa- ble of growing most or all of the vegetables occur- ring in the markets. Certain vegetables show a general preference for certain classes of land. A high hard- wood hammock grows beans, beets, cabbage, cauliflower, coUards, eggplant, Irish potatoes, lettuce, watermelons, muskmelon, onion, okra, English peas, pepper, radish, squashes, rutabaga, tomato and sweet potato well; though first-class flat-woods land grows cabbage, cauli- flower, eggplant, l.itu.i-. watermelon, muskmelon, onion, tomato aij.l ^wi rf jH.tatci to greater perfection. Low cabbage p;iliih ii,, li.innn.i.ks grow beets, cabbage, cauliflower, ctk-rv. (•u.-iihiIm r^. lettuce, nutmeg melons and tomatoes to bc^t a.h aiitiiKc The low islands around the coast have areas varying in size from a few square rods to many acres in extent, — sometimes reaching a mile in length of imbroken rows. The most important crops grown on these islands are beans, eggplant, pep- pers and tomatoes. The marl or drained lands of the southeast coast raise principally tomatoes, peppers, eggplant and okra. p_ ^ Rolfs. FLORIDA ARROW BOOT. Zamia integrifoUa. FLORIDA SWAMP LILY. SeeCrinumAmericanum. FLORISTS' FLOWERS. This term is considerably used in England to include a group of plants that num- ber their horticultural varieties by the hiindreds, and in which the original species or types are lio longer culti- vated, or else cultivated nifnly fnv tljeir interest as prototypes. The list inclml's 4ii-:,{i l-i"!!].-; of plants, or even less. In America th.- i. mi il m-i-' flowers is lit- tle used, and is mostly ri->ti iiini in r< t-tain cut-flowers of great importance' tu iloii5t>, without regard to whether their varieties are numerous or not. Thus, the calla lily, Easter lily, heliotrope, lily-of-the-valley. Mar- guerite, mignonette, sweet alyssum and tuberose are of considerable commercial importance to florists, but they are not extremely prolific in varieties. Inasmuch as the cut-flower trade has been greater than the plant trade in America, the American florist hardly thinks of the following plants as florists' flowers : azalea, calceo- laria, cineraria, fuchsia, geranium, gloxinia, pelargo- nium, primula, nor such old-fashioned favorites as Anemone coronaria. auricula, camellia, polyanthus and ranunculus. The English writers often speak of the dahlia as a florists' flower, and sometimes also the other very variable siiramer bulbs, as cannas, gladiolus, od verbena all of FLOWER and perhaps lilies, though the American florists sell comparatively few flowers cut from these plants in sum- mer. Of hardy border plants, the following are very rich in horticultural varieties : China asters, poppies, stocks, sweet peas, tropieolum ' ' '" which are annuals), and the following perennials : holly- hocks, pansies, peonies, phlox, pyrethrum. Others of great im- portance are aquilegia, cam- panula and eschscholzia, but these are mostly less rich in horticultural varieties. It has been said that florists' flowers are always propagated by cut- tings or other asexual parts, but this definition would ex- clude calceolarias and cinera- rias,which come fairly true from seed. In America the four most important cut-flowers] are the rose, carnation, violet and chry- santhemum. Consult Floricul- ture and Cvt-flowent. - FLOWER: technically, a short stem carrying one or more specialized leaves which bear sporangia. The word is com- monly applied to those flowers whose sporangial leaves are , protected and made conspicu- ous by colored leaves. It is also „, ".'' *""'"■ popularly applied to these clus- su-\e% sta ters of colored leaves even when the sporangial leaves are want- ing, as in hydrangeas, snowballs, chrysanthemums and most "double flowers." When most completely developed, a flower consists of the central short stem, the torus, to which the other parts (leaves) are attached. The leaves, passing from below upwards, are distinguishable into floral leaves, or the sepals and petals; and the sporangial leaves, or the stamens and carpels. The number of these parts is vari- able. When "double" flowers are produced, the floral leaves usually are multiplied at the expense of the sporangial ones. In Fig. 820 all these parts are shown. The ovary, showing six ovules, sits on the torus or receptacle. On the ovary are three stylr^. Siiiimns are at the side. The sepals rise above thi- [ictaN. Bracts. — The leaves growing on or iivar tin- l.ramlies of the flower cluster are usually diftcrLUt in form and size from the foliage; they are called bracts. Note the bracts on the carnation flower (Fig. 366 1. Sometimes they are bright-colored and are an attractive supple- ment to the flower, being popularly looked upon as a part of the flower, as in scarlet sage, flowering dogwood (Fig. 558) and poinsettia (Fig. 797). In the arum family ( Fig. 79, 137, 146, 318, 734) a single huge bract envelops floral envelopes. 826. Flower of the Straivberry. .Showing the high torus ii the center. the entire flower-cluster. When the bracts grow very close to the torus they are almost indistinguishable from the outer floral leaves, as in the strawberry (Fig. 827) andhepatica (Fig. 834). Torus.— The torus is the short stem or axis on which flower leaves are borne. It differs from other parts of the stem chiefly in that, after the rudiments of the flower FLOWER 593 leaves are tormed, the intervening parts grow very lit- tle, and so do not separate the successive leaves or cir- cles of leaves. The torus is more or less broadened or elongated to permit the suitable growth of the crowded high, dome-shaped 828) when the little drupes are removed; in the rose it is um-shaped, bearing the leaves on the edge and inner face ; in the mouse-tail it is much elongated. When a number of Uowers are crowded together their leaves are developed from a common torus, as in sun- flower and chrysanthemum and other members of the CompositBe (Fig. 829). The common torus may be broad and flat, with the flowers scattered over it, as in Dorstenia (Fig. 732) ; or even hollow, as in the fig (Fig. 821), with the minute flowers on the nearly enclosed Floral leaves. — The leaves of the flower form two series; the outer protective and attractive leaves, the floral leaves, and the inner sporangial leaves. The floral leaves are usually distinguishable into an outer set, the calyx, and an inner net, the corolla. The calyx leaves, when separate, are called sepals, and the corolla leaves petals. The sepals are more or less different from the petals in size, sliape and color. They are oftenest green, and usually Miialk-r and simi)ler than the petals. In the bud they iisually iMni]ik-tely cover the inner leaves. The sepals :in whole of the pollen from each sporangiiun is held together in a mass by interwoven threads (Figs. 149, 513). By the time the sporangia discharge the pollen, each spore has begun a develop- ment which it completes on the stigma to which it is transferred. See Fertilisatiort. 'Wiiiow. Cai-peZs. — The carpels are the sporangial Showing one leaves which occupy the center of the compound flower. The number of carpels is very pistil; s.stig- variable. Usually they are fewer than the ™*= s(,style; floral leaves. In most flowers the carpels "• '"'^'^• are united one to another to form a structure known as a compound pistil (Figs. 825, 833, 835, 836). When the carpels are separate, each develops as a simple pistil. Of these there may be one or many (Figs. 834, 837). The pistil, if simple, first appears as a ring-like ridge about the center of the torus. If compound, knob- like rudiments of the component carpels first appear, but the growth early involves the torus between, giving rise to an elevated circular ridge. This carpellary ring irradnnllv irrows upward, partially or completely inclos- ing one or more chambers, in which the ovules arise. At a time when the ovules ( which ripen into seeds) were supposed to be com- parable to the eggs of animals, the larger chambered part of the pistil in which they are formed was called the ovary, a name which it still retains in descrip- tive botany. The pistil is often prolonged above the ovary. This part is the style. • «P" {nuceUiis). Witliin the sporan- gium of the ovule, several (1 to 40) spores begin to de- velop. Of these, however, rarely more than one reaches maturity. This spore is never set free as the pollen spores are. It therefore acquires no thick wall, and in a three -chambered FLOWER section of the sporangium appears as a cavity with- tissue which surrounds it. It later becomes the so-called embryo sac, within which occurs the process of fertilization (which see). The ovules conmionly arise upon ■irtain lines or ridges which project into the pistil chamber, more rarely upon the whole interior surface of the ovary. These lines or ridges are called placenta. See Figs. 825, 835, 8:f7. . ,., , - ,. In a simple pistil there is usually but Pistil ol Tulip, one placenta (Fig. 837). In a compound i?i7nf „ .TI'^J P'**'"' ^^^ "°'™ "^ ^'"^ carpels may be such as to produce a l-chambered ovary, or the ovary may contain as many chambers as there are carpels (Fig. S.'l.'il. In the former case the placentas will project iii\v,ir.l I'l-iii til.' Miill .if tli.' .iMir\ : in the latter they tip. : :.|.-. .•■ ..ll'" , I., !■ ■., ;i ,', h ; , I ,l I h ■ r,s of qini'' r r tlicir attachment, as iu the p"! . ' : I I I" I ^ee also Fig. 837). I: iiilile number of plants the o\iiI.- ,111-. lip.n the torus itself , a ring of which grows upward, cup-like. From the edge of this cup arise the floral and sporangial leaves, the ovules developing on its sides or base. The carpels then form a mere roof over the ovule chamber. The style is sometimes slender and very long (up to several inches; see Fig. 836); sometimes short and thick (Fig. 833). Its length and form are adapted to the means by which the pollination of the pistil is secured. In some cases the style is practically wanting. Its interior is occupied by a tissue whose cells are pushed aside and partly digested l)y the growing pollen tube (see I'ertili- 2ation). It is not infrequently traversed by a canal, a prolongation of the ovule chamlx r. Some portion of the style, or when that is wanting a portion of the outer surface of the ovary« itself, is adapted to the reception of the pollen spores. This receptive surface, 536. com- whatever its form or location, is called the pound pis- stigma (Figs. 833,836). In many cases the tilof catnip, upper 'part of the style is enlarged into a Showing knob or club-shaped or lobed portion, the 4-parted area of the receptive surface being thus in- ovary ,long creased. In othercases the style is elongated, style.2stie- and the receptive surface is a long line upon ™*^ ^"' ■ one or more sides of the elongated style. In other cases the style is much branched, as in the grasses, and these branches constitute the stigma. At the time the pollen is being discharged, the stigmatic surfaces are often covered by a sticky secretion. AH of these devices are adaptations to insure the lodgment, adhesion and nutri- tion of the pollen spores (see Pol! in 11 linn). The stimulus resulting from fi rtiUzation often accel- erates the growth of the pistil or causes it to resume growth if It had ceased. The various changes in size, texture, color, etc., result in the production of fruit. Charles Reid Barnes. aal forms FLOWER - DE - LUCE FLOWEK-DE-LUCE. The origin of the Fleur-de-lis of the French coat of arms is not known. By some it is supposed to represent the head of a spear, by others the flower of a lily. It has also been derived from the points of a crown and from sev( bees and toads. Appamntly the 1 with the lir-r;il.!i.- FIfiir-.l. -li-. 'I to Iris is <>( lat.r ..riu'iii :iinl .■( a FLOWEK-OF-AN-HOUE. ffibiscus Trionion FLOWERING MAPLE. See Abittilo,,. FLY POISON. See Zygadenus. FOLIAGE PLANTS. A term used to designate plants wliicli arc gn.wii for the general effect of their foliage rathi-r than for their flowers. The term is indefinite In some cases, and more correctly, it is used for plants with unique or interesting leaves — usually coloied — as coleus. Rex begonia, peperomia, calathea, farfugmm In other cases it is used to designate plants of full foliage and graceful habit, -i.Iants wlii.h ai-.- jnizr.] f i th. ir general habit quite as mnrli a-; I'di- tlic diai-ari t f the individual leaves, of tliis latt.a- da^s, fm | Inis The latter class contains the must pupular commLiLial subjects, and they are much used in room and table decorations. The plants are often rented for use in temporary decorations. For the culture of Foliage Plants, refer to the various genera. FONTANfiSIA (after Ren4 Louiche Desfontaines, prominent French botanist, 1752-1833, director of the botanical garden at Paris). OleAcece. Ornamental de- ciduous shrubs, with opposite, rather narrow, entire Ivs. and whitish Us. in sl„,rt. t.rminal panicles. They re- tain the folia;;-.- nn,-liaii-.-,l until hit,- iii fall, and are well adapted for shi-iil.).. ri,s. grciwiii^- in any good garden soil. F. I'viiiiiiu is nearly hardy North, F. philli/rceo- ides only half-hardy. Prop, readily by greenwood cut- tings under glass in early summer ; also by layers, by grafting on privet, and by seeds. Two .species from W. Asia and China. Glabrous shrubs, with slender, quadrangular branches : fls. perfect ; calyx lobes and petals 4 ; stamens 2, exceeding the petals : fr. a flat, winged nutlet. Fartunei, Carr. (F. Califdrnica, Hort.). Shrub, to 15 ft. : Ivs. lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, shining, quite entire, 2-A in. long: fls. in axillary and terminal clusters, forming a narrow, leafy panicle : fr. broad, oval or ovate, M-M in. long. May, June. China. R.H. 1859, p. 43. -Sometimes united with the following, to which it is superior by its more vigorous growth, the darker and larger foliage, and Ijy the greater hardiness. phillyraeoides. Lab. Shrub, to 10 ft. : Ivs. ovate-lanceo- late or narrow-elliptic, mostly with rough, minutely den- ticulate margin, 1K-2K in. long : fls. almost like the former. W. Asia. L. B.C. 14:1308. Var. angustiJdlia, Rehder (F. angHSiifUia, Dipp.). Lvs. narrow-lanceo- late or oblong-lanceolate. Alfred Rehder. FORAGE PLANTS are treated only incidentally in this work, as they belong to agriculture rather than to hor- ticulture. They are mostly grasses and leguminous plants, and have a very large special literature, much of which can be obtained free from the U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. Write to the Divi- sion of Publications. FORCING. The word Forcing is variously used. Properly, it should designate the growing of plants outside their usual or normal season. This distin- guishes Forcing from the ordinary purpose of the glass- house, which is to imitate the usual season in which FORCING 595 plants grow. For example, begonias are not forced : we endeavor to protect them and to give them the season and the conditions under which they grow in the wild. Carnations when flowered in the winter are forced, be- cause we transpose their seasons. Chrysanthemums blooming in October and November are not forced : they are only protected. Sometimes the word Forcing is used ^ ii^.. 838. House constructed without rafters. in a very special sense, to denote the production of flowers fiom bulbs or tubers m a very short time under the influence of a very high temperature. Thus, the lily-of- the-valley may be placed in a temperature of 90° or above, and the large buds be forced to throw out their flowers before the plant obtains a firm foot-hold on the soil. A Forcing-house is a building in which plants are forced; but the term has come to denote a simple glass- house in which plants are grown only for sale, in dis- tinction from private conservatories, or more elaborate structures which are used for the display of plants. See GreenJioHse. The Forcing industry in America is very large. Here- tofore it has confined itself mostly to Cut-Flowers (which see), but pot-plants, vegetables and fruits are receiving more and more attention. The staple forced flowers are the rose, carnation, violet, lily-of-the-valley, and various bulbs. These are treated under their respective names. Of vegetables, the most important Forcing species is lettuce. This is followed by tomato, cucumber and radish. Other vegetables are of very minor importance as Forcing products. The growing of fruits under glass is receiving increasing attention in this country. Very little of this fruit-raising is really Forcing, however, since the L'l-i = s i, I,.]. ,..:„,■,. ,-v „sp(i chiefly to protect the plaiir- ami 1,, . n iM, \ ,< ri. - rare to be given: the fruit does I 1 , , , ■ lis normal season. Of this catcL' ■ . s. Strawberries are really force.], Ii..-\.,.i. i!r .1.1. pc.riod of vegetation and bloom being .ir.ailv f..i \\ ai .b.d. Much attention is now given by florists t.. tb.. l'..r..ing of hardy plants; and this is one of tli.- in..st .l.li-litful of horticultural opera- tions for the aiiiat..ur. Maiiv of our native plants can tion. The plan should secure the greatest amount of light, economy of space and of heating, and directness and simplicity in every operation. The simple sash-bar frame, without rafters (Fig. S'iS) is the most satisfac- hill. Heated by steam. tory when properly constructed. The side walls should be low and the roof comparatively flat. Usually there is no glass on the side walls. Under most conditions. the house should run north and south, particularly if even in span (Fig. 839), but the lay of the land and the location of existing features usually determine the direc- tion. If the house runs east and west, or if it stands on sloping land (Fig. 840), an uneven or broken span is usually advisable. The widely different opinions re- specting the merits and demerits of the different spans are proof that each is good under certain circumstances. It is the prevail ing opinion that, in broken spans, the long roof should be to the south ; yet some of the best newer houses have the short span — which is then very -^1 steep— facing the south (Fig. 843). In America, all Forcing-h o u s e s are heated by means of small wrought-iron pipes, which fit t o g et h e r with threads. The old-timo cast-iron flues may be employed for conservatories, Imt tin y :ire too bungling for Forc- ing-houses. Theyi|i> ni>t :nliini of suf&cient modification in lay-out to adapt thnii t" tin Ic.ngand often croaked runsof Porcing-hou-iu^tublishnii'iits. The wrought-iron pipes are heated either by steam or water. Each system has its advocates, which means that each has its merits. Steam is less costly to install, since less pipe is required. It also admits of greater variation in the lay-out. Crooks and obstacles are more easily overcome. In a large es- etablishment, the place may be heated up sooner. Hot water gives a milder heat because the pipes are less FORCING hot. Of itself, it is less liable to fluctuations. Theoreti- cally, it is less expensive in fuel; but in practice, the cost of running is found to depend more on the charac- ter of the particular system and the operations of the fireman than on the medium it.self . When properly in- stalled, steam is as uniform in action as water, and it is adapted to larger areas and to higher temperatures. The ideal shape for a Forcing-house is probably in the proportion of breadth to length as 1 is to 4 or 5. The best houses are rarely less than 18 or 20 ft. wide, and rarely more than 30 to 35 ft. From 400 to 500 ft. is con- sidered to be the greatest profitable length. Houses of greater length are now building, but they must be con- sidered an experiment. Parallel houses are often "nested" with good results, — tie- :i.li..iiiin!? bouses rest- ing on a common wall. Whfii 1 Im \ If i.,;i. Iii'iises are to be used for one kind of i-n.|> i : ii< between them may be omitted: a very I ' ' ; my then be covered with practically one lion-, n nh. ui iIm- necessity of rearing a high roof. The accompanying illustrations (Figs. 838-843) show various current styles of American Forcing-houses. For further discussion of glass houses, see Greenhouse. L. H. B. The Winter Forcing of Vegetables.— The growing of vegetables undei glass for the winter market has de- veloped within the past ten years to large proportions. It has grown fi the small compartment in private houses devoted to a small supply of 841. Uneven span Forcine-house. 30 ft. wide. Hot water. lettuce and radishes to entire ranges of modern houses, in which are grown almost the entire list of tender vege- tables. The special crops, however, are usually confined to four, the management of which is here discussed, — lettuce, radishes, tomatoes and cucumbers. The Forcing of any winter crop is a matter of princi- ples rather than practice, since local conditions have everything to do with the methods of culture and the kinds of vegetables forced. It frequently happens that the same vegetable is grown with equal success in soils of widely different character by different cultivators. Skill in management and close attention to details are the requirements necessary to success. Two fundamen- tal elements, however, are essential: heat and light. The former is needed by all crops ; the latter is almost imperative when fruit is wanted. With such crops as lettuce, radish, rhubarb and asparagus, in which the vegetative part only of the plant is wanted, bright sun- light is not absolutelynecessary; butwithsuch crops as tomatoes, cucumbers, melons and beans, in hich the fruit is the aim, no amount of heat will prove asubstitute for sunlight in ripen- ing the pollen, which is often the criti- cal factor in the results. Therefore, a situation where the maximum of sun- shine may be had should be selected if such crops are to be grown. The construction of the house is not a matter of the first importance. The three - quarter span house perhaps FORCING furnishes as nearly as passible the best condition for forced crops. However, an even-span or shed-roof house grows many crops to a high degree of perfection. As to the inside arrangement of the house, the crops to be growu will have much to do in the matter. Cool- house crops, as lettuce, radish, and the like, are well grown in solid beds; while heat-loving plants, as toma- toes, cucumbers, melons, etc., should be planted on benches built over the pipes. This means that the cost of building a greenhouse depends very much on what crop one expects to grow. The saving iu benches and heat in houses devoted to cold crops is considerable, while the ease with which such crops may be grown recommends them to the beginner. The best paying crops are probably cucumbers and tomatoes; the most exacting, melons. The demand for melons, however, is limited, and the cost of producing good flavored, well ripened fruits in winter is high. Having stated what we conceive to be underlying principles in the winter Forcing of all vegetables, we may consider each of the important crops separately. Lettuce. -The ideal soil for lettuce would be a well drained gravelly or sandy loam, but with care in water- ing a soil of heavy texture may be made to produce ex- cellent crops of the loose, open varieties. The heading or cabbage lettuce is more exacting if a fine quality is desired. The first crop of lettuce from the houses should be ready to use by the middle of November. For this crop seed should be sown in September, allowing on an average from 6 to 8 weeks for the crop to mature. A temperature of 55°-60° through the day, with a drop to 40° or 45" at night, will suit all varieties, but in the case of the heading varieties a rise of 5 to 10° at the time of heading will finish off the crop more uniformly. Eaclisliif require the same general treatment as let- tuce and may bo grown in the same bouse. As radishes mature in about half the time lettuce does, the radish seed may be sown between the rows of young lettuce plants, and the product is out of the way when the let- tuce begins to need the entire space. Tomatoes being a hothouse crop, require a tempera- ture of 75° by day, with a drop of about 5°-10° at night. This is one of the crops which is dependent on the sun, because the pollen must be dry and light in or- der to pollinate the pistils and produce fruits. The soil for tomatoes may be on the heavy order, and contain a large proportion of fibrous loam, with well rotted ma- nure. As to chemical fertilizers, the best results are to be obtained not from those rich in nitrogen, but from pot- ash and phosphoric acid, as these elements are largely responsible for a slower growth of plant and fruit and a firmer texture and higher flavor of marketable product. To obtain a good yield of fruit through the winter months, it will be necessary to pollinate each flower. This may be done very rapidly. The pollen is jarred into a spoon-like receptacle, and the end of the pistil is touched with the accumulated pollen. As spring ap- proaches and the sun becomes stronger, a simple jar- ring of the plants is all that is needed. As to training, the single-stem method has been found to be the best, as the plants can be set much closer and still allow plenty of room to work around each one. This method consists in the pinching out of all lateral growths. Train the stem to a cord, and support the heaviest clus- ters by strings (Fig. 844). Plants from seeds sown in August will ripen fruits about the first of January, and should continue in bearing until May. A succession may be had by growing fresh lots in pots or boxes to take the place of exhausted plants. The season of forced tomatoes may be thus continued until the out- door product fills the market. Cucrombers are much forced in the eastern states. Cucumbers are a very exacting crop, and need special care in growing. The White Spine type is perhaps more generally grown in this country than the long Forcing cucumber of the Old World, which has been grown and selected for its Forcing qualities for many years. One of the reasons why the former is the more generally grown is its adaptability to relatively unfav- orable conditions. It grows in the full sunlight, is more able to resist attacks of mildew and red spider, and sets its fruit with more freedom than the Old World types. One other reason mav be that the people of this country 598 FORCING have not become accustomed to the long, thin fruit of the English varieties. The English or forcing varieties require partial shade through their season of growth. Seeds sown singly in 3- inch pots in August will, if tbey have no cheek, f, (>A bloom and set fruits in \'j December. The fruits of ^•' the White Spine type reach edible maturity 2 and often 3 weeks before the English type. The houses in which cucum- bers are grown must be arranged with heat below the benches, as it is of the greatest importance that the plants make a rapid growth and receive no check du ithe ing of the soil. The il should be a good pasture d, partially rotted, and [,■, j>-'j\ jiiixed with one-fourth the ''li,"Q~i bulk of leaf-mold aud sand. ■ ''\^ If there is danger from damp- ing-off of the vines at the surface of the soil, the plants may be set in a handful of sand, which will allow the water to soak away, leaving the stem of the plant com- paratively dry. If the vines are on a central bench, they may be trained to a vertical trellis made of wire, or. if on side benches, to wires run along the roof far enough from the glass to hold the s away from frosts. As the flowers open, hand polli- nation will be resorted to if the crop be of the White Spine type. Pick a staminate flower, strip back the corolla, and insert the column of the anthers into the pistillate flower. The English varieties are not pollinated, unless it is desired to secure seeds. 3felons are certainly the most difficult of winter crops to handle. The midwinter ripening of the fruits requires more painstaking care and closer attention than anv 844. Strand of wmter „f^^^ e^ap. The plants, from Tomatoes. seed-leaf to fruit, must be grown in heat without the slightest check. They should be planted on the bench in a strong, loamy soil, which is retentive enough to bold moisture at the roots but not heavy enough to become sour. No shading of the glass is required, but air .should be given freely on all days when possible. The plants are trained as are cucumbers, except that the central shoot should be pinched out as soon as the plants are well established in the bench, allowing 3 or 4 lateral branches to grow to the height of 4 or 5 feet, when these in turn should be pinched back. In setting the fruits, it is best to wait until n tmnil.pr ;/-^^ II 1 nectarine h&\ when J lanted in the border, to make the border too rich, ply food when the trees need light application of wood as capital thing. Crushed bone is also ben starting the house, a top-dressing of in the numerous the season cial. and should keep the trees in a healthy co'ndi'tron.' One"im- portant point in starting a peach house, especially early ' •'- in, say the first of January or earlier is to easy. Nothing is gained by rushing. There are . ., • ™"eties of peaches and nectarines adapted to iorcing. The following is a selection of the best that the.writer has grown under glass : Peaches, Early- Hale Early, Alexander, Condor, Mountain Rose, Haine's Early; Midseason-Voster, Bellegarde, Noblesse, Old- mixon Free; £rt(f-Crawford's Late, Sea Eagle, Prin- cess of Wales, Lady Palmerston. Nectarines, -&ar/.i/- Cardinal, Early Rivers, Advance, Lord Napier ; Midseasson-lmproYeA Downton, Drydeu, ^■fe Byron, Elruge, Milton ; in /e- Chaucer, Newton, Spen cer, Stanwick, Humboldt, Victoria, Trees for planting in the house should be especially prepared for the work. A year would be lost with such trees as are usu- ally offered for sale. For planting in the border, choose fan-trained trees, 2 or 3 years old, providing tbey have been properly transplanted. {See Pruning.) liidoor peaches and nectarines, with proper care, are profitable for 10 years after planting. The following temperatures for the peach house are suitable for early Forcing : for the first two weeks, 40° by night and 50° by day ; then a rise to 45° by night and 55° or 60° by day, with the sun, which should carry them until their bloom- ing period ; then 50° by night and 60° to 70° by day, with sun heat ; after the fruit is set, a rise of 5° or 10° on mild nights would be all right, with the day tempera- ture correspondingly increased. Peaches delight in fresh air: therefore air should be given at every oppor- tuniiy . Syringe the trees twice a day in bright weather ; hold off while the trees are in blossom ; after the fruit is set, syringe again twice every bright day, and once a week with whale-oil soap, using enough soap to just color the water. This is a good remedy for greenfly, spider, etc., and produces a fine, glossy foliage. It is better to disbud by degrees rather than to remove a large quan- tity of foliage at once, which would naturally cause a check to the tree. Disbudding requires good judgment. FORCING The shoot, if not needed, should be pinched, leaving three or four leaves to develop the fruit. Trees that are properly cared for during the summer months need little pruning in the winter. Probably the hardest task of all to the grower is thinning the fruit, but this must be done. There cannot be any set number for a tree to carry. Judgment must be used in that respect. Necta- rines can be cropped more heavily than peaches. After the crop is gathered, all the useless wood should be cut away to allow plenty of light and sunshine around the wood that is intended for the following season. When the wood is thoroughly ripened it is in condition to stand zero weather. The temperature of peach houses can go down below zero without a bud being killed. In fact, it is not necessary to use any artificial heat until starting the house. Close the house down frosty nights ; open up in the morning before the temperature rises much, and avoid exciting the buds. Sometimes one has warm days during the winter months. On such days it is well to keep doors as well as ventilators open. All the peaches and nectarines recommended for the peach house are admirably adapted for pot work. Other fruits may be added plums, cherries, figs, apri- cots, etc. (see articles un- der these headings). The following are some of the best varieties the writer has grown: Pltims— Gol- den Esperin, Jefferson Denniston Supeib Green Gage, Grand Duke The Czar, Early Transjarent Pears — Magnet, 1 rin< ess Souv. du Congres 1 ouise Bonne de Jersej Pitmas ton Duchess, Beurre Diel Apples -'Wnii&m'f Fa\or ite, Benoni, King of the Pippins,Washington King of Tompkins Count\ Belle de Pontoise, Bismarck Peasgood Nonesuch Lady Henniker Thomas Rivers, Alexander Co\ Pomona. Wm. Tt rnei Forcing Hard\ Plant —An economical meth 1 1 of obtaining large quanti pears, Df flo in for extensively used onimercial florists cut - flowers and 851 Lilac pruned for forcing Plants usually forctd are hyacinths, tulips narcissus and other Dutch bulbs, HI} of the \allL\, astilbt, dicentia, h\biid perpetual roses, Deutzia gracilis, hvbrid rhododen- drons (J?. Sinensis, i.e., Azalea mollis), &nd Ghent aza- leas, and lilacs. For other plants, see A.G. 14:402 (1893). This mode of procuring flowers at small cost has always been more or less in vogue among plantsmen, ami of late years has received fresh impetus, owing to the heavy demands for decorative plants at Easter. It is iKit only an inexpensive method of getting flowers, but with most plants, after a little experience, the time of blooming can be easily calculated. The process has limitations, at any rate with our present knowledge of the matter, inasmuch as, with the exception of "retarded plants " and a few bulbs, it is not practicable in late autumn and early winter. It is possible, however, that by using "retarded plants," i.e., plants held over their natural time of flowering by keeping them in cold storage at a temperature sufficiently low to prevent growth, this difficulty may eventually be overcome. Ex- cept, however, with lily-of-the-valley, which is admir- ably adapted to this practice, we know little of the pos- sibilities of this form of Forcing: it is hoped that other plants, equally useful, may be treated in this way. It is evident that, on account of the cost of storage, bulky plants could not be handled. The requirements for successful Forcing are: (1) a FORCING good knowledge of tlie plants; (2) proper preparation ; (3 ) a period of rest ; and ( 4 ) proper care after the plants are brought into heat. Those plants force most easily which bloom in spring and early summer. Late-blooming kinds, like Bhodo- dendnni vtnximum, Clethra and3ydra}igea panicttlata^ var. grandiflora, do not give good results. No success is obtained with asters and goldenrod, unless they are retarded. These points must be studied out by the grower. Trees and shrubs should be specially prepared for Forcing by careful cultivation for 1 or 2 years before use. They can be planted out of doors, with plenty of room to develop, or they can be grown in pots; the lat- ter method being used with vigorous plants, which are apt to run to growth without developing flower buds Close pruning is necessary, and root-pruning is helpful Grafting, which has a tendency to dwarf and hasten maturity, is also used with strong growers. Sometimes both growing in pots and grafting are employed, as in lilacs. Query: Could we learn anything in these par- ticulars from the Japanese method of dwarfing plants? A plant fit for Forcing must be compact, both top and roots; economy in space is essential. It is now possible to obtain from the French, Dutch and Belgian nurseries many plants grown for this purpose. A few come pot- grown, but most of them are from the open ground : very little of tins work is done in American nurseries. Figs. 849-851 showthe methods of preparing s'oody plants for Forcing. Herbaceous plants should be pre- pared for Forcing with equal care, and the process may require several years. The removal of the flower buds and growth under high cultiva- tion, m close, compact clumps apparently produces the sime results that prun- ing and grafting accomplish t r trees and shrubs. Fig. h )2 shows the root-clump of Tu herb prepared for Fore- Plants that have once been foiced are commonly thrown m i\ It is generally cheaper tD biiv new stock, but lilacs, izileis etc., can be planted out and will recover suffi- Qt strength in 2 years for tor forcinp;. a second Forcing, or for other use. Some species, like {'ihnriiitm pUcation, staphylea, colchicum, etc, if grown on in pots after Forcing, may be again forced, and seem to do better the second year. This is probably ex- plained by the fact that insufScient preparation' was given for the first trial, the first Forcing being really "proper preparation" for the second Forcing. Hardy plants must have a period of rest for success- ful Forcing, the time required varying in different species. One cannot tell, except by experiment, that Paper White narcissus will force easily in November and December, while the double Von Sion will not ; the in- dividual equation of each kind is an element which must be considered. There is a popular notion that freezing will shorten the time for resting, or, at any rate, is con- ducive to the welfare of the plant. This idea dees not seem to stand any practical test. After potting, do not subject the plants to severe frosts (10 or 12°F. ), or else the roots, now much exposed, may suffer. The large buds of lilac and rhododendron may also be injured if frozen hard. Pot the plants as soon as they ripen their growth in autumn, beginning in Septemberwith herbaceous stock, and continuing until severe frost. It is possible, but not desirable, to lift some things after the ground is frozen hard. Plants received from abroad are potted on arrival, or, if furnished with aball like azaleas ( Fig. 849) , they can be stored and not potted until brought into heat. Dutch bulbs are boxed or potted as they are received, and buried in the earth or piled in stacks and covered with enough leaves and litter to exclude frosts. Lily-of- the-valley, astilbe and dicentra are kept iu their pack- PORCING 601 ing cases in a cool pit until ready for use. Large plants in tubs and boxes can be covered with leaves and kept out of doors, but most plants should be stored in a cool cellar, pit or frame kept at a temperature of 35° F. ; a temporary variation of 5° either way does no harm. It is well to delay this storage until as late in the season as possible, but it must be done before severe weather. m .m They can be stowed compactly, in several tiers if neces- sary. It must be remembered that no growth is to be allowed while stored; it is their period of rest, and this must be enforced. Good ventilation must be given on bright days and every precaution taken against an ac- cumulation of moisture: if the plants are well watered when put away very little will be required afterwards. Dampness is most serious with evergreens, like kalmia, and such things as Phlox snbulata. This stock should have the airiest positions, or it can be placed in shallow frames 2 ft. deep, which are drier than deep pits. In severe weather the pits are often covered with snow a week or more, but the plants will not suffer if this hap- pens but once or twice during the winter. At such times mice and squirrels will make trouble unless trapped or poisoned. Nothing except retarded plants, a few bulbs and one or two kinds of prunus should be brought in before No- vember. December 15 to January 1 is as early as it is safe to begin Forcing most hardy plants : it will be found that as the days lengthen the results will be more satis- factory. At first the plants must be kept cool, 45° F. or thereabout. Syringe twice a day until the buds swell: after growth starts the treatment is the same as that given greenhouse plants, and they can be put in a much warmer house if so desired. It is at this time that care in handling, particularly in the matter of heat, makes it possible to time the period of blooming so accurately, but it is impossible to give any general rules to satis- factorily cover these matters. A few plants, like lily-of-the-valley, can be placed di- 602 FORCING rectly in a Forcing-box or pots, generally made over the pipes in the hottest house, where a temperature of 80° to 95° F. can be maintained. They are first soaked in water for a day or two and then kept in this heavy heat until flower buds are well developed (Fig. 853). tulips, hya- cinths and , otherbulbs, sometimes an azalen or lilac, can also be hur- ried up in box, but it is dangerous, and not good practice; better and more lasting flowers come with or- dinary t r e a^ m e n t. Trilliums (Fig. 854) and various early- flowering wild plants may be forced with faction. Although no rules be given for the time required in Forc- ing, it is knowledge not hard to acquire with even surprising exactness. Nothing is likely to require more than three months in houses ranging from 45° to — " ' e., after bringing in from the pits. A month or six weeks is good time to allow in February and March, hut with the same plants and temperatures, more time would be needed earlier; with the advance of the .season, the work is quicker and less uncertain. There is great difference in plants. Rhododendrons (the hybrids) require eight weeks or more, but one species will oftpn binniii ill Mmvi-Ii. within twenty-four hours. t make a growth before lian azaleas. The differ- \ lather is an important the useof the Forcing- nd the average time of In this work, a man with to succeed. B. M. Watson. Plants lik the bu.lM ence \n-tv. flowering is wonderfully even. good plant sense is most likely FOEESTlfiSA (after Forestier, a French physician). Syn. Adelia. OleAcea. Deciduous, rarely evergreen trees or shrubs, with opposite, entire or serrate, gener- ally rather small Ivs., inconspicuous yellowish fls. and small black or bluish berries ; without much decorative value, and but rarely cultivated. They cannot be grown North, except F. acuminata and J', lignstrina, which are tolerably hardy in New England. They grow in al- most any soil, and are propagated by seeds and layers. About 15 species in N. Amer.. from Illinois south; also in Mex. and Vt. Indies. Fls. dioecious, apetalous, with or without calyx, in small, axillary clusters in early spring, before the Ivs.; stamens 2-4: fr. a small, mostly black, 1- or 2-seeded berry. acuminita, Poir. (Adelia acuminata, Michx.). De- ciduous shrub, to 10 ft. high, sometimes spiny, glabrous: Ivs. slender petioled, ovate-oblong or ovate-lanceolate, remotely serrate, IJ-j-i in. long : staminate fls. in dense clusters ; pistillate fls. in short panicles : fr. narrow, oblong or cylindrical, falcate, acute, }^ in. long. W. Illinois to Texas. Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer. 2:225. B.B. 2:603. ligustrina.Poir. (4(Ze(io ligiisMva, Miabx.). Decidu- ous shrub, to 6 ft., pubescent: Ivs. elliptic-obovate to oblong, obtuse, appressed-serrulate, about 1 in. long : fls. in fascicles : fr. sessile, short-ovoid, obtuse, M in. long. Tenn. to Fla. and Ala. F. Nio-Mexicana, 6r,iy. .Shrub, to 10 ft.: Ivs. spathulate, al- most entire, usually filabrons, grayish green and r.ather small: f r. ovate or short-oblong, obtuse, y^ in. Texas to N. Mex. and Colorado, AI.FRED Rehder. FOBESTBY is the rational treatment of forests; this treatment may vary with the object in view. Forests may subserve various objects, giving rise to three classes of forests: they furnish wood materials for the arts — siipiiin forests ; they furnish a soil cover, which prevents the blowing of the soil and formation of sand dunes, or which retards the erosion and washing 856. Flowers of of the soil and regulates the waterflow, or which acts as a barrier to cold or hot winds, and exercises other bene- ficial influences on climate and surroundings-;jro(ec- tion forests ; or finally, they furnish enjoyment to the FORESTRY esthetic and sporting elements in man, as game pre- serves and parks— (uxH»»/ forests. Any two or all three objects may be attained simultaneously in the same for- est. In ibe end, and in a more limited sense. Forestry is the art and business of making money from the grow- ing of wood crops, just as agriculture and horticulture are finally concerned in producing values from food crops. In the economy of agriculture, wood crops may be grown on land which is too poor for field crops. This art is divided into two distinct and more or less independent branches, namely silviculture, the techni- cal branch, and forest rejjulation, the business branch. Silviculture is a branch of the larger subject arboriculture, and comprises all the knowledge and skill applied in producing the wood crop, relying on natural sciences. While horticulture and silviculture have both ■ith trees.theirobject and with FORSYTHIA 603 with handsome, clean foliage, remarkably free from in- sects or fungi, and remaining unchanged until late in fall. The upright forms are well adapted for the borders of shrubberies and the pendulous form for covering walls, fences, arbors or porches. They grow iu almost fruil pleasing form; in both cases the object is at- tained by the existence of the tree and its single individual development; the forester is after the substance of the tree, the wood; bisobject is finally only attained by the re- moval of the tree itself. He deals with masses of trees rather than individ- uals: it is logs in quan- tity and of desirable quality, clear of knots, not trees, that he is work- ing for; hence, his treat- ment differs from that of the horticulturist. Since his crop takes many years to mature, some- times a century and more, in order to carry on a continuous Forestry business, from which to secure annual returns, special arrangements pe- culiar to this business must be made: these ar- rangements,naturally in- fluenced by the economic conditions of the coun- try, form the subject of forest regul.ation. The horticulturist, as such, is niainlyinterested in the rational treatment of such forests as have a protective value, in- fluencing climatic, soil and water conditions in general and locally. B. E. Fernow. FORGET - ME - NOT. Myosotis. FOEStTHIA (after William Forsyth, promi- nent English horticultur- ist, director of the royal garden at Kensington, 1737-1804). OleAcea-. Golden Bell. Highly ornamental, free-flowering shrubs, witli opposite, simple or ternate Ivs. and showy yellow fls., borne in great profusion along the slender branches in early spring. One of the showiest early-flowering shrubs, 858. Forsythia vi any kind of garden soil, and are hardy North. Prop, readily by greenwood and hardwood cuttings; also by seeds. The branches of the pendulous form often take root at the tips when touching the ground, and send forth vigorous shoots, like some brambles or the walk- ing-fern. Two species in China, much cult, in Japan, and one recently discovered in southeastern Europe. Low shrubs, glabrous throughout, with slender, quadrangu- lar branches and opposite, serrate Ivs. : fls. 1-3, axillary, pedicelled ; calyx and corolla deeply 4-lobed, lobes of the corolla oblong, longer than the campanulate tube ; sta- mens 2, included : fr. a 2-celled, dehiscent capsule, with many winged seeds. ^ Buspfinsa, Vahl. Shrub, to 8 ft., but the branches often lopping on the ground and taking root : Ivs. broad-ovate or oblong-ovate, serrate, 3-4 in. long : fls. 1-3, about 1 in. long, golden yellow, tube striped orange- yellow within ; calyx about as long as tube : capsule ovate, about 1 in. long. China. S.Z. 3. — Two varieties can be distinguished. Var. Sifeboldl, Zabel {F. Sieboldi, Dipp.). Fig. 855. Low shrub, with very slender, pen- dulous or trailing branches: Ivs. mostly simple, broad- ovate or ovate. B.M. 4995. P. S. 12:1253. Gn. 33, p. 563. A. G. 13:94. G.F. 4:79. Var. F6rtunei, Rehder (.f'. .F<5r- tunei, Lindl.). Fig. 856. Of more vigorous growth, with upright or arching branches : Ivs. often ternate, ovate or oblong-ovate: corolla with more narrow and twisted seg- ments. R.H. 186] :291. J". SH.s-po^sa is an excellent shrub for the margins of groups, because it finally rolls over .ind meetsthe greensward. It can also be trained overan arbor. Less common than F. viridissiiiia . hut better. intermedia, Zabel {F. suspfnsa x viridissima). Shrub, with slender, erect or arching branches : Ivs. ovate-lanceolate, sometimes 3-lobed or ternate, coarsely serrate, 3^ in. long : fls. almost like those of F. siis- pensa Fortiinei. Gt. 1885:1182 and 40: p. 397.-Often confounded with forms of F. snspensa. In foliage it resembles much the following, which has the Ivs. nar- rower, always simple, usuallv serrate only above the middle, with smaller teeth. It is as hardy as F. sus- pe>tsa and very floriferous. viridissima, Lindl. Figs. 857, 858. Shrub, to 10 ft., with green, erect branches : Ivs. oblong-lanceolate or 604 FORSYTHIA lanceolate, always simple and generally serrate only above the middle, very dark green, 3-U in. long : fls. about 1 in. long ; corolla with rather narrow, twisted lobes of bright, somewhat greenish yellow ; calyx about half as longas tube. B.M. 4587. F.S. 3:261. B.R. 33:39. — Less hardy and graceful than the othe species. F.EuropT^a.Deg. & Bald., from Albania, has small, ovate- lanceolate, quite entire Ivs. Alfred Rehder. FOTHEBGlLLA (after John Pothergill, eminent Eng- lish physician, who introduced and cultivated many new plants, 1712-1780). MamamelidAcete. Hardy orna- mental shrubs, with alternate, deciduous, simple, dull green Its. and showy spikes of white fls. in spring with the Irs. : the distinct foliage resembles somewhat that of the alder, or more that of Hamamelis, and turns yel- low late in fall. They grow best in moist, peaty or sandy soil. Prop, by seeds, not germinating until the second year, or by layers, which take two years to root ; the first species al.so by surk.-rs ami r.>cit- cuttings. Two closely alln d --| h. i. - iii ilie 3. Alleghanies : low sliiub- with the branches densely stellate pMhH-( ent hs _., stipulate, dentate-crenate . tls in terminal «c__ spikes, perfect, apetalous ; calyx cam- FOXGLOVE m&jor, Lodd. {F. montieola, Ashe. F. alnifAUa, var. niAjor, Sims). Bushy shrub, with upright branches, to 6 ft.: Ivs. broadly obovate or roundish, oval, cordate or truncate, coarsely crenate or undulate even to the base, sometimes nearly glabrous beneath, 2}. 2 -5 in. long : spikes l}^-3 in. long, with 1-3 Ivs. atthe base : stamens 1^ in. long, white. B.M. 1342. L.B.C. 16:1520.-This species is superior to the former on account of its dense, pyramidal habit, larger Ivs. and showier fls. Alfked Rehder. FOUNTAIN PLANT. Amaranius saliciMius. FOnftUli:RIA( Pierre Ed. Fouquier, professor of medi- cine at Paris). Tamarigeiicett. Candlewood. Four species of plants from the deserts of Mex. and New Mex., of which one is cult, in the larger rockeries of Calif., and is interesting as being an example of an order far re- moved from the Cactaceae in fls. and fr., but reduced to something of their habit by the desert. It is often cult. panulate, 5-7-lobed ; stamens numerous, with the fila- ments thickened toward the end : capsule dehiscent, 2-celled and 2-seeded. Girdeni, Murr. (F. alnifdlia, Linn. f. F. CaroUna, Britt. ) . Low shrub, with generally spreading branches, to 3 ft. : Ivs. oblong or obovate, rounded or cuneate at the base, coarsely dentate above the middle, pubescent and pale or glaucous beneath, 1-2 in. long : spikes ovate or oblong, 1-2 in. long, leafless at the base ; stamens ^-K in. long, sometimes pinkish. B.M. 1341. L.B.C. 16:1507. b\ the Mexicans to make an impenetrable, spiny hedge. I he plant has small and comparatively few Ivs., borne in clu-ters in the axils of the spines. Fls. with a fun- nel shaped tube 1 in. or more long, and 5 spreading lobes spUndens, Engelm. Coach-whip. Vike-Cactus. Ja- s OTAFF. OcoTiLLO. Shrub, 6-10, or even 20 ft. high, branching near the base : branches long, gray, furrowed, erect: Ivs. obovate, rounded at apex, wedge- shaped at base, }4-l in. long: inHor. racemose, thyrsoid: fls. scarlet or brick-red; stamens 8-12, exserted: seeds white, with a long fringe of spirally thickened hairs. W. Tex. and Ariz, to S. Calif. A.G. 13:759. F. Franceschi and W. M. FOUKCKOtA. See Furcraa. FOUE O'CLOCK. See Mirabilis Jalapa. FOXGLOVE. Digitalis. FEAGARIA FBAOABIA (Latin fragrare, fragrance, from the smell of the fruit). Bo'sAcece. Strawberry. A small genus of low perennial herbs in the north temperate zone and along the American Cordilleran region. The Ivs. are palmately 3-foliolate and toothed, all from the crown of the plant: &s. white or yellow, in corymbose racemes on slender, leafless scapes, sometimes lacking stamens ; calyx deeply 5-lobed and reinforced by 5 sepal-like bracts ; petals 5, obovate ; stamens many, short ; pistils many, on a conical receptacle, becoming small and hard akenes and persisting on the enlarging receptacle. The enlarged receptacle becomes pulpy and edible in the Strawberry, or Fragaria proper, but it re- mains small in Duchesnea. See Figs. 826, 827. Fra- garias propagate naturally by means of runners. The Fragarias are exceedingly variable. About 130 specific names have been applied to them, but there are probably not more than a dozen forms which are dis- tinct enough to be clearly distinguished as species. Bentham and Hooker would reduce them all to three or four species' Of the true Fragarias, four species-types FRAGRANT BALM 605 white below, blunt-toothed : fl. -clusters forking and long-rayed, the peduncle short, soon lopping on the ground : runners mostly appearing after the fruit is gone: berry large and firm, dark-colored, more or less musky in flavor, reinforced by a very large calyx or hull. Pacific coast region of S. Amer. A common wild Strawberry of the Pacific slope of N. Amer. is referred to this species, but it is a question whether it is identi- ith the S. American form, r. ananissa, Hort. (F. ncta, F. cahjcuUta, Duchesne. F. gmndUKmi, Ehrh.). Pine Strawberry. Co.mmon Garden Strawberry. Taller growing: Ivs. larger and thinner, mostly lighter green on both sides: fr. larger, running into very many kinds. Virginiina, Duchesne (F. loivhisis and F. Illinoin- sis, Prince). Scarlet or Virginian Strawberry. Figs. 860, 861, 862. More slender: Ivs. thinner, light green above and belo - lusters sm 861. Fragaria Virginiana. are interesting to the horticulturist as the parents of the garden Strawberries, -i'\ Chiloensis, the original of the ordinary cultivated Strawberries of America ; F. Virginiana, which was early domesticated, and of which some trace still remains in cultivated v.arieties; F.mos- cAate, theHautbois, and F. vesrn. the alpine and per- petual Strawberries, which are little cultivated in this country. Aside from these, the Indian Strawberry, or Duchesnea, is cultivated as a basket and rock plant. For a sketch of the evolution of Strawberries, see Essay 25, Bailey's "Survival of the Unlike." The classical work on Strawberries is Duchesne's "Histoire Naturelle des Fraisiers." 1766. See Strawberry. A. True Strawberries, bearing an edible "berry" (or receptacle), and witli a more or less upright habit: fls. white. B. Lvs. normally overtopping the fls. and fr.: akenes mostly sunken in the flesh of the berry. Chiloinsis, Duchesne. Fig. 859. Low, but stout in all its parts: Ivs. thick, more or less glossy above, bluish ?, the upper surface with sunken .11, with a few hanging fruits at ig peduncle: runners usually ap- pearing with the fruit: berry small, light scarlet, globular or oblong-conical, usually with a constriction or neck underneath the moderate-sized calyx or hull. E. North Amer. -Vari- able. The larger and more hairy forms have been separated as var. Illinohisis, Gray, but it is difficult to define them from the type; and the same is true of the boreal forms, which have been detached as F. Canaden- sis, Michx. A few early varie- ties of Strawberries, as Crystal City, seem to be wholly or partly of J-'. Virginiana origin. BB. Ifvs. normally shorter than the fl. -clusters : akenes usually not sunken in the flesh of the berry. v6sca, Linn. {F. semperflo- rens, Duchesne). Alpine and Perpetual Strawberries. Erect and dark green, only sparsely hairy, the Ivs. thin and light green as com- pared with the foregoing species, very sharp-toothed : ■" cluster small, forking, erect : berry firm, small, usually oblong-conical, the akenes very prominent ; hull spreading. Eu. — The American representative of this species— common in woods N. — is thought by some to be a distinct species, and it has received the name F. Americana, Britt.; but it is doubtful if it can be separated. See Figs. 863, 864. The true F. vesca is thought to be sparingly naturalized eastward. The native plant often bears white fruit. The cult, forms ly seen in this country, but the quality is high, and they are deserving of more attention in home grounds. Variable in cult. There is a form with leaflets reduced to one {F. monophylln, Duchesne, B.M. 63). This type of Strawberry bears nun-e continuouslv than J^. Chiloensis and F. Virginiana. Tlie so-cnlled Mexi- can or Everbearing Strawberry which has Iieen intro- duced at times is F. Mexicana. Sclileclit., which is an- other form of thevescan type. On the Pacific slope, the type possibly may be represented by F. Californica, Cham. & Schlecht. moschata, Duchesne (F. eldtior, Ehrh.). Hautbois. Taller, usually dioecious, more pubescent, the calyx or hull strongly reflexed from the fruit: berry dull red, musky. Eu. — Cult, forms rarely seen in Amer. AA. Duchesnea. Receptacle less fleshy, tasteless: habit trailing: fls. yellow. Indica, Andr. Neat trailing plant with small obovate crenate-denfate leaflets, solitary long-pedioelled fls., and calyx bracts toothed. India. Naturalized E.- Very useful as a basket trailer. l_ jj. B. FEAGKANT BALM. Monarda didyma. 606 FRAME FRAME. Fiff. 865. A box without permanent top or bottom which is designed, when covered with glass or other transparent material, as a place in which to grow plants. When supplied with artificial bottom heat, the frame is part of a hotbed , when supplied only with sun heat, it is part of a coldframe. The Fr;ime may be of any size, but the normal size is 6 x 12 ft., an area which accommodates four 3 x 6 ft. sashes ; and this 6 x 12 area is understood when one speaks of "a Frame." See Bot- '"«''• L. H. B. FBANCtSCEA. Included with Britnfelsia. FRANCdA (Fr. Franco, Valencia, sixteenth century). SariY)v/i/,)r,,r. Three species of Chilean perennial herbs, witli linni|i ]]].,■ (lyrate) Ivs. and terminal, dense racenir- • ' ' - link fls. borne in summer. They are iiit^ i mi^' points in common with Cras- sulaciMi , 1,.. ,1 ,,l.ix and even Dioutea. They grow about 2 11. Iii„li, ai.il in tlie North could perhaps be win- tered in a coldframe. Scape-bearine, glandular-pilose or tomentose: rhizome thick, many-headed: Ivs. glan- dular-dentate: fls. 1 in. across, as many as 36 in racemes 6 in. long: floral parts in 4's, rarely 5's; petals obovate, clawed. A. Fh. white. ramdea, D. Don. Taller, woodier and more branching than the others, and distinguished by pubescent inflorescence. Leaf-stalks not margined: fls. smaller. Hardy at Washington, D. C, according to J. Saul, with spikes 2 ft. long and 1 in. thick. AA. Fls. mostly pink. '^~2 B. Lfnf-stalk.'i broadly iringed (it the base. ** Bonchifdlia, Cav. Lower lobes continuous with the broad margin at the base of the leaf -stalk: petals deep rose, dark-spotted. B.M. 3309. EB. Zieaf-stalks not winged at the hnse. appendiculita, Cav. Lower lobes distant from the base of the stalk : petals pale rose, rarely spotted. B.M. 3178 (shows a white longitudinal band on petals). B.R. 19:1645, where Lindley said ( 18.13 ), "It thrives better if FEAXINUS constantly kept in a greenhouse, especially if it be planted in the open soil, where it can be freely exposed to light and air, without which the beautiful spots of its petals are scarcely developed." His plate shows 4 pretty red spots near the base of each petal. L.B.C. 19:1864, erroneously named F. sonchifotia, has the midveins and bises of the side veins of the petals dark red. -^^ jyj, FSASEBA (John Fraser, English botanist, collected in America 178n-96 and published Walter's Flora Caro- liniiua) Gtutfauticece. Columbo. Large, stout herbs, all Noith American, and all but one far-western with a single stem trom thick, bitter, mostly biennial roots, opposite or w hurled Its., and cymose clusters of dull white jellowish or bluish fis. which are commonly dark- spotted , calyx deeply 4-parted ; corolla wheel- shaped, 4 parted, persistent. A Lis iti whorls of 4-e, not white-margined. specidsa, Dougl. Fls. greenish white or barely tinged bluish, dark-dotted : 2 glands on each corolla lobe. -Cult, by D. M.Andrews, Boulder, Colo AA Lvs. in 2's or 5's, white-margined. B Hnght g-S ft.: fls. whitish, dark-dotted. Pdrryi,Tarr. Lvs. opposite or in 3's: 1 notched I on each corolla lobe. — Int. 1891 by Orcutt, San Diego BB Height SS in.: fls. bluish. Ctisickii, Gray Lvs. opposite: 1 gland reaching from the base to near the middle of each corolla lobe.— Adv 1889 by F H. Horsford, Charlotte, Vt. ■w, jj. FEAXINELLA. See Dictamnus. FBAXINUS (ancient Latin name). OleAcea. Ash. Hardy ornamental trees, with deciduous, opposite, pin- nate, rather large lvs. and small fls. in panicles, either appearing before the lvs. and greenish, or in the subge- nus Ornus after or with lvs. and whitish in showy pani- cles : the winged fr. is insigniticant. They are valuable as street and park trees, and grow mostly into tall, pyr- amidal or broad-headed trees, with rather light green foliage, which turns yellow or dark purple in fall or re- mains green, as in F. excelsior and Ornus. The Ash is seldom severely injured, though a number of insects and fungi prey on the lvs. and wood, of which two borers, and a fungus attacking the lvs., are perhaps the most obnoxious. Most of the species are hardy North except those from the southern states, southern Europe and Himalayas ; of the sub-genus Ornus, .F. Bungeana and F. long'ieuspis seem to be the hardiest. The Ashes are important forest trees, and the straight-grained and tough wood is much used for handles of tools, in the manufacture of carriages and wagons, for the interior finish of houses, and for furniture, for baskets and also for fuel. From F. Ornus m iii'ii i- f•^t nn. d as an exu- dation of the trunk, and si. m I 11 s yield the Chinese white wax. Tlie \ almost any moderately moist soil, F. n • .Oiat more ,^- ,-2^ ana and F. cuspidata grow well even in drier situations. They are generally readily transplanted and grow rapidly when young. Prop, by seeds gathered in fall and sown immediately, or stratified and sown in spring, covered about] in. high with good soil; sometimes remain dor- FRAXINUS mant until the second year. The varieties and rarer kinds are budded in late summer or grafted in spring on the seedlings of any of the oommon species. About 40 species in the temperate region of the northern hemi- sphere south to Cuba; about 15 of the species grow in N. Araer. and nearly as many in E. Asia. Trees or shrubs, with odd-pinnate, rarely simple, opposite Ivs. without stipules : fls. in panicles, dioecious or polyga- mous, with or without calyx or with calyx and a 2-6- parted corolla with generally linear segments ; stamens generally 2 : ovary 2-celled : fr. a 1-seeded, winged potamophila, 18. pubescens, 9. pubiuervis, 5. quadran^ata, i: rotundifoUa, 1 a ruta, 16. FRAXINUS 607 Bosei, 9. Bungeana, 2. Caroliniaiia, 12. excelsior, 16. floribunda, 1 and juglandifolia, 7. lanceolata, 8. Novce-AngUa Oregona. 11. parvifolia, 2, 17. Pennsylvanica, 9. platycarpa, 12. 14. serratifolia, 5. Sieboldiana, 4. airaplieifolia, 16. viridis, 8. • pohjn 1. 6mus, Linn. Small tree, beeomi oblong-ovate or ov bescent on the n whitish, fragrant. long : fr. erect, nai at the apex, about Asia. Gn.48,p.28G. Hort., not Lam.), ovate-oblong. 2. Bunge&na, DC Ifts. generally 5, s obtuse to short-!ic long : panicles to 2 long, obtuse or em Var. parvifblia, Di rhombic or round is cinus excelsior (X ^3). r nnd corolla perfect Subgenus Of"nus.) Winter-buds gray. {F. noribilnda, Hort., not Wall.), ng 2.i ft.: Ifta. generally 7, stalked, ah-, iiT.-:.'nIarly M-nvitr. rufously pu- '. Small tree, to l,i ft., or shrub: talked, ovate, obovate or roundish, umiiKite, serrate, glabrous, 1-lJ^ in. '.. in. long, many-fld. fr. narrow-ob- arginate. May. China. G.P. 7:5.- pp. Lfts. about 1 in. long, broadly BB. Winter-buds brown or nearly black. c. Corolla divided to the base: stamens with rather long filaments. 3. longicuspis, Sieb. & Zucc. Slender tree, to 30 ft., with rufously pubescent winter-buds: lfts. 5-7, stalked, oblong-lanceolate, long-acuminate, obtusely serrate, al- most glabrous, 2-4 in. long : fls. in rather slender, nar- row panicles, to 4 in. long ; petals linear, acute : fr. ob- lanceolate. May. Japan. 4. Sieboldiana, Blnme. Small tree : winter-buds mostly glabrous mil! ..tt.-n :ilmost black : lfts. 5-7, al- most sessile. .11,1,11,. ,,, , ,1,1, .Tig-lanceolate, acuminate, serrate, usual! . 1 1. al.ing the midrib beneath, 2-4 in. long : | mi !. 1 !. ilu- former; petals linear- spatulate, olitu-.- : 1 1. ..iil:iii.a..>late. May. Jap., Corea. 5. pubinfirvis, Blume. Small tree : lfts. 7-11, ovate or ovate-oblong, acute or acuminate, serrate, pubescent on the veins beneath, lK-4 in. long : panicles less narrow than in the former : petals small and caducous. Jap. — Probably F. serratifolia, Hort., belongs here. CO. Corolla with short tube: anthers almost sessile. 6. cuspidita, Torr. Shrub or small tree, to 20 ft., with dark, reddish brown buds : lfts. usually 7. slender stalked, lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, t glabrous, 1,^^-2 in. long : fls. tragraiit, in 3-4-in. long panicles : fr. spatulate-oblong. April. Texas to Arizona and N. Mex. S.S. 6:260.- Handsome flowering tree for temperate regions. AA. Fls. without corolla, appearing before the Ivs. B. Fls. dio>cious, with the calyx per- sistent on the fr.: anthers lin- ear or linear-oblong : lfts. gen- erally 5-7: buds brown. {Sub- genns Leptalii.) nchesaiid i„l,,.l,x .,/„ I,,„„ :< . 7. Americana, l.iini. i/'. .A.-cr- Angliie, Jlill. /'. •ill'.,. .Marsli.). White Ash. Fig. 867. Tall tree, to 120 ft.: lfts. generally 7, stalked, ovate to ovate-lanceolate, entire or culate, dark green above, glau- cous beneath, 3-5 in. long : fr. linear-oblong, with terete body, the wing not decurrent, IK in. long. From Canada to Fla., west to Minnesota and Texas, a. 377. — Very variable. Var. acuminata, minatn, Lara. F. epiptera, Michx. F. Americana, va,T. glatica, Hort.). Lfts. dark green and shining above, very glaucous and almost glabrous be- neath, entire. Var. juglandifdlia, Rehd. (F. ^uglandifolia, Lam.). Lfts. less shining above, usually broader, more or less pubes- cent beneath, serrate at least above the middle. This is the northern form, while the former is more common in tlie southern states. Var. 41bo-margin4ta, Hort. Lfts. edged white. 8. lanceolata, Borkh. {P. vlridis, Michx. in part. F. Peniisiilvdniea, var. hnieeolilta. Sarg.l. Green Ash. Tree, to (W ft.: lfts. 5-9, short-stalked, orate to oblong-lanceo- late, irreKularlv serrati-, gn-fu on both sidos, aim. .St L'lal.n.us, 2-.-. in. |...i^': fr. oblau.-polat.-, with (I...-un-,-iir Mill-, lience .Mis. DD. Branches, jiefioles and Ivs. beneat pubescent, at least when young. 9. Pennsylvinica, Marsh. (F. pubfsce Lam. I. Krr. Ash. Tree, to fin ft. : lfts. 5 benuatli. ;:-r, m, l..iit;: I'r. liii.-ar-spaiulate, about 2 in. long, with s...iiiL-«iiat ..l.MMirn,i,t wing. Canada to Fla., west to Dakota and Mo. S.S. 6:271. -Var. aucubaefdlia, Hort. Lvs. blotched yellow, less pubescent. Var. £6sci, bU» FRAXINUS Hort. With dark green, sbining foliage. Var. panndaa, Hort. Similar to the former, but Ivs. larger and nar- rower. 10. veliJtlna, Torr. (F. pistackefdUa, Ton.}. Tree, to 40 ft., with velvety pubescent, rarely glabrous branches : Ifts. 5-9, sometimes reduced to 3 or even 1, short- stalked, oval to lanceolate, entire or remotely serrate, yellowish green, firm and thick at maturity, pubescent or nearly glabrous beneath, 2—1 in. long : fr. spatulate, with raarginless body. Texas to Arizona and N. Mexico. S.S. 6:2G7.-Not hardy North. 11. Oregdna, Nutt. Tree, to80 ft. : petioles sometimes glabrous at length : Ifts. 7-9, almost sessile or short- stalked, oblong or elliptic, acuminate, entire or ob- scurely and remotely serrate, light green, 2^-6 in. long, thick and firm at maturity : fr. oblong-obovate, with de- current wing, about 1)^ in. long. Wash, to Calif. S. S. 12. Caroliniina, Lam. (F. platycdrpa, Michx.). Water Ash. Tree, to 40 ft., with pubescent or gla- brous branches : Ifts. fi-T, ^Talked, nvate or oblong, acuminate, serrate, run-ly iiitiic pnhi-scent or gla- brous beneath, 2-5 in. li-iiir: u-. ]-_' in. lung, with pin- nately veined wing, ofti-ii :t-wiiiL.'.Ml. Virginia to Fla., west to Arkansas and Texas. .S.!5. 13:274-75. BB. Fls. without calyx (ordij No. 13 has a deciduous minute calyx): anthers cordate, rarely hroadly oblong: Ifts. generally more than 7, nearly gla- brous. {Subgenus Fraxinustcr.) 0, Branches 4-angled and itsually winged. 13. quadranffulita, Michx. Blue Ash. Tree, to 80, rarely 120ft.: Ifts. 7-11, short-stalked, ovate to lanceo- late, acuminate, sharply serrate, yellowish green on both sides, 3-5 in. long: fls. per- fect: fr. oblong, emarginate, winged all around, 1-2 in. long. From Michigan to Arkansas and Tennessee. S.S. C:263. cc. Branches terete or nearly so. D. Bloom dioecious: rachis at the base of Ifts. with thick rufous tomentum. 14. nlgra.Marsh. {F.sambucifdlia.hsim.). Black Ash. Fig. 868. Tree, to 80 ft. : Ifts. 9-11, sessile, oblong-lanceolate, rounded at the base, acuminate, sharply serrate, green on both sides, dark above, 3-6 in. long: anthers broadly oblong: fr. narrow-oblong, with decurrent wing. From O.inada to Vir- ginia, west to Mo. S.S. 5:204-65. I 15. Mandschilrica, Rupr. Tree, to 100 ft., 868. Key of ''ith obtusely quadrangular branches and Fraxinus dark brown buds : Ifts. 9-11, almost sessile, nigra. ovate to oblong-lanceolate, sharply serrate, Nat. size. pubescent or hispid on the veins beneath, 3-6 in. long: fr. oblong-lanceolate, 1-1^ in. long. Manchuria, Corea, Saghalin, Japan. Valuable tree of vigorous growth. DD. Bloom perfect or polygamous : rachis without con spicuous rufous tomentum. E. Buds black. 16. excfelsior, Linn. Fig. 866. Tall tree, to 120 ft.: buds black: Ifts. 9-13, almost sessile, oblong-ovate or ovate- lanceolate, acute or acuminate, serrate, dark green above, paler beneath, 2-5 in. long: fr. oblong, often emargi- nate, about IJ^ in. long. Eu., W.Asia. Many different varieties are cultivated, some of the most distinct being the following: Var. 41bo-margin4ta, Hort. Lfts. edged white. Var. dlbo-variegita, Hort. Lfts. blotched white. Var. ailrea, Loud. With yellow branches. Var. aiirea p6ndula, Loud. With pendulous yellow branches, but a somewhat weak grower. Var. aaplenifdlia, O. Ktze. (var. scolopendrifolia, Hort.). Lfts. very narrow, al- most linear. Var. crispa, Willd. (var. atrovirens.Hort., var. cuctdlata, Hort.), with very dark green curled and twisted Ivs.; of slow growth. Var. diversifblia, Ait. {F. heterophylla, Vahl. F. simplicifoUa laciniata, Hort. FRAXINUS F. rufa, Hort., not Bosc). Lvs. simple or 3-parted, usually incisely dentate. Var. monophJUa, O. Ktze. {F. monnphyllu, Desf. F. simplicifoUa, Willd. |. Lvs. simple, ovate, serrate, rarely with 1 or 2 small lfts. at the base. Var. nana. Loud. fvar. polemoniifolia, var. globosa, Hort.). A compact, slow growing, dwarf form with very small lvs. Var. p^ndula. Ait. With pendulous branches. One of tlie best pendulous trees for forming arbors and shady seiits. EE. Buds brown. 17. parvifoUa, Lara. (F. lentiscifblia, Desf.). Shrub or small tree, to 15 ft., with slender, often purplish branches : lfts. 7-13, sessile, obovate or obovate-lanceo- late. acute, serrate, 1-2 in. long: fr. oblong, obtuse or acute. W. Asia, S. Europe. Var. p^ndula, Dipp., with pendulous branches, forming a graceful small weeping tree. 18. potamdphila. Herd. Small tree, to 30 ft., with rather stout, upright branches : lfts. 7-13, stalked, rhombic-ovate or ovate-lanceolate, serrate, acute or acuminate, l-2>^ in. long : fr. linear-oblong, Turkes- tan, Soiigaria. F. JiiUmoreana. Ke;idle. Allir-.lto V. Amirif.-ma. Tree, to .Wft.i branches pubescent: lfts. 7-9. oblong-lanceolate, pubescent be- neath, 3-6 in. long: fr. 1^-2 in. long, emarginate. with elliptic. ii m obovate petals, Cilif Mi \: ■- ■- ■- i; JiU. Tender. - biittda, Wall. Allied to F. lonsi-^uspis. Tree, to 40 ft.: lfts. 5-7, ovate-lanceolate, serrate, reticalate beneath, 2-4 in. long: pani- cles large, to 10 in. long; petals oblong. Himalayas. Tender.— F. Gregg i,Gr&y. AlUed to F. cuspidata. Small tree: lfts. 3-7r PREESIA 609 oblon ol o o c e itely 1 neir oblo g era n te Hook t All e 1 o 1 B mg iroballecour eofe olut on an 1 legenent on Freesias s I ctu el n 0. ^ 1 • and A 1 14 11 J In the pur- t of e ther deil the jellow spots have been con- s iered object onal 1p T1 e o g -xl stock seen to have at a e of V olet color "w I 1 et n es how t elf in u ten t so 1 p or 1 ome- FKESSIA (the author of this genus never explained the name). JridAcea:. Freesias (Fig. 8«9) are amongst the dozen most popular bulbous plants for fall planting and winter blooming, t sus, which can be grown in pure water, they flourish ' " ■-. • than most other bulbs. They have tubular fls., white or pale yellow, borne in a pretty fashion that makes them amongst the most highly individualized of all garden plants. ^ I jointed axis right angles to thr \ 111 i.'iil |i, .liui.'l.'. ; Thu liiii.ii is an accentuation of tli;it of Ti iii.nia. lHuii \vliiili ir.-fsiais essentially dis- tiuKiaabea l/y thu ;; out »o'«-) Of the splendid and almost numberless bulbs from the Cape of Good Hope (including the iris, araaryllis, and lily families) Free- sias are, next to gladiolus, the most popular, though not so variable as Ixias. This popularity is a growth of the last quarter century or less, though Freesias have been in cultivation since 1816 or earlier. Conservative botanists now suppose that the Freesias are all origi- nally of one stock, which species should be called F. refrncia. The extremes of variation in form are shown in Figs. 8(;9 and 870, from the long and slendc-r tube of var. nihil to tlie short and broader tube of var. Jyielit- liiiii. One of the earliest pictures of the plant is tliat in the Botanical Register for 1816 (Plate 135, as Tritmia refrdcta), a part of which is reproduced in Fig. 870 to show the great ii-regularity of the corolla lobes at that early period, and the straggling habit of the fls., some pointing down and others up. The colors in the plate are unattractive, almost repulsive, being a sickly green throughout, with a strong orange color on the tips of the 3 lower lobes. The garden evqlution of the Freesias has proceeded along two lines. The greatest effort has been expended to produce a pure white flower, and in the best strains the white color is mostly associated with a long and slender tube. The ideal of a yellow flower is less popular, and is mostly associated with the shorter and broader tube. In both cases the forms with strag- gling inflorescence and irregular corolla lobes have been relentlessly suppressed. One may easily see how strongly 2-lipped and gaping were the flowers of 1816, and how strongly the tube was bulged upon one side. Any tendencies toward such forms in modern bulbs are signs of degeneration or carelessness somewhere. In pedigree plants the lobes are beautifully rounded and the flowers symmetrical. Perhaps the most charming picture of the two prevailing ideals is Plate 347 of the Garden, vol. 22, 1882. One of the earliest pictures of the short- and broad-tubed yellow type is that in L.B.C. 19:1820, published in 1832 as Tritbnia odorcLta. The Freesias in Gng. 7:196 : "As a florist's flower the white Pn valuable, the whiter the better. The original type of Freesia refrin-ta evi- dently had a strong ten- dency toward the yellow color; this keeps turning up with great persistence in F. refracia alba. There is always a certain per cent of yellow mixture, even in the finest strains. Sometimes it is only 2-3 per cent; some- times it is 50 per cent; usually it runs about 5-10 per cent. The causes of this are not certain. A Californian makes a quasi admission of the allegation that Ameri- can grown stock shows more yellow than the European grown, and suggests that the strong sunlight of his state accounts for the tendency toward yellow fls. Ex- periments by V. A. Clark show that the yellow color is formed under the direct oxidizing influence of sunlight. In general it seems that the greater amount of yellow is correlated with stronger growth. Plants which grow very vigorously show darker green leaves and more of the peculiar sulfur color. White flowers are often, like white leaves, a sign of weakness in the plant. This makes it difficult to keep a stock of Freesias vigorous and at the same time selected to a high degree of purity as regards the flowers." Freesias are much forced by florists, chiefly for cut- flowers at Christmas. If cut when only 2 fls. are out, the rest will open. They can be had in flower from Christmas until June by successional plantings from Aug. to Feb. For the best results the largest and high- est priced bulbs should be planted as early as Aug. One of th i strong points of Freesias, however, is that plant- ing may be delayed longer than with many other bulbs. Bulbs may be dried off gradually in the pots and kept dry during summer. Repot; the larger bulbs will bloom, but will not give so good results as medium size imported bulbs not previously forced. 610 PKEESIA In the hurae window Freesias will llower in 6 weeks after growth starts. Their fragrance is delightful. They are not so particular as the other important bulbs about being potted long before they are warned for forc- ing and stored in a cool place, where the tops are held back while the roots develop. Be careful to have good drainage. There is danger of overwatering until the plants are in flower. The wholesale production of Freesia bulbs is an im- portant industry. The Channel Islands have long been known as one of the most favored localities for growing Cape bulbs. Freesias are comparatively little grown in Holland. The centers of the industry seem to be shift- ing. The Bermuda Islands now have a small share of the trade, and California has the largest share of any of the American states at present. A. F!s. distinctly 2-lipped : inflorescence stritgijling : colors dull; spots prominent. refrActa, Klatt. Fig. 870. The original type no longer in cultivation. Lvs. linear: spathe-valves small, oblong- lanceolate. FRITILLARIA the Pritillaries, hardy, bulbous plants, mostly low- growing and spring-blooming, with drooping or nod- ding fls. which are often checkered or tessellated with dark purple and green, but some also have brighter colors. They resemble lilies in havirif; drooping or nodding fls., but their anthers are fixed at i n- )m -i , w ii ilr those of the lilies are fastened on the- i ; i , i r.-.- to swing about. Lilies, too, have fill,: , wliile Pritil- laries and tulips have bi-U -I; i|^ i| \'~ .himI tulip Hs. are erect. Nearly all the Old \Vori- lobed or almost entire, whitish or ferrugineous pubes- cent beneath, Ji-13^in. long: calyx 1^-3 in. across, deep yellow, with stellate hairs outside, villous at the base within; lobes orbicular: capsule denselv beset with hispid hairs, 1 in. long. S.S. 1:23. B.M. 3591. Gn. 3.P.55; 29:525and33,p. 566. F.S. 22:2349. R.H. 1867:90. I. H. 13:496. B.H. 17:13. Alfred Rehder. 871. Common Snake*s-head or Checkered Lily. (Fritillaria Meleafris.) raitlifully redrawn from Besler's Hortus Eystettensi FEINGE TEEE. Chionantliv FEITILLAEIA ( Latin fritiU, a be a checker-board, but ma AUdcece. This genus includes' the Crown commonly understood and Crown Imperial, Figs. 871, 874. These are the hardi- est, the easiest to cultivate and the most variable. The Crown Imperial is one of the most characteristic plants of old-fashioned gardens, but it has been banished from many modern gardens because of its strong foetid odor. It is the most robust of all the species, and until 1897 was supposed to be the only one with its fls. in umbels, all the others being solitary or in racemes. It is a truly imperial plant, and rejoices the children early in every spring by its marvelous pearly drops of nec- tar, which seem never to fall. F. Meleagris, the most popular of the purple kinds, is the common Snake's Head or Checkered Lily, so called from the tessellation of purple and green, which is prettiest when as sharply and regularly defined as possible. This plant grows wild in moist English meadows, and can be naturalized in large quantities in such situations. It is the only kind that can be used for all the purposes mentioned below and for cut-fls. Other ancient inhabitants of Eu- ropean gardens are F. latifolia, lutea and Persica, for the last of which we are indebted to "Mr. Nicholas Lete, FRITILLARIA a lover of all fair flowers," by whose "procurement," Parkinson says, it was secured through Turkey. All the remaining kinds are rarer. As a rule, the kinds that are chiefly purple or green, or mixtures of both colors, are dull, unattractive and cu- rious compared with the few kinds that have brilliant yellow or red. Of the duller and purple kinds, 2 of the choicest, next to F. Meleatiris, are >'. tulipifolia (which 19 flamed like a tulip and never checkered) and F. Camtschatcensis, great masses of which in Alaska make one of the "summer sights" remembered by the tourists. The white in Fritillaries is perhaps always more or less greenish, and the white color in t'.Melengris is as good as in any species. By f;ir the most brilliant of the genus is F, rt'rntr.: , win .h i~ also the most difficult of culture. Next . .me F. liiten, niireti, Mofjgridqei and / ' i,l>- individual and all yellow, some clierk. i r,i, .,t i,, i ■ im.i. The culture of Fntilhirifs is rather complicated, 2 kinds capable of being naturalized, some cult, iu bor- ders, some in rockeries and others in pots. The Crown Imperial, being exceptionally vigorous, requires the deepest planting, richest soil and most room. The earth should be trenched. Well rotted manure may be worked into the soil 6 in. below the bulbs and the bulbs set on a level 6 in. from the surface of the ground. This species has the largest fls. in the genus. If possible it should be shaded from the midday sun, as southern ex- posures are said to make the fls. smaller and shorter lived. In border cultivation the essential peculiarities are a sheltered, shady site, early fall-planting.-, clivisimi every which is not too cold or too retrnth-- 'if tiM'isture. Bulbs of the taller kinds mav be plant.-. I .i-l in. .l.-ep; bulbs of the dwarf kiii.ls mnv I.e s.-t at halt that depth. As all Fritillarii.s ui.t. ;.-.■ i;un.l!i- l.y offsets, it is desir- able to lift ati.i .1] .It least every 3 years, or the small Lull- i . i ijunes. For the" same The dH rf an.l ? leaf-ii seeds, nore ca •E. J.," 1 Gn. 52, :)lescf ■ight-fld pp. 2-12-244, says that such p carpet through which they may spring, ai Sedum Hispuiik-iim or \tn\iu\ ijhnir,i m a feet carpet possible, takinir tli.- l.-ast \'v giving the least possible rt- si,iau.-i- i.. tl. "Such carpets must of nei.'essity 1..- [.lanr- creeping growth, such as some of tin- saxifrages or aubrietias, that do not niiii. turbance and are easily replaced." F.ir tl culture in rockeries and pots, see Alpiti Bulbs. Our native Fritillaries, which incluile recnvva and piidica, are confined to the Pacific co Of these Carl Purdy makes 2 cultural groups, base. the character of bulb, the kind of soil ati.l tin- co tions of shade. The first group contain- /'.' ',. h cea and phiri flora : the second /-','., cinea, lanceoUittr, piirviffora , pnih<<> - : former grow in open fields iu heav\ . -ill -.lU; nic ter iu shady ■wools, in well drained'suils. Inn l-\ pn, does not need as much shade as the others of its grc and must have sandy loam and slight sheltei native of the sandy sage brush region, east of the Sierra Nevada and Cascade Mts. The bulbs of the first group are composed of thick, heavy scales attached to a thin, rhizomatous base; in the second group the bulbs are of one piece, and low-conical in form, their sides thickly covered with small, round, white rice-like offsets. For the first group Purdy recommends a rich loam, and a slight shade to draw out the stems and prolong the bloom; for the second group a light, loose soil, rich in mold, a sheltered place and considerable shade. At the best these are not profuse in their bl^om. E. J. ad- vises that the bulbs of F. recurva should be planted with the least possible delay. The key to the various subgenera sentially Baker's in his nmnosrr.-iiib Linn. Soc. 14:2.".l . I-:.' : r i m i, botanical and Imn : : i; I such simple ami .i- and style. The nenai-i.-s ,„- -lan.is a It is FRITILLARIA 611 reliable, but they help to ^ive a sense of the natural groups in this large genus. A. Bulbs tunicated {i.e.,coared). B. StuleS-etit. D. Glands distinci and prominent, egual. Species Subgenera E. Glinidx long 1. EUFRITILLAEIA EE. Glands wide 2-14. MONOCODON DD. Glands obscure, equal, long NOTHOLIRION BB. Stjile undivided. c. Glands equal, obseure 15-17. AMBLIRION cc. Glands unequal, prominent u. Glands long 18. Korolkowia DD. Glands short Rhinopetalcm AA. Bulbs scaly. B. Style undivided 19-'-f i . Therisi a BB. Style 5-cut. C. Capsuh's artit'hj inif/led. D. Fls. xidihini ..;■ race- mos, 22-25. GONIOCARPA DD. Fls. Ill iiiiiliils 26. Petilium cc. Capsule obtusely angled ..27-30. Liliorhiza lutea. 8. recurva, 27. Meleagris. 1. Raddeana, 26. ,30. meleagroides, II. Ruthenica, 6. minor, 11. Sewerzowi, 18. Moggridgei. 3. Thunbergi. 4. Oranensis, 13. tubaeformis, 3. Imperialis. 26. pallidlflora, 10. tulipifolia, 15. Kamschatcensis, 30. parvitlora, 23. vertieillata, 4. lanceolata, 22. Persioa, 19. Walnjewi, 5. delpld ■iflora, 21, WhittaUi. 1. Meleigris, Linn. Figs. 871-873. Distinguished from No. 2 by the glands 5-6 lines long and stigmas half as long as the style. Typically 1-fld. England and Norway, through central Eu. to Caucasus. Gn. 32:026; 47, p. 330; 52, p. 243.-In the Eng- lish meadows whitish and purplish forms are found which are more or less check- ered. The Dutch bulb-growers keep at least 10 kinds distin.-t. Tlu- -xtiemes of color-range are ili ;i -ri.tn-h white. (2) a sufficient degr(-(- ..I [..ii-pl,- i.. make the checkering as distliii-i a-, p..* an approach to y. IIi.h. s..n 872, and pistil of Pritillaria Meleaeris. From F 1 o r Danica, sho^ ing the 3-ei so widely as to !.•- alni,.^ Var. cont6rta, an ..1.1 nn.ns of segments free all tin- way, and a shouldered base, has the lower third of the perianth united into afunnel-sbaped tube. The yellow of s.,„„. tls. is ,-„n- portant char- jectur aeter In this of a i genus. made lliSO. Enp below is es- itin in Jour. ■ns that the .'p in using .■ of the bulb s useful and land the species flowers toward the end of April. It is the best"all-round "species. 2. Whlttallil, Baker. Height 1 ft.: stem 1-fld.: Ivs. linear, glaucous: fls. checkered green and brown. Mt. Tau- rus. Int. 1893. ^ tubaeformis .iii. ntlirrs are evidently direct varieties from tin- ^titii t \ iH'^. 'I'll ere are many full double forms. Forthi- lii-t'i- :iii I the garden botany of the Fuchsia, see Heini-i(l di-iiv ai i\ r, c / . .1/,,,;, ,,,,,,■ 1 F. fulgens. Ainungst the iiaiiic.l .--oil.^ e\ei\ ^tuilaliun will be found, from the short-tubed fc>torm King to the Earl of Beaconsfleld with fls. 3 in. long. 3. coccinea, Ait. Not known to be cult, in America, and inserted here for the purpose of clearing up the synonymy of F. coccinea. This species appears to have been introduced before F. Magellanica, and it was named F. coccinea by Alton. F. Magellanica, however, 876. Theresa, a form of Fuchsia "usurped its name and spread it to every garden in the kingdom, whilst the true plant lingered in botanic gar- dens, lastly surviving (greatly to the credit of the Bax- ters, father and son) in that of Oxford alone." The species was lost from its introduction in 1788 to its rediscovery in an Oxford garden in 1867; meantime forms of F. Magellanica passed as ^. coccinea. "F. :150 nila) brilliant plant, some- times seen in choice conservatory collec- tions. Evidently a parent of the F. spe- ciosa tribes. 5. triphylla, Linn. Fig. 877. Low and bushy (18 in. high), pubescent: Ivs. often in 3's, small, oblan- ceolate, pe tiolate, dentate, green above and purple pubescent beneath: fls. IV2 in. long, in terminal racemes, cinnabar-red, the long tube enlarging towards the top; petals very short; stamens 4, not exserted. St. Domingo, West Indies. B.M.6795. Gn. 41:839. I.H. 43, p. 94.-Knownin botanical collections and sparingly in the trade. The species has a must interesting history, for which see the oUatioiis made above. Upon this plant Plumier founded the genus Fuchsia in 171)3, giving a 877. Fuchsia triphylla (X X). ! draw- of Plu ■iptl. Liuuanis founded his F. triphijll,, . rhiniier's figure is so unlike existing Fuchsias that there has I,, .n much speculation as to the plant whi.h h.^ m. ant u, |.ortray. native to the West Indies. In IsTT Hnn-l.v wiote of it: "The figure, however, is so rude tliiit nobody,! believe, has been able to identify it with any living or dried plant. Possibly it is not a'Fuchsia at all in the sense of the present application of the name, for it is represented as having only four stamens." But in 1873 Thomas Hogg, of New York, secured seeds of a. St. Domingo Fuchsia which turns out to be Plumier's original, thus bringing into cultivation a plant which had been un- known to science for 170 years. It came to the attention of botanists in 1882. For a discussion of further con- fusion in the historvof this plant, see Hemsley, G.C. II. 18,p.2G3-4. 6. corymbiflora, Ruiz & Pav. Tall but weak grower, needing support when allowed to attain its full height, therefore excellent for pillars and rafters : Ivs. large, ovate-oblong and taperingboth ways, serrate, pubescent: fls. deep red, hanging in long brilliant corymbs; calyx tube 3-4 in. long and nearly uniformly cylindrical, the lobes lance-acuminate and becoming reflexed ; petals deep red, lance-acuminate, about the length of the calyx lobes; stamens length of the petals. Peru. B.M. 4000. Gn. 11:58; 55:1203. F.J. 1841:161. Var. 41ba, Hort., has white or nearly white calyx-tube and lobes. P.S. 6:547. Gn. .55:1208 — A very handsome plant, but not common. AA. Flowers erect. 7. arborfescens, Sims (F. syringwfblia, Carr.). A shrub : Ivs. lance-oblong and entire, laurel-like : fls. pink-red, small, with a short or almost globular tube, 616 FUCHSIA in an erect terminal naked liliic-Iike panicle ; calyx lobes and petals about equal in IiMiLiii. ^]^■■.. r.."\I.2G20. — Little grown, but excellent for i ' : n-. 8. procumbens, Cunn. Tkaii.in I Ikmling QoEEN. Trailing: Ivs. alteruate, smiii ' ' ma. toss), cordate-ovate, long-stalked : lis. solitary and axillary, apetalous, the short calyx tube orange and the reflexing obtuse lobes dark purple, anthers blue plant dioecious. N Zeal B M Gl (9 -A very interesting little plant, suitable for baskets Sp. I. s wln<^h ire not known to be m the Amer. trade are F. antttliatK B» uth Fli, Urge, scailet long tubed, drooping. ( f lombi I B \I 68^9 —F baciUans Lindl Compact, with short jointed l)riin hts rts \ti\smill tl irmg-mouthed, rosy, drooping Me\ r I r Tenth. Fls. 2 in. long slender di ^ pedicels. Mes. B R 27 70 -/ / I l.rid with long drooping red 11 l'i:1004.— F. jnn- crantha H... k 1 i I l..iij;. pink-red, K Vv. 11 f sn IK fls piett\ : i\ Fib long 1 and peta L. H. B. FULLER, ANDREW S., horticultural writer,was born in Utica, N.Y., on August 3, 1828, and died May 4, 18%, at his home at Ridgewood, Bergen county, N. J. Fig. 878. When quite young he removed with his parents to Barre, N.Y., where his father tilled a small farm. At the age of 18 he went to Milwaukee, Wis., where he worked at the carpenter's trade, and became particularly skilful in the construction of greenhouses, and built a small one for himself on a city lot. Here he brought together a 878. Andrew S. Fuller. varied collection of plants, the care of which founded the nucleus of bis later attainments and renown as a hortioiilturist. Wliilehe lived in Milwaukee he married Miss.Ieniii.CripiMTi.wlio survives him. They never had anv cliil.lrcii. In Isri.'i they moved to Flushing, L.I., N.Y.. «1m,i Willi,,,, 1 H. Prince offered Mr. Fuller the man,,-, I ,. i i ,.i I,, - , ,,iiliouses. But his ambition did not all ' I ' I I . I ;,!,', in l,)ng in the employ of others, anil ii, , I .1 to BivHiklyn. N.Y., and engaged in f,'r,,|M aii'l -iiiall I laiit culture, which were then in their infancy. Here he gave particular attention to the improvement of the strawberry by cross-fertilization and selection of the best of the many thousands of seed- lings raised by him. The most famous of these were Brooklyn Scarlet, Monitor and Colonel Ellsworth, the first of which was generally recognized as the highest- flavored strawberry in existence at the time, although too soft for market. The entire stock of 300.000 plants ■was purchased by the "New York Tribune," which sent them out as premiums to its subs of which they have been wiilely strawberries." It was during' t wrote his first book, the "Straw I „ woric he brought together ai,,l msequence 1! "Tribune hat Fuller •d all ibinec The that 1 with veil ing< ough anrl ailniiralile a niaiiiier that even now. after 40 years since they were written, it would be difficult to improve upon them. Realizing the necessity of having more ground for experimentation, and in order to escape the noi.se and turmoil of the city, he bought a larsje pi.a-e of land near Ridgewood, N. J. This, wh, n I,,- i,i,,\ , ,1 .,i, it, early in the sixties, was little more tl,ai, a l.ai a-, i, \\aste, but under his constant care it was m.i 1,.,,^' I.,-!.., .■ ii de- veloped into one of the most charming hum, s and inter- esting and instructive garden spots in the country. Almostevery species and varietyof ornamental trees and shrubs hardy in the locality were represented, and his collection of small fruits was the most complete in the country. These furnished him unequaled means and material forobservation, studyand identification, the re- sults and accounts of which he made known in the clear, concise, convincing style for wliich his writings have be- ,„■ tail,,. us. .\. S. Fuller was an indefatigable worker, |,ln-i'ally as w,-ll as ii,,.ntally. Immediately after the |,,ii,lii-ai ,..i, ,.f tl,,-"Strawl„rrv I ',1 It urist," he commenced w,.rk,i,-,.n th. "I ;ia|,e ( ■,ili iinsi ." This was followed by the " Small I'niit ( u I ill ri-t,'" Practical Forestrv,"" Prop- agation of I'ianis," ami the "Nut Culturist." The last of them he was f.,,,,! of calling his "monument," as he did not intern 1 n, writ,- an,.il,cr book, and so fate decided that it should I,,. II,' ,!ii,l a f,-w days after he had finished his maim-' , : ; ' , 'i i ir saw the completed book, of which li, I re proud than of any other of his work-, ■< ;ii -I'.ry of horticultural literature his "Small liuit I 'i!' mist " will, no doubt, occupy the foremost rank. It was more instrumental in the devel- opment and building up of the great industry to which it is devoted than any other book written before or after, and in anv land. It was translated into German and published "in Weimar in 18G8. His books contain but a small part of his writings. His editorial and other contri- butions to the "American Agriculturist," to "Tlie Kural New-Yorker." of which he was part owner for a time, the "New York Sun," of which he was agricultural editor for 26 years, "American Gardening" anil other periodicals woulii fill hundreds of volumes. He was also editor of the "Record of Horticulture," 1.86G-18fi7. While Mr. Ful- ler was principally known as a horticulturist, there was hardly a branch of natural science to which be had not devoted more or less attention. His entomological col- lection, especially that of coleoptera, was one of the most complete in the country; his mineralogical and archeologicnl collectiutis inntaineii many rare speci- mens, ami his h,,rti,'ult,iral lihrarv was ,„ie of the most comnlete in the Fnite,! Stat,'s. IVrsimallv, Mr. Fuller fauli IS a man uf striking personality, of decided character and opinion, and an implacable foe to sham and deceit. In whatever he undertook he was always a leader, never a follower ; he was always on the lookout for new grounds to traverse, and nothing made him hap- pier than when a new problem presented itself for solu- tion, but as soon as it was solved his interest in it ceased. During the later years of his life, although in good health, Mr. Fuller left his place but seldom, but in his earlier years he traveled considerably, and took an active and leading part in the meetings of the American Pomological Society, the American Institute Farmers' Club, the Fruit-Growers' Club, and many kindred so- cieties, of which he was an active or honorary member. F. M. Hesamee. FUMAEIA (ftontis, smoke). This genus includes the common Fumitory, F. officinalis, formerly held in great repute for various ailments, but now practically ban- ished from medical practice. Seeds are still rarely sold to those who have faith in old physic gardens. The plant is fully described in our commonest botanies, and has a large literature, which is especially interesting ti FUNGUS 617 thos;e who delight in herbal?. As an ornamental plant, it is far surpassed by Adlumia. The genus gives name to the family Fumuriaceir. FUMITORY. y„maria officinaUs. the chief Fungicide in use at iiixture (if blue vitriol(sulfate it( r. The usual formula is 61bs. 41bs. 33-30 gals. The copper sulfate is dissolved in the water, and milk of lime is added. In spraying large ai-eas, it is better to prepare stock solutions for the Bordeaux rather than to make each batch in the quautiti. for by the formula. The sulfate of ioii|i, i- n,, into solution and kept in this comli i ready for use. A simple method is t" pounds of sulfate in as many gallium . : then close the box or vessel to prevent the watta- from evaporating. When making the Bordeaux mixture, pour tbe requisite quantity of the stock solution of sul- fate of copper into the barrel, and then fill the barrel half full of water. Now add the lime (which should be diluted with water) , stir, and add enough water to satisfy theforumla. In order to test whether tbe sulfate has been neutralized by the lime, alittle ferrocyanide of potassium may be applied to the mixture. Place a spoonful of the Bordeaux mixture in a saucer or plate, and add a drop of the ferrocyanide. If a red color appears, the mixture needs more lime. If the test solution is added directly to a tank or barrel of themixture, the colorreaction is likely to be lost in the mass. An excess of lime insures the safety of the mixture. The Bordeaux mixture is used for many parasitic fun- gous diseases. It is not only inimical to fungi, but it adheres to foliage and stems for a long time. Best re- sults are secured when it is applied before the fungus has become established. Bordeaux mixture is usually more satisfactory when it has not stood long. The sulfate of copper is the active Fungicidal ingre- dient of the Bordeaux mixture, but if applied alone, in water, it is very caustic to foliage, and it does not ad- here long. For the treatment of dormant trees and shrubs it may be very useful, since it can be used strong, and is thereliy vei-v destructive of fungi. For dormant wood it is often useil 1 \h. to lO-Ia gallons of water. The greatest competitor of Bordeaux mixture is a ' mixture made by dissolving carbonate of copper in am- monia and then diluting the solution with water. It is sometimes used on ornamental plants and nearlv ripe fruits, since the Bordeaux mixture renders tl>em uiitidy. Oneounceof copper carbonate will be dissolved by 1 pint or less of very strong ammonia. This concentrated liquid can be kept indefinitely. When to be used, dilute with 8-10 gallons of water. Dry sulfur is a Fungicide. It is sometimes dusted on plants in gla'^'shnuses for surface mildews, and it is mucli used in California vineyards. It is oftenest used as a vapor in houses. If smeared on the heat- ing pipes, tlie fumes will give a perceptible odor in the house, and will prevent the mildews of roses, cucumbers, and other plants. The sulfur must not be burned, for the fumes of burning sulfur are fatal to plants. L H. B. FUNGUS (plural, .f'Kiiffi; adjective, /iinsfOMs). The class Fungi includes all those plants which are popularly known as mushrooms or toadstools, puffballs, rusts, smut, molds and mildews. These, however, form but a small part of the total number. There are many others which are inconspicuous, like the yeasts, or which are of no special economic importance and hence have escaped popular notice. All the parts of a fungous plant are seldom seen. That part which is usually ex- posed to view, and which is popularly designated "as a Fungus, is merely the fertile or fruit-bearing part of the plant. A mushroom is the fruit of a Fungus. The vege- tative part, thiit which supplies and elaborates mate- rials for the growth of the plant, and which, in a way, corresponds to the roots and leaves of higher plants, is hidden away in the ground, in decaying wood and other organic matter, or within the tissues of other living plants upon which the Fungus feeds. Both the vegetative and the fruiting part of all Fungi, excepting some of the yeasts, are made up entirely of microscopic threads, which are very much branched and divided into elongated cells by crosswalls at irregular intervals. These threads are called hypha?. The vege- tative hyphae consid- ered collectively are spoken of as the my- celium or spawn of the Fungus in tbe same sense in which we speak of the roots of a tree. In the lower Fungi, such as molds and most of the parasitic species, the mycelium is comparatively sim- ple, consisting of much - branched threads which course through the nutrient material upon which they grow, or, in the case of parasitic Fun- gi, either among the cells, or, as mildews, on the surface oi their hosts. At the fruiting time many threads grow out from the substratum to the light and air. These threads remain simple or become ched ike the 879. A Fungus, mildew, showing the mycelium in the leaf tissue and the hang- spore - bearing threads, nagnified. trunk of a tree, and finally bear spores at the ends of the threads or branches. Examples of these plants are the blue mold on jam, etc., the common bread mold, and nearly all the Fungi which form spots or a white coating on leaves. The my- celium of toadstools and other higher Fungi is of much greater extent and more highly developed than that of the mohls. It is often seen as a cottony weft form- ing white patches on posts and boards exposed in damp, dark places. It can always be found on sticks and on decaying leaves in the woods. The white threads in fire-fanged manure are also mycelium. Perhaps the best known form of mycelium is the spawn in bricks, commercially known as "mushroom spawn." In na- ture the mycelium of these plants often forms strands as much as an eighth of an inch in thickness. It grows for varying periods of time, sometimes for years, in the ground, in decaying organic materials, or in fallen and standing trunks, etc., until it is ready to fruit. The fruit of these plants is not formed from a single, erect thread, but of many hundreds of threads which appear above the substratum as a thick bundle or as a tuberculiform mass. The threads increase in length and send out many branches which become closely inter- woven, gradually building up the fleshy umbrella-like bodies, or the hard shelving masses, which we know as toadstools, mushrooms, etc. The spores are borne on the lower, protected side of the fruit bodies on gills or spines, within honey-combed pores, or directly upon the smooth, lower surface. All Fungi grow on living or dead organic matter. They have no chlorophyll, and hence cannot assimilate carbon from carbon di-oxid. jj. H.4SSELBRING. 618 FUNGUS A Fangus is a plant of very low organization consist ing of one or more cells multiplying its kind by cell division and by spores. It contains no green substance (chlorophyll), and grows either as a saprophyte upon food directly non-living organic matter or deriv from another living organism, and site. Fungi are very common, and range the large hard-shell Fungus upon logs and the puff- ball and toadstool in the rich earth to the delicate moulds that infest bread and other foods, and the still more microscopic forms that produce fermentation, as yeast in dough and other species employed in mak- ing beer. Some of the toadstools are very richly tinted with red, yellow, l)rown and even blue, and a few are deadly poisonous, as the"death cup"an. FtjNKIA (Ludwig P. Funke, 173o-1807, and H. C. Funk, 1771-1839. German naturalists). LltiAcew. Dai- Lilt. Plantain Lily. Five or six Japanese perennial herbs, producing attractive clumps of foliage and inter- esting blossoms. Fls. in terminal racemes or spikes, white or blue ; perianth funnel form, 6-parted and more or less irregular, the lobes not widely spreading ; sta- mens 6, the filaments filiform, the anthers long-oblong and versatile : pod oblong and angled, many-seed^, splitting into 3 valves (Fig. 884) ; seeds flat and black, winged at the apex. Monogr. by Baker, Jour. Linn. Soc. i: :3C6. See also, Mottet, R.H. 1897, p. 114. Funkias are hardy and of the easiest culture. Their dense stools or clumps of foliage are in place along walks or drives and in the angles against buildings. A continuous row along a walk gives a strong and pleas- ing character. Make the soil rich and deep. The clumps improve with age. The large-leaved kinds grow vigorously in moist, shady places. Of some varieties the Ivs. are strikingly variegated. Bloom in summer. Foliage is killed by frost. Prop, by dividing the clumps ; some species produce seeds freely, and seedlings can be grown readily if seed is sown as soon as ripe. FU nUer inside. vertj largi-', with a subcordita, Spreng. {F. alba, Sweet. F. liliifldra, Hort. F. Japdiiica. Hort., at least of some. F. macrdn- ihu, Hort. F. cord&ta. Hon., notSieb.). Fig. 882. Lvs. large, broadly cordate-ovate, witb a short, sharp point, green, many-ribbed : fls. large, 4-G in. long, with an open bell-shaped perianth, waxy white, the base of the tube surrounded by a broad bract : spike short, the bracts very prominent.— The commonest species in old yards, and an excellent plant. The fls. have an orange- like odor. Clumps of foliage grow 12-20 in. high. B.M. 14:).'), as Hemerocallis Japonica. Var. grandifldra, Hort. (F. gmndindm, Sieb. & Zucc.),has very long and large fls. G.C. III. 4:153. F. mucrdntha, Hort., probably belongs here. ■ ;css' ncUi 1 the last bed and subcordata(Xl-5). (■i«so<'HS, Hort. F.cordi'ita.i^Wh \. Diffpr- in the metallic blue color of fli. 1- -- ■! ' inclined bluish or pale-tiuc.-H I I smaller fls. (which do not ri^i- :i' -.i.andin having only one small bract ;ii 'li- In-. ..i In tl. B.M. 3663. B.R. 25:50. L.B.C. \9:\fiK\. a-< Hiini mcillis Sie- boldtiana. There is a form with the body of the leaf yellowish white and the edge green. L. 69. — Lf. blade and petiole each 1 ft. long, the foliage therefore over- topping the fls. The plant usuallv cult, as F. Sie- boldi,nia is probably F. Forlunei. ' Fdrtunei, Baker. Differs from _F. .SieftoMiaiia in hav- ing smaller lvs. and the racemes much overtopping the FURCRJiA 619 foliage, as in other Fuukias. Petiole 2-3 in. long; blade cordate-ovate, 4-5 in. lung : raceme J^ ft. long on a stem or scape 1 ft. long : fls. pale lilac, funnel- shape, 1)2 in. long, the segments lanceolate and ascending and half as long as the tube. — Excellent. Generally cult, as F. Siebol- dinna, and many of the pictures of that name probably belong here, as, apparently, Gn.38,p.79; A. G. 11:157; A.F.6:322. It is probable that the garden synonyms cited under/". Sieboldiana are usually applied to plants of i^'./'oWiuifi- BB. Leaves green ovata, s,..-pn!r. if ((>■» i(/ea. Sweet F. I.tn...:.r , >,, L Figs 883, 884 88."i. I , ' - .1 5-10 m long and ]m i i-ii illy tapermg to the iMii-ii, I, lit >M)ii, times subcoi ilate : ra.-.ine long and a short, slender tube and suddenly panding into a bell-shape, 11^-2 long, nodding, deep blue B.M. 894, as Bemeronilhs^^~^__^^\ ccerulea. Mn. 1:73. — The '^^S^s^ej^ commonest blue-fld. species usually known as t cop ritlea. F. margindta, ^leb , is a form with white bor dered lvs. lancildlia, Spreng.(.F Ju piJHica, Hort., of some) Lvs lanceolate to narrowly ovate lanceolate, the blade 6 in or less long and 2 in or less wide : raceme lax, 6- 10-fld., on a tall, slender stem : fls. IK in. or less long, the tube slender and gradually enlarging upward pale lilac. Var. albo mar- ginita, Hort. (F.dlh mm giiidtd. Hook., B.M. {hi7) has the lvs. edged white Var. undulata (F. undiildta, Otto & Dietr.) is a foim with undulate white mar gined lvs. — Graceful Fls smaller than those of F. ovata. F. airea, Hort., variegated forms of various species.— -F. elata, Hort.. "bears tall scapes of pale blue fls."— F. giganUa, Hort. .has " loBg spikes of blue fls.' citoUa. v.ir. alba-m.arginata.— -F. t, rd!o,Hort.=F. lancitoli.% \HT.-r. forms of 1 . F. vfridis-margindta, Hort., is probably a form of F. ovata. L. H. B. FUECEffiA (Ant. Francois de Fourcroy, 1755-1809, chemist). Syn., Fourcroya, Fourcrcea, Fiircroya, Fur- craea. Aiiiarylliddcea!. About 17 species of succulent desert plants from tropical America, particularly Mex- ico, some with spiny foliage like Agave, others with nil nutely toothed margins like Beschorneria. They occa sionally bear immense loos» panicles of greenish white fls., suggesting those of Yucca filamentosa, which are known to every plant lover of the North. The perianth of Furcrtea is whit ish and wheel-shaped , in Agave greenish yellow, fun nel-shaped. The filaments in Purcrsea have a cushion like swelling at the base which is absent from Agave Furcrfea is cultivated much in the same way as Agave, 620 FURCR^A except that the Furcrieas are given more heat and water. F. r/igantea has a very pretty variegated form, which makes a useful pot-plant. As a rule, Furcreeas bear fruit not more than once, and then die without producing suckers. However, they produce while in flower an immense number of bulbels, which may be used for propagation. It is impossible to say at what size or age the plants will bloom. Grown in pots, they may take a century. On the other hand, plants from bulbels have been known to flower at 3 years. 885 Funki: (Seepage 619.) Teilu 'oflf< firm ipines usually present, deltoid: no minute teeth on maiqin {Futcrcea proper.) B Trunk S-4 ft long spines absent. gigant^a, Vent. Lvs. 4-6 ft. long, 4-B in. broad at middle, 23^-3 in. above base, usually without marginal spines, rarely with a few near the base: peduncle 20-40 ft. long: odor of fls. strong. Trop. Amer. Naturalized in Mauritius, Madagascar, India. B.M.2250. G.C. III. 23:227. R.H. 1857, pp.206, 207. Var. variegita, Hort., has variegated lvs. BB. Trunk none or short : spines present. c. Length of lvs. IS ft. or more. altissima, Todaro. A recent and little known species named at Palermo, Italy. Franceschi writes that it has hardly any trunk : lvs. bright green, with very few drooping. It is FURZE spines, 12 ft long or more, ei tenderer than the other kinds. ce. Length of lvs. 5-6 ft. Slegans, Todaro. Lvs. 4-5 in. broad at middle, 3 in. above base, rough on the back; prickles large: pedun- cle 20-25 ft. long. Mex. ccc. Length of lvs. 2-3 ft. D. Prickles usually large-sized. E. Panicle reaching 10-lS ft.; branches slightly compound. Cubfinsis, Haw. Lvs. 3-4 in. broad above middle, 1% in. above base, the tip convolute; prickles large, dis- tant, hooked: peduncle 5-6 ft. long. Odor of fls. faint. This and F. gigantea are widely spread in trop. Amer. and often cult, in the Old World. They are the oldest in cult. All the rest are rare. Var. in^rmis, Baker, is spineless. B.M.6543. F. Lindeni, Jacobi, has varie- gated lvs. I.H.21:I86. EE. Panicle reaching SO ft.; branches copiously tuberdsa, Ait. Lvs. a trifle longer and narrower than in F. Cubensis, 2-3 in. broad: fls. sweet scented. Int. by Franceschi, 1900. DD. Prickles middle-sized. pub6scens, Todaro. Baker does not say that the lvs. are not convolute at the tip, nor does he distinguish the lvs. from those of F. Vnttensis, except in the smaller- sized prickles. It is presumably the only species in Furcra?a proper with a pubescent ovary. Peduncle scarcely longer than the lvs.: panicle 5 times as long as the peduncle ; branches copiously compound. Trop. Amer. B.M. 7250. AA. Texture of lvs. flexible and wavy: spines absent: minute teeth on margin. (Subgenus RcezUa.) B. Trunk 5-6 ft. high: lvs. glaucous. BedinghauBU, K. Koch (F. BoMii, Andr«. Tucca Parmentieri, Roezl. Razlia regia, Hort.). Lvs. 3-4 ft. long, 3-4 in. broad at middle, 1 in. above base, permanently glaucous on both sides, very rough on the back: inflor. 15-20 ft. high. Mex. R.B. 1863, p. 327; 1883, p. 133 (full history). R.H. 1887, p. 353 ; 1895, pp. 468, 469. B.M. 7170. Gn. 52, p. 197. G.C. III. 9:489. BB. Trunk finally 40-iiO ft. high: lvs. not glaucous. longffiva, Karw. & Zucc. Lvs. 4-5 ft. long, 4-5 in. broad, narrowed to 2 in. above base, the roughness on the back only on the keel: inflorescence 40 ft. long. Mex. B.M. 5519. G.C. II. 16:653. F. Peanceschi, G. W. Oliver and \V. JI. FURZE. Ulex, particularly L'. Eiiropwus. GAILLARDIA (personal name). Compdsitiv. About a dozen American herbs (largely of Atlantic N. Amer.), with alternate, simple, more or less toothed, punctate Ivs. and solitary yellow or red, showy heads: ray fls. usually neutral, often with 2 or more colors or shades; disk tts. mostly purple, the styles with slender hispid branches ; involucre with two or more rows of leafy scales. Gaillardiasare popular and worthy garden plants. There are two types, — the annual forms, which are derived from O. fyiilcheHa and tf. nw/-/.(/ot?OH, chiefly from the former: and the perennials, which issue from G. aris- tata. The species are variable and confusing. Amongst hardy perennial plants, Gaillardias are conspicuous for profusion and duration of (lowers. A constant succession is produced all summer until very late in autumn. They produce a most gorgeous effect in beds or borders. Moreover, they are highly recom- mendable for cut-flower purposes, as they last for a long time in water, and can be gathered with ample, self-si porting stems. They thr best in light, open, w drained soil, and should have the full benefit of air and sun. In heavier or in moisture- retaining ground the plants are often winter-killed. The perennial forms are propa gated by division, seeds o cuttings in August or Septem ber; also by root cuttings in early spring. Seedlings do r^ not reproduce the parent ; therefore, if we are in pos- session of an extra good variety, we must resort to the other modes of propagation, though for general purposes we may rely on seed sowing, as this involves less labor, but the cuttings make the better plants. ") is rather trying, except to the connoisseur who, unlike the general public, is chiefly interested in the larger- flowered forms and the novelties. There are several types of minor importance. The GALANTHUS autumn-flowering kinds, representing many Latin names, as Octobrensis, CoreyreHsi.i, J/eghice Olgce, are usually weak-growing plants. However, much is hoped from . About a dozen S. African herbs or small shrubs, somewhat allied botanically to Chrysanthemum. Lvs. alternate and mostly pinnatisect: peduncles 1-headed, the heads bear- ing 1 series of yellow, pistillate rays, the disk fls. perfect: akenes without pappus, wingless and glabrous. inuua, Less. (G. Tasre^cs.DC). Pig.892. An- nual, of wiry growth, a foot or less high, very floriferous: lvs. pinnate or pinnately parted, 5-7 lobes or leaflets on either side of the rachis and the leaflets entire or lobed: involucre nearly or quite urn-shaped, the scales joined more than half their length: fl. -heads bright yellow or orange, % in. across. -Hardy or half-hardy. Of easiest culture from seeds in sunny places, and most excellent for ribbon borders and for low mass effects. Continuous bloomer. l_ jj^ g GAEClNIA (L. Garcin, who lived and collected in India, and wrote in the eighteenth century). Guttiferw. This genus includes the Mangosteen, which is declared by some connoisseurs to be one of the rarest and most luscious of all tropical fruits; also the Gamboge Tree, whose resinous juice yields a well-known pigment and purgative. The Mangosteen is cultivated in the West Indies; the Gamboge Tree is also cult, in S. Fla. It is a broad-leaved tree of slow growth. The Mango- steen is about the size and shape of an orange, with rind considerably thicker, and edible seg- ments of form and ar- rangement like those of an orange. It is bril- liantly colored outside with rich purple. The persistent stigmas and calyx lobes are seen in Fig. 893. The flavor is said to suggest some- thing between a grape and a peach. Number- less efforts are said to have been made to nat- uralize this tree in the tropics without success. The successful ripening of this fruit under glass 626 GAECINIA is usually regarded as a consummate achievement in the art o£ gardening. Uangost&na, Linn. Manqosteen. Fig. 893. Height 20 ft.: Ivs. 7-8 in. long, elliptic: fls. reddish; petals 4: fr. about2Kin. indiam. B.M. 4847. L.B.C. 9:845. F.S. 22:2359. G.C. II. 4:657. Morilla, Desr. Gamboge Tbee. Height 30-50 ft. : Its. more tapering at both ends: fls. yellowish: fr. resem- bling a Morello cherry in size and shape. -yy jj The Mangosteen is a native of the Malay peninsula and archipelago. It is cultivated, and bears fruit in some parts of Ceylon and in a few spots in the Madras Presidency, but no success has been obtained in its cul- tivation in other parts of India. DeCandolle, in his " Ori- gin of Cultivated Plants," says: "Among cultivated plants it is one of the most local, both in its origin, habi- tation and cultivation." In the West Indies it is successfully cultivated in Trinidad and Jamaica, but only in spots where the climate is moist, hot and fairly equable all through the year ; for instance, in the Jamaica Botanic Gardens it bears good crops of fair-sized fruit at Castleton, in a val- ^- J93. The Mangosi. Garcinia MangosT;ir! i One of the choicest tropical fruits. ley on the north side, with a mean temperature of 7C° F. and an annual rainfall of 113 inches, whereas attempts to grow it have failed at Hope Gardens, in the Liguanea plain of the south side, with a mean temperature of 72° and an annual rainfall of 52 inches. Experience in southern India is much the same; it will grow only in valleys,— not in the open plains. In England the tree has been grown in hothouses and the frait ripened suc- cessfully. The Gamboge Tree is much more widely distributed, being native throughout India, Ceylon, Malaya and Siam. As one might expect, its cultivation is easy, as it stands a considerable amount of variation of moisture and heat. In Jamaica it has become naturalized in some parts of the wetter districts. -^ysj, Fawcett. GARDEN and GAEDENING. The word Garden etymologically means an inclosed space, and Garden- ing is. therefore, distinguished from agriculture by be- ing carried on within an inclosure of some kind instead of in the open fields. Gardening operations are usually GARDENIA conducted on a smaller scale than those of agriculture, and by more intensive methods. Gardening and horti- culture are really synonymous terms, but, by usage, a horticulturist is supposed to have a more extended training and wider range of activities than a gardener. Jloreover, the word Gardening now suggests more of the private, homelike and personal point of view, whereas the most distinctive feature of American hor- ticulture ia the immense commercial importance of fruit-growing on a greater scale than that of Old World Gardening, and a marked emphasis of the professional side of a fruit-grower's work. The history and discus- sion of Gardening are, therefore, set forth in this book under Horticulture. Large private places are often divided into Fruit Garden, Kitchen Garden and Flower Garden. Fruit-growing is the same as Pomology (which see). Kitchen-Gardening, in its widest sense, is the same as Vegetable-Gardening (which see), or the more learned word, Olericulture; but the expression Kitchen-Gardening is now less common, and generally indicates the private and uncommercial point of view, whereas Market-Gardening and Truck-Gardening (which are practically the same) are now the chief words used for the wholesale and commercial side of Vegetable-Gardening in the U. S. Flo-.ver-Gardeiiing, a third primary division of Garden- ing, is the same as Floriculture (which see). Under Ornamental Gardening and Landscape Garden- ing are explained the two different laiiiits of view in the use of plants and flowers for their own sakes or when grouped for artistic effects, the nature- like or picturesque \^ - V conception being set ~^- _^\ forth under Land- " -'■ '^^ scape Gardening, and the artiflcial or mere- ly decorative styles Gardening. America being the only coun- try where cut-flowers important at present than Its, a special article is de- this work. Other depart- of Ornamental Gardening are treated un- -ii r Greenhouse Management, Alpine Gardens ni'huliug Kock Gardens), Aquatics (including i'."t; (rardens). Trees, Shrubs, Herbaceous Per- ennials and Annuals. GASDENEE'S GAETEE. Aruwlo Donui, var. rarieijala, and PhaUiris arundinncea , var. GAEDi;NIA( after Alexander Garden, M. D. , of Charles- ton, S.C, a correspondent of Linnfeus). BnhiAceir. This includes the Cape Jasmine, a tender shrub 2-6 ft. high, with thick, evergreen foliage and large double, waxy Camellia-like, fragrant fls. It blooms from May to Sept. in the South, where it is often used for hedge.s, and is hardy as far north as Va. In the middle of the century the Cape Jasmine was considered one of the finest stove shrubs in cultivation, but with the waning popularity of Camellias the doom of the Cape Jasmine as a conserva- tory plant was sealed. The Camellia has a greater range of color, and has had hundreds of varieties, while its scented rival has had barely a dozen. The flowers of the Cape Jasmine have never been so perfectly regular as those of a Camellia, and the plants are very subject to insect enemies. Their bloom is successional rather than close, and large plants are therefore not so shovry as Camellias. They are considerably grown abroad for cut- fls. in early spring, young plants a season or two old be- ing used for best results. The variety with variegated foliage is dwarfer and weaker growing. The true botani- cal name of the Cape Jasmine is G. jaxmhin'ides, a name almost never used in the trade. "Cape Jasmine" itself is one of the most remarkable cases of the vitality of an erroneous popular name. Thesinele-fld. form was 0 commercially mor o trade in potted pi led to Cut-flowers i GAKDENIA introduced much later than the double, and has always been less popular. The earliest picture of a living plant with single Us. was published in 1820 in B.R. Hi). Some fine plants sfll known to the trade as Gardenias are no T I Uced in the allie 1 genei a Rand a and Mitriostigma Tl e e two f,ei eii have a many celle \ ovary wh le thit of Garden a is 1 celled The calj x in C ar len a is often tubular m Mtiiostgna 5piitel in Ri la la ous The testa of the seeds is membrai aceoub in Ran lia in Mitr osti^n a rathe GARDENIA 627 al le ch efly through s Cape Ja nines are al I e e J lant who son et was piobably intr 1 1 ma I by Francesch 1 belong to the ol e fa u 1 a plants) see J n Q flor da and G rad ca s hive Ion, and our nurserymen st II keep the i d fference which DeCandoIle records shrubby and erect with ellipt cal 1 ing spontaneously in C I na an 1 c 1 ca s 1 as a stem that takes root 1 of J ipan Botl plant IleC 1 e m dealers > of Japan G I c la G Both les (which n tiailmg wl figi I but prol iblv wo il \ v< the earth It s do It country or e en n t great affin ty 1 etwee which It d ffer erv 1 * Cape Jasm no Tb s was first I ro g Hutcl nson of the C odolph In 1 aim die of the last cent ry met w U a somewhere n ar tl e C pe of C o 1 H vated state He bro g t tl e wl le i * * * Mr Cordon tl e i se u n from tl e tree propaj, ted t so s !,„„„„ „<,^ more tl an 500 ( by tl r gardens treated quent u « L B .iv*c^3 t*^ «iv^ .^ « ^ req i res heat in the early spr ng other t mes a hardy gieenhouse pla G t ct Wldtl 1 1 a \ Corolla t ibe cjhndncal B Caljx w th o lot g teeth c Bibs ni the calyx jasminoldes, Ellis (G n r la Lmn G tad)cani Thunl ) Cape JASMINE Disc is edalove Forpictures of doul le forms see B M 1M2 an 1 2( '7 and B R 1 i single II b 44 I I 1 P M 3 4 I n r il an 1 vane gate 1 t 1 III I I \ Fortmuana Lin II I ■^ 1 R B 23 ^tl I I II rfl ,a in all 1 M ) );or and » a I ' s / logue perhaps belongs here cc Bibs not pte^enf liioida, Roxb. Buds resinous : Ivs. oblong : stipules annular, variously divided at the mouth, unequally lobed. India, Burma, Luzon. — The calyx teeth are not decurrent, as in the Cape Jessamine, and thus the calyx does not have the ribbed look. BB. Calyx tubular, with 5 very short teeth. amcena, Sims. Differs from all here described in hav- ing numerous strong spines nearly K in. long, which are axillary. Lvs. oval, acute, short-stalked : fls. subtermi- nal ; corolla tube 1 in. long, longer than the lobes, which are 6, obovate, white, with margins incurved enough to show the rosy back. India or China. :f Herger ; BBB. Calyx spathe-like. Thunbfirgia, Linn, f . Lvs. broadly elliptic, acu;e, with pairs of glands along the midribs: fls. 3 in. across, pure white ; corolla lobes 8, overlapping. S.Afr. B.M. 1004. — "Dwarf-growing."— ^rartce.scyii*. AA. Corolla tube short and wide -throated. B. I^ls. 3 in. long and broad. Bothm&nnia, Linn. f. Very distinct in foliage and fl. Lvs. with pairs of hairy glands along the midrib: calyx ribbed, with 5 long teeth, equaling the short, cylindrical portion of the corolla tube ; corolla tube rather suddenly swelled, ribbed : lobes 5, long-acumi- nate, whitish, spotted purple in the mouth. S. Afr B.M. 690. L.B.C. 11: 1053. -"Fls. pale yellow."- /'ra.i- ceschi. BB. Jfls. 1% in. long and broad. globoaa, Hochst. Lvs. oblong, short-acuminate; leaf- stalk nearly 3-5 lines long : lis. white, inside hairy and lined pale yellow; calyx small, with 5 very short teeth; corolla tube wide at the base and gradually swelled ; lobes 5, short-acuminate. S. Afr. B.M. 4791. F.S. 9:951. G. cilrinddra. Hook =Mltriostigma axiUare.— G. Slanleyana. Hook.^Randia muculata. ^'_ ]y|_ Gardenia jasminoides (the true Cape Jasmine) has again become very popular, even suggesting its popu- larity thirty years ago, when its wax-like, fragrant blos- soms were highly fashionable. Then several of the lead- ing florists erected special houses for it, in order that they might flower it in the winter season. The writer had charge of one of these houses. The attempt to bloom them in midwinter was, however, only partly successful, for it is against the nature of the plant to force it into bloom before the turn of the sun in, say, January. If the plants have been well established the previous sum- mer and are well set with flower buds, they can be suc- cessfully forced into bloom in a sunny greenhouse, giv- ing them stove heat and frequent syringings with tepid water. Tlie phmts will be entirely covered with their great blossoms. To gi o\v and prepare such plants, cut- tings with two or three joints or eyes of well-ripened wood should be made in December or January, putting them into the propagating bed of sharp sand, with abottomheatof not less than 75°, and keeping close until callused. Then air can be admitted. After rooting, they should be potted into small pots and grown on until the middle of May, when they can be planted out intoacold- frameorold hotbed, intoarioh, sandy loam, giving them the full sun and treating them the same as J''inis elastica is now grown. Abundance of water and frequent syring- ing are essential. Pinch the shoots, so as to make the plants bushy and branchy. In the latter part of August or beginning of September the plants should be potted into 5-, 6- or 7-inch pots, according to their size, then placed either in a hotbed with gentle bottom heat or in a house where a moist stove temperature can be maintaineduntil the plants are well rooted. During this period they should be slightly shaded, after which the plants can be hardened off and put into their winter quarters. Put in a cool greenhouse where Azaleas or Camellias or other New Holland or Cape stock is win- tered, until their time for forcing into flower arrives, in the early part of the new year. There is considerable difference between the large-leaf or Fortuniana variety and the common G. jasminoides. While the same treatment will answer for both, and the fl. of the former is much larger, it is not so profitable for commercial purposes as the ordinary G. jasminoides. There is also a difference between these and the variety known as G. radicans, and its variegated variety, radi- cans fol. var. These plants grow much dwarfer, and their habit is more radicant or flat or prostrate in growth. Their foliage is myrtle-like and the flowers are much smaller and are less valuable. These, however, make good flowering (dwarf) pot-plants under similar treatment. The variegated form is cultivated in great abundance in Japan, in the gardens in semi-tropical sections. None of the other varieties is of much com- mercial importance, and they have value only in botani- cal collections. H. A. Siebrecht. 628 GARDEN LEMON GARDEN LEMON. See under Ciinuiiis Melo. GA.ED6QUIA, betonicoides = Cc(Z)-OHe/((i Mexican GARLAND FLOWER in the South sometimes m. nedyrhniM mromirinm. Often means Daphne C GARGET. Phytolacca deciDidra. of southern Europe. .). Hardy perennial the onion. It is native IS flat leaves, and the bulb is composed of several separ- able parts or bulbels, called cloves. These cloves are planted, as onion sets are, in spring or in fall in the South. They mature in sum- mer and early fall. If the soil is rich, it may be neces- sary to break over the tops to prevent too much top growth and to make the bulbs better, as is sometimes done with onions. This is done when the top growth has reached normal full size. The cloves are usually set ■t-6in. apartin drills, inordi- nary garden soil. The bulbs are used in cookery, but mostly amongst the foreign population. Strings of bulbs braided together by their tops are common in metro- politan markets (Fig. 894). L. H. B. GARLIC PEAR. See GARRYA (after Nicholas Garry, secretary of the Hudson Bay Company). Including Fadyhiia. Cor- nAcew. Ornamental ever- green shrubs with opposite, petioled, entire Ivs., with the small greenish white or yellowish fls. in catkin-like, often pendulous spikes, and with dark purple or dark blue berries. None of the -p<-<-i<-s is hardy North, but ali.l nlso (/. /'/-.inoith', which !iro tlie liariliest. can prob- ably be grown north to New York in sheltered positions, while the others are hardy only South. They are well adaptedfor evergreen shrub- beries, and the staminate plants are especially decora- tive in early spring with the showy, pendulous catkins, which in G.tUiptica attain to 1 ft. in length and often bloom in midwinter. The Garryas thrive well in a well-drained soil and in sunny, sheltered position; in England they are often grown on walls. Prop, by seeds or by cuttings of half-ripened wood under glass ; also by layers and sometimes by grafting on Aucuba. About 10 species in W. N. America from S. Oregon to S. Mexico, west to W. Texas. Shrubs with exstipulate Ivs. : fls. dicecious, apetalous, 1-3 in the axils of opposite bracts on elongated, often drooping, axillary spikes; staminate fls. with 4 sepals and 4 sta- mens., pistillate with 2 sepals and 2 styles and a 1- celled ovary: berry 1-2-seeded, rather dry. elllptica, Dougl. Shrub, to 8 ft.: Ivs. elliptic to oval- oblong, obtuse or acute, usually undulate, glabrous above, densely tomentose beneath, lJ^-3 in. long: 3 fls. in the axils of short and broad, pointed bracts; spikes GASTERIA rather dense, staminate 2-12 in. long, often branched, pistillate 1-3 in. long : fr. globose, silkv tomentose. Calif, to New Mex. B.R. 20:1686. Gn. 33, p. 562; 51, p. 257; 53, p. 449; 55, p. 258. -This is the handsomest species, and stands about 10° of frost (sometimes more) in a sheltered position. Thur§ti, Carr. ( G. eUipfira x FmUj,,ii\. Shrub, to 15tt. : Ivs. elliptic to elliptii-obloug. at length glossy and glabrous above, whitish tomentose beneath, 2-5 in. long: bracts remote, ovate-lanceolate, with usually 1 fl. in each axil; spikes shorter than those of the former: fr. ovoid, tomentose. Originated in France. B.H. 1869, p. 17; 1879, p. 154,155. G. Fiidueni Hook. (Failyeiiia Fr.K.keri, Griseb.). Shrub, to ir. ft, Iv^ .lliiiti.- tr, nl,!,,riL', :m iiT- iM- TVinrrnTinlrifo, glossy al"i>- ■■■ • I" ■'.-'' ' ■■' •'-• • ' i.-:;lh.2-(in. C'edr. )se beuc.-ith, llir^^ in. sessile, usually silky to- .~Var. flav^scens, Coult. the Ivs. smaller, longer ninrp northern form and . Ii, lintanical explorer of Alfred Rehder. /-,,,,►. This includes rc-aohing 60 ft., and ts fruits, which are eaten raw, but chiefly tropical Asia, trees: Ivs. crowded at GARt6A(n.iln.-, a deciduous i::,-i cult, in S. n I. aiM the size of a k""-' I' pickled. The g.iiu Amer. and Australia tips of branches, alternate, odd-pinnate; Ifts. opposite subsessile, serrate: fls. polygamous, panicled; calyx bell- shaped, 5-cut; petals 5, inserted on the tube of the ca- lyx above the middle: ovary 4-5-celled; ovules in pairs: drupe with 5, or by abortion 1-3, stones, which are wrin- kled and finally 1-seeded. pinn&ta, Roxb. Lvs. nearlv villous; Ifts. obtusely cre- nate. India and Malaya. -Also cult, abroad under glass. GAS PLANT. Consult Dletumniix. 6ASI£RIA swollen basi- •■ greenhouse • (/•i-'fc. belly; referring to the I,, In'icece. About 50 species of . iileuts, allied to Aloe, and li:iilier small plants, mostly acaulescent, w iih u-ui]!} ■ li.iigated leaves, crowded in 2 ranks era loose rosette. Flowers with a rosy ventri- cose, curved tube and short, suberect, greenish seg- ments, about as long as the stamens and pistil. Several species are proliferous on aborted peduncles. Hybrids are frequent between the species, and with other genera of the tribe. Gasterias flower in winter. For culture, see Aloe. A. Leaves taverinq qrtiditallu to the point, concave- verrucdsa, H i v • l /.. /. micfisa, Mill.). Lvs. in two straight or at lri!_-tli twi^trd ranks, narrow for the ge- nus, dull grav, ver\- i-->u;,'ii, with small white tubercles. Cape. B.M.837. carin&ta, Haw. {Aide carindta, Mill.). Lvs. at length spreading in every direction, an inch or more broad, mostly inequilaterally 3-sided, dull, greener, the greener protuding tubercles coarser and more separated. B.M. 1331 (except left-hand leaf). excav4ta. Haw. Like the last, but without raised tu- bercles. Doubtfully distinct from the next. Cape. gUbra, Haw. (Aide glibra, Salm-Dyck. A. cari- ndta, var. sitbgldhra) . Lvs. larger, green, somewhat glossy, some oif the coarse, remote, pale dots persis- tently elevated. Cape. B.M. 1331 (left-hand leaf). acinacifblia. Haw. (Aide acinacifbUa). Lvs. dark green, more elongated, somewhat glossy, the scattered pale dots not raised. Cape. B.M. 2369. (tASTERIA piilolira, Haw. {Al&e piilchra,Ja.cq.). Lvs. sometimes purplish, narrower and longjer, tiie rather coarse, pale dots not elevated. Cape. B.M. 765. nitida. Haw. {Aide nltida, Salm-Dyck). Lvs. green, more or less glossy, short, deltoid, very thick, the coarse, pale dots not elevated, and the margins nearly smooth. Cape. B.M. 2304. AA. Leaves with nearly parallel margins, abruptlif pointed or mucronale. B. Leaves strap-shaped, one or hnth fares flat or con- intermMia, Haw. ((;. / . i , ,7r,v,,,, \ :,r. intermedia). Lvs. 2-ranked, more roundcil c,u ili,. hmk than usual in gravish, roui^h, with nuini-rous [lale tuliercles. Cape. B.M. 1322 (as Aloe Umjua). scab6rrima, Salm-Dyck (G. intrrmidia, yar. aspirri- Lvs. thinner, less concave and tapering, often sword- shaped, very rough, with coarse white tubercles. diaticha, Haw. (G. denticuUta, Haw. Aide dlsficha, Thunb. A. lingua, Thunb. A. linguifirmis, Mill.). Lvs. somewhat concavo-convex, from apple-green be- coming dull gray, evanescently pale dotted, smooth, rough-margined. Cape. Var. conspurcita, Haw. (G. consparcAla, Haw. Aloe conspurcAta, Salm-Dyck). Lvs. with less roughened margin, the numerous, more persistent, pale dots not elevated. Var. verrucdsa (Aide linguifdrmis , var. verrucdsa). Lvs. roughened by the persistent elevation of some of the more remote greener dots. Var. anguUta, Haw. (Aide anguUta, Willd.). Lvs. nearly tlat on both surfaces, one or both margins acutely doubled. sulcata. Haw. (Aide sulcilta, Salm-Dyck). Lvs. very concave, with angular, conspicuously elevated and mostly incurved margins, the green dots sometimes pro- truding. Cape. nigricans. Haw. (Aide nigricans. Haw. A. lingua, var. crassifdlia). Lvs. plano-convex, rather turgid, frora dark green with pale dots becoming uniformly pur- plish, smooth, the occasionally doubled margins very mi- nutely roughened. Cape. B.M. 838 (as Aloe lingfia,va.T. crassifolia). Var. subnigricans. Haw. (G. subnigricans, Haw.). Greener, the sparse dots somewhat elevated and the margins rough, especially below. BB. Leaves stcord-shaped, turgid, polished. planifolia, Bak. Lvs. 2-ranked, 2-edged, narrow, long, biconvex, dark green, with numerous rather large, often confluent pale blotches, the margin denticulate next the apex. Algoa Bay. maculata. Haw. (Aide maculdta, Thanh. A.obliqua, Haw.). Lvs. obliquely 2-ranked, occasionally 3-edged, often twisted, broad, with confluent pale blotches, the margin entire. Cape. B.M. 979. picta. Haw. (G. and A. Bowiedna). Lvs. spirally 2 ranked on an elongated stem, somewhat purplish, broad, from biconvex becoming concave, smooth-margined or a little roughened near the middle. Cape. marmorata, Bak. Lvs. spirally 2-ranked, often 3- edged, narrow, elongated, smooth, entire or the lower partly rough-margined, highly polished, coarsely pale- marbled. Cape ? parviidlia, Bak. Lvs. spreading in all directions, mostly 3-edged, very short and thick, duller green, with less confluent, small, pale dots, which are often slightly elevated. Cape. Wm. Trelease. GAST6NIA palmata. See Trevesia. GASTRONfiMA. A section of Cyrtanlhus. GAUIiTHfiBIA (named by Kalm after Dr. "Gaul- thier," a physician in Quebec, whose name was really GAURA 629 written Gaultier). Eric&cew. This includes the Winter- green and some other ornamental low aromatic plants with alternat.-. Hv..r.'ro,.n lvs., white, pink or scarlet, often fr:ii;i-;ihi iN, iti i>iiniiial or axillary racemes or solitary, ail. i i .: i v. ■, berry-like red or blackish fr. <;. /ic.ir , , . ■, liardy North, while the other N. Americ-an ~jh ,i, , ri> il protection during the winter; they are well adaj.ted for borders of evergreen shrub- beries as well as for rockeries, and in suitable soil they are apt to form a handsome evergreen ground-cover. Most of the foreign species can be grown only South or as greenhouse shrubs. Some have edible fruits, and an aromatic oil used in perfumery and medicine is ob- tained from G. procumbens and several Asiatic species. They grow best in sandy or peaty, somewhat moist soil and partly shaded situations. Prop, by seeds, layers or suckers, division of older plants, and also by cuttings of half-ripened wood under glass. About 90 species in the warmer and subtropical regions of Asia, Australia, and in America from Canada to t'liile. Erect or procumbent shrubs, rarely small trees, usii:;lly lim , anil {glandular: lvs. petioled, roundish to la ^ ! . ■ Hv serrate: fls. in terminal panicles or a . : i .n- solitary; calyx 5-parted; corolla urccdai. . ,, h.i„,i; stamens 10: ovary superior; fr. a 5-celleil, ileliiscent (■a]>sule, usually enclosed by the fleshy and berry-like calyx. procumbens, Linn. Wintergreen. Cheokebberry. BoxBEBKY. Partridge Beukv. Stem creeping, send- ing up erect branches to 5 in. high. Ill a till-' li\. nil the end 3-8 dark green, oval or obovali , a i , . ^ mus lvs., 1-2 in long, with ciliate teeth : r , i mi- ding; corolla ovate, white, about Ji ill. I aij : ,i, . .il.-t. Julv-Sept. Canada to Ga., west to .Micli. Jj. Vj. i;..M. 1966. L.B.C. 1:82. Shillon, Pursh. Low shrub, to 2 ft., with spreading, glandular-hairy branches : lvs. roundish-ovate or ovate, cordate or rounded at the base, serrulate, 2- I in. long : fls. nodding, in terminal and axillary rac-ines ; .Mrnlla ovate, white or pinkish: fr. purplisii iil.ick, ijlamliilar, hairy. May, June. Brit. Golurabiti ti. c.alit. i ailed "shallon" or "salal" by Indians. B.;\l. L'.si;;. 11. R. 17:1411. L.B.C. 14:1372. G. antipoda, Forst. Shrub, to 5 ft., sometimes procumbent, hairy: lvs. orbicular to oblong, ^-J^ in. : fl. solitaiT, white or pink, campanulate. N. Zealand, Tasmania.— (?. coccinea, HBK. Shrub, to 2 ft., hairy: lvs. roundish ovate, about 1 in.: fls. slender-pediceiled, in elong.ated, secund racemes; eoroUaovate, pink. Venezuela. R.H. 1849:181.— ff. ferrnuiuea, Oham. & ■ , riTfousIy hairy: lvs. ovate or oblong. Schlecht. Small : . . . 1-2 in.: fls. almost like the former. Br, fragrantlssima. WaU. Shrub o liptic to lanceolate, 2%~2^i in. shorter than the lvs. ; corolla \v Himalayas, Ceylon. B.M. r»!lSi B.M. 4t; fously hairy: lvs. ovate, white. Hii ovatifdlia. Gray, hairy branches: 1 campanulat ■ I ! ! . ■ 1.-,;.' P.F.G. 2:104.- I 'i-uding and sparingly ' I . in. long: fls. solitary, lit ( ,,i,iiiil, to Ore.— G.pyroioidcs, Hook. f. & Thorn. («. pyrnl.a.t.il].a. Honk.f.). Low shrub, some- mes procumbent, almost glabrous; lvs. elliptic-obovate, about ''■ ' racemes few-fld., axillary. Himal., Japan. Alfred Rehder. Greek, ,sa,.- ,'ii. < fu.n,r,)rem. This includes IH in. 1 ap).( but scarcely possess n<- ! :ilue, though they are pleasant incidents m lin i].iiii\ imiiier of those who like native plants. The l.l..erennial herbs confined to the warmer regions of N. Ann]-.: l\s. :ilter- nate, sessile or stalked, entire, dent:iii , i>i ^iiukiIi : fls. white or rose, in spikes or racemes; r:,\\\ ihIm .1, ridu- ous, oljconical, much prolonged beytiml ilie nx ;ii\ . with 4 reflexed lobes; petals clawed; st:imens mostly 8, with a small scale-like appendage before the base of each fllament; stigma 4-lobed, surrounded by a ring or cup- like border: fr. nut-like, 3-4-ribbed, finally 1-ceIIed, and 1-4-seeded. Gauras are easily prop, by seed. They pre- fer light soils, and the seedlings can be transplanted directly into permanent quarters. A. Heights n.: fls. ii-hite. Lindheimeri, Engelm. & Gray. Lvs. lanceolate, with a few wavy teeth and recurved margins. Tex. G.W.F. 23. R.H. 1851:41, and 1857, p. 262. A. ITeight 1 ft.: fls. rosy, turning to scarlet. cocciuea, Nutt. Lvs. numerous, lanceolate to linear, repand-denticulate or entire: Hs. in spikes: fr. 4-sided. Tex. -SV'. M. GAYLUSSACIA (after J. L. Ciavlussae. eminent French chemist; died 1850). Syn.. J./.. // ./, /./( >,,,r, tribe Vaceiniew. Evergreen or de.i'l v ith alternate, short-petioled, entire or -< ■ ■ In.-, red, or reddish green fls. in lateral raci m, ,, umI liu,. i,r black mostly edible fruits. The deeiriuous siiecit-s are hardy North, but are of little decorative value, while the evergreen species, all, except the half-hardy G. bracky- cera, inhabitants of the S. American mountains, are often very ornamental in foliage and fls., but tender and hardly cultivated in this country. They grow best in peaty or sandy soil and shaded situations. Prop, by seeds, layers or division; the evergreen species by cut- tings of half-ripened wood under glass. See also Vac- cinium for cult. About 40 species in N. and S. America, closely allied to Vaccinium, distinguished by the 10- celled ovary, each cell with one ovule. A. Lrs. evergreen, obtusely serrate. brachycera. Gray. Low shrub, with creeping and as- cending stem and spreading angled glabrous branches: lvs. oval, glabrous, K-1 in. long : racemes short, with few white or pinkish fls. : fr. black. May, June. Pa. to Va. B.M. 928. L.B.U. 7:648 (as Vaccinium huxi- folium). AA. Lvs. deciduous, entire. B. Fls. in loose racemes: corolla campanulate. dumdsa, Torr. & Gray. Shrub, to 2 ft., with creeping stem and almost erect, somewhat hairy and glandular branches : lvs. obovate-oblong to oblanceolate, mucro- nate, shining above, leathery, 1-2 in. long: fls. white or pinkish ; bracts foliaceous and persistent : fr. black, usually pubescent, rather insipid. May, June. New- foundland to Fla. and La. B.M. 1106 (as Vaccinium). frondAsa, Torr. & Gray. Blce Hucklebebrt. Dan- GLEBERRY. Tanqleberry. Shrub, to 6 ft., with spread- ing, usually glabrous branches: lvs. oblong or oval- obovati-, obtuse or emarginate, pale green above, whitish bi'iH :ini. 111. niliirinaceous, 1-2 in. long: fls. slender-pedi- II ' 1 ' li madly campanulate, greenish purple: li ' : I iiirous bloom, sweet. May, June. N. li. i" 1 I ' , >" -I til Ky., preferring moist, peaty soil. Em. J.1..1. I..I, . 111. 7:.580. ursina, Torr. & Gray. Shrab, to 4 ft., with somewhat pubescent, spreading branches : lvs. obovate to oblong, acuminate, membranaceous, 2-4 in. long ; fls. white or pinkish : fr. flnally black, insipid. May, June. N. and S. Carolina. Harlan P. Kelsey writes of this species: "Shrub 2-6 ft. high; very local in a few counties in southwestern North Carolina, though common in these stations. Locally it is known as 'Buckberry,' a name given by the native mountaineers from the' fact that deer feed on the very abundant clustered fruit in late summer. The berries are much used for pies and jams, and have a most peculiar and pleasant acid flavor, un- like any other Vaccinium. It promises to be a valuable addition to our garden fruits." BB. Fls. in sliort, sessile racemes: corolla ovate. resin5sa, Torr. & Gray. Erect shrub, to 3 ft., resinous wlifii yoiiiii; : lvs. oval or oblong-lanceolate, mucronu- lati-, yill.i\vii.li u-rt-en above, pale beneath, 1-lH in. long: Hs. shi.rt iitilii.lled, nodding, reddish: fr. black, rarelv white, sweet. May, June. Newfoundland to Ga., west to Wis. and Ky., preferring sandy or rocky soil. Era. 451. B.M. 1288 (as Vaccinium). O.Pseudo -Vaccinium. Cham. & .Schlecht. Evergreen, usuall.v glabrous shrub, to 3 ft., with elliptic, entire lvs. and red fis. in secund. many-flcl. racemes. Brazil. B.R., 30:62. R.H. 1845:285. Alfred Rehder. GAZANIA GAZANIA (after Theodore of Gaza, 1393-1478, trans- lator of Aristotle and Theophrastus). Compdsita. This group contains some of the finest of the subshrubby com- posites from the Cape of Good Hope. They have an aston- ishing range of color, — pure white, yellow, orange, scarlet, and the backs of the rays are in some cases rich purple, and even azure-blue. Their foliage is often densely woolly beneath, and the range of form is amazing. Speaking of G. uniflora, Harvey says : "Frequently all the lvs. are quite simple; in other specimens some lvs. are deeply 3-lobed, the rest simple, and in our var. pinnata, which grows intermixed with the other varieties, the upper lvs. are quite simple, the lower either 3-lobed or pin- nately 5-7-lobed, all on the same branch!" The group is also remarkable for the spots near the base of the rays of G. Pavonia and some others. These markings suggest the eyes of a peacock's tail. The plants are also remarkable for their behavior at night, when they close their fls. and turn their foliage enough to make the woolly under sides of the lvs. more conspicuous. The genus has 24-30 species, which are herbaceous, mostly perennial, rarely annual, with short stems or none: lvs. crowded at the crown of the root, or scattered along the stem : involucral scales in 2 or several rows, cup-like at the base : akenes wingless, villous : pappus in 2 series of very delicate, scarious, toothed scales, often hidden in the wool of the akene. Harvey in Flora Capen- sis 3:471. N. E. Brown in Gn. 47, p. 288. Gazanias are now rarely met with in some of the oldest- fashioned florists' establishments. Few of the more prominent firms keep them now, and they may be said to be practically out of cultivation in America. All the kinds described below are old garden favorites abroad, particularly G. rigens, a common bedding plant, cult, for nearly a century and a half, but whose precise habitat has never been ascertained. Importers are urged to procure (from the Cape if necessary) the other kinds recommended by Brown, at least the perfiinial sorts, which are G. jurinerefolia, subulata, I, m,!, .•:,■, ipn . uni- flora,var. leucoleena (exceptionally woolly mi l.i.ih miIis of the lvs.), rigens, YHT. purpurea, urn,, m^.i, x ami ctespitosa. These are presumably equally ili-^iT-ahlr w ith the older sorts, though not necessarily of the same ease of culture. G. moiitihia, Spreng., anew species, may be expected in American trade in 1900. It has yellow fls., and is figured in Gt. 48, p. 584. Of the annual kinds Brown recommends G. Burchellia, LicJitensteini and tenuifolia. Gazanias are amongst the most conspicuous and characteristic of the subshrubby composites at the Cape, being brilliant objects in the sandy wastes. They are said to be of easy culture in our cool greenhouses, and are commended for summer use in tlie borders of those who can keep them under glass in winter. They can be rapidly prop, in midsummer by cuttings made from the side shoots near the base and placed in a close frame. A. Color of heads yellow. B. Eays not spotted: heads S in. across. unifldra, Sims. Stems spreading 6-12 in. or more from a center: lvs. varying as mentioned above. The woolli- ness also varies greatly: sometimes the whole plant is snowv white ; sometimes the whiteness is confined to the under sides of the lvs. B.M. 2270. L.B.C. 8:795.- .The involucre is woolly, according to Harvey, but the pictures cited do not show it. This and G. rigens have short stems, with branches alternately leafy, while G. vinnata, Pavonia and pygmcea have little or no stem, and the lvs. radical or tufted at the ends of the short branches. BB. Bays spotted at base: heads 3 in. or more across. plnnita. Less. Lvs. commonly pinnate ( some simple) ; lobes oblong or linear in several pairs: peduncle longer than lvs. ; involucral scales acuminate, particularly th© inner ones. Harvey names 6 botanical varieties. AA. Color of heads orange : rays spotted at base : heads S in. or more across. B. Lvs. mostly entire arid spatulaie. c. Basal markings containing brown. rigens, R. Br. Stems short and densely leafy or dif- fuse, laxly leafy, with ascending branches: lvs. some- times sparingly pinnatifid, i. e., with only 1 or 2 side GAZANIA lobes. B.M. 90 shows a head of scarlet rays, with basal markings of brown, black and white. CC. Basal markings without brown. Bpl6ndens, Hort. Fig. 895. Hybrid, said to resemble G. uniflora in habit but dwarfer and more compact. Of the kinds in common cult, it is nearest to G. Pavonia in coloring of fls. BE. Li's. mostly pinnate. Pavdnia, R. Br. Peacock Gazania. B.R. 1:35 shows markings of brown, white, yellow and blue, which are marvelous in design and precision of execution. Invo- lucral scales short, the inner broad, acute or subacute. Floi : 6.1-76 AAA. Color of he, 10 pygmaea, Sond. Lvs. sp.itulatc, entire. Rays white, striped purpk- b,-ni-;ah. (in. 47: lull. I. H. 43:53. B.M. 7455. Var. maculata, N.E. Br. Kays pale creamy white, with a Ijlackish spot at the has.-, reverse striped dull purpli-. Var, sup6rba. X. F,. Br. Rays white, unspotted, reverse stri|n-i in. long: pod linear-oblong, tomentose, 2-5- seeded. April, May. Spain. EE. /7s. in racemes, pedicelled. ephedroldes, DC. Erect shrub, to3 ft., with rigid branches : Ivs. sessile, sim- ple or 3-foliolate, linear, almost gla- brous: fls. in many-fld. terminal racemes, small; standard much shorter than keel: pod oval, 1-seeded, silky. April, May. Sardinia, Corsica. .Stn^nsis, DC. Shrub, to 6 ft., withr slender branches : Ivs. simple, small, linear, silky: fls. axillary, forming loose, terminal racemes, fragrant; keel shorter than the standard : pod glabrous at ma- turity, oblique-oval, 1-2-seeded. June, July. Sicily, Sardinia. B.M. 2674. vn. Dranches leafy, with conspicuous /('.s. {only G. virgata sometimes scarcely leafy). E. Spiny. ffirox, Poir. Erect shrub, to 6 ft., with many stout spines: Ivs. simple, rarely 3-foliolate, oblong to obovate, al- most glabrous : fls. in numerous termi- nal racemes along the branches; corolla glabrous, over % in. long, fragrant: pod linear, densely silky, many-seeded. Spring. N. Africa. B.R. 5:368. Germ&nica, Linn. Erect or ascending spiny shrub, to 2 ft., with villous branches: Ivs. elliptic- oblong, ciliate: fls. small, in 1-2 in. long racemes: pod oval, villous, few- . seeded. June, July. M. and S. Eu- EE. Xot spiny: Ivs. always simple. F. Pis. in racemes: erect shrubs. G. Frt. villous or silky, 1-i-seeded. 896. Dyer's Gr«n- ^"f^'l\'^ ^"^^^ ^"''''!'!'"W''''''u weed — Genista tinctoria. '"'" ■ iihn, i.i ^ \.in (^j..) si. II- : I • ■■ : ■ fis. in numerous short. :: '■ il.i keel silky: pod oblong, l-lj-seed Madeira. B.M. 2265. !16rida, Linn. Erect shrub, to 6 ft., with glabrous striped branches : Ivs. spatulate-oblong or lanceolate, silky beneath, Vs-yi in. long: fls. in dense, many-fld. racemes; corolla glabrous: pod oblong ornarrow-oblong silky, 2-4-seeded. April-July. Spain. us. M.I Jul GENTIANA oci. FrI. glabrous or nearly so, 3-10-seeded. polygalaefolia, DC. Erect shrub, to 6 ft., with some- what silky branches: Ivs. spatulate-oblong, glabrous above, sparingly silky beneath, %-% in. long: fls. in many-fld. slender racemes ; standard and wings gla- brous, keel silky: pod oblong or narrow-oblong, almost glabrous, 3-6-seeded. May-July. Spain. tinctdria, Linn. Dyer's Greenweed. Fig. 89G. Erect shrub, to 3 ft., with striped, glabrous or slightly pubes- cent branches: Ivs. oblong-elliptic or oblong-lanceolate, almost glabrous, ciliate, 3^-1 in. long: racemes many- fld., panicled at the ends of branches: corolla glabrous : pod narrow-oblong, glabrous or slightly pubescent, 6-10- seeded. June-Aug. Europe, W. Asia: naturalized in .some places E. B.B. 2:271. Var. pUna, Hort. With double fls. Var.virgita,Mert. & Koch (G.riVjrdto.Willd., not Link, not Lam. O.elitta, Wender.). Of more vigorous growth, to ^) ft. high; pod 3-6-seeded. Southeast Eu. FF. Fls. axillary: dwarf, procumbent shrub. pildsa, Linn. Dwarf, procumbent or ascending: Ivs. cuneate, oblong or obovate, dark green and almost gla- brous above, silky beneath: fls. axillary, 1-2, often race- mose toward the end of branches: pod linear, silky, 5-8-seeded. May, June. M. and S. Eu., W. Asia. BB. Twigs broadly 2-winged. sagittaUs, Linn. (Ci/tisus sagitt&lis, Mert. & Koch). Dwarf, procumbent, with ascending or erect, mostly simple branches: Ivs. ovate to oblong, villous: fls. in terminal, short racemes ; corolla glabrous : pod linear- oblong, sUky. May, June. Eu., W. Asia. G. dlba, Lam.=Cytisus albus.— G. Andre&na, Puissant=Cyti- sus seoparius, var. Andreanus.— 6. Anglica, Linn. Spiny shrub, to 3 ft., st.inetimes procumbent, glabrous: Ivs. oval to linear-ol.lnim l.luM, -i.. i, : racemes few-fld. M. Europe.-G. Anxdntic'i. '] ' ' ^ ■ ' r.. '1. tinctoria. Dwarf, diffuse: Ivs. elliptic, C.I.I _ il-- in racemes. lt,ily. S.B. F.G. 2:206.— (/, .', I ■!. Low, spiny shrub: Ivs. simple i;. ti,',.N.ri:L -<■;. (ri., ..-C. ,>.nila, Willd., not Lam., not Link, nor DC.=G. tinctoria, var. \irt-ata. Alfred Rehder. GENTIANA (after Gentius, king of lllyricum, who is said to have discovered the tonic value of tliese plants). Gentiandcem. Gentians are amongst th.- in..si .l.-^jraljle of alpine plants, and of blue flow.f^ in t:.iH ral. but they are generally considered diflicult i.. .-^tal.li-li. The genus is the largest in the order, and fri.iii ;i ^'arden point of view the most important. About 180 sj.ecies, widely scattered in temperate and mountainous regions. Chiefly perennial herbs, rarely annual or biennial, often d\v:irf. diftuse or tufted, sometimes erect and slender, r . .1! lull 1 stout: Ivs. opposite, mostly sessile: I, |. II r]de, rarely dull yellow or white; floral , : ■ , , . :.. rarely 4-7. il.. |;iiii I ..III iau, celebrated by tourists in the Alps, IS |,r,,l,aljly uiustly the stemless Gentian, G. acaulis. This was brought to English gardens so long ago that all record of its introduction is lost. It is by far the most popular kind in cultivation. This species is by some split into 5 distinct species, of which G. angusti- folia of Villars (not Michaux) is nearest to the Gentian- ella of English gardens. It has been so much iiiodifled in cultivation that it now has stems 4-6 inches high, and GENTIANA the rootstock is so stoloniferous that the plaut has tn hp cut li:ii'k Hvpry year when used for edgings in Eng- lish irir.l.n-. It! France it is easily grown in a com- l„,^i ,,1 Ii:ili Immus or leaf-soil and one-half good vr-. tall.' rill. 1. 1, to which maybe added a little sand. Cor- n\ ,,11 > nil - : It i-;m be multiplied bymeans of offsets, hut 11 1 nil 111, \y better to raise it from seed, and, in ,,.,,_ ,!ilil not be forgotten that the seeds of till- ,,, ' Ml iiius are very tedious, and, more espe- .■iiill, . X 1 . , I I'll, 11 Ills in germinating. I have sown seeds of ir. (ir'ntlts. Slime of which did not germinate for 12 months, while others (which I must say were more re- cently gathered) germinated in a few weeks. The seed- lings should be potted as soon as possible aud while they are very young. They will begin to flower in about 3 years from the time of sowing, rarely sooner." Except G. Andrewsii, G. Saponaria and G. ptiberiila, and per- haps a few others, Gentians do not thrive as well in America as in England. Our seasons are too hot and dry. Whenever possible, give n iliiiiip tit iimsphere. It is rash to generalize mi i mi,i mu .•iltuiv, because some plants are tall, others d\Miri . m.iih, i.,i mil on moun- tains, others in lowlands, smni- in inm^t suil. others in drylands, while soim- liki- lim, ~i,,iii- timl ntli.Ts o.innot endure it. The anmitil l--.iii,ls :,n- uf iiiirn-st mily to the expert. Alpine plants in -iihiiiI an- unii|iii' in n-iiuir- ing an extremely lari,'f w ati r suj,|il\ . f.iinliintd with ex- tremely good draiiuigc. Anulln.!- dillii-iilt problem is to keep the plants as cool as they are on the mountains without shading them more than nature does. Gentian seeds are small, and in germination slow and uncertain. Thev slioiil.l be sown as souii as i;athered, for the thor- iMiL-h ill Mil.-, ,111 i,r Miiall -mi- ,^. as arulc, soon fatal. 1,1 1 . and dislike division fined departments of gardening, and Gentians are one of the most inviting groups of plants to the skilled amateur. Consult Alpi ne Garflenfi. There are several Fringed (ientiaiis. but ii ui it *[ i affims 29 1 1 1 I the 20. •alba 7 / li 1 i I 11 algida 10 an 1 11 1 it it i I 1 neuiuo- alpma 5o til i i i *Andrewsu 2_ ! 1 i angulofa 48 I i il *aiigiistifoh 1 I 1 1 31 t I 1 *asclepiadea 1 ' its | | 4 barbata Ifa ititeiiiuhi s Pvi n i i 24 Bavanca 49 Koihiaui Sd quin lutfl la 17 *Bigelo\u 39 Xtirroo i' *quiiuuetoh i 17 Burseri 2 •lineani. 23 ruhi i t *calveosa 3i *lutea 1 ♦Siponari t 21 campestiis 12 *maerophjlla 44 *scabi i 20 Carpatica 46 Moorcioftiana 13 *sceptrum 34 Catesb(ei 21 md 22 *Newberryi 38 *septembd i 28 ciliata lo ochroleuca 8 seriata Itj •Clusu 54 Olmen 3U Thomasu 4 cordifoha 28 *Oregana 40 tnflora 33 Calyx spatlie like, iplil B Colo> offU yelloui-^h c Fnimcf III J . re Fill III f 11 I leil^t I I I B r 1 I f II II I lute a Burseri decumbens plaited not plaited I s qioun toqetliei 4 purpurea 11 1 /» free o rubra AA t ili^ mill a tiibiil I I t I I I iisiiallii 5 lib s B Colo, of «s yill I I I Ilk Ullltl c Style distinct iiipsuh not stalled . 6 punctata cc Style none or I ery short capsule stalked T TT ill ^ It 7 alba 11 II It 1 & ochroleuca DI I // 111 I Uss Lob the II I nth 9 frigida ■e Lis li III I 111 algida FF Lis oiai taut lit 11 gehda BB Color of fh blue 01 piiiple c Cot olla not plaited D Glands found at the base of thi filaments. I.I ■nhij- 4-i-ut 12. campestris '■: , .',-riil LI. Moorcroftiana ,, I, ,,,,'- 11../ loiinil at the base of K. Fringed Gentians: calyx4-cut. F. Capsule raised on a distinct stalk, a. Apex of lobes fringed, the sides less so 14. crinita GG. Apex of lobes not fringed, base fHnged 15. ciliata FF. Capsule on a very short stalk.XQ, serrata Id* GENTIANA EE. iV^o; fringed: rnhix 5-eut ; co- rolla lohen tipped with a sharp point 17. quinquefolia 00. Corolla plaited. D. Stigmas 2, always distinct. E. Capsules finally raised on u distinct stalk. F. Anthers permanently grown together. a. Calyx as long as the corolla. IS. Froelicliii GO. Calyx one-half or one-third as long as the corolla. H. Seeds not at all winged 19. asclepiadea HH. Seeds slightly winged. I. Fls. open 20. Pneumonanthe II. Fls. closed, hlue 21. Saponaria HHH. Seeds strongly winged. I. Fls. closed, purple 22. Andrewsii II. Fls. open 23. linearis FP. Anthers free, at least finally. a. JV}imber of corolla lobes 10.. 2i. Pyrenaica GG. Number of corolla lobes 5 (rarely 4). H. Calyx 4-lobed 25. prostrata HH. Calyx 5-lobed. I. Lvs. distinctly rough above (hispid -scnhrons) 20. Bcabra II. Lvs.ilistiiirthi roi,,,h at the J. /.. ■ t!,a I'l ' ■' ' 27. Fortuni JJ. /,../.- ..' -'/.vr ,;,■ /..,„/ „s the nthij- Inhe. K. Corolla lobes ovate, acvte, a little, longer than the much cut appendages... 28. septemfida KK. Corolla lobes oblong-lan- i-rolal,', obtuse, thrice as hiiiii ax the much cut ap- peiidiiyes 29. affinis III. i/i's. not distinctly rough above or at margins. 3. Seeds not at all uinged. K. Form of corolla lobes linear-oblong 30. Olivieri KK. Form of corolla lobes ovate, often broadly so. I.. /"/■■<. solitary. M. Peduiiclid 31. Porphyrio MM. Xol peduncled 32. omata 1,1,. Fls. in clusters of S-5 or M. Lvs. hinreolate-Unear..ZZ.\xii\ora. MM. L-vs. ovate to oblong- laiircolate. N. Height J-t ft 34. sceptrum NN. Height y-lJ in. O. Calyx lobes ovate, about as long as the calyx tube 35. calycosa oo. Calyx lobes linear, moderately or much shorter than the calyx tube 36. Parryi JJ. Seeds winged [at the base in Kurroo ; in Bigelovii wings narrow, thickish). K. Height US in. : fls. spot- ted. I.. Pedicel % in. long or more 37. Kurroo LL. Pedicel very short, prac- tically absent 38. Newberryi KK. Height 1-2 ft. L. Fls. in a dense spike 39. Bigelovii LL. Fls. 1-few or several. M. Appendages conspicu- ous, sometimes nearly as long as the corolla lobes 40. Oregana MM. Appendages only half as long as the corolla GENTIANA EE. Capsule sessile. p. Anthers grown together: style tted. (i. Col,:r sky-blue 52. angustiSolia GG. Color violet-blue 53. Kochiana FF. Fls. not spotted. G. Corolla broadig bell-shaped. H. Size of fls. large 54. CIUBil HH. Size of fls. small 55. alpina GG. Corolla almost cylindrical.. 56. Dinarica 1. Idtea, Linn. Fls. in dense, umbel-like cymes ; co- rolla 5-6-parted; lobes oblong-linear, acuminate; anthers free ; style none. July-Sept. Eu., Asia Minor. -Prop, only by seed. Sow seed in Nov. incoldfraiue. Seedlings appear the following March and April. In May and June prick them out under a coldframe, and in Aug. transfer young plants to pots, where they should be kept until needed for permanent outdoor use. Be very careful never to break the roots. Sometimes cult, abroad for 2. Burseri, Lapeyr. Lvs. 7-nerved : corolla mostly 6-cut; lobes ovate-oblong, acute; anthers connate; style distinct. June, July. Pyrenees. -Cult, like 1. 3. decfimbens, Linn., f. (G. adscindens. Pall.). Lvs. linear-lanceolate, margins scabrous: fls. blue; corolla narrowly obconical, toothed between the lobes; -lobes 5, ovate; anthers connate, finally free. Himal.,Sib. June- Aug. 13. M. 705, 723. -Cult like 1. 4. purpilrea, Linn. Lvs. ovate-oblong, 5-nerved: fls. purple above; corolla tube yellowish, club-shaped; lobes mostly 6, obovate-subrotun'd, one-third the length of the tube. Aug., Sept. Eu. L. B.C. 6:583 shows a rich, dull purple, with no trace of blue.— Compost of sphagnum and heath soil. Be careful not to break the roots. 5. rtbra, CIairv.((5. 77i(!mnsii, Gillab.). One of 5 or more natural hybrids between G. lutea and some species of the section Ctelanthe, which includes G. punctata, purpurea, Pannonica, and Burseri : fls. purplish out- side. Swiss Alps. 6. punctata, Linn. Lvs. 5-nerved : calyx 5-7-cut : corolla tube bell-shaped ; lobes ovate, muticous, one-third the length of the tube; anthers finally free. Middle Eu.— The spots are not arranged in any definite order. This belongs to the section Coelanthe, in which the seed has a ■wing of the same color, while the next 5 species belong to the section Pneumonanthe, in which there is no wing, or it is of a different color. -Cult. like 18. 7. 41ba, Muhl. St. stout: lvs. acuminate, with a clasp- ing base: fls. in a terminal head, with single or clustered ones in the upper axils; dull white, commonly tinged yellowish or greenish; corolla resembling G. Saponaria, but more bell-shaped and open; lobes ovate, short, little if at all spreading. Low grounds and dows, N. Amer. B.M. 1551, erroneous!' ?ei(oa.-Cult. Iike20. 8. ockroletica, Frcel. St. ascending: lvs. ovate-lanceo- late and obovate : fls. in crowded terminal, nearly ses- sile, leafy cymes; corolla yellowish white, club-shaped, «1 \ ir incarnflta ( ii th 18 6 fiom Carolina is not asulered wortliv of varietal QENTIANA connnentattheaiiK N \.m i N t T M 1 ''1 rl5')l Var intermedia ( u l ' > 1 i ^iin n t T P C 3 218) raaj le ili ' It resembks G f unequtl lengths 1 it ' 1 ' \ lube and free inth i ii 11 i iH tmeecf purplish blue B Al (& i» aiiii)tn Sims) B M LUlt The e f rm are not c< rank in L i ij s ^) n H 9 frigida H-euk Lts spatuUte linear obtuse fls 1 or 2 at the top, sometimes a few in the upper axils; calyx not laterally cut, and half as long as the corolla or more; calyx teeth lanceolate, a little longer than the calyx tube; corolla club-shaped, plaits not cut. Car- pathian Mts.; also N. Amer.-This is the true type of G. frigida, which is not in cultivation, but is Inserted to make clear the differences between G. algida of Pallas and of Steven. 10. ilgida, Pall., not Stev. ((?. frigida, var. lilgida, Griseb.). Lvs. lanceolate-linear: fls. 2-5 at the top and distinctly pedicelled ; calyx laterally cut and one-third the length of the corolla ; calyx teeth linear - lanceolate, hardly as long as the calyx tube and sometimes only half as long; corolla between club- and bell-shaped; plaits cut with a few crenate teeth. Altai Mts., E. Si- beria. N. Am. 6n. 17, p. 343, same as Gn. 27, p. 89; 48, p. 140, and N. 2:60, Fig. 93.-This grows 4-5 in. high, has numerous stems and fls. nearly 2K in. long, whit- ish, with blue spots in longitudinal lines. The writer has not seen Gt. lOOC. 11. g§Uda, M. Bieb. (G. algida, Stev., not Pall.). Lvs. ovate-lanceolate, 3-nerved: fls. few and terminal, or many in the upper axils, peduncled; calyx teeth linear-oblong, acute, nearly as long as the calyx tube or shorter than it; corolla rather bell-shaped, yellowish white, its lobes broadly ovate, twice as long as the calyx and twice as long as the lacerated plaits. June, July. Caucasus. Not P.M. 7:5, which is f. Sriiult.l. Stem strict, 1-u' tt. liiL-li: lis. blue, 1-5 in the terininiil rlnstcr; corolla n.irrowly funnel-shaped ; lobes erect, roundish ovate, obtuse, a little longer than the triangu- lar, acute, entire or 1-2-toothed appcndaees. Bogs, N. Amer. B.B. ■l-Ani. 21. Pyreniica, Linn. Stem tuftfd, .about as long as the fl. : Ivs. with a cartilaginous, sca- brous margin: as. solitary, dark blue ; corolla funnel- or nearly bowl-shaped. May, June. Eu., Asia Minor. B.M. 5742. -Very distinct and dainty. Cultivated like 48. (XJ^.) 25. prostrita, Haenke. An- . nual, dwarf : Ivs. white-mar- gined : fls. blue, solitary, the parts usually in 4's ; corolla salver form, in fruit inclosing the capsule. N. Amer., Asia. 26. scihra, Bunge. Stem erect, leafy: fls. dark blue, clustered; corolla bell-shaped. E.Asia. G. Fortnni is considered a variety by recent authorities. Var. Bufirgeri is advertised by Yokohama Nursery Co. 27. Fdrtum, Hook. Lvs. rather distant, 3-nerved : terminal fls. rather clustered; corolla lobes blue, spotted white; outside of tube green ; plaits blue, terminated by 3-toothed appendages, much shorter than the corolla lobes. China. B.M. 4776. P.S. 9:947. I.H. l:36.-Now thought to be a variety of G. scabra. 28. sept^mfida. Pall. Lvs. lanceolate ("ovate," (^rise- bach), 3-5-nerved: fls. dark blue, in head -like cymes; calyx lobes linear ; corolla club-shaped. Julv-Oct. N. Asia, Orient. B.M. 1229 and 1410 (both purp"le outside and dotted brown within ; the lobes of the latter spotted white). L.B.C. 1:89. Gn. 54, p.37. P.M. 8-:51. Not F.S. 8:765. Var. cordiSdlia, Boiss. (G. corcUfdlia, C. Koch), has heart-shaped lvs. : corolla tube greenish white outside, unspotted within; lobes narrower, unspotted. B.M. 6497. P.M. 7:5, erroneously as G. gelida.— The name septemfida is misleading, as 7-lobed corollas are very rare. Cult, like 1. 29. afflnis, Griseb. Lower lvs. obovate-oblong; upper lvs. lanceolate, acutish : fls. dark blue, in racemiform cymes; calyx lobes oblong-linear ; corolla narrowly ob- conlcal, open. Northwestern Amer. Gn. 46, p. 77, and 48, p. 1.39. B.B. 2:615 (where corolla lobes are pictured erect, but said to be spreading).— Cult, like 20. 30. OUviiri, Griseb. Fls. dark blue, in umbel-like cymes ; corolla narrowly obconical ; plaits triangular, nearly entire. June-Aug. Mountain pastures, Asia. By recent authority referred to G. decumbens. — CnH. like 1. 31. Porphyrio, J. P. Gmel. ((?. angiistif&Ua, Michx., not Vill.). Lvs. narrowly linear: fls. blue, somewhat brown-dotted (also a snow-white variety with a green- ish hue outside) ; corolla funnel-shaped ; anthers con- nivent but never connected. July, Aug. Moist pine barrens, N. Amer. B.B. 2:618. -Cult, like 20. 32. om&ta, Wall. Lvs. broadly linear : fls. blue, streaked ; calyx lobes spreading ; corolla ventricose ; lobes very short, spreading. Himal. B.M. 0514. G.C. 11.20:396. 33. trifldra, Pall. Stem erect : fls. dark blue ; corolla club-shaped. E. Siberia. GENTIANA 34. sc^ptmm, Griseb. Lvs. oblong-lanceolate : fls. ihnk blue-, corolla club-shaped: seeds winged on one hi.lc .M-.Mrdini.' to Grisebach, but Gray says not winged. Au'j.. S.|.t. X. W. Amer.-Cult. like 1, except that it requiris hall shade and a rather peaty soil. 35. calycdsa, Griseb. Lvs. ovate: fls. dark blue, com- monly solitary, according to Gray; corolla oblong-fun- nel-shaped; appendages triangular-awl-shaped, laciniate or 2-oleft at the tip. N. W. Amer. 36. Pirryi, Engelm. Lvs. somewhat glaucous, ovate to oblong-lanceolate: fls. purple-blue, appendages nar- row, deeply 2-cleft. N. W. Amer. 37. Kurrod, Royle. St. tufted, as high as 7 in. : lower lvs. lanceolate, upper linear: fls. blue, spotted white inside, 1-3 on a stem; corolla bell-shaped. Himal. Gn. 17:224. B.M. 6470. Var. br^videns has shorter calyx lobes. J.H. III. 30:3. 38. Nfiwberryi, Gray. St. 2-t in. high: lower lvs. ob- ovate or spatulate: fls. pale blue, white inside, greenish dotted; corolla broadly funnel-shaped. N. W. Amer. 39. Bigelovii, Gray. St. 6-16 in. high, equally leafy to the summit: fls. purple; corolla more narrowly funnel- form and smaller than in tf . afflnis. July, Aug. N. Mex. B.M. 6874.— "Soon forms large clumps, often with 40-50 stems from a single plant, each bearing 10-20 bright blue fls." D. M. Andrews. 40. Oregana, Engelm. Height 1-2 ft.: lvs. ovate: fls. blue ; corolla broadly funnel-shaped, over 1 in. long, lobes short, roundish. July, Aug. N. W. Amer, 41. pub6rula, Michx. About 1 ft. high : lvs. oblong- lanceolate to lanceolate-linear: fls. blue; corolla open- funnel-shaped, l^^-2 in. long; lobes ovate. N.W.Araer. B.B. 2:015. 42. Panndnica, Scnp. Lower lvs. broadly elliptical, 5- nerved. nuiririn scabrous ; upper ones ovate-lanceolate, 3-nervpil : tN. ],ur|.li- above; calyx 5-7-cut ; corolla leathery; aiitht-rs oouiiafe at first, finally free. Eu. 43. Gaudini. Thom. Natiiral hybrid with the habit of G.purpunti, but the membranous corolla of G. punctata: fls. rosy violet. Eu. 44. macrophylla, Pall. Lvs. lanceolate, distant, very spreading: intemodes unequal: fls. dark blue. July. Aug. B.M. 1414, not L.B.C. 3:218.-Cult. like 1. 45. CraciktB.,L,iDD.(Cn(cidfaverficUldfa,Gi\ih.). Lvs. ovate-lanceolate, crowded, erect-spreading; intemodes equal: fls. dark blue. June-Aug. Eu., N. Asia. — Cult, like 1. Limestone and full sunlight. 46. Carp4tica, Kit. Lvs. obovate: fls. dark blue (as are the next 4 species); ooroUa funnel-shaped. Carpa- thian Mts.- Little known. 47. imbricMa, Frcel. Lvs. acute, margins scabrous, (the next 3 species with smooth margins) : corolla lobes subrotund. June, July. Limestone rocks, Alps. — In this and the next 3 species, the corolla lobes are usually crenate, half the length of the tube, and 6 times the length of the plaits. "Eastern and granitic Alps." Correi-oii. Cult, like 49. 48. v^rna, Linn. Tufted: stem angled: lvs. ovate or ovate-lanceolate: fls. solitary; calyx membranaceous; corolla nearly bowl-shaped; lobes ovate, obtuse. Apr.- June. Eu., Caucasus. B.M. 491. L.B.C. 1:62. R.H. 1859, p. 250. Gn. 48, p. 139. G.C. II. 24:373. Var. alita, Griseb. (G. anguUsa, M. Bieb.), is taller and has the nerves of the ventricose calyx produced into wings.— Rockwork, in a compost of heath-soil, finely crushed granite, and vegetable mold, with full sunlight. 49. Bav&rica, Linn. Calyx lobes lanceolate: corolla funnel- or nearly bowl-shaped; lobes obovate, obtuse: ovary sessile: seeds not winged. May-Aug. Cent. Eu. F.S. 7:651. L.B.C. 13:1256. J.H. III. 35:585. Gn. 15:174 (poor).— The pictures cited all show a salver- shaped corolla. "Requires a soil that is peaty, or at the very least porous and cool, well drained, and capable of retaining an abundant supply of moisture, although it may be fully exposed to the sun. In the alpine garden here we grow them in pure sphagnum moss on a wall facing due south, but the plants which we raise for sale are grown in pots in a compost of sphagnum, heath-soil and sand. Finest of Group III." Correvon. GENTIANA 50. pdmila, .laoi corolla lobes ovat Carinthian Alps. 51. acatilis, Linn. Gentianella. Stemless Gen- tian. By the botanists of contiuciitHl Ijumpc this is often split up into the 4 oi " i II i i . i TIi. plants that Linnaeus had in i Clusii and Kochiana. For | w-idest sense, see B.jr. .'i'J < • • ' ' i 140,and54,p. 39,an.lFs -' .1 . n, ,. a i,i.,ii ..c.ail. ,1 account of the 4 following- s|„ „ , ,s ^is^:u. 52. angTistifolia, ^■|ll , ii"t Mi 'i^ Stolouiferous : Ivs. liuear-oblong, nan. .win.,' to ^ ,, Is tin- base, plistening above: fls. spott. .1 with sjui litiv •j:rf>-n: cahx lobes more or less spreadiii ' i<\ il iiiiii|itl\ [-..nti h t. .1 it IIlp base. May,June. Li im si ,im i".ks Al|.s -( 'Mn-id. ic-d by Correvon the hainl- 'till -t s|" .!■ s of tlit whM .:miiis. 53. Kochiana, P.. i v ^ ■ I 1 ' n i it ,n, spreading, oval nv t> i I ' ' 1 \ lobes oblong, limii, i and separated by 1 1 m k ish green spots on 1' i tl i. t ^] it, < ,,11 1 m pastures on granitic Alps. — Dishk. s liinc. 54. CliHsii, Perr. and Song. Lvs. lanceolate-acute, leathery : fls. dark blue ; calyx lobes pressed close against corolla, not contracted at base, and separated by acute sinuses. May, June. Luiu ston. r,.,.ks, Alps. 55. alpina, Vill. Stem alim t « intiii_- hs. small, glit ■ GEONOMA 637 settes which incurvi ■ at . ibiillt til 111 Ml. lis ( lark blue. May, June. Graniti 1 U,\rr.Ku'cl quire a compost ot • \ "\ granite. one-third heath .soil, and 01.. Ii.am, and should he planted on rockwoil . 1 , 1 1 1 ti, the sun." 56 Dindrica Bed ■ r \ s lir ,ni>J M,-loii Belt. -The sandy soil of the |.i-.-inllv!,.hiiitedtothe melon and theoriental " ' ''' '■ '"^ entire area, the latter mainly These form two of the leading — in this section. The Georgia 11-11.1} -liipped and widely known through- iiu-nt. Zymotic blight has of late greatly pear industry, and discouraged the growers, ocations, wherever there exist well defined elevations above the surrounding country— islands pos- sibly, of the tertiary sea, prematurelv" uplifted-they have been converted into vast peach orchards of hun- dreds of thousands of treos-in the Marshallville and Fort Valley district (the birthplace of the Elbertal running into iiiilli..ii>i. ' Japan phn„, ,1- , ,!,,iv,. in the "Wiregrass," and are 2,?'^ ■'" iialile commercial importance. *iff?^'; , ' "'1'^ throughout this zone. Most ot the Lain ,,. :, : , , crapes .and .all of the .Estivalis type succec.l adnMr:,i,l v in tl„. ,.|,.vatr,l portions and are beginning to be .xt.n.iv, Iv ,„1, ,va., ,i : but the Scup- P1™°°S 't.'"' '■""";■'""'"' ' i- '!"■ '> P-.l ffrape of the section. The strawh.r.y .U.r. „nly inu.leratelv well- frequently summer-s,-alds. All blackberries thrive, but raspberries are not generally successful. But the " Wiregrass " is the home of the sweet potato. Here the pumpkin yam and Georgia yam attain their highest perfection. 3 The Peach and Grape Belt.-lt is an anomaly that while the metamorphic region, with its red clay soil-es- pecially on the Piedmont escarpment-is the home of both the peach and the grape, most of the great com- mercial orchards of the state are located in the "out- cropping peach districts " of the tertiary. Cheaper lands and earlier_ maturity are the cause. Yet naturally the metamorphic region is peculiarly adapted to peach and grape culture, and it was here that both attained their first development in this state. More species of grapes and a greater number of varieties of each species will attain perfection in middle and Piedmont Georgia than in any one region of America east of the Rockies-a sweeping assertion, but facts sustain it. Labruseas Vulpinas, ^stivales, Rotundifolias-all seem equally to thrive ; but prices are poor, and grapes are everywhere giving way to pe.-iches, with apples on bottom lands, although this is i„,t an apple region. Jap.in plums n~nally .1,. not do so well as in the"Wire- grass. Naiix.. pi, mis ar,. not profitable -even the Wild uoose IS unsatistarp.i-y. Figs are uncertain, and in the nortneru portion ot the zone require winter protection strawberries and blackberries are excellent, and raspber ries quite successful in the Piedmont area and northward Gooseberries and some currants do well in certain Dor^ tions of the mountains, but not south of the escarpment. />''V/. -Apples do not dc The Apple equally well th "Tennessee Dip the mountain C( N. Carolina or Pickens. Gilmer divis apples. styled the localities, especially in as well as in western is notably the case in nin counties, which are -,„, „ ,.r •■—■-?«, especially Morellos, torm a safe crop here, and, in general, most of the hor- ticultural productions of a much higher latitude find a Insect and fungous affections have to be combated in all parts of Georgia, just as elsewhere (except in cer- tain portions of the mountains, where neither are as vet introduced). Growers are generally learning, however the value of the spray pump. The San Jos(5 and other scales have invaded the state especially m the southern portion, where some twenty- odd counties report infestation. But they are bein^ in- telligently combated, for the most part, and it is hoped *"2,t they will be steadily held in check. The mam trouble with the Georgia fruit-grower iell' *r" JT'"' '"'S'^* ''"•^ t^'' Pren>''ture bloominTof peaches) is the curculio. Thousands of dollars are an- nually spent in "jarring " for this pest, but it still re- mains a serious menace TT , „ menace. ^^^^ j^_ Starnes. iJih?^?l^f;,n'^ synonym of Dahlia, which still lives in GerS™ ^'''"■S'°e°'" tl»« popular name of Dahlias GERANIUM 639 GERANIUM, FEATHER. See Chenopodiam Botrys. th??.^>^^"" (Greek cmn,; from the resemblance of ^..^k'^I'"''"* "'''"'• G«-a«idce<«. Ckane's-bill. Generally herbaceous plants, usually caulescent: Ivs atoost'radfJT' fl"' "PPf '*" "°<* """"^ '°'^<''>> «on>etimes jr¥i^p,«'K=---e!:^^^,-i^ inner row ot stan..i,s furnished with anthers and the awn of t)ie s,.,.,l is l„ „t s,,ir.ally. The Geraniums of common sp,..,.h ar,. ,lass„d in the genus Pelargonium, havmg at the s,, ,- „t the pedicel a distinct narrow tube and zygomorphic Howers. The genus Geranium has wt^ f ^X*^"'^^' f"""*! j" tlie temperate zones particu- larly of the northern hemispheres, very few in the tropics. Valued for the border or rockery, and the roots ot some, as G. maculatum, find use in medicine on ac- count of their astringency. Thrive well in ordinary foots "" ^™ P''°Pagated by seeds and division of The following is an alphabetical list of species and varieties described below: alhum. 17, 18, 19. flore plena. 9. plenum, 14 argenteum, 1. Ibericum, 8. prateSe, ": Riehardsoni, 20. Robertlanum, 3. Armemun, Backhousianum , 4. Lancastriens f^^^^^h^^- Londesn 11. sanguineum, 6. cnUi^^r^'i,- macrorrhizum, 7, Sibiricum. 21. collimim, 11. maciUatum, 14. ■ ■ Endressi, 5. phieum, 10. erianthum, 13. platypetalum, 8. sylvaticum, 21. tuberosum, 21. Wallichianum. Fls. red < ink. 1. arg§nteum, Linn. Su.vi.k i.rwFD Ceane's-bill. About 3 m. high : Ivs. .ilniost ia,li,al. on lontr petioles 5-7-parted, with 3-ii,l Un-ar loUs. both surfaces hoary! peduncles almost radical, 1- or 2-Hd.: fls. large, pink, with darker veins ; petals emarginate. Middle of June to Aug CarnicAlps. B.M. 504. L.B.C. 10:948.-One of the^best for the rockery. Often acts as a biennial in 2. cinSreum, Cav. Gray Crane's-bill. Like G. ar- (lenfeiiin, but 2-fld. and paler in color: Ivs. not as hoary m appearance. June, July. Pyrenees. 3. Eoberti4num, Linn. Herb Robert. Red Robin ^n «i°- ^'^^ '■J7^■ *'''°' o^ate-orbicular, 3-5-parted; with 3-fld pmnatifid lobes : peduncles slender, 2-fld ■ fls. small, bright crimson. June to Oct. Araer., En ' Asia and N. Afr. B.B. 2:341. -For the rockery, and de- lights m a moist soil and some shade. Odor disa- greeable. BB. Stature 1 ft. or more. 4. Arm^num, Boiss. (G. Backhousi&num, RegeUl About 2H ft. high : Ivs. radical, upright, orbicular with 5 deep lobes : fls. about \% in. across, inclining to a dark r"J?^??o, "^",5^'"'°? "* iTegular intervals. Armenia. K.H. 1891, p. 3oO.-A very vigorous and floriferous spe- cies. Sometimes growing 4 ft. high. 5. findressi, J. Gay. About 18 in. high : Ivs. opposite, palmate, 5-lobed, upper ones 3-lobed, serrated : pe- duncles axillary, 2-fld. : petals entire, fringed at base light rose, darker veined. Summer. Pyrenees. -Among the best for the border, and useful for'cutting. 6. sanguineum, Linn. About VA ft. high, with stem occasionally forked, erect : Ivs. all petiolate, mostly 7- parted, with 3-5-lobed linear lobules : peduncles long, mostly 1-fld.: fls. very large, blood-red. June to Aug. Eu.— One of the best species in cult. Var. Lancastri^nse, Hort. A dwarfer form, smaller and with less deeply lobed foliage. Pis. lighter in color veined purple. iiJ«™?"°'^'^^"™' ^'"i"' ^ large-rooted species, about 1^ ft. high, with a stem suffruticose at base: Ivs smooth, round, basal ones 5-lobed, cauline 3-lobed toothed and often colored red : calyx inflated ; petals spatulate and blood-red in color. May to July. S. Eu. AA. Fls. blue or violet. 8. Ibdricum, Cav. Iberian Crane's-bill. From 1-1 H ft. high : stem erect and leafless below, above di- chotomously branched, villous : Ivs. opposite, 5-7-parted, with deeply cut lobes and toothed lobules : fls. 1 in. across, in showy, open panicles, violet. July, Aug. Iberia. B.M. 1386. Var. platyp^talum ( G. platypitaUm, Fisch. and Mey. ) . Slightly shorter than the parent, with Ivs. less deeply lobed and lobes less pointed : fls. deeper and richer in color, and also larger. 9. pratfinae, Linn. Meadow Crane's-bill. About 2}4 ft. high, with an upright round stem : Ivs. mostly hand-shaped, with 7 lobes, each deeply cut : peduncles mostly 2-fld., drooping after flowering : fls. large, blue; petals entire. June, through Aug. Eu.— Var. £lorepl6no. Not as tall as parent. Very numerous deep blue fls. in clusters. June and July, and often again in fall. J^^ 901 Geranium maculatum CX H) AAA. Fls. dark blue, almost black. 10. phaeum, Linn. About 2 ft. high, with upright, short-haired stem, glandular above : Ivs. 5-7-lobed and deeply toothed : peduncles 1-2-fld. : petals spreading, obovate, unequally notched and often with a small spur, very dark blue, almost black, with white spot at base of each petal. May, June. Cent, and western Eu.— A good border plant. AAAA. Fls. purple various shades. II. colUnum, Steph. (G. Londesii, Fisch.). Height 2-3 ft.: stem angular and slightly decumbent: Ivs. pal- mately 5-parted, deeply divided and cut: petals entire, purple, with a tinge of violet. June, July. Eastern Eu. — One of the showiest in its season. Should be cut back before seeding, to induce second bloom. 12. FrSmontii, Torr. About 1 ft. high, sometimes sub- acaulescent : upper Ivs. 3-5-cleft, lower ones 7-cleft, with 3-fld or incised lobes: fls. light purple. Rocky Mts. Recently introduced. Blooms all summer. 13. inclsum, Nutt. (G. eridtithum, Lind.). About 1 ft. high, leafy branched: Ivs. finely cut: pedicels conspicu- ously glandular-pube.scent: petals with stiff white hairs, inner surface purple, about 1 in. wide. Ore. —A hardy species well worth growing. Not perfectly hardy near Boston. 14. maculiltum, Linn. Wild or Spotted Crane's- bill. Fig. 901. The common American species, about IK-ft. high: stem angular: basal Ivs. long-petioled, deeply 3-5-parted; stem-leaves opposite, shorter peti- oled: peduncles 1-5, inflorescence often unbellate: fls. 1-1 >2 in. broad, rose-purple; petals woolly at base. June, July. N. Anier. G.W.F. 3. B.B. 2:341. -Showy native species; should be more in cultivation. Grows best in somewhat wet places. Var. planum, a double- flowered variety of deeper color. lo. Kichardsoni, Fisch. & Trautv. Abjut IK ft. high: Ivs. thin and terminal, lobe of the uppermost Ivs. longer than the often greatly reduced lateral lobes: pedicels conspicuously glandular pubescent: fls. large, reddish purple; petals with long white hairs on inner surface. Colo, and west. — Stems and young growth tinged with red. 16. Wallichi&num, D. Don. Of prostrate trailing habit : stem and Ivs. covered with silky hairs : Ivs. light green, 5-parted, with deeply toothed Jobes : fls. alayas. aaaaa. Fls. U'hite. 17. rb^ricum, var. album. A white-fld. var. of No. 8. 18. maculitum, var. album. A whitc-fld. var. of No. 14. 19. pratinse, var. albtun. A white-fld. var. of No. 9. 20. Richardsoni. This species (No. 15) in its native habitat is usually white, mostly roseate-veined. 21. Sibiricum, Linn. Siberian Crane's-bill. A slender, somewhat forked plant, villous, 1-2 ft. high: Ivs. deeply 3-5-parted : peduncles slender, usually 1-fld. : fls. very small, dingy white. June through Aug. Si- beria, and naturalized near New York. B.B. 2:341.— Another form under same name, with brick-red fls., said to be in cultivation. G. Balk-aman.'Fort. A hardy plant, with fragrant foliage: fls. on r.-ulic.'il stems, 1 in. across, dark magenta. June.— (?. syl- nih.'in' In,, Ali..\it 2 ft. high, with a soft-haired, upright. r,, ,' ' 7 [larted, lobes oblong, deeply toothed: fls. I>,ii, ! I ,,Ti.'. July. The common wood Geranium of K,,,.;.. , s ,/;/(, Linn. Tuberous-rooted. 9-15 in. high, "iri, -I ,t I i,,-, ii;iked: Ivs. many-lobed. linear and serrate: pedicels 1-2-11(1.: lis. large, violet. May. S.Eu. G. N. Lauman. GEBAEDIA (after John Gerarde, 1545-1607, per- haps the most popular of the herbalists). Scrophularid- eece. Hardy annual and perennial herbs, all American, and mostly of the Atlantic states, with yellow or rosy purple fls., in late summer and autumn, the latter color rarely varying to white: Ivs. mainly opposite: calyx 5- toothed or cleft; corolla bell- to funnel-shaped, broad throated, 5-parted, the 2 posterior lobes often smaller and more united ; stamens commonly more or less hairy ; anthers more or less approximate in pairs; capsule glo- bose, 2-grooved : seeds usually angled, loose coated. The first 3 species described below belong to a section in which the roots are more or less parasitic. These plants are therefore rather difficult to cultivate, and are offered only by collectors. G. tenuifolia is offered by one dealer, the seeds presumably gathered in European gardens. A. Fls. yellow. B. Corolla pubescent outside : biennial or annual. Pediculiria, Linn. Pubescence partly glandular and viscid, especially on the pedicels and calyx, while in the next 2 species there is no glandular pubescence. Lvs. 1-2 in. long, all pinnatifid. N. Am. GERARDIA BB. Corolla glabrous outside ; perennial, c. Heiijht S-G ft. quercifdlia, Pursh. Stem at first glaucous : lower Ivs. 3-5 in. long, 1-2-plnnatifld : upper Ivs. often entire. Dry woods, N. Am. cc. Height 1-2 ft. IsBvigita, Raf. Not glaucous : Its. V,i-i in. long. Oak barrens, etc., N. Am. AA. Fls. rosy purple rarely varying to white. E. Height 1 ft. tenuifdlia, Vahl. Height 1 ft. : branching, paniculate : Inflor. racemose : Ivs. mostly narrowly linear: corolla Kin. long. Low or dry ground, N. Am. BB. Height 2-J ft. lini!61ia, Nutt. Perennial: Ivs. erect, very narrowly linear, 1 line wide: calyx teeth minute; corolla 1 in. long. Low pine barrens, N. Am. Not cult., but said to be a parent with Pentslemon pulchellus of G. hybrida, Hort. Int. by Haage & Schmidt, 1899. The poor cut in S.H. 2:485 seems nearer Pentstemon than Gerardia. W. M. GEKMANDEK. See Teucrium. GESNfiBIA (Conrad Gesner, Zurich, 1516-1565, cele- brated naturalist, and considered to be the originator of the idea of genus in taxouoniy). GisnerAcem. Some- times written Gesnera. Mure than 50 herbs of tropical America (chiefly Brazilian), with simple, opposite Ivs. and showy tubular fls. in terminal short panicles or fascicles. Calyx campanulate, 5-parted ; corolla long, straight or curved, more or less ventricose, the base often distinctly swollen or gibbous, the limb mostly shallow-toothed and nearly regular or bilabiate; sta- mens 4, didynamous (in pairs under the upper lip); style 1, long ; glands ou the disk in the fl. Handsome warmhouse plants (mostly tuberous) allied to Achi- menes. Gloxinia, Isoloma and Streptocarpus. Some of the Gesnerias of the trade belong to Niegelia, which dif- fers, amongst other things, in having an aimular or ringed disk rather than a disk of distinct glands. L. H. B. Gesnerias are tuberous bulbous, or rhizomatous plants. They are natives of tropical S. America and Mexico, and all have a period of rest corresponding with the dry season. The stems rise directly from the root- stock. They are clothed with opposite, mostly heart- shaped, sometimes ovate, leaves. They are densely hir- sute ; the hairs often are brightly tinted, giving them a .sheen like the plumage of birds, so that they are quite as much admired for their haudsoinr folia;;. ■ as f'..r the flowers. The inflorescence is gcni-rally a iTam-hed corymb, and the flowers are tubular- la I. i:ni. w itli ili.' limb rarely flattened, as in Achinienes. CrMarias arr not nearly as popular as they once w. r,-, ]ir.il.alily ..n ar- countof the transitory character of th. ii- .i.n.llas, Hliich are continually falling, lasting but a day ur two. 'I'Ik- roots must be kept in a moderately warm plar, , surli as would suit Gloxinias. They should be kept in the pots in which they have grown, and be watered about once a week during the resting period. It is a mistake to sup- pose the roots can be kept in dry sand and still retain their vitality. When the roots show a tendency to send up stems is the time to start them, picking out the ad- vanced ones first. In this way a long season can be se- cured. They need a light soil to start with, about equal parts leaf-soil, loam and sand, and should be placed in a moderate temperature. Very little water will be required until they are well started. If it is desired to increase stock, smaller bulbs may be boxed off, and cuttings made of surplus shoots. Seeds are produced rather freely, and some good hybrids are in cultivation. As they advance in growth, larger pots will be needed, and a little stronger soil, — the mixture divided into four parts, adding well-decayed manure. They will take abundance of water and some liquid manure when com- ing into bloom. If neatly trained they make handsome specimens. Their beautiful foliage is liable to be spoiled by impurities or sediment in water, so that we avoid overhead syringing, particularly as they develop. After blooming, a good light place should be given, and GEUM 641 the plants watered until they show signs of going to rest. As they are naturally an undergrowth, a light shading will be beneficial in the hottest weather. Cult, by T. D. Hatfield. cardinaiis, Lem. (G. macrdntha, Hort.). Stem 6-12 in. high, stout and hairy : Ivs. large, cordate -ovate, cre- nate-dentate, petioled : fls. red, tubular, hairy, slender (2-3 in. long), the upper lip iirojecting and the lower aln less flatcluster. Nativity unknown. Gn. 42:874.— G. Hort., is evidently only a slender form of this species. H^ndersoni, Hort. Lvs. velvety green : fls. 3 in. long, brilliant scarlet, in a large truss. Probably of garden origin. longifldra, Hort., is a small-leaved species, withdroop- ing, long-tubed nicotiana-like white fls. Gn. 33:644.— The botanical position of this plant is in doubt. It is not the G. longiflora, HBK., which is purple-fld., nor G. longiflora, DC, which is Achimenes longiflora. By some it has been confounded with Isoloma longifolium, Decne. AA. Lrs. richly colored, at least tmdertieath. Ldopoldi, Scheidw. Compact : stem erect from the large, depressed tuber, thinly hairy: lvs. verticillate in 4's, broadly ovate-acuminate, more or less unequal at base, dentate, green above and purple beneath : fls. long- tubular, thinly hairy, the lobes nearly equal; light scar- let, in a rathi-r Ions,-. u}iili.l-liki- .•luster. Nativity not recorded. F.S. 7:ii)(-.i. (in. .'p::;ll,tl. Donkelaeriina, 1,. in. •.'.'. /'.m/,. ;.(/■;/, Hook.). Stem often 2 ft. tall : lvs. lar^'e. la.i .latr Dvate, crenate, hairy, green and purple-tinged above an\v.l.il, <.dd-pinnate, the alternate lobes often smaller, terminal ones largest ; stem-lvs. few, mostly of 3 Ifts. or bract-like: fls. 1-2 in. across, solitary or corymbose. More than 30 species, mostly in temperate and frigid regions. The plumy kinds are all contained in the subgenus Sieversia. G. Chiloense is the best species, and in the gardens is commonly seen in double forms. A gardener writes that "inferior forms show scarcely any duplicity." Geums are of easy culture, and are prop, by division or seed. It is said that they hybridize freely if grown together. The dwarf kinds are .suited only to the rock- ery. Correvon, of Geneva, Switz., writes that G. repfans is one of the best of the rockery kinds, and needs full sunlight. For G. triflorum he advises half exposure to sun and a light, moist soil. G. rivale grows naturally in marshy places. A. Plumy Geums: style in fruit long and plumose. B. Fls. yellow. c. Plants spreading by runners. rSptans, Linn. Root-lvs. interruptedly pinnatifld : upper lvs. 3-lobed : fls. erect ; petals obcordate. Eu. Gn. 45:9.'j6.-The purple styles are pretty. 642 GEUM cc. Plants not spreadintj hy runners. D. B oot-lvs. pinnatifid. Linn. Calyx lobes entire, while those of reptans are often 3-cut at apex. S. Eu. G.C. II. 13:425. On. 45, p. 285. DD. Hoot-tfs. 7i-idney-sJiaped. radiatum, Michx. Very hirsute. Root-lrs. 2-5 in. broad : stem 1-5-fid. ; bractlets minute. Mountains of N. C.-Int. by H. P. Kelsey. BB. Fls. bright red, unmixed with yellow, c. Lateral lobes of Ivs. minute. coccineum, Sibth. & Sm., not Hort. "Stem-lvs. 3- lobed : root-lvs. lyrate, the terminal lobe largest, cor- date-reniform : iis. erect. Mt. Olympus in Bithynia." The above is an exact translation of the entire descrip- tion given by Sibthorp and Smith, Flora Grseca, t. 485. — The chances are that all the plants in the trade under this name are really G. Chiloense. cc. Lateral lobes of Ivs. 1 in. long. Chiloense, Balb. (G. cSccineum, Hort., not Balb.). ""Stem-lvs. 3-parted, laciniate; root-lvs. interruptedly lyrate, pilose: terminal lobe rotund, somewhat 3-lobed, crenate: fls. panicled; carpels villous." The above is a literal translatiou of B.R. 16 : 1348, where the terminal lobe is shown to be 2X in. each way. Chile. B.R. 13:1088, and under 1099. L. B.C. 16:1527. Gn. 14:156 ; 45, p. :j84. R.H. 1890, p. 305, and 1881, p. 309, all erroneously as G. coccineum. Var. miniitum, D.K. ( G. miniAtum, Robt. Parker), has fls. about 2 shades lighter in color. A robust form grow- ing 2-3 ft. high, easily prop., and fls. from Apr. to end of July. Gn. 38:772, where it is supposed to be a hybrid of G. Chiloense, Yar. grandiftorum x G. aureum, 'which is a rubust many fld. form of 6. montanum, or else of G. Chiloense x G. urbannm. Var. grandifldnim, D.K.. i-* an improved form. "The double-fld. form of thi-< ^.•. m-^ t.. Ii.- a more general favorite, the blooms lastipiL- l-mu'' i'. iIi'Mi^-Ii I think they lack the elegance of tliosi- "1 th. -nniil.- form. They begin to expand soon after Mav uud an- produced until Oct." D.K., in Gn. SS, p. 290. BBS. Fls. chiefly dull red, mixed with yellow. trifldrum, Pursh. Low, softly hairy: Ifts. very numer- ous and crowded, deeply cut: fta. 3 or more on long peduncles; calyx purple," a.s long as the petals. Coulter says the petals are erect. Arctic Am. L.B.C. 17:1609. <' Fruit showy all summer." Woolson. AA. Not long and plumy in fruit. B. Style Jointed and bent in the middle. c. /7s. purplish orange. rivile, Linn. Root-lvs. lyrate; stem-lvs. few, with 3 lobes or Ifts.: calyx brownish purple; petals purplish orange. N. temp, regions. Var. album is also sold, cc. Fls. golden yellow. macroph^Uum, WUld. Eastern plant, which F. W. Bar- clay says is offered by collectors, and prefers a moist, sunny place. B.B. 2:221. BB. Style not jointed, straight. E6sBii, Seringe. Slightly pubescent above : scape 1-3- fld.: styles glabrous. Colo., arctic regions.— Fls. large, bright yellow. Q. atrococcineum Hort ni;(v li.^ a fvpoer.aTihic.il error for G. ■atrosiinguineum.— '' /f^ ^. '/;"/(.-■' ,,, i|,,ri i- form of ( mostly, if not emu Thunb., is sold, In 3-5-lobed. hirsute : fr. hirsute, awned. sold W. M. GEVUlNA (from the Chilean name). Also written Guevina. Proteicece. One species, G. AveMna, Molina (Syn., Quddria heterophylla, Ruiz & Pav.). Chilean Nut. Chile Hazel. An evergreen tree, with large, alternate pinnate, dark green, glossy Ivs. and white, hermaphrodite fls. in long, axillary racemes. Fruit about the size of a cherry, coral red when ripe, the seed hav- ing a pleasant flavored kernel, resembling the hazel in taste and largely used by the Chileans. Sparingly grown in California, Prop, by seeds or by green cut- tings under glass. -w. A. Taylok. Indii GIBB, CHARLES, Canadian horticulturist, and au- thor of important works on Russian fruits and other hardy trees, was born at Montreal June 29, 1842, and died at Cairo, Egypt, March 8, 1890, while returning from a collecting trip in China and Japan. In 1872 he brought to Montreal the first canned fruit exhibited in Canada. His farm at Abbotsford, Province of Queljec, contained the best collection of hardy fruits, trees and ornamental shrubs in Canada. His trip to Ru.ssia in 1882 with Prof. J. L. Budd, the subsequent importations, his second trip to Russia, and his various publications on hardy trees make part of a chapter of great interest and significance in the history of American horticulture. His travels were extensive. His chief works are "Orna- mental and Timber Trees not Natives of the Province of Quebec" (a comprehensive list of species of possible value for Canada f, "Report on Russian Fruits," "Hasty Notes on the Trees and Shrubs of Northern Europe," "Russian Apples Imported by the Department of Agri- culture, Washington, in 1870" (an elaborate comparison of Russian opinions and American experience), "No- menclatureof the Russian Apjiles. ' "Of Translating and Rendering into Eu|iIi'Mii..u- PnL^iisli Unpronounceable Russian Names, al- 11 i . ' hit Synonyms," and "Fruits for the CoM :- •:: I - i luUcr account, with portrait, see AnnaU -: 1 i i i . i. i; i . , 1,S90, 287-290. W. M. GIDEON. PETER M,, pp.ii..,- nomologist of the northern Mi-csi-.^i|,|,i vt;,t( -. 1>1>-1.S99, resided since 1S5;J on Lalie .Minnei'-nka. .M iii]i.^'>ta, and devoted his eft'orts to the production ol apples uf sufficient hardiness to withstand the climate. He wa.s born in Ohio. He af- terwards lived in Illinois. From boyhood he seems to have been possessed of the idea to raise seedling fruits. He was one of those rare individuals who sets a distinct ideal and strives for it throughout a lifetime in spite of every adversity. These are persons of strong and un- compromising wills. They often antagonize their fel- lows; but their works are usually beneficent. Gideon conceived tliat tlie anialiramatinn of the Siberian crab and the ccimniMH a|.|il. «"iiM -i\i tlie perfect apple for the Nortbwi-vi . |i]^ ^. e.iluiL'^ \\ tie numerous. Several of them have Ik en n.Diird aii.l disseminated, and are of value. But liis greatest achievement, the Wealthy ap- ple, was of pure Pyriis Mains stock. This variety is now one of the standard apples of his geogi'aphical re- gion, and it is gaining favor elsewhere. It is a boon to the Northwest. Even when in poverty, it is said that Jlr. Gideon spent his last dollar to buy the seeds from which this apple came. He was instrumental in distrib- uting 10,000 apple seedlings in Minnesota, and some of these are now attracting attention. His work was wholly empirical, yet he did so nmch and continued his work for so long a time that the results have contributed to the knowledge of plant-breeding. Probably no other American has labored so long and devotedly for the at- tainment of a specific ideal in the apple. Portrait and eulogies will be found in The Minnesota Horticulturist, Jan., 1900. l. h. B. GlLIA (Philipp Salvador Gil, Spanish botanist of the latter half of the eighteenth century, collaborator with Xaurez). PolemoniAcea. American herbs, mo.stly of western North America, of nearly 100 species, as the genus is now understood by most botanists. Fls. small, of many colors, the corolla funnel-form to bell-shape or sometimes salver-form, 5-lobed ; stamens 5, inserted near the base of the corolla tube, the filaments usually naked: ovary 3-loculed, with axile placentse, the stigmas 3 (or sometimes 2). Gilia is a very polymorphic genus, into which Gray now (Syn. Fl. 2, pt. 1, suppl. ) throws Collomia, Linanthus, Leptosiphon, Leptodactylon, Navarretia, Hugelia, Ipomopsis, Fenzlia. In this con- "" " ?d as follows : ception, Gilia is defined i 'Fls. naked, not in- GILIA 643 volucellate ; calyx partly herbaceous, scarious belo^ the sinuses; lobes narrow and acute; corolla salver form or funnel-form to campanulate or almost rotate : 902. Gilia grandinora(X seeds herbs. filaments not bearded a or a few suffruticose." Several of the Gilias are popular garden annuals or biennials (a few perennial). They are of the easiest culture, being vigorous, hardy and floriferous. They are mostly dwarfish, and are excellent for low masses, edgings or rockeries. Seeds may be sown where the plants are to grow. Any good soil will suit them. Following are the names in the American trade: 13, 14, [15. aehUleajfolia. 8. coronopifolia, 10. Leptosiphon, 1 aggregata, 11. debilis. 5. Uniflora, 12. alba, 6. 13. 16. densiflora, 13. ImifoUa. 12. androsacea, 14. dianthifhra. 16. micrantha, 15. aurantiaca. 10. dianthoides, 16. minima, 3. aureus. 15. elegans, 10, 11. Navarretia. 3. capitata, 6. Fenzlia, 16. nivalis, 9. carmineus. 15. grandiflora, 1. rosea, 9, 15. coceinea, 2. hyhridus. 15. aanguinea. 10. Collomia. 1, 2. Ipomopsis. 10, 11. speHosa, 16. congests, 4. laciniata, 7. tricolor, 9. A. Lvs. normally alternate, entire or pinnafely cut or divided (lower Ivs. sometimes opposite). B. Fls. in dense heads, tvhich are subtended by leafy involucres. C. Foliage entire or at least not much parted. 1. grandifldra, Gray {Cnlh)mia qrandiflt>ra. Dougl.). Fig. 902. Erect, with minutely pubescent reddish stems, 1-2 ft. high: Ivs. linear-lanceolate or oblong, narrowed below but scarcely petiolcd, entire, acute: tis. many, in dense terminal heads, butf or salmon color, redder in- side, 1 in. long. Plains, \V. of Rocky Jits. B.M. ■2S94. B.R. U:n74.-This and the next ire interesting an- nuals. Useful as bee jilants. 2. ooccinea. Gray (CoUnniin cod-i'Hcn, Lehm.). More slender: stems not red: Ivs. narrower (mostly linear), somewhat cut at the ends: fls. smaller, slender-tubed, yellow or buff outside and brick-red inside. Chile. B.R. 19:1622. cc. Foliage pinnately parted or compound. 3. namma., Gv&y (Navarretia Hu'nimo, Nutt.). Dwarf and tufted (3 in. or less high), nearly glabrous : Ivs. needle-like, pinnately parted : fls. white, the corolla scarcely exceeding the white-hairy calyx. In arid dis- tricts. Dak. W. 4. congSsta, Hook. A foot or less high, erect or spreading, tufted : Ivs. mostly 3-7-divided into linear divisions: corolla white, the oval lobes nearly as long as the tube: calyx teeth long-pointed, nearly equaling the corolla. A small-fld. species growing from Wyo. W. BB. Fls. not in close heads, but more or less scattered : or if capitate, the heads not leafy -subtended. r. Plant perennial: seed only 1 in a locule : fls. small. r>. d^bilis, Wats. Two in. or less high : Ivs. oblong, entire or 2-3-Iobed, petioled: fls. solitary and nearly ses- sile, the purple corolla % in. long, the tube exceeding the calyx. S. Utah.-Ofifered by collectors, cc. Plant annual: seeds more than 1 to the locule: corolla distinctly tubular, but relatively small. i>. Inflorescence capitate. (i. capitita, Dougl. Fig. 903. Plant 18 in. to 2K ft. fall, the stems long and nearly straight between joints: lis. about Kin. long, in dense, nearly globular heads which terminate long, naked stems; corolla lobes lance linear, acute : Ivs. cut into very unequal linear lobes Calif, and Ore. B.AI. 2698. B.R. 14:]170.-An old fa vorite. There is a white form (var. alba). There is also a var. major. 7. laciniata, Ruiz & Pav. Much like the last in botanical characters, and possibly a form of it ; lower and much more slender, the leaf-divisions mostly very narrow (usually almost thread-like), the heads smaller o^ the fls. sometimes even scattered. Chile. — The fine foliage and compact habit make this species an excellent garden plant. DD. Inflorescence mixed, capitate on themain branches,, scattered on the others. 8. achillesBfolia, Benth. Fig. 904. Stout (2-3 ft.) and very branchy and bushy, the pnrl\ mam branches ter- minating in large, dense heads, but the later, finer growth bearing scattered fls : Ivs. small, with short, linear lobes or teeth: fls. large, violet or purple-blue. the corolla lobes oblong or obovate : capsules large. W. Calif. B.M. 59.39 (showing only capitate inflores- cence).—An old garden plant. Fls. vary to white and rose. ODD. Inflorescence scattered or loosely cymulose. 9. tricolor, Benth. Fig. 905. A very diffuse, twiggy grower, 2-2^ ft. high, sparsely pubescent: Ivs. few on the full grown plant, small, with many short, very nar- row or needle-shaped divisions : fls. comparatively large (Kin. long or nearly so), nearly or quite bell- shaped, the corolla 2-3 times the length of the cah-x ; color of the roundish lobes violet and passing to whitish at the base, of the throat brown-purple and of the tube yellow. W. Calif. B.M. 3463. B.R. 20:1701.-One of the commonest of garden annuals. There is a white form {6. nivilis, Hort. ) and a rose-colored form {G. rdsea, Hort.). Thrives with the least care, and is al- ways a profuse bloomer. CCC. Plant biennial: seeds fetv or many in each locide: fls. large and long -tubular, red [running into white forms), the corolla vei-y much surpassing the subulate calyx lobes. (Ipomopsis.) 10. COTOnopifdlia, Pers. (Ipom6psis Uegans, Poir. I. aurantlaca and /. sanguinea, Hort.). STANDtNG Cypress. Stem strict and unbranched, sometimes 6 ft. high, very leafy : Ivs. pinnate, the divisions needle-like and about 1 in. long: fls. many, IM in. long, long-trum- pet-shape, borne along the sides of the summit of the stem, the calyx inconspicuous amongst the short bract- Ivs., the corolla scarlet or pink-red and dotted and yel- lowish within, varying to orange, its lobes obtuse or nearly so and flaring. In dry soil, S. Car., south and GILIA west. B.K. 20: 1691. -Common old garden plant, and worthy. Fls. scentless. 11. aggregita, Spreng. {Ipomdpsis Hegans, Lindl.). Differs in mostly shorter stature and more slender habit, with redder (sometimes white) fragrant fls., with acute and reflexing corolla lobes. Neb., south and west. B.R. 15: 1281. -Probably not in cult. The fls. are fiery scarlet or sometimes nearly white. A very showy biennial. AA. Lvs. opposite, entire, or, if alternate {as in No, 12) palmately parted. B Foliage lery fine, the lvs. cut into thread-like or linear divisions. c Coiolla rotate bell-shape, with a short, flaring tube. 12 Imifldra, Benth. (G.imiM/ia, Hort.). Fig. 900. Ten to 20 in high, diffuse and branchy : lower lvs. mostly op]! iMte hut the upper alternate, all palmately divided 1 m needle-like or spurrey-like divisions: fls. for the size of the plant, the corolla white II irly rotate, the thin lobes obtuse. Calif. -A useful tufty garden annual. The name / / I IS meant to designate the resemblance of the til tliose of Lnuim lenuifolium ; but some catalogue [ei , e% identlj thinking that the name meant linear- 1 1 ed, and w as therefore inappropriate or an error, changed the name to G. linifolia, under whichname : known m the trade. CO. Corolla salver-form, with a filiform and elongated tube (Leptosiphon). 13. densindia, Benth. (Leptosiphon densifldnis, Benth.). Erect or even strict, 1-2 ft., hairy: lvs. with many filiform somewhat rigid divisions: fls. in rather close heads, lilac or white, %-H in. long; tube of the corolla scarcely longer than the leaves; lobes of the co- rolla spreading, obtuse, often dentate, nearly or quite as long as the tube. Calif. B.M. 3578. B.R. 20:1725.- Common garden annual. The white-fld. form is known as var. alba, Hort. 14. androB&cea, Steud. (Leptosiphon androsdceus, Benth.). Much like the last, but the tube very slender and much exserted beyond the calyx and leaves: fls. 1 in. long, pink, lilac or "white, in rather close heads, the corolla lobes ovate-acute and entire, much shorter than the tube, 12-18 in. Calif. B.M. 3491. B.R. 20:1710. 15. micrintha, Steud. Fig. 907. Tufted, 8 in. or less high, the stems most leafy near the top: lvs. short, fas- cicled: fls. with an exceedingly slender thread-like tube which is 1-1!^ in. long, and projecting prominently above the upper fascicles of lvs., the corolla lobes spreading and obtuse ; color range very wide, -from purple to lilac, red, yellow and white. Calif. — A popu- lar and Important bedding plant. Forms of it are known as Leptosiphon aureus, carmineus, hybridus, and ro- 906. Gil 907. Gilia micrantha (X K). BB. Foliage of entire (but narmc) lvs. 16. diantholdes, Endl. (Fhizlia dianthifUra, Benth.) Fig. 908. Tufted, 6 in. o opposite : fls. 1-1 J^ high : lvs. narrowly lin- long, lilac or purple, with yellowish throat, the flat-spreading lobes denticulate or GINSENG 645 nearly fringed. S.Calif. B.M. 4876. R.H. 186.t:10.- A choice little annual, excellent for edgings and rock- wnrk. bearing a profusion of pink-like fls. The fls. sometimes vary to white (Femhaalba.HoTt.). A large-fld. fonn is called (' ■.pecwsa. L. h. B. GILL. G!e- GILLfiNIA (a German lihysicum of the seven- teenth century, Arnoldus (Tillenius). Hosdcew. Two East American perennial herbs, with 3-foliolate nearly sessile Ivs. and 5 long white or rose-tinged narrow petals, which are more or less iinequal, 10-20 included stamens, 5-toothed calyx, and 5 2-4-seeded pods: fls. many in loose, termi- nal clusters in suniiner. To this genus Britton has recently given the name Porterdnthus {Porter's flotoer, in honor of Dr. T. G. Porter), because Adanson had earlier made a genus Gillena. The species are G. triJoli- &ta, Mcench (Bowman's Root), in rich woods from N. Y. to Ga. (Mn. 8:129. B.M. 489), and G. 8tipul4cea, Nutt. (AjiEKiCAN Ipecac), with a more southern range. The former has ovate-oblong serrate leaflets and small, mostly entire stipules: the latter has lanceolate deeply incised leaflets and leafy incised stipules, and is more pubescent. Gillenias are excellent, graceful plants for the mixed or hardy border. They are hardy and of easy culture in any good soil. 2-4 ft. tall. They propagate by seed and division. L_ u_ b_ GILLTFLOWEB down to shikespeare's time usuallv referred to what we now cnll the ciination, DiantJiu-. Caryophylliii, also known is clove pink Since Shake speare's time Gilliflower has usually meant either wall- flowers or stocks, as explained under Cherianthus and Matthiola. Wild Ginger. Asa- GlirKGO(Chinesename). Conifer(r,tnheTdxete. One tree, with wedge-shaped Ivs., fls. small and mostly dioecious. Pistillate fl. solitary, the single naked ovule ripening into a drupe. Staminate fls. in slender, loose catkins. Smith). 910. Ginkgo fruit biloba, Linn. (Salisbutta adia, Ginkgo. Maidenhair Tree KewTree Figs A tall, sparsely branched, usually slender tree, attain- ing a height of 60-80 ft Iv-, 3-5, clustered, fan- shaped, divided at summit, "u ith thickened margin, striated on both sides with numerous parallel veins: fls. dioecious; male catkins slender, stalked; females on long footstalks, in pairs, of which one usually aborts: fruit a drupe, consisting of an acrid, foul-smelling pulp surrounding a smooth, angular oval, cream-colored, thin- shelled, sweet-kerneled nut. Northern China. F.S. 10, p. 119. G.C. III. 5:265, 269. G.P. 1:175. A.G. 12:268. Gng. 6:194. Introduced to America early in the century, and gen- erally successful on good soil in the eastern states as far north as eastern Massachusetts and central Michi- parts of gau and along the St. Lawrence Canada. Of special value for solitari, picturesque effects. Considerably pi ton, D.C., where it is growing in estc because of its upright habit and fr. injury. Easily propagated frcpin src tumn ; varieties by buddiut; iiiid horticultural forms are recurni/rd, ii ruits. wlii.'li continue to mature and drop during a period of some weeks, con- stitutes the chief objection to the species as a street tree, or near dwellings, and suggests the advisability of propagating from staminate trees by grafting or bud- ding, for planting in such locations. The kernels, which have a sweetish, slightly resinous flavor, are highly esteemed for food in China and Japan, and are gathered from fruiting trees in Washington for such use by Chinese laundrymen. The word Ginkgo seems to be pronounced with a hard initial G in the orient, but in English a soft G should be used. The name is often spelled Gingko, but the other spelling is preferable because Linnaeus spelled it so in the generic name. w. A. Taylor. GINSENG (Pdnax qtiinquefdli>im,UT\n. P. Ginseng, Meyer. Ardtia quinrjuefoUa, Decne. & Planch.) is to the" Chinese more than quinine or any other drug is to Americans. As its name Panax implies, it is a pana- cea, being employed for all the ills that flesh is heir to. Though credited with stimulating, aromatic, alterative. 646 GINSENG carraiuatife and tonic properties, tlie root is with us seldom used except as a demulcent. The reverence in which it is held, and the high price that it commands in China, led to extensive search for a substitute, which resulted in the discovery in 1710 o£ American Ginseng, Panaj: quinque folium , near Montreal, Canada. This root was favorably received by the Chinese, and soon became an important article of export. During the past 40 years the price of American Ginseng has advanced nearly 700 per cent, but owing to the energetic hunt for the root, to the destruction of f,,n-sts an.! to the gather- ing of plants at improper liup- . ili-' wild supply has greatly decreased. With tin ^nlv aii^ini.- prices and the diminishing supply came cxpiriiiniits in f.Tinseng culti- vation, most of which failed through ignorance of the plant's peculiarities. The seed ripens in Sept. If dry it will not germinate until the second year, but if fresh and properly kept nearly all the seeds will germinate the first season. The soil must be a light, friable loam, free from stones, etc., rich in humus and well drained; the plants must be well supplied with shade and moisture. Culti- vated Ginseng already commands a considerably higher price than the wild root, and, though no returns can be expected from a plantation until it is 3 or 4 years old, the industry is found to be profitable by the men that have given it careful attention. Ginseng beds can be located in orchards, gardens, or woods, where the roots may remain without danger of deterioration for several years after they first attain marketable size. The roots are so valuable that they are likely to be stolen, and beds should, therefore, be placed where they can be guarded. jj. q. Kains. For further information on Ginseng, send to Div. of Publications, Dept. of Agriculture, Washington, D. C, for Bulletin No. 16 of the Div. of Botany, revised by M. G. Kains in 1898, or consult Kains' Ginseng, its cult., etc., Orange Judd Co., 1899. ^. ji. GLADtOLUS (diminutive of Latin gladius, a sword, from thesbapeof the Ivs.of the first-described species). Irid&cece. Gladioli are amongst the most popular of all garden plants, and particularly of the class known as summer-flowering bulbs, ranking in popularity with cannas, dahlias, lilies and iris, and having probably no other rivals. They are also the most important, com- mercially, of all the "Cape bulbs." About 140 species of cormous herbs, which bear lily- form fls. in spikes at the summit of a scape. Fl. more or less tubular, the tube usually funnel-shaped (enlarg- ing upwards); segments 6, more or less unequal, strongly narrowed or even clawed at the base, the upper ones often hoodet) or roofed over the opening or mouth of the flower; stamens 3, inserted on the tube; stigmas 3, on a long style : ovary 3-loculed. Fig. 911. Wonogr. by Baker, Irideie, pp. 198-229 (1892). About 15 of the species are natives of Europe and western Asia. A few have been discovered on the moun- tains of tropical Africa. The larger part of the species are South African, however (Cape Colony and Natal), and of these species the habitat is not mentioned in the following synopsis. The Europe-Asian species are little cultivated in this country. Some of them are hardy. The S. African species, variously hybridized, have given rise to the numerous and excellent garden strains. There are semi-double foi-ms. L. H. B. I. THE CULTURE OP GLADIOLI. A. From the amateur's point of lu'cic. The essentials of Gladiolus culture can be told in a sentence: the corms should be planted as early in spring as the soil can be fitted ; they flower the same season in July and August, and can be stored over win- ter in any cool, dry cellar that will keep potatoes. Late spring frosts do not penetrate the soil deep enough to hurt the early planted corms. The blooming season can be easily prolonged until frost by successive plantings from April to July 4. The flowers are excellent for cutting, and last a week in water. Some varieties need staking, but stakes are objectionable on general princi- ples, even when neat and slender. Seedlings are easily raised, afid the process is described in the next para- graph. Gladioli are easily forced to flower in Novem- GLADIOLUS her and December, as the corms can be kei)t dormant by the simplest kind of cold storage. It is common for florists to hold some corms in a cool place until August; then plant them in boxes of rich soil 4-5 in. deep, and keep the boxes outdoors until frost. After frost-time the corms are brought into a cool greenhouse, where they flower within two months. New corms form above the old one, and bloom the next season (Fig. 912). Cormels or " spawn " also form on offshoots : these bloom in two or three years. l. H. B. AA. From the commercial point of inew. The culture of Gladioli is very easy, and can be con- ducted under nearly any of the conditions suitable for potatoes. Gladioli succeed best in a sandy loam which is retentive of moisture. For successful commercial culture it is essential that such soil conditions are ob- tainable. Planting should be commenced as early in the spring as the proper working of the soil will permit. Such preparation of the soil as puts it in a loose, friable condition will answer. Probably the ideal soil is a sod, fall plowed and then most thoroughly worked in the spring. Strong, fresh stable manure should be avoided. If soil is not sufficiently rich in plaiit-f 1 it is best to use all strong manures on a ju-. \ U-n-. -. a^i'u's crop of some other kind. Any compiri.- lM like the hyacinth was also his c.ntrilnitioii. All of his varieties are now grown in mixture by the writer with the exception of a white variety, which promises to be distinct and valual)le for some time to come. However, the vitality of Burbank's strain is remarkable, and in the opinion of the writer it is greater than that of all the other strains of so-called American hybrids which constitute the principal stocks of commerce on this continent. GLADIOLUS 647 The latter strains have probably been largely pro- duced from self-fertilized seed of European and Ameri- can varieties, themselves the product of natural selec- tion, thus carrying to their progeny the objection of a weak and degenerate parentage. The work of Dr. Van Fleet, ..t" X. ,v .1. i -. > , v,as car- ried on more for scientific than . i 1. : I. iilts,and reaped a deserved success. 11-. ' ii'-r has found that the offspring of ajiui. i". a ~ ,, i, ,s stable than that of wi'-Lala., 1 -i .,,.,-i,i, J ^ am lies, the former system liML.hir^ -1-^1 irw varieties of perma- nent commt n 1 i jIi they are in themselves valuable as pari lit . i i i. i -inidation of new strains. The best Wi.rlv .1 a -i la lailissional character, in the opinion of the writer, lias been done by T, S. Moore, of Indiana, who has spared no trouble or expense in pro- curing choice material upon which to build, and with satisfactory results. As to G. criienliiii (a strain of reds), the writer thinks that little is to be gained by Its use, as we have too many reds already. Its roots tend in this climate to early and rapid degeneration. The writer believes that the beauty of the individual flower is the highest ideal, though vigor ..f plant rim\ Gladio'lusas a cut-flower rather than a gaialiai |iiaiit. ami believes higher satisfaction is gotten finm , uiiihl' tlf spike when the first bud opens than frotii lea\ in;,' tlir flowers to open outdoors. A new strain of great interest is composed of the hy- brids of the G. Papilio, var. major, a most interesting species in which the under color, a unique shade of blue, is overlaid with dull terra-cotta. In seedlings raised by the writer these colors have separated, producing the most beautiful heliotrope and clematis blues and rich velvety jiurples, colors quite unknown in the older sec- Anotber strain likely to be preset;te.l .;,.mii i^ ih,- j.ri.il- uct of the old species G. dn/r... .,.;,,, ;,.,,. '\-\:,- il.mais of the hybrids are covered witli jniiin!.- il a, -miliar to those of the species. The species aii.l its liylniils have exceptional vigor and vitality. Gladioli are most adaptable to all soils, providing reasonable assistance is given. Clean, sandy loam is preferable, fertilized at least every other autumn with well-rotted manure, which is carefully covered below the depth of planting. Before spading or plowing the ground it is well to dress freely with fresh, hardwood ashes. On heavy clay use leached ashes freely, and cover deeply all the green vegetable refuse and leaves that have been partially rotted under the manure pile since the previous autumn. Also fill in the trenches with sand or loam. In swamp muck and vegetable de- posit, a mixture of sand added yearly is all that is needed, the trenches being tilled with sand at planting. Cold, springy swamp laials with tlie water half filling the trenches at plantinu'. have iriven perfect satisfaction with blooming bulbs, that lia\e I n lieveloped on the other soils. Water sli.iul.l lie fr.a ly used during the season of active growth ; iiHHlnately with blooming stock before budding in .iiai,]- t" n|i.ii the plant; then again freely before the I'lids show ta.lor and until after blooming. Full exposure t.> the siui :md air is necessary for the best results H. H. Gboff. 11. THE KINDS OP GLADIOLI. dr.icoeephalus. in rtoribundus. 'J3, "Jtj. atroviolaceus, 7. Frcebeli. 31. Q bifloniR, S. G,ind,aveiisis, 27. blaudns, 22. Kraiidis. :i. opposititlf P.%pilio, IS psittacinu the trade, but they are b4H GLADIOLUS all, they are prized chiefly as oddities, or because of their botanical interest. The following species are either offered at the present time in American trade or are parents of modern garden forms : A. Fl. with a long, slender, eylindrical curved twbe, u-hicli is enlarged in the middle : segments nearly 1. Watsdnius, Thunh. Corm small, globose : stem slender, 18 in. or less, with 1 long, narrow-linear and stiff leaf and 2-.') short, sheathing Ivs.: ils. 2-4, in a lax 1-sided spike, 2 in. or less long, bright red, the wide- spreading segments oblong and acute. B.M. 450.— Little known in this country, but offered by the Dutch growers. AA. Fl. short and open, the tube short or scarcely any: segments very prominently clawed, usnalty unequal. 2. al&tus, Linn. Small, the stem only 4-8 in. high, and slender : Ivs. 3-4, linear and rigid: ils. 3^ in a la.\ spike, the curved tube % in. long, the perianth bright red and often strongly veined; segments very unequal, the 3 lower tongue-like and protruded, the others obo- vate or nearly orbicular, all of them differently colored toward the base. B.M. 586 ; 592 (the var. JVama- quensis). A 44. FU. of medium length, with a funnel-shaped tHbe, which is flaring atthe top: segments nar- rowed below, but not distinctly clawed. { Gladio- lus proper.) B. Li:i. linear {% in. or less wide)— except sometimes in Ifos. 9, 10. c. Perianth-segments acute. 3. grdndia, Thunb. (G. versicolor, Andr^). Stem slender, 2 ft. or less : Ivs. about 3, linear or nearly terete, strongly ribbed : fls. G or less, 3 in. long, with a curved tube ; segments nearly equal, oblong-lanceolate and cuspidate, as long as tlie tube and twice longer than the stamens, recurved and often wavy, yellowish or creamy, tinged and striped with purple-brown : seeds winged. B.M. 1042. 4. trlstis, Linn. Very like the last: fls. 2-1, somewhat smaller ; segments shorter than the tube and not twice longer than the stamens, acute, yellowish white with purple or brown pencilings, or (in G. concolor, Salisb.), almost white or uniform yellow. B.M. 272, 1098. G.P. 5. angnistus, Linn. (G. trimacuWiis, Lam.). Small and slender species (10-20 in. tall) : Ivs. 3-4, very nar- row ; fls. 2-6, long-tubed, white, the oblong segments shorter than the tube and the 3 lower ones with a char- acteristic purple median line ending in a heart-shaped mark. B.M. 602. cc. Perianth-segments obtuse. D. Color purple or violet. G. orispifldnis, Herb. {G. imbric&tus, Linn., var. crispifldrus, Baker). Stem 1-2 ft., rather slender: Ivs. 2-3, sometimes H in. broad : fls. 4-10, the tube H in. long and curved, the segments obovate (1 in. long), crisped or wavy on the edge, dark purple, more or less marked with white and red: seeds winged. E. Eu. and W. Asia. — Hardy or nearly so. 7. atrovioUceus, Boiss. Stem 1-2 ft. high: Ivs. 3, closely ribbed, firm: fls. few, the tube Kin. long and curved, the obovate segments 1 in. long and dark purple or violet-blue: seeds globose. TV. Asia. — Hardy or nearly so. 8. bifldrus, Klatt. Dwarf (1 ft. or less): If. single, very narrow: Us. 2-3, the tube nearly straight, the ob- long segments twice as long as the tube, lilac. DD. Color essentially yellow or orange, 9. Quartiniinus, Rich. Strong, 2-4 ft. : Ivs. 3-4, rigid, sometimes nearly ensiform : fls. 4-9, in an open spike, large, the narrow curved tube 1}4 in. long; upper seg- ments hooded, the others smaller and more or less re- flexed, bright yellow or vellow flushed and feathered with scarlet. B.M. 67.39. G.C. 111. 24:467, and Gn. .';5:1225 (vai. superbns) Mts. of Trop. Afr. — Not known GLADIOLUS to be in the Amer. trade, but attracting attention in Europe. One of the best of the genus. 10. Bulphiireus, Baker. Stout, but low: Ivs. 3-i the blade short and somewhat ensiform: fls. 6-8, large, the curved tube 1% in. long, soft bright yellow; upper seg- ments cucuUate, the 3 lower ones small. Mt. Kiliman- jaro. Gn. 38:762(?) DDD. Color {under color) white or nearly so. 11. Tittitus, Hornem. (G. UMiiiius, Klatt). Low: Ivs. 3-4, very narrow: fls. 3-6, nearly erect, the slightly curved tube nearly or quite an inch long, whitish, the 3 lower segments with a purple central blotch. BB. Leaves ensiform (Min.or more broad, and flat or flattish). r. Under- or body-color essentially purple 12. commimis, Linn. Stem 1K-2K ft Ivs 3-4, 1 ft. or less long: fls. 4-8, small (IK m long), with a curved tube ; segments bright pui pie (flesh-colored in the var. carneus), neaih equal in length, all connivent or touching (making a narrow fl.), the 3 lower ones long t law ed and with a median line : seeds broad w luged F'rance, Germany. B.M. 86, 1.575. — Hard\ Lit tie known in cult, in this country. 13. Byzantinus, Miller. Fls. more and l-ii^-cr, plant more robust, segments more spreading at I are contig- maturity, although the 3 upper oi uous, dark purple, the 3 lower ones with a prominent white median line : seeds winged. Mediterranean region. B. M. 874. — Hardy. Little known in gardens. 14. Begdtum, Ker. Differs from G. Byzantinus in having globular (not winged) seeds, and in the flaring or spreading segments of the bright purple, obovate-obtuse sepals. Cana- ries and Mediterranean region. B.M. 719. -Hardy. Little grown. Early. 15. Papilio, Hook. Stem 2 ft. or often more : Ivs. about 4, rigid, 1 ft. or more long: fls. 6- 12, with a curved tube, pale pur- ple or lilac, yellow in the throat; upper segments obovate and hooded, 1% in. long, the lower \ ones very narrow below and marked with large red-brown blotches. B.M. 5565. — Handsome. Va- ries to white in cult. cc. Under- red {jyo. ; 16. Lelchtlini, Baker. Stem about 2 ft. tall, terete : Ivs. about 4, 1 ft. long : fls. 6-8, large, with a curved tube in in. long, crimson and yellow; upper segments obovate and conni- vent, 3 lower ones much smaller and acute, spreading, red at tip but yellow and minutely red dotted below. 17. cardinilis. Curt. Tall: fls. many, nearly erect, bright scarlet, the tube IK in. long and nearly straight; upper segments long-spatulate (2 in. long), scarlet, the 3 lower ones shorter and narrower, with a large white blotch. B.M. 135. 18. Sailndersii, Hook, f . About 2 ft. : Ivs. 4-6, strongly ribbed and stiff: fls. 6-8, large, bright scarlet, the tube 1 in. 'Gand^'vcnsir to 1/^ in. long and curved; 3 upper (x^^")^'^' segments long-spatulate, uniform scar- '^ let, connivent {2 in. long), 3 lower smaller, white- blotched and spotted. B.M. 5873. Gn. 12:83.-Hand- GLADIOLUS CCC. Under- or body-color essentialhj yellow. 19 dracoc^phalus, Hook. f. Stem stout, 2 ft. or less: Ivs. 3-4, rather firm: fls. 3-6, of medium size, yellowish ereen, the tube (2 in. or less long) curved; upper seg- ments elliptic-obovate and more or less hooded, yellow- ish and closely striate with purple, the other segments much smaller and reflexing, mostly green and purple spotted. B.M. ,588i.-Odd. 20. psittacinus.Hook. (i in. long; segments all oblong or oblong-spatulate and flar- ing or recurved, some of them red-marked in the throat. Variable. Sometimes pure white (B.M. 648), and some- times flesh-color (B.M. 645).— An old garden plant. 23. floribundus, Jacq. Stem short (1 ft.), producing fls. from near its base : Ivs. usually 4 : fls. 12 or less, large, white tinged with pink, the slightly curved tube 2 in. or less long; segments obovate or spatulate, ob- tuse, wide-flaring, red-lined. B.M. 610. 24. oppositifldrus. Herb. Much like the last, but fls. more numerous and smaller, in a distichous (or 2-sided) spike, white, sometimes marked with rose. B.M. 7292 G.C. III. 13:291. Gn. 45:963. -A very handsome plant growing 3-6 ft. high, and producing spikes 2 ft. long. 25. Milleri, Ker-Gawl. Stem 12-20 in. : Ivs. about 4 : fls. rather large, 4-5, nearly erect, milk-white, the tube 2 in. or less loug and nearly straight; segments oblong and nearly acute. B.M. 632. II. Bybrkls. -The garden Gladioli are hybrids of va- rious kinds and degrees. Of many, the parentage js so confused that it cannot be made out. However, there are four main lines of development or divergence, rep- resented in the late-flowerin:; (TUiidaveii^i*. Lt-iiioinei and Nanceianus, and the e;ii-l\ -ili.\', < rin- i^'l\ill.i. An important article on the li\ ! ; . i, i,v Robert T. Jackson, will be f.iu I i - - ,,f the points of merit of the i i' rn i .i.i i- nn : - 1 liancy and definiteness of color; large size; long spikes (20-25 blooms). 26. Cblvillei, Sweet (6. cardinalis x trisfis). Fls. open or flaring, with olilong-acute segments, scarlet, with long blotches at the base of the lower segments : earlv-Howcring ; spikes sh..rt. H:.r,Iv south of Wash- ington with some prote.-ti,ni. R.H. 181).-), p. 2,s',l. G.C. 111.12:90. Gu. 28:.')20; 34:080; 50, p. 06. -The oldest of the garden forms. Runs into many types and strains. The modern white-flowered type, represented by The Bride, is best known in this eoiuitry. Small forms are known as G. GLAUCIUM 649 did much to improve the Gandavensis type by repeated selections and breeding. By Herbert and some others, Gandavensis is considered to be an offspring of G. psiffacimis x oppositiflorus. C. Brenchley^nsis is one of the Gandavensis tribes. 28. Lem6inei, Hort. (G. Gandavensis x purpureo- aitriilus). Fig. 914. A modern race characterized by highly colored yellow, red and purplish fls., purple- blotched on the lower segments, with a more or less bell-shaped form of corolla— the segments broad and heavy and the upper ones horizontal or strongly hooded. Grown by M. Le- moine, Nancy, France, and first sho at the Paris Exhibition of 1878. Gii 17:226; 30:554. R.H. 1879:330. /Aiw^^^ 914. Gladiolus Le el (o the rieht\ and G. Nanceianus. Luiioineix G.Saunders l.irge, open-spreading tne two side se.,ntit ut-- wiM-lv flaring and so measuring 6-8 ui tiMm ti|. t.j tip; upper segment long and upright. Fii st t \hi!)itt d by Lemoine, the raiser, in 1889. The finest race, characteristically is full-open and large fls., in brilliant shades of red and purple. Gn. 41:846. G.C. III. 13:131. 30. Childsii ((?. Gandavensis x Saundersii). Fls. similar to 6'. Lemoinei in shape and color. Originated by Max Leiehtlin, Germany. 31. FroebeU, Hort., is G. Gandavensis x G. Saun- dersii. var. siiperbus. .32. Turicfensis, Hort.. is of like parentage. G.F. 3:89. -This and the last are the work of Froebel&Co., Zu- rich. They are of recent origin. l H. B. GLADWIN. Iris fcetidissima. tiuKlush thf s.; iwugn.ups. 27. GandavfeneiB, Van Houtte {G. psittacinus x cardi- nali.^). Fig. 913. tipper segments nearly or quite hori- zontal or hooded, the colors in bright shades of red and red-yellow, variously streaked and blotched : late-flow- ering : spikes long. The commonest old-time tvpe of garden Gladiolus. F.S. 2:84 (1846). R.H. 184"6:141. P.M. ll:27.-First offered to the trade bv Van Houtte, Aug. 31, 1841. M. Souchet, of Fontainebleau, France, GLASSHOUSE. Any glass structure in which plants are grown, particularly one which is large enough to admit the operator. It is a generic term. See Green- 6LASSW0KT. Salicomia. GLAUCIUM (name refers to glaucous foliage). Pa- paverftcece. Horned Poppy. A dozen or more herbs of S. Eu. and W. Asia; annuals, biennials or occasionally per- 650 GLAUCIUM xS^ ennials a few of which are grown for their large poppy- like fls. and glaucous-blue foliage. Sepals 2: petals 4: stamens many: ovary with 2 (rarely 3) cells, the stigmas miter-shaped, the fruit becoming a long silique-like capsule: Ivs. alternate, lobert or dissected. Glauciums are low, branchy herbs, often somewhat succuk-nt.with large fls., mostly yellow or orauge, but varying to red and purple. The fls. are usually short-lived, but they are borne "in rapid succession. They are well adapted for foliage ef- fects in borders or edgings. Of easy culture in any good soil. They prefer an open, sunny situation. Mostly prop, by seed, but the perennial kinds by di- vision; however, the perennials „,^ „, . ,„„„„ are short-lived, and usually had 915. Glaucmm luteum. ^^^^^ ^^ ^_.^^^^'^, ^^ biennials; they should be grown from seed. lilteum.Scop. (G.« 6-10, with many lfts. ; lfi< .,\ ;ite-lanceolate to lanceolate, acute, minutely and ,.,,H,t,u crenulate, >^-lK in. long. China. Often cult. uiil. I the name G.macracantha, Sinensis v&T. Japonica ;um1 iKfi-rida and usually referred to G. Sinensis, ^nt seems more closely allied to G. Japonica. Var. nina, Hort., is a shrubby, often less spiny form. AA. Pod thick ■ walled: lvs. pinnate, n'ith 4-12 lfts., rarely bipinnate. Sinfinais, Lam. Tree, to 40ft., with stout conical often branched spines: lvs. 5-7 In. long, with grooved pubes- cent rachis, and 8-18 lfts.; lfts. ovate or oblong-ovate, obtuse or acute, crenulate-serrate, reticulate beneath, %-2 in long: fls. distinctly pedicelled, in slender ra- cemes:' pod almost straight, thick, 4-7 in. long, 1-154 in. .Mill., .with spines: lvs. pinnate, wiui i-'ic uvai^-uOlong, , or bipinnate, with C-8 ninna-: pod tbin eUip- seeded 1-2 in. long. From Carolin.-i south, west to Texas. ,.,.,7_og_G. auslralis. Hemsl. Tree with largo spines: G. a9«l i some are blotched, and ■r white. IS appar- shades sprin- kled with darker shades. It is pmbablL that the larger W I part of the evolution in the common greenhouse Glox- inia is a direct development from the old G. speciosa, but hybridity has played an important part. One of the eai-litst recorded series of hybrids (1844) was with Sin- is a plant wif ug rather small spotted fls !li. 13:1112). The issue of this cross showed lit- II' ' ii'.t of the S. guttata, except a distinct branching liahu in some of the plants (B.R. 30:48). It is possible, however, that S. gititata has had something to do with the evolution of the spots on the present-day flower, although the original G. spfcin.ia was striped and lilnt.-lic-.I in the tlin.nt, Th.- stmlfnt wlu. wishes to trace SMhl.' Mt' III-' t'.pfMis nC L'al-'lrll ( . |..\ Mill- I;i:i\- look Up the f .■ II _- |...rir,-ui- ■ i;.M, ■-,,-. , ]t<,\t; B.M. .■hleri F.8, P.S. 6:610; P.S. I'll- i i , , , i - |., i.i'.H) and 1705; P.S. 17 I ,- ,■ i - :-■■,. 1,-78. 1885,1918-19; F.S. r. ri , ,. ,|„,iMr i,.n„- ; r,s. ji :_Mii4; P.S. 22:2324. I.H. 4:;: .i:i. 41. i.,r. 47:;;i; i.t. 4.s. p. »0. Gn. 15:168; 43:909; 52, p. 268. R.H. 1846:301, Teuch- lerii; R.H. 1848:201, Pyfiana; 1877:70, variabilis; R.H. 1883, p. 248. For florists' plants, see A.F. 11:7; A.G. 14:49; Gng. 6:83. There are many Latin-made names the G. specit trade names is G. crassifolia, a name applied I the best and largest-growing strains. There are double forms of Gloxinia, in which an outer but shorter corolla is formed. These forms are more curi- ous than useful. Gloxinia (Sinningia) has been hybri- dized with Ge.sneria; and the hybrid progeny has been called Gloxinera (G.C. 111. 17:145, Pig. 22). l. h. B. Gloxinias are general favorites with most people. Their large tubular and richly colored blossoms, to- gether with their soft, velvety green leaves, make a gorgeous display when in flower. Being natives of tropi- cal America, they require stove temperature during their growing season. Though they may be grown so as to flower at almost any season of the year, yet they are naturally summer-flowering plants, and do best when treated "as such. They are propagated by seeds, or by cuttings made of leaves or stems. Seeds are preferable, unless one wishes to increase some very choice colored variety, when it is best to propagate by leaf cuttings, GLOXINIA using partly matured medium sized leaves with a small portion of leaf -stalk attached (Fig. 629, p. 423). These may lie inserted in an ordinary propagating bed, where, if kept rather on the dry side, they will soon root and form tubers, when they may bo potted and grown on. Seeds should be sown in a warm temperature early in Febru- pans or shallow boxes containing a finely sifted GLYCYRRHIZA 653 mixture of peat, leaf -mold a proportions. The seetlliiisrs ten days. whpi\ L'r.-:it .-iir.- I silver s iUbeffint in about equal appear in about . - I. rra it. In year ae- «. Even hould be id at- pends lari;. I;, ■;;:.. . ■ . in their nmst :ii-ni .■ ^l■M^^ ih tlir w.ii. r :, given from the spout of a watering can to wet the leaves, though they like a ■ mosphere during their growing season. As soon as the seedlings can be conveniently handled, they should be potted singly into thumb pots and grown on rapidly, using in subsequent shifts a mixture of two parts leaf- mold, 1 part good fibrous loam and 1 part peat. The plants must be well shaded from sunlight and placed in a position free from draughts. The seedlings should begin to flower by the middle of August when they should be given an abundance of air After fl jwermg, the leaves ■ gradualh ripened shii ■111 beg,, be started at this time thuosing tl I 1 1 pear most active and the reraaindei 1 II 111 k for another month this will give a i I I | 1 of blossoming The tubers should hi U tl 11 1 shaken off and be potted again in clean well di ained pots, using sizes just large enough to accommodate the tubers, the compost being the same mixture as before recom- 919. Modern Gloxinia blooms (X mended. They should be given but little water until active root growth commences. As soon as the pots are filled with roots, they should be shifted on at once into the jiots they are intended to flower in, as frequent shifts would more or less damage their leaves, which have a tendency to cling round the sides of the pots. The first batch should come into flower in June. When carefully grown. Gloxinias are particularly free from insect pests or fungous diseases, and the same tubers can be grown for several years. Edward J. CiJramG. As Gloxinias are essentially tropical plants, they re- quire a temperature of (iO° (night) if started early; yet seedlings raised during summer time do splendidly when planted in coldframes "U hen a select collection is de- sired It IS customary to plant hundreds of seedlings m fram s t r tb i r VI i en n iit\ t these will str ered Then shades are tl latest plants Although cu! watering so never been except when t ahzetl t.ti Th 1 ifei. we have tions closely, m but we re- t dull weather. 1 t t ^ tU f hage IS t fr m the w t r in .kii g a de- \ fc ln.,e takii „ aw i\ the luster lth-\ tndeffectne aj i eirance to T D Hatfield GLYCfiEIA ReferiLd r sfT Perhaps ud Australia, llied to Doll- ies are distm- \ llarj racemes; uiu tl L 1 ctiole kiflets(3) r glol ular and pea like In 1 only m the So-s Bean G. stipules verj small and tiic t large and thin seeds short c this country Glycine is know hispida, Maxim (ti„ 1 j the Soja Be 2-4 ft high 1 axillary clust strictionsbetwetutl I iieseelsaiLi irh globu- lar pea like usualh white (e Iig IJl p IJO) In China and Japan the beans are much used for hunnn food, but m this country the pi int is grown f r forage hav- ing 1 p nin to attnct ntt i t n nl t " A nrs i The 1 1 t r n I 1 f r wil 1 I II 1 t 1 1 t Gly- cine S whi h IS wil 1 m J ipin These I I y some authors and sep arated t*^ Say Fl Jap J 1(18 Maiim. 1 I 18 398) For purposes of per- I uiT\ nl 1 t 1 t] u they may well be kept separate lu the books The St \ Beau has also been separated as adistmet genus under the name of 5'o;a /a pida Moench; but this dispositicn is now mostly given u] For the economic merits of S05 Beans, see various expeiiment station reports also Farmers Bull 08 IT S Dept of Agric It has been recommended as a drought resisting crop Glycine was once applied to Wistaria. It is sometimes used for that genus at the present day in foreign lists. L. H. B. GLYCYEEHlZA (Greek, sweet root). Legumindsa: Licorice, also spelled Liquorice, and Lickorice. This genus contains the plant whose roots produce the Licor- ice of commerce. Seeds in pods are listed by a few dealers with miscellaneous agricultural seeds. The genus has about a dozen widely scattered species of perennial herbs, often glandular: Ivs. odd-pinnate; Ifts. of indefinite number, rarely 3, entire, with minute glands or teeth: fls.blue, violet, white or yellowish, in axillary racemes or spikes, which are peduncled or sessile. gljtbra, Linn. Height 3-4 ft. : Ifts. ovate, subretuse, subglutinous beneath : spikes peduncled, shorter than the Ivs.: fls. distant: pods glabrous, 3-4-seeded. Sum- mer and autumn. ^. jj. 004 GLYCYRRHIZA The roots of Glycyrrhiza, a native of southern Eu- rope and central Asia, are used extensively by drug- gists; in America by brewers anil manufacturers of and a half million dollars' worth in 1899— is derived mainly from Spain, Portugal, Italy, Turkey and Russia (Transcauca- sia), the roots from Spain and Italy being considered best, and those from Turkey poorest on account of their bitterness. The soil for Licorice must be deep, mellow, moist, rich and free from stones. Plants are usually set in rows, 3 ft. or more apart, and not less than 1 ft. asun- der. After the plants have covered the ground, they are allowed to shift for themselves for 3 or 4 years. Harvesting is primitive, the roots being exposed by the plow and pulled by hand. Large quantities of roots are thus left to produce a succeeding crop or to overrun the field as weeds. One ton to the acre is considered a fair yield; 1.6 cents a pound an average price. In America the only fields worthy the name are in California, where Licorice is not considered very paying. Experiment and experience with it are, however, but little more than begun. jl. G. Kains. GLYPT0STR6BUS. See Tarodium. GMfiLINA (after one of five distinguished German botanists nameil (inielin). Verben&eeae. Eight species of E. Asiatic and N. Australian trees and shrubs, bear- ing yellow or brownish irregular fls. sometimes nearly 2 in. across. A very few plants may be cult, in Euro- pean warrahouses, and in America only in S. Fla. and S. Calif, outdoors. The genus produces a fancy timber similar to teak, which is a product of the same order. Vitex and Clerodendron are better known congeners. Spiny or not: shoots tomentose: Ivs. opposite, entire, toothed or lobed: fls. in panicled cymes, tomentose at least while young; corolla tube slender below: limb ob- lique, 5- or 4- lobed; stamens 4, didynamous. A. Lvs. becoming 9 in. long, 6 in. uide. arbdrea, Roxb. (.. nii'l .-hif-fly remarkable for the showy bracts, w 1. nK inl. lii^ true flowers. In a family remarkable fur I.I u: _ ihis genus seems to be the only one vain- ' i i i iinL,'s, Nearly all the other everlasting t\<:\v r- ..| iiiii,..i tance belong to the Compositae. Gomphrena lias ahiiiit 7n spe- cies, mostly in the warmer parts of America and Aus- tralia, but the Globe Amaranth is widely dispersed throughout the tropics. Herbs erect or prostrate, pu- bescent to villous, with or without a leafy involucre: fls. short or long, white or colored: bracts short or long, concave, and keeled, wnnged or crested on the back. For culture, see Anmcals and Everlasting Flowers. globdsa, Linn. Globe Amaranth. Bachelor's But- ton. Height 18 in. or less: lvs. elliptic to obovate, the largest 4 In. long, IV^ in. wide, tapering to a petiole. July. B.M. 2815. R.H. 1890, p. 522. F.R. 1:333. The followins names of horticultural varieties indicate the raiiiri- of .mI.t : vars. Alba, aiirea, carnea, nana com- pacta I ^ alba I , purpdrea, striata, violicea. Dwarf ami (■niii|.arf f..riii- an- likely to be associatc.l wiili .my cnliir. Theft' is a narrnw-leaved form of this sju-cies which Voss calls G. Haageana, Kl. (&'. auranlidca, Hort. G. cocclnea, Decne.), which has lanceolate lvs., often 6 times as long as broad. The lvs. are rarely J4 in. wide. R.H. 1854:161. All are easily grown annuals. a.gnaphaUo\des.Y!).h\. See Pfaffia. W. M. 60NANIA is a tvpographical error in some nursery catalogues for Gounnia. GONGORA (after Don Antonio Caballero y Gongora, Bishop of Cordova). Includes ^cropera. Orchidicea, tribe I'lindew, subtribe Cyrtopodiece. A small genus (if plants wit)i curious spotted Hs., not common in cul- 1I-. ill lull, ami I if 111 ill' \ :,lii. I \--i I it for collections. Dis- ui _ i: ' . i ! 11 i'. ' I ' I" rs of the subtribe by I" I J -il sepal adnate to the . '1.1 11 hill, : ■. II - iii.iiiv ii'i, 1 .11- me. Dorsal sepal erect, >liria.iiiiK. iliu> apijeuiiiui to .-pniig from the base of the column; lateral sepals spreading or reflexed from the base of the column, wider ; petals small, adnate to the base of the column; labellum continuous with the col- umn, narrow and fleshy, with 2 thick lateral homed or aristulate lobes, and a central one which is saccate or even folded, forming a vertical plate : column erect or ascending, not winged: pseudobulbs sulcate, sheathed, bearing 1 or 2 large, plicate lvs.: fls. borne in a long, loose, pendent raceme arising from the base of the pseudobulbs. Gongoras are extremely free-flowering, and grow easily in a nii.\tnre of sphagnum and peat, with a little phir'iil .'iMi 1 fiir drainage. During the growing season tl ■ ' 1 II iity of water, and brisk heat. In the V I |iiire little water, but should be kept in a 11, ,: ;... re in a cool, shaded house. They grow Well » nil I atiUyas, or in a temperature of 60° in winter aiLd Ni° in summer. Some growers prefer to use fine fern root packed tightly and for a top finish a little fine moss found in damp meadows, instead of sphagnum, which in this climate is quick to decay. A. Lateral sepals ovate or oblong, truncate. tnmc4ta, Lindl. Pseudobulbs deeply furcate : lateral sepals rotund, oblong, truncate, the upper one ovate, keeled; petals minute, ovate; sepals and petals pale straw color, spotted with purple ; base of labellum com- pressed in the middle, 2-horned : apex ovate, canalicu- late. B.R. 31:56. GONGORA AA. Lateral sepnls broad, ovale, pointed. B. Fls. light sepia hrou-n : ovary much incurved. galeata, Reich, f. {MaxilUria galcAta, Lindl. Aero- pera Ldddigesii, Lindl.)- Pseudobulbs ovate-conical, clothed with membranous scales : Ivs. broadly lanceo- late, 6 in. long: racemes drooping, C-8 in. long, with fj-12 pale sepia brown fls. : dorsal sepal galeate ; petals small, oblong-truncate; labellum 3-lobed : lateral lobes in- flexed, middle one saccate. The plants bear several short, rather large-fld. racemes. Aug. Max. B.M. 3.563. L.B.C. 17:1645. BE. Fls. yellow: ovary somewhat incttrved. Armeniaca, Reichb. f. {Acropera Armenlaca, Lindl.). Pseudobulbs ovate, sulcate, 2-lvd. : raceme loose, bear- ing many yellow fls. : sepals ovate, rounded, apiculate, the lateral ones oblique; petals one-half as long as the column; labellum fleshy; apex ovate, plane, acuminate, base tuberculate, crested. B.M. 5501. AAA. Lateral sepals lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate. B. Fls. chocolate-brown, spotted. atropurpiirea, Hr nk, Pv|.,„inhiilbs ohlong-eylindrieal. I at ■ the base; apex folded so as r plate. This species is the on. It is nearly always in Trinidad. B.M. 3220. to form a vertical triangula most common in cultivate flower during the summer. BE. Fls. yellow, spotted. quinquen^rvis, Ruiz & Pavon (G. maculifa, Lindl.). Pseudobulbs ovate-oblong, deeply furrowed, 2-lvd. : Ivs. broadly lanceolate, 5-plaited: racemes many, 2 ft. long, with numerous yellow fls. spotted with dark red: lateral sepals reflexed. meeting in the back; petals small, linear- oblong, from the middle of the column; lip 4-horned at base; apex folded, tapering to a setaceous point. A curious plant, much resembling G. atropttrpurea except in color .and form of fls. May-Aug. B.M. 3687. B.R. 19:1010. BBB. Fls. dull red-purplf spotted, tcith a yellow label- lum. tricolor, Reichb. f. {G.maculAta,-vaT.tr{color, Lindl.). Pseudobulbs ovoid, 2% in. long, deeply furrowed : Ivs. ovate-oblong, acuminate, about 5-ribbed, 6 in. long: ra- ceme slender, pendulous, lax-fld., 6-in in. lout;: pedi- cels with ovary 1^-2 in. long, specklcaN .n at. hmci-o- late, with revolute margins, dull red-purpl. . with a pale, stout midrib; free portion of the petal si-r.-ailiiii;. uj.- curved, lanceolate, speckled ; labellum g..l.len yt-llo\v. base cuneiform saccate, truncate in front, with an &\vn on each side, apical part broadly funnel-shaped, with a spurlike, slender, speckled tip, gibbous behind; column slender, speckled. B.M. 7530. B.R. 33:69. G. fiiscata. Hort. (Acropera fuscata and luteola, Hort.), has been cult, for many years, but no description is available. H. Hasselbring and '^'m. Mathews. GONIdMA (Greek, gonia, angle, corner; the corona cornered near the top). Apocyndce^e. A monotypic genus containing a South African shrub. John Saul, of \Va^liint,'ti.ii, I). (_'., spoke of it as having racemes of donlil,- w hit.' H-., borne on the point of every shoot, an.l suL^L'.'^tiTi_- ilir I 'a})e Jessamine by their form and fra- graii.'p. II.' iir..l.ably had some other plant in mind, for. according to DeCandoUe, Gonioma has yellowish fls., only a tliinl of an inch long, borne in cymes which are shorter than the Ivs., the Ivs. being l%-2 in. long. Saul also advertised " Trtfiej^KEmon^ana Camell ice flora pleno Glory of the Day," which may have been a variety of the common Tahcrncemoiitana coronaria. Gonioma dif- fers from Tabernfpmontana in having the ovules ar- ranged in 2 series instead of an indefinite number of series. Kamdssi, E.Mey. (TabernmmoiMna Camrfssi, Regel). Height 16-20 ft. ; Ivs. opposite or the upper ones in 3's, oblong-lanceolate, entire, leathery, 4-6 lines wide: cymes small, terminal, 8-10-fld. : fls. salver-shaped, yel- GOODYERA bDO lowish, 3 lines long; tube a little wider atthe midd'le and angled, constricted at top, pilose within from the middle to the top; lobes a third as long as the tube, ovate, cor- date, twisted to the right in the bud; style 2-cut. GONIOPHLfiBIUM. A subgenus of Polypodium, with anastomosing veins; by some regarded as a genus. For G. subauricidatuni, see Polypodium. G0NI6PTEEIS (Greek, angled feni). PolypodiAcece. A genus of tropical ferns allied to Phegopteris, with naked rounded sori and the lower veinlets of contiguous seginents or lobes united. By some placed under Poly- podium. crenata, Presl. Lvs. 1-2 ft. long, on stalks nearly as long, with a terminal pinnae 0-8 in. long, often 2 in. wide, and 4-8 similar lateral pinnte; margins bluntly lobed; sori near the main veins. Cuba and Mexico to Brazil. L. M. Underwood. GOOBEH is a commoner name in the South than "Peanut." which is the universal name in the North. For culture, see Peanut; for botany, see Arachis, GOODIA (after Peter Good, who found the plant in N. S. Wales). Le- f/um inosif. An Australian genus of 2 species of shrubs, with pea-like fls., chiefly yellow, but with red markings. Both .species have long been cult, in a few conservatories abroad, but the pubescent species is now forgotten and the glabrous one, in America is cult, chiefly in S. Calif. outil.Hirs. Un- der glass these shrubs are treated like Cape heaths or Australian hard- wooded plants. The gonus has jao near allies of garden value. It be- longs with 4 other Australian genera to the sub-tribe Bossi«a, in which the lvs. are mostly simple ; stamens coalesced into a sheath, which is split above: seeds strophiolate. From these 4 genera ( ;o.>aia .lift'.rs in having 3 and remain on the plant a long time. He adds ( G.F. 2 :244 1 : " Probably this plant, if taken in hand by the flor- ists, woulil prove quite as useful for spriuir flowering as the popular Cy- lotifolia, Scilisb. Often misspelled "latifolia," but the name means "lotus-leaved." Glabrous shrub de- scribed above. B.M. 958. J.H. III. 29:484. -Likely to be confused with Argyrolobium Andreuwianum. be- longing to the Crotalaria sulitribe. in which the seeds are not stroj.hiolate. In Argyrolobium the 3 leaflets are digitate' anil the stipules, bracts and l)ra.mi-ts ^mall but persistent. A. Aiiiln n yiiunim has sparselv silky Ivs. lu IJuodia the 3 leaflets are pin- nately arranged, and the stipules, bracts and bractlets very evanes- cent, w. M. GOOD- KING- HE N E Y . Consult Chenopodium. GOODYfiKA (after John Goodyer, British botanist, who helped Johnson in his edition of Gerarde's Herbal 920. Goodyera pubescens. 656 GOODYERA OrchidAceie, tribe Neottiea. This genus includes the Rattlesnake Plantain an:::-. Tlnr..: vari'eti'.'s'iuV.'h" ' ii ■ .- i .-:■:,, 1 7,-0. The Goose- berry 1 :ini' :i : • I .ancashire weav- ers, who slmuM li' ir. .!i:rcl ■,. :!li il.i-, great develop- ment. Miller, IT.'il, says it would be useless to attempt an enumeration of varieties. In America the Gooseberry ha,s been a neglected fruit. With wild forms in abun- dance, types greatly superior to those from which the GOOSEBERRY immense English varieties were derived, with a crying need for better table varieties, practically nothing has been done to improve the natives. Our natives have not been improved primarily because the American people have never acquired or cultivated a taste for the fresh fruit of the Gooseberry. In England the fruit of many of the large, flne-flavored varieties is used uncooked. In America the fruit of the Gooseberry is thought of only in connection with pie (tart) or jam, and when transformed into these food products, flavor, while of some importance, is but a minor consideration. The claim that English Gooseberries are less palatable than the natives is quite true, when passed upon from this standpoint. The best cooking apples are not usually prized in the raw state on the table, and versa. The point is this-and it is worth mak- ing—that there are dessert Gooseberries and also culinary Gooseberries. We should keep the classes distinct, and work for the production of varieties with the vigor of our natives and quality and size of fruit of the best European. Houghton was pro- duced nearly 70 years ago, and Downing from of ag, about rieties represent the Amer- 5 possible that Downing is tween Houghton and some i'he habit of the plant partakes pean characteristics. Downing f soil. — The largest and fo\ind upon rich bottom :u'v. clay loams give best results. No amouoi of |, ji ilizing will bring sandy soil into condiii'ii -uiinl,!, to the successful cul- ture of the (Joo^i hoiTv anvwliere in this country except, perhaps, along the north Atlantic and north Pacific seaboards. Good results have been secured in the Lake Ontario fruit region on reddish, cal- careous cla. fruit dors rii.t ilroi- in«ily. and the nun mildew. 1 - the aspect ental region a .sharp, north lope on a cool, clay loam ridge tial to the fullest suc- cess. A clover sod turned under anil thorouL-lilv w.u-ki-dup is an i.air.ti.ui for the mtati.ui. Aheavy yard mauure may tend to make the soil too porous and too eas- ily dried out. If applied the sea- ; son previous to setting the plants, and the land is cropped with potatoes, it will be left in good condition to receive the Gooseberries. Gooseberries, particularly the English kinds, will en- dure more shade than most fruit plants, provided the soil is suitable. Good results are often secured by planting in rather densely shaded city gardens. Where these conditions prevail, special attention should be paid to maintaining an open head, in order to discour- age the growth of mildews. Planting and training. -The Gooseberry vegetates at a low temperature. It should, therefore, be planted as soon as the ground can be worked in spring. A better I Inn is to plant early in autumn. It m-n-bc tr'.ii'=r''"'it«''i ; -fully as early as August l.'i ^■■•••'' '■' itnio!.' 42 . ' -. and north of that line from - : : ■ i ' ! '•]■ to :,. I '-iiiuing of frosty weather. W : i' in ;ui;'.;iiiii, the surface of the ground sli. i:M 1m i b-r-iiL'lily mulched with straw or manure. The English varieties grow somewhat larger than the American type, and re- quire rather more space. The plants are variously dis- tanced, according to the inclination of the grower; 6x3, 5x3, and 4x4 ft. apart for garden culture are the com- moner distances at which the plants are set. The training of the Gooseberry is exceedingly simple. It bears most freely on 2- and 3-year-old wood. The aim GOOSEBERRY should he to keep a continuous supply of vigorous shoots. As they become enfeebled, cut them out. Encourage spurring by cutting back when a variety indulges in a rambling habit, like Josselyn (Red Jacket). In the East, it is recommended to thin the head to lessen the tendency to mildew. This is probably good advice, but in the West it does not apply with the same force ; rather cut out the weaker branches, and pre- vent mildew bv other methods. Thin, also, to facilitate fruit pick- ing. Prune to encourage upright GOOSEBERRY 657 berries without receiving much punishment in return. The berries cluster along the lower side of the bearing branch. They are best removed by elevating and steady- ing the branch with one hand while the other hand rap- idly removes the berries, working from the base up- wards. Picking costs between 1 and 2 cents per quart— usually VA cents. Englisli Gooseberries should be marketed either in quart boxes or in 5-pound Climax baskets. American varieties are nearly always picked green, and are usually called for in considerable quantities for stewing, jam making or for canning. These are shipped in 10- and 20-pound baskets. Beach, in Bull. 114, N. Y. Exp. Sta., givesthe followins,' reascns for marketing The hard, green ind packing as transportation i ripen on the I .lli.w :t jieriod 1" ' T tc k and growth, when cultivating varieties like Mountain Seed- ling and Houghton. The bush form, with several stems, is to be preferred to the single stem; plantations last longer in bush form, and are more productive. Tillii'je and fertilizing. — In the east and west coast climates, and in the lake region, clean culture may be given; but in the int..vinr. iiml.-liin" witli *na\vv ivi:i- nure or barnyard soil. Cool, rich si Good results hav ashes as a mulch, method, iiud not 1 the ui)per waters The practice is point of the welfare of the orchard. Gooseberries are also grown between grape rows — a practice hardly to be commended. Practice only shallow tillage. Picking, marketing, and conserving. — Pic\iiTig Goose- berries is an uncomfortable and generally uncongenial occupation. The best most completely armed with thorns. A little practice however, will enable a dexterous picker to secure th 925. Industry, English Gooseberries. Nearly natural size. types 1. 'III. I u I'ui /,■'/.. w,-n.ssH?aWa, i'igs. 922,923), charaetcrizcil by stocky, upright growth, light-colored spines, thick, glossy Ivs. and large, variously colored fr. The plants are less hardy than our natives or their hy- brids, are affected by our hot summer suns, and are very susceptible to fungous trouliles, prominent among- which is mildew. The New York Expcrinifiit Station recommends the following varieties : Crown Bob (Fig. 924); red, large, round, of good quality. Industry (Fig. 925), Lancashire Lad; fr. dark red, nearly round ; plant; prolific, healthy. Prince Harry; one of the largest, green, good quality. 2. Americans, and hybrids between European and American species, usually classed with Americans ( Figs. 926,927,928): Ivs. thinnerthan in J?. Grossu^orta; leaf- stalks hairy, spines borne singly, fr. small, reddish green, shading off to purple. Pale Red may be consid- ered a good type of the species. Varieties: Charopirn 658 GOOSEBERRY GOOSEFOOT 928 An A partakes largely of European characteristics. Downing is the most widely planted of all Gooseberries in America (Fig. 929); fruitmedium size, oval, green; plant upright, vigorous, healthy, productive. Houghton, an old favor- ite; fr. small, iv.mMl. dark r. d. -..,„! (juality. Pearl; almost iilcrii iral wjili 1 ).,\\ II in--. ^■%yfVtV 929 Downing Gooseberry packed in boxes of earth, which are stored in a cold cel- lar. In spring^he pieces of roots are planted in nursery rows, covered with 2 inches of soil. English varieties are not readily propagated by this method. When single- stem plants are desired, they should be grown from cut- tings. In order to discourage sprouting tendencies the buds above the roots should be removed— disbudded. Layer plants are best for producing the bush form of plant used almost exclusively in America. DU-ecise ously by onlj' two plant parasites, mildc The former attacks the English varietii ter is the chief fungous em-iiiv of Amei Mildew ' s, /,,,,., -/ .V.,, './-:■.. : ' bear of I : t , : i , a ■ - i . . 1 else. Tl,i- luaau- ana. a,- .a -. l-a.a 5, while the lat- I'au varieties. lii^ is the bug- lais done more ihan anything - and fruit. It This turns to a dirty brown later on. It is a surface- growing parasite, and the web-like covering may be peeled from the fruit in its early stages. The ends of the shoots and younger leaves are attacked first, caus- ing the bush to take on a stunted appearance. Reme- dies for mildew: (1) Sanitary: circulation of air secured by a favorable site, good drainage and proper training. (2) Fungicides: (a) Potassium sulphide, liverof sulphur 1 oz. to 2 gals, water. Spray 4 or 5 times, at intervals of G or 8 days, beginning with the unfolding of the leaves. (6) Bordeaux mixture may be used with good results for the first two applications. It stains the fruit when applied after the fruit is half -grown, (c) Dilute copper sulphate, 1 oz. to 15 gals, water, may be used through- out the season. Leaf -spot (Septorin Mibis): This disease attacks the leaves only. It produces numerous small brown, irregu- larly shaped spots or patches on the Ivs. This spotting causes a premature dropping of the Ivs., often liefore the fruit is fully developed. Remedy: Spray early in the season, and again after harvesting the fruit, with Bordeaux mixture. Injurious Insects. — (1) The imported Currant worm: The larva of a saw-fly attacks the foliage soon after fruit sets. The attack is first made on the lower leaves From this point the worms work upward on the bush, stripping the leaves in their line of march. The worms are exceedingly voracious, and will defoliate a bush in 2 or 3 days. The mature insect is a saw-fly, which deposits its eggs on the under side of the leaf. Usually two broods occur during the season. Treatment: Sprav with arsenical poison early. Bordeaux mixture and Paris green may be used in combination for the early spray. For the later sprays, fresh powdered hellebore, at the rate of 1 lb. to 50 gals, of water, is effective. The grower should not wait for the insect to make its appearance, but should ward off danger as n IS the leaves ai>pear bv spraving with Bordeaux I t I ■ .aii.l Pai-i, iria . 11. u'lnMi will adhere to the f I aa,l la- ..u 111- s|."t wli.n needed. Other in- 111 a, 1- ,a, Ma Ian.-,},,, ay fruit worlii (Epoclira i I a ...,,, x\ na h liiiria.w s 111 till- green fruit, causing It t Irujj. l^aimd) ; Dastruy infested berries. ■' Currant borer (Psenoccnts supernotatus): The larva of a moth. Eggs are laid near the tip of the cane, down the center of which the larva tunnels. Infested canes are readily detected. They should be cut out and burned San Jos^ scale and four-lined leaf-bug are sometimes injurious. When a plantation is infested by the former it should be thoroughly treated with whale oil soap mixture in winter, diluted kerosene on sunshiny days in spring, or, in bad cases of infestation, it will probably be wisest to root up and destroy the bushes. Kerosene emulsion is used against the four-lined bug John Craig. GOOSEBERRY, BABBADOES. See Peresltia. GOOSEFOOT. V, iilar for Chenopodi GORDONIA GOEDONIA( after Ja man; died 17S0). Ter woudy capsul'-. t'iii '. I :> iinrth to Mass.. wliilr il,r -lii' : , . .■,.:.. • ! -ill ill Sub- tropical reyiuii-s. TliL', :ill h.i\L . . I- hji:'l-'ihi.- shiniufj foliage, and produi'o their hirye white Hs. even on rather small plants. They grow best in a somewhat moist, peaty or sandy soil. Prop, by seeds, layers or cuttings from half-ripened wood under glass. About 15 species in the S. Atlantic states and subtrop. and trop. Asia. Fls. solitary and axillary toward the end of the branches; sepals and petals 5, rarely more; stamens numerous: capsule 5-celIed, dehiscent with 2 or many usually winged seeds in cri.-h cpII. P. J. BeiTkin:nis wrif.s that a large tree in the Bar- tram garden, near I'liila.l.lphia, was long supposed to be the only liviii- spicinieu of G. piibe.icens. All other specimens in cultivation are believed to have been propagated from the Bartram tree, which has lately died. All efforts since 1790 to rediscover this tree in the South have failed. A. Foliage deciduous. pubSscens, L'H^rit. {G. AUamdJia, Sarg.). Shrub ..i- tree, to 30 ft. : Ivs. obovate-oblong, narrowed into a shoii iiy:ly serrate, bright green and sliiiiini: I1-, turning scarlet in fall, .'-('. in. I'rm: "'1. pure white, about :; m, a ri-^: "iiMvate, with crenubit^' inar^-ni, r..\, ■ ^i"i.iilar. Sept,, Oct. iH-..i;:ia. Iiui in.i Mine 1790. S.S. 1:22. (i,\V. l', 47. Mn. 6:201. Uug. 7:107. M.D.G. 1899:25. -One of the few trees that Sower in i GRAPTAGE 659 Domingfinsia, Linn. Lvs. usually l%-2 in. long, ellip- tical, glabrate, with blunt, distant serratures ; veins tapering towards the margin : capsule winged, emargi- nate. West Indies. GOUMI. petio follml .L^Ml AA. Foliage evergreen. Lasiinthus, Ellis. Loblolly Bay Tree, to CO ft., usually shrubby in cult.: lvs. obovate-lanceolate, nar- i^ rowed into a short petiole, crenately dentate, dark green— T^0 and shining above, 4-6 in. long: fls. long-pedicelled, ' !,,=< white, 2-2K in. across; petals oblong-obovate ; stamens short: capsule ovate. July, Aug. Va. to Fla. and Miss. S.S. 1:21. B.M. 608. anbmala, Sprenc:. Large shrub: lvs. oblanceolate, nar- rowed into a v.iy sliort |K-tiote, entire or serrate, dark green abnvf. ;;-*• in. lun^: lis. almost sessile, creamy white, 2-.'! in. ;e'i-f .T:mi.iic;t, a rapid-grow- ing, shrubby vine, witli lilt, iM.iit -li .] lvs,, grown suitable for screeiiiiii-' I .1 I ■■ stems are chewed in the West IfMii,-. Ti.:!i i.'n-ii.^ are made from the frayed ends and t"otli-]>.>\vcliT from the pul- verized wood. The genus has about .30 species of shrubs, sometimes tall climbers, tendril-bearing : branches long and slender : lvs. alternated, petioLate, penni- nerved. entire or dentate : fls. in clusters, arranged along axillary and terminal, elongated peduncles ; disk 5-lobed; style 3-fld: capsule with 3 indehiscent berries. Grafting is one of the oldest of the arts of plant-craft. It is probable that the real art of grafting has held more or less as a professional or class secret in the ancient world, for the writers seem to have only the vaguest no- tion of its possibilities and limitations. Vergil writes (Preston's translation) : But thou Shalt lend Grafts of rude arbute unto the walnut tree, Shalt bid the unfruitful plane sound apples bear, Chestnuts the beech, the ash blow white with the pe.ir. And, under the elm, the sow on acorns fare. It seems to have been a popular misconception that any kind of plant will grow on any other. Pliny asserts that the art of grafting was taught to man by nature. Birds swallow seeds, and these seeds, falling in "some cleft in the bark of a tree," germinate and make plants. "Hence it is that we see the cherry growing upon the willow, the plane upon the laurel, the laurel upon the cherry, and fruits c.f vtiricms tints and hues all spring- ing from the stina- ti-.r at ..i ." This, of course, is not grafting at all, but ibr iniiilaiiting of seeds in earth- filled chinks and .rt.rks, in wlii.-h the plants find a con- genial foothold and soil. But the ancients have left us abundant testimony that genuine grafting was employed with success. Pliny describes a cleft-graft. He gives several precautions: the stock must be "that of a tree suitable for the purpose," and the graft must be "taken from one that is proper for graft inu' : tlic imision or cleft must not be made in a knot; tbc Liali must be from a tree "that is a good Ix-ani. tnal Ir.iai a young shoot;" the graft must not be sliar|..iiirl ..r ]"iinted "while the wind is blowing;" "a graft sliould uot be used that is too full of sap, no, by Hercules! no more than one that is dry and parched;" "it is a point most religiouslj obse moon s increase The actomp u size from Rol 1 1 tion and Impro\ rious kinds of gi Following IS th insert the gr if t during the r 1 1^ M1) leproduced exact I Ihhtory of the Propaga- [ \ . ^ t ibles 1672, shows va- g. The shield cut out for the fitting the disbarked square. m. The same shield put into the stock. f. A vari.ition of the toremeutioned way. by cutting off the upper p.-irt of tlie oblique square, and binding the The • up, in this figure somewhat k. The shi.-l.l . ut (iff to be put therein. p. The shield put in. gor'i. Tlie cut of cyon or stock for whip-grafting. r 7. The cut of cyon and stock for shoulder-grafting. s. The cut of the cyons and slit of the stock for grafting in the cleft. X. The stock set for ablactation or approach. u. The cyon of the branch for the same operation. 1 2. The branch that is to be taken oft by circumposition. 3. The branch that bears up the mold to the disbarked 4. The branch of a carnation to be laid. 5. The joynt where the slit begins. 6. The next joynt where the slit is propped open, with a piece of a carnation leaf put in. Herein are seen the gemis of all the grafting practices of the present day, together with some practices of layering. Sharrock treated the whole subject of graft- ing under tin- biad ot "Insitions," and here he mi- nutely d.-i i ■ Ml I. II uraft, and speaks of it as "the coniiii' iiiii,'." The practice which we now kni>\\ ( II • .lufting by approach, he sig- niflcantlN . I II {t]\nt i-~. si{, kling OT u-ean- aiie fr. Cyc :;rafting." Hut advice before th illustration of tl luLve tlu-ir "OtS The chief <,fli<- It is emplo) edil seeds. or in wliir aredimcult t.. ^'. not propatr; 1> 930 Sharrock The JBxemphficatio i of the Operations by the Fiuure. a. Denotes the ordinary cuttingof the bark for inoculation. b h. The sides of the bark lifted up for the putting in of the shield. c. The shield taken off with the bud, which lies under the stalk of the leaf cut off. / 71. The shield put into the stock to be bound up. d. The bark cut out in an oblong square, according to an- other usual way of inoculation. L>th or suckers, which will be long ere which is contrary to the intention of we have seen that Pliny gave similar e Christian era,— which is only another IP fact that most of our current notions deep in the past. e of grafting is to perpetuate a variety. 1 those cases in which plants do not bear rinin;ili-. cir when the plants do I'll by '■iirtiugs or layers. It is iii.r.;i~,- the ease and speed of multiplyinj; plauts. A third office is to produce some radical cliange in the nature of the cion, as rendering it more dwarf, more fruitful, or otherwise chanijing its habit. A fourth general office of ijrafrinir is to adapt plants to adverse s.iils iir climates. An example is the very t,'rmral us(; of the peach root in the south- rrn stat.s upon which to work the plum, IS the pc-aili thrives better than the plum in sandy soils. The practice in Russia of working' the apple on roots of the Siberian rrab is an example of an effort to make a plant better able to withstand a very se- vere climate. In common practice, the effect of the stock on the cion is rather more a mechan ical or physical one than physiological or chemical. The influences are very largely those which are associated with greater or less growth. As a rule, each part of the combined plant— the stock and cion— maintains its individuality. There are cer- tain cases, however, in which the cion seems to partake of the nature of the stock ; and others in which the stock par- takes of the nature of the cion. There are recorded Instances of a distinct change in the flavor of fruit when the cion is put upon stock which bears fruit of very different character. There are some varieties of apples and pears which, when worked upon a seedling root, will tend to change the habit of growth of that root. Examples are Northern Spy and Whitney ap- 931. stick pies, which, when grafted oii a root of unknown of buds, parentage, tend to make that root grow very (X %.) GRAFTAGE seem to be special rule that each part "individuality. Keasons fur this chaiiEce of nature in these cases ha%-e not been ilc t.riiiiiic.l, and in most cases such results are not to 1" inidirt.-.l. The most marked effect of stock on the cImh i-* a .hvarfliiK in- fluence. Dwarfing may be expected w h.mvir tin- stock is of a smaller stature than the cion. The most familiar example is the dwarf pear, made by working the pear on quince stock. Supplying a plant with a slow-growing root is only the beginning of the making of a dwarf. The plant must be kept dwarf by subsequent pruning and other care. It is significant that there is compara- tively little demand for large-growing forms of woody plants, whereas there is a great demand for dwarf forms. Extended experiments on plants \.li;.li m. m.; ^ ' m monly grafted have thrown consi.l. I ' possible mutual influences of ei"ii ■ i I i ! ■ ' searches of Daniel (whose latest i-oirii .,.,..,, . . ,,, ; i ( - nearly all of vol. 8 of Ann. Sci. Miu. .-sir. ^, IJoiau;, . 1898) show that the stock may have a specific influence on the cion, and that the resulting characters may be hereditary in seedlings. These experiments, as also those of Vochting, have thrown much light on the physi- ology of grafting and the variation induced by it, but they will not modify the practices of horticulturists nor greatly change our ideas respecting the results to be obtained from accustomed operations. Experience has 934. The bud long since determined what general and practical re- sults are to be expected from grafting. The limits within which grafting can succeed are to be determined only by experiment. These limits are often within the species, and usually within the genus, but there are instances in which plants of distinct genera intergraft with success, as in some of the cacti. But generic and graftage limits are not compar- able: genera are only arbitrary divisions proposed for purposes of classification, and intergrafting, like inter- crossing, has no necessary relation to these conceptions. In general, the closer the afllnity of cion and stock, the better the union. When stock of the same species can- not be secured, it is allowable to choose another species. Thus it has been impossible to secure Japanese plum stocks upon which to grow the varieties of Japanese plums, and peach, Marianna, myrobalan and domestica plum stocks have been used. In some cases another species grows more readily from seed, is cheaper, is less liable to fungous injury in the nursery, or has some other practical advantage. Thus, most domestica plums (Prunus domestica) in the North are worked on the myrobalan (P. cerasifern ) ; most sweet and sour cherries Prunus Avium and P. Cerasus) are worked on the Mahaleb {P. Mahaleb); many kinds of roses are worked on manetti and Bosa multiflora stocks. From time to time there arises an agitation against grafting, particularly in the Old World. Cases of poor unions and the difliculties of sprouting from the root or stock are cited as proofs that graftage is in.iurious and devitalizing. But these poor graftage. They show what should not be done. It is essential to moi horticulture. There disadvantages,to be s but the advantages o balance. There are advantages in wea Cleft erattine. : :iL,-ainst things 'II 'I III indispensable. I i .} ^ or fashions ol ^•raUmg are legion. There are as many ways as there are ways of whittling. The operator may fashion the union of the stock and the cion to suit himself, if only he apply cambium to cambium, make a close joint, and properly protect the work. Thus, Thouin in his "Monographic des Greffes," 1821, describes 119 kinds of grafting. All kinds of grafting may be classified into three groups : 1. Bud-grafting or budding. In the old days called inoculation. 2. Cion-grafting, or what is now thought of as graft- ing proper. 3. Grafting by approach, sometimes called inarching. A word may be needed about the terminology of graft- age. As already explained, grafting is merely the ope- ration of inserting a part of one plant into another; but it is ordinarily restricted to grafting by means of short twigs or cions, and budding is used to designate the insertion of single buds which are severed from the branch on which they grew. Stock is the plant or part on which the grafting is done. Cion is the part inserted into the stock, although it is usually restricted to cuttings of twigs, and does not include detached buds. In many writings the word is spelled scion, but the other is shorter and etymologically more cor- rect. When the writer found it necessary to use the word in print, he chose the shorter form, although it is not commended by the dictionaries. It has been said that cion is an anatomical term. It may be; but it was originally a horticultural term. The early hor- ticultural writings used Ci'on andcyon. 6ViOK is later, and has nothing to commend it except usage ; but the usage is not uniform. The word ffroff is some- times used in the sense of cion, but it would better be used for the completed thing, — the new plant or part made by the joining of cion and stock. Budding. -The operation of budding consists of inserting a single detached bud underneath the bark of the stock. It is employed only in stocks of small diameter, and iinfiTal.lyni those not more than one «■»>• year old. The "in rati(.n may be performed whenever *-'*}* the bark will jmi-I an.l whenever mature buds may be ^^^ obtained. The bark will peel in early springand again in late summer or early fall, and the operation of bud- ding in the open ground is therefore performed at those times. In the spring the buds are secured from twigs of the previous season's growth. At the second budding season, in late summer or early fall, the buds are secured from growing twigs of the season. At that time of the year the buds will be suffi- ciently developed to be easily recognized and ^ handled. Budding is much employed in nurser- ies. Peaches, cherries, plums, and most stone fruits, are habitually budded rather than cion- grafted. In the East apples and pears are usually budded in the nursery; but in the West apples at least are usu- ally root-grafted. It is practicable to insert buds in the tops of young trees, rather than cions, for the purpose of \K 662 GEAFTAGE changing the tree into a different variety. Sometimes the buiis are inserted in limbs which are two and three years old; but it is usually preferable, if the tree is of some age, to cut back the tree somewhat heavily the previous season or the previous spring, in order to get a growth of suckers into which the l)uds may be set. ■11.' Jn the stick is the tw!-x',li I'll i- rl■..^, n .Inin- ili:,i - a-on. Not all the buds mi il.c ^iiri, ;,i,. ^t i ..n_- riMui^l, .,,■ ;.'i.f.d enough for buddin;;. Tlir I. ml. I. r will \iMially di^curd the weak ones at the top and at the bottom, unless he is very much pressed for buds, as may be the case with new or rare varieties. If the stick is taken late in the season the leaves will be on; but these are quickly cut off to prevent too much evaporation from the cutting. About one-fourth of an inch of the leaf-stalk is left to serve as a handle to the bud. The ordinary operation of budding is that which is shown in the illustrations. It is known as shield-bud- ding, from the shape of the removed bud. With a thin- bladed, sharp knife, the operator slices off the bud by placing his thumb beneath the bud and making a deft and quick stroke of the blade. Just under the bud he cuts a little into the wood. Some budders afterward re- move this bit of wood; but this is not essential. If this wood is somewhat hard and dry, or if it carries some pith with it, it may serve to dry out the bud or to pre- moved. Most budders cut all the buds on a stick before they insert any of them ; but they are allowed to hang to the stick by their upper or lower ends, being snipped off by the knife as fast as they are needed (Fig. 931). The stock is first prepared by removing all the leaves and twigs from the area which is to be budded. In the case of nursery stock, it is customary for a boy to strip the lower leaves of the stock a day or so in advance of GEAFTAGE set the bud on the north side of the btock in order that it may be shaded from the hot sun. A T-shaped incision, just through the bark, is made on the stock (Fig. 932). The crosswise incision is usu- ally made first. As the operator takes his knife from the last incision which he makes, he gives it a deft turn to right and left and loosens the flaps of the bark, so that the bud can easily be inserted. The bud is now taken from the stick and shoved into the matrix underneath the bark until it is entirely within the cleft (Fig. 933). A boy follows and ties the bud. making 4 or 5 deft turns and holding the strand by covering the lower end under- neath one of the turns ( Pig. 934) . No wax or other covering is used. Any soft strand may be used for this purpose. It was tin- old custom to use basswood bark, which was taken in the spring from the inner layers of the bark of the basswood tree. This material was then macerated in water and afterwards pounded to make it soft. Yam is also used. At the present tiuif^ raffia is universally employed. This is th. stripping of an oriental palm, and it can be bought in the market at about 20 c< m^ per pound, and at that price is cheaper than home-made materials; it is also bet- ter. It is customary to lay it on the ground or in a damp place over night in order to soften it and to allow the operator to flat- ij-iu. ten out the strands. This raffia is cut in Bark-graftine. the length to suit before the tying is begun, and the bunch of strands is then held underneath the belt or carried in a box. For budding, the operator pre- fers a .small, thin-bladed knife, with a rounded or thumb-shaped cutting surface (Fig. 935). When budding is performed late in the season, the bud does not throw out a shoot until the following spring. It merely grows fast or "sticks "to the stock. Two or three weeks after the setting of the bud, the bandage is cut so that it will not restrict the swelling of the stock. If the stock grows very rapidly, it may be necessary to cut the bandage before that time. Nothing ch above id makes 'ing root. I- will at- for mar- '■ spring rdinarily t the bud 939. Cleft-graftine of an old the budding. If the stripping is done three or four days or a week before the budding, it will sometimes cause the bark to set and, therefore, interfere with the opera- tion. Nursery trees are usually budded as near the ground as the operator can work — not more than 2 or 3 inches above the surface. In most cases, the budder prefers to Dunut; lio. i;i>l >. a...„ ..i t; i , , ! tain the height of four to six f. - ' . ket in the fall. If the bud i- it will throw out a shoot the sai'n it would not make the growth ii -i does in the other case. Spring budding in tbe open air is rarely employed in nursery practice. It is sometimes used in the top-budding of established plants. In all budding practices, it is important to keep down the suckers from the stock. In the South a peach tree may be large enough in June, if the seeds are planted in February or March, to ^be budded. The bud will grow the same year, and by fall will make a salable tree. This operation of budding in early summer on stocks which grow that year is known as June-budding. As a rule, June-budded trees are smaller than fall-budded trees; but they can be ob- tained one year sooner. There are many other kinds of budding. Some of these will be found in American writings. None of these other styles of budding, however, is of commer- cial importance in this country. Grafting proper is the operation of inserting a twig or a woody cion into a stock. The kinds of grafting are very many. Few are described here. They may be clas- sified in respect to the place or position of the cion on the stock: root-grafting, or the insertion of the cion in the root of the stock; crown-grafting, or the insertion of the cion at the crown (surface of the ground) ; stem- grafting, or the insertion of the cion in any part of the main stem or trunk; top-grafting, or the insertion of the cion in the top or branches of the plant. Grafting may again be classified in respect t(» tlie maturity of the cion: dormant wood grafting; and softwood or herba- GRAFTAGE ceous grafting, in which the cion is talien from green or growing wood. It is customary to classify grafting in respect to the way iu which the union is made. There are three 1 types in common use in this country: rafting, whip-gratting, veneer-grafting. •'•iraftiuri consists in splitting the stocli srrtiTi- a wml-.'f-"=happ cion into the cleft. i|.lMy.-.i niily ill ]-;ti!M'r ]:iri.'.' stiicks, prefer- . The cleft is til. 11 h.M ,i|M.,i l,y ^ idge and the cions ;ir<' ins. [-Kd in ^_^^ GRAFTAGE 663 It is then put away for future use, and will keep indefi- nitely. When used, the warmth of the hands will cause it to soften. The hands should be greased to prevent it from sticking. Cleft-grafting is the method usually employed in the top-grafting of fruit trees, as apples, pears, plums and cherries. Old peach trees are rarely changed over to a new variety. If they are, budding is employed, as al- ready suggested: the limbs are headed back so that new pose, a wedge the side of the that the cambiums .if th- cion are in contact (Fig. '.i:ii;i is then securely waxed in ore ration and to protect the w (Fig. 937). Cleft-grafting i; spring. The cions are taken ; from the last year's shoots. ' cellar or other cool place in be perfectly dormant. It is o of three buds' l.nstb ; but be somewl The whole surface T to prevent evapo- jnds from the sun performed in early ■A ..r rare, and :} be made of l" in order that ■left (Fig. 938). near the top of is covered with It IS customary to have one bud the wedge. Although this bud wax, it is themostlikelvto grow, ; the source of food supply and is less injured b, temalconditi.'ii-;. iT ]iii^li.s through the wax. It is .■nst..iii,ii-\ to insert only one bran.li is .1. sir.-.l. By in- serting two cions, the chances of success are doubled, and the wounds heal better if a twig grows on each side. After a year or two, one of g^j the cions may be cut otf if desired. iVhip- There are man y kinds of graf ting- eraft. wax, but the one which is most serviceable for applying with the hands in the open air is made by melting together one pound (by weight) of ren- dered tallow, two parts of beeswax and 943. Tree grown from i vood i 944. Grafting knife IX }i). secured in which the buds may be : four parts of res pail or tub of wi then pulled unti: . The melted liquid is poured into a r, when it immediately hardens. It is is light-colored and develops a grain. portant, in all top-working of fruit trees, the suckers which spring up around the cion, and which sometimes completely cboke it. In changing over the top of a fruit tree, all the leading branches should be LTiift.-.l I I'i^-. '.i::'.ii. It is w.-ll to stand at some distance lr..iii till' tn-.- an. I ini.k. a inental picture of how the i]-,..- will l...ik «liiii til.' II. w top is secured: the grafts slioul.l I'f .set in a[ipr..xiiiiately a radius from the center of the tree. It is rare that the stock should be larger than two inches in diameter where the cions are set. On some of the main branches it will be necessary to graft side branches lower down in order to fill the top and to afford footholds to pickers and pruners. It will require from three to four years to change over the tree to a new variety. Each year a little more of the original top is removed, and the cions take more and more of the space. Bark-grafting (Fig. 940) is a most excellent method of grafting fairly large limbs, since it does not injure the stock so much as the cleft-graft. The cions are cut thin and inserted between the bark and wood. The bark is securely bound to hold it tight, and the entire surface is waxed, as in cleft-grafting. This method is called crown-grafting by the French and English. Wliip-gralting is employed in the nursery and on very small stocks. It is not used in top-grafting except now and then on small limbs. The pictures sufficiently illus- trate how the work is done. The cion and stock should be of approximately equal size. Each is cut off in a slanting direction, and a split or tongue is made near the middle. The same shape is given to cion and stock (Figs. 941,942). The object of the tongue is to hold the parts together securely ; it also presents more contact. The cion is then bound to the stock, preferably by means of waxed cord. If the graft is above ground, the wounds should be thorough- ly waxed overthe string. If the graft is below ground, the tie will be all that is necessary: the moist earth packed around the wound will prevent evaporation and protect it. The chief use of^the whip- graft is in root- grafting, which is employed chiefly on apples and mostly at the West. In the East, other things being equal, budded ap- ple trees are preferable to root-grafted trees. In the West, however, it is necessary to have apple trees on roots of known hardiness. The seedling stocks are not of known hardiness, even though the seeds have come from the hardiest varieties. It is therefore customary to use cions 6 to 12 in. long, grafted onto pieces of roots 2%^ in. long (Fig. 942). The graft is set so deep that only the top bud of the cion projects above the surface. The piece of root acts as a nurse, and roots may start from the cion itself ( Fig. 943 ) . When the tree is transferred to 945. Veneer-graftii 664 GRAFTAGE the orchard, the original root may be cut off in case it is not very vigorous ; although this is not done if the union seems to be good and the foster roots are strong. This root-grafting is done in winter (Dec. and Jan. preferred) ; the grafts are stored in clean sawdust, sand or moss in a cool cellar, and are set in nursery rows in the open early in the spring, after the manner of grape cuttings. The waxed string, with which the whip-grafts are tied, may be made by dropping a ball of yarn into the melted grafting wax which is spoken of above. In five minutes the wax will have penetrated the ball, but the strand can readily be unwound. The best material for this purpose is No. 18 knitting cotton. This is strong enough to hold the work together, and yet weak enough so that it may be broken in the hands without cutting the fingers. It will ordinarily decay during the year, and thereby not interfere with the growth of the tree. If the grafting is done in a room at a living temperature, the <- '^--^ 946. Veneer-graftine. waxed string should be soft enough to stick to the stock without being tied. Four or five turns are made around the union. Waxed Manila paper, cut in narrow strips, is also much used; also single strand cotton "chain" or warp-thread, either waxed or not waxed. Any sharp knife with a handle large enough to be grasped readilv is useful for whip-grafting. The blade should be thin, and the steel of best quality. The handle should also be strong. Fig. 9W shows a common form of grafting knife. Good shoe-knives may be used. Veneer-grafting. — This style of grafting, which is considerably used under glass with fancy and orna- mental plants, consists in simply champering the sur- faces of cion and stock and applying the one to the other (Fig. 945). The cion is bound to the stock by rafiia or other material. If the graft is in the open the wounds are thoroughly waxed ; but in the house they may be covered merely with moss. This style of union is used with herbaceous plants, as well as on hard wood. Sometimes the stock is severed at the point of union, as in Fig. 945 ; but in other cases it is not sev- ered nor headed back until the cion has taken hold (Fig. 946). In the latter case, the stock is not injured in ease the graft does not grow. Herbaceous grafting. — Pelargoniums, chrysanthe- Tnums and other soft-wooded greenhouse plants are sometimes grafted for the novelty of having more than one variety growing on the same root. Probably most herbaceous plants can be grafted readily, with the excep- tion of the endogens, which do not lend them- selves to the operation, although there are in- stances in which graft- ing has been made suc- cessful on them. In order to succeed with an herbaceous cion, it is necessary that the room be rather close and moist in order that evaporation may not be very rapid. One should endeavor to secure the general con- ditions which obtain in a good propagating house. The temperature should be kept rather below the normal for that species until union has taken place. It is usually best moss or some other ma- terial in order to protect the wound and to check evaporation. Best re- sults are secured when ture, as also in the case of herbaceous cuttings. The kind of graft is of less importance, although it is customary to use the veneer-graft cions, since there is less injury to the stock and the outer surfaces are easily applied to each other. The cion ordinarily consists of one or two joints, and if the leaves are large, they are cut in two, as in the mak- ing of softwood cuttings. Inarching. — In tho.se cases in which union takes place with much difficulty, it is possible to effect the conjunction by allowing the cion to grow fast to the stock before the cion is severed from its own roots. The plant which it is desired to have prow on the stock is bent over to the stock, the surfaces of the two are exposed so that the cambiums may be pressed close together, and the two are then bound until union takes place. In some cases a tongue is made in both the cion and the stock, much as in whip-grafting, so that the surface of contact is greater and the parts are held together more securely, When the cion has be- come thoroughly established on the stock, the cion is severed from its own root and the top of the stock is cutoff. This inarch- ing or grafting by approach is also used in the greenhouse vphen it is desired to trans- fer the whole top or the whole bi-anch of one plant to another. The illustration (Fig. 947) shows such a case. Inarching is seldom employed in this country in a commercial Inarching is sometimes employed to unite two branches into one for the purpose of making a specimen fruit gx-ow larger. If, for example, a twig of an apple tree is in- arched into a limb just back of a fruit, the extra food supply may cause that fruit to grow hirgir, and a finer specimen may be ol.t:,iiM .]. Tins 11-. • nf the graft is employed oil] ' ■ ..of securing extra fine s] ,.,,,, ;i,irion or other purposes. y,, ' ,r .,,,,,,. -Wounds or girdles may be bruik-iii l.y ,_i..ii.s, as in Fig. 948. Trim the edijes of the girdle to the fresh, firm tissue, insert cions which are whittled wedge- shape at each end, draw bandages around the trunk so as to hold the free edges of the bark and the ends of the cions, and pour melted wax over the work. This operation is performed in spring, with dormant cions. Prevent the buds from throwing out shoots. GRAFTAGE If the cions are placed close together, they will soon unite along their sides and make a continuous covering of the wound. Literalure.-¥oT further discussion of the whole sub- ject of grafting, the reader is referred to current works on fruit-growing ; also to the two American special books on the subject— Fuller's "Propagation of Plants" and Bailey's "Nursery-Book." In English work, "Bal- tet's "Budding and Grafting" is standard. It is an Eng- lish version of "L'Art de Greffer." l_ jj_ B_ GRAM, or CHICK PEA. Cicer arietinmn. GBAMMANGIS (Greek, iiramma ; perhaps referring to the markings of the lis.). Orchidflcfm. tribe Vdndeir. Species about 4, of Madagascar and .lava. Pseudobulbs short and thick, with foli;tL'< 1. ,i . , ^ Mnl\ ;ir their sum- mit, hence not enclosed iui': i;~: 11. -clusters from the base, niany-fld., ]" , iH>t spurred; middle sepal strongly coucmn ^, In. r:il - iials somewhat sac-shaped at base, free, spreading ; petals ascending, somewhat different in form and color; lip 3-lobed, with erect lateral lobes and recurved middle lobe ; column slender, winged. Nearest Cjinbidium, differing chiefly in having the foliage-leaves only at the end of the pseudobulb, and the rostellum crescent-shaped (in Oym- bidiumit is triangular). From Grammatophyllum (which see), Gramm.angis diflFers in the attachment of its pol- len masses and in tlie position of its foliage-leaves. B("it culti\ all ,i III sa-lii- liuii^' near the glass, where tin- liiiiiT I I I i 111.' ]>l;nits can also be grown surr..s>iiii II |.. ! ! I ■■ i iii-av tlie glass, or fastened tu lili.ck-;. i.iii ill ihr laiii I- cas.- tlii-y must be given more filliaii, Reichb. f. {arammatopliyllum jfllisii, Lindl.). Pseudobulbs 7-11 in. long, each bearing 5-6 Ivs. : Ivs. lK-2ft. long: sepals yellow, elegantly marked with dark transverse lines; petals and lip pale pink, the latter with a strong mid-nerve. Summer. Madagascar. B.M. 5179. a. natoni. B. & H. (CymWdium Huttoni, Hook. (.). Pseudo- btUbs of a single interuode, 3-5 in. long, elongated, obovoid, green: Ivs. in pairs, 6-8 in. long, 2-23^ in. wide, dark green, coria- ceous : raceme about lO-fld., drooping: sepals obovate, re- curved, light brown outside, streaked transversely inside with chocolate color; lip greenish, with chocolate stripes. June. Java. B.M. 5676. T. H. KearneV, Jk. GRAMMANTHES (Greek, ietter-«OM>c»v the petals of the full-colored varieties with a darker mark like a letter V, whence also the name of the synonymous genus Vau- anthes). CrassulAceie. This genus includes a small, half-hardy, annual, succulent plant, with thick, fleshy Ivs. and yellow fls., which grows about 6 in. high and is used for edgings, baskets and pots. AH the 9 spe- cific names are now referred to one, G. gentianoides. Be- side the type, 4 botanical varieties were recognized in Flora Capensis 2:331 (18G1-2). Calyx bell-shaped, semi- 5-fld. ; corolla tube as long as the calyx; limb 5-6-lobed: carpels 5-6, many-ovuled, with awl-shaped styles : scales minute, and evanescent: follicles many-seeded. gentianoides, DC. Glabrous, somewhat glaucous: branches forking: stems rigid, filiform: Ivs. opposite, distant : fls. orange, yellow, or creamy white, and marked as above described. Cape. B.M. 4607 and G401. P.S. 5:518. The type (var. vfera, Haw.) has Ivs. ovate- oblong : limb of corolla ovate-oblong, a third longer than the stamens. Var. chloraeilora, Haw., has Ivs. ob- long or linear: fls. a little larger; limb of corolla ovate- lanceolate, twice as long as the stamens. -^^ ]\f_ GRAMMATOPHYLLUM streak, and phi/Uon, leaf parallel leaf-veins). On small genus of perhaps 8 n about half are well-detii from Madagascar to the Philipp: ■ing to the IS, of which he islands New Guinea. tlir Stalk : fl^ i. numer- I.ott.-d wi th . leep red- >-a. G.C. -.7. -This lar-.-M .. 1 ■• s family, A huge The genus includes some of the largest and showiest of cultivated orchids. Roots numerous; stems or pseudo- bulbs many-leaved : Ivs. long, ribbon-shaped, thick, evergreen : racemes long-stalked, loosely many-fld.. springing from near the base of the pseudobulb: fls. GRANADILLA 665 large, not obviously spurred; sepals and petals nearly equal, spreading; lip comparatively small, with margin entirely free, 3-lobed, with erect lateral lobes; column slender. Allied genera are Grammangis and Cymbidium, from both of which Grammatophyllum differs in having the pollen masses each borne upon an appendage of the stalk, while in the two related genera they are attached to a common stalk without special appendages. The few species in cultivation are such infrequent bloomers that the flowering of a fine example is some- thing of an event. They are propagated from pieces of the pspudohullis. The plants are best grown in good- sizi'il and well drained pots filled with peat, and need consiiieral.Ie wate.wliile actively growlug. They should be alli.wril I., r. -I .leoasionally. Season of bloom and furth.r i-ultural ■iet:dls with each species. T. H. Ke.vrney, Jr. Cultivate Gramraatophyllums in shallow perforated pans three-fnurths filled with broken potsherds. The solid part of tlie pottiiiL' m.aterial should be of fern fiber packed v- i x ulIu an.l iliin. Place near the strong- est sunlight. I i I -haded glass. Keep a tem- perature of ;i ■ ihe growing season. Give plenty of water Min!! L'i.\\intr. They need a long sea- son of rest, without water, in a shaded house, in a tem- perature of 50° to 55". -nrji, Mathews. A. Pseudobulbs ver\j long, comparatively slender. specidsum, Blume (C. .'^aurhrhliium, Hort.). Letter Plant. Pseudobulbs C.-lo ft. lo,,-, slender, flexuous: Ivs. 2-ranked, 1-2 ft. l..!!-: Ilinv.r elusters open, some- times 0 ft. long from tlie ) purple. Winter. Mrilavaii III. 7:297; 14 :!.-.: 22: It:.. magnificent plant. ..tie ..f t has been well-iuuned tlie " individual growing on a tree in the open at the Bo- tanical Garden of Buitenzorg, Java, has the following di- mensions: diameter of whole plant, 18 ft. ; collar about the trunk of the tree formed by the closely interwoven roots 7}4 ft. in diameter, 2% ft. thick, and over 3 ft. high: flower-clusters (appearing at the same time) 50-60, each 2 ft. or more in length and bearing 70-100 flowers. And it must be remembered that this huge plant is an epi- phyte! Temperature, especially soil temperature, should be carefully regulated in growing this plant. Owing to the brighter light, it does better in American than in European hothouses. AA. Psendobitlbs comparatively short and thick, leafy only at summit. B. Fls. greenish or yellotrish, spotted with brown. Fenzliinum, Reichb. f. (G. Mmsiiresianiim, Hort.). Lvs. 4-6: fl. clusters -.iieinii.- '.:. ai ..!!.■ time, each over 5 ft. long and ■■..111 I II . ' .i.als and petals narrow, cream ■ 1 .m. tipped and spotted with bn.vvn ,ii ; |.iir|.. ; ii|. - i. aked with purple. Apr. Islandi.f .\iiil...iiia. l'liili|.|.iii.- lslands(?). J.H. III. 29:123. G.M. :;4 ::;:;4.-The ris. are smaller and the .spots fewer and smaller than in Runiphianum. Rumphia.num, Miq. {C. Gidlilmi IT, Kriinzlin). Pseudobulbs 6-8 in. long, ovoid or fusiform: lvs. 1-2 ft. long: raceme nodding or hanging, 3-4 ft. long from the base of the stalk : fls. often 30-35, 3 in. in diameter, green outside, green blotched with brown-purple within ; sepals and petals similar; lip purple-veined, downy. Molucca Islands, Borneo, New Guinea, and (?) the Phil- ippines. B.M. 7507. — A large, showy species. BE. Fls. brown, streaked with green. multilldrum, Lindl. Lvs. 3-4: fl. elusters nearly 2 ft. long. Summer. Philipiiino Islands. P.M. 6:217. -This very desirable species has not yet found its way into American trade. It is easily grown, either in a pot filled with a well-drained "compo.st of heath soil and potsherds," or merely fastened to copper wire and hung from the roof. GRANADILLA. .lit Passiflora. 666 GRAPE GKAPE. The Grape is probably the oldest of domes- ticated fruits. It is probable that wine was made from it before the species was brought into cultivation. It seems to have been cultivated at the dawn of history. Its product was certainly no rarity in Noah's time. ments finally failed because of the incursio black rot. Of all countries, North America is richest of Vitis (see the article yitis}. These spe< from ocean to ocean and from the Briti.sh pc to the tropics. The specie.s wlii.-li lias improved is 17/;, L.:lr„.,.,, ,,r ,' , ',,':, although it ^' ' ', , : , , , ;, - , than someot i' this species u ' i i (Pigs <»i9-yjli 1 1, ^^i 1 1 , li bndized with I ili^ (as lu Agawam, Liud ley, Barry, and others of E is Rogers' ^arletles) and with native specK s Alreadj a number ot the popular varieties represent such wide depar tures that they cannot be referred positn elj to any species Of these, Delaware and Isabella are examples The second most important species, in point of iiuelioration, is litis trstn ihs tnim »lii Ii \c I il ot the best -vmi ' i i ' \ I run I I i_ Oj2i The Post I / 1 I a^titah I \ alley ; the region of the central-western Nc w Vc.ik LiUi-s ; the Lake Erie region of New York, r, iiii-\ ivaiiia aud Ohio. There are also important (Ma|.i inii r.^t^ in Ontario, Michigan, and other northern palls. Tiii ic is considerable interest in Grape culture in the cooler parts of Georgia and .\lal)ama. niid there are enlarging areas in the country extentliuu' fi-'im tl:e Ozark region southward. Nearly all tli.- caauitiy, ex- <"epting the northernmost parts, raises ( iraprs, Imt in innst easi-s the growing of them caiiiior lie sai'l Ic lie til. iiraji- -1 etions of the North hii^' tin- wat.r areas aiel the Ian. I. therefore, is often steep, all i irap.- u'l-ewers prefer nearly level land. The ( iM W.irM ,.|ai,iati..tis are largely on very steep lands : ml !. i..:-, I \iMie of their warmth and drainage, ai. extra quality of wine. These idetis ., . .i., ^ country, and many of our early vin. \ ar.i- \ . i. |.iai,i..i on terraced slopes. But we grow Grapes ior :i liiltererit purpose from the Europeans, and land is cheap aud labor is dear. Old World methods cannot be followed in the American commercial plantations. The ideal bunch of Grapes is one which is of medium size for the variety, compact, uniformly developed and ripened throughout, containing no small or diseased berries, and with the bloom intact, A very dense or crowded cluster is not the most desiralile, tor all the berries cannot develop fully, and the . In i. i i - ii..t easily handled when the fruit is eaten, le :. .lus- ter of good shape and compaetn. - i _ i- too broad and irregular; Figs, 957 au.l 'a ■- an lailnr too ii|ti\e Catalogue and Grape Growers Man till ^Iitzl \ Our Native Gripe Fullers Grape ( nltiiii t llii raann s \m( rican C rapt C rowing and \\inf Maknu T i th F 1 in I| Hu 111 mn s ( rape Culture an 1 \\ 11 ^I kii _ m ( lit in. 1 ^^ ick sons Californii I-iiiil nl I 1 n I 1 in In lustry are current guide 1» t uli 1 li 11 1 n t 1 inning and methods of traium,, ire tiutuned in The Iran ing Book A standard European mono,,iaph is Foex s 'Tours Complet de Viticulture GRAPE 667 Pruning and Training.— A Grape vine is pruned in order to reduce the amount of wood (that is, to thin or to limit the amount of fruit), and to keep the plant within manageable shape and bounds. A vine is trained -Onderdonk, in order to keep it off the ground, out of the way of the workmen, and to so arrange the fruit that it will be well exposed to light and air. In order to understand the pruning of Grapes, the operator must fully grasp this principle: Fniit is home on wood of the present sea- son, which arises from wood of the previous season. To illustrate : A growing shoot, or cane of 1899, makes buds. In 1900 a shoot arises from each bud ; and near the base of this shoot the Grapes are borne {1 to 4 clus- ters on each). This is shown in Fig. 959. The 1899 shoot is shown at the top. The 1900 shoot bears 4 clus- ters of Grapes While every bud on the 1899 shoot may produce shoots or canes m 1900 onl% the stiongest of these new shoots wilt bear fruit The si illed Grape grower can tell by the looks of his cine (as he prunes it, in wmtPi ) which buds will erne use to thf Trnpe producing v 1 tli f 1' t t Th Hi nd stronger 1 n I ' ' ' ' 1 1 1 li n itself IS % I 1 slendei li buds \li 11 1 I Ml I I I I li 1 I I 1 I II little fingei is the ide il i/i The second principle to be mastered is this A vine should bea} only a limited nttmbei of clusters —say from JO to i yond the 1 cane An shoot It t 30 good bn much a \ 11 I ned 1 1(0 clusters 1 II (1 1 mning How lit- II ie I U ir will depend on B apiit uf the Mues strength of the soil age of the vine system of pruning and the ideals 668 GRAPE of the grower. The Concord is one of th* strongest and most productive of Grapes. Twelve to 15 lbs. is a fair crop for a mature vine; 20 lbs. is a heavy crop; 2.=) lbs. is a very heavy crop. An average cluster of Concord will weigh H-M lb. The vine may be expected to carry from 30 to 60 clusters; and the annual pruning will leave from 15 to 30 buds. Since the bearing wood springs from new canes, it follows that the fruit of the Grape is each year borne farther from the main trunk of the vine. Observe that the fruit of wild vines is borne bevond reach when they :Iimb over thickets and tree'- It is a obiect of the Grape grower to ribviate this difticulty The third prm t iple in the pruning of Grape vines is this 'Ihe bearing uood sJioiild be kept neat the original t-iunk oi head of the Who ndmg GRAPE any time. These are usually weak and are removed, but now and then a strong one arises. Spur pruning is now rarely used except in Grapes grown on arbors or under glass, in which cases it is necessary to have a long, permanent trunk. On arbors it is best to carry one arm or trunk from each root to the top of the frame- work. Each year the lateral canes are cut back to spurs of two or three buds. The pruning of glasshouse Grapes is discussed under Grapes under Glass. The current systems of pruning renew to a head— or to the main trunk— each year. The trunk of the vine is carried up to the desired height— to one of the wires of the trellis — and one or more canes are taken out from Its top each year The obiect is to keep the bearing wood near the mam trunk and to obviate the use of spurs This type of pruning is illustrated in Fig t61 This engraving shows the head of a vine seven years old, and on which two canes are allowed to remain after each annual pruning The part extending from b to f and d is the base of the bearing cane of 18<)2 In the winter of 1892-3, this cane is cut off at d, and the new cane, e, is left to make the beaimg wood of 1893 Another cane sprung from f, but it was too weak to leave for truitmg It was, therefore, cut away The old stub, 6, /■, d, will be cut away a year hence, m the win In the meantime, a renewal cane will have left for that purpose. Grape derivative— Husmann (X ^^1 next year; and the other or older cane is entirely cut away after the fruit is off. That is, the wood is con- stantly renewed; and the new shoots which are to give bearing wood the following year are called renewals. There are some systems of Grape training which renew back to the root every year or two, aad these have been called renewal systems ; but every system of Grape pruning must practice renewal in one way or another. An old svstcm of renewal was by means of spurs. Pi". >:w ill'i fnitfs this. The horizontal part is a per- 1"': • ' Iir:iiich. We will suppose that it grew in !-•' I :- : :i shoot grew upward. It bore two or t ! , ' " I Iruit. In the fall it was cut back to a , tw.i 1. 11.1- li. II,- l..(t to supply the shoots of the succeed- ing year. This short branch is now called a. VJ»»-. Only ooe shoot was wanted for the next year, but two buds were left in case one should be injured. In 1892, a branch grew from one of these buds: it bore fruit: in the fall it was cut back to b. In 1893 a shoot will grow from one of the buds, c. Thus the spur elongates year by year, becoming a forking, complicated, stubby branch. After a few years it may become weak : the grower sees this, and if a new shoot should start from the main arm near the base of the spur, he encourages it and cuts off all of the old spur: thus he renews back again to the main vine. Shoots from adventitious or secondary buds are likely to spring from the main arm or the spur at and the old cane, b d, will be cut oil just l^yond it, between r and f. In this way, the bearing wood is kept close to the head of the vine. The wound a shows where an old stub was cut away this winter, 1892- 3, while b shows where one was cut off the previous win- ter. A scar upon the back of the head, which does not show in the illustration, marks the spot where a stub was cut away two years ago, in the winter of 1890-1. This method of pruning can be kept up almost indefi- nitely, and if care is exercised in keeping the stubs short, the head will not enlarge out of proportion to the growth of the stock or trunk. There are two common styles of training in use in the northern states, but each of them practices essentially the system of renewals which is described in the last parai;ni|>h. One stvle of training carries the trunk only to the lowest wire of the trellis. The canes — usually 2 in number— are tied horizontally on the bottomwire, and the bearing shoots are tied, as theV grow, to the two wires above (Fig. 9G2). This is an iipright system. The other style carries the trunk to the top wire. The canes are tied on the top wire, and the hearing shoots hang. This is the drooping or Kniffln system. If the shoots run out on the top wire by clinging to it by tendrils, they are torn loose, so that they will hang: this is a very necessary practice. There is controversy as to the com- parative merits of these systems, which proves that GRAPE 669 and tliej- are each has merit. It is probable that the upright system is better for the slender or shorter varieties, as Dela- ware, and also for those whose shoots stand erect, as Catawba. The Kniffin has distinct merit for strong-grow- ing varieties, as Concord; it is also cheaper, since it requires no summer tying. Grape-training is a very special subject; it is discussed at length, with many illustrations, in "The Pruning-Book." One- or 2-year-old vines are planted either in the fall or early spring. At planting, the vine is cut back to 3 or 4 buds and the roots are well shortened. If all the buds start, the strongest one or two may be allowed to grow. The canes arising from this bud should be staked and allowed to grow through the season: or in lartre planta- tions the flrst-year canes may be allowed to lie on the ground. The second year this cane should be cut back to the same number of eyes as the first year. After growth begins in the second spring, one of the strongest shoots should be allowed to remain. This cane may be grown to a single stake through the second summer. At the end of the second year the cane may be cut back to the bottom wire of the trellis, if upright training is to be employed. The cane may be strong enough at this time to be made the permanent trunk of the Kniflin training, but in most cases the trunk is not carried to the top wire until the third year. The main pruning is performed when the vine is dor- mant. The ideal time is January and February in the North, although the work is often begun in November if the area is large. Pruning in spring causes the vine to bleed, but bleeding is not injurious. But late pruning interferes with tilLige, and the buds are likely to be in- jured after they are swollen. .Summer pruning is now practiced only to the extent of pulling out suckers and weak shoots, and even this is not always done. Head- ing-in the vine in summer is likely to start side growths, which are useless and troublesome. Propagation. — The Grape grows readily from seeds- 957. Moore Early. 958. Massasoit. be greater. Seeds produce new ^ used only in an experimental way The commercial propagation of Grapes is done by means of hardwood cuttings. These cuttings are taken in the winter from the trimmings of vineyards. In all ordinary cases they are made of two or three buds' length, preferably three (Fig. 963). They are cut as soon as the canes are trimmed, tied in small bundles, and these bundles are then buried half their depth in damp sand in a cool cellar. By spring the cuttings will be more or less callused. The cuttings are planted in the open on the approach of warm weather. A loose, loamy soil is selected, and it is well and deeply pre- pared. The cuttings are inserted until only the upper bud stands at the surface of the ground. These cut- tings are placed 6 to 8 inches apart in rows, and the rows are far enough apart to allow of horse cultivation. These cuttings may give plants large enough for sale the following fall; but it is usu.nlly pnf. n-i-.l to l.t the plants grow two years before tin y nrr jiiit ii]ii.n tin- market. In such cases it is cn-toiiKir\ . in ihkhn .-f tin- best nurseries, to transplant nt tli, , ii,i ,if tl.i lirst m m- nearly always start. .1 greenhouse bench. It i will be large enough t.-i seed-bed very early in tl are sometimes used in 1 rare varieties, but they California, rooted vines in soil in which cuttin; planted directly the gs are n the .-I-,,, .in a well-prepared ^i.iin_-. I ai-cu ivuod cuttings summer time with new and e not in general favor. In one year are preferred ; and root readily, they are some- eyard'. which may be kept over winter and germinated in the house early in the spring. They may be even planted in beds in the open, but the proportion of failures will The Grape is easily grafted. Because of the flexible nature of the vine, however, it is customary to make the graft below the surface of the ground. An ordinary cleft-graft is the one which is umkiIIv . ,n|,Iny,-d. The whole vine is cut off 4 or .' inrh,^ 1,, l,\v the sur- face, and the graft is inserte.l in tin .-(i tin- water out of the cleft, altlnmsli if tin- i-arth is tiriuly jiacked around the graft ami im wat.r >tainls. the union may be perfectly satiw-th IS n jt likth to be so i?reat diinnK the bist season ^ me \ irds which are composed of un profitable varieties may be changed to new varieties very readily by this moans. Vinifera our common }ili\ll"\'r:i resistant stocks by th.- s;.in.- m. tImM. Al- most any mi-thod of KiMttingcan be employed upt.)U the <_lrape vine if the work is done beneath the surface. Diseases.— The Grape isamen- and fungous attacks. The most II- phylloxera, which, however, is 1^ an 'injurious pest on the vinifera varieties it is ex- 1 it is working great dev- the vineyards of the Old World and of the Pacitic coast. The most practi- cable means of dealing with this pest is to graft the vinifera vines on native or resistant roots. The mildew and black rot are the most serious of the fungous enemies. The mildew {Pcrono- spora viticola) is the more common form of rot in the North. In the South the black rot {Liesta- dia Bidwellii) is very serious. Both these dis- eases cause the berries to decay. They also at- tack the leaves, particularly the mildew, caus- ing the leaves to fall and preventing the Grapes from maturing. It is tlu- mildew which has worke.l su.li liav-r iM r,- i- :mi vineyards. The mildew- i^ in'., t -. ' '.aved and smooth- able pract ceedi GRAPE clusters and on the young growth, where it makes sunken, discolored areas, and where it interferes se- riously with the growth of the parts. It is not so easily controlled as the mQdew and the black rot. Careful at- tention to pruning away all the diseased wood and burning it will help in controlling the disease. Before growth starts, spray the vines, trellis and posts with strong sulfate of copper solution. After the leaves open, use the Bordeaux mixture. In Grape houses the powdery inililew ( rncinula spi- ralis) often does serious dai;i:i:'. . Ti .1 urs in the open vineyard, but it is u-u i, there. It appears as a very thin, dusi i - i . -m ihe leaves. It sometimes attacks the Im iii, -. . .m-itu lin-m to re- main small or to crack. This luiifius Im-s on the sur- face, and is therefore readily controlled in Grape houses by dusting with flowers of sulfur or by the fumes of evaporated sulfur. For further discussions on Grape diseases and diffi- culties, the reader should consult the bulletins of the experiment stations, publications of the Department of Agriculture at Washington, books on economic ento- mology, and Lodeman's "Spraying of Plants." Varieties. -Oi the native Grapes, fully 800 varieties ^jiC7S;«^^^.. _., >r>t,^ £^^^^|^;v2U,»^5sL^- lowis the spraying' :i spray two or tl When the dise it is better to i' 962. Uprieht system of Grape training. p will be cut away except two i will be laid down in opposite diree aext season's fruiting. At the winter pruning, all the to near the center: these on the bottom wire for SI. lis. It causes the berries to finally a brown rot, the berries all and firm but not greatly ■ot causes the berries to become veled, and the epidermis is cov- des (Fig. 966). The treatment is the same— spraying with Bor- uins in which the diseases have , it is usually sufficient to begin fniif has begun to set, and to -. ;i- Tlif case seems to require. • i.. . M very prevalent, however, .r. III.- liuds swell in the spring. In infested vineyards, the foliage and diseased berries should be raked up and burned in the fall The anthracnose or scab {Sphacelnma ampelinum) is a very serious fungous disease. It is most apparent on the fruit, where it makes a hard, scabby patch. Its most serious work, however, occurs on the stems of the have been named and described. Many foreign varie- ties have been introduced. Yet, in any region the num - ber of useful commercial varieties is usually less than a dozen. Of the American Grapes (those aside from viniferas), the Concord is the cosmopolitan variety. Others of great prominence are Worden, Niagara, Ca- tawba, Delaware. For the South, consult Munson's article, below. For the Pacific viniferas, consult Wick- son's account, below. Following are notes on varieties by Ralph Bush, of the old firm of Bush & Sons, Bush- berg, Mo. This firm was established shortly after the civil war by Isidor and Ralph Bush, father and son. In the early seventies the firm became Bush .r ill-' t;t.x collector or the annual ini 1 • : ■' . ni.irtgage. If for the latter, tli' Im- such as to glveayield of 1.1,.; .1^ ..ut of live. which is better i ' , 1 ' 1 . - at all. Any section in whicli ~ 1 : I li:,i 1^, uii the side from which 1 iiic This is very ' I \ IT 1 IS blowing at 30 III I i III 11 1 the Tines have s iiK I t 111 un s lu-iie ftct of foliage and peihaps three and four tonb of fruit per acre The staples should be of the same -5^- 1 - rh thL 111 t nil 1 11 1 I th Mnejard 111 itiiMt\ II 111 r \ 1 t fruit- i\ II 1 I 111 1 ih II I iiiihes I n 1 w II mix II I \ Near be til iud Ji inches It is not advis- niore than 3b inches apart with- m^ m a middle or thud wire, ling many of the po<5ts will sag, ipper wire will be slack and many ices will be out of pi » e AH of fence IS shown m Pig 969- but the Kniffin system the bottom w re 3 V neyardists of the Chiutiuqua Grape belt have tiultb should Ltcd be- t ire tN 111^ up the canes m sjinig A. 1 11 f,e part of the pi uning is done m the winter months — some beginnmgin the fall ^oon afterthe 1 op IS harvested T v ) gra les of labor can 1 e en ployed n this operation-the skilled and the unsk lied The f k U [ out. iTa lul apor 8 foot posts aie I should be som wl t 1 I I for virefen e-f II I I the heaviest shoul 1 be tt 1 t f I 1 i t 1 these bear the stia n of the Mie An experienced far ner need not be tol 1 that the\ ho 1 1 1 e sharpene 1 th a true lea 1 pencil taper except ng tl e crooked ones, which should be so beveled as The usual distance apart for the posts in the row of Grapes is one post to every three vines, or, in other words, 27 feet, and for ease in stretching the wire, they should be in as straight a line as possible. The posts are driven, but a hole should first be made by an unusu- ally large crowbar with a bulb near the lower end. After the posts are stuck into the holes, they are most coTiviiiirntIv ilrivcn by the operator standing in a wagon whiih is li.iiil, ,1 through the row by a horse. A fair wi-iL,'lit lif maul is 12 pounds, and it requires a good man to swiiii; .1111- III Hint size all day. Iron mauls are com- monly usi'il i riusi- till y lire the cheapest, but one with an iron shi'll tlllr.l witli wmd "brooms" or frays the top of the post I'ss ilian 111.' nun maul. Eighteen inches is a fair depth tu ilriM- tin- [.usts on most soils. If the pro- prietor delegati-s the lUiviug to another man, he would better direct that 20 to 22 inches be the proper depth, for to the man swinging the maul the post seems deeper than it really is. A vineyard should have a break or an alley at right angles to the rows as often as every 50 Grape vines, for the purpose of dumping Grape brush and shortening the trip when hauling fruit. If the vineyard is in fair thrift, longer rows will convenient in hauling ou The end posts should lot, but should also be wi mode is the "hypotenusi 4x4 scantli: so much brush i not only be the largest of the ell braced. The most common e brace," consisting of a stiff 12 feet long, with one end notched into the post about midway between the two wires, and the other end resting on the ground against a 2-foot peg of about the same size as the end post. The wires (two wires in the Chautauqua trellis) 1 VI e the e L tl uat h man 1 u with bteel> i e "ht I t rwar 1 notch 1 i oint I I e expeit with 1 i akes 1 ve 1 and a lunge tl ere a I ] I 1 tt m and a snip at the top an 1 w th a few more eei ngly -n ild passes all wood is severed from the bearing mi e 1 ut the n imber of buds desired to give fruit another j ear are left. The unskilled help, who receives possibly a dollar a day less than the expert, follows the expert, cutting the tendrils and other parts of the vine that are attached to anything but the trellis. The next process is "stripping" the brush, and it is one involving brute force, ragged clothes and leather mittens. If the laborer 969. Illustrating does not put on a ragged suit, he will be apt to have one before he is done with his job. There is a little knack even in doing this work to the best advantage. The dismembered vines still hi-ng to the upper trellis and often cling with considerable tenacity, and a par- ticular jerk or yank, more easily demonstrated than de- 674 GRAPE scribed, is most effectual to land the brush on the ground between the rows. , , , ., The next operation is to haul the brush to the end of the row. Many tools have been devised for this pur- pose, some of them involving considerable expense. It is now the general practice to use a simple pole-one a little larger than would be used to bind a load of logs, and not so large as required in binding a load of hay. It may be a sapling about 4 inches at the butt and 2% inches at the top, ai end is to be held in the be pushed along the gr pole by a rope drawn tl from the butt or groum of the row, it stems t gather any brush at all. first wad, and all the n At the end of the row I nient pile, where it is to be burnt-d. and is dumped by letting the end of the pole held in the hand revolve over towards the horse. If the pole hits the horse, the opera- tor will see that there is not enough stretch of rope be- tween the pole and whiffletree, and more must be provided. Tying is done bv women, boys and girls, and cheap men. The tying m'aterials are wire, wool-twine, raffia, willow and carpet-rags. The horizontal arms, at the lower wire, are more or less permanent, and they are loosely confined to the wire, always by string or willow. The vertical canes, which are fastened to the GRAPE matter. Grapes, like most other fruits, are influenced in character bv difference of location. There are many more Concords sold than anv other variety, yet by the fastidious Grape eater it is thought far inferior to many other varieties. However, as it is the sort the public most want, and is a good vielder, it is probably the most The small ■ butt end to itched to this • about i feet ug at the end lie would not ■ catching the 11 cling to it. 1 to a conve- )nly tiei n leUL't tied with uled wife top trellis, are now of No. 18 gauge, and cut economy in using the wire is tin I i i -. ana the fact that the work can be il' ' i , ' "hen light gloves are necessary. Tin- u-i "i - n' i'l- been strenuously opposed by people who have mvii- u^.ed it. The objection has been that the fine wire would cliate the cane so that the cane would break and fall from the trellis. Such instances occur rarely, and when they do it is so late in the spiison that the tendrils of the ' are ample to hirM it to iIh- ticllK. Ih tied to the win II ■ tice is tar mon . (N.Y.)andadjai-ii!- district. Inthef'.iii i in this manner ami -Ini'i" .1 '•' ' " vember and Decemlier, and ( 'atavv of the winter. In the latter district the fruit is : most direct from the vine to the consumer. This direct- ness means haste and carelessness that is much to the detriment of the Grapes when they reach the market. From 1893 to 1899 the price of Grapes steadily de- clined, and with the decline came a casting about for means to economize in harvesting. One of the ways de- veloped towards that end has been to require that the woman who packs should increase her daily output from 80 9-pound haskets to 200. The woman fulfilled the requireiiients without working any harder m one case th-m fho oth^r The increase is at the expense of qual- . \ . t 1. 1, kill.' which at first was at the expense of the n-inii. I . I hipper. but in the final outcome resulted ., 1. -. .1. Ill III. I for the Grapes. The public may be l,...li .1 part ot the time, but sooner or later smart prac- GRAPE tlces will come back to the point from which they started like a boomerang. Grapes designed for shipment are packed in climax baskets. The size prevailing in the Keuka district are "poneys," having a gross weight of less than five pounds. In the Chautauqua district the 8-pound is the almost universal size. The reason GRAPE 675 972. The third movement. for such distinct customs is due to the demands of the markets to which the Grapes are shipped. Shipments of the Keuka section go to the Atlantic cities, and those from Chautauqua go to the west. In the Lake Keuka district of western New York there are a number of wine cellars involving large capital, two or three of whi<-li n.nkr- »x'-.-ll.nt i-li^mpagne. This industry began at !liir.(iMpiiLUtM,ii iri tli.- vixtii-v, jumI severalVarieties of 1 . 1 I'., ■ ':iiiirM v,,l,.ly Imi-wjim' purposes, but the ipr : ■■ imii wn^n.it u I I'^r' table use. In tlic i ''i ' n-- .' :■ ..■ u-trirt thi- wim- in- dustry has receivcMl liiili :iii( n; 1..11 compared to that given in the Keuka disTriit. 'rii.ic has been no oppor- tunity for the bleniliiii.' .if -. \ , ini juices, for the reason that the Concord i- -" ipiirlv ihr universal variety the Lake Keuka district an. 1 i;n'. lit lak. s :i r,. i.iiera- tive marketing association .-, ii)i| ,,.i .1 1,1 |,n linen-- association was incorporate .1 :i mil iillie. ivd l.\- 11 > ewn members, and represented n' ,-er tliree-fiinrtlis.il' tl le pro- duction of that district. The t m was to maintain prices more evenly and to secure a tter equalization 0 if sup- ply and of markets. This aas iociation was abandoned after two years' trial. The is 1,1 In re was not due to exces- sive cost in sellin:; n..r want .if integrity of the 0 fficers. but to inaliiliu- 't., imll t III. 1 . ■ and a desire 0 f each Ihi |.in- to do a little better forhimseirrl.an.ln'a.s.M.nM i,„i e.iulddoforbim, Tho('lnnn:,i,.|uaai--.lriet h as liai\. .. • .'n ut. Some pincli back the leading shouts oucl. iVw i v. icc Some use single posts and spur-prune. A few have made the Munson canopy trough trellis of 3 wires, and report most favorably of it. Fungicides are used successfully l.y some. Others plant only such as Ives, Nort..!i \ ir^ini, Moore Early, l'<-rkins, and some other vai)' i ■ t to rot and mildew, so as to avoid s].; _ i : also avoid, thereliy, having Grapes of tin in^ r i(U iliti.s, and get only tlie lowest prices. From sui-ii mostly come the re- port that Grape culture with them is unprofitable. So it should be, as such Grapes in the market have the effect to depress prices on all kinds of Grapes, as any grower knows. In the moister parts of the South, black rot, downy mildew and ripe Grape rot are very preva- lent, but, excepting the ripe rot, are readily overcome by the Bordeaux mixture spray properly applied. Few growers in the South use fertilizers in their vineyards. Some use barnyard manure, but the more intelligent use cotton seed or cotton-seed meal in con- nection with ground bone, kainit and soluble phos phates. GRAPE Marketing and Profits.— The crop is mostly marketed fresh in the local or neai-liy markets, as the ordinary freight and ex|in-^-i latrs will nut permit profitable re- turns on the v:iri. !!• - iii.i-ily ^'rown. But it has been demonstrated that iim. i.i i|.(^ tliat will carry well can easily be grown in Tin- .sc.urli. and, when handled in best manner in neat baskets, are iiuite profitable. There are a few established wineries in the South, which use Ives, Norton Virginia, Herbemont, LeNoir, and some of the Seuppernong and other Muscadine va- rieties. The chief complaint of wine-growers is that legislation brought about by the prohibition movement is adverse and often entirely prohibitive. In consequence, some have bottled the .juice fresh under some sterilizing process, but the ]>i_m>J)1(.' art_' not yet educated up to the use of this exnli. i;, l:.:u;l,;i)i; nourishing beverage, yet the demand i i ii^-, and may be largely increased by >'nt i • i^. Reports collc.-ird i r .m ail | ii i^ nf the South state the profits all the way Hcni n-ilntu: lip To $ir>0 prracre, sometimes higher, and it i> riraih (■\ jMi iit Iliat tiie in- telligence and enterprise of tho |ilani. r i-, tli.- .Iiiof ele- ment in controlling protit^. i u' aoui-r. I .aalitirs, soils and varieties play important jiari-. lait an intilligent grower would not select poor localit) . ^iiuaiioii, soil and varieties to start with, just as be won|,l mt pursue- poor methods in the conduct of the btisJTiov^. As au illustra- tion, the writer knows persons who luiii!,' totlio I)i-nison [Tex.] market, a place of 20,000 population, Ives and Per- kins Grapes in bushel baskets, getting, by hard work, about one cent a pound, while others bring in neat 8- pound baskets, carefully packed, Delaware, Brilliant, Diamond, Niagara, Rommel and others of like good qualities, and get from 30 to 00 cents per basket the season through, with brisk sales and no grumbling. It may be said, in conclusion, that the South promises everything to the wide-awake, intelligent Grape-grower, for its capabilities are unlimited in the production in quality and season when no other section competes with it, and it has vast markets at home and in the great cities just north of it. T. V. Munson. Grapes on the Pacific Slope.— The Grape industries of California are established upon the success of the vinif- era species. There are two wild species in the state, Fitis Galifornica and V. Arizonica, but by a popular error the term California Grape has been often used to indicate the Mission Grape, which was introduced from their earlier establishments in Lower California by the padres, who entered the territory now comprised in the state of California in 1769, to extend their missionary work among the aborigines. This Mission Grape has never been fully identified with any variety now grown in Europe, and whether the padres brought it to America in the form of seeds or cuttintrs is not known. The dif- ficulty in identifyiuL' it lias l,-.l many to consider it a seedling, but it i^ iu-t a- rra-i.uahle to hold that it was, two hundred y.-ars aL'o. an .-lo.ined variety which was displaced in the i-ouis.- oi' viticultural progress by better varieties, and its survival at the California Missions is due to its isolation from that progress. It was this Grape which was found in California bv the early American settlers, and verv lartrr- areas of it w.ro planted, but for the last thirty v.- nr< it Im--
  • iauleriie. Hack. et«.). — .Semillon, .Sauvignon Blanc and Vert. Johannisburg Riesling, Franken Riesling, Traminer, Chasselas Dore (Ciutedel) , Chauche Gris, Burger, PoUe Blanche. Feher Szagos. Green Hungarian, Palomino, White Pinot, Thompson Seedless. Varieties for sweet wines are: Ports.— Mission. Malvoisie, Grenache, Trousseau. Sherry and ,l/,i./i„v.-:Mission, Palomino, West White Pro- lific, VerilclliM V-]:' r S -.li: i^. Sultana, Thompson Seedless. of Alexandria. Muscatella, Fnr - : 1 I I'l Iiii- coast north of California, vinifer.-i \;n,: - - ;iii- |. -^ widely grown, and locations ni. , iiii_' I :,: I iMiemenrs must be selected with much car. II. 1 I ii-|ifCtion. The number of varieties is mil I I I I ' iM in California, as there is no product <.t • ill .. I lut of table Grapes only, and they are ;diiii.-.t uhnlix ..iriy ripening kinds, which can mature in thr sli..it. r -iMW iii'g season at the North. On the other liaii.l. til.- Am. liran varieties are widely grown, the f. III.-. .III. 1). lawai-.., Bloore Diamond, Moore Early, Niag- ara ami Wurduu being most favorably reported. E. J.WlCKSON. Grapes Under Glass.— Under glass, the European va- rieties alone are used. This species, Vitis vinifera, is the vine of the ancients, and is indigenous to the more salubrious parts of eastern Asia and southern Europe. It is referred to in the earliest mythological writings of ancient Egypt and thence on numberless occasions, no- tably in the Bible and the New Testament. The story of the spies from the promised land, with its generous illustration, has excited the admiration and perhaps questioned the credulity of many of us. It is only fair, however, to state that the size of the cluster there rei>- resented has been amply v.. mi,, rut in r. .^.rit r. nr^. The type Vitis vinifera, if i' ■ . : • ■ 1 a become so merged and m<..l It: r eut climates and countries tl... I i i it at the present day. Over :;,i!,)i! \antiK3 ha. ., 1-. i ii .li scribed, covering the widest rauge in size, color, ttxturo and flavor, general appearance and quality. For disparity of size, we have the diminutive Black Cor- inth, from which the Zante currants are prepared, and the giant Gros Colman, now extensively grown for com- mercial purposes under glass in England; and for con- trast in color we have the beautiful Rose Chasselas and the pink and white Frontignans and Muscats, with their superb qualities and flavors, growing bythe tub of the blue-black Alicante of thick skin and coai- i texture, but valuable for its late-keeping quality ; .ml worth more than all the others put together, v.e h l^ the Black Hamburg, combining all the good quahtu s, and easy of culture. Probably in no branch of horticulture is the g.irden- ers' skill more generously rewarded than m Grape- growing under glass. In England it has been an essen- tial feature of horticultural work for more than a cen- tury, resulting in fruit of a finer quality and flavor than that grown in the open air, and very often GRAPE clusters, weighing from 20 to 30 pounds. Started thera as a matter of luxury, it has become of late years a matter of profit, and vineries of large extent have been erected for commercial purposes. Probably this work has been retarded here by the introduction of the many very excellent varieties of our native Grapes, so easily grown in the open air and so constantly improved by hybridizing with the European, and tmdoubtedly this work will yet result in a much closer approach to the standard of European quality. The essential difference between American and Euro- pean kinds is that in the American the pulp separates from the skin, is usually tough and more or less acid, so that it is disagreeable to remove the seeds, while in the European the pulp adheres to the skin, is tender and sweet throughout, and the seeds are easily removed. European Grapes, when well grown, are valuable and agreeable for the use of invalids, and, undoubtedly, in the judgment of the majority of people, surpass in quality any other fruit grown. The subject of Grape cultivation under glass may be divided under several heads, as follows : Tlie Houses; The Border; The Vines; The Fruit. TJie Rouses. — These are mainly of two forms, span- roof and lean-to, with occasional modifications between. Unless one has ample time and a desire to study their construction, it is better to have plans and estimates furnished by professional builders. Span-roof houses are adapted to large places with spacious grounds, and particularly when an ornamental effect is desired. On account of their exposure on all sides, they require very careful attention, especially if used for early forcing of Grapes. Where early work is not desired, or for use without artificial heat, their dis- advantage is not so apparent. Houses without artificial heat, known as cold graperies, were in earlier years in more general use than those with heat, but have about disappeared with the introduction of the modern eco- nomical heating apparatus, and the very great ad- vantage in the use of 'the same, if only to a limited extent. Lean-to houses, on account of their snug construction and protection from northerly or prevailing w luds, are especially desirable for early forcing of Grapes (Figs. 975, 97C). Often a st.-ible or other buil.lm.; ility. tiki "i -r lin-'nii advantage over wood in bcinu' ;i Ih-ii.t . ; ; i i ■ r .i trmperature and the heavy back \v:i II ..' ;i ' , ■ .an be made of great value for tin- jnii i i [il plans of the superstructure ai.' ^Ii - nations. I should present as iiiiii I _- . -ill., Tli frame can be of ir.in : I . .: :, I . a and moisture are tlo- L- i. ,. : i ,. ■■ i^-.n erOUS supply of air ni.-i. r l:n, ..rai.l.- .'.irl;! 'I'll glass should be of good quality, otherwise blisters will burn the foliage and fruit. .Small ventilators covered with wire gauze should be built in the foundation walls and large ones at the upper part of the house. Ventila tion should always be free from a draft or sudden change of temperature. A draft is just as unpleasant to a sensitive vine in a house as it is to a human being and if subjected to it disease is sure to follow, mildew being the first evidence; and yet a generous supply of air is a prime requisite in growing Grapes under glass especially during the ripening period. Previous to that time the lower ventilators should be very carefully used some growers never opening them until the Grapes be gin to color, and the new growth and foliage are some what hardened. More or less air is always admitted around the glass in a very equable manner and thence to the upper ventilators. The modern heating apparatus, consisting of a boiler in an adjacent pit for heatinir watir. with .u-.-nlatiii!, pipes throughout the house, as sln.wii in illustiati.nis ..i Greenhouse, is a very perfect an. I . .-onoini.al supiili./ of heat, and it should be erected bv a jiraeti.al builder A little heat at a critical time will often save a house full of Grapes, and, while it can be dispensed with, its advantages are very material. It is possible to fruit Grapes in benches in pots, re moving the pots when the fruit is past, and using the house for other purposes (Fig. 977). TJie Border.- A good border is of great importance, as no permanent success can be obtained without it, and probably the difference between success and failu often lies here than in any other feature. It is a good i>lan to construct GRAPE 679 i that be soniewha prepared manure, one part old plaster or mortar, and one part of grotmd bone, all to be well composted to- gether, will meet all the requirements. If the subsoil is clay, a foundation of old brick and mortar is very desir- able to insure drainage. The border above this should be from 2 to 3 feet in depth. No trees or shrubs should be permitted to extend their roots into it, a very com- mon cause of trouble, and nothing whatever should be grown on it, although the temptation to try a few melons or some lettuce is often too great to be overcome, and the er Then nil t,ht nbvtl I t of 1 I hi 1 thr gh the follow g two or th ce n o ths It much bettei to store late C rapes in n odem t a] e r m where thev can be kept fresl and j 1 if Iro gh • borders 'vated abov surrounding gr.jund. as better drainage is thus secured, and good drainage is imperative (Fig. 975). The border should fill the house in side and extend outside adjacent to where the vines are planted at least 6 feet when first made, and to thi outside border ad- ditions should be made everv two or thr of fror feet width of 20 feet ^--- is secured. The T border can hard- ly be made too rich, provided the material is well decomposed. A mixture of six parts good loamy turf from an old pasture or piece of new ground, and one part of well lean t Th Ih u foot fr the one oppos te iescr be 1 It ack wall of a ) two or three rt the strong id the others I uds near the ground and when these e t shoot only is selected tor tr n nj rubbed off. As this shoot advances it is tied to the wires, and it may reach the limit of the house by July 1, or perhaps not until September 1, depending on the care, the vigor of the vine, and the border. Once there, the end is pinched and the cane continues to strengthen and increase in size and store up material in the lateral buds until the end of the season, when it is taken down and pruned to one-third its length, laid on the ground and covered from the sun for the winter. Care should be taken that mice do not eat out the buds, as once out they can never be restored. In the spring of the second year, or as soon as it is desired to start the vines, they are tied up again, and the terminal shoot again trained to the top of the house, where it is stopped as before. 680 GRAPE Any fruit appearing on this shoot should be removed. The lateral shoots that start out each way below the ter- minal should be thinned to about 12 or 15 inches apart on each side. This is an important feature, especially if we adopt the spur system of pruning, which we will first consider, for we are now establishing our vine for a long term of years, and it is desirable to hare it sym- metrical with the side shoots, and fruit evenly distrib- uted over its entire length. An example of a well bal- anced vine is given in the illustration of the Muscat Hamburg. A few clusters of fruit may be taken from this part of the vine this second year, and the laterals should be pinched at two eyes beyond the cluster, and as they break pinched again through the season. As soon as the leaves fall, the vines are again taken down for pruning. The terminal should be shortened about one- half and the side shoots cut back to a bud very close to the main stem, when it goes through the winter as before. At the beginning of the third j'ear the terminal again goes to the top of the house without fruit, when it is stopped and the laterals are allowed to bear as be- fore, say not more than one pound of fruit per foot of the main stem. We now have our vine established to the top of the house, and the only pruning in after years is to cut the laterals each year close to the main stem. A bud will nearly always be found in the first one- eighth inch, sometimes several of them. When these start, the strongest is selected and the others rubbed off, unless one is desired for training to the opposite side to fill a vacancy there. When the vines attain full strength, two pounds of fruit per foot of main stem can be grown, but heavy loads require great care. Too heavy a load causes shanking, and then all is lost. The stems of the berries wither and the fruit turns sour be- fore ripening. Rigid pinching of the laterals is very important. Commence at the second joint beyond the cluster, or about 18 inches from the main stem, and pinch thereafter as fast as new shoots break and show a leaf. Pinch early and often. It has been said that a good gardener can carry the summer prunings from a large vinery for an entire season in his vest pocket. Some require a wheelbarrow. At the place where the laterals start, a spur soon forms on the main stem, from GRAPE which the system takes its name. It often becomes several inches in length and quite ungainly. This spur system of pruning is represented in Figs. 978-980. In the other system of pruning, known as the "long rod" or "long cane" system, a new cane is grown up from a bud near the ground every year as often as desired to replace the old one, which is entirely removed. It is often de- sirable to do this. If the vine is well es- tablished, this new cane can be fruited its entire length the first season, the laterals being pinched, as before described. It will produce finer fruit, but it is not as safe with a heavy load as an old cane. An iple supply ^•ater judiciously irly at the time of I absolute neces- applied in the : the period of The spurs pruned and freely starting tli.- \ n[.>. i^ an sity. It Nlii.nl.l ii.it Ill- house, hiiwivir, cUuini; blossoming, as a dry air is advantageous for the transfer of the pollen for fertilization. An important feature is thinning the clusters and establishing the load a vine has to carry. This requires experience and judgment. As a rule, about one-half the clus- ters should be removed —often more— care being taken to balance the load evenly on each side. This should be done as early as the general form of the clusters can be seen, except with the Muscats and other shy setting kinds, when it may be well to wait for the berries to set, as some clusters set perfectly while others fail. Thinning the berries should be attended to promptly, selecting cool days and mornings for this work. Close growing kinds, like Alicante, cannot be commenced on too early after setting, and it is much better to crowd this work than to have it crowd the operator. In many varieties one-third to one-half the berries have to be removed. Experience is the only guide in this. A pr)inted stick is very useful with the vine scissors, and never touchj^ihe clusters with the fingers. Tying up^e shoulders of the clusters is necessary to permit a free' circulation of air and light, otherwise the interior may decay, and, once started, the cluster is soon gone. The principal diseases or troubles to guard against are mildew and red spider. The remedy for the former is sulfur, and for the latter moisture. Mildew is generally brought on by a sudden change of tempera- ture. A vigorous condition of the vine has much to do in resisting it. Red spider will almost always appear in the hot weather of July and August if the vines are allowed to become too dry. Thrips are sometimes very injurious, but can be con- trolled with nicotine, which, if properly applied, will not injun- ilti fniif. Tlirijis and red spider, if not taken in time, n ' t :,. and "an ounce of prevention is wortl. a : i ■ , i ■ in these ca.ses. Perliaji-. of all is a I, work. Thi: and culture requisite 1 The Fruit Varieties. — As said before, very many va- rieties exist, but probably not one-half of these are in .y, the most important requisite >f enthusiasm and love for the sary to insure the continued care the Var adapted to localities, soils, climates, etc. Perhaps 50 have been grown under glass in this country. Of these we will consider a few of the more prominent. The Black Hamburg is more extensively grown and of more value for this purpose than all others put together, because it meets the requirements of the ordi- nary cultivator, and will stand abuse and neglect and still give fair results better than any other kind. It rarely gives very large clusters, but is afree bearer, sets perfectly, will carry heavy loads and matures early. Under better care the appearance and improvement in GRAPE quality is remarkable, anil it can be made as good as the best. It is the variety with which the novice begins. Many houses consist entirely of Black Hamburgs, and many that do not would give far better satisfaction if they did. Muscat of Alexandria is the best of the white varie- ties for general cultivation. It requires a higher tem- perature and longer season than the Black Hamburg to come to perfection, and will keep longer after cutting than that kind. When well grown and ripened it may be taken as a standard of quality. See Fig. 980. Muscat Hamburg is a black Grape, probably a cross between the two above named varieties, and presenting marked characteristics of each. It has beautiful taper- ing clusters of fine qualitj'. Barbarossa is a good variety for those ambitious to grow large clusters, and when well grown is of fine quality. It is a late black Grape, requiring a long season to ripen well, but repays for the trouble by keeping thereafter for a long time. Clusters frequently grow to 8 or 10 pounds in weight, measuring about 24 inches each way, and they have been grown to more than double this weight. Other large-growing varieties are the White Nice and Syrian, tlie latter of which is said to be the kind that the spies found in the land of promise. Clus- ters of 20 to .'{0 pounds weight are common to these two coarse-growing kinds, but their quality is so poor that they are now rarely grown. Grizzly Frontignan is a beautifully mottled pink Grape — quite a deep pink sometimes — and has long, slender clusters. In quality and flavor it is unsurpassed by any other Grape, and it ripens rather early. Royal Muscadine is an early white Grape of fair quality and good habit; frequent in English houses. Gros Colman, a large black Grape of fine quality and a late keeper, is now grown largely for commercial pur- poses in England and sent to this side to supply our wants in this line in spring. The berries frequently measure i]4 inches around, and it therefore requires early and severe thinning. Alicante is a black Grape of very distinct character, seeming to depart somewhat from the vinifera type, very juicy, and of fair quality. It has a very thick skin, and is about the best for long keeping. Lady Downs is another Lite black Grape of good quality, but not adapted to all localities. Rose Chas- selas, a small red Grape, is the earliest and very beauti- ful. Trentham Black, the earliest black Gt-'.pe, has small clusters, but large, soft berries quite like Alicante. GRAPTOPHTLLUM bSl Foster Seedling is a beautiful midseason, amber- colored Grape, with large clusters and berriee some- times liable to crack. Madresfleld Court Muscat is a midseason Grape — fine in quality, but also inclined to crack. This trouble can often be controlled by twisting or slitting the stems of the clusters, thereby checking the flow of sap. Many other popular varieties are described in various works devoted to Grape culture. For other notes on Grapes under glass, see the article on Forcing. j)_ jyj. Dunning. GRAPE-FRUIT. See Cilrtis Decumana and Pomelo. GRAPE HYACINTH. Muxearl hotryoides. GRAPE, SEASIDE. CoccoJohn nvifcra. GRAPTOPHtLLUM (Greek words referring to the variegated foliage). Acant1iclce(^. An oriental genus of about .") species of tender shrubs, one of which is cult. in Thyrsacanthus the Hs. are not so distinctly 2-lipped. Lvs. opposite, entire (in one species spiny-dentate J, often colored: fls. reddish purple, wide gaping, clustered either in a terminal thyrse or in the axils; corolla tube inflated above; upper lip with 2 short recurved lobes; lower lip 3-cut; stamens 2. For culture, see Jiisticia. hort^nse, Nees ( -.] t',. r. :ir. I;ir'_'i- num- bers in gn-it ■ — . ' '■:■ '• I. ::';.! . 1 I i' .1 'I'llO best popilhil >'-''.,! I . - :i . 'I , ' ' .:cs is this: tli^' -• .^ :■■■.' :.^<.u.^ . ■ ■■ -Irs on 2 sides, alternate and 2-raiiked. In niaiving use of this test, care must be taken to select well grown, erect stems. Most sedges have solid stems and most Grasses have hollow stems. To learn to distinguish plants of the Gr:iss iainily is lasy, but to discriminate between spe- known are timo- animals than all other kinds of vc-. i '' M. None of these families ismorewidil> •".•■>■ theearth's surface, or is found in ^i' ■'- '' • ' " " "f climate or diversity of soil. The species are very numerous in tropical regions, where tlie plants are usually scattered, while in a moist, temperate climate, though the species are less numer- ous, tlie number of plants is enormous, often clothing vast areas. Where soil is thin or moisture insufficient, the Grasses grow in bunches more or less isolated. Plants of one section of the family Panicaceae predomi- nate in the tropics and warm temperate regions, while plants of the other section, Poaceae, predominate in tem- perate and cold regions. Overstocking dry grazing districts checks the better Grasses, destroying many of them, and encourages the bitter weeds which multiply and occupv tin- bni.I. A Grass extends its domain by rm.nii.- i t-i.., ks, l,y le-grass, orchard-gr oat-grass, sweet-vi- iigar cane, chess, aiu , rye, oats, rice. of species the Gra- fooil fo seeds the br Rlu nearest stream; the t";i--ti'v.r ;n"i nnt. i--"!- ..i -(wns bury some of them i -i- ,■!.-!..- •■ -•:• ^:.rtli. In case a growing ^t. , : , . ,: . i ' ■ -m, several of the low* t ■ ihe lower side and thu- I' ; 'ni. Each sheath support -,' I i : ■ i i: i' t i.ivrr portion of the intirii. . ■ i ; it also protects the yo : j i ,',.,.;,. i ' iity blades of Grasses siiithIiI- i''.r i '■■!-' ki-'- :i in! l.-x. n > !.>i:L'atp from the lower end, so that when flie tips are cut off the leaves do not cease to elongate, but renew their length. When exposed to sun or dry air, the blades de- velop a thicker epidermis, and, by shrinking of some of the delicate bulliform cells of the upper epidermis, they diminish their surface as they roll their edges in- ward or bring them together, like closing an open book. When the plant is in flower the minute and delicate lodi- GRASS <;ules become disteniieil just in time to spread the glumes and liberate the stamens. Grasses are not so much employed for ornamenting homes as their merits warrant. By selecting, some oan be found suited to every week of the growing season, though many of them are in their prime during June, the month of roses. Wild rice (Zizania) is fine for rich soil in the margins of ponds, and masses of reed grass for deep beds of moist nuu-k. For massing or for bor- ders the following and others are stately: Arundo Do- 984. Staminate spikelet of a Grass Showing two rtorets. one of which (with th IS exp-inde ill empty glumes ** '' paleti Enlarged maize pampas grass Eulalia rib ;«? fn, n 1 Bnlcj ent •! 4s 1 1 etter than the elegai ber of wild Grasses s i I m P ni ira P 1 1 I I itV<- M 1 ma^ be u e I m tl It l U ' ' F 1 paths nothing is moie pie mown lawn Drainage keeps out sedges and encourages the better Grasses; manure and irrigation help the best Grasses to choke and diminish most weeds. Enough has already been done to show that rich rewards are sure for him who patiently and intelligently attempts to improve Grasses for any purpose whatever by selection and crossing. Quack-grass is excellent for holding embank- ments ; Ammophila arcnuria for holding drifting sands. The Grass family furnishes its full quota of weeds, among them quack-grass, crab-grass, chess, June-grass, sand-bur, stink-grass. Turf-forming Grasses are those that spread freely by creeping roots'tocks, such as June-grass, quack-grass, Bermuda-grass, Rhode Island bent and red-top, while most others are more or li-^ Imki'-Iix. Fur northern regions not subject to si-\>r,> ,li .ii-liis. sow Rhode Island bent and June-gra^s ]. .th, i- ' iilirr one alone; for northern regions, wlii<-li wv li.iMi- to suffer from dry weather, sow June-grass and plant Bermuda-grass. These two on the same ground supplement each other in different kinds of weather, securing a green carpet dur- ing every part of each growing season. ^_ j Beal. GRASSES b»a GRASSES, POPULAR NAMES OF. There are few Grasses which hold commanding positions as specimen plants, although the agricultural values of Grasses are transcendent. Some of the commoner vernacular Grass names are given below, with references to the proper genera: Animated Oats, ^ if »io. ArtlHcial G., some- times used for certain forage plants, as sorghum, but also leguminous plants, as clover, lucerne, sainfoin. Awnless Brome 6., liromus inermis. Beach G., Am- mophila arenaria. Bear G., unusual name for Yucca filamriilosa. Beard 6., A ,l,!n'i„„i„i, ; »]^„ rol„/,„„„n JIinixjN In iisis. Bengal G., >■,/./(■;. f llalU-a. Bent G., A'ln.siU. Bermuda G., r„, ,,■;„/„ l>o,i„l,„i. Blue-eyed G., Si>:'ir:i'.-U-,„m. BlueG.,y'."(. Blue Joint G.. I'.ihiw- ,,,,,,,/.. I-., „,,,>, ,,,u. Bog G., Ctn.r. Bristly Fox- tail <;, > '/'"I. Brome G., /.■/"„.„>. Buifalo G., / ■''•■lis. Canada Blue G.. /'■." r.-,m- ,,,. C HI ■ ; V <7 , rinilaris Caii.iri. ,:..,s. Cat-tail G., /'/// ] China G., /.''i/i///. /■,.( nii-.a. Citro- nellaG.. .1 ,„/--./'".;..» Sanlns. Cotton G., i:,inpl,orum. Couch G., Aiir>i,iiriiiii r,i>,,is. Crab G., I.I. nx hie and Piiiurtim xainnniiiil.. Creeping Bent G., .l,ii"sfis stolo- iiifera. Crested Dog's Tail, r,i,n.. •:•,,■„.. cristatus. Deer G.. h'h,:rl„ IV,-./'"''". Dog's Tail G., Oynos- »)-»s. Eel G., lalli.-oi.ri.i spiralis. English Rye G., r.fliiiiii p. nil in . Esparto G., Sli/m li iiacissima. Feather G., Sii/iu peiiuala. Feather Sedge G., Androp- oijiiii sarrliai-niihs. Fescue G., Fishira. Finger-comb G., l'c(\;.i ,iia.riiiia. Ray G., io?- iitm perenne. Red Top G., Aiirnslis ralr/aris. Reed G., Araiiila, Bamhno. Reed Bent G., Cahiuiaf/rostis. Reed Canary G., Phalnris aniii.linar.a . Rescue G., Broiims aiiiah.lih s. Rhodelslaud BentG., .{.imslis can- ina. Ribbon G., Phalaris a raiali aarra . var. rariiijala. Rough BentG., Aqraslis sr.ihra. Houghish Meadow G., Poa trivialis. Rough- Stalked Meadow G., J'^a tnrialis. 13,ye G., Loliam perenne. Sand G., Cala nairilfa lanai- folia. Scurvy G., Cochlearia affl.-inalis. Scutch G.. Capriola Dactylon. Seacoast BentG., .\arostis care- lata. Seneca,6.,ffierochloa lor, alls. Sesame G., 7';-i;)- sacnm. Sheep's Fescue G., Prstara orina. Silk G., Agrostis scahra . Silver Beard G., . I mlropogon argenteus. Sour 6., local name for Ii'ain, .,■ .1 ,■, lasella. Squirrel-tail 6., Hordenni. Star G., <'a llllrlrlir : also locally for Bitpn.ris anil .Ihtrls. Striped G.. Plinlarix arnndin- acia. v:ir. rarnaata. Sweet-scented Vernal G., Aiitlin.r- anthaa ...1 .,;,im„. Tall Meadow Oat G. , .1 1 (•;..<"'//'. '("« elalnis. Tickle G., Aamslis sralira. Tea.r G., Coix Larlr,n,n,-.lni.i. TexasBlueG., Paa ararhnif, ra. Timo- thy, Phhaiii. TuSted Hair G., I).:s.-haii,i,sia easpitosa. V&mWa. G., ni.rarldoa barralls. Viper's G..Scorson- era. White Bent G., .l.//".s^.-- alha. Whitlow G., Draha, especially D. verna a\n\ Sajrifraiia tridartylltes. Wood Meadow G., Poa nemoraiis. Woolly Beard G., Eriantlius. Worm G., Spiqelia ; also Sedum album. Yellow-eyed G., A'liris. Zebra G., Miscanthus Sin- 684 GRASSWORT GRASSWOET. See Cerastkim. GRATiOLA (Latin, grace or favor, from its reputed healing qualities). Scrophulariacece. This genus con- tains an unimportant trailing annual, which grows wild in wet, sandy places from Quebec to Fla., and bears yellow fls.. half an inch long, from June to September. G. aiirea, Muhl., was once offered by collectors. It is a glandular plant, with Ivs. lanceolate, entire or remotely denticulate, and 2 sterile filaments. B.B. 3:162. GBAVfiSIA (after C. L. Graves, who collected in Madagascar). MelastomAcea. Three species of dwarf warmhouse foliage plants, natives of Madagascar, and 985. Asa Gray at 76 years. cult, in a few American conservatories. For culture and for distinctions from allied genera, see Bertolonia, un- der which name most of the varieties are still known. guttata, Triana (5ci(o;ii«m guttclta, 'Roo\l.). Caules- cent, erect: branches obtusely 4-angled: petioles long, densely scurfy-powdery: Ivs membranous, 5-nerved, rotund at base, slightly scurfy above and spotted, under side and calyx scurf y -powdery , cymes terminal, several- fld. Int. 1865, and first described at B.M. 5.524 as B. gut- tata, where the Ivs. are shown with fairly well defined, doiible longitudinal rows of roundish pink dots. F. S. 16:1696 is probably a copy of B.M. 5524. (See, also, Gt. 1865, p. 385. and B.H. 1865, p. 225.) Var. Bupfirba, Hort., I. H. 26:359 (1879) is shown, with more and larger red- dish purple spots, which are less regularly arranged. Var. Le&relle4na (V. Legrelleimi, Van Houtte). An alleged hybrid obtained by Van Houtte and figured in F. 8.23:2407. Coigneus refers this plate to Gravesia guttata, but no fls. are shown, nor have the Ivs. any spots. The nerves are outlined in white, and some of the cross veins for short distances. Var. Alfred Bleu is brilliantly spotted and lined with bright red, the nerves boldly outlined, the cross veins interruptedly outlined. I.H. 41:13 ( li>ll4l. Var. margarlticea, Nichol- son {B. margnrililcn. Hort. W. Bu11=.S't//i;"<7.' mar- garitacea. F.S. 16:1697). See DC. Mon. Phan. 7: 537. GRAY GRAY, ASA (Fig. 985), botanist and naturalist, was born in Paris, Oneida county, N. Y.,Nov. 18, 1810, and died in Cambridge, Mass., Jan. 30, 1888. His father was a tanner. He studied medicine, but never prac- ticed it. He early became interested in botany, and entered into correspondence with Dr. Lewis C. Beck and Dr. John Torrey, both of whom were well known botanists of the time. In 1833, Gray became assistant to Torrey, who held the chair of chemistry and botany in the New York College of Physicians and Surgeons. From this connection dates his serious botanical woi-k. His first book, the "Elements of Botany," appeared in 1836. To the schools, however, he became best known through his "Lessons, "which first appeared in 1857. To the last revision of this book, in 1887, he gave the name "Elements of Botany," thus reviving the title of his maiden effort. The "Botanical Text Book "first appeared in 1842: it went to a sixth edition in 1879. From the first this work was accepted as the highest authority on the subjects which it treated; and it is to-day the model for the formal presentation of morphology and taxonomy. Gray is further known as an author of text- books in the admirable books for youth, "How Plants Grow," 1858, and "How Plants Behave," 1872. Gray's texts at once became standards, and have done more to make botany teachable in the schools than any other American works. They are expressions of the older or topical method of presenting plant subjects, as con- trasted with the newer ideals which first intro- " duce the pupil to biological or life problems. They -', will always be known as having marked an epoch in the teaching of botany in America. Gray was chiefly known for his taxonomic and descriptive work with plants. It fell to his hand to review the North American flora. The western country was largely unknown botanically. The collections of government surveys and of individ- uals went to him for study. His publications on this new Bora are voluminous and critical. He also reviewed the floras of many of the Pacific islands ■ and of Japan. His most ambitious work was the "Synoptical Flora of North America." This great work began to appear in 1838, at which time he was a junior author with Torrey. After having passed lo two volumes, comprising the orders from Ra- iiiiniMilacesB through Compositse, the work was dis- iiiiuued until, in 1878, he published the Gamo- I • i:il:e after Compositae. In 1884, he published the ,- taiiulies from Caprifoliacese through Compositae. The necessity of studying the wealth of new mate- rial resulting from the extension of the national do- main made the completion of the work impossible in the interim. The work is still in progress by Gray's most widely known systematic work is the "Manual of the Botany of the Northern United States," which first appeared in 1848, and which he took through five editions. The sixth edition, from the hand of Sereno Watson, Gray's successor in taxonomic work, appeared in 1889. From the first it has been the stan- dard flora of its region. In 1868, Gray supplemented the manual by the "Field, Forest and Garden Botany," which was designed as an easy introduction to the com- moner wild and cultivated plants. Gray regarded this as his poorest work, yet it met a need and has been deservedly popular, ft has been our most acceptable account of cultivated plants. It lacks the critical spirit of his other works, and the accounts of the cultivated plants were drawn largely from literature, rather than from the plants themselves. Working chiefly with taxo- nomic questions, Gray found little interest in plants which, by domestication, have been made to vary to the confusion of the old specific bounds. Yet it is remark- able how accurately he indicated the species which have been chiefly concerned in the evolution of garden forms, and how comprehensively he covered the field of the domestic flora. A revision of the " Field, Forest and Garden Botany " was made in 1895. In his view of species, Grav accepted the dominant English ideal as held by the Hookers and by Bentham. Species were large conjunctive groups: he tended to make few rather than many. There were indications of a revolt from this point of view in the later years, but GRAY liis per^^ouality unci influence prevented any great defec- tion. At the present time, the pendulum seems to have swung to the opposite extreme. Species are small dis- junctive groups: authors tend to malie many rather than few. It will probably be a decade or more before the species-ideal swiugs back to the middle point, where only a pendulum can rest. Gray was a philosophical naturalist. He was one of the first of the great American naturalists to espouse the main argument of Darwin's "Origin of Species." In this respect he stands in bold contrast to his great colleague Agassiz. Gray's influence was the greater because he was known to be a pronounced theist. He entered the conflict which arose between orgaiiie evolu- tion and theology, and did much to heal the schism. His writings on the evolution controversies were pub- lished in two volumes, "Darwiniana" and "Natural Science and Religion." Gray was a constructive philosopher, as well as a critic. His essay on the "Relations of the Japanese Flora to that of North America," was one of the first masterful attempts to explain the principles of the dis- tribution of species. This essay stands for the folic. wing conceptions: that species have one on, m; tii,: di-ni- the ( rth : the of the north temperate li-i i i i 'i:ir. One who is unfamiliar with the poiin- ,.i i |, -. .1 his time cannot catch the full siguiflcainL- o£ liie^-e cujiclu- sions. Tlicy are now accepted, not challenged. Into philosopliical discussions of cultivated plants he made few excursions, altho\if.-h his paper on the running out of varieties lias become a standard; and in his many reviews he made occasional contributions to this field. Asa Gray was a lovable man. He was gentle, quiet, sweet-tempered; intellectually he was keen and pene- trating. Both by his personality and his teaching, he exerted an incalculable influence on American botany, and. indeed, on American biological science. In Europe he became a representative of what was best in Ameri- can science. Harvard College, in which he held a pro- fessorship from 1842 until his death , became the Mecca of every American botanist. Here he built up the most important herbarium and botanical library in the New World. He was the master of American botany. Gray's writings were voluminous. He was "known as one of the most skilful of American reviewers and bi- ographers. His scattered untechnical writings were republished in two volumes in 1889, by Professor Sar- gent, as the "Scientific Papers of Asa Gray." See the "Letters of Asa Gray," 2 vols., 1893, by his widow, Jane Loring Gray. L. H. B. - GREENHOUSE. In America the word Greenhouse is used generically for any glass building in which plants are grown, with the exception of coldframes and hot- beds. Originally and etymologically, however, it means a house in which plants are kept alive or green: in the Greenhouse plants are placed for winter protection, and it is not expected that they shall grow. The evolution of the true Greenhouse seems to have begun with the idea of a human dwelling house. At first larger win- dows were inserted; and later, a glass roof was added. In early times it was thought best to have living rooms above the Greenhouse, that it might not freeze through the roof. Even as late as 1806, Bernard MeMahon, writing in Philadelphia, felt called upon to combat this idea. The old or original conception of a Greenhouse as a place for protecting and storing plants is practically extinct, at least in America (Fig. 98G). Other types of plant houses are the conservatory (which see), in which plants are kept for display; the forcing-house (see Forcing), in which plants are forced to grow at other times than their normal season; the stove or warmhouse ; the propagating pit. Originally the warmest part of the plant-house, that part in which tropical plants were grown, was heated by a stove made of brick, and the house itself came to be called a stove. This use of the word stove to designate the warmest part or room of the range is universal in England, but in America we prefer the word warmhouse (and this word is used in this Cyclopedia). Originally, hothouse was practically equivalent to stove, but this term is GREENHOUSE 685 little used in this country, and when used it is mostly applied generically in the sense of Greenhouse. It will thus be seen that there is no one word which is properly generic for all glass plant houses. The word glasshouse has been suggested, and it is often used in this work; but there are other glass houses than those used for plants. It seems best, therefore, to use the word Greenhouse for all glass buildings in which plants The long, low Greenhouse range, of the type which we now know in our commercial establishments, probably had a different origin from the high-sided Greenhouse. The glasshouse range appears to have de- veloped from the practice of protecting fruits and other crombie, 178ti). plants against a wall. In European countries, particu- larly in England, it is the practice to train fruits and other plants on stone or brick walls, in order that they may be protected from inclement weather and receive the greater sun heat which is stored up in the masonry. It occurred to Nicholas Facio Duilhier to incline these fruit walls to the horizon so that they would receive the greater part of the incident ravs of the sun at right angles. Ho wrote a book on the subject of "Fruit-Walls Improved," which was published in Euglaud in l(i99. Facio was a mathematician, and he worked out the principle of the inclined walls from mathematical con- siderations. Such walls were actually built, but accord- ing to the testimony of Stephen Switzer, who wrote in 1724, these walls were not more successful than those which stood perpendicularly. Certain of these walls on the grounds of Belvoir Castle, and over which grapes were growing, received the additional protection of glass sash set in front of the inclined walls and over the vines. In addition to this, flues were constructed behind the wall in order that heat might be given. The construction of hollow heated walls was not uncommon in that day. The satisfactory results which followed this experiment induced Switzer to design glass-covered walls. The "glasshouse" which he pictured in the "Practical Fruit-Gardener" (1731) represents a Green- house .SJ^ ft. wide in the clear. Fig. 987. At the back of this house is an inclined heated wall on which the grapes are grown. Three and one-half ft. in front of this, a framework is erected to receive the sash. There are 3 tiers of openings or windows along the front, the two lower ones of which are for window sash, and the upper one is vacant in order to provide for ventilation and to allow space to receive the lower sash when they are lifted up. The whole structure is covered with a roof or coping. Switzer declares that the introduction of these covered, sloping walls "led the world" to the "Improvement of glassing and forcing grapes, which was never done to that Perfection in any Place as it is upon some of the great Slopes of that elevated and noble Situation of Belvoir Cat practically portable. A Greenhouse will showili decay first are those jn. together, for water peneti the wood. This trouble is the frame so that each piece of wood is fastened directly to the iron frame instead of to another piece of wood. Joints between wood and iron do not rot the wood, the latter being preserved by the corrosion of the metal. The curvilinear form of house (Fig. 990) is ornamen- tal and particularly well adapted for conservatories, palm houses and show houses of all kinds. It is pre- ferred for vineries and fruit houses, as the form allows the canes to be supported on the line of the roof with- out a sharp bend at the plate line. The light in a curved house, being admitted at different angles, is better diffused and more natural than when reflected through a long pane of straight glass. The cost of a curved roof is slightly greater in the construction, but the arched frame is stronger and will keep its shape better than a house with straight lines, thus largely compensating for the extra cost. For special purposes and locations, special forms of frames may be used. Good forms of commercial houses are shown in Figs. 991, 992. The latter is the most popular form for the forcing-house. For small Greenhouses and those adapted for the use of amateurs, a frame made chiefly of wood will be found quite satisfactor .---.. to use small iit; cast-iron bra i ■ connected by i latter support \ between the rati gas pipe posts, and ?d method of frami: 1 lii.m 5 to 8 feet apart, with ;iiiil plate; these rafters are 11 cross purlins, and the -:ish bars spaced for glass iilge is usually supported by the rafters are of consider- able length additional supports are placed under their centers, instead of darkening the house by rafters of greater size. In this way the roof can be made as light as the metal construction first described, and will nearly approach it in durability and finish. Details of con- struction of wooden houses are shown in Figs. 993, 994. It is generally admitted that the so-called "sash bar construction " is not the best or lightest method of con- struction, but as the absence of most of the framing reduces its cost so that it is the cheapest to build, it remains a popular method of putting up a commercial Greenhouse. Circulars showing the various methods adopted by the dealers in Greenhouse material can readily be obtained by applying to them. The best wood to use for Greenhouse framework and plant-beds is undoubtedly cypress. In purchasing this lumber care should be taken that only that grown in the states bordering on the Gulf of Mexico be s lected. This will be found of a dark red or brown color, quite soft and easily worked. There is an in- ferior variety of cypress growing farther north, which is light in color, hard and springy, and apt to be shaky. As the latter variety is cheaper than red gulf cypress it is frequent- ly used by those who do not know the difference, to the serious detriment of the work and the loss of reputation of cypress for such purposes. GREENHOUSE In the market there are three grades of cypress lumber, and it is important to know which to select. The best grade is known as "firsts and seconds," and calls for lumber with a small amount of sap on the edges and occasionally a small sound knot. This is the quality which should be ordered for all the framework of the roof, sash-bars, etc. In order to make the ma- terial entirely free from sap there will be a waste in cutting up this quality of from 10 to iiO per cent. The second grade is known to the trade as "selects." This name indicates that it has been graded so that one face of each piece of lumber is of about the same quality as the "firsts and seconds," the other face generally being largely sap. This quality is only fit for outside board- ing in Greenhouse construction; it has too much sap. The cost is usually about five dollars per thousand less than the best grade. As it looks to the inexperienced eye almost the same as the best grade, too much of it finds its way into Greenhouse structures. Such sap lumber will not last more than from two to five years. Too great care cannot be exercised to avoid its use. The third grade of cypress lumber is termed "cutting up," and is so called because it embraces all the pieces which have imperfections, such as large knots, splits, etc., which bar them from the better grades. This is a good quality to purchase for base boards and plant tables, for by cutting out the sap and objectionable knots it will be found satisfactory for these purposes. The "cutting up " grade co.sts about ten dollars less per thousand than the "firsts and seconds." The percentage of waste in cutting up will be somewhat greater than in the other grades. Cypress lumber which has been in use for gutters, sash-bars, plates, etc., in Greenhouses where high tem- peratures have been maintained is still, after many years, apparently in as good condition as when first used. Owing to the porous texture of the wood, the paint, when applied, sinks in and does not make as fine a coat as on some other woods, but because of this fact the paint adheres to the wood better and lasts longer. Glazing and Painting. — OrdiuRTj sheet or window glass is in general use for greenhouse glazing. It is better to use only the thickness known to the trade as "double thick." This weighs from 24 to 26 ounces per square foot. The thickness known to the trade as "single thick" weighs only about 16 ounces to the square foot, and is entirely too frail for the purpose. There is very little difference at present in the quality of the imported French or Belgian and the American lan Rose- or Carnation-hou Cast-iron piping. GREENHOUSE glass. The weight of most of the glass of American luanufaeturi- is ali,,iit LI "\iiices greater per foot than the iniportf.l. ami tlnr.l.ire proportionately stronger. This greater Ntriii:;tli is ,.( considerable importance in the adilitiiiiial s,M-iiriiy which it affords from damage caused by that enemy of the florists, the hail storm. There is a great difference in the quality of the glass ma inches, and lengths vary from 16 to 24 inches. A favorite size is 16 by 24 inches. This is about as large as it is practical to use double thick glass, and makes a roof with comparatively few laps. It is not safe to purchase fourth quality of glass or the so-called "Greenhouse glass" frequently offered by window glass dealers, as both of the grades contain the culls and lights only fit to glaze cheap sash for market gardeners, and is of doubtful economy even for tliis purpose. Rough plate or ribbed glass is not adapted for a Greenhouse roof. It not only obscures the light, but is so brittle that the breakage is greater than witli the double thick sheet-glass. It is also very difficult to set it so as to make a tiglit roof on account of the un- even lines of the ribbing. Recently a few conservatories have been glazed with thick, polished plate-glass. maU ing very handsome roofs, but rather expensive. To set glass properly in a Greenhouse root, it shoulil be bedded in the best putty on wood sash bars and lapped at the joints. The bars should be spaced accu- rately, so that the glass will tit the rahbets with not over one-sixteenth of an inch allowance, and the panes of glass should lap each other not more than from one- eighth to one-quarter of an inch. Zinc shoe nails fasten the glass best, using from 4 to (> to each pane, accord- ing to the size of the light. No putty should be used on the outside of the glass. A comparatively new system of glazing has been adopted by some florists, in which no putty is used, but the glass is placed directly on the rahbets of the bars and the ends of the panes are butted together and held in place by wood caps fastened to the sash bars. This system does not niakf a tight roof, allowing considerable water to enter the house through the joints, nor does it provide any means of escape for the condensed water from the under side of the glass, which is a very serious objection. In ordinary glazing, where each light laps over the one below, the condensed water passes through the joints to the outside, forming a perfect remedy for this trouble. The difference in the cost is very slight, if anything, provided the work is equally well done, as the value of the putty omitted is fully offset by the extra cost of the caps. The painting of a Greenhouse roof is a. very important part of the work. Owing to the extremes of heat, cold, dryness and moisture to which it is exposed, the conditions are decidedly different from ordinary buildings. Three-coat work is the best. The priming coat on the wood work should be mostly oil, and. as far as possi- ble, the material should be dipped into a tank of paint. Iron and steel framing material should be primed with a metallic paint. The priming coat should be applied before the material is exposed to the weather. The material of the second and finishing coats should be pure lin- seed oil and white lead. Experience has shown that this material is the best for this work. The color should be white, or a light tint of any desired shade may be used, but no heavy color should be adopted which requires coloring matter in place of the lead in the mixing. Each coat should be applied thin and well rubbed out. While the appearance may not be quite as fine when tln^ wor-k is first iM.,iiiit of fire surface in the boik-r. in; in n. - .. iili ilio size of the boiler and the efficifii' \ iiliiir liri -iiiriLcu. lu small hot water boilers, with M ly . iii.iiM lire surface, the ratio between the two is 1 ii'iiiiriii [y as small as 1 to 15, while in larger boilers it is nth ii as great as 1 to 35, and even more where hard coal is used and the boilers have constant attendance. For small Greenhouses it is desirable to have the grate sufiiciently large to permit of leaving the fire without attention for eight to ten hours in the se- verest weather, while for a large range of houses it is custo a to e pi \ n ht fi e n n and a (,rate nuch mailer \ the cap of r d about I lent t that 1 m 11 of med d t I lers f t fire surface I feet of rad as 1 ot water 1 1 r of the 000 lu e al o e figure Ian e dur ng an allowance 1 o ler s re e th t ould have them 1 1 the ent re h 11 hllelw tl the e bo lers w 11 1 e 1 eii 1 an 1 f p operly are 1 f r w 11 1 u a 1 1 11 Dur ng tl e p t few y a a lar e u nbe of o 1 1 o lers 1 e been con tr t 1 f r hot w te heat ng These bo ler a e gen rally fron 4 to 6 feet long and are r 1 h a 1 nat 1 00 cu umbers an 1 I Bo I s —Whether heat n" th 1 t b I feet of ra 1 esp 11 n 1 ed When o ly one 1 o ler u 1 t n ght e ult in the loss of all the plants m the house if any accident should happen to it in severe weather, while if mak ng the 1 o ler the p pe a e t of he des red length, usuall> of 5 or 6 feet, and the ends are con nected either by return bends or by manifolds, so as to 692 GREENHOUSE form a number of vertical coils, each containing from six to ten pipes. Tlie upper ends of the manifolds are joined at the front end of the heater and connect with a flow pipe, while the lower ends of the rear manifolds are joined to the returns. As a rule, the grate is of the same width as the coil, and from one-half to two-thirds as long. Although a box coil is much cheaper than a cast-iron heater, when we add to its cost the expense for grate, doors and other fittings, and of bricking it in, the amount saved will not be large, especially as the coil 999. Flow and supply pipe for under-bench flows. toilers are, as a rule, not more than one-half as lasting »3 cast-iron boilers, most of which are complete and re- quire no brick work or trimiiMii-^. Mot (Foier jPi'pinjr. — Moil. I n \,.,\ v,:.iir heating sys- tems do not differ partimlirly ir <1 i>iiM s are required to afford til- I,.-. . -iir;, .-.mI, ,■! .1,, [ ..n,:. ily 4-inch cast- iron pi I" ... I . .i i:; ! : I I , :i ..I ' . t . iidiouses, but asthej-i: ; ! . ,! . .. iM at or iron fil- ings, till I . i i.iiig, and it is much 111" I '. 1 . . ■! 1 .11 .i repairs than when -111. ' rrwjoints are used. < I 1 . r in the pipes, the circ'iii ;' 1 ), . i. .,.i.. ..i_^. h, and it is not <'.-isv til -' .1. :li. lij-li I., iii|,.,r;inu-u 111 the water that i!m iI i>v^ .h . ill. -ad, as is often desirable. Will II till tl.iw pipes supply a number of houses, or if the heater is at some distance from the Greenhouse to be warmed, it is best to start from the boiler with one large pipe, or with two pipes leading out from different sides of the boiler, rather than to carry independent pipes to each house. If there are several houses to be heated, it is advisable to have the heater located at the north end or side of the houses, as near the center as possible, and carry the flow pipe along the ends of the houses just over the doors, although, if necessary, they may be beneath the level of the doorways. From this main pipe one or more supply pipes can lead into each of the houses. The size of the main feed pipe, as well as of the branch pipes, should be in proportion to the amount of radiation that they supply; and, in determin- ing the amount that can be handled by pipes of different sizes, it is advisable to use somewhat larger supply pipes when all of the radiation, both flow and return, is under the benches than when the flow pipes at least are overhead. A similar allowance should be made when the boiler is partly above the level of the returns, as compared with a system in which the radiating pipes are a number of feet above the top of the boiler, since in the latter case a much smaller supply pipe will sufiice. In a general way, the following sizes can be used as sup- ply pipes: I^-inch pipes for 75 to 100 square feet of radiation; 2-inch pipes for 1.50 to 200 square feet; 2K- inch for 250 to 350; 3-ineh for 400 to «00; 3K-inch for COO to 800; 4-inch for 1,000 to 1,200; and 5-inch for 1,500 to 2,000 square feet of radiation. The supply pipes should, if possible, rise vertically from the heater to a point higher than the highest point in the system and then should have a slight fall, say 1 inch in 20 feet, so that there will be no opportunity for the pocketing of air in the pipes. It will, however, make but little dif- GREENHOUSE fi-iiiiii- uIm 111. r ihe pipes run up-hill or are given a .sli;^lit .liiwiiwaiil sl.j|ie. and the former arrangement may l)t.' ti-'il wlii-if it wiii lii/st suit the conditions. Incase thi- |ii|H'.s an- .at 11. li iinili-r the benches, and it is im- po>sil.l.- 1" viiik 111.- I..iil.rs much below the level of the I-. Ill-, i' will I,.- \\.\\ ii. 1 1 II \ .■ the flow pipe run vertically tniiM 111. 1.1 li' 1 : . .1 M. 1 1,1 1 if 8 or 10 feet (Fig. 999), and till 1 ' ' iitally along the ends of the lim. [ily pipes for each and drop- I'iii- nil- 1(11 M- . 1 1 ..f the benches. li 1- ...lull il.-.-.iiaMK- I... have some or all of the flow pipes overhead, as this will greatly improve the circula- tion and will aid in preventing cold drafts of air upon the plants. Some make use of a single large flow pipe in each house. This is located upon the [losts. a f.n.t or so beneath tin- iI.Il;.-. ami .■arri.-s tin- wat.T t.. 1 h.- farthc-r end of the I -.■, V'.L. r.. I.ianrli pipi^ .■.mnril wiili tin- coils, but u liitli r .!i-tn!.iiti..ii ..1 t li.. Iir.it .an l.r >. .iir.al are used. These can be upon the ridge and purlin posts, and it is often desirable to have one upon each of the wall plates. The number and size of these flow pipes will depend upon the width of the houses and the size of the coils that they supply. The ammiiit of radiating surface in the flow pipe itself should \\\>i-. While either hard or soft coal may be used, the best results will be secured with 3- or 4-foot lengths of hard wood. Where the temperature does not drop more than 10 or 12° below zero, a temperature of 40° may be maintained in 1002. Rose house, 150 x 20 ft., piped for water. The coils should, of course, run down hill, but if overhead supply pipes are not used the connection may be made at the end of the house nearest the boiler and the return pipe may be placed underneath the coil. In order to prevent the water from backing up in the coils it is desirable that they should be at least 18 or 20 inches above the level of the water in the boiler, while 3 or 4 feet would be even better. There should be an automatic air valve at the lower end of each coil, and, in order to regulate the amount of steam, a shut-off valve should be placed in both flow and return pipes. Unless there are several coils in each house it will always be well to have valves upon a number of the pipes in the coils, so that all but one or two can be cut ofl' if desired. To prevent the water from being forced out from the boiler when the steam is turned into the houses, there should be a check valve in the return pipe near the heater. The amount of radiation which will he required to se- cure any desired temperature will v.iry t.. -...me extent with the amount of pressure tli:il i- larrjnl in the boiler, but, as a rule, this is not more tliaii li\ . |...iiii.|v. no. I .if ten no pressure at all is used. It will ..r.liiiarily he best to have the radiation sufficient to furnish the "temperature desired in ordinarily cold weather without carrying any pressure, and then by raising the pressure to from five to ten pounds secure the heat that is needed during cold waves. In determining the amount of radiation for a steam- heated house, 1 square foot of pipe will answer for 9 square feet of glass, when 40° is desired, and for 7, 5 and a house 20 feet wide with one circuit of 12-inch sewer pipe. Care sh..nl.l b.- taken that the flue in no place is in contact witli w ...i.Iw..ik, and that there is a gradual rise in the ilu. fi-. .nj ili.. |..iint where it leaves the fur- nace to wh. !.■ It . iit.r. the chimney. l. H. Taft. Greenhouse Management. — Persons usually learn to grow plant-, iiii.lir i;his-i by rule of thumb. Such knowl- edge is alway-. es-;eiitial. tnit better and quicker results are obtaiui-.l if tin. h living truths or principles are learned ;it ttn v;nii.- titm-. Even if no better results in plant-growiii- " ■ i. t.i I btained, the learning of prin- ciples coul.l ii.\ . r .1.. hanii, and it adds immensely to the intellectiKil sati^la.-ti.ui in the work. There is no Ameri- can writing which essays to expound the principles of Greenhouse management, although there are excellent manuals giving direct advice for the growing of various classes of plants. The best single recent American book in this line is Taft's "Greenhouse Management," which brings together in one volume concise directions for the growing of the leading kinds of Greenhouse subjects. There are two kinds of principles to appre- hend in Greenhouse management,— those relating to the management of the plants themselves, and those dealing primarily with the management of the house. The first principle to be apprehended in the growing of plants under glass is this : Each plant has its ou-n season of bloom. Every good gardener knows the times and seasons of his plants as he knows his alphabet, without knowing that he knows. Yet there are many failures because of lack of this knowledge, particularly GREENHOUSE among amateurs. The housewife is always asking how to make her wax-plant bloom, without knowing that it would bloom if she would let it alone in winter and let it grow in spring and summer. What we try to accom- plish by means of fertilizers, forcing and other special practices may often be accomplished almost without effort if we know the natural season of the plant. Nearly all Greenhouse plants are grown on this principle. We give them conditions as nearly normal to them as ] sible W e endeavor to accommodate our condition; the pi mt n t o u 1 1 mt to tl p con 1 ti ns There I young man has served in apprenticeship or his taken I course in an agricultural college without learning this gieit not pi gree plant I V prenti I lit Azaleas t i i fU i n 1 th lik it I il 1 1 ive eood flowers That is the plant should have completed one cycle of its life bef re it begins another From imma tare and sappv woc-d only poor bloom mny be expected This IS tiue to a large degree even in herbaceous plants The vegetatne stage oi cvcle may be male shorter or longer b\ smaller or laiger pots but the stage of ranid growth must be well passe 1 Irfcre the best "' wanted Fertilizer api 1 1 ' GREENHOUSE 695 thick rhizomes always signify that the plant was obliged, in its native haunts, to carry itself over an unpropitious season, and that a rest is very necessary, if not abso- lutely essenti;il. uuder domestication. Instinctively; we let bulbous plants rest. They usually rest in our winter and bloom in our spring and summer, Imt some of them — of which the Cape bulbs Nerines, are pies summer and bloom duction of tlo V the production ter the plant in toryitwill 1 Clo el 1 \m11 go to the pro It time It will go to [ he stronger and bet the more satisfac ri I I I III of the plant > c I suggestion of II ,ij / II I e likely to thy the I 1 T r r tnves to imitite \1 be the n lition a t temppn^ light under which the i We have 0 ir tropi U tcm) i it must be remembcre 1 tli t I plant s native place does not jl precise nature of that place i Tl may grow in some unusual site or e\i wilds In a general waj we evpc t in" fr m the \mazon needs a hothc i pot to pot until the plant reach he allows the roots to be confi into bloom 0\ er pottin i a bloon n I ' Tl e up h t of all this is that the habitat an 1 the m, gne the hint with this beginning woik out the Fx " xamples are m nv in which culti e t ■ tnenby 1 1 1 lire Be i Ih sup t results 1 1 mistake ( entral and regarded in the ^use It IS a Cape f New England be detei mined foi , / , le> tesulH and II II 1 e nhfnrod ftom C lit /!, II f 1 Of, pes sity, most Gr 1 grown from c it majority of ca 1 for cuttings is tl 1 In woody plant II 1 thers the cutt 1 1 plants have been forced to cease their activities because of cold or dry. These habits are so fixed that the plants must be humored when they are grown under glass. Some plants have no suoh definite seasons, and will grow more or less continuously, but these are the exceptions. Others may rest at almost anv time of the year; butmost plants have a definite season, and this season must be learned. In general, experience is the only guide as to whether a plant needs rest; but bulbs and tubers and J I I H herbaceous i- terial is stems win li ha\ t i egun to harden Now and then better results are secured from seeds even with peiennials as in Grevillea and Inipatiens Sultani. Coming, now, to some of the principles which underlie the proper management of the bouse, it may be said, first of all, that the grower should attempt to imitate a. natural day. There should be the full complement of continuous sunlight ; there should be periodicity in temperature. From the lowest temperature before dawn, there should be a gradual rise to midday or later. 696 GREENHOUSE As a rule, the night temperature should be 10-15° Fahr. below the maximum day temperature in tlie shade. A high niglit temperature malies the v' 'iit< ~^>f^ :>\\'] t<-nds to bring them to maturity too eail '• .v.alj stems and flabby flowers. The i^ . :muiIi1 change gradually: violent fluctuiiliMi ,,, ; , -,„,d results, particularly to plants which aiu^i'.M.ii aL :i liigh temperature. In Greenhouse cultivation, every plant is to receive in- dividual care. In the field, the crop is the unit: there we deal with plants in the aggregate. In the Green- house, each plant is to be saved and to receive special care: upon this success depends. There should be no vacant places on the Greenhouse bench; room is too 1005 Range of modern commercial Greenhouses valuable \11 thi^ means that every care should be taken to so arrange the house that every plant will have a chance to develop to its utmost perfection Pitient hand labor pays with Greenhouse plants. The work can- not be done by tools or by proxy. Therefore, the gar- dener becomes skilful. Every caution should be taken to prevent the plants from becoming diseased or from being attacked by in- sects. The greater part of insect and fungous troubles in the Greenhouse are the result of carelessness or of mistakes in the growing of the plants. Determine what diseases or pests are likely to attack any plant; dis- cover under what conditions these diseases or pests are likely to thrive: then see that those conditions do not arise. Keep the house sweet and clean. Destroy the af- fected parts whenever practicable. Then if trouble come, apply the fungicide or the insecticide. Remember that the very protection which is given the plants, in the way of equable conditions, also protects their enemies: there- fore, it is better to count on not having the difficulties than on curing them. If diseases or pests have been troublesome, make a complete change of soil or stock before the next season, if practicable. At least once every year there is an opportunity to rid the place of pests. Many gardeners carry their troubles year by year by trying to fight them, when they might succeed by trying to avoid them. 2'he higher the temperature and the more rapid the growth, the greater the care necessary to insure good re- sults. Plants grown under such conditions are soft and juicy. They are easily injured by every untoward cir- cumstance, particularly by drafts of cold air. Let a draft of cold air fall on cucumbers or rapid-growing roses, and mildew will result in spite of Bordeaux mix- ture and brimstone. In dark weather, grow the plants slow. If given too much heat or too much water, they become soft and flabby, and fall prey to mildew, green fly and other dis- orders. A stocky plant is always desirable, but particu- larly in the dull weather and short days of midwinter: at that time, take extra precautions in "the management of the house. Watering plants under glass requires more judgment than any other single operation. Apply water when the plants need it, is a gardener's rule, but it is difficult to apply because one may not know when they need it. Yet, if the gardener will put the emphasis on the word need he will at least be cautioned; novices often apply the advice as if it read. Apply water when the plants will stand it. Water thoroughly at each application. Mere dribbling may do more harm than good. Many people water too frequently but not enough. Remember that in benches evaporation takes place from both top GREENS and bottom of the soil ; and in pots it takes place from all sides. Water on a rising temperature. This advice is particularly applicable to warmhouse stuff. Watering is a cooling process. The foliage should not go into the night u'et, particularly if the plant is soft-growing or is a warmhouse subject. Water sparingly or not at all when f (v//"'r"/'">' /s- sJiqht, as in dull weather. In ili 1 .1. . iilii.ii,,' work, see that the soil is thoroughly cn,,1 States is probably nearly 200 tons— about in car loaiN. The materials now us.-.l. nnntiomil in something like their order of commercial importance, are holly, lyco- podium (also known as bouquet green, ground pine, club moss, etc.), mistletoe, laurel, and cedar clippings. Other articles of similar utility are wild smilax, hardy ferns, needle pines, outdoor palm leaves, Florida moss, galax leaves and leucothoe sprays : these all come from the South. Lycopodium is one of the oldest and commonest of decorative materials. During seasons of long con- tinued "Indian summer," a surplus is frequently gath- ered by careless pickers and dumped on the market. The choicest picked stock being obtainable only through the regular and well established trade channels, such sources are usually the only ones in case of early snow storms, which prevent the gathering of it. Choice stock from eastern Vermont, northern New York and Pennsylvania has been usually handled in large sugar barrels, tied in carefully arranged bunches, weighing perhaps one-half to one pound each. These bunches are packed in the barrels in layers, with roots toward the center. The quantity is always limited and the price 25 to 35 per cent higher than the Wisconsin and Michi- gan stock. Lycopodium, as handled in the West, comes almost entirely from northern Wisconsin, and is gath- ered from the north end of Lake Michigan, in the vi- GREENS ciuity of Sturgeon Bay, west nearly to St. Paul. The green belt in that state autuially moves northward as the country becomes settled and as the woods and swamps are depleted. This plant seems to thrive best in moist, shaded localities, and when plucked out by the roots as is done when g-ithei nf, is not re[ Uce 1 bj new growth of Its kind More o\ en situations nd drier gro md produce lycopodiumof a lighter and jellowish olor and consequently of less de orati\e\ilue Indians [ k the best green but aie unrel al le when exact date GREVILLEA bU / impossible herbs, are often impressed into the service. The really good Pot-herbs are comparatively few, how- ever. Probably the best are dandelion, spinach, mustard (various species), endive, chard, beet-top and kale. The following plants have been more or less used as Pot herbs Buck 1 PI Pin tajo Coro o; us The m tie met 01 s n IS perhai S The use of hoU a erj mill beg n hfteen year Lnt I o tp t from \\ 1 Che 1 CI 1 Chine e V u Chnese Artel Ch nese Cabb 1 1 11 Ch nei,e Cibl 11 W 1 Chinese Al t 1 1 J the Chve 1 I by tre ire and Corn s IS hipped in w black man ght Engh h holh has o ct i Ln ted States anl nto C ommer lallj Theea t ru 1 n Ian I Fiance 1 ought r es ire much la ger than tl i 1 ith grows chiefly m Tei 1 e\as and ^fe v Mex co It f alout 11 pounds an 1 1 oird otten cau e the 1 of \ uer n gro\\ I is r> 1 al le to 1 f Ce 1 r cl ppings 1 1} daik \\ 1 1 t 1 t exceed 4o° P If howe\ ei frozen hoUj 11111 express cars the foliage may tun but I otl are de red tl I I eatl Lam el t ill 1 \ u ed 1 ea tern t te lias in light case i Uj m three size is 1 txpie mostly fr n \1 bama and Georgia al le to iniury b> frecz ,, as m stletoe but is iged if allowed to thaw out giadually before from the case. About $10,000 worth is used are largely gathered in Massachusetts and Michigan. Among the newest and most artistic materials for Christmas decoration are galas leaves and leucothoe sprays, which are here figured and are elsewhere fully described. Galax grows in the mountains from North Carolina to Georgia, and nowhere else in the world. For further particulars concerning this industry, see American Florist 14:598-600 (1898). For the artistic side of Christmas decoration, see illustrated articles by F. Schuyler Mathews in American Florist 8:484 and ^■■i93. J. c. Vaughan. GREENS, EDIBLE, or POT-HEKBS. This term Greens is generally applied in America to any Pot-herb, that is to say, to any green herbage which is cooked and served separately from the other principal and secon- dary dishes of a square meal. The term Greens is usu- ally used for the mess of cookery which is brought to the table. It is not so often applied to the plants grow- ing in the garden. In the garden, perhaps, they are herbs — Pot-herbs — though this terra is not so much em- ployed as it conveniently might be. Greens are served early in the spring, when the appetite craves anything whii'h tastes like out-of-doors. All sorts of plants are used as Pot-herbs. Almost any- thing which shows a succulent growth in the spring is likely to be tried by somebody. Turnip tops, potato leaves, pig-weeds, purslane, and many other apparently md prmcox 'mi Ch lense Lepidlum Senebiera pmnatiHda, psis pentaphylla. p c es several months of the year. The seeds are copiously produced and germinate readily. Rate of growth in Victoria, 20-30 ft. in 20 years. In Ceylon it attained a stem-circumference of 5 ft. in 8 years." In California and S. Fla. it is a valuable lawn tree. When grown in the open, it will stand some frost. As a glasshouse plant it is grown almost wholly from seeds, and is used in its young state ; as the plant becomes old, it loses its leaves and becomes ragged below. It thrives in the tem- perature suited to geraniums or roses, and it stands much hard usage and neglect. It is popular as a window subject. Best results with Grevillea are usually secured by raising a fresh stock every year, from seed sown late in winter or in spring. The foil.. win- vluUr ..,■ spring they will be in 4-C-in. pots, and will }■•■ in tin '<<■ j.rime. The young plants need frequent rr|iMif j;.- ii 1 p them in good condition. Grevillea r«hi,:.i,: li;i, .^.m.- to be ppnorally known as a florists' plant withm the past ten vriir^. '\,\~. twice-pinnatifid, the ultimate divi>ii'ii-i i,.iir,,\v :in'l pointed and sometimes lobed, pubes.-c nt. i;..M. :;i,-l. A.G. 14:115. A.P. 4:413.-In the W.-t llldiu^ ill!' plant is much grown, and it is often triiiiino'l to desired .shape. In exposed places the foliage be- comes golden in cast. There are no other Orevilleas in the Amer. trade, but follow- Cunn. \'.\["''l--- '• '-, s'.- -M. 'VI •<• .■■':.:i!:.. var! Lindl,' !■ -I - "■: '■ M ■-: ' - ': i' v ■:" '. .unniUf- era, M'h I " I . ■ " ., i: 'ii . • M.-s<-ens, R.Br.i. I- ••! .1- . ' • • ' ■ - ■ r. ■. v:". R.H. 5919- 26:4(;!l G.C. 11 . ■ ' ' ■.,-.. \l \'v. I, .i.i>.: . ': !■.' !■■ \I._:i798. Hneg. I; II I----' i '■ L. H.B. GEfiWIA iNMiriiiiah Grew, of Coventry, 1628-82, author lif a \v..rk i.n anatomy of plants). Tilidcetn. This ini-ludes two little known plants slightly cult, in S. Fla. A getuis of about ('ill species of trees and shrubs in the warmer parts of the Qld World, often having GRIFFINIA stellate pubescence : Ivs. entire or serrate, 3-7-nerved • fls. yellow or rarely purple, in axillary, few-fid. cymes or terminal panicles ; petals 5, with pits or glands inside at the base ; stamens indefinite : drupe 1-i-stoned. G. C&ffra, Meissn., from Natal, was int. by Reasoner Bros, in 1891. A bushy plant, Vith pink star-shaped fls. borne during most of the year. G. denticulElta, Wall., from India, was never described. Under this name Reasoner cultivates a plant "resembling a mulberry in growth, which bears enormous quantities of acid drupes, about the size of cranberries; used for pickling." GRfiYIA (after Sir George Grey, once Governor of Cape Colony). Sapindctceai. A monotypio genus, con- taining a small tree from Natal, which bears large pikes of pendulous, 5-petaled, scarlet fls., ad is cult, outdour- m >. i ihi. and abroad under glass in manx I . :m:',-. In R.H. 1894:252 the plant is shown : - : iih a spike 6 in. long and 2-3 in. wide, cmih ;ni,iii:; |.r..lolily over 100 tls.,each three-fourths of an in.-b a.-n.ss. In France this flowered from the end of autumn throughout the winter. The long-exserted stamens with reddish pur- ple anthers make a striking feature. The structure of the fls. is so peculiar that Harvey referred the genus doubtfully to the saxifrage family. In European green- bouses Greyia is a shrub requiring full sunlight, thorough ripening of the wood and a season of rest before llowering. In Natal it flowers in August or Sep- temlKT, which is early spring there. Europeans recom- nicnd a sandy loam. Prop, by seeds or by cuttings from half-ripened wood. Siitherlandi, Hook. & Haw. Small tree, with thick, naked branches : Ivs. clustered at the ends of the branches, 2-3 in. long, orbicular, ovate or oblong, deeply cordate at base, toothed ; petiole 9-12 lines long ; disk cup-shaped, with 10 marginal teeth, each crowned by a peltate gland ; stamens 10 : ovary laterally 5-lobed, 5- celled ; ovules numerous, in 2 series in the inner angle of the cells: fr. capsular, 5-valved : seeds albuminous B.M. 6040. R.H. 1894:252. G.C. II. 19:625. .T.H. III. 30:101. GEIFFtNIA (after William Griifin, who brought these plants from Brazil). Amarylliddcets. Seven species of Brazilian bulbs, with distinct foliage and fls. about 2% in. across, which are more or less tinged with lilac or rose. Like many other genera of the amaryllis family, bulbs of flowering size are too costly for gen- eral use. Lvs. usually petioled, and with a very broad blade : perianth tube none or very short ; the 3 lower segments narrower than the upper : ovary 3-celled : stigma capitate, rarely 3-fld: imibel 6-15-fld. Griflinia is distinsruisheil from many other genera by its 2 ovules, wl,,-l,".ir.' 1i,l:,1 and collateral. See Bal,. i-, .\,u:„■^]\]■h■:^^. \ . ■■ . iii^ to be no record, ^l - ■ i .ri- I •■■ ■ line bulbs, the foil.. V : ■ v]..'- ■ in.m W.Watson's aiih- ■ .n I i- '...i.l.-n .'...,; ': . ■ inias are called stuvc piai.i^. Jlny i i 'i ole as long as the blade : scape 1-J 1 1 i : N segments. B.R. 2:1(>3 (as Amarijlh- !<:r" "'/../ci. Upper segments tinged blue, lower ones nearly white). J.H. III. :il::r/l. Var. mAxima, Gn. 50, p. 209, is prob- ably the best garden form. Called "Blue Amaryllis" in some catalogues. AA. Stigma distincihj 3-cut. Blumenivia, K. Koch & Bouche. Bulb ovoid : Ivs. 4-5 in. long, cuneately narrowed to a petiole, shorter than the blade: scape 6-8 in. long: pedicels % in. long: stamens as long as the perianth. B.M. 5666 (veins rose- colored). R.H. 1867:32. Gn. 50:1083 (veined and flushed with rose). GRINDfiLIA irr.if, ITi-i-..M>.iii,- i i;.fKii,M gmi repeiis. Groundnut, ^;)Jos and Panax; also Old World name for peanut or goober {Arac.his}. Ground Pine, Li)Copodium. Ground Pink, Phlox suhulala. GROUNDSEL. See .s',»,c/(.. Groundsel Tree. Bac- GRUMICHAMA. Eugenia Srasiliensis. GRUMlLEA. All referred to PsycJwtria. GUAtACUM (native West Indian name). Zuijoplnil- lAceie. Guaiacum is kept in every good dni- -. and the tree which produces the resin used in nntUrin.- ha-; a hard, heavy wood, used for blocks and pulli> ». i iilir>. etc. It is cult, to a very slight extent in S. Calif, and in tropical Fla. for ornamental value. The genus has 8-10 species of trees or shrubs, mostly tropical Ameri- can, and all have hard wood and abundant resin : Ivs. opposite, abruptly pinnate, leathery : Ifts. 2-14, entire: peduncles borne" in pairs between the deciduous stip- ules, 1-fld.: fls. blue or purple: sepals 4-5, deciduous, unequal ; petals 4-5, broadly obovate ; stamens 8-10, inserted in the short, inconspicuous disk. oHicin&le, Linn. Middle-sized or low tree, inhabiting arid plains from the Fla. keys to Venezuela. Lfts. in pairs, evergreen, a quarter to half an inch long. the calle which is the common one. The 2 species de- scribed below have roots that are perennial and short- lived, but sometimes annual. These plants are also wholly glabrous, and have firm or rigid leaves. Grindelias are of the easiest culture, and are prop, by division, cuttings or seed. G. squarrosa is hardy in the East: a. robusta is sold in Calif. They are best for wild places and trying situations. J. W. Manning says tluit G. sqiiarroxa grows freely in all soils. J. W. Keller writes tliat it .Iih^ Im^i in a light, open, moder- ately rich soil. Ill Calil'iriii.i ii i^ ronimon on dry hills. According to .John S. Wri - lit , KmiIi -pecies grow in salt marshes and on alk:ilin«- soil, ln-ing indiscriminately gathered for medicinal purposes. The extract is also tonic and sedative, and is used in asthma. The rays are numerous, sometimes 30, about i4 in. long. squarrdsa, Duual. Shrubby, branched from base, 1-2 ft. high : outer akenes usually squarelv truncate and even at summit B.M. 1706. robusta, Xutt. Gum-Plant. Herbaceous: Ivs. larger and more rigid: akenes all, orsomeouterones, 1-toothed or bordered at the summit. Fls. throughout the Califor- nian winter. Collected stock is offered. -^V. M. GUAM, ISLAND OF. See Ladroncs. ond year tmni s winter passes ^^ considerable aim . tin 7^ the >i-. Il.i ( .iiikj and the Chi- at I I 1 1 in Florida; \i hen dormant they ,11- ,11 nras low as 22° F. The foliage of t nrnamental, being a rich, glossy 1, II >i iiiilil . ill it ot Camellia Japonica. e (iuava is most readily propagated from seed, but ite variable, hybridizing so easily that to secure a ,iu fine variety recourse must be had to grafting or GRISELiNIA (after Fn list, middle of eight.ciitli. -•onu-li-eir:. This inrlinl. ~ Griselini, Venetian bota- nryl. Including Z>fCOs(ea. 1 !■ ami ;i shrub with large, I h rult. in the South, and of hardy spec ' Zeala with Ivs. alte leathery: He pubescent racemes or panicles. littor41is, Raoul. Tree, 30 ft. high: Ivs. ovate long, wedge-shaped or narrowed into a petiole: obscure beneath. New Zealand. Wcida, Forst. f. Shrub, 10-12 ft. high: Ivs. obovate or oblong, very unequal at the base; veins distinct be- neath. New Zeal. Not cultivated here. Var. macro- ph^Ua ( G. macrophijtla, Hort. ) is a large-leaved form. G. Iticida is prized in Europe for apartments. Showy. Requires shade and moisture. GROMWELL. Lilliospermum. GROUND CHERRY is Physalis; in the Old World Prunus C'hamwcerasus. Ground Hemlock or Ameri- can Yew, is Taxus Canadensis. Ground Ivy. Nepeta Glechoma. Ground Laurel. Old World name for Epi- :p^^-~^72) \^^ 1007. Cattley Guava. propagating from cuttings. Grafting is performed after the usual methods Propagation by cuttings is difficult, but possible, and the best results scera to be had from half-ripened wood, using bottom heat in a frame or house. Large cuttings are occasionally rooted in the open ground, after the same method of rooting figs or willows. If grown from seed, the young plants should 700 GUAVA 1(1 kept growing in pots ing in the orchard, as rausplant well. Rooted •uted the same as seed- be potted off when very until wanted for j>Hrni:i the plants inopcn L'n'im. cuttings, of coTir^' , -Iimi ling plants as to iIikiI IhmkIIhi-. Guavas grow w. II ,.n ;iiiy ^uil, sandy or clayey, rich or poor, dry or moist; hut they will not live in a bog. On too rich soil the growth is apt to be rank and the quality of the fruit injured. This fruit tree is as easily grown under sheds as is the pine-apple in Florida, and when thus protected is certain to bear abundantly, even well out of the tropics. e. N. Reasoner. GUAZtTMA (name of Mexican origin). SlerculiAceo'. Seven or eight tropical American (one also Javan) trees, with small white, pink or yellow tls. in short- peduncled, axillary cymes. Petals 5, often 2-parted: stamens 10, united into a tube or column, some of them sterile; styles 5: fr. aS-loculed nutthe size of a filbert: Ivs. 2-ranked, serrate. Allied to Theobroma. but that genus has a berry-like fr., entire Ivs., fascicled or soli- tary fls., and a different staminal column. G. ulmiSdlia, Lam., the "Guacima" of Mexico, is offered by Pran- ceschi. It becomes a large tree: branchlets powdery: Ivs. ovate to oblong-lanceolate, somewhat pointed, ob- lique at base, powdery beneath when young but becom- ing glabrous: nut nearly globular, with 5 furrows. The tree is said to yield medicinal preparations. GUELDER HOSE. See Viburnum Opulus. GUERNSEY LILY. Serine Sarniensis. GUEVlNA. See Gevulna. GUILIELMA. See Bactris. GUINEA HEN FLOWER. FriliUaria MeUagris. GUIZdTIA cift.r Guizot, the celebrated historian). Co»ip(''sitii . Tlii-i L'c iivis has 5 species of annual herbs from iLi) I \ 1 1 ! I, r.nc of which has some economic interi-i i ■ -I'lducing seeds. Neither this nor closely I I I M> much ornamental value. The plants li ii. ii.ls, about 2 in. across, with 8 bro.acl.:; : i imI a leafy outer involucre. Seeds can li I I p.iund from S. Fla., and they are listed :i I I III ous agricultural seeds in a few of til.- I.I.I I I 11 ;i II catalogues. The plant is cult. in India l..r ll., ...1. AbyBSinica, Cass. (G. oUifera, DC. Verbexhm saliva, Roxb.). Lvs. opposite, lanceolate, clasping, remotely serrate. B.M. 1017. GUM TREES. See Eucalyptus and Acacia. GUNNfiRA (.1. Ernst Gunner, 1718-1773, was a Swed- ish bishop and botanist, and wrote a local floral. Halo- ragice■-.»- A white powdered variety with a viscous upper surface and coarser cuttings (var. viscdsa, D. C. Eaton) is found in S. Calif. BB. Powder yellow; lvs. lanceolate, several times as long as broad. c. Lvs. scarci'/ii i«.J ft. long, 1 ft. broad, deltoid, quadripiunate or even 5-pinnate: pinnae close, lanceolate, with the ultimate divisions linear and 1- nerved : powder rather scanty, Andes. P.R.2;25. G.C. III. 11:365. F.1874, p. 148. BBB. Powder white: lvs. lanceolate. D. Segments acute. 8. calomSlanos, Kaulf. Stalks and rachises nearly black: lvs. 1-3 ft. Imit;, witli lanceolate pinufe; segments often with a lari;^ I.In I^'., ;,i,,irl,. .-.t tin- uiipn- -idt- of thebase. West In'! -:■!'■ i '. \.' ;. 1 1 :.;i':;. — 'I'lir most variable species •■! ■- : :-. '.. >,i,i,m , \ ,_: specimens should be placed on shclvco ur l.r.icLLt,, near the light. Older plants may be set upon a large inverted pot or fern pan. A plant grown from spores shows its true character early. A year's growth produces fine little ferns, in 2 or 3-in. pots, with fronds 4 or 5 in. long, the young ferns being 2 or 3 in. high. Another year's care will give handsome specimens a foot or more high. The first thing to do with Gold and Silver Ferns is to give them a special place where tin y can receive special care. For potting a liirlit niisiur. i, il. -;irable. In the Old World, loam is usnai: i n' nded, but for large specimens the writ, r I - :i.-."ess in using 2 parts of fibrous loam, 1 i -i ]■■■•; i .i^.n or chopped GYNANDKOPSIS in good sized pieces, and I part leaf-mold, with a little sand and some charcoal to keep the soil porous. These ferns can hardly have too much light, and need slight shade only in summer. In winter the night temperature should be 55° to 60°, with a day temperature 5° to 10° higher. Be sure to give these ferns a drier atmosphere and less moisture at the roots in winter than in sum- mer. However, the plants must not be allowed to get The writer prefers to grow large speiMmens in pans rather than in pots, as tlie r.i.'t.- hav.^ iii'.rc room to spreari. Surface rooting can i : . 1 liy a light mulch of chopped moss, ^'.!; , ; and sand. Keep the crown of the I'lai .. i: i,. . :. vated. It is necessary to have plenty ot .li ainiiy.j. A t;'J<-'d potting soil for young plants consists ot 2 parts peat and 1 part sand. Repot in February, before the young growth has started. If repotting is delayed too long the young fronds will be injured. Robert Shore. GYMNOPETALUM (Greek, nalced petal). Cucttrbi- tacefe. A genus of 6 species of tropical oriental vines, of which one, G. (7oc/((Hc/a'neHse, iscult. chiefly for its orna- mental gourds. It is a tender perennial plant, and is said to have small white fis. borne in late summer and autumn. It is advertised only in the lartci-st seed cata- logues, under the name of Scotanthus tKbifloni.t. Sco- tanthus was formerly thought to be a closely allied ge- nus, differing only in the staminate fls. possessing bracts and 3 bristle-like rudiments of an ovary, while the staminate fls. of Gymnopetalum, by the old definition have no bracts or minute ones, and but 1 rudiment of an ovary. The latest monograph of the Cucurbitacea* is by Coigneaux in DC. Mon. Phan. vol. 3, 1881. He includes Scotanthus in Gymnopetalum, and distinguishes G. Co- chinchinense from the 5 other species by the following characters: fls. monoecious, white: caljrs teeth long lin- ear-awl-shaped ; calyx shortly villous, not tomentose: lvs. ovate, angled or slightly lobed: fr. 10-ribbed. Cochinchin^nse, Kurz {Scofdnlhns tubiflbrus, Nand.). Musk-scented: stem much-branched, slender, grooved, creeping or climbing, 5-7>^ ft. long: lvs. about 'i)4-2\i in. long, 1-2 in. wide: fr. bright red, ovoid, rather acute at the base, produced at the apex into a long point which withers and remains, 2 in. long, more than 1 in. thick. GYMN6PTERIS. See Acrostichum. GYMNOSPdRIA (Greek, naked s^f'- : t..-. an... in some species the seeds have no false .■" I . a :' I c. lastrAcem. Thisincludes a pretty eveiLi n i i i ii.. cult, in S. Calif., and suitable for ht.l. . f about 60 species of shrubs or small ti , _i iii_- in warm regions: branches often spiny: lvs. alternate, without stipules : fls. in small, forking cymes; sepals, petals and stamens 4-5, the last inserted underneath the disk, which is broad, wavy or lobed ; style 2-3-lobed: capsule obovoid or nearly globose : seeds 1-2 in ejich cell. G. serr^ta, from Himala'yas, is cult, at Santa Barbara, Calif., from seeds sent to F. Franceshi by the Botanic G.irden ot Rome. GYMNOTRIX. See Pennisetum. GYNANDR6PSIS (Greek words : the stamens look as if thev were borne on the ovary). Capparidacea. This geniis includes a tender annual plant with 5-7 leaf- lets, and flowers resembling the spider flower, or Cleome. It is known to the trade at present as a Cleome, but Gynandropsis is distinguished by having a long torus (or receptacle), which is produced into a slender body (or gynophore) which is elongated at the middle, and bears the pistil to which the filaments are united. Cleome has a short torus, which often has an appendix on the back. Stamens about 6 in Gynandropsis: in Cleome 4-6, often 10. Gynandropsis has about 10 spe- cies, found in the warmer parts of the world. Leaflets 3-7: fls. white or purplish; sepals deciduous: petals en- tire or crenulate, obovate, with a slender claw : seeds GYNANDROPSIS Bpeciosa, DC. {Cleome specidsa,'B.BK.). Rather vel- pety towards the top: Ifts. 5-7, subserrulate, oblong, acuminate. Mex. TjV. M. GYNEEIUM (Greek, u-oolly stigmas). a,an,ine -. a^ aUo the most important, commercially, • " • : : il iriaxes. Plumes of Pampas Grass an . _•• i|uaiiti- ties from California to Euri^j ■ . .-■, . !■ i,,**! \ari..)us colors. In nature the pluiut.^ .ul .-il.tiy wLitu, with varieties ranging from rose to carmine, viulct and purple. They are often 2-3 ft. long. Pampas Grass is grown com- mercially only in California. The plumes are not col- lected in South America or shipped therefrom. The plumes of the male plants are much inferior to those of the females, and California grow i rs exircisethe greatest care to allow no male plants m the plant.ition. In this GYNERIUM 703 Ld for 1 Ktid [Aiuudj 1) JM- I,. IS II. I J differiut tjpts ot liL.mtj Iht Aiuuu bold habit, of which the tall, reedj stems aie an impor tant feature, while its plumes are wholly im idental, be- ing smaller than those of the Pampas Gr.iss, and often not produced before the northern frosts. The plumes of Pampas Grass and of Uva Grass (6. saCL-haroides) are both sold in London, and are presum- ably distinguished in the trade. Ura Grass is too tender to be grown even in southern California. In England Pampas Grass is generally hardy, while Uva Grass is knowu only to a very few hothouses. Uva Grass is the original spioies of Gynerium, and is now considered to be fin- ni!!>- sT'fN-i.-i'in tliat genus, the Pampas Grass ha- I L- I -,,, , .i ni I -17 to the new genus Cortaderia. I'ai , '. - . , ; I ,. . f.jrth be catalogued by nur- s'-r ' ' ' , ittisa. Uva Grass should be trii-i :•. ■. .iL.iii _MidMi-, as also another plant said by critii-s til be far more beautiful than either, namely, CortuiUria jubata, which is chiefly known to the trade as Gijnerium arcuato-nebiilosum . Pampas Grass can be grown in sheltered spots as far north as Rochester, N. Y., if well protected in winter. A box well filled with dry leaves, hay or straw, and in- verted over the clumps, will generally keep them from harm. Perfect specimens can be obtained only in light, rich soil, with moderate moisture, at least in the early stages of growth. Prop, readily by division in spring, or by seeds, which may produce flowering plants in 2 years. The popular name " Pampas Grass '' is now unchange- able, but the plant does not grow on the pampas or vast grassy plains of South America, but in the mountains. "All the evidence tends to show that it is confined to the neighborhood of water courses ami to di.-pressions where there is a constant ;ii:'l -\ ^: ;- ,■ -!;;|>1> of underground water." The ),; i ' i ii~- leading name became fiLsed i- - i - ,|,f. of Kew, in his excellent in _ up in G.C. 111.22:358,378,390 (IcL/T;. Ii, -. - .•[•t gives 5 species of Cortaderia, and an ' 1 in B.M. 7607. In S. America the Pampa- ' . ; i - im- of its allies are called Cortadero ; h. - ; _ i . rir name Cortaderia. Cortaderias are wiil. 1. ■:;-■ i ,' i:. d in S. America. Cortaderia argintea, Sfapf {Gynerium argenteum, Nees). Pampas Grass. Fig. 1010. Grows in individ- ualized, large, thick tussocks ; rhizome very short : culms biennial, 3-6 ft. high, excluding the panicle : Ivs. mostly crowded at the base ; sheaths increasing in length from the base upwards from 2 in. to 2H ft., sev- eral to many times longer than the intemodes : sexual dimorphism of the spikelets slight (apart from the genitalia) : spikelets 3-6-fld.. the uppermost florets more or less rudimentary. For habit sketches, see R.H. 1890, 45 p. 489. Gng. 5:89. G.C. III. 2G:G34. J. H. 111. 35:43. A.G. 14:323. F.S. 12, p. 179. None of the following varietal nam, s l,av.- In.tanical rank, but they probably are fmly ui-iint horti- culturally, and so far they ha\ . ai^i" an ^ mhU- in connection with the name ii,\ n. i luiii. \ ar. mon- Btxbsum is perhaps the most rubust.aud \ ar. nanum (which grows about 3 ft. high), the dwarf est. The others here mentioned are supposed to be the same height as the type. A slender form with narrower foli- age is var. ilegans, with Ivs. a fourth of an inch wide 1010 Pampas Grass (See Gyner. and It 1 .,11 R H 18G2 p loO It his sub- varieti with whit tiiped foliage var elegans niveo- lineatum n 1 i tt 1 with white var elegans mveo- vittatum II ji hug varieties except where notea, have the h uht ot the t\ pe and white plume The next four vaiieties difter trom the t\pe in hiMug col- ored plumes vais roseum violaceum purpureum and carmineum the name inditatin^ the diffeient colors. Varieties with white tiiped f jln^-e are album variegi- tum and Stenackerl Solus vanegatis ^>^lletle -nith yellow striped f li igt nre aureum vanegatum md Wes- serUngi vanegatum \ ar Eoi des Eoses w i ud by .John Saul to have folnge tiiped with rose but others describe it as a rosv plumed variety When advertised under Cortaderia these names should all have the feminine endings as monstrosa etc. Cortaderia tubita stapf (Gyneinim jubcitum Lem. G. u, I II Hort ) Diffeis from Pampas Gras 11 tl 1 il 1 I ixer more graceful plume with long 1 1 1 11 \u u nodding branches somewhat small r i il 1 t iii re delicite glumes and in the longer v r\ lender staminode of the pi tillate fls. The plume is lavender coloiel and the pi mt has been killed by a temperature of 3 F C. rows m a dense tuft, perennial but with biennial ctilm spikelets 3-5- fld. The plume is 1-2 ft long B M 7607 C C III. 26:6o8 Cn 5o p 93 EH 188o p 200 Cn lo p 179. Int. by Lemoine of Nancy France Probable s\nonyms are G ro'ieum Sendtaten and G argenteum catmina- turn Bendlateu F S 20 ''O'o -Not so well known as the other two species Gynenum saccharoldes Humb t Bonp Uva Grass. Rhizome creeping culms perennial 12-30 ft high Ivs. rather evenlv di fnl it 1 r the culm those near the base gradualh ' \ leaving the stem naked 4-14 ft abo\H II arlv equ d (except the lowest) about tl\ longer th m the mter- nodes sexu il i i I i l tlu fls ver-v con puuous: spikelets 2 fld 1 M i^ —Essentially a more tender plant than the Pampas Grass J. B. Keller and W M 704 GTNERIUM The growing of Pampas plumes for profit in Califor- nia has heen carried on for over 25 years. Pampas Grass was introduced into the United States about 1848. In the northern states it is frequently planted on the lawn in summer, and upon the approach of cold weather transferred in a tub to a cellar for winter protection. In California, a hill will sometimes attain a height of 20 ft., a diameter as great, Such plants would be quit( ern friends to handle in tli Plants are ca^il . pr.-inr and variety aiv by dividing th. ; much more biam n ni iii:Mi ing of Pampas (ir:iss oji a 1874, when the dillerence i .■L'llar. i In. 11. seed, but as t :, stock is usually inc , iljL- plumes of wbi P.s.-..tthemale. The •uiiiiiiercial scale date sex was discovered. In 1872 the writer sowed seed which in two years gave several hundred plume-bearing plants. Even then the variations in on In 1874, it w:. plumes from tin ; hot while the femah- plum.., «..iil.l i liir lliiHy, and light and airy. In November, 1874, samples of the female plumes were sent to Peter Henderson & Co., New York. Three hundred were ordered at once, and the following day instructions wc-re recei\-ed to double the order and send l.\ . ..[.r. -. Tiii \,i- ih.. first lot of good plumes ever - :. ■ ''''"' ia, and was the beginning ofth. I ' I i I iiv. The writer's planta- tion w I MM... ..1 ...11 .. .1 u'ltil 1889, when it com- prised al^oui ...nuu bill.,, rii.re were a number of other extensive plantations in the neighborhood of Santa Barbara. The crop of 1889 was estimated at 1,000,000 plumes. The demand has been good, but the prices have never been as high as at the beginning of the industry. The first prices were $200 per 1,000 plumes. The de- crease in price was gradual until 1886, when sales were slow at $30 per 1,000 plumes. Some of the growers did not harvest their crops that year, and destroyed their plants. In the fall of 1887 plumes were in demand at $40 per 1,000, and in 1888 they were scarce at $50 and $60 per 1,000. The following spring there was an increase in acreage. Since then the industry has had its ups and downs, and the price has ruled low for several ye and $8 to $9 for second size. Pampas Grass should be put on the best valley land, and set 10 by 16 feet apart. Before planting, the ground should be deeply plowed -vnd put in first-class condition. In selecting stock, divide only female plants that pro- duce the finest white plumes. Young hills produce the best plants. From old hills the best plants are obtained around the outside, those m the center of the stool being mostly worthless unless planted in large clumps. Some plumes will be produced the first year after planting. They will not be first-class, but are worth saving. The second year, if well grown, they should produce 80 to 150 plumes to the hill. Not all plantations will yield this much. The third and fourth years there will not be much change in the vield. As a plant gets older the plumes are larger but tli- vi,.',l is l.-ss. After 8 or 10 years aquantity of dia.l i.i .-i. r . ill 1 ave accumulated, and the hills should b.- i . . . i i .mid. The appearance of tl,. . . signal for great activity among those II I ' 1 1 The gra should be so trimmed rl "> i 1 er before the plumes appear that each hill w 11 be eas^ of access Young plant ripen their plumes ' or three weeks earl of earl( Til Q oth I ck GYNURA varieties. By trying a few of each variety, the time of ripening can soon be asci rtaim-il. Sunie varieties are pulled from the Imi I, im i:.. ii. M; ..tlj.rs have to be hauled to huskiii:,' ' .. i h.. hu-k or sheath is removed. Some i-l.. . . i : ' ''•• m lik.- c.rn : others use a knife set in -n. I: :. 'n :.- i" s].lit tin- husk with- out injuring the phiiuf-. Whin the husk has been split, a quick jerk or strike on the table will extract the plume. The plumes are then taken to the drying ground and evenly spread in long rows. This ground should be made smooth and free from any trash that is liable to adhere to the plumes. Clean stubble ground is the best. The plumes are left on the ground three days and two nights to cure, and are turned and shaken once each day . They are next packed away as broadly and smoothly as possible on shelves in a dry building, where they should lie ten days or two weeks, or until the stems are thoroughly dried, at which time they are ready for market. Tlit-v arc iiai'kccl in two grades: the first-class, having |iliiiii.'- _'>; m.li. - I..ii:j an.! over, clear of stem (sometiii.. . , is packed in cases that measuri-iii ,,. . .i . i i, :.:i.| .■..utain3,000plumes; second I'la- i..i i- |.:.. i I .asi.s of the same size, the plumi.s l)iuig 17 t.> Jn iiiciics long clear of stem, and G,000 in each case. If shipping by express, the writer uses bales of about 2,000 plumes, covered with canvas or burlap and some light strips of wood at the corners. If the pliinii-s an- packed smoothly and evenly tbey will withstaiiil li.avy pressure. Careful all-round cultivation is II, . . ssary til I'.rixluce good plumes. About tbree-quar- t. I- ..1 a iiiilii .11 plumes are grown at Santa Barbara at The best market at present is London, the nexi Ham- burg. Berlin, Denmark, New York and Philadelphia take a few. Pampas plumes are colored in London. In America the pure white plumes give the best satisfaction. Joseph Sexton. GYNtiRA (name refers to the tailed stigmas). Com- p6sil(p, Twentv or more herbs (rarely somewhat slinilil.vi of tropical Asia. Africa and Australia. Lvs. ail. II 1.1. . . Ill 11 . .1 I.I. .1. numerous; heads discoid, the il . , . ' : liil.^, not very showy. The Gy- 11. -Iiouse herbs, usually requiring I.. 111. I ill il 1. I.I].. lature. Genus allied to Senecio- and Cm. imi:: aurantiara. m . \i iaf.t Plant. Stout and branchy, 2-3 ft., will, iliiii.si si,,.,.„lent stems, densely clothed with violit or purpl.- hairs: lvs. large and soft, ovate, jagged-toothed, hairy, short petioled or the upper ones clasping, overlaid with iridescent purple: heads in a terminal cluster, yellow or orange. Java. I.H. 28:436.- One of the handsomest of recent foliage plants. In winter it may he prrown in the conservatory or warm- house, but in till, sniiinicr it maybe bedded out in a warm and j.n.t, . t. .1 |.l:i..e. It grows rapidly, and makes a most satislait.irv ilisplay of colored leafage. It is readily propagated' by cuttings in the house, as gerani- ums are. Other species, but not kiiown to be in the Amer. trade, are: G. auriculata, Cass. (Cr. ovalis, DC. Cacalia ovalis, Ker.). ^.f.^ ^A*iJK:{£- proper are exposed fr a fluffy look 1 and it they they are all r at the stem e If the plun e I when cure 1 it varieties especially those prod icing verv long plumes, should be allowed to remain somewhat longeron the plant than those of the short-plumed 1011. Gypsophila murahs. GYPSOPHILA 705 Only slightly villous: Ivs. oval, entire or repand, green both sides: fls. yellow, fragiant Cliina BR i Mil —G. ilcolor, DO , 3-3 ft., of looser „-M .ih tliii tl ili •< jl.ihroiis: Ivs. lance ovate, somewli ii .1 ■ 1-1 i 1 1 1 . 11 ti.othert or pmnatitid. green ,'il'n\ . i iiige Mo- inenlo'sa.DC. 'ciir^ii.iiu' n'li 11] „l.'i i niv Ivs. u.ar- row. ovate to lanceul.ue, .u-uuiin.uu ih-iidii-iI muutely small- toothed, green and purple ribbed, Warmliouio plant from Malayan Is. B.ll. 7S44. L. H. B. GYPSOPHILA (gypsiim-lorhh/, because it likes cal- careous soils), Ctii iiiiiihiilli'ti ,11 European and Asian herbs, bearing a protusioii mT sni ill Hs., and useful for mist hki . I'c c 1- 111 mixed borders and as iMiiuiiiii.,' Ill licuijuets. There are below, but the calj.x 11 iKi il .it iln Imsh (not bracted, as in smii, i> I 1I1 il .^^m- era) : petals 5, clawccl, m 1 \ sm Ml, usu- ally white: styles 2; p"ii 1 \.ll\id Ivs. small, entire, opposite. Very brancby or spreading, slender herbs, with scant foliage when in bloom. Of easiest cul- ture, in open, rather dry places. They are desirable for rockwork. They make an excellent effect as filling amongst .shrubbery; alsink, fa.lins; nearly white; lip large ; spur over 2 in. Inng. IVnant:. G.C. III. 10:729. Gn. 47:1005. G.M. :iil:(;42. G.F. 4:487. J. H. III. 33:319. R.B. 21:44.- This species, one of the most beautiful of the genus, is apparently not yet in American trade. AAA. Fls. orange. B. Color orange-yelloiv throughout. c. Lip nearly or quite entire. 7. Integra, Spreng. Two ft. or less high, leafy: fls. small, crowded. July. N. J. to La., near the coast. B.B. 1:463. cc. Jjip fringed or lacerate. 8. cili&ris, R. Br. Yellow Fringed Orchis. Fig. 1015. Fls. crowded, brilliant orange; petals fringed at apex; spur about twice as long as lip; lip long-fringed. Aug. Eastern U. S. B.M. 1668. B.B. 1:464. -A strik- ing species. 6) HABENARIA 9. cristita, R. Br. Smaller: fls. much smaller; petals merely Toothetl ; spur little exceeding the lip. July. N. J. to La. near the coast. B.B. 1:464. BB. Color einnabar-ora'nffe, the sepals red-spotted outside. 10. cinnabarina, Rolfe. Small : stem leafy : lip 3 lobed ; spur straight, nearly equaling ovary. Madagas- car.—Not in Amer. trade. HABENARIA 707 Fts ilJ, tnd AAA petals: lip brilliantly colored. 11. militiris, Reichb. f. (B. pu- silla, Reichb. f.). Bluish glaucous: fls. numerous; lip scarlet,trifid,mid- l")'r KmmI ; - I'll r li.iii,^ and very slen- d' r I.-. Cochin China. iMI I -- ■ Mi. III. 33:53. G. /.v. SI I '" I ! • :nithor says of this '' ' ^ tint- (.Imii : Aij English soldier can boast a jacket of a deeper scarlet than the lip of our plant." Not in Amer. trade. 12. rhodochella, Hance. Nearly related to militaris, but fis. fewer and subcorymbose; petals almost helmet-shaped ; lip varying from deep rose-pink to cinnabar and madder; spur dull yellow. China, B.JI. 7571.— Jv'ot in Amer. trade. AAAAA. Fls. white to green or (jreenish yellow. B. Color pure white. c. Ijip entire. 13. nivea, Spreng. Lvs., except 1 or 2 lowest, bract-like : fls. nu- merous, loosely clustered, small; spur very slender. Summer. Del. to Ala. B.B. 1:4G2. 14. leucfistachys, Wats. Usually tall and stout : lvs. several : fls. many, rather large. Idaho to Ariz., Calif, and Oreg. Mn. 6:81. -Nearly related to ff. dilatata, but distin- guished by its spur greatly exceed- ing the sepals. CC. Lip fringed. 1.".. blephariglottis, P.iir. Fls. much as in .iliarN. l.iit somewhat smaller; [..-laU sii-liily iTose at 1015. Habenaria ciliaris, or Yellow Fringed Orchid. \ewf.)unaiund t B.B. 1:465. Mn -One of ceo. Lip 3-parted. 16. longecalcarata, A. Rich. Lvs. all radical: fls. 1-3, large, long-stalked ; middle lobe of lip narrow, lateral ones broader, unevenly fringed; spur twice as long as ovary, with pedicel. July, Aug. India. B.M. 7228. — Not in Amer. trade. 17. Susinnae, R. Br. (R. gigantea. Don). Stem tall, stout, leafy: fls. 3-5, very large, fragrant ; broad, fan- shaped side lobes of lip deeply fringed; midlobe tongue- shaped, entire; spur more than twice as long as ovary and pedicel. India, Malaya, China. B.M. 3374. G.C. III. 16:27:i. J.H. III. 29:226. -This and the preceding are amon- the largest-fld. and showiest Habenarias. Not in Amer. trade. BB. Color partly or wholly green, or greenish yellow. c. Lip deeply 3-lohed or 3-parted. D. Petals cleft or parted into 2 lobes or segments. 18. Elwesii, Hook. Erect, leafy : fls. few, large, greenish yellow; petals cleft almost to base into long, slender, sickle-shaped, hairy segments; lip smooth, the segments long and slender. India. B.M. 7478. -A re- markable species. 19. Bonitea, Reichb. f. {BoiiAfea speciosa, Willd.). Stoiit, leafy: fls. rather large, light green and white; DD. Petals not cleft or parted. E. Spur sac-sliaped: lobes of lip entire. 20. chlordntha, Spreng. Lvs. clasping : fls. not ex- ceeding bracts, greenish. Mascarene Islands. EE. Spur long and slender. F. Middle lobe of lip entire, the others fringed. 21. radiita, Spreng. Petals exceeding sepals; spur greenish white, about equaling the ovary. Aug., Sept. FP. All lobes of lip deeply fringed. 22. leucophaea, Gray. Four ft. high or less: fls. large, whitish or greenish, fragrant ; petals erose ; spur ex- ceeding ovary. July. N. Y. to Minn, and Ark. B.B. ' 465. 23. licera, R. Br. Ragged Orchis. Smaller: fls. greenish yellow; spur not equaling ovary. June, July. Nova Scotia to Ga. and Mo. B.B. 1 :465. CC. Lip merely toothed or slightly lobed: fls. incon- spicuous. D. Fls. much shorter than the conspicuous bracts: spur sac-shaped, short. 24. bracte4ta, R. Br. Fls. greenish ; spur often white. Summer. Northeastern U. S. to B. C., Eu. B.B. 1:463. rin. Fls. neatly equaling or exceeding bracts: spur lung and slender. E. Lvs. 1-2 near base of stem. 2.'). trident4ta, Hook. Fls. greenish, loosely clustered; lip wide at apex, 3-toothed ; spur incurved. July, Aug. Newfoundland to Minn., Fla. and La. A.G. 12:153. B.B. 1:463. EE. Lvs. S or more. 26. virfiscens, Spreng. Leafy: fls. greenish; lip only slightly exceeding petals, with 2 lateral teeth and a nearly basal wart. July. Range of preceding. B.B. CCC. Lip entire: fls. inconspicuous. D. Large lvs. all basal. E. Leaf solitary. 27. obtUBita, Richards. Spike loosely-fld. : fls. yellow- green; lipdeflexed; spur about equaling lip. Summer. Across B. Amer., south to N. Y. and Col. B.B. 1 :461. EE. Leaves 2. F. Spur much exceeding ovary. 28. orbicul&ta, Torr. Lvs. orbicular, lying on the ground: fls. numerous, loosely clustered, greenish ; lip white, obtuse. July, Aug. Across B. Amer. and Minn, to mountains of N. C. B.B. 1:461. 29. bifdiia, R. Br. Butterfly Orchis. Lvs. oblong: fls. white, with tips of spur and lip greenish, fragrant in the evening. May, June. Eu. FF. Spur about equaling ovary. 30. Hookeriiua, Gray [ff. Rookeri, Lindl.). Lvs. oval, obovate or orbicular : fls. greenish yellow ; lip acute. Summer. Nova Scotia to N. J. and Iowa. B.B. 1:461. DD. Large lvs. several above the base. E. Spike commonly dense. 31. hyperbdrea, R. Br. Fls. greenish ; petals, obtuse lip and slender spur all about equally long. Summer. Northern U. S. to Nova Scotia and Alaska. B.B. 1:462. 31. 61egans, Boland. Large lvs. all on lower part of stem: fls. numerous, .small, greenish ; sepals 1-nerved, all alike; spur filiform. Vancouver Island to Calif. EE. Spike commonly loose. F. Spur short, sac-shaped. 33. grdcilla, S. Wats. Three ft. high or less : spike long, many-fld.: fls. greenish ; spur about equaling lip and sepals. Ore. and Wash. 708 HABENARIA FF. Spur not sac-shaped. SI. UnalaschcSnsis, Wats. Pis. white or greenish ; sepals, petals aud lip about equal; spur slender, barely to nearly twice longer than lip. Summer. Unalaska to Calif, and Utah. — Near H. elegans, hut more slender, with a longer and more open spike. It is referred by some to the genus Herminium. 35. dilatata, Gray. Fls. greenish white; lip widened or even auricled at base ; spurabout as long, incurved. Summer. Cooler parts of N. Amer. A.G. 12:153. B.B. 1:462. -More slender and narrower-leaved than IT. hyperborea. T. H. Kearney, .Ik. HABEBL£A (after a professor of botany at Pesth, who died in 1831). Gesnerdcerr. This includes a dainty little hardy herbaceous perfiuii;il plant, which is tufted and bears in spring a few scaprs 4-G in. high, with 2-5 nodding, violet-colored, O-I'.IxmI, tubular fls., each about 1 in. long and 1 in. across. Only 1 species is known, and it is found wild only in a few miles of a single val- ley in Thrace, where it abounds on the southern slope of the Balkans on .shaded schistose rocks. Only 4 species of Gesneracese are found wild in Europe, and 3 of them are said to be confined each to one spot. The allied genus Eamondia has the same habit and is equally de- sirable. The corolla of Haberlea has a conspicuous tube, which is thrust out of the calyx nearly % in., and 5 lobes, 2 of which are much smaller than the others, while in Karaondia the flower seems to be wheel-shaped, with 5 equal petals, because the corolla tube is very short and inconspicuous and the lobes deeply cut. Haberlea has 4 included didynamous stamens aud a bell-shaped calyx. Ramondia has exserted, equal sta- mens and a wheel-shaped calyx. Haberlea was int. to cult, about 1881 by Leichtlin, and few, if any, of our skilled amateurs know the plant. It is not advertised in America. For culture, see Satnondia. Bhodopinsis, Priv. Clothed everywhere with soft, spreading hairs, except the corolla: Ivs. 2-3 in. long, obovate-or ovate-oblong, obtuse, coarsely crenate, thick, leathery, few-nerved: calyx 5-cleft; corolla pale lilac. B.M. 0051. W. M. HABBANTHUS. Included in Uippeastniw. HABEOTHAMNUS is all referred to Cestrum. If. faseirnU\tus = V. fasciculatum ; JT. elegans and B. voc- ciiinis ehga,is = C. elegans; U. Neu-eUi=C. Newelli. HACKBEERY. Crllls orcidentalis. HACKMATACK, or TAMAEACK. Larix Americana. HJEMANTHTJS (blood flower). Amaryllidclce'f . Blood Lily. Between 30 and 40 African bulbous plants, of which the greater part are natives of the Cape re- gion. Fls. showy, often numerous, in umbels; perianth straight and erect, with a short, cylindrical tube ; seg- ments longer than the tube, narrow, equal; stamens 0, inserted in the throat of the perianth, usually exserted, the anthers versatile; style filiform and erect, on a 3- loculed ovary: fr. berry-like, indehiscent. The fls. are red or white, on a solid scape, which is little, if any, longer than the cluster of root-lvs.: they lack the corona of many amaryllidaceous plants. Monogr. by Baker in Amaryllidese, 1888 ; but the S. African species are revised by him more recently in Flora Capensis, vol. 6. See, also. Flora Trop. Africa, vol. 7. Hsemanthuses, like most Cape bulbs, are summer- and autumn-flowering ; or, when started indoors or in frames, blooming in spring or early summer. The fls. often precede the Ivs. The foliage is usually large and luxuriant, and the scape is often handsomely colored. The fls. are sometimes as much as 2 in. across, and pro- duced in great ball-like heads nearly or quite a foot through. Yet the species are essentially curiosities in this countrv. The culture given Nerine suits them well. Their season of growth is usually not more than three or four months, and the remainder of the year they may be laid away in the pots. When growing, give plenty of rather weak liquid manure, keep in an intermediate or warm house, and when in bloom keep them somewhat cooler. Avoid overpotting. Prop, by offsets, which usu- H^MANTHUS ally form freely; and until they do form, the bulbs will probably not need repotting. Separate the offsets when growth is beginning. In this country they are some- times flowered in pots plunged in a warm, protected border, blooming in summer and fall. For H. toxica- rius, see Buphane disticha. A. Leaves thin or membranaceous. B. Spathes and perianth segments spreading. multiilbrus, Martyn [R. temiifldrus, Herb. B. Kdl- breyeri, Baker). Bulb globose, 3 iu. or less in diam.: Ivs. 3-4 on a short, separate M' m, ili- |h n. le short and sheathing, the oblong blade 1 1 ;;li 0-8 veins each side of the midrib: s. m : i ; :: ft. high, green or red-spotted; umbel 'iin li m. im diam., con- taining 30-100 fls., which are usu:illy bl.jud-red, with linear 3-nerved segments twice or mure as long as the tube ; red filaments long-exserted, bearing prominent yellow anthers. Trop. Africa. Variable. B.M. 9B1, 1995, 3870. L.B.C. 10:912; 20:1948 (erroneously as B. puniceus). P. S. 1:58; 23:2377. I.H. 26:354. Var.su- pferbus, Hort., is an improved brilliant-colored form. Kitherinse, Baker. Bulb globose, 2-3 in. in diam.: Ivs. 3-5, on n lM.; lis. bright red, 2-2K ill. Ill ,; ■ • lb King segments little longer till. , . ; red filaments exserted. S. All 1 I -pelled both Katherinm and A',,;,.,,,,,.,,. ■: I'.ai.r; but the former spelling is the original, in cull, the ivs. become "about 3 ft. in length and of a bright pale green color- apple-green, as it is usually called-and the venation is more strongly marked than is usual in B. mulUnnnis, B. cinnabari- nus and other allied kinds.' Burbidge, Gn. 49, p. 160, with figure. Lindeni, N. E. Brown. Lvs. 6-8, in 2 ranks, arising from a thick, solid rootstock, nearly or quite evergreen; petioles long, winged; blade 10-12 in. long and 3-5 in. wide, long-ovate, lanceolate or ovate-oblong, acute, the base rounded or subcordate, with a longitudinal fold either side of the midrib: scape 1% ft. tall, arising from the side of the lvs., flattened on one side, more or less spotted : umbel globular, 6-8 in. in diameter, with 100 or more scarlet fls. opening in succession: fls. 2 in. across, the tube % in. long, the lobes longer and linear- lanceolate and acute. Congo. G.C. 111.8:437; 13:483. I.H.37:112; 40:lT2.Pig.]: 41,p.l8. Gt.46,p.217. G.M. 36:220. J.H. III. 28:73.-Handsome. BB. Spathes and perianth segments erect or ascending. ptmiceus, T.imi. P.nlli nearly globular, 2-3 in. in di- am. i.r: 1 -. - I- ii Ml,- Ijulb, the petiole one-half the 1, . I. hide 6-12 in. long and 2-4 in. I,r, , iiii.lulated, the main veins about ,,,, , . iii.: -rape 6-15 in. tall, .spotted: um- li, ' : . , ,11 I rl,Tise,3-4 in. in diameter, bearing many ., , ,,1 ;. ^ , 1 a!, -rarlet, yellowish red or rarely white fls. 1 1 , 1 : ! ' laiith tube cvlindrical, shorter than the 1 111. . .,1 all' :; Ii iv.al segments: filaments red, 1 in. long. 8. Africa. 11. .M. 1315. AA. Lvs. thick and fleshy. B. Bracts and fls. while. 41bi£los, J acq. Bulb or tuber compressed sidewise, with thick, 2-ranged scales: lvs. 2-4, appearing with the fls., nearly erect, obtuse, 6-8 in. long and nearly half as broad, narrowed to the base, green and glabrous, but ciliate on the edges : scape less than 1 ft. tall, pale green, bearing a dense, globular umbel 2 in. in diameter: fls. % in long, the linear segments much exceeding the tube. S.Africa. B. M. 1239. L.B.C. 7:602. Var. pub^Bcens, Baker, has lvs. hairy above. L.B.C. 8:702. B.R. 5: 382. B. Cldrkei, Hort., is a hybrid of this species and C. coccineiis. BB. Bracts and fls. red. coccineus, Linn. Bulb compressed sidewise, 3 in. in diam., the scales many, thick, 2-ranged: lvs. 2, suberect. Ungulate, reaching 2 ft. long and 8 in. broad, narrowed to the base, green and glabrous, not ciliate: scape 6-10 H^MANTHUS in. tall, compressed, mottled : bracts large and thick, ascending and forming a cup, in which the red fls. are borne: fls. 1 in. long, with linear segments and a short tube. S. Africa. B.M. 1075. L.B.C. 3:240. Var. coarc- tatus, Baker, has smaller Ivs. and shorter bracts. B.R. a:181.-Odd plants. tigrinus, Jacq. Lvs. ciliate on the margins, 1 ft. or less kni!;. spotted on the lower part of the back; scape (1 iu.. rt-d-spotted: umbel dense, 2 in. or less in diam. : linirts shorter than in the last (not over 2 in. long), l>rif;lit red: fls. 1 in. or less long, with very short tube. S. Africa. B.M. 1705. L. H. B. HffiMAEIA (Greek, referring to the blood-red under surface of the Its.). OrchidAcece. A genus of 4 species of terrestrial orchids, known to the trade chiefly as Goodyera. They are really dwarf stove foliage plants, and arc to be cult, like Anoectochilus. In Hffimaria the lower lij) is swelled above its base into a wide claw and is provided with a pouch-like sac at base, and a blade of 2 divergent lobes; in Goodyera the blade of the lip is small and not clawed Both genera belong to a large group in which the lip either has no spur or sac, or if the latter is present, it is included between the sepals; while in Anoectochilus the lip has a prominent sac or spur projecting between the lateral sepals. The leaves of S. discolor are green above and red be- low. It is, however, not nearly so brilliant as Hirmaria Dawsoniana, which has the same red color beneath, and is beautifully netted above with red or yellow. In both species a dozen or more small fls., chiefly white, are borne on a densely hairy scape. Alfred Rehder writes that these plants seem much easier to cultivate than Anoectochilus. He has succeeded in growing Anoecto- chilus only under hand glasses, but has grown Haema- ria without a hand glass in large, shallow pans, with the rhizomes creeping in sphagnum. A. Zis. I'"' ..-."'-' '■' '■".! above. discolor, Lindl. i (. '"/-, Ker.). Blade of lvs. oblong, 3 in. li.n: , . . i liina (Brazil, accord- ing to Loddiges). I,.l;,i .L';l(.-. l;.M.205. B.R. 4:271. —John Saul's plants had white longitudinal markings. AA. Jyvs. hrilUanily neiied-veined above. Dawsoniana, (G. Ddwsonii, Boxall. AnactochXlus Dawsonidnus, Low). Blade of lvs. elliptic, 3 in. long, Vi in. wide. Burma, Philippines. B. M. 748G (veins of 2 lvs. blood-red; of the other almost wholly yellow).— John Saul says "golden purple" veins. H. Hasselbking. HALESIA 709 iKin friend of ili.in shrubs, ill S. Calif. M It ant to be < IIS are fully key in Flora HAKEA (after Baron von Ihi botany). ProUtiee(€. A ^^i-im- sliglitly cult, indoors abro:nl The genus is too polymoriili' described at length here. Nin- i described in English, with an t Australiensis 5:489 (1870). A. Length of lvs. 1-2 inches. pugionifarmis, Cav. Height usually 2-4, rarely 8 ft. : lvs. all entire, terete, smooth, rigid, 1-2 in. long: fls. few, in axillary, sessile clusters. L.B.C. 4:353.— Franeeschi says it is an odd plant, which at a dis- tance looks like a pine and has whitish fls. an oblong raceme which is 1-3 in. long. G.C. III. 19:85. -Int. in 1899 by Mrs. T. B. Shepherd, who says that there are 5 or more racemes in a bunch. BE. Serves few, IS. C. Fls. red, in globular heads. laurina, R. Br. Tall shrub, attaining 10 ft. : iu. long, 3- or 5-nerved, often sickle-shaped long petioles : fls. globular head, IH- thick, from which stigmas project more in every d Blooms in the CC. Fls. pink, in lo / ulicina, R. Br. Lv usually linear-lanceolate or linear, pungent, 4-8 in. long, prominently 1 3-nerved beneath: pen anth and pedicels gla brous : f r. rarely above ' in. long, with a short straight beak. -The f I age resembles the Eur pean furze. ■^. jj HALfiSIA (Ste Hale, 1077-1761, author of a famous work on '" Vegetable Statics ) Syn., Mohrodendion Slyrac&cece. Bell. Snowdrop Tree The common Snowdrop Tree {ff. tetrdi)tera) is a fine, hardy, small-size 1 tree, which is covei 1 with a bewildering cloudy mass of small snowy white flov borne about the middle of May, before the foil age of the tree appears. The genus has only 4 species, and is exclu- sively North Americ if we place the Japanese IT. his/.i,!,, inth.- t-euus Ptcro^tM-ax l.yr,.,..inof the suit. riiiiiLil iiiilcrescence and smaller and fleshitr fruit. SuiiiU trtr^ anil shrubs, more or less stellate pu- bescent: lvs. rather large, membranous, ovate-oblong, acuminate, more or less denticulate, slender-petioled, deciduous, light green: inflorescence lateral: fls. snow- white, bell-shaped, drooping, on slender pedicels, in fascicles or short racemes along the whole length of the branches, borne iu the axils of lvs. of the preceding year ; calyx obconical, slightly 4-8- toothed, adnate to the 3-4-celled ovary ; corolla bell- shaped, epigynous, 4-5 cleft or parted nearly to the base; stamens 8-lG : ovary 2-4-celled, 4 ovules in e.ach cell: fr. a drupe, dry, oblong, longitudinally 2-4- winged, tipped with the style and minute calv eeth. 1016. Halesia tetraptera AA. Length of lvs. 4-S in. B. JS-erves many. multilineata, Meissn. Tree or tall shrub : lvs. flat, 6-S in. long, with many very flue nerves: fls. pink, in he common Snowdrop Tree, H. tetrap- tera, is found in woods and along streams, but thrives in almost any good soil. Its habit is rnund-headed, irregular and hat pendulous, rather li;;lit and twiggy. It is adapted to shrubberies and lawns in almost any position, but prefers a somewhat slieltereil jiltice and a well- drained, rich soil. It is easily transplanted. It often grows in bush form, but may be grown as a tree when cut to one shoot and given ample room. The flowers 710 HALESIA are rather short-lived, except in var. Meehani. Prop, most commonly by layers, also by root-cuttings in spring and autumn; and by seeds, whi.li shcuil.l be kept con- stantly moist, as they rar.-ly -. ri.iin.a.- until the second year if allowed to dry. //. .///./. / ./ is hanly as far north as Philadelphia, but of doulittui iiar.liiuss farther north, though it may become accliuialized. Thrives best in a cool, deep loam. Prop, by seeds, which should never be allowed to dry, and by grafting on S. tetraptera. tetrdptera, Linn. Fig. lOlC. A small tree or shrub 8°-10°, whose fls. resemble those of a snowdrop. Lvs. ovate or ovate-oblong, finely serrate, dark green and glabrous above, pale green and stellate-pubescent be- low, 2-4 in. long: fls. in lateral clusters of 2-i ; co- rolla 4-lobed, 1 in. long : ovary 4-celled : drupe ellip- soidal, longitudinally 4-wuiged, 1-1'.. in. luiii.-. Va. S. and W. B.M. 910. Mn. 5, p. 104. S.S. d:-.",:. (ing. 2:247. A.G. 14:211; 18:4.18. M.D.ii. Is'ili ::;.vj-:;. Var. MeShani, Sargent {fl'.jtfee/iani. Hurt. I. Kil;, lni7. Habit wholly unlike that of the type, round, bushy ami more upright, from a distance looking like an apple tree, 12 ft. high. Has thicker, rugose, dark green lvs., on young plants glandular serrate, and smaller, more numerous fls with short calyx-tubes and cup-shaped corollas, with- out the narrow base. Seems barren, but is not a hv- brid. Growth smaller. G.F. 5:535. Gng. 2:247. dlptera, Ellis. A small tree or shrub from the South not easilv di-tin-jnii-licd from IT. tetraptera. The lvs. are hir-' r. ..y ii. , ■!. . n on both sides, coarsely serrate and d.iHi, . ..n long pedicels, in racemes of 2-t, i}i..i, : ili.ise of £r. /«^i-n/)as,-. .s,tamens 4, didynamous, exserted. B.M. 1744. -.Sometimes called African Honeysuckle. HALOPff?TUM. See BoplopJiytum. HAMAMELIS HAMAMfiLIS (Greek, 7iawa, together, and melon, apple or fruit: fruits and flowers at the same time). SamamelidAcem. Witch Hazel. Hardy ornamental shrubs or small trees, with deciduous, alternate, short- petioled lvs., yellow fls. in axillary clusters, appearing late in fall or early in spring, and with capsular fruits. Valuable on account of their blooming at a time when hardly any other shrub outdoors is in flower ; well adapted for shrubberies ; of compact, bushy habit and with handsome foliage, turning bright vpIIow. orange or purple in fall. It tlirivps bpst in s.^nl.•^^l,llt niMi.t, pc-My sunny positi..ii lliaii 111.. AniiTiraii, ;ni.i ■ irr- lOVing. l'ni|.. hy s.-...! ,, %\ hirli il.i i,,- ,:, , i.iiiil the second viar, or hv lavrrs; rarcTkiii.U ai-.. I. -ratt- ing on seedlings of"77.' Vh-fiiniana in spring'in the greenhouse. Three closely allied species : Amer., China and Jap. Lvs. stipulate, tate: fls. in short-peduncled, nodding, axillary, few-fld. clusters, perfect; calyx 4-parted; petals 4, linear, crumpled ; stamens 4, very short : fr. a dehiscent, woody, 2-celled capsule, with 2 shining black seeds, The seeds are shot out with considerable force. Occa sionally writers spell the common name Wych Hazel, but there seems to be little historical reason for it, Witch, as used in Witch Hazel and Witch Elm, is prob- ablv allied to weak, referring to a drooping or straggling habit. Virginiana, Linn. Fig. 1018. Shrub or small tree, MttaininL' L'.i ft. : lvs. oblique and cordate at the base, ol„Mat, . ,,,aiv.)\ crenate, pubescent on the veins be- n. a 1 :--; petals bright yellow, K-% in. long ; ral i-h yellow inside : fr. surrounded by tli.i. il •., t, ,,,],, half. Sept., Oct. Canada to Fla., west to \el>. and Tex. Em. 472. S.S. 5:198. B.M. 6684. L. B.C. 6:598. A.G. 11:657 and 17:771. JapAnica, Sieb. and Zucc. Shrub or small tree, to 30 ft. : lvs. roundish to oblong-ovate or obovate, sinuately crenate, prominently veined beneath, glabrous or pubes- cent, 2-4 in. long: petals Jiin. long, yellow; calyx lobes revolute, purplish or yellow inside: fr. only at the base surrounded by the calyx. Feb.-April. Japan. — There are 2 varieties. Var. arbdrea, Rehd. (H. nj-Mren, Mast.). Lvs. larger, usually more roundish and of firmer tex- ture: petals golden yellow; calvx deep purple inside: of more vigorous growth. B.M". 6659. R.H. 1891:47?. HAMAMELIS G.C. II. 1:187 and 15:205 and III. 9:2-17. G.M. :!4:94. Var. Zucoariniina, Arb. Kew. Lvs. smaller and thinner: petals canary yellow; calyx pale or brownish yellow in- side. G.F. 4:257. Gn. 17, p. 251. Alfred Rehder. HAMfeLIA (Hem-y Louis Duhamel du Monceau, 1700-1782, prominent French botanical author). Mitbid- cece. This genus contains a tender shrub with large clusters of scarlet-orange fls. much prized in Fla., and recently urged for northern conservatories under the name of "Scarl.t Rii-h." About 13 species of tropical and subtri'i'iiiil Am. riran shrubs, glabrous or pubes- cent: lvs. M|ip.,.i!, .ii ill whorls of 3-1, petioled, ovate- oblong, :irni. Ill li.ili .'Ills: tis. in terminal, 2-3-forking cynif's. v.ll.iM, riiMi-li ..r s..;ii-l..f, willi pedicels short .'rii^ii.', '■■"• :: i ■:!. ;■ :r -r nl -1 lu^ll -liaped, about ' : I lis 5 : ovary I ■ -' . ' I many-seeded. ll"iT"|'"".' '- ■ii-iii-iii- I I". 11^.: ■■ •-■ li-il berry, Ilamelia pal.iis. ;i nutiv,.. ,.f thii West Indies and S. Florida, along the coast, a beautiful and almost unknown plant, should become a favorite in greenhouse culture. The lvs. have a purplish hue at some seasons of the year, and the fls. an- nf a briirlit orange-red color. In Florida it must sun ly l.i .nmn n. favorite for open-air planting, as it is tin n- lan ly l^illr.l down by frost, and when it is it sprouts iii. r. lulily Ir.nu the root, and blooms the following summer. It is in bloom for many months, and without doubt could be forced at any season. With age it becomes a woody shnib, 5-12 ft. in height. The fls. are succeeded by handsome black berries, which are retained a long while. A. Fls. scarUt-orange : berries ovoid, black. pitens, Jacq. Lvs. typically in 3's, rarely 2-5, more or less villous-pubescent: cymes 2-3-forked, disposed in a pedunculate, terminal umbel. B.M. 2533. AA. Fls. oniiiije-yellow : berries globular, purple. sphaerocArpa, Ruiz & Pav. Lvs. in 3's, oblong, hirsute on both sides : cymes disposed in terminal panicles : corolla tubular, distinctly 5-cornered: berries hispid. Woods of Peru. g. N. Reasonee and W. M. HAPLOPAPPUS is Aplopapp-us. HARRIS 711 HAPLOPH*LLUM. Fi.m,..i,s. HARPALITIM. All referred to Beli, ■tlhi. HARRIS, JOSEPH (Fig. 1019), agricultural author, was born June 29, 1828, in the village of Shawbury, England, and died at his home at Moreton Farm, near Rochester, N. Y,, Nov. 18, 1892. His father and fore- fathers for several generations were farmers; it is, therefore, but natural that he should have inherited a thing pertaining to rural life. From early youth he showed a re- markable fondness for investigation and ex- perimentation, in the pursuit of whieh he found gratification by his study of agricul- tural chemistry with Messrs Liwes & Gil belt on their famous experiment farms at Rothtmsted It wa he : agii nItuK an I li iii cultuie In the ■^e^r 1849 he cime to Amei ica, and soon become one of the foremost and lural piess His "^\ilks and 1 ilks on the tirm ' which appeared in the ( ene ee i iimei m lS(,4-05 attracted general attention, and in 1866, when the "Genesee Farmer" was purchased by the "American Agriculturist," Mr. Harris joined the editorial staff of this paper and continued his " Walks and Talks " in each number up to 1876. Afteran intermission of eight years. tings lie earnestly endeavored to im- • iders that the real source of fertilitj^ xiAWATIft or in the stores of plant-food lying I ^^T;,,,,, 1, and that tillage, underdraining and {"r"- , V"*, 8 712 he resumed them again unttTthe increasing demands of his seed business upon his time prevented him from continuing them. In all there were 171 chapters. It is to be regrel ted that these " Walks and Talks " have never been published in book form, as they constitute a deci- dedly unique feature in our agricultural 11 terature. These articles were written in the form of conversations with the "Deacon," who was his neighbor and oue^if the oldest farmers in the town, and not, as has often been sup- posed, a fictitious character. They are narratives of actual experiences on the farm, and talks about things that occupied his thought for the time, and have, there- fore, an intensely practical character throughout. He lets the Deacon state that farming is a poor business, and then patiently talks him out of it, and convinces hira that the only farming that pays is "hinh farming," mak- ing a garden of the entire farm. He cherished the idea that the intelligent farmer must put his questions to the soil and not to his neighbor, and then have the patience to wait and read the answers when they come. He had an abiding belief in manures and clean land, and in all his writings he earnestly endeavored to i press upon his readers ■ must be looked for dormant i thorough cultivation are the means by which we develop and render this plant-food available, and that the real basis of success is faith accompanied by good works. His books, "Harris on the Pig," "Talks on Manures," and "The Use of Nitrate of Soda" are all of the same practical stamp. His last book, "Gardening for Young and Old," as jts title indicates, is intended as a guide for the boy and his grandfather at the same time, but with the mental reservation that it should be principally for the young folks. Mr. Harris realized the need of more gardening and better gardeners, and had strong faith in the promising future of seed-growing in this country. In the development of these industries he saw bright opportunities for the boys, because they were young and could afford to wait, and especially because they would be more liable to adopt new processes. In this work he makes a strong plea for a more general cultiva- tion of fiowers, losing no opportunity to convince the reader that the beauty of flowers elevates the tastes, and their cultivation gives health and pleasure. These and similar sentiments pervade all his writings, and may well serve as a keynote to his life's aim. Whatever work he undertook he did with a full heart and convinc- ing earnestness. His writings and teachings have left an indelible impress upon legions of cultivators of the soil, because he was sound in principle and honest in his convictions. In summing up his life-work, it is safe to assert that no one has done more in this country to dignify rational and profitable agriculture and horti- culture than Joseph Harris. p. ji. Hesajier. HARTWf;GIA (Theodor Hartweg collected in Mexico for the Horticultural Society of London, and found these plants near Vera Cruz). OrcJiiflficea. A genus of 2 species of tender epiphytic orchids from tropical Amer- ica, growing about a foot high and bearing purple Hs. The genus has the habit of Epidendruni, section Am- phiglottis, but differs in having the labellum saccate at the base, in which respect the genus approaches Po- nera ; however, Ponera has a very different habit. H. purpurea was once advertised by John Saul. Rest them in a coolhouse Oct. to Mar. Growing temperature should be 65-90°. purptirea, Lind. Lvs. solitary, leathery, ovate-lanceo- late, equally terete with the stem, many times shorter than the thread-like peduncle: fls. small, purple; sepals acute, a little larger than the petals; limb of the lip white at the base, callous. Mex. HARVEST BELLS. Oe>, HAWAIIAN ISLANDS HASSOCK GRASS. Co alt DeschampsU HASTlNGSIA ( S. Clinton Hastings, promoter of Cali- fornian botany). I/iUAcew. Two bulbous plants of the Pacific slope, with white or greenish fls. in many-fld. panicles or racemes : perianth segments distinct, each obscurely :i-nerved; stanir-nsr,: styleslinrt. Hastingsias bulb: Ivs. thick. Th.-'i n.j s|„r„.s ar..',,uvr.a liv'<-.,| lec- tors, but they are lilth- kiiowu in ciiU. Tnatimnt as forCamassia. H. Alba, Wats., ii i;-:i It. high : ivs. '.,iu. or less wide : raceme simple or nearly so, I ft. long, densely fld., the fls. Hin. or less long, white or greenish white; stamens equaling the segments. N. Calif, north- ward. H. bractebsa, Wats. Bracts narrow and nearly equaling the fls., which are larger than in the other, and white; stamens half as long as segments: Ivs. longer. Off^g""- L. H. B. HAW, or HAWTHORN. Consult Craft. HAW, BLACK, ribiinuim pnoiifolhoi HAWAIIAN ISLANDS, HORTICULTURE IN, Fig. p known as the Hawaiian or Sandwich Islands is located about 2,100 miles from San Francisco, in a southwesterly direction. It lies between the paral- lels 18^ M' anil 2:i° 5' nort^^atitude and between the lu.rili-in. l.-n |h' :iiid 160° W west longitude. -\i! 1' ■ niost important islands have an area of ■■''" I ' , i ur miles, or rather less than that of JI:i--.i. nil-. I .. ;i,ii| extend about 380 miles from north- CL.IMATES. — It is hardly possible to speak of the cli- mate of Hawaii ( as the whole group is sometimes called) , for there are so many different climates in this small forms so Important tions of a countrv, i: iplp. which mimI condi- 1 1 II. rent re- ■ - of each gions and even in 1. .r : , : . . , ; other. To understand 1 1 Inu.ii ).■ <■..,, essary to recall that those isUunIs are of volcanic for- mation, their central parts and the larger part of their area being occupied by rugged and high mountains, with valli-ys lying between the ranges and narrow plain II ,M ili> r.o-l. r,. Ill- in the path of the north- e:i-i ' : i 1 aid side of the islands re- Cihi , , I , :: ihroughout the year, while tilt'- n- : I' -inparativflr dry. Thus, at HoiioUilu, : -lion- of (intm, tho annual rainfall avir,,. • r. ,' - ;■ . I,. - "Ji'li. tlin ,.f the city of Hilo, on il. I I '!■ i-iiiii .if Hawaii, measures 1- I ■ I i ■ i ;. i u ; a range, as, for examiih-. iti- Imh; - -f I'm r,'.\ ,.( I |,,ii,,liilii, there is great variety of rainfall, certain localities ni-eiving fre- quent rains throughout the year, while others only two or three miles distant practice irrigation constantly. Some of the great sugar-cane plantations depend wholly upon the natural supply of water, while others could not grow cane at all without their expensive systems of artesian wells and irrigation. Similarly there is a great variation in the temperature in dilTiTont ]iart^ of this small but important country, but i\ ■■ . i!jni,-lv ^li:,'ht variations with the changing sea- sun-, rill' \. iiii'.ard side is cooler than that which is slii-lii r- '1 !> tip iiji.initains, but in no part of the islands would be expected from their variation in elevation from sea level to many thousand feet gives a like variation in temperature, so that some of the mountains of the largest island are covered with snow during a part of the year. In short, so far as cli- mate is concerned, the Hawaiian Islands offer all that could be asked for great and diversified horticultural industries. Horticultural Districts. — Only a small percentage of the total area of the country is suitable for cultiva- tion. The tillable portions are, in general, the plains along the coast and the valleys among the mountains. By far the larger part of such lands is now occu- pied by sugar-cane plantations, which are to be found on every important island of the group. There HAWAIIAN ISLANDS 713 11 1 = .(#■"' AI 4 Nl HAir ^ ^ LOAl JU 1 ^ .^ to-"" LOKAI "^&«\^ MAUI rgv HAV^AII •P ^' 1 Hawaiian Islands. The chief horticultural regions i coffee sections on the island of Hawaii, particularly the district of Kona, whose coffee has established a reputation for peculiar excellence of flavor. There are no large areas devoted to horticulture, but perhaps the most important horticultural regions, at the present time, are on the islands of Hawaii and Oahu. Some of the elevated lauds of Maui help to sup- ply the Honolulu market with potatoes. The main horticultural areas are designated on the map by the letters A, B, D, E. Present Status of Horticcltuke.— As will be seen from the foregoing statements, horticulture is as yet quite undeveloped. Almost all the scientific effort and investigation in agriculture (using that terra in its wider meaning) have been devoted to sugar-cane, for until recently the sugar planters' experiment station has been the only agricultural institution in the islands. There is, however, some considerable variety of horti- cultural pmclu.'ts, and tlif i-ultivnti'm of some of these has assnriH-'l r"iiiinfr''i;il jiiMi'-'TtiMn^, Ain<'ng the latter in the ti.'M nf i»,iii,,Im-v N thr l,;,T,^in:i. ..r which there are many diiT.iriit varnn-- in tli.- rMnntry. Some of these gniw wild in the w U, ;>< .iM in ilii< form than in any other way. Jhmv iihuit-^. -neli ;i^ rarnations, violets, pansies and the lilie, win n -r.iwn .m the lower lands, are cultivated in boxes raised some distance from the ground, for the grouml temperature seems to be rather too high to produce the best results. Hawaii is not quite so much a "land of flowers" to-day as in years gone by, for in recent years a most devastating pest, commonly known as the Japanese beetle, has driven the rose and other plants almost completely out of cultiva- tion. This, which is the most important insect enemy to horticulture, has been combated with its natural enemies in the way of fungi, and, ttough still a serious pest, its numbers are not so great as formerly. Landscape gardening may be mentioned, since it bears so close a relation to horticulture. Much money has 714 HAWAIIAN ISLANDS been spent in the "improvement" of home grounds, and some architectural gardening is to be found, but natu- ralistic landscape gardening is, as yet, in its infancy in the islands, though nature furnishes so many excellent types. Possibilities of Horticulture.— There can be no doubt that the climates and the qualities of the soils are such as to give to this country a very brilliant fu- ture in the production of varied and superior horticul- tural products. The amount of available land, however, is limited, since the lariier tillable tracts are already used in the production of sugar-cane, and will probably remain so occupied. Still there are a good many small areas admirably adapted to horticulture. Then, too, the matter of market is one which must be considered, since for all articles which cannot be shipped on a six days' voyage, the cultivator is limited at present to but one city of about 30,000 inhabitants and another good-sized town. Again, the highly devel- oped horticulture of California lies between Hawaii and the great American markets. These home towns, how- ever, are likely to double and treble their present popu- lation during the next few years, and while there are to-day many tons of fruit nn.l v.-t'.'t-.l.l.-^ imported from California on every cold-Nt. mostly rather small, crowded in short or k->.-, Liuiiiiiuuly elongated ro- settes: fls. white, rosy-striped, with somewhat irregular spreading limb, the style and stamens included. Cape region. Cultivation and propagation as for Aloe, Gas- teria .and Apicra. to wliich the genus is closely related. BB. Lvs. mostly biconvex, white-dotted. 5. Eeinwardtii, Haw. ( .1 Jr,e lff)vwardtii, Salm-Dyck). Fig. 1022. Lvs. erect, .ifi. n i.hiii.i cmvcx, inflexed at apex, very acute, sotii- w hai \. im .1 luiit-ath, the back or both faces with nniiniMns .l,-. aii.l white tubercles in more or less evident rows. 6. coarctata, Haw. (H. Veinnardtii viridis, Aide coarctUta, Schult. f.). Lvs. thicker, clearer green and more succulent, strongly biconvex, the back with a few scattered, scarcely elevated whitish dots. Foliage ette ompact ■ lvs. not ho B Margi C Shape lvs. lanceolate. {Aspect somewhat of Aloe humilis.) D TJie lvs. coarsely white- tubi'rciilate. 7 attenuata. Haw. {Aloe attenuata, Hnvf. Apicra at- tenuAta Willd.). Lvs. thick, attenuate, rigidly spreading, 1 ither concavo-convex, sca- t rous or often white-dotted ilnve the back with the hitc tubercles mostly in tnusverse rows. B.M. 1345 IS Aloe liadula). 8 lasciata. Haw. (Albe fascidta, Salm-Dyck. Aplcia fasci&ta, Willd.). Lvs more turgid, suberect, merel\ acute, not scabrous, the large white dorsal tuber- IfS confluent in rather dis- tant transverse bands. HAWORTHIA 9. margaritifera, Haw. {H. mtr/or. Dural. Aide mar- garitifera , Burra. ) . Lvs. turgid, spreading, merely acute, both faces with scattered coarse white tubercles, which often turn green on the upper surface. P.U. 57. Varies into several named forms. DD. The h'S. less conspicitoitsli/ ichite-tuherculaie. 10. rugdsa, Bak.( J^Wcriig'd.sn, Salm-Dyck. B.Bddula asperior). Lvs. long attenuate, spreading, plano-convex, both faces with irregularly placed, rather coarse green- ish tubercles. 1022 Haworthia Reinwardtu 11. subulita, Bak. (Aide sttbuUta, Salm-Dyck). Like the preceding, but the scattered or mgosely confluent tubercles very small, whitish. 12. Eidula, Haw. (Aide Bddula, Jacq. Ap\cm ad- (ZH?n, Willd.). Lvs. shorter, the white tubercles finer. Cape. !.•!. hybrida, Haw. Lvs. short, more turgid, the upper face somewhat rugose, the lower with scattered green tubercles. Cape? cc. Shape of lvs. ovate to deltoid, succulent, not tuber- cnlate, spreading, the rosette often somewhat elongated. U. teaaellkta„B.a,w. (Aide iessellita,Schu\t.i.). Lvs. acute or acuminate, setosely denticulate, scabrous be- neath, the smooth upper surface with pale lines anas- tomosing in squares. 15. reciirva, Haw. (Aide reciirva. Haw. ApXcra re- cw»-i'n,Willd.); Lvs. entire, scabrous beneath, thesmooth upper surface longitudinally jiale striate. B.M. 1353. 16. cymtiif6rmis, II:i\v.( //. ...i,, •I'lru. Haw. Aide cymbl- Mrmis, Haw. J ..„,„/„, /../,.i . Srlmul. Aplcra cijtnbw- tt;m,Willd.|. Ly>, I 111 in-, -ill th, rather obtuse, longi- tudinally striate. B.M. siii. CCC. Shape of lvs. cuncatcly prismatic, pellucid. D. Tlie lvs. erect, obliquely truncate, with deltoid, pale- striate apex. 17. mirAbilia, Haw. (Aide viirdbilis, Haw. Aplcra miriibilis, Willd.). Lvs. ciliate-denticulate on margin .and keel, sparingly tuberculate beneath. B.M. 1354. 18. aapSrula, Haw. (Aide aspirula, Schult. f.). Lvs. entire, finely scabrous. 19. rettiaa, Haw. (Aide rethsa, Linn. Aplcra retitsa, Willd. Calevdla retfi„,n.i,lea,^\\l. Aplcra arachnoldes, Wilkl. Cahrdiii arurhuoldea. Medic). Lvs. more flattened-triquetrous, aristately pointed, the angles ciliate-toothed. B.M. 756. BE. Margin and keel of lvs. horny-bordered. 25. albicans. Haw. (ff. Icrvis, Haw. Aide IcevigAta, Schult. ^4.(i/^i('fi)is, Haw. A.marginAta,\j&m. Aplcra albicans, Willil.l. Lvs. broad, 3-sided, acute, entire, few dorsal tubercles, white-bordered. William Trelease. smooth oi B.M. 1452 HAWTHORN. See Cratagus. HAWTHOEN, EAST INDIAN. Eaphiolepl HAZAKDIA (Barclay Hazard, Californian botanist). Co>,f I fix I iir. This includes a small Californian subshrub, witlisilvL-ry leaves and peculiar, not pretty, heads of fis., liorue in August. It is suitable for rockeries and bed- ding out, but there are better woolly-leaved plants in cult. The genus has about 4 species of stout, tomentose, deciduous shrubs of the islands off the coast of Calif.: heads wbite-tomentose, numerous, in large cymose pani- cles, which terminate the branches; rays 5-8, neuti-al, very short, ligulate or irregularly 5-toothed or lobed, pale yellow changing to brownish purple. In 1887 E. L. Greene made this new genus, remarking that it differs from Diplostephium mainly in habit, the paucity, re- duced size, and different color of its rays. It also lacks the tuft of hairs characteristic of the style-tips of Co- rethrogyne. det6nsa, E. L. Greene. (Corethrdgyne detdnsa, Greene). Lvs. of firm texture, 3-5 in. long, obovate-oblong, coarsely serrate: upper^urface of older lvs. partly di- vested of the white tomentjum which covers all other parts of the plant. p. Fkanceschi and W. M. HAZEL. See Corylus. CJiilean Haze) is Gevuina HEAL-ALL. Brunella. EEABT'S EASE. Old English name for Pansy, Viola HEARTSEED or BALLOON VINE. Cardiospermum. HEATH, HEATHER. The common Heather of Old World literature is a hardy plant, Calluna vulgaris. The greenhouse Heaths are from the Cape of Good Hope and Europe, and belong to the genus Erica. For St. Dabeoc's Heatb, see Daba'-cia. Heating. HEBECLtNIUM. All refer HfiCHTIA (J. G. H. Hecht, who died in 1837). Bro- meliAcew. A genus of 15 species of Mexican succulent plants, one of which is perh.aps cult, in a very few fan- ciers' collections of tender plants for its dense rosettes of recurved spiny lvs., which are purple above from the middle to the tip and silvery beneath. The genus is distin- guished by having dicecious fls. The fls. have no decora- tive value, being one-third of an inch across, white, in 716 HECHTIA small sessile, axillary, yellow-bracted heads, borue at in- tervals o£ an inch or so on a very slender scape 2 ft. long. Give perforated pots and high temperature. Mon, by C. Mez in DC. Mon. Phan. 9:543-551 (189G). glomerata, Zucc.(ir. Ghiesbrechtii, Lem.). Lvs. 10-18 in. long, rigid, leathery, 9-12 lines wide at base, nar- rowed gradually to the sharp-pointed apes ; bracts sheathing, acuminate : corolla 3-lobed nearly to the base ; stamens 6 : ovary 3-celled. B.M. 5842. I.H. 10:378. — Soil of chopped moss, old manure and charcoal. HEDEdMA (Greek, si«f( sme/i). LaUHtcB. Ameri- can Pennyrotal. This is a plant of no ornamental value, but the seeds aro offered by our nurserymen to those who cultivate the plant for its medicinal oil, which is commonly sold in drug stores. It is claimed to be offen- sive to mosquitoes, and the plant can be easily natu- ralized in dry, sandy spots. It is common in woods and along roads. The genus has about 16 species, all Amer- ican. The Pennyroyal of the Old World is Mentha Pa- legiiim, sometimes cult, for its lvs. and tops, which are used as culinary herbs. ptilegioides, Pers. American Pennyroyal. Annual, &-18 in. high : stem very slender, much branched, pu- bescent : lvs. opposite, ovate to oblong-obovate, spar- ingly serrate in the upper portion, mostly obtuse at the apex and narrowed at the base, K-IJ^ in. long: fls. in axillary clusters; corolla purple, 2-lipped, the lower one with 3 large lobes. July-Sep. B.B. 3:10G. HfiDERA (ancient Latin luime of the- Ivy). Ariilii)- ceiE. Ivy. Ornamental evi iL-n rn , ! ithI.im - shrubs, with alternate, entire or palmni' : !, long-petioled lvs., inconspicuous green i !. :' il. peduncled umbels, appearing in fall. :ii"l i'i ni.. i :ir. iy yellow, red or whitish berries. Somesmail-lMl. intm-i may be grown North if protected during the winter, but most of the larger-lvd. and variegated forms are too tender north of the middle states. The Ivy is a very valuable plant for covering w:dls, rocks, trunks of trees and trellis- used for covering walls in cool greenh in drawing-rooms and for hanging baskets. It is a pop- ular window-garden plant, enduring many uncongenial conditionsand thriving without bright sunlight. In shady lOM Hedera Helix (X',) rorm with white ribbsd le i\ps places under trees it makes a handsome evergreen car- pet, and is also often used for borders of shrubberies or flower beds. It grows in almost any soil, but best in a somewhat moist and rich one, and in shaded positions. The climbing or creeping branches do not flower; fls. are produced on erect, bushy branches, appearing on old, high-climbing plants only. Prop, by cuttings of half-ripened wood at any time of the year in the green- house or in frames, or, in more temperate regions, in HEDERA the open ground in fall ; gentle bottom heat will hasten the development of roots considerably; also increased by layers and by seeds. The slow-growing forms, espe- cially the shrubby ones, are often grafted on ciminKs of strong-growing varieties. Two species in Eu., K. Afr. and Asia. Fls. perfect ; calyx 5-toothed ; petals and stamens 5: ovary 5-celled : f r. a 3-5-seeded berry. Many Araliads have been described formerly as species of Iledera which are now referred to other genera. A good popular monograph is Shirley Hibberd's "The Ivy: A Monograph, comprising the history, uses, characteris- tics, and affinities of the plant, and a descriptive list of all the garden Ivies in cultivation." London, 1872. Helix, Linn. Ivy. English Ivy. Fig. 1023. High climbing or creeping: lvs. usually 3-5-lobed. dark green above, pale or yellowish green beneath, -those of the dowering branches entire, generally ovate: calyx with minute teeth; calyx, pedicels and tips of young branches covered with grayish white stellate hairs: fr. black, sometimes yellow. Eu., Canaries, N. Afr., Asia. -A very variable species, of which more than 60 varieties are cult, in European gardens. Some of the most re- markable are the following : Var. AlgeriSnsia, Hort. Lvs. roundish or broadly ovate, entireorslightly3-lobed, rather large, bright green ; a variegated form has tho lvs. edged yellowish white. Var. arbor^acens, Loud. (U. (irldrea, Hort.). Not climbing, forming an erect, low shrub: lvs. ovate to elliptic, entire. This variety is gained by using flowering branches for propagation. There are also some variegated forms, as Silver Queen, with silvery variegated lvs. Var. aurantiaca, Andr^. Lvs. rather small, ovate or triangular-ovate, entire or 3-loIjetl. the middle lobe often with few coarse teeth, greyish green : fr. orange-red. B.H. 1884:84. Var. Canari^nsis, DC. Lvs. large, roundish ovate, entire or slightly 3-lobed, bright or yellowish green, to 8 In. broad, those of flowering branches often broader than long. Canaries. Tender. Var. Civendishi, Hort. (var. marfiiiicifa minor, Hort.). Slow-growing, with rather small dull green lvs., edged creamy white, striped red orpink infall. Var. chrysocirpa, Ten. (U.chrysoedrpa, Walsh. i7. ;)0(> Ginger Lily. Gakla- ■ I tropical Asian erect. Iim: .. canna and ginger. FN. lu stamen 1, with a 2-loculed o staminodia sometimes presi six divisions, one of whi* ' • , rl.p 1 irLT-whitefls. '■■ : i ■ ■ I'l.Y Lily. ■ i , - ■, . ■ I,- like 25 .;. -.i-:.: ,, :. ;i.s allied to tvnii;ii.il -inl-.j ur thyrse; lu-r surrouTiiling the style; t; flower-tube slender, with alarged and lip-like. Hedychiums are strong-growing plants, very orna- mental, both in foliage and in flower. They are essen- tially fall bloomers, although they may be made to bloom more or less continuously under glass. After blooming, gradually dry off the rhizomes, and let them rest for a time. Pot them up in spring or early sum- mer, and give them rich soil and ph-nty of water and an occasional supply of liquid manure. The rhizomes may be divided every two or three years. They need an abundance of water. In fact, the pots may be set half their depth in water, and R. coronarium is often immersed until only the crown is emersed. The com- mon white-flowered species is II. coronarium. This re- quires warmhouse treatment for best results, although it often flowers well when plunged in a warm, half- shady place in the open. The species do not stand frost, but they may be left out in the South if well protected. The flowers are very fraerant; in fact, their odor may be too heavy for a small room. A. F!s. white. coronarium, Koenig. Three to !y ft.: lvs. canna-like, green, pointed: fls. very lart'e CJ-l in. across), long- tubed, pure white or the lip s.niiri mmi's blotched green, the 3 outer segments iinirnv,, ili.- lip large and erect and more or less lolic-.l. Imli.i. l'...M.7i>8. L. B.C. 6:507. — Handsome and worthy. N Is w^iriu quarters. Said to have been sold as Mifrasina carncrfolia, but that name belongs to a wholly different plant. AA. I^ls. yellow or red. fl4vum, Roxbg. Fls. large, orange; corolla tube cylin- drical, 2M in. long; segments spreading, the outer ones linear, acute and an inch or so long, the lip very large and rounded, refuse ; stamen not exserted. India. B.M. 3039 (and 2378!)- Gardnerianum, Roscoe. Tall: fls. light yellow, odd, short-stalked in the terminal spike, but the red filament long-projected beyond the segments; lip oval and short 3-toothed, the other segments narrow: fr. red and showv. India. B.M. 6913. B.R. 9:774. J.H. III. 32:239 (in fruit). G. C. III. 11:176 (plate erroneously labeled If . coronarium). — The best of the genus, and hardier than M. coronarium. coocineum, Buch.-Ham. Fls. rather small, scarlet, the filament long-projected; lip nearly or quite entire: fl.- bracts conspicuous. India. L.B.C. 8:705. L. H. B. HEDtSAEUM (Greek tor sn-ect smell). Lerjuminbsa-. Two or 3 North American herbs, and about 00 in the Old World. Perennial herbs or subshruhs, with odd pinnate lvs., and often showy r.ici-nies of red, purple or w-hite, small pea-like fls. ; calyx 5 cleft, the teeth neariy equal. Standard obcordate or obovate ; keel nearly straight and longer than the wings; stamens 9 and 1 ; fr. a flattened jointed pod. Very closely allied to Desmodium, but the latter genus has 3-foliate lvs. Many of the Hedysarums are attractive border plants. They are of easiest culture in a light and open, well-drained soil. Give a sunny place. Hardy. Prop, by division and seeds. For the Sainfoin, sometimes known as H. Onohrychis, see Ono- A. Fls. normally red (varying lo white). coronarium, Linn. French HoNEYsr.KLn. Perennial or biennial, 2-4 ft. tall, branchy. An old garden plant 718 • HEDYSARUM with red, fragrant fls., crowded in axillary spikes or racemes: Ivs. with 3-7 pairs of elliptic or roundish, somewhat pubescent Ifts. Eu. Var. dlbum, Hort., has white fls. AA. Fls. normally purple {varying to ivhite). multiidgum, Maxim Hardy perennial of angular, straggling growth, 2-5 ft. high, very showy, and worthy of general cult. Fls. violet or puiplish magenta, with yellow blotches, in racemes 8-18 in. long, all -Of recent introduction. Very fine for rockwork. boreile, Nutt. (B. AmericAmiin, Britt.). Erect or half -decumbent herb, simply or nearly so, 1-3 ft.: Ifts. 5-10 pairs, glabrous, oblong or oblanceolate: fls. violet- purple, varying to white, the calyx teeth ovate-acute and shorter than the tube. Labrador and northern N. Eng- land across the continent. Mackinzii, Richards. Much like the last, but some- what pubescent: Us. larger, calyx teeth awl-like and " longi:r than the tube. Colo. N. and W. . Palmdce;ilm is by no means a rapid grower. In 1 II. ss of foliage, it is fully equal to the Kill . . . Lnaoefulness and symmetry of growth Will ].tii jui.rably with any of the commercial species. In .^. <.'aiif. it is cult, outdoors. Canterburyana. H. Wendl. & Drude (Klntia Canter- 6H»!/(i(irt, F. Muell.). Umbrella Palm. Fig. 1024. Tall, spineless palm, with a thick, stout caudex: Ivs. termi- nal, dense, equally pinnatisect, the numerous seiriiients linear-lanceolate, acuminate, the lower nerves rfiiirved at the base, rather remote from the margin; i;u'liis arched, recurving: spaaix with a short peduncle, and thickened, flexuose branches; areolae lax: fls. medium: fr. ovoid, large. R.H. 1873, p.218. F.R.1:85. The illus- tration (Fig. 1024) is adapted from Martins. Jared G. Smith and W. H. Taplin. HEiEIA (commemorative of Oswald Heer, Swiss botanist). Mrhistmnacetf. lnc[ndes Htteroceiitrnii. Ac- cording to the latest monographer (Cogniaux, DC. Monogr. Phaner. 7), the genus has 6 Mexican and Cen- tral American species. They are herbs or shrubs, erect or prostrate, with opposite membranaceous pinnately nerved (rarely 3nerved) entire Ivs., and white, rose or purple irregular fls. in panicles or rarely solitary. Not to be confounded with Centradenia, which has winged stems, unequal-sided Ivs. and calyx teeth small and much shorter than the calyx tube. Stamens 8, very un- equal, the 4 larger ones with long appendages or connec- tions : ovary loculed : petals 4. — Warmhouse plants, requiring the culture of Centradenia, but grown chiefly for the fls., whereas Centradenias are grown nlso for foliage. H. rdsea, Triana (Hetrroceiitron Mr.rir,;,nnn, Naud., ff. rdseum, Br. & Bouchi) is the o.ily species in general cult. A foot or more high, with 4-angled (but not winged) stem; Ivs. elliptic, obtuse or acute, pinnate-nerved : fls. bright rose, in a large, terminal panicle, showy. B.M. 5166. I. H. 3:97. Var. 41ba, Hook., is a white-fld. form. l. H. B. HELENI6PSIS. See ITeloniopsis. HELfiNIUM ( possibly the author had in mind Helenus, the son of Priam, but he left no record of the application of this name). Compdsilm. Sneeze Weed. About 25 species of hardy annual and perennial herbs, bearing yellow fls. from early summer to late autumn. Only the perennials are in cultivation. Stem erect, usually branching above: Ivs. alternate, narrowly to broadly lanceolate, entire or toothed, glandular-dotted ; petiole and stem sometimes winged; heads solitary or corym- bose, yellow or brownish. The genus closely resembles Helianthus, but differs in having elongated, often top-shaped fruits, which are never compressed and are usually silky villose; while the fruits of Helianthus are generally more or less 4- sided and are smooth. In Helenium the receptacle is naked; in Helianthus it bears paleaceous bracts, which subtend the florets. Heleniums thrive best in a rich, moist soil, with a sunny aspect, and are propagated by seeds, cuttings or division. All the species are very easily grown, the only serious diifieulty being a white aphis which sometimes attacks the roots. If plants look unhealthy they should be lifted, washed with an insecticide and reset in a new place. The commonest species in cult, is H.autumnale, but perhaps the most valuable species for general plant- ing is H. Hoopesii, which is one of our earliest blooming composites, and is also desirable for the border or for cut-flowers. H. Hoopesii, Bolanderii and autiimnale will give bloom in succession from May-Oct. The first two are also attractive when grown in pots, but they do not flower from seed the first year, either in pots or in the open. A. Stem and branches winged. B. Disk yellow. autumnile, Linn. (IT. grandifUrum, Nutt.). Fig. 1025. Stem 2-6 ft. high, roughish, leafy: Ivs. mostly toothed, smooth: heads 1-1^.2 in. across, numerous, borne at the end of sliort, very leafy stalks: rays drooping, 3-cleft. lemon-yellow to rich orange; disk yellow. July-Oct. HELENIUM Moist places, Can. toFla. and west to B. C. and Ariz. B.M. 2994. Gn. 29:533; 55:1216. A.G. 12:682. G.C. III. 10: 433. -Very showy. It has distinct merit for the back of borders, but is more appreciated in Europe than in Anieriou. There are several garden forms: var. pdmi- lum is 1-2 ft. high, a very free bloomer, and is largely grown for cut-flowers in some places; vnr. ^randifldrum HELIANTHEMUM 719 r sup6rbum are unusually rigorous an 1 Hige-fld.; var. Btrii- tum has a maioonand gold disk, with yellow lays variously striped and splashed with rich crimson. J.H. III. 31:293. This should be distinguished from the striped forms of H. nudUlorum. BB. Disk hrown or purplish, r. Zi-s. all entire: heads sotitarg or few, long-stalked. Bigelovii, Gray. Stem 2-3 ft. high, nearly smooth: upper Ivs. narrow to oblong-lanc30late, lower spatulate: beads commonly lk-23^ in. broad: rays %in. long: flower-stalk slender. Aug. Wet ground, Calif. S.H. 1:373. BoUnderi, Gray. Stem 1-2 ft. high, stout, somewhat pubescent : Ivs. oblong to ovate-lanceolate, the lower obovate: heads commonly 3 in. wide: rays often 1 in. long : flower-stalks thick, hollow. June-Sept. Low ground, N. E. Calif. Gn. 29, p. 191. R.H. 1891, p. 377.- Sometimes grown as E. grandiflorus. cc. Lower Ivs. toothed : heads numerous, corymbose, short-stalked. nudiSldrum, Nutt. Stem 1-3 ft. high, roughish, leafy: lower Ivs. spatulate, toothed : heads 1-lKin. across: rays wedge-shaped, drooping, yellow, brown-purple or striped with both colors. July-Oct. Moist soils, N. C. to Fla., west to 111. and Tex. -A garden form, var. grandic^phalum striatum, has fls. over 2 in. across. AA. Stem and branches not u'inged. Hoopesii, (iray. Stem 1-3 ft. high, stout, slightly to- mentose wlten young, but soon smooth, branching above into an umbel of several to many fls. : Ivs. thickish, en- tire: heads usually borne singly on long stalks, com- monly 3 in. wide : rays but slightly drooping ; disk yellow. May-Sept. Rocky Mts.-A very fine border plant, and especially valuable for cut-fls. 46 ff. Doiifllasii, Hort. = Mouolopia major.— if. tenuitblium, Nutt. Annual. A weed in the southern Atlantic and south- western states. Stem 8 in. to 2 ft. high, very leafy: Ivs. thread- like, entire, sessile, often whorled. Va., Fla., west to Mo. and 'l'"^^- S. W. Fletcher. HELIANTHfiLLA (Greek, resembling Belianlhus). Compo.silce. Eleven species of hardy perennial herbs from North Amer., with showy yellow fls. borne in au- tumn. The species described below is advertised by a western dealer in native plants. Stem commonly uu- branched: Ivs. mostly scattered and sessile, linear or lanceolate, entire: heads solitary or few, with yellow rays and a yellow or brownish disk. The single species in cultivation is easily grown in a variety of soils, and is propagated by seeds or by dividing the rootstocks. Helianthella belont's to ;, ^i,.ii|, ,,f genera distin- ' !m' fruits laterally I I "Musely angled. Other cultivated geiui:i.i : 1. , _ . ■ ;. |. are Actinomeris, Encelia and Verbesiiui, \'. huU mc ili.-imguished from one another by combinations of fruit and pappus char- quinquenervis, Gray. Stem 2-4 ft. high, nearly smooth: Ivs. mostly opposite, 4-9 in. long: heads3-5in. broad, long-stalked, solitary or a few below in the axils of the Ivs., with an involucre of large, leafy bracts : rays pale yellow, IK in. long. June-Sept. Rockv Mts. S. W. Fletcher. HELIANTHEMUM (Greek for sun flower). Cis- taceie. Rock Rose. Sun Rose. Fkostweed. Herbs or subshrubs in temperate and warm climates of Old and New Worlds. The species are confused, and estimates of their numbers vary from 30 to more than 100. Fls. opening in the sun, mostly yellow, usually in terminal clusters; petals 5, soon falling; stamens many: ovary imperfectly 3-locuIed, containing numerous seeds ; style 1 : stems hard and more or less woody : Ivs. small, linear or oblong, entire, often grayish. Helian- themums are evergreens or nearly so, forming low mats of herbage, and bearing a profusion of fls. in hot weather. They are especially adapted for rockwork and borders. They thrive in rather poor soil. Although the following species are fairly hardy in the North, they profit by a protection of mulch. Prop, mostly by divi- sion; also by seeds and by cuttings of half -ripe wood. SeeCistus. Sweet's "Cistineie" (1825-1830, London) is the monumental work on these plants. See, also, Nich- olson in Gn. 26, p. 420, for a running account of the gar- den forms. CanadSnse, Michx. Frostweed. Diffuse, 2 ft. or less high, caulescent : Ivs. oblong, linear, or oblanceo- late, nearly sessile: fls. solitary or 2 together, 1 in. across, bright yellow, the sepals hairv. In rocky and sandy soil, Me. to N. C. and Wis. G.W.F. 29. -Sold by collectors. The later axillary branches produce small apetalous fls. Chamaecistus, Mill. Usually less than 1 ft. tall, pro- cumbent, forming mats : Ivs. linear-lanceolate or broader, numerous at the base of the plant, small, hoary beneathbut green and hairy above: fls. normally yellow, in loose, more or less nodding racemes, on hairy pedi- cels. Eu., N. Afr., W. Asia.-This is the commonly cult, species, running into many forms. It is much less grown in this country than in Eu. It is an excellent rockwork plant. There are double-flowered forms; also forms with red and coppor folorr.l Hs. TIio following names occurring.' in tra^b- li-^i-i :in- tn br rrfcrvcd to this speeies-group : mi^inxt t f.-l m m . iilli,i-/ih' n.i. nitrdntea- plevo, crdceunt, '■''j'i-> am, ipa mlifh'nn n^ , Inl ssi'pi folium, liitea plena, tiiiihilfih . piirpidca-ph' w, rlioilii iilhemum, rhoddnthiim, i-ari,ihi I,-, vulgdre. ocymoides, Pers. (H. Algarvhise, Dun. Cistus Al- garven.'. I, i!L-(ii, nrli". pal.-iu'-.-Mns or allu- vial liiii.l. ».-il su|.|.h.-d «iil, ii,o,sii,,x- MTid ui.sli;,.led by trees. White, clayey and ipuoi- soils are uufavorahle Preparation of the soil should be tlioroiigh ; deep fall plowing followed by sprini^ ii;irrowing being preferred to spring preparation. The seeds are generally sown in drills running north and south, 30 in. apart, 9 in. asun- der in the drill, and 1 in. deep. Sometimes they are transniantedfromnurserybeds when4-6 in. tall. About HELIANTHUS a week after the plants appear they are thinned to 18 in asunder. From 4 to 6 pounds of the seed will sow an acre. Cultivation is the same as for corn, except that when the plants reach a height of 3-4 ft., the inferior rt^Y!^. 1026. Helianth flower heads should be removed, leaving only 4 or 5 on the principal stem. In windy climates hilling is some- times necessary to prevent blowing down. On some farms the roots are harvested as they ripen and placed upon floors or movable pole racks to dry. Upon larger areas they are cut to the ground when most of the heads have ripened and piled, heads up, to cure. The former method insures a much higher grade of oil, and is therefore preferred. Every effort is made to pre- vent fermentation, either in the heads or in the pile of seeds, since this injures the quality of the oil. When thoroughly dry the heads are either placed on racks or piled, face downward, on a floor and beaten with flails. The seeds are then spread thinly, shoveled over occa- sionally, and allowed to become perfectly dry before be- ing sent to the mill. The average yield is about 50 bushels to the acre. The percentage of husks ranges from 40 to 60; and the oil from 15 to 28. As a general rule, 100 bushels of seed will yield 33 bushels of ker- nels, 100 bushels of kernels from 280 to 320 gallons of oil of both qualities. Russian Sunflower, a large-seeded variety, producing a single head, grows 8 ft. tall, out is less esteemed for oil production than the small-seeded varieties. The common Sunflower, Helianthus annuus HELIANTHUS try luay be said to ■; at present but two well-developed markets for tbe seed. jj, q, Kains. angnstlfolius, 5. dorouicoides. IG. mollis, 17. gig.inteus, 13. multiflorus, 11. argopbylhis. 2. grosse-serratus, 10. orgyalis, 4. atforabens. 7, hirsutus. 21. pumilus, 18. CaUfornious, 1,20. tovigatus. 8. rigidus, 6. cucumerifoUm. 3. totiflonis, 19. stramosus. 9. deeapetalus. 11. Maximiliani. 14. trachelifoliiis, 22. debilis, 3. Missouriensis. 6. tuberosus, 15. divaricatus, 13. innuals: Ivs. long-pel ioled: disk brown or purplish. '.. Stem erect, stout, simple or branching above BB. Stem diffuse, slender, branch- ing freely from the base i. Perennials by creeping root- stocks: Ivs. sessile or short- petioled. B. Bisk brown or purplish. c. Itvs. linear, entire {except the lou cc. Jyi^s. ovate to broad-Ian late, mostly toothed, i rowed at the base in winged petiole BB. Bisk yellowish, C. stem smooth below, the branches often slighttij rough or pubescent. D. t/vs.pale beneath cc. stem rough or hairy hiUnc. D. Sootstocksthicheiml In- to one or more fleshy laevigatus strumosua grosse-serratus decapetalus divaricatus giganteus Maximiliani tuberosus DD. Jlootstocks all slender. E. Lower Ivs. sessile or with a clasping EE. Lower Ivs. short- petioled. p. Stem 1-2 ft., not branching 18. FP. Stem usually over S ft., branching. \9. Istiflorus CaliJornicus hirsutus trachelifolius 1. 4nnuus, Linn. Common Sunflower. Stem 3-12 ft., rough-hairy, often mottled : Ivs. 4-12 In. long, broadly ovate, acute, the lower cordate, coarsely serrate, rough on both sides: fls.3-G in. wide in wild specimens, often 14 in cult. July-Sept. Minn, to Tex., west to Wash, and Cal. Gn.27, p.68. Gt.4;!,p.!»5{asir. ?('«^id(- laris). B.R. 15:1265 (as i?. le,it!c,ih,ri.-:\ .- X valuable economic and fodder, the fls. yield a yell oil and are used for food. Russia. H. „ has Ion id into 1 ed for IS. Com- mon varieties are: Var. Calif6micus, vt-ry large and double; var. citrinus, with primrose-colored rays (Un. 49, p. .'!27i; var. globdsus fistulbsus, having enormous globular heads; var. ninus fl. pl,(Globe of Gold), dwarf and double, valuable for borders ; Russian Giant, 10-12 ft. high, single, grown mostly for seed; var.varie- gatus, with variegated Ivs., but not especially attrac- HELIANTHUS 721 2. argophyllus, Torr. & Gray. Silvekv-le.\ved Sun- FLOWEH. Stem usually 4-.t ft. high, soft grey, with a dense, silky pubescence, especially the upper branches. Otherwise like H. annuus, into which it seems to vary under cultivation if the seedlings are not constantly selected for their silky character. Te.xas. The var. Texana, Hort., which does not differ botanically front the type, is an attractive form of this species. R. H. 18o7,p 431 Gn 12, p 280, 27, p b7, 55, p 147 3 dftblUs, Nutt {E cui-ume'^ 11.) 9. Btrumdsus, Linn. St. .3-7 ft. high, usually branch- ing, often glaucous: Ivs. 3-8 in. long, ovate-lanceolate, rough above, entire or toothed : fls. 2}^-4 in. across; rays 8-15, 1-1 K in. long. July-Sept. Open woods. Can. to Ga. and west to Wis. and Ark. Var. mdllis, Torr. & Gray. Lvs. downy beneath. B.M. 3689 (asff. mollis, Lam.). 10. grdsse-Berratus, Martens. St. 6-10 ft. high, very smooth, glaucous: lvs. long-lanceolate, slender-petioled. HELIANTHUS rough above: fls. many, cymose, 1-3 in. broa-l. Aug.- Oct. Pa. to Mo., south to Tex. — Passes into if. j!!/a)i(e«s. 11. decapetalus, Linn. Stem 2-5 ft. bigh, branched above: lvs. 3-8 in. long, ovate-lanceolate, sharply ser- rate, thin, rough above, finely pubescent beneath : fls. 2-3 in. across, numerous; rays generally more than 10, in spite of the specific name. July-Sept. Moist soils, Quebec to Ga.,west to Mich, and Ky. G.C. II. 16:001.- Under cult, it has given rise to the horticultural var. multlJldrus )HH»i«o/-»5,Hort.).Fig.l028. B.M. 227. G.C. III. 10:421. Gn. 27:476, pp. 71,74; 45.P.373. Gt. 43, p. 554. Gng. 3:83. F.R. 2:413. The many garden forms of var. muUlfloriis differ mainly in the extent of doub- ling, season of blooming, habit of plant and size of fl. Among the best are : Var. flore pl^no and var. grandifldrus, almost completely double; var. major, fls. larger than common ; var. miximus, very large, single fls. with pointed ravs ; Soliel ' d'Or, with quilled florets, like a Cactus Dahlia. Multiflorus varie- ties are the most popular of peren- nial Sunflowers, and deser- vedly so. If the double forms are grown on poor soil, or are allowed to remain for several years without being divided, they become single. 12. divaricitus, Linn. Fig. 1029. Stem 1-6 ft. high : lvs. sessile, rough above, pubes- cent beneath, standing out nearly at right angles to the stem : fls. few or solitary, 2 Dry woodlands. Can. to Fla., we V.\. gigant^uB, Linn. Indian Potato. Stem 3-12 ft. high, stiput: lvs. 3-7 in. long, lanceolate, very rough, serrate or nearly entire : fls. usually several, 1^2-3 in. broad, mostly long-stalked; rays 10-20, barely 1 in. long, cupped, pale vellow : seeds smooth. Aug.-Oct. Wet ground. Can. to Fla., west to Neb. B.M. 7555. D. 165. — Var. subtuberdsuB, Bourgeau. A northern form with unusually fleshy roots, which were formerly col- lected by Indians for food. Hence "Indian Potato." U. Maximiliani, Schrad. Stem generally 2-4 ft. high, sometimes 8-10: lvs. inclined to be trough-shai)ed: fls. on short, densely pubescent peduncles; rays 15-30, gen- erally \yi in. long, deep yellow. Otherwise like H. gi- 3«ii*«HS, of which it is probably the western form. Aug.- Oct. Dry plains, west of Mississippi river. 15. tuberdsuB, Linn. Jercsalem ARTiCHOhE. Stem 5-12 ft., branched above, lvs. 4-8 in., usually ovate, acuminate, serrate, rough above, finely pubescent be- neath: fls. several or numerous, 2-3 in. across ; rays 12-20: seeds pubescent. Gn. 27:08. B.M. 7545. -Fre- quentlv cultivated for its edible tubers. See Artichoke, Jerusalem. 16. doronicoides. Lam. Stem 3-7 ft. high : Ivs. 4-8 in. long, ovate oblong, narrowed towards both ends, rough on both sides : fls. numerous, in loose panicles ; rays 12-20, broad. Otherwise as IT. Ictlifolius. Aug., Sept. Dry soils, Ohio to Mo. B.M. 2778 (as S. pubeseens). 17. ni611is. Lam. Stem 2-5 ft. high, stout, very lestfy, hoary villose, at least when young : lvs. 3-5 in. long, ovate-lanceolate, white-pubescent or rough on upper side: fls. solitary or few, 2-3 in. broad; rays 15-25. July-Sept. Barren soils, Ohio to Ga., west to la. and Tex. Gn. 55:1212. 18. pikmilns, Nutt. Stem rough and hairy throughout: lvs. only 5-7 pairs, 1-4 in. long, ovate-lanceolate : fls. few, short-peduncled. Eastern Rocky Mts. and adjacent plains. 19. laetiildruB, Pcrs. Snowy Scnfower. Stem 4-8 ft. high, leafy: lvs. 4-10 in. long, ovate-lanceolate, more or less serrate, rough on both sides: fls. several. 2-4 in. HELIANTHUS broad, short-peduncled ; rays 15-25, about l\i in. loug, showy. Prairies, Ind., 111., Wis. Gn. 45:960. G.M. 31:204. — A desirable Helianthus. The garden form B. semipleiius is better than the type. Resembles tall-grow- ing forms of S. rigidiis, but disk yellow. 20. Califdrnicus, DC. Stem 3-8 ft. high . Ivs. lanceo- late, rough on both sides: ds. loosely paniculate. Calif. — Most of the plants grown under this name are a gar- den form of ZT. •, Lincil. B.R. 2I:1S1 4); ,\: irk s..ai-k ■till v:ir.atro- coocineum, It.i rt.t/F.„ln,r, trr'ni, 1 uH.Hort. 1 var. atrosanguineum , Hurt . iU.atr ii'tmniiihii II m, H^rt! ). The forms with very large he :uls are often know n as H. I >iac,;i„lh,i,il, Hort. The dot: ible forms are often known f IS //. ,„„i,slr Its urn Hort. Other portraits of th is specii es will be found in B.R. 24:58. R.H. 1851: 101. BB. Heads medium to stnall, in clusters. C. Color yellow or orange. aTenJLrium, DC. A foot or less high, herbaceous: Ivs. plane, wh'ite-woolly, the lower ones oblong-obovate and long-attenuated into a petiole, the upper ones linear-lan- ceolate and acute: heads globular, in compact little co- rymbs, bright yellow. Perennial, in sand, France.— Ap- parently not cult, in this country. See Everlasting. orientMe, Gsertn. (Onaphdlium orientdle, Linn.). Stem simple, IJ^ ft. or less tall: lvs. oval-oblong to lan- ceolate, obtuse, sessile, rather small: heads bricrlit yel- low, small, globular, in corymbs. S. Eu. to Asia Minor.— Much cult, in Mediterranean regions, but little known in this country. apicuiatum, D. Don. Perennial, 1-2 ft., tomentose, leafy below: lvs. lance-spatulate. the base more or less spatulate: heads % in. across, in small heads or clus- ters, orange-yellow, the scales sharp-pointed. Australia. — Little known in this country. cc. Color white or nearly so. grrandifldrum, Less. Perennial, somewhat woody, de- cumbent at the base : lvs. crowded near the base, ses- sile, obovate to oval or oblong, obtuse, woolly on both sides : heads hemispherical, in corymbose clusters, glossy, cream-color, %m. across. S. Afr. diosmaeSdlium, Sweet. Tall, upright: lvs. very small, narrow-linear ( Kin. or less long), the margins revolute: heads small and numerous, white. -Cult, in S. Calif, by Franceschi. Australia; sometimes grows 20 ft. high. AA. Lvs. ovate or broader : border and vase plant. petlolitum, DC. (GnaplutUum lancUum, Hort.). Tender perennial, cult, for its long, woolly stems and woolly lvs., either as an edging in ribbon borders or as 1030. Hclichrysum bracteatum iX^). One of the choicest everlastings. an ornament in lawn vases : lvs. petiolate, ovate and broad at the base, obtuse: heads (not often seen in cult.) in branched cymes, the involucre scales obtuse, cream-white. S. Afr.— An old garden plant. Prop, by cuttings from stock plants carried over winter. L. H. B. HELICODEA. SeeBillbergia. HELICODfCEROS (Greek, .?pimZ/i/2-Aorned). ArAce(e. The extraordinary plant shown in Fig. 1031 is known as the "Hairy Arum" and sold bythe bulbdealers as Arum crinitum. When in flower it has a disgusting odor, which attracts carrion flies and bright green insects, as uncanny as the plant itself. The plant is the only spe- cies in its genus, the hairiness of the spadix being a very distinct character. Helicodiceros and Dracunculus are alike in having few ovules, which are fastened at the top and bottom of the cell, but in the latter the stami- nate and pistillate fls. are close together, while in the former they are separated by a sterile portion. Arum differs from both genera in having the ovules fastened in 2 series at the side of the cell. The lvs. of Arum are spear- or arrow-shaped, while in the other two they are pedately cut. Latest monograph in Latin by Engler in D.C. Mon. Phan. 2:604 (1879). This plant is worth growing once, since it is one of the great curiosities of horticulture. It may he secured 724 IIELICODICEROS from bulb dealers in the fall and flowered under glass in the spring. It is a most vile-smelling plant when in full flower. The plucky artist who drew the accom- panying picture of this arum wrote at the bottom of his drawing, "Air 'em." Eng. (H.crinUus, Schott. Arum crinX- tum. Ait. OranincttlHS crinltus, Schott). Fig. 1031. Height 1 K ft. : spathe-limb purple, covered with purple hairs. Corsica. B.R. 10:8.'il. F.S. 5:445. W. M. HELICdNIA (Mt. Helicon, in Greece, seat of the Musesl. Scilcimi»ilce(f. Foliage plants allied to Musa. Perhaps 25 to 30 species in tropical America. The plants are grown in a warmhouse along with Alocasias, An- thuriuras and Calatheas: the directions given for the cultivation of Calathea apply very well to Heliconia. Under th« Tiiime (,f Wild Plantain or Balisier, R. Bihai is cult. ..11 :.!.".i III >. I'hi. and along the Gulf of Mex. It is an (■ I ill rivaling the bananas in foliage and scarh i .1 i ilnwer-sheaths. E. N. Reasoner classes it : I liut sprout up readily in the ex- treme . '^"11 ', .1 ' I \- frost, and recommends it as a From >1 ■ h : • .liffers chiefly in having a dry, often til li. . 1. :. il, .'J-seeded fruit. Pis. in clus- ters beluw lliu 1 iiLiuiided by bracts afterthe way of Musa; sepals 3, linear, free or somewhat joined to the •corolla; corolla short-tubed; stamens 5; staminodium 1: Ivs. large and striking, often beautifully marked; stems arising from a strong motstock. Various species have been introiluc-cd into cult., )nit tin- following are the only ones appearing in tlir Atm r. IiaiU'. Bihfii,Linn. Bai.tsif.i:. W hi. I'i.ammn. Becoming 10-15ft. tall, Imnaiia Ilk,-: Iv.-,. oval ..r ol.L.ns-oval, long- petioleil, ii in \< r- \ '■ iil.t.ed, the blades .'i-5 ft. long: blossom -' : I iii;e, scarlet and black, the lis. redororn \\ i .^ and S.— A most striking plant, but rarily ^. .11 m :.■ i -^iiouse collections. It is natur- alized in the i.ild U orld tropics. aiireo-striita, Hort. Perhaps a form of the preceding : Ivs. beautifully striped along both midrib and transverse veins with golden yellow: stems striped with yellow and green: leaf -limb oval-acurainate. I.H. 29:404; 42, p. 289 (where a list of the best kinds will be found). S.H. 2, p. 133. F.R.3:493.-Veryhandsome. Thebestknown kind. illustris, Hort., is of the general style of the last, but the rib and veins are marked with pink. Var. ruhricaiilis, Hort., has more red, the petiole being bright vermilion. R.H. 1890:36 (where a review is made of the species). E.B 21, p. 69. Gn. 52, p. 359. angustifdlia, Hook. Dwarfer: Ivs. long and narrow, 1^4-214 ft.long, 3-6in. wide, green: fls. yellowish green, 0-10 in each red bract. S. Araer. B.M. 4475. l, jj, g. HELIOTROPIUM HELIOPHILA (Greek, s«)(-Zori»(/). Cntciferw. This genus includes a blue-Howered half-hardy annual, that grows about 3 in. high and is advertised at present only in the very largest catalogues of flower seeds. The genus contains about 61 species of annual and sub- shrubby perennials, natives exclusively of S. Africa. There are no near allies of garden value. The dehis- cent pod is an important character of the genus. Other important generic characters are pods sessile or pedi- celled, 2-celled, 2-valved: seeds in a single row, often winged. The racemes are long and leafless, and the fls. vellow, white, rosv or sky-blue. Latest monograph in English by Sonder in Flora Capensis 1: 35-54 (1859-60). For general culture, see Annuals. The plant in the trade is known as If. arabMdes, Sims, which Sonder refers to H. pildsa, Lam., var. in- cisa, Sonder. H. pilosa is a very variable species, with stem C-24 in. high, erect or diffuse, simple or unbranched from the base: lower Ivs. often opposite, the rest alter- nate: fls. normally sky-blue, with a yellow center, but the natural varieties include lilac and yellow. The typi- cal //. ])ilosa has a stem that is rough with spreading hairs : Ivs. hairy, either oblong or linear, entire or some- times lobed near apex, cuueate at base: pods linear, erect or spreading. Var. incisa, Bonders, has Ivs. linear- cuneate, 3-cut at the apex, rarely 5-cut, the lobes linear or acuminate. B.M. 490. ^_ jj. {Greek, like the sun) . Compdsita;. About 10 species of hardy herbaceous plants, bearing numer- ous yellow fls. in autumn, and all native to N. America. They are all perennials except one, and that is not culti- vated. They are not common in gardens because of the more attractive forms in Helianthus. H. Icrvis, var. Pitcheritnui, however, deserves wider popularity. Heli- opsis has no pappus, while in Helianthus the pappus has 2 awns. In Heliopsis the rays have pistils, but may be fertile or sterile. In Helianthus the rays have no pistils at all. Stem erect, loosely branching: heads yellow, long-stalked, borne in loose terminal or axillary panii-lc«: Ivs. opposite, petioled, 3-ribbed, oblong-ovate . coarsely toothed. For culture, see //. laevis, l'.r~, st.in 3-5 ft. high: Ivs. 3-5 in. long, thiiini.,b. Ml th ..n l.otli <.i.lf.« or roughish above: fls. numerous, 1' .-::', i;. i. ■ ..i, i i -^i.-inmed. July-Oct. Openplaces.i an.i" 1 : l. im.lKy. B.M. 3372. Var. Pitcheriana i // .' , Hort.). A dwarf, more branrluiiL- iuh! i .i ' r im, _'-:> ft. high, with a spi-.a.l ..I :: I i: : I',, [ -. . .■ I iic.'il niuuh more freely than ill II ! 1 . . . i.i ,i.i.l a .1. . per yellow. One of the best hai ' I ■ li. p.r.iinial border, being especially vain:.' I. i r .iiirini,- anil for planting in dry places. Int. 1.V.I5 by Pitcher & Manda. A.G. 10:323. P.R. 2:259. Bc&bra, Dunal. Differs from H. lavis chiefly in being rough throughout: upper Ivs. sometimes entire: heads few, often solitarv. Drv soils. Me. to N. J. and west to Mo. J.H. 33:359. B.R. 7:.592 {as IT. canescens). -Passes into la-vis. g. W. Fletcher. HELIOTROPE. See neliotrophim. HELIOTROPIUM (heliotropic ; turning to the sun) . lioruijiuf'H'i If. A widely spread genus in warm regions, of more than 100 species. Herbs or rarely shrubs, with small flowers in terminal, forking clusters and alter- nate simple leaves: corolla short funnel-form or sal- ver-shape, the throat mostly open (sometimes con- stricted) ; stamens 5, attached to the tube, notexserted, the filinnrn*-! verv -li'.-t- ovai-.- | loenjed and splitting int.. 1 I . ,.r 1 .■ .. . :.. Ml. I ii'i-l.as) when ripe, sur- nii.ii .1 :. I i i .■ i^ a Heliotrope {H. Cm. , I, ' ,;,;.;,, :,. s. Atlantic states, with ',. I,'.. !' -. :.• .1 ..i.l.i - ..;■ Iiii. ar Ivs.; also a natu- ralized spei-i,-s(//. In.tiein,,, Linn. I with bluish scented fls. and lance-ovate rugose Ivs. The florists' Helio- tropes seem to be derived from 2 species. H. Peruvii- num, Linn., is perhaps the leading species. Pig. 1032. Lvs. oval or oblong-lanceolate, very veiny, not conspic- uously narrowed at the base: fls. small, in a close cyme, the corolla tube little longer than the calyx. Peru. B.M. 141. -Vanilla-scented. H. corymbdBum, Ruiz & Pav. HELIOTROPIUBI (H. (irandifliirum, Don), has longer and relatively nar- rower Ivs., which are distinctly narrowed to the base, flower-clusters larger and more open, lis. nearly twice larger and the corolla tube nearly twice longer than the calyx ; calyx teeth longer and narrower. Peru. B.M. 1609. Narcissus-scented. Many o£ the large-trussed and large-flowered garden varieties are apparently of this species rather than of the former; or possibly the two are hybridized. Originally both species were violet- flowered, but the colors are now in various slindes of purple, and there are white-flowered forms. H,Voltalre4num,Hort., occurs in our trade- t is a compact garden form, said to be a hybrid. P.M. 16, p. 100. Another species, t. Europaeum, Linn., is ely seen in old col- lections, particularly South, and it is spar- ingly naturalized. It is a hoary-downy herb 6-18 in. high, with long- pelioled oval Ivs., and fi)^ X\\\\"t5^\ white fls. in scirpioid il ^^^^1 racemes. l. h. B. I ^^ The Heliotrope is a j warmth- and sun-lov- ing plant, preferring a rich, light soil, good arainago and plenty of It needs to be kept growing, and suffers more than many other plants from becoming dry. It wilts easily, and should never be allowed to lack for moisture in soil and air. Quickly becoming pot-bound, it requires frequent shifting. The Heliotrope strikes readily from terminal cuttings of the tender shoots in about eight or ten days. Florists root the cuttings in pure sand. Cuttings should have a temperature at night of about 50°, with 5°-10° of bottom heat. They should be kept from flagging by c;iriful watering and shading as needed. When the cuttings have formed roots about half an inch long, they should be transplanted to small pots or shallow boxes of light soil, placed where they will have a night tem- perature of about 00°, sheltered from currents of air, watered and shaded as needed until established. The Heliotrope may also be grown readily from seed. These should be sown in shallow flats in light soil, in a temperature of about 65°, covered lightly and kept nicely moist. When well up they may be treated as cuttings. For forcing, the Heliotrope should have a good ex- posure to the sun, a temperature of about 00° at night, rich soil, good drainage and careful watering. The plant is preferably grown iu benches in 6 inches of soil. A plant easily covers an 18-inch square. In the open ground plants should have a sunny situa- tion and moist soil. Hereit covers a space 2H ft. square, and attains a height of 2-3 ft. They should not be set out till danger of spring frosts is past. The plant is comparatively free from diseases and in- sect pests. Cuttings and seedlings are sometimes de- stroyed by tiie damping-off fungi, and under condi- tions of neglect, plants sometimes become infested with mealy-bugs, aphides, or the red-spider. Sometimes plants are ruined bv a disease known among florists as the "black rust," an" ailment similar to or identical with that affecting the Verbena. It usually appears on plants in an enfeebled condition, resulting from being pot- bound, from sour soil or over-potting, followed by too low temperature, as well as from other causes. Badly diseased plants should be destroyed. Others are some- times benefited by syriiiirintrs and waterings with fiesh and tolerably strong tobacco tea, in place of the usual waterings. Repotting and occasional applications of weak manure water, with perhaps a higher tempera- ture, will also be found helpful. Eknest Walker. Apart from its use as a border plant and for bedding, being a universal favorite, it usually forms part of the stock in trade of florists who do a local business, rank- HELIPTERUM 725 ing next to the Geranium as a pot-plant for spring trade. For cut-flowers in winter it is equally popular, but its lasting qualities when cut are uncertain. Suc- cessful growers assert that for best results, strong stems and good keeping qualities, it should be grown in a moderately cool, airy house. Some of the best the writer has seen were grown in a house suited to violets and mignonette, in which the temperature seldom rose to 50° F. at night. Stout, soft cuttings make the best plants, and root easily in a temperature of 60° F. From the time they are inserted, suflicient water must be given to prevent wilt- ing. A propagating bed is not required. Ordinary flats will do-the medium half-leaf soil and sand. They must be well shaded for a week or so. They are very liable to the cutting bench fungus, and should be potted or boxed off as soon as rooted, which should be in ten or twelve days. Any light soil will do, and it need not be rich for the first shift. For winter flowers, cuttings may he taken in July and treated as above. Some of the plants among the spring batch with straight stems may be ginwu along for standards by taking out the side shoots until 2 ft. high. These make handsome drooping specimens. By prun- ing about midsummer they may be kept in good condi- tion for years. Stock intended for spring cuttings is better grown continuously in pots, as the plants lift badly in the autumn. The plants do not lift well. The writer prefers to grow a few left-over bedding plants for stock. Cuttings struck in June or July and grown continuously indoors make the best plants for winter flowers. Tall young plants may be grown into standards by taking out the side shoots until they reach 2 or 3 feet in height, and then letting them branch out. Shifted along, they make large specimens in 12-inch pots, and may be kept in good condition for years by judicious pruning, top- dressing and the use of manure water. Heliotrope is extensively used as a bedding plant, is a favorite in window-gardens, and is much grown by florists for cut-flowers. The ease with which it may be grown either in pots or the garden, the color and fragrance of its dainty flowers, and the continuity of bloom, have all con- tributed to make it a general favorite. There have been numerous garden va- rieties and a number of hybrids - white and thedifferent tints of blue predominat- ing. Floral catalogues rarely mention, how- ever, more than 6-8 varieties. Madame de Blonay has for years been a favorite white, while Queen of Violets is perhaps the finest of the blues. Chieftain is a lighter tint. Albert Delaux is a variety with golden varie- gated foliage, but variegated Helio- tropes are undesir- able. Among seed- lings double forms occasionally appear. They have no special merit, and are seldom perpetuated. T. D. Hatfield. 1033. Helipterum ManBlesii(XK). Generally known as Rhodanthe. HELlPTEKUM (Greek for sun and wing; said to refer to the light-plumed pappus). Compdsitce. Including AcrocUnium and Rhodanthe. About 50 species in Au- stralia and S. Africa, of which a few are cult, as ever- lastings or immortelles (see Everlastings). The cult. 726 HELIPTEBUM kinds are annual herbs for grown as such), of easiest cultivation in any garden soil. Fls. mostly perfect, with 5-toothed open corollas: akenes woolly, bearing a pap- pus of many plumose bristles: involucre glabrous, obo- vate or top-shaped, silvery or rose-colored: plants mostly glabrous. This and Helichrysum are amongst the most important of everlasting flowers. A. Heads large, many-flowered. B. Lvs. broad. MAnglesii, Muell. {Rhoddnthe Mdnglesii, Lindl. Boc- cdrdia Mdnglciii, Voss). Fig. 1033. Neat glaucous an- nual, 12-18 in. tall, with very slender, long pedicels, bearing pretty nodding heads : lvs. thin, oval or elliptic, clasping: involucre silvery-chaffy, the ray florets origi- nally clear, handsome pink, but now varying to white {B. dlba, Hort.), and to dark red (R. atrosanguinea, Drumm.). Var.maculAtum (7?. macwidta, Drumm. Roc- cdrdia Mdnglesii, var. maculAta, Voss), is usually larger,with shorter lvs. and involucre flecked with red: rays pink or white. Austral. B.R. 20:1703.— A charm- ing plant, and one of the few everlastings which retains much of its grace and beauty after being dried. There are double-fld. forms, i.e., those with all or nearly all the florets ligulate. Excellent also for pot culture. Seeds of the mixed vars. are sometimes sold under the name Rhodanthe I'aritis. ''?'- o^J, BB. Los. linear. y 'j-'V.-y 'j 'i ^ rdaeum, Benth. (Aero- w?^' * '' • ellniuyn riseiim. Hook. JC- " ' Boccdrdia rdsea, Voss). "^ ^, '^ Fig. 1034. Annual, 1-2 ft. '^r ,\| high, glab labrous, with many "I , KW / t simple branches \\^\( '^.^f le crown, each stem \ ffllT^^W' jted by one large \ \\] 'ijy lvs. numerous, al- \ "^i 1/ sti from the terminate head ternate, small and linear: rays many, pointed, bright AA. Heads small, clustered. Humholdtiinum, DC. (H. Sdnfordii, Hook. Roccdrdii lumboldtithia, Voss). Fig. 1035. Annual (or cult, a HELLEBORUS such), erect or with i what branching : li linear or lance-linear, pointed, alternate: heads small, oblong, yellow, in a dense corymbose truss. Australia. B.M. 5350. corymbifldrum, Schlecht. {Roccdrdia eorymbifldra, Voss). Annual, lower than the last, more branchy: lvs. broader: heads 2-3 times larger, top-shaped, in small corymbs, the prominent rays white. Australia. L. H. B. HELLEBOKE. See Htlleborus. HELLfiBORDS (ancient name of B'.orienin^is, mean- ingunknown). RanunculiiLcew. Hardy herbaceous per- ennials, about 8 species, natives of Europe and western Asia. Erect, with large palmately divided lvs., the ba- sal long-petioled, the upper sessile and sometimes re- duced to bracts: fls. large, white, greenish, red, purple, or yellowish; sepals 5, broad, petal-like, mainly persis- tent; petals small, tubular, furnished with claws; sta- mens many ; carpels 3-10, sessile, forming leathery, many-seeded capsules, dehiscent at the apex. All the kinds will thrive in ordinary garden soil, but for the best results use a soil of rich loam and coarse sand, with a top-dressing of rotten manure. A moist, well-drained, partially shaded situation is preferable. The species may be planted in shrubbery holders, and in rockeries, or if wanted for cut-flowers they should be planted in beds. An important point is not to disturb the plants when once established, as they are very sen- sitive to frequent changes of location. All the species bloom before spring arrives; a few mild daysin Decem- ber or January will bring out the buds of H. niger va- rieties, and the others are not far behind. They are easily forced under glass. Strong plants should betaken u]> iTito large pots and gradually inured to a warm tem- ]■' !-..'!.,.■. Blossoms may thus be brought forth at any 1. a in winter. Prop, best by division in fall or lilt if seeds mature they will germinate well ; i 1.;,; (1 immediately in pans or in rich, open ground. ^i_nlhii,^.5 should bear flowers the third season. Mono- graphs by J. G.Baker in G.C. 11. 7:432 (1877 and by Thos. Moore in G.C. II. 11:431 (1879). A. Lis. dying annually, thin. viridis, Linn. Stem scapose: rootstock creeping: I basal leaf 8-12 in. broad, on petiole 6-10 in. long; seg- ments 7-11, oblong, acute, sharply serrate: fl.-stem hardly exceeding the basal leaf, bearing 3-6 fls. and large, leaf-like bracts: fls. large, yellowish green; se- pals broadly oblong, obtuse, spreading: capsules about 4, as long as the sepals, transversely ribbed ; style erect. Eu. Nat. in eastern states. G.C. II. 25:553.- Not so much used as the other species here given. Var. purpurAscens, Waldst. & Kit. Differs chiefly in the central leaf-segments being deeply palmately cleft, and the fls. much tinged with parple, especially on the outside. Hungary. B.M. 3170. K. Flower-Stem net niger, Linn. Christmas Rose. Fig. 1036. Stemless: rootstock short, black: only 1 leaf somewhat irregularly- divided into lobes, toothed on the outer half : petiole 5-7 inches long: flower-stem simple or once branched: fls. very large; sepals white, or flushed with purple: capsules 6-8. Rocky places, Eu. B.M. 8. Gn.55, p. 13. Var. angustifdlius, Hort. (var. minor, Hort.). Plant and leaf similar, but fls. small. Very pretty. G. C. 11. 21:85, and 111.21:19. Var. altifdlius, Hayne (var. mdjor, Hort. Var. mrfj-i- wiK.s, Hort.). Petiole reaching 1 ft. in length: fls. the largest in the genus, 3-5 in. across, and often several on same stem. Gn. 14:142; 48:1021. O. C. II. 20:693. A. G. 11:63. BB. Flower-stem forked S or 3 times: fls. several or many. orient41is, Lam. Stemless; short creeping rootstock: 1 radical leaf, 7-9-lohed; segments 6 in. long, \%-2 in. broad, acute, serrate in the outer half, pubescent, with strongly raised veins beneath; petiole 1 ft. long: flower- HELLEBORUS stem over 1 ft. high, forked above. 2-6fld., large, leaf- like bracts; sepals roundish, imbricated, white, purple beneath and purple edges, spreading: capsules oblong, shorter than the sepals, transversely ribbed : style erect or incurved. Asia Minor. Gn. 47, p. 13lj. — There are nu- merous varieties of this beautiful species, c. Purple-fid. vnrieties. Var. Cdlchicus, Kegel. Stem purple-spotted, quite glaucous: 1 leaf to each flower-stem: Us. 3-6 on a stem, deep bright purple, both inside and out. Asia Minor. B.Jil.ioSl l,VLsH. atrornbeus). Gt. 1860:293. Var. Col- cMcus-punctatus, T. Moore. Pis. deeper plum-purple, more glaucous, exquisitely mottled inside with innumer- HELWIXGIA 727 Var. gutt4tus, A. Brauii. t.ihiljrous, green stem: sepals green outside, white within ;iiul eleK:iiilly spotted with purple crimson dots. Caucasus region.— Two al- lied hybrid forms are named: Commerz Benary and Albin Otto. Gn. 16:180, f. 4. Var. antiqudrum, A. Braun. Glabrous, green mottled stem: Hs. as invar. Oli/mpieus, but more imbricated, maintaining the bell-shaped form. B.R. 28:34 (as B. orientalis, Lindl.). Gn. 16:189, f. 3. ccc. Green-fid. variety. Var. Caucisicus, A. Braun. Lvs. very glossy; seg- ments more oblong than in the type, often 3 or 4 in. broad : sepals round, pale green, much imbricated. Caucasus region. g. q_ d^vis. HELMET FLOWER. Jconi ly (1)1 1 he ad Sen I ^ 1036. Christmas Rose, Helleborus Niger (X K). able dark dots. Gn. 16:189, f. 8. -One of the handsomest of all the Hellebores. Var. AbchAsicus, A. Braun. Much like var. Colchicus, but differing in having 2 or more lvs. to a flower-stem. Caucasus region. Gt. 1866:496 (as H. Caucasicus, var. Abcliasieiis, Regel). Var. atrbrubens, Waldst. & Kit. Only 1 leaf on a flower-stem, glabrous, thinner in texture than iu the rest of the orientalis group: segments narrow: fls. 2-1 on a stem; sepals dark purple outside, greenish purple within. Hungary. R.H. 18G,t: 231. -A connecting link between the viridis and orientalis groups. Var. riibro-puTpiireus, Hort. (H. atrnpnrpurea, Hort.). Aseedling of var. otrorHhenn.-^ith bold foliage and pur- ple flower-stems: fls. spreading, deep purple. Charac- ters well fixed and very handsome. Gn. 16:189, f. 1. R.H. 1884:564. Purple-fld. hybrids of the varieties of 5". orientuUs are found in the trade under the following names: Var. elegaiis; var. irideseens; F. C. Heitu'inanti, fls. very large, imbricated, deep purple and mottled ; Frau Irene Heinemann, fls. rose-purple outside, greenish white, with dark lines and dots inside; Gretchen Heinemann, red-fld., strong grower; lloffjarten-Iuspector Hartivig, fls. rose-purple without and greenish within; Apotheker Bogren, rose-purple, very large. cc. White-fid. varieties. Var. Ol^mpicuE, Lindl. Glabrous : fls. small, but spreading, very numerous; sepals green on outer sur- face, white within. Bithynia. B.R. 28:58. -Hybrids closely allied to this have been given the trade names: Willy Schmidt and Prof. Dr. Schleicher. HELONIAS (Greek, sieamp-loving). Liliaceie. SwiMP PiN'K Tliis genus includes a rare hardy peren- nial bulbous pHut which grows in bogs from northern N I to N C ai 1 IS sold by dealers in native plants, li \er\ earlv s] r Dg It beirs a hollow scape 1-2 ft. high, 11 1 e 1 3 in. long, composed of perhaps I I 1 il 1 fl each H in. across, 6-lobed, and I I I The genus has probably only one I I \ Innts called Helonias being largely th r geneia which are distinguished in I Brown s lUu trated Flora 1 ::i99. The genus I Britt n and Brown in Melanthacea>, an or- 1 1 ID the Liliacese by Bentham and Hooker. II I I a short stout rootstock like a leek. The II e 1 Heloniopsis is also in the trade. bulUta Lmn Swamp Pink. Stud Pink. Lvs. sev- 1 or numerous thin dark green, clustered at the base ot the scape, 6 la in. long, K-2 in. wide, with fine par- allel nerves : scape stout, bracted below. Apr., May. B.M. 747. L.B.C. 10:961. B.B. 1:402.-Int. by H. P. Kelsey. Helonias, which is perfectly hardy, is so easily propa- gated by division that it is hardly worth while to grow from seed. Under cultivation, also, it seems to rarely ma- ture perfect seed. It multiplies itself rapidly from oft'- sets, a single plant often providing a dozen others in a season. It is found growing in dense shade and also in the full glare of the sun, always in wet sphagnum bog in the latter case, while in the shade it sometimes spreads to dry ground. Although one of the showiest of all American bog plants, it 's comparatively little known here, though better in England. It makes an elegant pot-plant. Harlan P. Kelsey and W. M. HEL0NI6PSIS |i;.- K. ;.', //. This includes an In : swamp piuk. He ,but the I1-. nir l.-iiL- r:,u,\ \, ■;,.■:■. 1 iho lvs. numerous and tufted. The style m Heloniopsis is a conspicuous feature, being long and red, tipped with a purple undivided stigma, while in Helonias the style is very short and 3-cut. Both genera are separated from numerous allied genera by the septicidal dehiscence of their capsules. The fls. are bell-shaped, drooping, deep pink, 6-lobed, with 6 red filaments and purple-blue sta- mens. The genus has about 4 species. The following grows in the mountains of Japan at an altitude of 2,000- 7,000 ft., and is presumably hardy. It was once offered by John Saul, of Washington, D. C. Japdnica, Maxim. Rootstock short, stout, with long root fibers : lvs. oblanceolate, persistent, green tinged purple : seeds small, very numerous, with a conspicuous tail at each end. B.M. 6986. HELWtNGIA (after G. A. Helwing, 1666-1748, a Germanclergyman, who wrote on the botany of Prussia). Arali&cece. A curious deciduous shrub, remarkable for the reason that the small, inconspicuous greenish fls. are borne in clusters on the midribs of the lvs. at about the center of their upper surfaces. Of not much decora- tive value and therefore rarely cultivated, but interest- ing on account of the unusual position of the fls.; ten- 728 HELWINGIA der North. It seems to grow in any soil that is some- what moist. Prop, by greenwood cuttings under glass. Two species in Jap. and Himal. Fls. dicecious, short- pedicelled, with obsolete calyx, 3-5 petals and stamens and 3-i-celled ovary: fr. a berry-like, 3-4-seeded drupe. Jap6nica, A. Dietr. [H. ruscitlora, Willd.). Bushy shrub, 3-5 ft. high: Ivs. petioled, ovate or elliptic-ovate, acuminate, serrate, stipulate, l}4-3in. long: fls. in June, the staminate generally with 3, the pistillate with 4 petals. Jap. S.Z 86. A. G. 13:8. A. Phelps Wyman. HEMEKOCALLIS (Greek, beautiful bij day; because the blossoms close at night). LitiAcece. Yellow Day Lilies. This genus includes the Lemon Lily {H. flaia ). which is one of the hardiest and most delightful of all herbaceous perennial plants. It easily ranks among the 50 most popular plants for tlie home garden. All the blue and white Day Lilies belong to the genus Funkia: all the yellow and orange Day Lilies belong to Hemero- callis. The Yellow Day Lilies hav,- narrow, grass-like foliage, and their flowers huvi- wi.l.-i- Iuium Is. The blue and white Day Lilies have v.i \ liii.a.l fnliatjf, which is not at all grass-like. The lluwtis ,,[ I'liiikia are borne in racemes; of Heraerocallis in corymb-like panicles. Hemerocallis has only 7 species, all of which are culti- vated. The plants are all remarkably free from enemies, and need no protection of any kind, even in the severest winters. The roots are bundles of fleshy tubers, and are sometimes classed with bulbs in catalogues of nursery- men. Small plants will flower freely the flrst year. Clumps can often be left undivided for 4 or 5 years without a loss in size or number of flowers, but as a ^•^t( 1037. Lemon Lilies— Hemerocallis flava. general thing all robust-growing herbaceous perennials should he divided every second year. In old clumps the roots often become firmly matteil near the middle, and the wasteful competition between the too-numerous roots weakens the vitality of the plant. Next to H. flava, the oldest garden favorites among the Yellow Day Lilies is B. fulva, sometimes called Brown Day Lily, and erroneously in some catalogues the Lemon Lily. M. fulva is a taller plant, with later and orange-colored fls. and wavy inner segments. Within live years a new species, 6. auranliaca, has come iiitn -. , ■.,• ].v,unt.. nee. audits var. Hidjorby some connoisseiii ihe finest of all Day Lilies. As a rule, d.i'i! i, . nMt as popular as the types, and for the « m. i iImn Ih i, ihe simplicity and ilefinite character of the sin^-le tluwers. Yellow Day Lilies have a wholesome fragrance. The individual flowers are short-lived, but there is a good succession. The plants thrive in almost any garden soil. Mi,l.l.i„l„rfii and 'rin,,ih,n/l I , .lune II : ri((i7.(H.s-. June 18: fulva, Julj 2\ auranliaca, v&T.Tnajor, Jn\j9; fulva, var. Ktvanso, July 23, and disticha ft. pi., July 30. He HEMEROCALLIS adds that H. Diimortierii, auranliaca var. major and H. ruHlann differ from all others in the fls. being red- dish brown outside, which is very marked in the bud. A. Fls. fragrant. B. Inner .segments of perianth firm: veins not joined by cross veins: color yellow. c. Blossoms in June. fUva, Linn. Lemon Lily. Fig. 1037. Lvs. 18-24 in. long, 6-8 lines wide: scapes longer than the lvs.: corymb 6-9fld. : pedicels 12-24 lines long: tube 6-15 lines long. Europe, temperate Asia. B.M. 19. A.G. 17:437. Gn. 48, p. 400. — In some important works on gardening the color is erroneously given as orange. cc. Blossoms in July. Thunbergii, Baker. "Except for its later flowering, Thunbergii does not differ materially from flava." Baker. Lvs. 6-7^2 lines wide: corymb loose, 8-10-fld., with 1 or 2 fls. lower down: tube nearly 1 in. long: fls. lemon-yellow, opening widely, 3 in. across: segments membranous, crisped. Japan. Int. 1890. — Rare. E. B. Whyte writes that the fls. are not nearly as large as those of B. flava, appear in June, and that B. Thun- bergii differs from all others in having the upper 6 to 10 in. of the sicape thickened and flattened. BB. Inner segn it's. S-3 tin nis 1 minor. Mill. (B. gramlnea. And., not Schlecht. B. graminifolia, Schlecht.). Lvs. 15-18 in. long, darker green than in the other species : scapes about as long as the .vs.: corymb 3-6-fld. : pedicels 3-24 lines long. July, Aug. N.Asia. B.M. 873. cc. Lvs. 6-S lines wide: tube very short : color of fls. orange. Dumorti^rii, Morren (B. riitilans, Hort.). Height \%-2 ft.: lvs. 12-15 in. long : scapes hardly as long as the lvs. : corymb 2-3-fld.: pedicels 3-6 lines long: fls. 2-2K in. long, while they are 3-4 in. long in all the other species ; inner segments 5-6 lines wide. Jap. B.H. 2:43. Gn. 31 :589.-£r. Siebohlii is now practically aban- doned as a trade name. The v. Il-ii IM. <-\'..-;. - of this nameis//. X»u»ioW/fW( ; the !,',; "I >, . , M.tnrr.l in L.B.C. 19:lHli9 and I>.M. .".:_', ; -' ,, s. .:..,/, I, , . Var.Slore pl6no(/?. <;;.s7»-;,« ;.; Mi: 1, l.,si-u,l. This species is the earliest to Ijiuc-uiu. 1;. B. Whyto considers B. rutilans distinct. CCC. Iivs. 8-12 lines wide. D. Color of fls. orange: tube 8-9 lines long. auranliaca, Baker. Height 2K-3 ft. : lvs. more than 12 lines wide: corymb 6-8-fld.: fls. bright orange, open- ing less widely than any other species. July. Jap. or E. Siberia! -The tyj.e was introduced to cult, in 18911 and has rapidly i.')\ Ml v .i :, :,r. mSljor, Baker, introduced 1895, which i- I its. Lvs. 12-18 lines wide: tube 9 lines I i - expanded 5-6 in. across. July-Sept. .iai>. '■ ' lil.ls:71. Gn. 48:1041 and 50, p. 17. J.H. lU. :il:l.i7. A. It. 18:179. -Closest to Du- raortierii, from which it is chiefly distinguished by its much larger, later and more reddish fls. and longer tube. DD. Color of fls. yellow : tube 5-6 lines long. Hiddendorfii, Traut. & Mey. Name variously mis- spelled. Height 1-1 K ft.: Ivs. 15-18 in. long, 8-12 lines wide: scapes about as long as the lvs.: corymb 2-4-fld.: pedicels almost none : inner segments 9-12 lines wide. Amur region. Gt. plate 522. R.H. 1897, p. 139. AA. Fls. not fragrant. fiilva, Linn. (B. disticha, Don). Lvs. 18-24 in. long, 9-15 lines wide: corymb 6-12-fld. : fls. orange; pedicels short ; inner segments with wavy margins, with nu- merous veins joined by cross veins. July, Aug. Eu., temperate Asia. B.M. 64 (central band of white). Mn. 5, p. 193. Var. Kwinso {B. Kwnnso, Hort.), the "Double Orange Lily," blooms longer than any single- fld. form, according to Meehan. Gt. 500. It has a sub- HEMEROCALLIS variety with variegated Ivs. Var. Sldre plsno, Hort., is shown in F.S. 18:1891, with a red spot on the middle of each segment. Gn. 48, p. 401. R.H. 1897, p. 1^9. Var. variegata has a stripe of white down the middle of each leaf. W. M. HEMICtCLIA (Greek, semi-cireiilcir: referring to the scar or furrow on the seed). Euphorbiiiem. This iueludes a spreading tree, attaining a height of 40 ft., which is cult, in S. Calif, hy Fraucesehi, who values it for its "beautiful holly like Ivs. and red fruits." The genus has about 9 species, natives of India, Ceylon and the Eastern Archipelago, with no near allies of garden value. Trees or shrubs: Ivs. alternate, petioled, entire, leathery when full grown: tis. dioecious; petals none; sepals of stamiuate lis. 4-5, the inner often larger and somewhat petal-like: fr. a globose or ovoid, indehiscent drupe: seed by abortion, usually solitary. H. Austra- lasica is told from the other 2 Australian species by its very short filaments and glabrous ovary. Australisica, Muell. Arg. Lvs. broadly ovate to ovate-oblong, ohtuse, lK-3 in. long, finely veined be- low: fr. nearly % in. long, very smooth, red and succu- lent, enclosing a stone. HEMIONiTIS (Greek, mule; the plants erroneously supposed to be sterile). Polypodlclcea . A genus of tropical ferns, with copiously netted veins and naked sori following the veins. Eight or 9 species occur in the tropics of both hemispheres. The plants are dwarf, and are grown in Wardian cases by a few fanciers in the Old World. For culture, see F<-,"».s-. L. M. U: HEMlTfiLIA (Greek, witli half a roof; referring to sori). diothwaeew. A genus of tree ferns of the tropics, with round or semiglobose sori and an inferior indu- sium, consisting of a scale which is often indistinct and deciduous. Some 20 species occur in both hemispheres. For culture, see Ferns. }.; ,.]'"''"''"''■':. „"°n:i:u:",''\-.'n'.rh:'!-',^^?"' ."^Ml^-Kdi^ HEMLOCK in Old World literature is what we call Poison Hemlock, an umbelliferous herb named Ooiiium maculatum. By Hemlock, Americans mean Hemlock Spruce, an evergreen tree, Tsiiga Canadensis. HEMP. Common Hemp is Cannabis saliva (which see). Sowstring K,, see Sansevieria. Manilla H., .Jfijs a texlHis. Sisal H., Agave rigida, var. Sisalana. HEN-AND-CHICKENS. A proliferous form of the English daisy, Seilis perennis ; also the thick-leaved rosettes of Cotyledon, used in carpet-bedding and known as Echeveria. HENBANE. Ilijoscijamus nir/er. HENDEESON, PETER (Plate X.), 1822-1890, market- gardener, florist, seedsman and author, was born at Pathhead, near Edinburgh, Scotland, in 1822, anddied in Jersey City, Jan. 17, 1890. He was trained in Old World methods of gardening, came to America in 1843, worked under Geo. Thorburn and Robert Buist, and in 1847 be- gan business in. Jersey City as a market-gardener, with a capital of .$500, saved by 3 yeai-s' hard work. He contin- ued to live there until his death. The publication of "Gardening for Profit" in 1865 marks an era in American horticulture. It was the first American book devoted entirely to market-gardening, and it helped to induce many persons to enter the business. By the time HEPATICA 729 of his death about 150,000 copies of the book are said to have been distributed. It was written in an aggiegate of 100 hours, when the author was working IB hours a day, largely at manual labor. At the noon intervals and late at night he wrote this work lying on his back, with a pillow under his head. The secret of its success, and of the author's, was the invention of new methods adapted to operations on a large scale. The second edi- tion in 1874, and the third in 1887, are both thorough re- visions. "Henderson's Practical Floriculture," 18G8, was an epoch-making book in commercial floriculture. Up to this time most works on flower-gardening had been written for the amateur. This point of view is neces- sarily the commoner one, and Henderson's contribution to it was "Gardening for Pleasure,'- 1875. In the compi- lation of "The Handbook of Plants," )88I, he was largely aided by C. L. Allen, and in the second edition, 1890, by W. J. Davidson. "Garden and Farm Topics" was issued in 1884, and in the same year appeared "How the Farm Pays," a stenographic report of conversations between Wm. Crozier and l^eter Henderson. It is claimed that nearly a quarter of a million copies of his various works have been sold. His seed business was founded at New York in 1865. Lately more than 200.000 copies of the various catalogues have been distributed annually. Few men, if any, have done so much to simplify and improve methods of handling plants for commercial purposes. His greenhouses were an object lesson to mauy visitors, his methods were widely copied, and his business successes were the goal of ambitious market- gardeners and florists, among whom he was for mauy years the most commanding flgure. He was a frequent i-niitril.iit.ir ti) til,- horticultural and agricultural maga- ziri'-i. :iii,l .luiiiii; his forty-two years of business life is -ii].|H,.,,l t,. liiiw written or dictated at least 175,000 l.iiir^. j'wM tliir.ls of these letters were written with his ou u bands, and he always replied promptly to in- quiries about methods of cultivation. A self-made man, simple and abstemious in his habits, he was a tireless worker. He combined in a high degree the faculties of growing plants and of business ability. His mastery of details was complete. His books are exceptionally read- able, his powerful personality appearing through every page. The records of his personal experience are prac- tical, ingenious and fertile in suggestion. An account of his life is published in a memoir of 48 pages by his sou, Alfred Henderson. w AT HflNFEEYA. See A ysta froni the shape of the leaves ) . EK Leap. A genus of HEPATICA (/ii Hanunciddcetr'. Hepatica 3 species, natives of the north temperate zone. Stemless, low perennials: lvs. 3-lobedand sometimes toothed; appearing after the flowers and remaining green over winter: scapes 1-fld., with an involucre of 3 small sessile lvs. sim- ulating a calyx : sepals petal-like, white, pink or purple: akenes short- beaked, pubescent. Fig. 1038. The plants prefer shade, but do fairly well in open places. They should remain undisturbed from year to year, in rich, well- drained loam. Well suited to the north or east slope of a rockery. Plants kept in pots in a coldframe un- til midwinter will quickly bloom at any time desired if removed to a warm room or greenhouse. Prop, by division or seed. trlloha, Choix. (Hepdlica Hepatica, Karst. Ancmbne Repdtica, Linn. A. triloba, Hort.). Scapes 4-6 in. : lobes of lvs. obtuse: fls. K-1 in. across; sepals oval or 348 pages HERACLEUM second editiou (Georgetown, It includes "A Treatise on Gardening, by a citizen or Virginia." This occupies 80 pages. Tlie copy owned by tlie Massacliusetts Horticultural Society possesses this manuscript note: "This treatise is by John Ran- dolph, o£ Williamsburg, father of Edmund Randolph, Secretary of State during the administration of General Washington." Robert Manning writes that this note may have been made by General Dearborn. A third edition was published at Washington in 1826, and con- tained 308 pp W. M. H£RACL£DM (named for Hercules, who used it in medicine, according to Pliny). LmbeUUem:. This in- cludes 3 hardy herbaceous plants sometimes called Giant Parsley or Giant Cow-parsnip. They are not suited for general gardening, but are sometimes grown in wild gardens or parks, or as single specimens on lawns, where a very bold and striking object is desired. They are coarse herbs, growing 5-B ft. high, with broad foli- age, which is their chief beauty. According to J. Wood- ward Jlauning, they are adapted to all soils, but prefer y a rich, moist soil, and hence do well at the edge of run- ning water. Manning adds that these plants should never be allowed to go to seed. J. B. Keller writes that if these plants are grown on an open, sunny lawn, they should be liberally supplied with water at all times. Prop, by division or seed. The genus Heracleun 1039 Hepatica i The flowers of Hepitica ■ night obtuse. Earliest spring. Eastern IT. S., Eu. and Asia. B. M. 10. 'ii.'R. 5:3fil (&s B. Americana). White, blue and pink-fid. forms have been fixed in cultivation, and are known as var. 41ba, Hort. ; var. caeraiea fl.-pl., Hort.; var. riibra fl.-pl., Hort. Gn. 26:448. G.C. 1873, p. C45 (var. marmorata, Moore). acutiloba, DC. {H. triloba, var. acuta, Pursh. Ane- mdne acutlloha, Lanison. H. aciita, Britt.). Fig. 1039. Much like i/. triloba, but with the lobes of the Ivs. ovate and acute, occasionally the lateral lobes 2-cleft (rarely the middle one); akenes slightly stipitate. Eastern U. S. angtildsa, DC. (Anemi)ne angulbsa. Lam.). Plant tufted as in the other Hepaticas, hairy: lvs.3-5-Iobed, lobes often serrate: involucre near the fl. toothed: fls. large, blue, whitish or reddish. Hungarv. B.M. 5518. G.C.1865:698. Gn.26,p.25. K. C. Davis. HEPBURN, DAVID, was joint author with John Gar- diner of the second American book on horticulture. This was published at Washington, D. C. , in 1804. The name of Gardiner appears first on the title page, but it may be inferred that the practical experience in the book is almost wholly Hepburn's. He had had 40 years of ex- perience in gardening, half of the time in England aud half in America. He wasemfio-P,! I.v i;.-npralj. Mason for 6 years on Mason's l-L' ' i : i also been employed by Giivit m well made for the time. It : > . pages of practical directinn- 11 used. The first part (100 pp. ) is dnvot, garden. The second part consists ch Flowers, and Shrubs" (82 pp.). This is follow few pages on hops, hothouses and greenhou: n. He had It' book was •..ntains 204 of "Fruits. 50-70 widely scattered speci garden value. A. Plan and perenm. lanatum, Mich. Lvs. trisect, tome ents petiolulate. rotund, cordate, h volucel lanceolate: fr. oval-orbici ar all ! beneath; seg- leatiets of the N. Amer., W. .sia. Mn.4, p. villdsum, Fis 104. . (E.giganthim,Yi^<:h.). Height 8-12 ;iinnatifid, sharply serrate, acuminate, woollvtomentose beneath; leaflets of involucres short, bristly, deflexed: umbels sparingly rayed: fr. elliptic. ciliate, woolly on the back. G.C. 111.3:437 and 20:271. -Kellersavs thefls. are nearly white, and borne in Aug. and Sept., in denser umbels than those of.H. Sibiricum. The Goose Tree of the herbalists. HERACLEUM AA. Plant biennial. Sibiricum, Linn. Lvs. scabrous to hirsute, pinnate or deeply pinnatifid; segments lobed or palraately parted, serrate: petals about equal: fr. subrotund-oval, deeply notched at the apex. Eu., N. Asia. -Keller, says this bears yellowish green ils. in July and Aug. ■^. JI. ! old herbalists is Filago HEEBALS. Books on plants, published from the fourteenth to the middle of the eighteenth century, were largely written from the medicinal point of view, and were often called Herbals. The scientific point of view of plant-knowledge is conveniently dated from 1753, when Linnaeus published his "Species Plantarum." Of the her- balists, John Gerarde is probably read most at the present time. His style is chatty, quaint and personal. One of the notions accepted by the early herbalists was that of the vegetable lamb, which is pictured in this work under Clbotium (Pig. 470). Another idea that fasci- nated these worthy plant-lovers was that of the barnacle goose tree. Fig. 1040 is reproduced from a book by Buret, 160.'), and shows how the fruits that fall upon dry land become "flying birds," while those that fall into the water become "swimming fishes." Other conceptions of this goose tree are reproduced in the Gardeners' Magazine 35:749 (18H2). Almost every large li- brary possesses a few Herbals, as Matthiolus, Bauhin, L'Obel and Fuchsius. The largest collec- tion of Herbals in America is the one given by the late E. Lewis Sturtevant to the Missouri Botanical Garden at St. Louis. ticulturist who takes delight in his profession should have an Herbarium, as it increases im- mensely the value and pleasure of his work. '" Every amateur, nurseryman and florist is hereby strongly urged to make a collection of dried specimens of the plants in which he is particularly interested. It need not be expensive nor consume much time, and the process of drying a plant is simple and easy. An Her- barium is like a reference library, and is equally inval- uable. Unfortunately, lovers of cultivated plants rarely care for pressed specimens because they are so lifeless and colorless. Yet there is no surer way for a nurseryman to keep his stock true to name tlian by making an Her- barium. There are many universities and colleges in America where botanists are glad to verify the names of plants for the sake of the duplicate specimens. This is one of the most practical and useful ways in which botanists and horticulturists can cooperate. The un- necessary waste in time and money caused by confused nomenclature and confused labels is one of the diflicul- ties of a large collection of growing plants. Even in the largest nursery of hardy plants specimens can be taken by one man in two days in late spring, of everything that is in characteristic condition at that time. Three hundred specimens can be secured in two days in our best nurseries. Even after the spring rush is over there is time to get niostof the important spring- flowering plants in flower or fruit, and from that time two or three hours a week is enough to keep up with the procession of flowers. Sometimes interest can be aroused in a young student, who will be glad to do all the work for the sake of duplicates. Use merchandise tags or a cheap substitute in the form of pieces of paper about 7 in. long, 1 in. wide, with a longitudinal slit a little more than 1 in. long near one end. Pass one end of this piece of paper through the slit, and draw it close about the stem of the plant, leav- ing plenty of room for the trade name of the plant, the date, and the color of the flowers. It is very useful also to add the height of the plant, and anything else that is not likely to show in a dried specimen. When a basketful is gathered, place each specimen between a HERBARIU.M dlJj|?/O^V 1. A common method of mounting Herbarium specimens folded newspaper page. Each newspaper i age with its inclosed specimen, is then placed between 'dneis These are large pieces of felt paper, a kind which is even more absorbent than blotting paper A bundled driers cost a dollar. Put a board on top of each pile and weight it with stones. Shift the driers daily for a week or so, and then at longer intervals, until the speci- mens are wholly dry. A better way of drying plants, particularly in a small way, is to use a franifi press (to be purchased of dealers in botanisi-' -ui; i< - . mo- vided with cords and straps for ti^'hn i : _; mm ' ilo and giving the requisite pressure, ."-^ih i m m '. ,i)<- couraging looking objects while in pre^-, 1 m \. liu ili,.\- are carefully prepared and properly mounted on stan- dard size paper (llj^ xl6i^ in. ), with neat labels giving the name, locality, habitat, date and collector, they not only become attractive but are of great scientific value. The finer and more artistic quality in Herbarium work differs only in the degree of care bestowed at every stage of the process. Some of our elementary botanies give full instructions for making an Herba- rium. See, also, the "Horticulturist's Rule Book." Her- baria are notably poor in cultivated plants. For the critical study of garden plants, an Herbarium is a ne- cessity. The sheets are kept in heavy manila paper folders or covers, each genus by itself. The regulation size for this genus cover when folded is ll?^xl6K in. Lay the sheets flat (Fig. 1041). Take pains to select specimens which show flowers, leaves and fruits; and herbs should show the roots. Walter Deane. HEKB£BTIA(Wni. Herbert, 1778-1847, Dean of Man- chester, distinguished botanist, author of "Amaryllida- cesB," and ardeut lover of bulbs). IridAceir. Seven species of American bulbous plants, with fugitive blue or lilac fls. borne in summer. One species is procur- able through Dutch growers. It grows less than a foot high. The bulbs may be started in coldframes. The genus is distinguished by the complete absence of a 732 HERBARIUM perianth tube. The showy outer segments are about 1 in. long, and obovate, the inner ones about as long as the stamens. For culture, consult Bulbs and Tigridia. Mon. by Baker, Irideas, 1892. pulchfella, Sweet. Bulb globose, Kin- thick or more; tunics brown: Ivs. about 4, linear, plaited, 3-6 in. long: spathes 1J>2 io. long: outer segments lilac, with a white claw sfJotted lilac. Chile. B.M. 3«62. HERB LILIES. AUtrameria. HERB OF GRACE. liuta gmveolens. HERB-PiRIS. Paris rjiiadrifolia. HERB-PATIENCE. See Bumex. + HERB-ROBERT. Ger Boberti. HERBS. An Herb is a plant which dies to the ground each year. It may be annual, as bean, candytuft, pig- weetl; biennial, as mullein, parsnip; perennial, as bur- dock, foxglove, rhubarb. To the gardener, however, the word Herb is ordinarily synonymous with herba- ceous perennial; and he usually has in mind those par- ticular perennial Herbs which are grown for ornament, and which remain where they are planted. Goldenrods, bleeding heart, sweet william, hollyhock, daffodils are examples. To many persons, however, the word Herb is synonymous with Sweet Herb, and it suggests sage and tansy. Herbs have two kindsof values, — their intrinsic merits as individual plants, and their value in the composition or the mass. It is usually possible to secure both these values at one and the same time. In fact, the individual beauty of Herbs is enhanced rather than diminished by exercising proper care in placing them. Planted with other things, they have a background, and the beauties are brought out the stronger by contrast and compari- son. It is quite as important, therefore, to consider the place for planting as to choose the particular kinds of plants. The appreciation of artistic effects in plants is a mark of highly developed sensibilities. Happily, this appreciation is rapidly growing; and this fact contrib- utes to the increasing popularity of landscape gardening and ornamental gardening. Some of the best effects in Herb planting are to be seen in the wild, particularly along fences, roads and streams. In interpreting these native effects, the planter must remember that Herbs are likely to grow larger and more bushv in cultivation than in the wild Ho should co\ seemly places about the borders of his place (Fig 104J) He may utilize a rock or a w ill as a back ground (Fig ]04i| He may huh the ground line about a post (1 ig and ^^5i, 9''^'\ji 1042 mformal Herb border See 1044) or along a fence. Some of the commonest Herb; are handsome when well grown and well placed Fig. 1045.) Always plant where the Herbs will hav relation to something else, — to the general design o handling of the place. This will usually be about th HERBS boundaries. The hardy border is the imit in most plant- ing of herbs. See Figs. 1042, 1041). A rockwork Herb border (Fig. 1047) is often useful in the rear or at one side of the prcmi.ses. Fill some of the corners bv the house{FiK. I048I. In remote parts of the grounds, "half- wild effects may be allowed, as in Fig. 1049. A pond or ^,,j8«iij^'«fc£rw***'', 1043. Planting aeaii -ground. pool, even if stagnant, often may be utilized to advan- tage (Fig.1050). A good Herb out of place may be worse than a poor Herb in place. But when Herbs are grown for their individual effects, give plenty of room and good care: aim at a perfect specimen (Figs. 1051. 1052). For further hints on related subjects, see Landscape Garden mg; Herbaceous Perennials prom the Landscape Ar- chitect's Point op View. — No clear definition can be drawn between herbaceous perennials, biennials rnd an- nuals, between Herbs and woody plants, for there are ten- der Herbs that would in a warmer climate become shrubs or even trees, biennials that become perennials from stolons or offsets, and annuals that become bien- nials from seed germinating late in the season. Strictly speaking, however, herbaceous perennials are plants having perennial n.ots with tops that die to the ground annually, snrli n^ il;.- rilumltines, larkspurs, day-lilies, peonies, an.! I !_■ masses and ferns. It is cus- tomary,howi i ! 1 H'lis relating to this class of plants as wiil i- in :,< lu 4 use, to include closely allied species with e\ei[;ifi-ri luluige, such as statice, yucca, sempervivums and certain pentstenions, together with plants having more or less woody and persistent above- ground stems, such as the suffruticose artemisias and the evergreen creeping species of phlox, veronica, vinca, the iberis, the helianthemums, and many alpine plants, while most bulbous-rooted plants which are true herbaceous perennials are separately classified and grown as bulbs. Herbaceous perennials are an exceedinely important clement of landscape, for they predominate in the mat of grassy or sedgy plants, covering dry or wet open fields and in the surface vegetation under woods and shrubby thickets, either as a grass crop, composed of a comparatively few species cultivated for economic pur- poses, or as a wild growth made up of many species. The most attractive of these native plants are being cultivated and improved more and more from year to vear for ornamental purposes, and are |ii:int<-d in the Hower garden, in artificial plantations of sli nil. liny an.l in the wild garden. It is to such natives an.l t.> (.\..ii..s of the same class, which are cultivated fur a similar purpose, that reference is to be made hereafter. Fifty years ago nearly every well-to-do family main- tained a flower garden, in which there were from 50 to 150 species and varieties of herbaceous perennials, and there were few of the humbler families that did not have a dozen or more species established about their homes. Such plants were distributed by exchange among neighbors and were propagated and offered at retail by dealers, who, however, gradually allowed their stock of plants to run low or abandoned them altogether, until many kinds dropped out of cultivation or were neglected in favor of the tender "bedding ouf'plants that were brought sud already on the giound If every plant in a group of natives is watched for at least a year, it will be found that manj are so attractive at one season or anothei that they will be retainc{l-3). Lychnis Viscaria. Lupinus (1-2), Myosotis (1-2), AA. Bloomi, Anthericum Liliastrum. AQuilegia, CampaDula, Centaiirea Ruthenica, Cheiranthus, Clematis, Delphinium, Dianthus. Eryngium, Euphorbia, AAA. Achillea (2-3), Aconitum (2-3), Pklo 31 hybridu Pyrethr (1-2), Pyrethrum Tchihatchewi (1-3), R.anunculus (1-2), Spirsea (1-2), Viola odorata. Anthemi; I graminifolia, Boltonia, Cedronella. Centranthus, Chrysanthemum ma mum (2-3), Coreopsis (2-3), Crocosmia, Gaillardia (2-3), Helenium (2-3), Helianthemum (2-3), (2-3), Heuchera (1-3), Lilium (2-3). Lychnis Flos-cueulU, vespertina, Phlox paniculata, " suffnitieosa, Platyeodon (2-3), Polygonum affine, cuspidatum, Pyrethrum uliginosum. Salvia ferinacea (2-3). Saponaria (2-3), Senecio (2-3). Stokesia (2-3). Viola cornuta (2-3). 6. For bold effects. -The following have striking and characteristic habit, and are desirable for prominent positions as single specimens or as exclusive groups. Some are foliage plants, the flowers being inconspicu- ous or not to be counted upon. Tall meansSft.ormore; the others are of medium height, 2-4 ft. : A. Flowers incidental. Acanthus, Ferula. Arundo (tall). Uunnera (tall). Bamboos, Heracleum (tall). Elymus (taU), Polygonum (taU). AA. Flowers mo re or less conspicuous. 1. Tall. Bocconia. Eriauthus. Cephalaria, Eulalia. Cimieituga, Helianthus orgyalis. Crambe, Rudbeckia Golden Glow. BB. Medium. Anemone Japonica, Funkia. Bamboos, Ligularia, Clematis recta. .Symphytum (wiriegated), Yucca. 7. For forcing and greenhouse decoration.— The fol- lowing are good subjects for potting. Helleborus and Saxif raga can be forced for Christmas. Those in the first list can be forced for Easter. Those in the second list are desirable for indoor decoration between Easter and the burst of spring outdoors: For forcing. Alyssum. Lychnis Flos-cucnUi, Arahis, Lychnis Viscaria, Astilbe, Saxifraga, Cheiranthus alpinus, Peony. Dianthus, Polygonatum multiflc Funkia (variegated), Primula. [ran Heuchera sangninea. .Spini'a. Iberis, AA. For indoor decoration. Acorns gramineus, Hepatica. Aster alpinus. Myosotis, Aubrietia, Phlox amoena. Campanula, " reptans. Dodecatheon, •■ subulata. HERBS, POT. See Greens. HERBS, SALAD. See Greens and fialad Plants. bin HERMODACTYLTTS (Greek, Mercury's fingers; from the arrangement of the tubers). Iridilcew. Snake's- HEAD luis. This is a hardy tuberous plaut closely allied to Iris, the fls. purplish black and green, of a quaint and peculiarly attractive beiiuty. The plant is procurable from Dutch and Italian growers. The genus difPers from Iris only in the 1-celled ovary with 3 parietal placen- tae ; Iris has a 3-celled ovary. tuberdsus, Salisb. (Iris tuberdsa, Linn.). Tubers 2-4, digitate, 1 In. long: stem l-tid., 1 ft. or more high: Ivs. 2-3, glaucous, 4-angled, 1-2 ft. long: outer perianth seg- ments 2 in. long, dark purple; inner ones green. Apr. B.M.531. F.S. 11:1083. G.C. IL 23: 672. J. N. Gerard. HEENANDIA (Fran.-i.ro nf-riian.lez. i.livsirian to Philip II of Spain.trav. |.-,1 in '.V.-^r Jn.li.-, I -,!):;-li;no, and wrote on natural lii-ti.rv i.f S|.:iini. /.,ni r.n-.a'. Jack-in-a-Bo.k. Tliis in.lu.l.s lJ.„r,./,i„. a Ir.e from Mauritius, which gru\v.s 40 It. hi;,'h, and Ls cult, iu S. Calif, by Franceschi, who says it has light green, glossy Ivs. with a red spot in the center, and large, whitish, egg-shaped fruits. The genus has 9 widely scattered species of tropical trees: Ivs. alternate, entire, ovate or peltate, 3-7-nerved : fls in a loose panicle, the extreme branches terminated by a 4-5-bracted involucre. Of the 3 fls. in an involucre, the central one is pistillate and sessile, the lateral ones stsiminate and pedicelled. 3. sonora, Linn., from India, is much used in Europe for subtropical bedding, and produces a juice that re moves hairs from the face without pain. Its staminate fls. have their parts in 3's or 4's and the filaments have one gland at the base, while in H. ovigera the floral parts are always in 3's and there are two glands at the base of each filament. H. sonora has peltate or cordate Ivs. 7-12 in. long and 4-G in. wide. ovigera, Linn. Lvs. 6-7 in. long, 4^-6 in. wide, ob- long, acuminate, palrainerved : fr. an egg-shaped drupe, borne on a stalk and obscurely ribbed. HEENIABIA (Greek; supposed to cure hernia or rupture). Itlecebrdceie. Heeniaky. Rupture-wort. This includes a hardy herbaceous perennial plant, which grows about 2 in. high and produces inconspic- uous greenish fls. in summer. It makes a dense mat of moss-like foliage, which turns a deep bronzy red in win- ter. It is much used in carpet-bedding and to a less ex- tent in rockeries and for edgings of hardy borders. Recommended for covering graves. It thrives in the poorest soils, makes a solid covering, and is by some regarded as one of the most valuable of hardy trailers. Prop, by division or seed. Grows wild in England, and is kept in many large collections of hardy plants. The genus has 8-23 species, which are widely scat- tered, but all grow in sandy places, chiefly near the sea. It has no near allies of great garden value, but 2 species of Paronychia are cult, for the same purpose and are easily told apart by general appearance. Herniaria and Paronychia are alike in their 5-parted perianth and 2 stigmas, but in Herniaria the segments are blunt, while in Paronychia they are hooded near the apex and have a horn or small sharp point on the back near the apex. H.iiii.iria i. ■•. imposed of annuals or perennials with V'-ii- •■( -Ih'ii i| Illation, and they are all much branched, tra!li;;_' [■lant-. .itiier glabrous or hirsute: lvs. oppo- sitf, all. rnai.- ..r clustered, small, entire: fls. minute, crowded in the axils; sepals, petals and stamens 5: seed solitary. glibra, Linn. Lvs. obovate, rareiy orbicular, glabrous except a few hairs at edges, which are usually recurved: fls. in a leafy spike or the lower ones at considerable intervals. July, Aug. Eu., Asia. w. ji. iranches and spathe- ometimes brownish r less: Ivs. 2-5: fls. I'T segments white; neelxia anA Bulbs, Capensis, HESPERANTHA HESPERANTHA (Greek, ereiihig flower). Iridicetc. Twenty-six species of Cape bulbs, 3 of which are pro- curable from Dutch growers. They belong to the Ixia tribe and are much inferior to Ixias for general cultiva- tion, but have fragrant flowers, opening at evening. The genus is still m. .re .Ium-Iv allied to Geissorhiza, and differs only in ha\ in- 1 n- valves always fjr. - i :. ■■".:'. -i >o above. The conn- :i ■ I : 'T 2-10 in a lax, disti.h. u- -['li m. Mon. by Baker in Irideae, 1892, and vol. e, 1896-7. A. Foliage hairy. pildsa, Ker. Corm globose : Ivs. 2, linear, erect, strongly ribbed, 3-fi in. long: outer segments claret-red. B.M. 1475 (outer segments speckled with color). AA. Foliage not hairy. B. Lvs. spreading, SS in. long. ialcita, Ker. Corm conic: lvs. 2-4, lanceolate: outer segments claret-red. B.M. 566, as Ixta falcata. BB. Lvs. erect, 4-e in. long. graminifdlia, D.Don. Corm globose: Ivs. 3-5, linear: cuter segments reddish brown. B. M. 1255, as Geisso- rhizasetacea. HllSPERIS (Greek, evening, same root as vesper; flowers more fragrant at evening). Crucifera. This in- cludes the Dame's Rocket, a vigorous, hardy her- baceous perennial plant, forming clumps 2-3 ft. high, branched from the base, and covered with showy termi- nal pyramidal spikes of 4-petaled flowers, resembling stocks. The colors range from white through lilac and pink to purple. The double forms are most popular. Rockets bloom from June to Aug., and have long been .cult, in cottage gardens. J. B. Keller writes: "The ordi- nary single forms are not worth growing in the border, but may be used in wild gardens. The double Rockets are considered amongst the best hardy plants, being very productive of bloom and extremely useful for cutting." The genus hav il it I m i \ Mmcir and Siberia. H. 1 1 I i ennial at the b.i-t 1 "i glandular: stem l\ i i ".;, entire, dentate oi l\iti* ri- m In .si i h i iii< - «»lt»n fragrant; petaK4, luua ilaned puds long, hiieai.tjhn drical : seeds numerous wmged or not The genus is allied to the stocks, but has a somewhat different habit and the hypocotyl incumbent not accumbent. matronalis, Linn. Rocket. Sweet Rocket. Dame's Violet. Damask Violet. Fig. 1053. Lvs. ovate-lanceo- late. 2-3 in. long, toothed: pods 2-4 in. long, straight, much contracted between the seeds. Eu., N. Asia. Escaped from gardens in Eng. Gn. 53, p. 293 and 49, p. 339 (a lovely garden view). ■^. M. HESPEROCHIRON 739 HESPEROCALLIS (Gropk. group of ili-rl't |il:ilil- .il ill.. hr„„l,,). Lili- ^ Ih. longs to the 1'. . &{B.dlba. III. • i.- mh- white fls., and was int. about 1890 bv II Ir. Var. spWndenB, int. 1898 by the sani I k .-rimson fls. Var. robiista, or grandUlora, Mmi , ,i nliiigto J. B. Keller, is an improvement on the type, the bells being larger and the color brighter. Var. h^brida ("Rosy Morn"), Hort., according to D. M. Andrews, is "more robust than the type, foliage deeper cut and the divisions more pointed: fls. rosy pink." Andrews adds that var. diba comes true from seed. EE. Margin of lvs. tvith crenations merely acute or blunt. pub^scens, Pursh {ff. ribi folia. Fisch. & Av^-Lall.). Height 9-12 or 15 in. : scapes densely glandular pubes- cent, at least above. Rich woods, Mts. of Penn. to N. HEUCHERA C. B.B. 2: 179. -"Evergreen foliage marbl with bronzy Ted."—Woolson.' DD. Calyx prominently oblique. hispida, Pursh. Height 2-t ft. Woods, \ to Idaho. B.B. 2:180. cc. Inflorescence a spike. cylindrica, Dougl. Height 10-2-t in. Yellowstone Parli westward. B.R. 23:1924. BB. Scapes not hairy. c. Inflorescence a loose panicle. parvifaiia, Nutt. Height K-2 ft. New Mex. to Mont. CC. Inflorescence denser, spicate. bracteita, Ser. Height 3-C in. Colo. AA. Stamens and styles much exserled at least at first. B. Length of calyx S-5 lines. rubeacens, Torr. Height 8-15 in.: scape usually leafless, glabrous what scabrous: margin of Ivs. ciliate. New Mex. to Nev. BB. Length of calyx I}4-3 lines. Americana, Linn. Alum Root. Height 2-3 ft. : scape leafless or with a few Ivs., more or less glandular-hirsute. Dry or rocky woods, Ont. to La. and Minn. B.B. 2:179. R.H. 1898. p. 431. -"Has mottled foliai;e."- Oilli It. BBB. Lin,/tl, ..f .u,l,if 1^1'., Ii„,s. C. Scape rillous. ;.,.., I, „s, /n ,:.i;r,,l tl-Uh lung, .yv/t hairs. yilldsa, Michx. Height 1-3 ft.; scape mostly leafless. Rocky places, Va. to Ga. and Tenn. B.B. 2:179. CO. Scape thinly covered with minate glandular hairs, micrintha, Dougl. Height 1-2 ft. Calif. B.R. 15:1302. R.H. 1898, p. 431. The following names are seen in tr.%de cat alogues but not in Index Kewensis. H. pur purdscens was advertised 1898, by H. Corre von, Geneva, Switzerland. Plants ii can trade are not yet large enough for identi- fication,—H.ir/ieeicri was found in the South some years ago, and Thomas Meehan, who has not examined it closely, says it looks like a form of H. Canadensis with variegated Ivs. W. M. HfiVEA (from the Brazilian name). £uphorbiilce$- cheutos. Prom if. Moscli. - i ,, , ,, i,,|,| i,y its cordate ashy-tomentoso Ivs. imii li:(;r\ .'ilinit- imolucre bracts. The plant known to the trade us U. Califonii- cits is hardy. cc. Lvs. strong!;/ lobed. 12. grandiflfirus, Miehx. Tall and stout (3-8 ft.), the terete reddish stem becoming glabrous: lvs. large, 3- lobed, the lobes ovate-acuminate or ovate-oblong-acu- minate, the side ones widely spreading, blunt-toothed or even again lobed: fls. very large (6-8 in. across), white or rose, with deeper eye. Ga., Fla. west.— Aside from the large fJs. and lobed lvs., this is very like B. Moxclieiilos. It is doubtful if the true If. gravdiflorus is in the trade. HIBISCUS vity 743 in the iddle AAA. Shrubs, hardy in the North (o states). 13. Syrlacus, Linn. (4W7i(^a A-iXca-, Hort.). Shrubbt Althea. Rose of Sharon. Figs. 1056, 10.i7. Shrub, -12 ft. high, much br Mk seedling stock. Nativity uncertain, but probably not Syrian, as Linuipus supposed : probably native in China. To this species belong such trade names as H. ptu-piireiis, H. specibsiis ridier, B. ranuncultefldrus, B. tc-iliis dlbiis. B. Leopoldli, II. pwonifldr^ts, H. coeUs- tis, B. violAeeus, B. anemonitfldriis, B. at~6ri,btiis. B. bleolor, B. camelliefldrjis, B. eleyaiitis.^i i„hs. etr. 14. Hamibo, Sieb. &Zucc. A Japanes,. s|„.,.i rt. i..l by importers but not yet tested in tliis niMiitr, . ;itm1 probably not hardy south of the southern-iiii'l.Ue statt-s : 6-10 ft. high, closely pubescent: lvs. roundish, with an abrupt short point, irregularly shallowly toothed, white •ly or quite glabrous: lvs. rather small, short-petioled, strongly 3-ribbed, triangular- or rhombic-ovate, mostly 3-lobed i.lies: fls. solitary in tlie axils 1 the young wood (late in the rason), somewhat bell-shaped, -'-:j in. long, rose or purple, usu- ally darker at the base : pod short, splitting into 5 valves. Asia. B.M. 83. R.H. 1845:133 (var. s;)ecioA'»s, with double fls.). -One of the commonest of orna- mental shrubs, and hardy in On- tario. It is immensely variable in character of fls., the colors rang- ing from blue-purple to violet- red, fiesh color and white; also full double forms. There are forms with variegated lvs. Col- ored plates of some of the double-fld. forms will be found in Gn. 52:1150. The species thrives in any good soil. Prop, by seeds, by cuttings of ripened wood taken in the fall, and named vars. by grafting on the ( 1057. Hibiscus Syriacus (X K). tomentosei involucre of scales united at the base: fls. solitary in the upper axils, large, yellow, with a darker base. aaaa. Shrubs of qlasshouses, or permanently planted out in the far South. B. Li-s. hoary beneath. 15. elitns.Swartz (Pnrrtifim elAtum, G.Vou). MocN- TAiN Mahoe. A West Indian tree, now introduced in S. Calif.: lvs. round-cordate, short-cuspidate, entire; 744 HIBISCUS involucre deciduous (with the calyx), 8-10-toothed: fls. 4 in. long, opening primrose color in the morning, then changing, as the day advances, to orange and deep red. — This species, the next, and probably others, yield the Cuba bast, used for tying cigars and for other purposes. Lvs. and shoots medicinal: wood durable. 16. tilUceus, Linn. (Pm-Ulnm t:-;-,. ,■ u„< . .Tu^s.). Round-headed tree 20-:i0 ft. liij;h : ! r i:! -late and short-acuminate, entire or (■li- I. ■ in- volucre persistent (with the cuh \ . i ; i lis. 2-3 in. long, yellow. Old World trupio, but liuiuialized in the W. Indies and at Key West. -Offered recently by Reasoner. Evergreen. Sprouts from the base if frozen. BB. Lvs. usiiaUy green both sides. 17 heterophyllua, Vent. Tall shrub of Australia, int. in S.Calif., where it is a free and showy bloomer: nearly glabrous: lvs. varying from linear to lanceolate and elliptic-oblong and from entire to 3-lobed, 5-6 in. long, usually serrulate and sometimes white beneath: fls. large (3-4 in. long), white, with a deep crimson eye, the calyx tomeutose: capsule hairy. 18. calycinuB, Willd. {ff. clirysdnthus, Hort.). Small shrub from S. Africa, and sparingly known in this country: pubescent: lvs. long-stalked, round-cordate, somewhat 3-5-angled and 5-7-nerved, crenate, hairy or velvety: fls. on axillary peduncles which are shorter than the petioles, large, yellow, with a dark center: in- volucre bracts 5, bristle-pointed: capsule tomentose. — To be grown indoors, but may be planted out in the • with good results. Probably valuable for per- ; planting in the extreme S. 19. cispUtinuB, St. Hil. Bushy, 3-5 ft.: stems gla- brous but prickly: lvs. deltciid-lauceolate or dt'ltoid- ovate, 3-lobed, coarsely toothed, sparsely hairy on the veins: fls. solitary, 4-5 in. across, light pink, with darker color in the eye and sometimes darker on the margins. Brazil (this side the Platte river, whence the specific name). R.H. 1898:480. Gng. 7:.50. — Little known in this country. It is a late fall bloomer, and may be planted out in summer. It seeds freely, and these, sown as soon as ripe, will give blooming plants for the following fall. Handsome. 20. DSnisoni, Burb. Small glasshouse shrub, flower- ing when very small, glabrous: lvs. thick and rather stiff, slender-stalked, elliptic-ovate, entire or obscurely crenulate, acuminate, dull green: fls. terminal, large, white, 4-5 in. across. Nativity unknown, but int. from Austral. P.M. 1876:2.32. — A good greenhouse plant, re- quiring warm temperature. 21. Edsa- Sinensis, Linn. (B. Sinensis, Hort.). Chi- nese Hibiscus. Shoeblack Plant. Pig. 1058. In glass- houses a shrub 3-8 ft. high, but reaching 20 ft. in sub- tropical regions, glabrous: lvs. rather large, thin and shining green, broad-ovate to lance-ovate, somewhat tapering to the base, acuminate, coarsely and unequally toothed: involucre bracts linear, free, as long as che calyx tube: fls. solitary in the upper axils of the new HICKORY -NUT growth, on peduncles which exceed the petioles, bright rose-red, 4-5 in. across, with a projecting red column of stamens and pistil. Asia, probably China: now dis- tributed in warm countries, and one of the best known old-fashioned conservatory pot-plants. B.M. 158. I.H. 29:441. G.C. III. 2:529. Gn. 53, p. 127.-It is now im- mensely variable. Forms are double-fld., and others are orange, yellow, bright red, magenta, and parti-colored. Var. Codperi, Hort. (H. Cnoperi, Hort.), has narrow white-marked lvs. and distorted scarlet fls. Trade names belonging to this species are H. brillidntissimus, H. carniinAtus, H. chrysdnthus. H. fulgidus, M. fiiJgens, H. kermeslnus, H. liiteiis, H. miniitus, S. sub-viold- ceus, H. zebrXnus. Hibiscus Kosa-Sinensis is a sum- mer-flowering shrub which always attracts attention. It is often plunged in the open with other subtropical stuff. It is easy to grow in ordinary potting soil. In winter keep it slow by witholdiug water and keeping in a temperature not above 50°. In spring head the plants in and start them up to get the new wood on which the flowers are borne. Give plenty of water when growing, and syringe frequently. Prop, readily by softwood cut- tings in spring, or by hard cuttings in fall. H .1 ;■.■/.<■ r,-, Hort i.. a Inl.rj.l of H Ko«-,.Si„»nMS and H. si-lii/.-i-ia!:!^, lai^.a ^^ \ s MvIm -, Aiiii-i,;, W.-st Indies. Mu-!i . li 1... I ■ ! ^.'i . I ■ I -//. Cam- Treellke < S. Fla. .se.-H. Atr. B. night: inv<.lii't. ..imix . , ; , ,, i|:i[ia Cult, in tropical and ^uljliuiac.Ll ia';;aMi- I. > under the name of Cotton Ko^^' :m i ' : ■ schizopetalus.^oo^.t. Allied toll lous, the recurving petals beautita the fruit long and hpnring fflabrna- t M. 6524 F S 3:l-'_i:fll7-« I ln,> .,r 1 1,. , i a -.an t ul the genus. -H.splrnd,-„s.Vr>^ MinaalJ J.' ■ . ' t t Miii,.iiti,se, prickly : red. Au-lra; I: 1.. !: ,, .a - I I a r].i.soine. — H. Sura(- teiisis, laar; I i - a,,,, ]., aaa. . ,,- i-iiarted lvs.: fls. yel- low; iuNtjlucia: laaa^ wall ania ii.ui likf spines. India, but widely distribute.!. li.C, III, ttaVJlj,— /f. veniistus, Blume. Very like H. mutabilis. but involucre bracts broad. Java. B. M.7183.— if. iii((ds««, undetermined trade name. l, jj, b_ HICKOKY-NUT. Notwithstanding the high esteem in which the nuts of several species of Hickory have been held since the settlement of America by the white men, but little progress has been made in their domes- tication and improvement. Out of the 9 or 10 species recognized by botanists, not more than 3 or 4 have been found sufficiently promising from an economic stand- point to justify conspicuous effort at amelioration. Of these the Pecan {H. Pecan) stands easily first, followed in order of apparent value by the Shagbark (Little Shellbark), fi^. oraM; the Shellbark (Big Shellbark), U. lariiii.isii, and the Pignut, H. glabra. The Pecan differs in its requirements of soil and climate from the other species, and is . las, -lilied separately under P«can. For the botany ,.i il,.- H Mk..rifs, see Bicoria. In flavor lunl .|iialiiy .d' kernel the Shagbark is esteemed l>v iiai-i Aujrn, ans as the choicest of native nuts, thou:;ii in ihr-a i, -la.-ts the ShnllliMrk is but lit- ■ propor- the latter in in.,~t (ailtuiaii .-iraits; thuu-h the thriftv growth, syrniuttiical foiiu and luxuriant f.iliage of the latter render it one of the most handsome and useful of native trees for roadside or lawn planting. The Shag- bark has the broader area of natural distribution, being found in localities throughout most of the United States to the eastward of the Great Plains, except on the low- lands of the South Atlantic coast and Gulf states. The Shellbark is mainly confined to the vailey of the Mis- sissippi and its larger tributaries, extending eastward, however, into eastern Pennsylvania and western New York. The Pignut, which is similar to the Shagbark in area of distribution, is much inferior to the others in quality, but shows wider variation than either in this respect, and has disclosed at least one variety of distinct cul- tural merit. As the Hickories, other than the Pecan, are slow- HICKORY -NUT growing species at best, they should not be planted on other than fertile soil. The Shellbark is native to river bottoms, and requires richer land than the others, which endure a rather wide range of soil charac- teristics, provided there is suflicient depth and good drainage. Deep, well-draiued, fertile loams, either of sandy or clayey nature, are acceptable to all the species. Propagation. — \ll the species are propa- gated by seed. Planting is frequently done in autumn, but, to lessen the destruction by rodents, is more safely done in early .spring. In such case the freshly gathered nuts, after removal from the hulls, should be stored in slightly dampened sand dur- ing the winter, or stratified, as other tree seeds. Uniformity of growth is promoted by planting nuts where trees are to stand, as the transplanting process in ordinary seasons is accompanied by a considerable loss. If trees must be transplanted, it is probably best to transplant annually in nursery rows, in rich soil, to promote growth of fibrous roots and to lessen the shock of fiiiid transplantation to the per- The propagation of the Hickories by budding and grafting is exceedingly diffi- cult, even the most experienced propaga- tors of woody plants failingto secure more than a small percentage of success. Most growers favor cleft crown-grafting in the spring, on established stocks of tlie same species. The operation is performed just as stocks are starting into growth, using dormant cions with terminal buds and mounding up to the top bud with fine earth. As the stocks are in condition only for a few days, the process is uncertain and ex- pensive. One of the most successful propagators of woody plants, Jackson Dawson, of Arnold Arboretum, recommends the use of the Bitternut {IT. minima) as a stock, growing seedlings in boxes 4 in. deep for one or two years, until of sufficient size for grafting. Under tliis plan the seed- lings should be transferred to pots in the autumn and taken into the greenhouse about.January 1. He advises side-grafting these close to the collar. As soon as the roots begin to start, the grafted trees in pots must be plunged in sphagnum to the top bud and left until March to callus- Root-grafting, as commonly practiced, has rarely been found to succeed. One promising method of root-propaga- tion suggested by Fuller consists in the "turning up or exposing at the surface of the ground of side roots, severed from the parent tree." Their lower extremities are left in place for one or two seasons, until a distinct top has been formed through the agency of adventitious buds on the ex- posed portions. Though a slow and ex- pensive process, this is probably more cer- tain than any other method yet developed. In some instances, where the tops of trees have been kilb'd, the varieties have been perpetuated through this practice by promptly turning up and staking roots that were yet alive. Phintinq should be done in autumn, or as early in spring as the ground can safely lie worked. An abundance of rich soil should be used in the holes, as much of the success in transplanting depends upon a prompt and vigorous root-growth. If clean cultivation cannot be practiced, a heavy mulch should be applied, and be maintained for several years, until the tree is well established. After this, little HICKORY -NUT 745 care is needed, except to guard against the attacks of leaf-eating insects. PioductioH and t/se. — Large quantities of Shagbarks are consumed in our cities, but the supply is mainly from the forests. In some sections, choice second-growth trees ha\e been preserved along fences and roadsides, and these are usually found to J leld larger crops and finer nuts than the forest trees. In portions of south- eastern Pennsylvania there is a large pro- duction of nuts from such trees. In that section the nuts are marketed in the form of kernels fiee from shells, for use by confectioners and bakers. The cracking of the nuts is done by women and children on the farms, this work constituting a do- mestic industry of some importance at cer- t-iin seasons As the use of Shagbarks in cooking IS apparently increasing, it is im- portantthat trees Gearing ..hoicenuts shall be preserved and cared for. The charac- teristics that determine commercial value are : first, cracking quality ; second, thinnessofshell; third, size; fourth, plumpness and flavor of kernel; fifth, productive- Numerous apparently natural Hickory hybrids have been brought to notice, but those thus far discovered have given little evidence of cultural value. The most mportant are the Nuss baumer and McCall ster nuts wh ch are describe 1 un ler Pe a \ a et t, —In con e | ence of the diffi cultv w th wl h the H kor es aie prop gated by bud 1 i g a 1 k att ng fe i sei es offer otl er tl an ee 11 ng tees Seveial 1 t si igl a k 1 a e 1 ee 1 t i 1 be a se ot e t 1 I II I I i ffered I II II (Fg II ) areil jtel f tie Nut Culture B UetnoftleU S Devt of Agric The more in portant varieties are the folio g RK C rt s —Conn A sn ooth nut ze si ghtly compressed kernel I olo and of good q al ty shell 1059. Forms of Hicoria ovata. 1. Ovate form. 2. Long-ovate form. 6, 6a. Meriden. 7. Jack- son. 8.8a. Miltord. Nat. size. JacI to I g 10j9 ckiiig Quahtv The I ^^rlPt\ of Hickory 11 t i tyA S ^ I 18 0 ble at cracking quihty medium 746 HICKORY -NUT Learning— Uo. A large nut of fine flavor and excellent crack- ing quality, the kernel coming out in unbroken halves. Meriden.— Conn. Large, oblong, compressed: kernel large and of good quality: shell rather thick, but cracks well. Pig. 1059. l/i/Zord. — Mass. A compressed ovate nut, medium to large in size, with large, plump kernel of excellent quality: cracks well: one of tlie best nuts yet brought to notice. Fig. 1059. enclosing a mostly among the most beaut with a straight, souk a large, graceful, p; t light green foliat;<--. ' e nut. The Hickories are and most useful trees of the \ I I \ CM uamental park trees. I -ilendei mheadc jnki Pec(. nge-bron erally i-llow to orange or ly North except B. •lis, but H. Pecan sheltered positions. I, strong and tough jses, especially for riages and wagons, Most of the species Imw h>- wood, much valued fur uki handles of tools, manufactu also for making baskets and for fuel. The species, as //. /><■(■«» and /?.oto^/, also fi". /aciHi((/<( and some varieties of JI. glabra and S. alba are edible, and are sold in large quantities, mostly gathered from the wood.s. though in later years orchards of improved va- rieties have been planted. A large number of insects prey upon the Hickory, attacking the wood, foliage and t'r., for which see tin Fil'ili ,\iiii. Rep. of the V. S. Entom. Cora., p. _'> 1 u .• also some fungi, causing sometimes :n ; i^n of the trees. The Hicko Jl. a. . soil, 'ilbu '^- \ py drier localities. They are of rather slow growth, and difficult to transplant if taken from the woods; therefore the seeds are often planted where the trees are to stand, but if grown in the nur- sery and transplanted several times when young, trees 6-10 ft. high may be transplanted successfully. Prop, usually by seeds stratified and sown in spring in rows about 3 in. deep; named varieties may be grafted in spring in the greenhouse, on potted stock of H. minima, which seems to be the best species for this pur- pose, veneer- or splice-grafting being usually employed ; sometimes also increased by root- prouts. For futber horticultural advice, see Hickonj- II ttmi Pecan. There are about 10 species of Hickory, all in E. N. ^ .ith solid 7 serrate I thelvs.; ;ins, each 1060. Folii :s^Xtr/i'>/>/, and pistillate flowers of Hicoria Pecan. iJiVc— Ohio .Vnsrular. ovate, medium to large in size: kernel plump, bright and of fine quality: shell thin andot good crack- ing quality: tree regularly productive. Vfoodbou me.— Pa. Long, compressed ovate, large and smooth : kernel tender and of very high quality: shell rather thick, but cracks wfil PiGNi I n,' il ,l,it , i.roas sweet-flavored forms >founcliiit)- ■'. > ni' :it least has been deemed worthj ..' I II, delicate flavor. thin shell Brarkiii 1.. ( I,. ,1 h - 1 I. M-.-ssed, smooth and of gray- ish color, nieduim to i.irge in si/,e- kernel plump, sweet and of delicnte flavor: shell ver> thin, and easily freed from the kernel. Wm. a. Taylok. HICOBIA {from its aboriginal name) Syn., Cirya. Ju(]land(icece, Hickory. Hardy ornamental trees, with rather large, deciduous odd-pinnate Ivs., small green ish fls.,the staminate ones in conspicuous pendulous racemes, and with rather large, green, dehiscent fruits America from Can pith: Ivs. alternati Ifts.: fls. nionceciu staminate Hs. inaxi fl. with 3-10 stamc-ri-, i-.m. m M,, ■, , i ,,i a 3-lobed bract; pistillate rts. in a li-iniinal, 2-lU-lld. cluster or spike, consisting of a 1-celled ovary enclosed by a 4- lobed involucre: fr. globular to oblong, with a husk separating into 4 valves and a bony nut, incompletely 2-4-celled. See also Rep. Missouri Bot. Gard. 7, p. 28- 42, pi. 1-23, and Rep, of V. S. Dept. of Agric. Div. of Poinol. Nut-Culture ( 1890), cited below as U.S.N. C. (the first number referring to the plate, the second and third to the figure). A. Scales of buds valvate, 4-6: fr. with winged snlures; nut usually thin-shelled: Ifts. 7-lS, usually falcate. B. Nut mostly elongated, almost, terete: husk thin, spliltuig to the baie ■ kernel sweet. Fec&n, Britt (U&rya olna>fdimis, Nutt.). Pecan Fig. 1060. Tall tree, to 170 ft , with the branches pubes- cent when young : bark deeply furrowed, grayish brown Itts ^i^ 11-17, short - stalked, ol.ld,.,' > lanceolate, acuminate, sen it. or doubly serrate, tomentosc and glandular when young, usu- ally glabrous at length, 4-7 in. long: staminate catkins almost sessile : fr. 3-10 m clusters or spikes, oblong, 1 '-$-3'^ m long; nut ovoid or oblong, smooth, brown, irregularh niaiktd with dark brown, 2-celle(l at the base; kernel sweet. From Iowa and Ind. south to Alab. and Tex.; also in Mexico. S.S. 7: 338-39. A. G. 12:273-75. U.S. —.■"...■- N.C. 1,8, 9. — This species is the most important as a fruit tree, ani many named varieties are cultivated in the southern states, but it is tender North. The wood is less valuable than that of the other species. Hy- brids of this species are known with S. minima, alba HICORIA and laciniosa, for which see Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. 7, pi. 20-23 and Gng. 2 :226. See Pecan. myristicaeidrmiB, Britt. (Carya myristicafirinis. Nutt.). NuTMEO-HiCKORY. Tree, to 100 ft. with darli brown bark, brolien into appressed scales : Ifts. 5-11. short-stalked or almost sessile, ovate-lanceolate, the uppermost much larger and obovate, serrate, scurfy-pu- bescent beneath when youns and with brown scales above, at length dark green aliov.-. silrcry and lustrous beneath, 3-5 in. long: staniiiint.- , Mikins peduncled: fr. generally solitary, shorto\-uiil (.r Mlpu\;itf. ubout 1% in. long; nut ovoid, reddish liri.wn ukuIu ^ with irregular spots and stripes, thick-shtlkd, l-eiUcd liulow; kernel sweet. From S. Car. to Ark. and Mex. S.S. 7:342-43.- A very decorative species on account of its handsome foliage, but not hardy North. I^ut risualh/ as broad as long, compressed wi irregularly angled or reticulate surface, ihi shelled, 4-celled below : kernel bitter. aquitica, Britt. (Carya aqiidtica, Nutt.). Water- HiCKoar. Bitter Pecan. Usually small tree, rarely to 100 ft., with light brown bark separating into long, thin piates. Ifhs 7-13, sessile or short-stalked, lanceolate, long-acuminate, finely serrate, yellowish tomentose when young, glabrous at length . fr. 3-1, ovoid to broadly obo- vate, 1-1 J-2 in. long ; husk thin, splitting to the base; nut obovate, much compressed, irregularly angled and ridged, dull reddish brown; kernel very bitter. From Va. to 111., south to Fla. and Tex. S.S. 7:344-45. U.S.N.C. 12, 7-8. minima. Britt. (Carya amdra, Nutt.). Bitter Nut. Swamp-Hickory. Tree, to 100 ft. : bark grayish brown, broken into thin scales: young branches and petioles glabrous: Itts. 5-9, ovate-lanceolate to lanceolate-acumi- nate, densely serrate, pubescent when young and glan- dular, almost glabrous at length, 3-6 in. long : fr. 2-3, bro.adly obovate or subglobose, winged from the apex to the middle, %-\]4 in. long ; husk thin, splitting some- what below themiddle; nut slightly compressed, round- ish, abruptly contracted into a short point, irregularly reticulate; kernel bitter. Quebec to Minn., south to Fla. and Tex. S.S. 7:340-41. Era. 226. -A valuable park tree, with handsome, rather broad head, growing in cult, more rapidly than other Hickories. 1063. Hicoria glabi microcarpa— the false Shagbark. AA. Scales of buds imbricate, more than C. ft. not or slightly winged at the sutiires : nut usually thick-shelled, 4-celled below: Ifts. S-9, not fal- cate, the uppermost larger and generally obovate. B. Buds small, M-M<"». l">| Ij. rri, ~. i.neor two staminate plants sheulil !"■ |il:e'. il le ar e\. ly group of a dozen pistillate ones, Winn iln- ^lnuli- .are without berries the expert nurser\iMan ran tlisiii|Miii-h the two sexes by the more upright growth of the staminate and the more twiggy growth of the pistillate plants. The redder the berries the better for ornamental purposes. The berries are somewhat poisonous, but are eaten by birds. Though essentially a seashore plant, it is easily cult, inland in common garden soil, and thrives even in barren, sandy lands. It inhabits cool moving sands and the alluvium of torrents. When grown abroad to hold shifting sands it makes a straggling, stunted bush 2 ft. or more high. Under favorable conditions it may be grown into a tree 20 ft. high. The suckers may become so numerous as to be troublesome. The numerous spines which terminate the branches and the interlacihg stems suggest its use for hedges. It is propagated by layers, suckers, root-cuttings and seeds. rhamnoldes, Linn. Sea Buckthorn. Swallovt Thorn. Lvs. appearing before the Hs., grayish green above, silvery ijn.n li.i.nv ami -.aihi. .1 \\iili reddish scales below: :' ■ . ,,i j-:; in May : fr. li. i a ..iiirin- in Sept. G.M. :;, :,:'l. m„. i:e i , v.nh :i nn.- .-olored plate and thoroui;!! appreeuinoii by \V. iTolilrmgi. and HOBBLEBUSH. Vihurnum lantanoides. HOES. See Tools. HOFFMANNIA (Georg Franz Hoffmann, 1760-1826, professor of botany at Gottingen). Including Campy- lobbtrys and Higginsia. BiibiAcew. About 15 tropical American herbs or shrubs, with opposite or verticillate Ivs. and small white, yellow or reil tis., cult, for the very showy foliage. Corolla tubular, witli l i r:nely 5) oblong or linear obtuse lobes; stamens 1 : rln^-llke disk about the 2-3-loculed ovaryi style filiform, the sti.gma 2-lobed. The Hoffmannias require warm temperature, although they may be plunged in the open in the summer. Well grown specimens are also adapted to the decoration of window-gardens and living rooms. Propagated by cut- tings. Hoffmannias are very showy foliage plants. 752 HOFF.MANXIA A. Fl.-cliislers on long stalks. discolor, Hemsl. (Campylobdtrys discolor. Hook.). Fig. 1071. About G in high, but lopping over the side of the pot or pan and making a mat, slightly hairy, the branches purplish: Ivs. short-petioled, oblong-obovate. ijMfi v«v entire, satiny gr beneatii ; rt-^. sii peduncles. .Mfx refiilgens, I In more as huj,'.-, tl midrib to tl'ic . wine color and descent shades pale red. Mex. most beajititul | pn above and rich light purple to green all, rr-d. in recurving racemes, on red H.M. 45;i0. -Excellent little plant. si. .Much like the former, but twice or Iv-. sessile and almost succulent, nar- 1 111 M' i.iir:il!f| veins running from the :n I III. Ill .|.r surface pale red or III .1 I .III- dull green, with iri- /n,jyii in efulgens. -.7»,s7i (s crowded in the axils. Ghiesbreghtii, licnisl. Half shrubby, 3-4 ft. tall, nearly glabrous: stem acutely 4-angled : Ivs. usually 1 ft. or'less long, oblong-lanceolate-acuminate, entire, the short winged petiole somewhat decurrent, very strongly veined, purple-red beneath and dark velvety green above: lis. yellow, with a red spot in the center. Mex. B.M. 5383 as Higginsia G/iiesbreclitii. I.H. 8:279, as a Campylobotrys. — A form with handsomelv mottled Ivs. is var. variegita, Hort. (I.H. 30:498). reg&lis, Hemsl. Shrubby, strong-growing, glabrous, the branches obtusely 4-angled and somewhat fleshy: Ivs. large, round-ovate and abruptly acuminate, entire, plicate with arched nerves, glabrous, purple-red beneath and dark rich green above : fls. yellow, sessile. Mex. B.M. 5280, as a Higginsia. Uigginsia Razli, Hort., is described as "a very beautiful new tropical plant, with dark bronzy leaves, streaked and marbled with white." Saul. L. H. B. HOHENBfiRGIA n.crsonal iiaiii.i. 77 .Inirnv. Species c.iiiinniiily rrfrrri-.l \i> .r.lii' monogra|ihrr (.Mrz, DC. JIdii.iirr. I'li species uiidi-r this l'ciiu-. 'I'Ii.- „■■ jEchmea in tecliiii<-:il il<>r,il .■Ikiiiic-, i ligulate, fls. al«:i\ - -■ - i- n I -i i; &na, Baker, is \<\ '>!' i . :. i -■ i i • 1 ■ mr, ilez) ..IMS 17 ^ liring L.-relU- / i.irel- ' a. It II- Bill- has also been rctVni. 1 1 I.I I llT-i. -I.I. 1 bergia-like plant, with 7-12 strong, et Ivs. and a simple dense spike of red fls. standing 4-7 ft high : floral bracts serrate. Uruguay. For H. ferru ginea, see ^chmea. Warmhouse. £,. H. B. HOLLYHOCK HOLBCELLIA (Frederick Louis Holba-ll, once Supt. Bot. Gard., Copenhagen). Berberidiceiv. This genus contains a fine shrubby climber, which is unfortunately inferior in hardiness to AkeUa quinata, tbe latter being one of the best of all hardy vines. Holboellia resembles Akebia in having digitate Ivs., edible, oblong, indehis- cent berries and an indefinite number of ovules. It dif- fers in having 6 sepals and 6 minute petals, while Akebia has 3 sepals and no petals. Both genera have free stamens, while those of Stauntonia are raona- delphous. Holboellia has only 1 species. Generic char- acters are: fls. purple or greenish, monoecious; sepals C, petal-like; staminate fls. with rudimentary ovaries ; pistillate fls. with G very small, sterile stamens. Any one whowas siii|.ri-i 1 \' iili i In- "discovery" of the strange purple fls. of M ; ' .■ interested in the fls. of Holboellia. Tii. - . i |ih- or vary to green- ish white, and the st an. 1 1... - .h appear later, are highly fragrant. The i.l.o.i .^l.oul.l bu tried outdoors in the S'outh where an evergreen cjuick-growing climber i.s desired, as it makes annual shoots 10 to 12 ft. long, and the foliage is distinct and beautiful. For the cool greenhouse it is too rampant and produces too few fls. latifdlla, Wallich. Leaflets commonly 3 or 5, but very variable in form and number. Himalayas. B.R. 32:49. K.H. 1890:348. Gn. 8, p. 548, and 14, p. 3G9. w. ji. HdLCUS (Greek, to draw out ; an old fable crediting this plant with the power of drawing thorns from the flesh). Gramlnea. About 8 species of annual or peren- nial tufted grasses from Europe and Africa. The only species cult, is a forage grass of poor quality but ca- pable of growing well in dry soil. Its nearest allies of garden value are Avena and Deschampsia, from which it JifFers as follows: spikelets falling off whole, and glumes with no or minute awns. Avena and Deschampsia have the floral glumes decidedly awned and the empty glumes remain on the plant when the florets fall lanitus , Linn M e a d o \\ Soft Gkass Perennial, 2-1 ft high Ivs downy panicle greenish or tinged purple En A variegated form is cult abroad for ornament G T Hastings HOLLY Consult Ilex HOLLY SEA E>mtq HOLLYHOCK(J»;/aa , fa^olltt and iss full vith a distmt past, and onl\ the ravages of a dire disease have robbed it of the proud position itheld among garden flowers dur ingthe middle of the present century \ plant of strong vii, orous growth, noble aspect, and of the most ornamental character, it must not be neglected or ignored, for we can ill dispense with its stately beauty. Be- fore the ravages of disease there were in existence large col- lections of named va- rieties,and the Holly- hock was then one of 1072. The Hollyhock. HOLLYHOCK the most important of flowers. Within recent years, too, eitlier from loss of virulence or through preventive measures, the disease having been somewhat controlled, collections of named varieties are again being formed, but, in the light of his own experience, the writer be- HOMERLA. r53 &■ 1073. -double Hollyhock (X H). lieves that one can get the best and surest results by raising plants from seed of a good strain. This may be sown at any time during the early months of the year. Sow in pots or pans and place in a warrahouse to assist germination. Pot the plants singly as they develop, and keep them growing freely but sturdily in a cool, airy tem- perature, removing them to the open air as summer ad- vances. If well grown, the plants should be in 6-in. pots at this time. During the latter part of summer they may be planted out where they are to bloom. As Hollyhocks demand liberal treatment, their permanent spot should be well prepared by deep digging, at the same time working in a good quantity of rotted manure. Plant 3 ft. apart and firmly, and should the fall months be dry, give water frequently, as suffering from drought predisposes plants to attack of disease. The following spring the plants will grow vigorously, and the only at- tention needed is copious watering during dry spells. The flowers will appear from July onwards. The Holly- hock is a hardy perennial, and if it enjoys an immu- nity from disease, will spring up and flower each year. Should disease appear, however, root the plants out and destroy by fire and make the next plantation on a new site some distance removed. Thorough spraying with fun gicides may be ex pected to hold the disease in check, it applications are made early and to the un der sides of the Ivs. , but if Bordeaux mix ture is used, the plants look very un tidy. Perhaps it is better to use am moniacal carbonate of copper. A dis eased leaf is shown in Pig. 880. If the stock keeps healthy and it is desired to increase speciallyflne varieties, this can be done easily by cut tings formed from offshoots. These should be taken off and potted singly in small pots in sandy soil and kept close in a shaded coldframe. A few fine named varieties obtainable in the trade at present are : ApoUon, ro.se ; Brennus. crimson ; Ettie Beale, flesh pink ; Mrs. Barron, rose-pink, beautiful ; Diadem, rich yellow ; Her Male Enchantress, yellow; Ochroleuca, light yellow; Queen, silver-rose ; Venus, white ; Psyche, lavender. Figs. 245 and 246, vol. 1, show good placing of Hollyhocks. A. Herrinotos. HOLY GHOST PLANT. Peristeria elatu . HOMALANTHUS (application obscure). Euphorbi- dcew. This genus includes a small Australian tree or tall shrub cult, in S. Calif, for its copper-colored foli- age. It is probably slightly cult, abroad under glass- like Euphorbia pnlcherrimn. The genus contains !>-» species of Malayan and Australasian trees or shrubs: Ivs. alternate, staiki-.l. wi.l.-, i-ntire, feather-veined: ra- cemes terminal: Hs. ,ii-' i nlnus; disk none; calyx of staminate Hs. J j.aitiMl ; ,i:nii. ns 6-50; calyx of pistillate fls. 2-3-fld: ov:.i-y :^ .-, Il,.,|. The genus has no near allies of garden value, and thet fls. are insignificant, being borne in racemes which con- sist mostly of staminate fls., with a few pistillate fls. at the base. Leschenaultiinus, A..Tu^^. [H. populifdlius, R. Grab. Cdnhiiliitiii: p,ij,,ilii,.lni,ii. K.-inw.). Lvs. broadly ovate- triaiiLruhu- or rli..iiiliMi,i;il, ^'laucous, 2-4 or even 6 in. long, witli stalks df saun- icugth: racemes 1^ in. long. India, Malaya, Australia. B.M. 2780. HOMALOMfiNA (Greek, Also written Uomalotiema. tender foliage plants, vari( thewell-knowu Dieffenl.a.-li and Schismatoglottis. It is dora produce flowers or fn 1074. Double Hollyhock il niatn is genu; ents). Aricea. ; includes som& the fashion of ITl.l'llHM Mi'.r A^'laonema. t 111.- i.iants sel- :iih.ii. They are- IS now regarded the spathehas a. ibrous or pilose, e spathe has an glabrous . iv.s of tropical very indistiurt tul.c, and The genus has a Asia and America: stem short or none : lanceolate, nerves i long and sheatbincr. cultnn-. So.- Jii, n, iitiachia. Latest Monograph by Eng- ler iuDC. M.-n. I'lian. 2:332(1879). The species described below belong to the subgenus Curmeria, with 3 other species, and all are American; the other 10 species are Asian. Pitcher and Manda advertised in 1895 Curmeria Le.o- poJdii, a rare and costly plant, of which the writer find.s. no further information. A. IjVS. irregularly blotched. WAUlSU, Regel (.Curmeria WdlUsii, JIast.l. Lvs. glabrous throughout, the base obtuse or arnt.- t notched, petiole 1% in. long; blade 5 in. I..im. J-i" ■ m wide Colombia. G.C. II. 7:108. B.M. ('.--.Tl i ini.li il. outlined in light color). I. H. 25:303. R.H.l-s7-s, p. Iy3.- The blotches are pale yellowish green, becoming green- ish grav None of the pictures show a white-bordered leaf with golden blotches, as one dealer advertises. AA 1/vs. with midrib bordered with white. picturata, Regel {Ciir»ih-i, Thp fol- lowing chaTact'-i- -i^^ —'. i ,!.!in!-t // ^ ,. r from the other 5 spc.' I' , i ,: i,..' s hc.lin the middle: lis. i j i -. not banded down th' im^MI. \\ , i:. I'.ml ti v, nt,'^ that H.colUna does wi-11 wlieii tri-ated like Ixia, as described by him in this work. colllna, Vent. {Monea colllna, Thunb.). Corm tuni- cated, globose, %-l in. long:' the only long leaf is linear, rigid, li4-2 ft. long, overtopping the fls. : stem bearing 1-4 clusters of fls.: perianth segments 1%-!% in. long, typically bright red, as in B.M. 1033; G. 0.111.4:163. Var. aurantiaca has a slenderer habit and yellow-clawed, bright red segments, which are narrower and more acute than the type. B.M. 1612. Var. ochrolei^ca has the habit of the type and pale yellow fls. B.M. 1103. It is probable that var. aurantiaca is the only form in ■which the species is cultivated. HOMOCfiLTIS, a name in the Amer. trade, is a mis- spelling of Homoioceltis. P. J. Berckraans writes that seeds of Homoceltis Japonica were distributed some 20 years ago by Gen. Wm. Browne, then a professor at the Georgia State University. These trees were injured in Georgia by the severe cold of February. 1899. Rea- .soner writes that it is a fine, deciduous tree, with the appearance of an elm or hackberry, and makes a dense top. It has not flowered in Florida. Homoioceltis aspera, Blume, is Aphananthe aspera (which see), and this is the only Homoioceltis in Japan. Some, at least, of the stock known as H. Japonica (and sometimes called also Celtis Davidiana) is Aphananthe aspera. In Aphananthe, the secondary veins are straight and end the teeth of the Ivs. ; in Celtis, they are curved and form loops along the margin. HONESTY. Lunaria annua. HONEY LOCUST. Gleditschia triacanthos. Honey- suckle, Lonicera. Souejwoit, Uerinthe. HOOKEBA. Apart of i?»o(Zia'a. HOP HORNBEAM See Ostrya. HOPLOPHtTUM. H6RDE1TII (Latin, /leoDj/ ,• because barley bread is heavy and firm). Oraminew. This genus includes the Barley {ff. sativum) and the Squirrel Tail Grass {H. jubatitm), ihe latter a meadow weed obnoxious in the West, but sometimes cult, for ornament in the East and abroad. Its head of long spreading awns is ornamental, but the spikelets separate too readily to make the grass particularly desirable. Hordeums are erect, annual or perennial grasses, spikelets in 3's, sessile on opposite sides of the notched rachis, empty glumes narrow and long, forming an involucre around the spikelets. In these characters it resembles Elymus and Asprella, but it is separated from them by the fact that each spikelet is but 1-fld., while in the others the spikelets are2-many fld. See Barley. jnbitam, Linn. Squirrel-tail Grass. Wild Barley. Erect, simple, usually smooth and glabrous, 10 in. to 2 ft. high: Ivs. 1-5 in. long, only the central spikelet in each cluster perfect: awns of empty glumes 1-2K in. long, spreading. In dry soil, northern U. S. and Canada. B.B. 1:229. R.H. 1890, p. 488 (poor). G. T. Hastings. HOKEHODND. See Marrubium. HORSE-RADISH HORNBEAM. Consult Carpinus. HORNED POPPY. Glaucimn. HORSE, in combination with other names of plants, usually signifies something large and coarse, not neces- sarily eaten by horses. HOHSE BALM. CoUinsonia. HORSE BEAN. See Vicia Faha. HORSE CHESTNUT. See ^scuhis HORSE MINT. See Monarda. HORSE-RADISH (Fig. 1075), the well-known condi- member of the natural family Cruciferse, to which belong cabbage, turnip, wallflower, stock, charlock, mustard, and many other vegetables, flowers and weeds. It comes to us from Great Britain, where it is thought to have been naturalized from some more eastern Euro- pean country. It is often found growing wUd in moist locations, such as the margins of streams, in cool woods and damp meadows, and, in some places, notably in the state of New York, is troublesome as a weed. For botanical description, see Cochlearia. The root is perennial, fleshy, whitish externally, pure white within, conical at the top, cylindrical, and, unlike the tap-roots of parsnips, is abruptly branched below. When bruised, it emits a volatile oil of strong, pungent odor and hot, biting taste. If eaten before this oil evaporates, it "is highly stimulant, exciting the stom- ach when swallowed, and promoting the secretions, es- pecially that of urine. Externally, it is rubefacient. Its chief use is as a condiment to promote appetite and in- vigorate digestion; but it is also occasionally employed in medicine." (U.S. Di.spensatory.) As a table relish, the consumption of Horse-radish is increasing, and gre:iter attention is being paid to its cultivation than formerly. Under the old methods, profitable returns were often obtained, but under the new, profits are gener- ally highly satisfactory where enemies are not very troublesome. The sea- son of fresh-grated Horse-radish runs almost parallel to that of oysters, with which the rn..f i- ,.,fi.t fif nncntly eaten in this ccini : ■ ' ' _ ■ ;•. -I roots are, however. 1. ; ■ -t.irage tor Horse- that \ quality soils the HORMlNUM, See , and the !]■ i . ;i di-i-p loam of medium I' Miiic .umI iii...li-r.ite rich- ness, well supplifd with humus and e, will produce roots of the best and the largest size. In dry ; the roots will be small, woody and deficient in pungency; in wet, small, succulent, strong-tasting. Drainage is essential, and so is a fairly ojien sub- soil. Hard subsoil induces excessive branching of the root. Applications of nitrogenous manures should be rather light, commercial fertilizers rich in potash being given the preference. Rolfs recommends a mixture contain- ing 10 percent potash, 7 per cent phos- phoric acid. 4 per cent nitrogen, 600 pounds drilled in per acre. A heavier application broadcast and deeply ^ plowed under, it is believed, would give better results, since the shaft of the root is less likely to become un- duly branched when the food is below iq75_ Good i instead of above and around it, espe- ofHorse-rad cially when the sets are placed hori- zontally. A weeder should be used after the lia periodically until the plants are an inch or so Thorough preparation of the soil is essential. Since Horse-radish rarely produces seeds, cutt HORSE-RADISH are made from the roots, not less than one-fourth of an inch thick and 4-5 in. long (Fig. 107C). To facilitate planting the large-end up, the upper end is cut off square and the lower oblique. If set small-end up no growth may result. In liDrizim- tal planting this si ml i-mtin^' unnecessary. K. it - .1 .w n, ,11 sometimes used, Init -im i- tin ■ develop a large imnibi t- 'if I'ni too small for prohtabli- .-riiin. they are employed only fca- imu .1 ing stock. The land having been pn par.-. shallow furrows are laid nil .;o n apart and 2-5 in. deep, aci.mlin to the method of plaptini; Si t- .n planted horizontally, vert)('all\ . .ni at all intervening angles, tin- I.d-l ends being made to point in 01 direction to facilitate cultivatit iigging. The angle HORTICULTURE 755 HOBSEWEED. Colli ter of cho beiii obtained in each. The usual dis tance between sets is about 12 in Cultivation is given after everj rain, or once in 10 days, until the Ivs. shade the ground. Double-cropping is common ir Horse-radish growing, early cab bage, turnip beets and other quick maturing plants being used. Th( sets are dibbled in 2—4 weeks aftei the first crop, vertically, 18 in asunder, between the rows of cab bage. which are not less than 2 ft apart. One management answer; for both crops until the first is re- 1076. Root cuttings of mov^d, when, after one cultivation. Horse-radish {X K). HOETICULTUKE (hortus a garden, firi-in iIK ni 111- losure; c«/(»m, tocareforortocultivatc 1. lim 1 1. ultni .■ * the growiuf; id' flowers, fruits and vcg. t.ilili ■>, ami ..t lants tur uniaiiirut and fancy. Incident to the growing i thi- plants an- all the questions of plant-breeding, anati'iii of ]il.uits under domestication, and the bear- i]i,'s .mil .i|i].l]. aiions of many biological and physical I 1 1 1 1 I I ■ 1 II n I 1 1 \ it is an art, but it is intimately con- I 1 at every point. From agriculture it nidary. It is, in fact, a department of ' -try is; for agriculture, in its largest M.'^s ,.f r-n-'Tv_' |«iv)(lii<-ts from the I 1 In lit ih. word agri- 1^1 I'lcld-Stuffs, . _ 111 annuals. In I 11 II 1- [ I I III ill\ ( cii.idmate,in a I . with forestry and Horticulture. ,'rii'ulture is the tending of the fields isi- parts which, in earlier times, lay 111 or protected inclo.sure, or at least lit., friiiu the re.sidence; Horticulture htlii . Ill a within the iuclosure. Equiv- iiltiiji 111 etjTnology is rjanleiiing ■ l.n,. to , iiclnsp, to whi.-li the verb to :md I vpe the Horse-radish possession. Deep burying of th first crop full at the time the planted is also practiced, the object, as in the first case, being to prevent the appearance of the former until the latter is almost mature. Horse-radish makes its best growth in the cool au- tumn, steadily improves after Si-pti iuIh r. ami, not bi-- ing injured by frost if uridug, is iisii ilK I. 11 until lati before harvesting with plow or spail s,. ,, ,_,,. ,,, pn, is best, since the roots lose less of ttn-ir iTi^pnp-s. pun- gency and good appearance than if stored in cellars. In trimming for storage, the lateral roots are saved and buried for next season's planting. Exposure to air, sun and frost robs the roots of their good qualities and in- jures their vitality. The insect enemies of this plant are those that attack other members of the cabbage family, the harlequin bug being the most dreaded. Remedies are the same as for other pests of this group of plants. Only two dis- eases have been reported, and these are seldom trou- blesome. In the neighborhood of cities, especially where oysters are cheap, this crop is generally profitable, the usual retail price being 10 cents per pint, freshly grated, but without vinegar. This quantity weighs a scant half- pound. The cost of growing per acre is about as fol- lows: Cuttings (10.000 1® $2), $20; fertilizer (1,000 lbs.), $17.50; cultivation (6 times), $fi: rent of land, $.i: plow- ing, wear of tools, etc., $:!.:iii: -.ttin- mots, at 30 cents per 1,000, $3; total, $'.>. A miiktaiilr crop varies from 3,000 to 6,000 poumls. wln.li m.iy sometimes be sold as high as 5 cents pi i- lb. fm- tir^t-rlass root, and 2% cents for second grade. Usually, however, prices seldom rise above 4 cents and 2 cents for the two grades. Under good cultivation, the proportion of No. 1 to No. 2 root is about I to 1 by weight. Lower prices may rule in well supplied markets, and higlier in poorly furnished, and when sold in small lots to retail graters, even 7 cents may be obtained. jl. q. Kains. EOBSE-BADISH TBEE. lloringa pterijgosperma. HOKSE SUGAE. Si/mplncos lincloria. HOBSETAII. Equisetum. I'aradisus, or account of "a garden ot all ^mi- ol pli as ant flowers," was published in Englainl in luj 1 The only demarcation between Hortii'ultnii .mil a.:ri- rulture is the line of custom. Sweet jiotatoes are usu- ally considered to be a horticultural crop in North Anierica, particularly in the northern states, but round or Irish potatoes are usually classed as an agricultural crop. Nor is tln-re a dpfinitt- division between Horticul- ture and botatn . '['Ill' s. II ni-i'of plants IS iiot.iny; yet some of the most si.'niiii- ml pn.lili m, n-latm,' to plants— their response to tlii- m 1 iN ot ni m — are oriliii.ii il v resigned bv the botanist fo the liortii-nlturist. Hortn-nlture is a eoniposite of botanical and agricultural subjects. Hut Horticulture is more than all this. It is a means iif I xpre^sing the art-sense. Plant-forms and plant- I olor-, are as expressive as the canvas work of the painter. In some respects they are more expressive, since they are things themselves, with individuality and life, not the suggestions of things. The painter's work excels in its power to suggest, and in its con- densed portrayal of expression. But the essentials of a good lamlsi-ai'ie ].ainting often can be presented in an artiliilall\ inaile landscape. This effort to plant what the artist ],aiiits is modem. It is strictly not Horticul- ture, altlionf,-li Horticulture is contributory to the re- sults, as paint-raaking is contributory to painting. Landscape making is fundamentally a fine art. In this work it is treated under Landscape Gardening. Horticulture divides itself into four somewhat coordi- nate branrli.- \i,ii:,l- II I.I, I-'l. 125-130): Florieuiiiiiv. iir iMiMi- niamental plants for their iiidiviiiual u>i-fl or lot ilieir products; Landscape Horticulture, or the growing of plants for their use in the landscape (or in landscape garden- ing). In the world at larL-e. floriculture is the most impor- tant as mea-iir- i I. ih iiiiniber of people who are in- terested, aii'i I : ill- of species of plants which are grown I - /' ' '). In North America, pomol- ogy is the 111 I I iiiiiiih lilt in respect to commercial supremacy. North America is the great fruit-growing country of the world ( see Pomology ) . Relatively speak- ing, vegetable-gardening is undeveloped in the New World. Landscape Horticulture and landscape garden- ing will appeal to a constantly enlarging constituency with the i,'ro\vt!i of culture and of leisure and the deep- life. 756 HORTICULTURE the entire range. It is only tliose who look for piinci- ples who survey the whole field. Practitioners must confine themselves to rather close bounds. Consider that no less than 25,000 species of plants are in cultiva- tion, each having its own requirements. Consider the great number of species which are actually on sale in North America, as registered in this Cyclopedia. The most important species vary immensely, the named and recorded forms often running into the thousands; and each of these forms has particular merits and often par- ticular requirements. Consider that the requirements are liliely to be different in any two places, and th.'vt the plants are profoundly modified by changes in conditions or in treatment. Consider the vagaries of markets, which are ruled by questions of fancy more than by questions of necessity. There is probably no art in which the separate details are so many as in Horticulture. Of Horticulture there are two general types, — that which is associated immediately with the home life, and that which is undertaken primarily for the gaining of a livelihood. The former is amateur Horticulture. Those things are grown which appeal to the personal tastes : they are grown for oneself. The latter is com- mercial Horticulture. Those things are grown which the market demands: they are grown for others. In all countries, commercial Horticulture is a relatively late ■development. General agriculture is usually the pri- mary means of earning a living from the soil. For the most part. Horticulture comes only with the demand for the luxuries and refinements of life : it does not deal with what we call the staples. It is not the purpose of this sketch to trace the general history of Horticulture. If one desires such outlines, he should consult the Bohn edition of Pliny's "Natural History;" Loudon's "Ency- olopcedia of Gardening;" G. W. Johnson's "History of EuLClisli (iMrdi-iiing ;" Amliersfs "History of Gardening ill l.iijl.in.l ; >ii \ ,kiiiL;"s "I liird.Ms, Ancient and Mod- .■ni ii ■ I . Miiiikiui^t mid Garten, sonst und j,i • ii ,■ -I H'srin.-litr lies (iartenbaues ;" the iii^i.ii;,:ii riia|,i. r- of Andn'-'s "L'Art des Jardins." For thr liistoni's of cultivated phiuts, see DeCandoUe's "Origin of Cultivated Plauts;" Hehn & Stallybrass' "Wanilerings of Plants and Animals from their first Home;" Pickering's "Chronological History of Plants." In North America there was little commercial Horti- culture before the opening of the nineteenth century. There were excellent home gardens more than a century ago, in which many exotic plants were growing; yet, in proportion to the whole population, these gardens were Isolated. The status of any modern time is accurately reflected in its writings. It may be well, therefore, to bring in review the leading early horticultural writ4ngs of this country. Few studies have been made of our hor- ticultural history. The best is the introductory sketch, by Robert Manning, in the "History of the Massachu- setts Horticultural'Society," 1880. For its field, Slade's "Evolution of Horticulture in New England," 189,i, is interesting. In a still narrower field, Bo:irdman's "Ag- ricultural Bibliography of Maiiii" i<: critical and inval- uable. The chapter on "Aniiri.aii ll.irti.iilture," by Al- fred Henderson, in Depew's "Om.- Hundred Years of American Commerce," lS!i,"i. i-rt-^rnts the commercial side of the subject, Anoilur fra-nirnt of the history is presented in the wrii.rv "Sk.t.li of the Evolution of our Native Fruits," l>'i^. Ilisim-ii-^ from several points of view are presentt-il in ihr "Florists' Exchange" for March 30, ISg.i; and the writer has incorporated parts of his own contribution to that history in the sketch •which follows. The earliest writings on American plants were by physicians and naturalists who desired to exploit the wonders of the newly discovered hemisphere. The earliest separate writing is probably that of Nicolo Monardes on the products of the New World, which was published in Seville in parts, from 1.565 to 1571. The completed treatise was translated into Italian, Latin, English and French. Monardes is now remembered to us in the genus Monarda, one of the mint tribes. He wrote of the medicinal and poisonous plants of the West Indies, and gave pictures, some of them fantasti- cal. His picture of tobacco is not greatly inaccurate, however; and it has the distinction of being probably the first picture extant of the plant, if not of any Ameri- HORTICULTURE can plant. This picture is here reproduced (Fig. 1077) exact size, to show the style of illustration of three hundred years ago. Jacques Cornutus is generally sup- posed to have been the first writer on American plants. His work, "Canadensium Plantarum," appeared in 1635, and it also had pictures. One of the earliest writers on the general products and conditions of the northern country was John Josselyn, who, in 1672, published a book entitled "New England's Rarities discovered in Birds, Beasts, Fishes, Serpents, and Plants of that Country," and in li;74 a second volume, "An Account of Two Voyages to New England, made during the years 1638, 1663." Till •■ l{aiiti.> ■ f,'ives specific accounts of many plants, toi^rtliir with pictures of a few of them, as, for example, tlic- pitiher plant. He mentions the plants which had become naturalized from Europe. There is also a list "Of such Garden Herbs (amongst us) as do thrive there, and of such as do not." This list, the earliest record of the kind, is here transcribed : Cabbidge growes there exceeding well. Lettice. Sorrel. Mary gold. French MaUowes. Chervel. Winter Savory. Summer Savory. Time. Sage. Carrats. Parsnips of a prodigious size. Bed Beetes. Radishes. Turnips. Purslain. Wheat. Rye. Barley, which commonly degenerates into Oats. Pease of all sorts, and the best in the World ; I never heard of. nor did see in eight Years time, one Worm eaten Pea, Garden Beans, Naked Oats, there called .Silpee, an excellent grain used iii- stceil of O.it Meal, they dry it in an Oven, or in a Pan upon the fire, tlieu beat it small in a Morter. Spear Mint. Rew. will hardly grow. Fetherfew prospereth exceedingly. Southern Wood, is no Plant for this Country, Nor Rosemary. Nor Bayes. White .Satten groweth pretty well, so doth Lavender Cotton, But Lavender is not for the elim,ite. Penny Royal, Smalledge, Ground Ivy, or Ale Hoof, Gilly Flowers wili n.uti Fennel must In- i:iU.ii ui Housleek pro^iKi-. ili n.it;ilil> Holly hocks. Enula Camijaii.t, in iwi- V.:irs time the Roots rot, Comferie, with whit.- Fh.w.rs. Coriander, ami Dill, and .ne Summer, the Roots rot with the lingly, so does liar all Winter. Bloodworthut "Mil;, liui Patience, aii't English Rnsr., x,,-; |-|.;,-M,lly Celandin*^ l.\ III. W'.^i t Muntry men called Kenning Wort, Mu- 1 ■! , ,. .. in Kiml.-iii.l. Dill , ,: I .1 I'. I , I W i. It, ih.urisheth notably, and so doth Tan-,. Musl-.M.i:..!. :ii. !.. u.r tli.an our English, iind Poinpi..ns, tli.n- h,- of several kinds, some proper to the Country, tli.y ar,' dryer then our English Pompions, and bet- ter tastcl; you may eat them green. Tuckerman comments as follows on the above lists: "The earliest, almost the only account that we have of the gardens of our fathers, after they had settled them- selves in their Ifew England, and had tamed its rugged HORTICULTURE coasts to obedioi their garden l>r:i good as ever I ■ i their beets, par- parsnips, and .mi is ordinary to Ijt- erend writer); thriving, haiidry. What with li' '-'iHsonin'KKg)'; I K cour turnips, . I :inil sweeter than s;i\ s the same rev- d asparagus, — both tlieir radishes and lettuce; their sorrel, parsley, chervil, and marigold, for pot-herbs; and their sage, thyme, savory of both kinds, clary, anise, fennel, coriander, spearmint, and penny- royal, for sweet herbs, — not to mention the Indian pom- plons and melons and squanter-squashes, 'and other odde fruits of the country, '-the first-named of which had got to be so well appr.ivc-.l imii.iiLT the settlers, when Josse- lyn wrote in 1072. tliat. \vh;it lir calls 'the ancient New- England standing .li>li' lur inay call it so now!) was made of them; and, tiiially. tlieir pleasant, familiar flowers, l.Tveii.l.r rotten ami hollyhocks and satin ('we call this licri,.. ill \M,r,,lke, sattin,' says Gerard; 'and, amont,' otit \\ mim n. it is called honestie') and gillyflow- ers, wlnt li 111. lilt pinks as well, and dear English roses, and egUmtiUL. — _\ . s. possibly, hedges of eglantine,— surely the ganlens of New England, fifty years after the settlement of the country, were as well stocked as they were a hundred and fifty years after. Nor were the first planters long behindhand in fruit. Even at his first visit, in 1039, our author was treated with * half a score of very fair pippins,' from the (jovernor's Island in Boston Harbor; though there was then, he says, 'not one apple tree nor pear planted \pt in no part of the countrcy but upon tlint isl-,,id.' Riif In- has a much bet- ter ace. unt f.. ^'i\.- Ill II., I ''I'll. .|iiiiices, cherries, damsons, s. t til. .1 uiii s , «.,ik .M ninalad and pre- served il,inis..iis 1, t.. I., nil I Willi ill . M ry house. Our fruit trees pi-.isp, I .ii.mi.l inth .-apple trees, pear trees, quince trees, clii 1 1 \ ti..s. |,linn trees, barberry trees. I have observed, w itli ,iiliiiii.iti..ii, that the kernels sown, or the succors i.l.iiit.'.l, pi. ..in..- as fair and good fruit, without grafting, .is tin- ii.. tr.mi whence they taken. The countrey is r. pi. nisli. ,i ,Mt orchards. It was atfirmt .1 i.\ ..m Mi W trate in Connecticut C.il..n\i. it th. ( {of which I was), aboard tin slnj. I . .m he made five hundred hogsheads ul .sj der out of his own orchard in one year.'— \'t)ijayes, p. lb9-90. Our bar- berry bushes, now so familiar inhabitants of the hedge- rows of eastern New England, should seem from this to have come, with the eglantines, from the gardens of the first settlers. Barberries 'are planted in most of our English gardens,' says Gerard." Relics of .Tossel>n's time still persist in old apple trees in New England (Fig. 1078). The f.iregoing lists and remarks show that the colonists early bnmght their familiar home plants to the new country ; and there are many collateral evidences of the same character. There was long and arduous ex- perimenting with plants and methods. Several things which were tried on a large scale failed so completely, either from uncongenial conditions or for economic rea- sons, that they are now unknown to us as commercial crops ; amongst these are indigo, silk and the wine grape. The histories of these things can be traced only as a refrain is cotemporary writing. Indian corn, tobacco and cotton early became the great staple crops. The Indians cultivated corn, beans, pumpkins and other plants when America was discovered. They soon adopted some of the fruits which were introduced by the colonists. William Penn and others found peaches among the Indians. Orchards of peaches and apples were found in western New York by Sullivan's raid against the Six Nations in revolutionary times. Josselyn, Roger Williams, Wood and others speak of the corn and squashes of the Indians. The word squash is adopted from the Indian Jis^m^, aquontersquaah, askuta- squash, or isqoutersqtiash. C.C.Jones, in his "History of Georgia," in describing the explorations of De Soto, says that before reaching the Indian town of Canasa- gua (whose location was in Gordon county, Georgia), DeSoto "was met by twenty men from the village, each bearing a basket of mulberries. This fruit was here abundant and well flavored. Plum and walnut trees were growing luxuriantly throughout the country, at- taining a size and beauty, without planting or pruning, HORTICULTURE 757 be surpassed in the irrigated and well- ns of Spain." For critical notes on the i l.y the American aborigines, see Gray \ni.T. .Journ. of Science, vol. 25 (April, •I'luiiKi.. Willi,' among the Indians of Georgia and Alabama in the early history of these states," writes Berckmaus, "is demonstrateil by the large quantity of peaches which the Indian traders of the early colonial period found growing in the Creek, Cherokee and Choc- taw villages. It is on record that Indians often made long trips to other tribes for exchangingvarious articles of their making, and thus the seed from those peach trees was undoubtedly procured from the Florida In- dians, who, in turn, procured these from the trees planted by the Spanish explorers. The peculiar type of 'Indian peaches,' found throughout the South and rec- ognized by the downy and striped fruit and purple bark on the young growth, was introdticed from Spain and gradually disseminated by the Indians. Apple-growing was quite extensively carried on by the Cherokee In- dians in the mountain regions of Georgia, Alabama and North Carolina. The trees being all seedlings, as graft- ing was likely unknown to the Red Man, vestiges of old apple trees originally planted by these denizens of the South are still occasionally found in upper Georgia. Fifty years ago a large collection of apples was intro- duced into cultivation, and to-day many of the best southern winter apples owe their origin to the Indians, who procured the first seeds from traders." One of the earliest srlimpses of plant-growing in the New World i^ an aic.unt in the Philosophical Trans- actions of til.- K.nal s.,.nfv, early in the eighteenth century,by Clii. f .lu-tw. I'aiil Dudley, of Roxbury, near Boston. In the Al.ri.k'einiiit of the Transactions are the 758 HORTICULTURE following notes, amongst others, under the date 1724: "The plants of England, as well those of the fields and orchards as of the garden, that have been brought over into New England, suit very well with the soil, and grow to perfection. The apples are as good as those of England, an:M to liavc l.ccn encour- aged by the ixample and precept of Washington. There are records of many large and meritorious collections of plants a century and more ago. William Hamilton's collection at Philadelphia was one of the best, and it contained a large collection of exotics. It flourished to- wards the close of last century, and was broken tip in 1828. William Jackson began "a highly interesting col- lection of plants at his residence in Londongrove," Penn- sylvania, in 1777 Al'oiit iMiii .loslnia and Samuel Pierce, ment of an arl" botanic garden John Bartram'^. contained a gv ^i of the trees an- i of the citv. Hail and his sons. J, I i L :iii u, ailc.rn their premises ■: li-.- ami l.y the establish- _-i. .11^. Tlie most famous ' ' \ lii' ri<:i lias ever had was I- . i. I, .Ilia in 1728. It ■:iT iMJii ; . .. ' :■ . jilaiits, and some 11. 'w III III ,: . 1 1 ~ allied landmarks Irani \Mi- II - kill III 111! nil r and gardener, lohn and W illiam. inlierited his tastes and continued the garden. The elder Bartram was prohablv tlie first American to perform successful ex- periments in hybridization. Bartram's house (Fig. 1080), built by himself, is still one of the sights of the environs of Philadelphia, and the site of the garden, with many of the old trees standing, is now happily a public park. Bartram's cousin, Humphry Marshall, established a bo- tanic garden at West Bradford, in Chester county. Pa., in 177:i. John Bartram's name is preserved to us in the mossBartramia, an.l Marsbairs in tin- -.nn^ IMarshallia, 1079. An old- applied to small Compositse of the eastern states. The Elgin botanic garden, near New York, was established in 1801 by David Hosack, a man of great learning and of the keenest sympathies with rural occupations. He HORTICULTUl HORTICULTURE ; now reinemberec] "resting' ^'fini^Hi.. ftheLe^iimin.isi th, Mi I i a - 1 I Pl.lUi.tllU i„IKultUlL sotittN subscribed $500 1 i thi purpose and raised ni i b> subbciiption Early General Writings -The progress of Horticul ture may be traced in th< books devoted to the subject The eirhe t wiitin^s did nol sepirite Horti ultuie troir asiKultuK Thi lbU w.il exchisneh de\uted t) agn culturil mitters which ip pcired in \iiiern i befoie th( Re^ohition seems to liavt been the E s us upon Field Hubbandr\ be5,un m 174f and completed m 17j1 h\ Her Jared Eliot of Killin„\\oith Conn grandson of the t un lu^ apostle Eliot (See Ltiot ) on husbandry wrote m Englinl " sail El face Having read all on that sul leet I ■\et such IS the difference of hmite a Management between them that niu t Hike th ra al \ \ are i Art The I efi e f thi lid btam: Method of S from Causes at those Books the Terms of i that a great the generality erio 1 I i-nt\ hve \ears f 11 1 the close of the war the conlitiou of our igii- ilt in 1 of all -Vmerican institutions wa minutely unt 1 If 1 t the world through the writings of many travelers, English and French, who made inquisitive iourneys into the new country. Strickland, an English traveler, wrote in 1801 that "land in America affords little pleasure or profit, and appears in a progress of continually affording less. * * * Land in New York, formerly producing 20 bushels to the acre, now produces only 10. * * * Little profit can be found in the present mode of agriculture of this country, and I ap- prehend it to be a fact that it affords a bare subsistence. * * * Decline has pervaded all the states." There is abundant evidence, including a pairistaking inquiry made by Washington, to show that agriculture was at a low state at the close of the century. It was in striking contrast to its status a hundred years later, notwith- standing the lugubrious writings of the present time. There was early development of the garden desire in the South as well as in the North. In South Carolina appeared the earliest Amfri'"i?i !i..r'i.-nitn'-:,| i„..,k of which we have any r. ivi. rin- !■""! i-M" l-.i.nr ,.v- tant, and it is known lo iIm- ^ i from the following p;i_'i ill i: . : ~ , Carolina," 1809: "Thi- I'l-'i'f' '- "i ' '""li"'' 'i:i --1' 1 1- -,i.-Ti>-- (.. ri-").^ of a ,„:,rkrfal.l.- quality. There an- nninli-v- wh.-.. ,ni;l.-. i- Mrs. Logan's, was an American edition "t \i l:i:ii.- duction to the Knowledge and Plan , i,,,,,, -.•' Boston, 1799. The first indigeuout, h.., n. uliuial book appeared in 1804, "The American Gardener," by John Gardiner and David Hepburn. It was published at Washington. This book had an extensive sale. It was revised by "a citizen of Virginia," and republished in Georgetown, D. C, in 1818. A third edition appeared in 1826. {SeeHepbHrn.} This book was followed in 1806 by Bernard M'Mahon's excellent and voluminous "Ameri- can Gardener's Calendar," in Philadelphia. This work enjoyed much popularity, and the eleventh edition ap- peared as late as 18.57. For fifty years it remained the best American work on general gardening. M'Mahon remembered in the ?' personage. Hf w; duction int.. .-nl'i^ and Chirk. Tli. ■ advice l'..r ili. -n the plan tli.n [...pn noteworthy preced Hortense "of John HORTICULTURE I barberries, was an important . k,,.,j...|v r.-pousible for the intro- ' ' tii. .I.nts collected by Lewis M re calendars, giving Thej' were made on .11 III Lii-!:iii.|, a plan which has such ent as tin* excellent "Kalendarium Evelyn, which first appeared in 1064, and went to nine regular editions. Other early books of this type were "An old gardener's ' Practical American Gardener,' "Baltimore, 1819 and 1822; Thorbum's "Gen- tleman's and Gardener's Kalendar," New York, the third edition of which appeared in 1821 ; Robert Squibb's "Gardener's Calendar for the States of North-Carolina, South-Carolina, and Georgia," Charleston, 1827. The first indigenous book written on the topical plan, treating subject by subject, was Coxe's fruit book, 1817; the second appears to have been Cobbett's "American Gardener," published at New York in 1819, in London in 1821, and which ].a--.-.l ihr..u^'li s„),M-.|uent editions. This William Ci.1.1.. 11 i- tl,, ..n. u l... . .lit.-d the feder- alist paper in Phila.l. I|.|ii:i kn..« n :is ■ I', i.r Porcupine's Gazette," and whf.sf attack iii.(.n Dr. liiish's treatment of yellow fever brought asainst him a judgment for damages, and which decided him to return to England in 1800, whence he had come, by way of France, in 1792. In London he again took up political writing, and in 181T he retreated to America to escape political penal- ties, and resided upon a farm on Long Island until 1819. He kept a seed store in New York in 1818, and we find Grant Thorburn disputing with him in the "Evening Post " as to which sold the better rutabaga seed at one dollar a pound. Cobbett, it seems, claimed to have been the introducer of this vegetable, also known as the Rus- sia turnip, into this country ; but Thorhum retorts that "in the fear 1796 » large field of these turnips was that piece of ground now occu- t till- .'it y .if Washington." He ii-dan.l, I.. niing a Voluminous .■.■..ii..iiii.al subjects. (See6'o6- .' iMitf. ill c.nnection with this IS, that the kohlrabi was intro- d Deane says of it in 1797, that "whether this plant, which has but newly found its way into our country, is hardy enough to bear the frost of our winters, I suppose is yet to be proved." It was recommended to be grown as a biennial, which accounts for Deane's f.ar that it might not pass the winters. Fessenden's "New .\]ii.rii-aii ilar.lener," made upon the topical plan, appcan-.l in l;..~t..n in 1828, and went to various editions ; and from tins time on, gardening books were frequent. Some of the leading early authors are Thomas Bridgeman, of New York ; Robert Buist, of Philadelphia, and Jo Flower- B.1 can hook d. \ ■ Green's "Tl-. 1828. Edwai Garden Comi Breck, of Boston. 'LTURE. — The first Araeri- .vers was probably Roland ationof Flowers," Boston, cd the "American Flower n, in 1838. From 1830 to 1860 there app.an-d many of those superficial and fash- ionable books, which deal with the language of flowers, and which assume that the proper way to popularize botanv is bv mrans of manufa.-turcd sentiment. then follow two annotated lists, one of annuals and bi ennials and the other of greenhouse plants. These lists are interesting, also, for what they do not contain. Ail the plants which they mention are here set down: Althiea trutex, Almond, Double-flowering, Amaranthus superbus, Amaranthns tricolor, Animated Oats, Aster, China, Auricula. Azalea nudiflora, Box, Brier, Sweet, Canterliiirj- Bell, Carnation, Cassia Marylandic.i, Catalpa, Cherry, Double-flowering, Chrysanthemum Indicum, Clfmatis, Austrian (C. in- tegrifotia), Clethra, Columbine. ConvolviUus, Corchorus Japonicus, Croi-us, Cupid's Car, or Monk's Hood HORTICULTURE Daisy, Dwarf Basil. Egg Plant, Eupatorium, Blue. Euphorbia Latli.vris. Fading Beaut.v. or Mor Bride {Scahi'isn}. Fir {Finns balsamca), Foxglove, Fringe Tree. Geranium ( Pelii mon in m Garden Angelica, Glycine. Clnster-tlowerin Golden Coreopsis. Hollyhock. Honeysuckle, Hyacrnth, Hydrangea, Ice Plant. Impatiens Balsamii Lily. Lime Plant [Fodoji: yll ■ peltatum), Lychnadia (Phlox), Mezereon {Daphne Met Mountain Ash, vi.B.?.— Continued Nasturtium. Passion Flower, Pea. Sweet. Peach, Double-flowering, Pink, Perennial Sunflower, double Polyanthus. Pyrethrum Parthenium. Poppy. Purple Hyacinth Bean, Rudbeokia. Scarlet Cacalia, Scarlet Lychnis {L. Chalce donica). Siberian Crab. Snowball Tree, Snowberry. Spice-wood(ia»r»s Benzoin), Spiderwort {Tradescantia), ■ Jlock Orange. Tree{ Euonynius), Bay fLaurit^ nobilis). William, or Poetic Venetian Sumac, or Tree. Violet, blue fragrant. GREENHOUSE PL.\XTS. Lilies of the valley. Mignonette. Ranunculuses, V'erbena trifoliata. or Sweet Anemones. Vervain, Single and Double Jonquils. Fuchsia coecinea. White Lilies, Cob»a scandens, Roses. Camellia Japonica. or Japa- Tuberoses. nese Rose, Persian Iris. Myrtles. These lists are much less ample than those of M'Ma- hon, over twenty years earlier, but they may be sup- posed to include the popular and most easily grown things. They will be suggestive to those who wish to make "old-fashioned gardens." M'Mahon's list was evidently largely compiled from Euro- pean sources. Green says that the first list (strangely called "annual and biennial flowers") contains "such plants, shrubs and trees as are of easy cultivation, generally hardy." The second list comprises "a few different soi-ts of greenhou^i plants" "which are commonly grown in rooms. ' The first American book to be devoted to .1 special flower was Savers' book on the dahh.i Boston, 1839, which appeared only a vear l.itei than Paxton's well known book" in riiirl.iinl Sayers' book also mchnled the cactus 'lli. in \T special flower book seems to have In . n I'.uists "Rose Manual," Philadeliihia, 1844. .ilfliun.'li 1 sentimental book on the "Queen of Flowers li.i.l appeared in the same city m 1841. Buist's b<«'k went to at least four editions. It was followed \n Prince's in 1846, and by S. B. Parson's "Tin Rose: Its History, Poetrv. Cultui. aii.l Clisx,!, cation." 1846. Parson's b'n..k w.i.t f. 1 i.mm ,1 edition. Of later-date fl<.^^.l 1.. .k- th. 1. iie several of importance, but it is ]i,it tin ].ui|mi,i of this history to trace more tli.iu the i.Lginnm^-s of American floricultural \\ritin;_'s. In 1838 appeared a book in French in New Orleans. This was Lehevre's "X.aneau Jardinier de la Louisiane." It was a small book of 200 pages, with a calendar and brief directions for tlie growing of vegetables, fruits and flowers. Singularly enough, a French book also appeared at the other extreme of the country. This was Provancher's "Le Verger-Canadien," published in Quebec in 1872. The writings clearly portray the tendencies of the floricultural interests, — from the formal-flower ideals of the dahlia and camellia to the enormous development hort: 1CUL1 PURE 761 iiiteres t, and Iter lo wo'uli l...,n the gi ve of p 1 have •owtl lants beer 1 within the themselves. ; necessities, 1 the luxury lanire in the Palms and where ,50 of lusurie wrote Alfred 1 i.n.lr,-,,,,, m, isii:,. -ruiv \.:,rs ago, camellia flow.Ts rrt;,,!,,! fiv.h f..,- a dnfl;,.: ,.a,-h, and to New York florists, g.-ttiug $5UU per l.UUU; while roses went begging at one-tenth these figures. Now, the rose is queen, and the poor camellia finds none so poor to do her reverence. * • * • I confidently believe that the time is not far distant when we shall compete seri- ously with the foreign grower in the production of new varieties of roses." William Scott, of Buffalo, makes the following comments on tendencies in floriculture: "About the year 1880, tulips and narcissuses began to be forced, and during the next 15 years immense quan- tities of these bulbs were imported auiiually from Hol- land. As the methods of forcing were perfected the market became overstocked, and, although large quan- tities are still forced for the winter and spring months, they are not now in the same favor as fornierly. and the rose, carnation, violet, lily-of-tlie-vallev and mignonette are still the favorites. Orchids are not yet the flower for the million, but there is a yearly increasing demand for them, and at present the showy orchids, such as the Cattleyas and Lselias, are far short of the demand. As their cultivation is more generally understood, we look for a very steady increase in the number grown, and are confident that tin- sii|>ply will not soon exceed the demand. Witliin home, and the (Uiiia plants,— palms, dract among those mostly pretension to luxury fine plants scattered our modern houses window or small conservatory for the accommodation of plants." See Cut-Floicers and Floriculture. Early Pomological Writings.— It is in the pomolog- ical writings that North America has made the greatest contributions to horticultural literature. William For- or 6 years a marked in- of plants 1 :o adorn the an expens ive class of •ari.ns ,nnd frrns being . s with anv iiliuut a few II' i-cMiljis. a m.l nmny of led witU e itber a bay . of American fruite. irg. figured by Coxe in 1817. syth's excellent "Treatise on the Culture and Manage ment of Fruit Trees " appeared in London in 1802, and it was widely read, "an impression of 1,500 copies (of the HORTICULTURE HORTICULTURE fiarden/ New "ioiK, 184h on the Wanagemciil t 1 ■ (TOodnch's-'Northfii 1 i lhi9; Cole's "A,,, ,, i Barry'b "Flint f. n i Of the s, , [ Ja.|ues'"Practicil Treatise uit in .. -norcester, 1849, 1 1 ilinii t Burlington, Vt , 1 1 1 honk, and others. Riven to tl Thomas ii 1 andrruit 1 than thii ' lUo3. One ul the u d Ll„ i a l^-. =i.p,i. Uec» first edition), m 4to having been sold m a little more than eight months " An American edition, by William Cobbett, appealed m New York and Philadelphia in 1802, and in Albany m 1803, and an epitome of it bv "an American farmer." was published in Philadelphia m ISO'S The hrst -iinencan pomological book was William Coxe's"View of the Cultnation of Fruit Tiees," pub lished m Philadelphia in 1817, a work known to students of horticultural literature for the uniform completeness and accuracy of its descriptions. A feature of this excellent wi.rk Ire the many woodcuts of varieties of fruits. Alili iiiL'ti II -i iMi-iwering the requirements of the present •', ■ onsidered to be verv good for the tim. . , ; i . .■ountry. One of them is here reprodii I i_. ; -. i.. show the style of workman- ship. (_:ux. I, .1.1 Inn .iuudcuts of apples. 63 of pears. 15 of peaches, 17 of plums, .'! of apricots. 2 of nectarines. This makes 200 engravings, which would be considered liberal illustration even at the present day. James Thaeher's "American Orchardist " appeared in Boston in 1822, and the second edition at Plymouth in 1825. The first edition was also bound with William Cobbett's "Cottage Economy," and the double volume was issued in New York in 1824 as "American Orchardist and Cotta{,e Economj The PomologK al M mual New York I8il (sfcond edition 18P) is a comi il ition if descriptK ns of \arieties b\ William Ribert Prince an 1 Willnm 1 rin e son and f ither respic ti\tlv \\ illiam Kenrick s N(«Ainor can Orchardist wis publish* 1 in H i i in 183J The eighth edition aj peir 1 ii 1848 like all eirlv works it ie\ I most of Its space to variiti s K 1 cit Mannin,;: whose son nt,land Pt c k of I" ruits Dow nmg s I ruits and Fruit Tree of Aineiica appeared m 1S4 in two form Inoiepimo anl oct ^o 1 thouf,! 1 1 I thes form "Fru t seqiit Cultui t II 1 Is II (I pomol f^ical wrtigs which j ppeared befoie lb 0 11 S \ei Xnuri an Fruit Garden C i Bo ton 18 !J Hoff\ ( rmpanion Philal nai s fruit Cultn ^ rk 184 Flo\ \ I eor„e Lmd ley s ( rl ai 1 Fruit IS Ml It 1^ (Hie circumstance to which «. \ mm t . dl I I turn of our readeis — that \\liil - n : i , nt \ il Tl ]iomolog\ ill lonipilid ti( m il i mih is (II tiom lutormatiun 1 ' I ' wiirtis themselves seldom 1 n n ni their power, we h n j i , i men which we h i\ I \ nil i reasonable doubt ul ii „ luiiim li M mmii^' who chiefly made known to Amtiicaub the pL.iis i t the Belgian, Van Mens. He was one of the must laiftul observers and conscientious wuteis amongst AmeiRau pomologists. The awakening pomology of the region west of the AUeghanies found expression in Elliott's "Fruit Book," 1854, whose author wrote from Cleveland, and which went to a new edition in 1859 as "The Western Fruit Book," with the preface dated at St. Louis; and Hoop- er's "Western Fruit Book," 1857, written at Cincinnati. Dr. John A. Warder was a guiding spirit of the opening West. In America, no crop has been the subject of so much book writing as the grape. Counting the various edi- tions, no doubt a hundred books have appeared, being the work-of at least fifty authors. Since the American grape is a product of our own woods within a century, the progress in grape-growing has always been ahead of the books. Most of the books are founded largely on European advice, and therefore are not applicable to American conditions. In general pomology, the books seem tc ha\( had mu h influence upoi fni t trowing but in the grape the 1 <( ks an I actual i i rci Igiaje growing sum t hni ha 1 little id t let the HORTICrLTURE other. Some of the later books have more nearly caught the right point of view. . ,. . j ■ The earliest separate grape book was published in Washington in 1823, by the prophetic Adlum,"A Memoir on the Cultivation of the Vine in America." This went to a second edition in 1828 (see Adlnm and Plate II). Before this time (1806), S. W. Johnson had devoted ch space to the grape in his "Rural Economy," pub- HORTICULTURE 763 the lished at New Brunswick, N. J., and he publish first pictures of grape training (Fig. 1085). Adlu book was followed in 1826 by the "American Vine Dresser's Guide," by the unprophetic Dufour. This work also gave pictures of grape training, oue of which is reproduced in Fig. 1086. The larger part of the grape literature appeared before the close of the Civil War, although the larger part of the development of the subject has taken place since that time. General Remaeks on Frott- Growing. — Horticulture, in its commercial aspects, was nothing more than an incidental feature of farm management at the opening of the century. In fact, it is only in the present generation that the held cultivation of horticultural crops has come to assume any general im- portance in the rural economy of the nation. And even now, horti- cultural operations which are pro- jected as a fundamental conception of land occupation are confined to few parts of the country. It is still the original or first conception of the farmer's boy, when he pro- poses to occupy lanil of his uwn, that he raise trr.nii .ml Ir.r, ;,inl stock, and add tli' ' l» r horticultural crnp- ! ■ : il. It is only in pavti' . n ■ : . i \,v country that the larm. i -..in- nut with Horticultui-.' ,i^ :, i.:i-r, with grain and st." !, iml Im accessories: ami ■•v], in i still dr:,«lM:; .1,. M , the rea-- - <• '■ ■< one general liortinili ;ir,i I r.,u,\u,:[- ity, at least in tin- ikmi Inrn -i.ii. -. a hundred years ;i-.'. nml tli;it \v:i^ the apple. Pears, ]h a.h.s, ,li, r- ries, quinces and some other fruits were common, but there was little thought of marketing them. Even the apple was generally an acci- dental crop. Little care was given the trees, and the varieties were few, and they were rarely selected with reference to particular uses, beyond their adapta- bility to cider and the home consuiuption. Tliacher, writiiiL' tn'in l>lviii..uth in 1821, says that "the most palpalil' m -li .t jik \ nils in respect of proper pruning, cleaning', ainl iii:ininin^ round the roots of trees, and of perpituatin^- .It. .!.■,■ fruits, by engrafting from it on other stocks. Uld orchards are, in general, in a state of rapid decay; and it is not uncommon to see valuable and thrifty trees exposed to the depredations of cattle and sheep, and their foliage annoyed by cater- pillars and other destructive insects. In fact, we know of no branch of agriculture so unaccountably and so culpably disregarded." Were it not for the date of Thaoher's writing, we should mistake this picture for one drawn at the present day. If one may judge from the frequent and particular references to cider in the old accounts, it does not seem too much to say that this sprightly commodity was held in greater estimation by our ancestors than by our- selves. In fact, the cider barrel seems to have been the chief and proper end of the apple. Of his thirty chap- ters on fruit-growing, Coxe (1817) devotes nine to cider, or 42 pages out of 253. John Taylor's single epis- tle devoted to horticultural matters in the sixty and more letters of his "Arator" is upon "Orchards," but it is mostly a vehement plea for more cider. "Good cider," he says, "would be a national saving of wealth, by ex- pelling foreign liquors; and of life, by expelling the use of ardent spirits." In Virginia, in Taylor's day, ap- ples were "the only species of orc-harda, at a distance from cities, capable of prod comfort to become a cmisidi Distilling from fruit i- |.i^.: and out of his pr"\ i i ' some food for ho^^s. :i I , and a healthy liqti'n- i i : i year. Independent "i : it is an object of s.ilnl early as 1647, tweiit\ ' ginia by one pers.ni. !: writes of a small ti>\', :i i ■ n forty families, wliicli iikhIc- n- families. Barrels.'' ent day, is ' were made in Vir- : I nmt. Paul Dudley : r,..i'iii, containing about n.urlv 3.000 barrels of cider er New England town of 200 pif with "near ten Thousand Mill, as it exists at the pres- 087. It was not until well „_ present century that people seem to have es- caped the European notion that fruit is to be drunk. There are evidences that there have been several marked alternations of fervor and neglect in the plant- 764 HORTICULTURE settlement of the country. iTi- apiiears to have been a I; iMit in 1821 Thacher de- rkalili- fact that the first iMi^i.-rity a greater number ing of apples since Early in tlir l:ist I'cntury tlu'n- a] clared tlinl "il is a innarkalili of orchards, m proportiou to thcii now to be found in the old colon the decline in orcharding largely of the "poisonous liquor" of the 1; inspiration of Thacher, Coxe, KenncK, miir.-, .\iaiiiimg and the Downings, orchards were again planted, and wi are just now in another period of decline in the East following the decay of these plantations Apples were cam 1 f i ii t tl fr i t er 1 \ the li dians and probal 1 r HORTICULTURE tion and adaptation without our knowing it. By far the greater number of the apples of the older apple-growing regions of the country are indigenous varieties, and the same process is now operating in the Northwest, where the American seedlings of the Russian stock are prov- ing to be more valuable than the original importations. the api-l localities even ( need Jol ) t /) Early H r Rhode I Russet had befe i In 1817 C \ 111 1 1 1 I kinds of the nitst estimable ipj 1 country and in 18 '5 William Pi ties for sale — at J7K cents per ti t set aside— after the fashion of the t i le adapted to the making of cider Of the 61 were considered to be of American Downings list of apples which had leen described in America, had swelled to Ibob which 1099 were of k great inventory, probably not over a third were actually in cultivation at any one time, and very many of them are now lost. Yet the apple is still our most important fruit, and 878 varieties were actually offered for sale by the nurserymen of North America in 1892. There has been a most noticeable tendency towards the origination of varieties of apples in this country, and the consequent exclusion of varieties of European ori- gin. As early as 1760, cions of American varieties were sent to England. Before the Revolution, apples were exported. The origination of indigenous varieties was of course, an accidental one, and was a necessary result of the universal method of growing apple trees directly from seeds, and top-grafting them in case they should turn out profitless. A critical study of American Horti- culture will show that all species of plants which have been widely cultivated in this country have gradually run into indigenous varieties, and the whole body of our domesticated flora has undergone a progressive evolu- t*l-:?^"«'''; I relic of the last century. It is said that the apples were placed in the circular groove in the rock and crushed by means of a weight rolling over them. The juice ran out the gutter at the farther side and was caught in a rock-hewn cistern. Pears were amongst the earliest fruits introduced into the New World, and the French, particularly, dissemi- nat.-.l 111. Ill far and wide along the waterways, as wit- ness, ,| \,y ill.' ].airiarchal trees of the Detroit river and porti.iiis .,1 til. Mississippi system. John Bartram's Petrr |..,ir ili-. Iumi) is one of the patriarchs of the last cfutinx, V ■ . i_I, |i,. trr-e is not large. The first book devci. .! •,, tlie pear was Field's, pub- lished in Is I I I. sf type of pears had been brought int.. ;; i r..iu two and perhaps three separate intiu.lu. Ucus, laily in the fifties, but they had not gained suUicient proniiuence to attract Field's atten- tion. From this oriental stock has come a race of prom- ising hybrids with the common pear, represented chiefiy by the Kieffer, Le Conte and Gar- ber. Peaches were early introduced into the New World by various colonists, and they thrived so well that they soon became spontaneous. Nuttall found them naturalized in the forests of Arkansas in 1819, and the species now grows with all the luxurious abandon of a native in w-astt- and fi.rfst lands from Georgia ami till- <'aniliiias to the westward of the .Mississippi. There is prob- ably no country in the world in which peaches grow and bear so freely as in the United States. The old Spanish or Melocoton type is now the most popular race of peaches, giving rise to the Craw- fords and their derivatives. Of late years there has been a contraction of the original peach areas, and many good people have thought that the climate is grow- ing unoongcnial, but it is only the natural result of the civilization of ry ancl the change in methods of' Horticulture. Peaches bad never been an industry, but the orchards were planted here and there as very minor appendages to HORTICULTURE the general farming. For generations insect pests were not common. There were no good marlsets, and the fruit sold as low as 25 cents a bushel from the wagon box. In fact, it was grown more for the home supply than with an idea of shippint; it to iiiurki-t. Under such conditions, it did not iiiatt.i- if l,:ii i' 1 1,. r, ,,[, ,i :,. WMn.iy.or if many trees failed ;i mi ^Ih : - i h I'nri^ (.ften passed almost umii.ti. ■[■.!. ii. i, ,-, ,li, i(. lie sure; but the crop \v;is imm imi-n'W .i-k.is and accounted the most productive trues left their impress upon the memory. The soils had not undergone such a long sys- tem of robbery tlien as now. When the old orchards wore out, there was no particular incentive to plant more, for there \v:is litil.- m..ii,y in them. Often the there to repeat HORTICULTUI whose prom e The grape c pie did not care to L'ting area, all the been bred in the ■d their energies, ■ees in some locali- ind. A new coun- ■ f>f serious attacks 1. in ol until they have left sr.irr, l\ , ties upon which tc. pri|.,iu;it try or a new industry i.s i^eiie of those insects which foU.n nities. But the foes come in unie.iiinl -aiuI for a time spread unmolested, when lin:dl\, piilups almost sud- denly, their number becomes s.i gi.at that tbey threaten destruction, and the farmer looks on in amazement. The orange is another tree which has thrived so well in the new country that the spontaneous thickets of Florida, known to be descendants of early Spanish in- troductions, are confidently believed by residents to be indigenous to the soil. The progress of the plum in America nearly equals that of the grape in historic interest. The small, spon- taneous plums, known as Damsons, the offspring of introductions from Europe, were early abundant in New England. Plum culture has never thrived far south of Mason and Dixon's line or west of Lake Michigan, except, of course, upon the Pacific coast and parts of the far southwestern country. There are climatic limitations which more or less restrict tie- area of plum growiim-, and tli.> Icafldi-lit fungus, black-knot, and Iruii loi Inwe added ture. The first of these novel jtlums to receive a name was that which we now know as the Miner, and the seed from which it sprung was planted by William Dodd, an officer under (^ener.al ■lackson, in Knox c'ounfv. Tennessee, m 18U. The second of these native the one which really marks the popu- larization of the fruit, is the Wild Goose. Some time before 1850, a num shot a wild goose near Columbia. Ten- nessee, and where the carcass was thrown this plum, Adonis-like, sprung forth. It was introduced to the trade about 1850, by the late J. S. Downer, of Fairview. Kentucky. Over 200 named varieties of tliese native plums are now di-sciii,,.,!. ■iiid s,,iiie of them are widely dissiniinatcd and deservedly popular. In the Sontli and on the plains, these natives are a prominent horticultural group. The complexity of the cultivate pi now further increased by the introduction oi nese or Chinese type, which first came in by? fornia in 1870. Pin.ally, about issn. tlie npi of Prance; and the .\ineri.'aii iiliiin indiistr ties u the nt I or Om\ orl 1 k I I I nati e typ 1 I The olde t I dates from 1 I I cord wh ch h I history s m 1 II There v Amer ca w 1 I the Hovev {i I s ) 1 Boston P n 11 bridge Ma ah tt T ISai and t n the 1 garden t a vl r f tl seedl ng of the 1 1 P t direct de endant of th Wilson or W 1 on All Wil on of All -in^ N '\ tion al out ISofa or 18 the uodern epo h \ the m d lie W e t t I impulse by Longno tl I Raspberr es we e were of the tender E werps were the co is now almo t whoU | native red and black [ press themselves ui o I The blackberry an nd ; -the tdoor ar e- 1 fe:a The ury. and the s Can- 18Jb and ; f the tley Ant- lerry D Amer can fru t first a w th the ntro iuct on of towarl the lo e of the 1 flora is be Japa- • of Call- fifties. The first named variety of blacKbery of which we have any record was the Dorchester, which was ex- hibited before the Massachusetts Horticultural Society less than ten spe represent the entii the northe ewt.erry, a peculiarly American fruit, first ap- in cultivation early in the seventies in southern under the name of the Bartel, which is a large the common wild dewberry of that region. It 766 HORTICULTURE was first brought to the attention of the public in 1875. The following year the Lucretia, the most popular of dewberries, was introduced into Ohio from West Vir- ginia, where it had been found wild some jears before by a Union soldier The history of the ^oo*; 1 ii\ n \ n 1 tl t of the grape. It is a ch u i i 1 1 i the low countiies and it w i America But, like tht I iii | i nes were attacked by a tuuoju i Lj ii hi ul ilI their cultivation precarious. An improved form of the native species must be introduced, and this was accom- plished by Abel Houghton, of Massachusetts, who, from the seed of the wild berry, produced the variety which now bears his name. This variety began to attract some attention a little jirt-vious to IS.-n. although It was not planted frrilvnnfil -i vcr.il v. nr- Intrr ' Via:. 1089). Prom seed <.f •' II : I • •! I' Miing, still the most)"'; ■ ill i.'h Houghton iialiir,'. W Mhn,r;ulvuutof thel'.'-r^l' . :• i-n s. n n :,,id its r-liiril -I" riiirs. however, the Kii^ ■ .'^ are :i_Min r. ,111111- to the fore. Hvbri.l- I ■ : li and Aiiirri,-:ni t\|..-s, as in the Triunii.li -r ' ..[::i,i'.i:i ,111.1 the Chautauqua, may be expected to bei-oiiii' more popular for home use and special markets, but the Americans will probably remain in favor for general market pur- HORTICULTURE until about 1850. Cape Cod was the first cranberry-grow- ing region, which was soon followed by New Jersey, and later by Wisconsin and other regions. The varieties now known are over a hundred, and the annual product from time b g^ in the United States is nearly 800,000 bushels. I ill \i I sERY AND Seed Business. -It is impossible I ite for the beginning of the nursery business 1 1 I Trees were at first grown in small quanti 1 I mere adnunct to general farm operations < \ein)r John Endicott of the Massachusetts Colon\, was one of the best fruit growers ot his time and he grew many trees In 1044, he wrote to John W mthrop as follows "My childien burnt mee at least 500 trees this Spring by setting the giound on fire neere them and m 1648 he traded 500 apple trees, 3 years old, for 250 acres of land The hrst nursery in Mame is thought bj Manning to ha\e been thit of Ephraim Goodile, at Orrington, established earh in the present centurj Other early nurserymen of Mame were the brothers Benjamin and Charles Vaughan, Englishmen, who settled at Hallowell in 1790 The first nurserj in South Carolma was established bj John Watson, formerly gardener to Henry Laurens, before the Revolution In Massachusetts, there were several small nurserj men towards the close of last century, amongst others, John Kenrick, of Newtown whose son Williim wrote the New American Or tin ii^l 1 iil li I 1 m 18-i3, and which passed throii 1 i 1 1 ii 1 1 1 he trees w ere generally t( I nniismthe nursery and som 1 1 1 1 1 orchard l)i lUL writes in 1" * 1 1 1 i li 1 1 11 1 li uld be al lilt „'iow totheheu'lit 1 t >i 1 (, fot li tore they are I I I I grafted " Stocks were sometimes grafted at I I 1 Ml and even root grafting was known, although III w 11 iHlly said that this operation originated with 1 bom IS Andrew Knight, m 1811 It is probnble bow ( ^er, that the root graftingof lastcentury wasonh gr^tl mg at the surface of the ground and that it li id littli similaiitj to the method now in vogue One ot the m w trees 1 hundred \eirs igo was the Lombardy poplar John Kinu k hid t_w. i n s rU \ot( d to it m 1797, and Deane wiite^ 111 1"M, til It thi 1 nilmih poplar begins to lit ] 1 iiiri il in this unti\ 1 on- tams a desciip: : i Im:iiiii- for hothouses, a matter which \\ ,i~ id- if s,,i~ i.mumI tn l>r a great novelty. Most of the t-ari.i li.,iis, > l,,i,l very little, if any. glass in the roof, and the sides were high. It was once a fashion to build living rooms over the house, so that the roof would not freeze. In the "modem " construction of the greenhouse of M'Mahon's day, 1806, he advised 7b8 HORTICULTURE that "one-third of the front side of the roof, for the whole length of the house, be formed of glass-work," and in order that the tall, perpendicular sides of the house should have as "much glass as possible," he said that "the piers between the sashes are commonly made of good timber, from 6 to 8 or 10 inches thick, according 1092. First ereenhousc in Chicago (183S or 1836). to their height." "The width of the windows for the glass sashes maybe 5 or 6 feet; * » « the bottom sashes must reach within a foot or 18 inches of the floor of the house and their top reach within 8 or 10 inches of the ceiling. The panes in the roof should be 6 inches by 4, this size "being not only the strongest, but by much the cheapest, and they should lap over each other about half an inch." But the sides or"front lights must be made with large panes of glass." Many or most of the early plant-hou.ses had removeable tops, made of sash. On the change from the old to the new ideas, Alfred Henderson writes as follows: "The first pub- lished advocacy of the fixed-roof system was made by Mr. Peter B. Mead, in the 'New York Horticulturist,' in 1857. Before that, all greenhouse structures for com- mercial purposes were formed of portable sashes, and nearly all were constructed as "lean-to's,' with high back walls, and none were connected. All were separate and detached, being placed at all angles, without plan or system. Then, too, the heating was nearly all done by horizontal smoke-flues, or manure fermenting, al- though there was a crude attempt at heating by hot water by some private individuals as early as 1833. The first use of heating by hot water on anything like a large scale, however.was in 1839,when Hitchings & Co., of this city, heated a large conservatory for Mr. William Niblo, of New York; and yet for nearly twenty years after this time heating by hot water was almost exclu- sively confined to greenhouses and graperies on private places, as few professional florists in those davs could .All this is changed r nil. Ill- j.rfssure, and ■ritiiiLj :iri- almost uni- liir haxint; been rele- Lii.'r ••£ progress is in I'aited for the trades- e improvements him- afford to indulge iu such 1 now. The use of steam, lint M.it the gravity system of hot-wnii r I versally in operation, the lint :iii- gated to the past. The best i\ i. the fact that the florist has not man, but has brought about the self." Much attention was early given to the slope of the roof, in order that the greatest amount of sunlight might be obtained. Early in this century the curvilinear roof came into use, as the various angles which it presents to the sun were supposed to catch the maximum number of the incident rays. The sides of the house remained high, for the most part, until near the middle of this century. All this shows that the early glasshouse was modeled after the dwelling or other buildings, and that it had not developed into a structure in which plants were grown for commercial purposes. The modem commercial forcing-house, with direct roof, low sides, and heated by steam or hot water in closed circuits, is mostly a development of the last thirty years. Its forerunner was Tin- |n-n|.;ii:;itiiii,'-pit of the nurseryman. If anything is Ic.i in snnli-lit by adopting a simple roof, the loss is nmi r tlui mpciisated by the lighter framework and lartn r i,-l:,ss. in the forcing- house, all architectural ambition is sacriticed to the one desire to create a commercial garden in the frosty months. Lettuce, cucumbers, tomatoes, carnations, violets, and various other plants are now grown as crops under glass roofs, whilst a generation ago they were generally not forced at all for market or were grown mostly under frames. With the simplifying and cheapening of the HORTICULTURE glasshouse, amateur flower and vegetable growing has acquired a new impetus, and the business of the retail florist has grown amazingly in the recent years. Some idea of the increase of the demand for plants may be obtained from the sale of flower pots. A. H, Hews, of Cambridge, Massachusetts, whose ancestors began the manufacture of pots before 176.5, reports that for a period of twenty-two years, from 1788 to 1810 the accounts of the sales of pots "cover about as many pages as we now often use in one day; and the amount in dollars and cents does not compare with single sales of the year 1894." He also compared the sales for 1869 and 1894 and "found the increase as ten to one; or, in round numbers, 700,000 flower pots in the former year and 7,000,000 in the latter; and if the same factory can in 1920, twenty-five years later, produce and sell 70,000,- 000, we shall verily be living in a land of flowers." One of the earliest greenhouse builders was Frederic A. Lord, who built his first houses, according to Taft, in Buffalo in 1855, and who, in 1872, entered into part- nership with W. A. Burnham, at Irvington, on the Hud- son. In very recent years a new impetus has lieen given to glasshouse building and work by the establishment of the agricultural experiment stations and the extension of horticultural teaching in the colleges. Horticulture in California. -California Horticul- ture is in the main patterned after the South-European types, and to this extent it originated from Spanish- Mexican sources. The Horticulture of California's high mountain valleys approximates more closely to that of colder regions, while the Horticulture of the Pacific slope, north of California, becomes more and more dif- ferent from the South-European ty|H-, l.nf lill Ims many characteristics of its own sejMi . i > ^n ;,|v from that of the Atlantic slope. The lir ..I experiments in California were at the im — i. n- . i ilie PeninsuIa(Baja or LowerCalifornia),\vln I. JJ iiii.,>i.,iis were founded between 1G97 and 1797. Here the Mission Fathers introduced the date palm; also oranges, lemons, limes, pineapples, bananas, olives, figs, pomegranates, peaches, quinces, plums, apples, pears and grapes. They shipped to Monterey and the northern missions large quantities of dried figs, grapes, dates and peaches. The Upper California missions received seeds, cions, etc., from those of Lower California, as well as from Mexico. The first of these missions was established in 1769 at San Diego by the Franciscans, under the leader- ship of Father Junipero Serra, whose name ' the California State Building at the World's Fair will recall in connection with the great date palm from the Mission Valley of San Diego. This palm was raised Twenty-i the last one in 1823, and at all but one or two of them there were important collections of the fruits of south- HORTICULTURE ern Europe,— olives, figs, oranges, lemons, pomegranates, •wine grapes, and also apples, pears and peaches. Early in this century the mission of San Gabriel had over 2,000 fruit trees, and others had more than a thousand. Fig. 1094 shows the yard of San .Juan Capistrano Mission, as it existed in 1889. There are also some traces in Califor- nia of the fruits of the few early Russian settlemerrts. With the American occupation and the immigration from the East, came the eastern American types of fruits, and the state is now the seat of a wonderfully varied fruit culture, although the small fruits have not yet attained that prominence which they enjoy ' HORTICULTURE 769 pages. "Olive <;n.wiii^." l>..hii(l,.rff, San Francisco, 1884. "Olive Cnltnrr.-A. Fl^inKnit , San Francisco, 1887. "The iihv.-.- Artliiir 'I'. Ma.Mii. s-,ii Francisco, 1888. "The 1\:hsiii liidu-ii\. (Iiistav Li^eii, San Francisco, 1890. "The Wine Press and Cellar, " E. H. Rixford, San Francisco, 1883. "Grape Culture, a Handbook for Cali- fornia," T.Hart Hyatt, San Francisco, 1876. "Orange Culture in California," Thomas A. Garey, San Francisco, 1882. Contains appendix on grape culture, by L. J. Rose. "Orange Culture." W. A. Spalding, Los Angeles, Calif. "The California Farmer," established in January, older Details of the early Cali- fornian Horticulture are given for this occasion by Charles Howard Shmn The first official horticultural re ports from California i\i peared in the second part t the United States Patmt Office Report fii 1S)1 In this report, Mr \ ■\\ illi iin of San Framiseo j n nti 1 statistics from th II in r Ranch, near the Ml i n ■> n Jos^, Alameda countx \\\\ i 800 acres were i 1 nit I n vegetables and th ill 1851 sold for upw ii 1 I $200,000. The crop of pot i toes, onions beets turnips and tomatoes was 134 200 bushels. The same repoit noted an onion weighing _ 1 pounds, and at the Fur t 1853 the committee on ve.. tables reported a 'white H it turnip" weighing 33 pound a squash that weighed 121 pounds, and a tomato weigh ing 5K pounds Thus earh California began to boast of the mammoth productions of her soil. The first official report printed in California appeared in a document is- sued by the Secretary of State for 1852. The capital then eniplo\ ed m fruits and orchards was given at $366,910. The niirket garden among single item' $t( 001 upwarl of n 000 OOOpoundsof onions, "worth «ls I ) I t I n worth $72,000." •s 1 barrels of olives, tics are continued I eneral In Decem- 11^ ^ letv of California wi rjani7el fter i i tul exhibition in San Francisco where almonds figs olives walnuts, and many other fruits as well as vegetables and flowers, were shown. Fairs were held in 18o4 and 18o5, but were not officially reported. The state began to publish the proceedings of the agricultural society in 1858, when its membership was 856, and annual reports have continued till the present time. The California Horticultural So ciety was organized April 5, 1881; in 1883, the State Board of Horticulture was established. Reports of these bodies and of the state fruit-growers' conventions biennially since 1882. The have appeared annually or State Viticultural Commis! and its reports continued hundred octavo volumes represent the official output of California since 1858 in lines of Horticulture, including, of course, the California Experiment Station reports. Among the special California horticultural literature, are the following: "California Fruits," E. J. Wickson, first edition, 1889; second edition. 1891; third edition, 1900. So many changes and additions have occurred in this book that all three editions will be found very use- ful in libraries. " California Vegetables," E. J. Wickson, 1897. The only book on this subject that has vet ap- peared (1900). "Gardening in California," Wm. S. Lyon, Los Angeles, 1897. This is a small volume of 156 1854, and maintaining a spasmodic existence for a num- ber of years, printed the first pomological and horti- cultural reports of committees, etc. "The Rural Press" was established in 1871, in San Francisco, and still con- tinues. "The Rural Californian," of Los Angeles, still in existence, was established in 1877. "The California Fruit-Grower," commenced in 1888, and still survives (1900). "The California Florist." first issued in Santa Barbara, then in San Francisco, began in May, 1888, and stopped in April, 1889. "The California Cultivator," of Los Angeles, established in 1884. still published. "The Pacific Tree and Vine," of SanJos^, established in 1882, still published. California Is now a horticultural wonderland; but its illimitable plantations are depressing to the man of small means and non-commercial ambitions, or to those who would grow for the discriminating personal market. Difficult climates develop the highest type of the ama- teur. Periodicals.— Whilst the periodicals of any subject are supposed to chronicle all the fleeting events of the days and years, and to embalm them for future genera- tions, it is the most difficult thing to remember and re- cord the journals themselves. Many horticultural jour- nals have lived and died in this country without having attracted the attnitiMn nf ;i single library or collector of books. They -.rniiiiat.d in the rich soil of expectation, bloomed in the drwy nn>j-ning of enthusiasm, and col- lapsed when the sun rose. It is probably no exaggera- tion to say that 500 horticultural journals have been started in North America. There "are about 40 in the flesh at the present moment. The "Massachusetts Agri- cultural Repository" was started in 1793, and this was the first agricultural journal in the country, but it was as late as 1821 that a horticultural department was added to It. The first journal to devote any important extent of its space to horticultural matters was the 770 HORTICULTURE "New England Fanner," which was established in Bos- ton in 1822, and which was one of the chief instruments in the organization of the Massachusetts Horticultural Society. Its first editor was Thomas G. Fessenden, au- thor of the "New American Gardener," a book which ap- peared in 1828, and passod ttir-'iiL-lt ;it lr:t^t six editions. The "Horticultural Regist-- ' ., rr!. :, r's Magazine," established in Boston in 1 - ^1 I)y Fessenden and Joseph Breck, and " 1 1 i ^ im-," were prob- ably the first distinct ll-n i. nlnii-il j. ricdicals. The former, although a magazine of more than ordinary merit, did not persist long. The latter was founded by C. M. Hovey and P. B. Hovey, Jr., and was called the "American Gardener's Magazine and Register of Useful Discoveries and Improvements in Horticultural and Rural Affairs," a journal which, in the third volume, be- came the "Magazine of Horticulture," and which en- joyed an uninterrupted existence until 18G8, thus cover- ing a third of a century of the most critical and inter- esting period in American Horticulture. The next important journalistic venture was A. J. Downing's "Horticulturist," begun in 1846, and con- tinued under many changes and vicissitudes for some thirty years, and still represented, in line of descent, by "American Gardening." It has been published in Al- bany, Rochester, Philadelphia and New York. The first seven volumes were edited by A, J. Downing; the eighth and ninth by Patrick Barry ; the tenth by Barry and J. J. Smith ; the eleventh to fourteenth by J. J. Smith; fifteenth and sixteenth, by Peter B. Mead; sev- enteenth and eighteenth, by Mead and G. E. Woodward. Later it was continued by Henry T. Williams, in New York, until the close of 1875, when the "Horticulturist" was united with the "Gardeners' Monthly," of Philadel- phia. This latter magazine started January 1, 1859, as a quarto, but became an octavo with its second volume. It continued until the close of 1887, when upon the death of its publisher, Charles Marot, it passed into the hands of "American Garden," New York. It had a long and useful career under the editorial management of one of the most accomplished and conscientious of American horticulturists, Thomas Meehan, whom all the younger generation has learned to love. The "American Garden," itself was a continuation of the "Ladies' Floral Cabinet." In November, 1891, "Ameri- can Garden" absorbed "Popular Gardening," which was established at Buffalo in October, 1885, and the com- bined journals became known as "American Gardening." With the issue of September, 1893, this journal again passed into new management, and the magazine type of American Horticulture ceased to exist. The " Phila- .delphia Florist" completed its first volume in 1852-3. The subsequent volumes (at least three) were known as the "Florist and Horticultural Journal." It was a very creditable monthly magazine, with colored plates. An early journal in the new West was Hooper and Elliott's "Western Farmer and Gardener," Cincinnati, Septem- ber, 1839-1815, with plates colored by hand. The first pomological journal was probably Hoffy's "Orchardist's Companion," a quarterly, established in Philadelphia in 1841, and edited by Dr. Binckl6. It was a pretentious quarto, with colored plates, of which only one volume was issued. This was followed in 1860 by the "North American Pomologist" by Dr. Brinckl^, an abler publication than the other. Other early horti- cultural periodicals were "Western Horticultural Re- view," Cincinnati, 1851 to 1853, edited by John A. War- der; "American Journal of Horticulture," later known as "Tilton's Journal of Horticulture," Boston, 1867 to 1871 (9 vols.), edited in its last three years by the younger Robert Manning; "Western Pomologist," Des Moines, Iowa, and Leavenworth, Kansas, 1870 to 1872, by Mark Miller, Dr. J. Stayman, and others. The first attempt to establish a weekly, after the pattern of the great English journals, was "Garden and Forest," which appeared in New York in 1888, under the management of Professor Charles S.. Sargent, of Harvard University. Unfortunately, this fine journal came to an end with 1897. It stands as the highest type of American horticultural journalism. Probably the first journal devoted to any particul.ar fruit or plant was Husmann's "Grape Cul- turist," St. Louis, 1869 to 1871. On the Pacific coast, the earliest distinct horticultural HORTICULTURE periodical was the "California Culturist," the first num- berof whichappearedin January, 1859. This i*n through four volumes, and it records the marvels of the first era of modern fruit-growing upon the Pacific slope. The "California Horticulturist" was established in 1871, and ran tlir..n^'h 10 vcarlv volumfs, when, in 1880, it was nu-r-.-d into the " Paoiti- Kiir:il Press," which is still ic-riodical literature to remark that po- of American Horti- ts interests, with horticultural and and other coun- kind seems to have culture," edited by culture — has no jonriKil (lf\otr.i tu i America has nevir li. i n f;iv..r.-. annuals to the extint (i xvlii.li Kn-l tries have. The first atti-iii].t of tln^ been Woodward's "Record of Hort A. S. Fuller, which appeared in 1866 and 1867 venture was the "American Horticulttural Annual," New York, for the years 1868, 1869 and 1870, under the gen- eral editorial care of Dr. Georfro Tbnrhor. The attempt was not made again until the j-rt-^tnt \\ritrr rstablished "Annals of Horticulture," in l,'--'.i. :iii'l whi.li was issued for five years, the last voliiiiir .'inKiiniiii.- :in account of the Horticulture of the Columbian Exjicsition. HoRTicuLTUKAL SOCIETIES. —The year 1785 saw the establishment of two agricultural societies, the Phila- delphia Society for Promoting Agriculture, and the Agri- cultural Society of South Carolina. These were followed in 1792 by the organization of the Massachusetts Society for Promoting Agriculture. It was not until 1818, how- ever, that the first horticultural organization came into existence, the New York Horticultural Society, now, unhappily, extinct. It expired about 1837. The second, organized in 1827, was the Pennsylvania Horticultural Society, which is still in vigorous existence. The third, according to Manning, was the Domestic Horticultural Society, organized at Geneva, New York, in 1828, and which was the forerunner of the Western New York Horticultural Society, the latter having continued for 40 years, and which now enjoys the most energetic and influential membership of any similar .society in the Union. The next organization was the Albany Horticul- tural Society, established in 1829, but which expired long ago. In 1829, also, the Massachusetts Horticultural Society was organized, an association which, in the character of the men who have been members of it and in the service which it has rendered to the advance- ment of rural taste, stands without a rival in the country. The American Pomological Society was organized in 1850, through a union of the North American Pomo- logical Convention and the American Congress of Fruit- Growers, both of which were established in 1848. The Congress of Fniit-Growers was a meeting held in New York on the 10th of October, 1848, at the call of the Massachusetts, Philadelphia, New Jersey and New Haven Horticultural Societies and the Board of Agri- culture of the American Institute of the City of New York. The Pomological Convention held its first meet- ing on the 1st of September in Buffalo. The American Pomological Society is undoubtedly the strongest or- ganization of pomologists in the world. A. J. Downing wrote in 1852, that "within the last ten years the taste for horticultural pursuits has astonishingly increased in the United States. There are, at the present mo- ment, at least twelve societies in different parts of the Union devoted to the improvement of gardening, and to the dissemination of infonnation on the subject." At the present time there are over 500 such societies, and the average attendance at the meetings cannot be less, in the aggregate, than 15,000. From a careful esti- mate which I made in 1891, I concluded that the aggre- gate attendance for that year at the national, state, pro- vincial and district societies "probably exceeded 5,000." There are now at least ten national societies devoted to Horticulture or some branch of it. The most gratifying feature of this movement towards organization, how- ever, is the establishment of great numbers of local societies, florists' clubs, and the like, which sustain the interest in horticultural pursuits and foster pride in the personal surroundings of the members. All this grint l.M.lv of ....fieties is proof enough that there is a rapi\ } . ,. - ^ i-, our grapes. rn=phprrips, bhi.-kl,w m ,,, a. ..Iiun..,. mulber- ries, cr;utl.irri.v, ^..tiM- irooseberries, many plums, some apples, :iiMi xn - m in.. r fruits. In other esculents, it has givi II n- III. I pkins and squashes, Indian corn, beans im.l .i.iu^iil.in artichokes. Our native flora has enriched the Hower gardens of our own country and of the world. An inquiry made in 1891 showed tliat 2,416 species of the United States and Canada had been intro- dur-id to cultivation. In that year, 1,929 of these species >N . r. 1.1 iii.ill\ in the trade, and' 1,500 had been introduced I ii lOven when the species are of Old World ■ liities are American in most of those I I" I ii.vi'been long cultivated here. Very few ul.l \\..ri,l iif.i.li's and peaches are popular in North America, and the number in pears, plums and other fruits is constantly decreasing. The American carnation is already of a different type from the European. One of the strongly American features of our Horticulture is tti.' i:n-;it t"'"l'"rtionate development of the cut-tiower iii.lii-ii> : l.ut the last few years have seen a relative in. i.ii~. ..t )...t-plant and decorative-plant demands. Th.-^.- .liviTiri'iii-ies are likely to increase rather than diminish. The t.n.l.n.i.-^ wl.i.-Ii diiferentiate our Horti- culture from that ..I' 11.. ( il.l \V..il.l will also differentiate the Horticulture ..I . ... li ^'. ..L-r:i|.hical area of our own country, thereby i-'n hil: .a.li una the varieties and the methods which are l.er.t a.lai.led to it. The second mo.st significant thing in our Horticulture is its strong commercial trend. This is particularly true of fruit-growing and cut-flower-growing, which have developed on a large-area basis (Figs. 1093, 1095). The first horticultural interest in this country was the amateur or home-garden type. That type is not dead, and it will not die so long as hearts bum for the out- of-doors and souls long for beauty and for the solace of nearness to nature. Amateur pr personal Horticul- ture is increasing with great rapidity. It is a part of the ripening of the home life and the acquiring of leisure. Personal gardening is intellectual employment. The amateurs are the chief buyers of horticultural stronger the farther one goes from the Atlantic sea- board. Both types of Horticulture will increase. They are not incompatible, but complementary. Both are necessary to the greatest public weal. The commercial type will always be the aspiration of the comparatively few: it is coming more and more to be a profession. The personal or amateur type will be increasingly the hope of the many, for every person who has a home wants a garden. Another important feature of our Horticulture is its living literature. Persons may care nothing for books; yet the literature of any subject is the measure of its ideals. Persons may say that the books are theoretical and beyond them; yet good. books are always beyond, else they are not good. There is no use for literature if it does not inspire and point to better things. We meas- ure the aspirations of anytime by its writiims. Wh.ihir the fact be recognized or not, the literann.' ..i' ..in- II. .r- ticulture is an underlying force which s|..h ly <1 innics the thoughts and ideals of men. A liin.iv is a powcrfiil teacher. It states its propositions, and is silent; and in the silence its lessons sink into the fiber of the mind. More than 600 books have enriched American Horticul- ture. Many of them have been poor, but even these may have challenged controversy and have done good. The early books were largely empirical and dogmatic. Downing, for example, in 1845, says that tillage niakes better orchards, and he cites cases; but he does not give reasons. He does not mention nitrogen, potash, soil moisture, chemical activities. He does not even mention plant-food in connection with tillage. The hori- zon has widened since then. Men do not take up things actively until they know the reasons. The poor farmer, not knowing reasons for anything, has no inspiration and goes fishing. Thirty years ago. Colonel Waring was the apostle of deep-plowing; yet one should plow neither deep nor shallow until he knows why. Oiir literature has been sinij-nl-irlv (!.'\-.>i.l r.f prinfij.!.-^- nnd aiudysis. The great w i-.i. .• i - 1.. .. ! i,.l, . .l, ^..'.. in, -ant move- ments and I.I' I . • I I' ■ 1 1 ■! ' .I'M, ; " 'I ' I ,' . 1 li' III 1.) inspire his reader. II i n^ iimercial spirit of ..III- \.J'IiI'l.' ::;il 'I. linii: ; 1 1 I - '" I . a i.h-ning for Profit" is the greatest ■Amerioaii vegetable gardening book, even if somewhat out of date as a book of practice. The book of principles is now needed by the vegetable- gardener. American pomology has several strong names amoni^st ii^ \wii. i-. M..-.! ..f these writers have sacri- fi...-.l fuii.l.ii I' varieties. The first sustained effi.it I., wi'i' ' _ I wing from the point of view of un.l.rl} ii|M ill' ; I. I. as by Charles R. Baker, who in lb(i6 pul.liii. .1 I.I- Ira.ti.-al and Scientific Fruit Cul- ture." But til. Inn. wi.N apparently not yet ready for a book of this kin. I, aii.i nnn'h of the discussion lacked vital connei'ti.. II witli ili. ..rchard. The book was too sug- gestive of the study ami the compiler. Coxe, Kenrick, Slanning, Downing, Thomas, Warder, Barry, Puller, are significant names in American pomological litera- ture. In floriculture there have been many excellent treatises, but there is not a single great or comprehen- sive book. In recent years, the making of horticultural literature is passing more and more from the working horticulturist to the specially trained student and Till LT. It (l.-'-.l'.pni. rit ..f American Horticulture, as ciii; I' ' '' I II ; ', -tandards, has been in fruit- gr. ' III I ' manufactures, and cut-flow- er- I , II ir is also a strong feature, and i.s in. i...i-iii_; rap; ;! I - .'.nn'tery planting is probably the best in thewurl.l. In Am. li.a, also, the development of agricultural tools anl appliai... -. and of spraying for insects and diseases, lia\. i-. ...p. .1 their highest de- velopment. Other eliara.'t.risii.- f.-atures of our Horti- culture are its youth, aud the vigor with which its scope is enlarging. l_ ij_ g. EOSACEIA. (David Hosack, professor of botany and medicine inNewYork; author of Hortus Elginensis, 1811 ; died 1835). Leguminbsce. Herbaceous plants, of which 3 species were once advertised by collectors of north- HOSACKIA west American plants. The genus contains about 30 spe- cies, all American and almost wholly confined to the Pa- cific slope. Herbs or rarely subshrubs: Ivs. pinnate, with 2 to many Ifts. : stipules minute and gland-like, rarely scarious or leafy: lis. yellow or reddish, in axillary um- bels which are peduncled or not. The genus is closely ' related to Lotus, but the calyx teeth are shorter than the tube: keel obtuse: Ivs. usually with numerous Ifts., none of which are like stipules, while Lotus has calyx lobes usually longer than the tube, a rostrate keel and 5 or 4 Ifts., of which 2 or 1 are stipule-like. The 2 species first mentioned belong to a section in which the pods are shortly acute, linear, many-seeded, straight, glabrous : fls. and fr. not reflexed : peduncles long. The third species belongs to a section in which the pods are long-attenuate upwards, incurved, pubes- cent : peduncles short or none: fle. and fr. reflexed. Monogr. by Watson in Bot. Calif. 1:133. crassifdiia, Benth. Stout, 2-3 ft. high, nearly gla- brous : Ifts. 9-15, thickish : stipules soarious, small: bract below the umbel : calyx teeth short : pod thick: fls. greenish yellow or purplish. B.R. 23:1977. bloolor, Dougl. Glabrous: Ifts. 5-9: stipules scarious, .small: bract usually none or small : calyx teeth half as long as the tube : pod slender : fls. yellow, the wings often white. B.M. 2913. deorimbens, Benth. Silky or woolly, with appressed hairs: stems ascending, 1 ft. or more long: stems her- baceous: Ifts. 5-7 : umbels less dense: stipules gland- like: pods pubescent. -^ jj HOTBEDS. These are low glass structures that are generally heated by fermenting vegetable substances, such as stable manure, although fire heat is occasionally applied, steam, hot water and flues being used. Their usual place is some spot sloping to the south, where they are protected by buildings, evergreen screens or board fences, from the north and west winds ( Fig. 1096 ) . The frames are made either of plank or boards and may be portable, or built in place, the former being taken down and packed away except when needed. A tight board fence 6 feet high, as a wind-break, is desirable, as it will also serve as a support for the shutters, mats and sash when they are removed from the bed, and it will answer best for this purpose if it inclines a foot or so to the north. When movable frames (Pig. 1097) are used they are generally constructed of 2-inch plank, the side pieces HOTBEDS 773 but taper from 15 inches at one end to 9 or 10 at the other, so as to fit the side boards. The plank for por- table Hotbed frames may be held in place by means of stakes, or iron rods or bolts may be fastened to the ends of the side pieces so that they can pass through the holes in the ends of the frame, which can then be fas- tened by keys or nuts. As supports for the sash and to hold the sides of the frame in place, cross-strips of -"^^i^rt The straw m.-i being from 9 to 12 feet and the ends 6 feet in length, to receive either three or four ordinary sash, which are 3 by 6 feet. The north side of the frame is made 15 inches wide, while the south side is but 9 or 10 inches, thus giving a slope to the south, which will permit the water to run off and favor the passage of the sun's ravs through the glass. The end pieces are 6 feet in length. 1097. Hotbed with movable frame board 3 inches wide are sunk into the upper edge every 3 feet, and another strip with a width equal to the thick- ness of the sash is fastened on edge to the center of its side. Frames of this size require a slightly deeper mass of heating material than would be necessary for larger frames, and when they are to be used during the winter, it is well to excavate to the depth of 2K feet, and for a space 2 feet longer and wider than the frame, and after the hole has been filled with heating material, the material should be well tramped down. The frame is put in place and manure is then banked about it. For permanent frames, rough 1-inch boards may be used, although 2-inch plank will be found far more durable. Stout stakes should be driven into the ground about 4 feet apart, where the north line of the bed is to be located. These should project above the surface from 12 to 15 inches, and should be boarded up from a point just below the level of the ground, so that the stakes will be on the north side of the frame. A second row of stakes should then be driven at a distance from the first row equal to the length of the sash, which is usually 6 feet, although other lengths are sometimes used. The south wall of the frame should then be boarded up so that it will be 5 or 6 inches lower than the north wall, after which the end should be closed and cross-pieces should be fitted, the same as for the portable sash. To prevent frost from working into the frame, soil should be taken from the inside and banked against the boards outside, so that it will reach two-thirds of the way to the top of the frame, and when the bed is ready for use, 3 or 4 inches of horse manure should be spread over this The frame should be placed about 3 feet from the fence and if other rows are needed, there should be alleys about 7 feet wide between them. Hotbed Sanh. — The size that has been found most satisfactory for Hotbed sash is 3 by 6 feet, as when lirger than this they are not readily handled by one man While pine and other native lumber may be used; t\ press IS generally preferred, as it is much more dur- il ie and costs but little if any more than clear pine. The sides and upper ends of the sash are made from 1 \ 1>< inch strips, grooved to receive the glass, while the lower end is about 1 by 5 inches. The center strips tie 1 by IV2 inches. For glazing Hotbed sash, single strength glass will be less easily broken, the increased weight IS an objection to its use. The sash should re- ceive two coats of paint, and after the glass, which may be either lapped or butted, has been set, it should be given a third coat. 3/a/s and SJnttfers. — For covering the frames on cold nights during the winter and early spring months, straw mats are often used, although those made of bur- lap are generally preferred. The burlap may be either single or doubled, or it may be stuffed with straw, ex- celsior or other materials. Quilted mats filled with com- bination wool are very warm and quite durable. During the winter, wooden shutters are also desirable to place over the mats, as they assist in holding the heat, and by keeping the mats dry, aid in preserving them. Heating Material for Hotbeds. — To provide heat for the beds decomposing horse manure is generally used. While a large amount of straw is not desirable, the 774 presence of urine-soaked bedding with the manure to the extent of one-third its bulk is not objectionable, as it ■will lengthen the heating period of the manure. Unless straw is mixed with the manure, it will be well to add forest leaves to the amount of one-third to one-half the amount of the manure. The heating material should be forked over and plaopd in a pile 5 or <5 fpet wMe. 3 or 4 <-'•-" --^E3^^5^^ 8. Hotbed i and feet high and of any desired length. If straw are dry, it will be well to moisten them with a fine spray. In case there is but a small amount of manure, it will be best to usewarm water, though in all cases the soak- ing of the manure should be avoided. Within four or five days the giving off of steam will indicate that lieating has commenced. The pile should then be forked over, working the outer portions into the center. The amount of heating material that will be required for a Hotbed will vary with the crop, as well as with the location and season. For zero weather, there should be at least 18 inches of heating material after it has been well packed down, and 24 inches will be desirable in midwinter in the northern states, while 6 or 8 inches may answer where only a few degrees of frost are ex- pected. For 18 inches of manure, the excavation should be made to a depth of 28 inches below the level of the south side of the frame, and 31 inches below that of the north side. After the manure has warmed through for the second time it should be placed in the excavation, spreading it evenly and packing it down with the fork, but leaving it for a few days before tramping it. Care should be taken to have the comers well filled, that an even settling may be secured. After the manure has again warmed up, it should be thoroughly tramped. The bed is then ready for the soil, which should be quite rich and contain a large amount of sand and humus, a compost of decomposed pasture sods with one- third their bulk of rotten manure being excellent for the purpose. The thickness of the soil should vary from 5 to 7 inches, the greater depth being desirable for radishes and other root crops (Fig. 1098). When boxes of plants are to be placed in the beds the depth of soil need not be more than 3 inches. For a few days the bed will be quite warm, but when the temperature of the soil has dropped below 90° the seeds may be sown or the plants set out. In severe weather the mats and shutters should be placed on the bed at night and should be removed in the morning. When the sun is shining, or if the bed is very hot, it should be ventilated by raismg (Fig. 1099) iir slipping down (Fig. imiT) the sash, the [mount depending the condition of the bed. B\ the middle of the afternoon the sash should be closed and the covering should be replaced before night. When used in the win- ter time, the Hotbed should be either sunk in the ground or well banked up with soil or manure, so as to keep out the frost. Pipe-heated Rotbeds. — Fire Hotbeds are generally from 10 to 12 feet wide, with a span roof. A Hotbed of this size would require two lines of 6-inch sewer pipe as flues (Pig. 1100), with furnaces in which wood can be burned at their lower ends. In order that a good draft 1099. Ventilating the Hotbed HOTTONIA can be secured, it is advisable to have it upon a side-hill sloping to the south. When hot water is used for heat- ing Hotbeds, a 2- or 2K-inch wrought-iron pipe is placed just beneath the ridge as a flow pipe, with one or two 2-inch pipes upon each of the side walls, the number varying with the season and the crops to be grown ( Fig. 1101). Steam may be used in the same way, but the pipes should be one or two sizes smaller. In the northern states the use of Hotbeds for grow- ing crops during the winter months is not advisable, as better results can be secured in greenhouses, which will not be very much more expensive to binld, and will be more durable besides much easier to lian.ll.-. Imt in the spring Hotbeds are very useful for sturtiiiL' vi um tMble and bedding plants, as well as for grnwhii.' Iittuce, radishes and other vegetables. In the youth tire Hot- beds answer very well for use in the winter for grow- ing plants for the truck garden, as well as for forcing vegetables, but even there the simply constructed green- houses are more satisfactorj'. Coldframes differ from Hotbeds only in lacking arti- ficial heat, as they depend entirely upon the sun. The surface of the soil should be from 6 to 12 inches below the glass, and a large amount of plant-food should be provided. Coldframes are often used for wintering half- hardy plants, and for starting and growing plants in the spring, after danger from severe frost is over. Management of Hotheds. — \t the weather is mild dur- ing the latter part of February, the manure can be pro- cured and prepared for use so that the Hotbed may be started about the first of March. If properly constructed they will provide heat for two months, and can then bo used during May as a coldframe, thus making it pos- sible to take off two crops in the spring. Although it is not often practiced, they may be used in the fall for growing a crop of lettuce or other vegetables, which can be matured before the first of December. If a greenhouse is not available for starting the plants, seeds of lettuce, radishes, cabbages and other of the har- dier plants may be sown in the Hotbed in the spring as soon as it is ready, in rows 4 or .5 inches apart. When the first true leaf appears, the radishes should be thinned and the other plants transplanted to about 2 inches. Later on, the lettuce plants should be placed about 8 inches apart each way. If the weather is so cold that the bed shoiili) Tt'>t }^-"l"i "i.i ih.-soil stirred. About the first of April, tonuitoes, cui'unibers and similar plants may be started. As soon as one crop is taken off another should be placed in the beds, and by deepening the soil they may be used during the early summer for growing cauliflower, tomatoes and cucumbers. r,. r. Taft. HOTfilA. SeeAsHlbe. HOTTENTOT BSEAD. Testudinaria elepliantipes. HOTTONIA (Peter Hotton, 1648-1709, professor at Levden). PrimiiltU-e/e. Feathekfoil. A genus of two species of aquatic plants, the only aquatic members of the primrose family. They are suitable for small aquaria. The European species is procurable from dealers in aquatics; the American one can be gathered in shallow, stagnant ponds from Massachusetts to western New York and south to Florida and Louisiana. The European plant, H. paluatris, Linn., is an herb with creeping rootstock, whorled, leafy branches entirely HOTTONIA submerged and alternate, pinnately dissected Ivs., the divisions numerous and linear, i'rom the center of the whorl of branches a single leafless flower-stem rises out of the water in summer, bearing a raceme with sev- eral whorls of 3-5 or 6 handsome, pale purple fls., ap- □r forcing-house) heated by hot water. parently with 5 petals, but actually with a short corolla tube below the lobes. The plants root in the mud or float, and the fls. are about three-fourths of an inch in diameter. Stamens 5, inserted on the tube of the corolla : capsule subglobose, with 5 lateral valves : seeds nu- merous. The American plant, H. inJlata, Ell., has spongy stems and clustered peduncles, which are partly above water, inflated, jointed, the lowest jomt 2— i in long and sometimes 1 in. thick, the others 1-3 in num ber and successively shorter : fls. small, in whorls of 2-10 at the .ioints. B.B. 2:586. Neither species is id vertised. Like all aquarium plants, they are interesting but they have no horticultural value otherwise Both plants are called Peatherfoil and Water-violet , tin American also Water-feather and Water-yarrow HOULLfiTIA (after HouUet, French gardener) O) cliidAcece. About 8 species of epiphytic, pseudobulbous orchids from South America, allied to Stanhopea an 1 blooming in summer. Pseudobulbs conical 1 lei\ ( 1 Ivs. lanceolate, plicate : sepals and petals usually ne n 1 \ equal: labellum continuous with the clavate, artu ii column: poUinia 2, on a long caudicle. odoratissima, Linden. Sepals and petals redli 1 brown : labellum white, with two crimson append i midway of its length. Colombia. G.C. II. 24 777 \ AntioquiSnsis, Andr^ (H. Antioquensis, Hort ) 1 labellum white, tinged yellow. I.H. 17:12. Brocklehurstiina, Lindl. Fls. 5-8, about 3 in across brownish red, dotted with brown-purple; sepals oblong obtuse, the lateral ones slightly united at base, petals narrower, obovate; labellum yellow, thickly dotted with brown-purple; from its lower half two linear appen dages have their origin. Braz. B.M. 4072. PM 9 4J K.H. 1885:492. plcta, Linden & Reichb. f. Fls. 6-10; sepals oblong, brownish, unspotted above, tessellated with yellow be low; petals similarly colored; labellum yellow, spotted or dotted with brown-purple or red-purple, the end has tate: apex recurved, pale yellow veined with crimson Colombia. B.M. 6305. WAUisii, Linden & Reichb. f. (H. cltrijsdntha, Liiid & Andrfi). Fls. about 2 in. across; sepals and petals yellow, blotched inside with brown-purple lahelliini yellow, dotted with crimson. Colombia. G.C II 18 4J7 I.H. 18:71. Oakes Vmes HOUND'S TONGUE. See Cunoglossttm. HOUSE PLANTS 775 HOUSE LEEK. Sempervivum tectoriim. HOUSE PLANTS (Figs. 1102-1104) are those plants which can be grown in the ordinary rooms of dwelling houses. They may be hardy or tender; but only such as are suitable for this purpos,' will be considered here. In the living rooms ,.| li,, , i, ,ii well-built house, plants must contend ;. ■ . ilii.-s which did not exist in the less car. i I dwellings of fifty years ago or earlier, i n. |.,, -, ,,i nirthods of heating and lighting, by gas or ki-r..s,ri.- lamps, not electricity, produce a dry atmosphere which is inimical to vegetable growth. In houses lighted by electricity, and heated by any system which introduces fresh air in abundance, this matter is not so troublesome. Too much heat and dry air are harder for plants to endure than insufficient light, but it is also lack of light which makes it so difficult to grow flowering plants in houses. Dust and insects do harm, but these difficulties can be overcome. For the above reasons it is important to select House Plants which are adapted to resist a dry at- mosphere, a high temperature and inadequate light. Such examples can be found among certain tropical plants with coriaceous leaves and small stomata, what the florists call foliage plants, e. g., rubber trees, palms, etc. These make the best foundation upon which any successful system of growing plants in houses can be built. Flowering plants can also be used, but they should be introduced from time to time, each in its proper season, when about to bloom or in bloom, and not considered a part of the perma- nent arrangement. After flowering they should be re- moved : their function is not unlike the use of cut- flowers, but they last longer and are not much more ex- pensive, while they largely increase the attraction of the window-garden. The best rooms for plants are those which get the most sun, and the best positions are those nearest the windows, where there is not only more light but more fresh air. A large palm, fern or rubber will grow in an entry or poorly lighted corner, but the best place is that which is best lighted Plants do well in a kitchen the moisture from the corking helping them materialh it IS by no meius a bal hospital for unhealthy specimens Sometimes a plant room not a conservatory can be set aside for this purpose exclusively If this is done in the basement, and it is possible to get good light, satis factory results are obtained. The floor can be made of 776 HOUSE PLANTS concrete and water used without stint. In such a room plants can be grown and brought into the living rooms when in their best condition. In rooms in which plants are kept, any device by which the atmospheric moisture can be increased is desirable: oilcloth on the floor, or a floor of porous tiles; a zinc tray, in which the pots can be set and surrounded with under the pots, the pots being raised aids not only can plenty of water be given to the roots, but there will also be some opportunity to sprinkle the leaves, while the evaporation of surplus water will dampen the air. The Japanese porcelain pots are not only ornamental but useful; the glaze prevents undue evaporation from the sides, and the legs hold the pot well above the water which may collect in the saucer: they are in every way excellent. Wooden tubs are serviceable for large plants 'ikely to be exposed to frost, either before or nff-r i.rinf easier ii r , surfaci-, 1" ■ sons it is ^..)iH 1 NiM - in which several pla be filled with moss into the house. Plants should >i the larger the bulk of earth the iiifiirmly moist; from the wider : ri- evaporation. For these rea- yood plan to have window boxes s can be grown; or the boxes can 1 which the pots can be plunged. 1103. vindow-earden. Much trouble is likely to come from the use of unsuit- able potting soil. Procure it from an experienced florist, or make it yourself of equal parts rotted sods, old leaf- mold, well-decayed cow manure and clean, sharp sand: discard tea leaves, chip dirt, and the decomposed re- mains of dead stumps. The soil should always be moist when used, not too wet and never dry: it should be made firm, not hard, and a good space left between the surface and rim. Large pots should be drained with potsherds and moss. The best time for potting is just before the plant begins to grow; the next best is just before growth ceases, thus giving the plant opportunity to establish itself in its new quarters before it stops growing. It is not always easy to do this properly at home, and large and valuable plants should be sent to a HOUSE PLANTS florist. Plants growing in the open air should be lifted and potted two weeks or more before bringing into the house, not only before frost but before the nights are cool. Keep them at first in a cool, shady place, gradu- ally accustom them to the sunlight, and carefully avoid all drafts. Do not give too much water at the root: some wilting is unavoidable, and cannot be prevented by heavy watering. Give one good application when they are first potted, and sprinkle the foliage and sur- roundings in the middle of the day. After they are established, keep them out of doors, on the piazza or porch, until there is danger of frost, but try to bring them into the house before the furnace fires are lighted. A period of rest is natural to all plants. Amateurs often make mistakes in trying to force plants to grow all winter in the house after a vigorous growth in the open ground all summer. Such plants should be rested, kept cool at first and water withheld, but never to such an extent as to shrivel the wood. No rules can be given for watering, the most important detail of plant-growing. Water must be given as it is required, a knowledge to be gained from experience only. This may be once a day or once a week, twice a day or once in two days. The smaller the pot and the.more viL'"r"iiv tli.- L'i-i,wth, the oftener it will be required. In I .- .v. mI,, i mi.I in dry rooms more water is needed tir ; i -ms and on damp, cloudy days. It should ^ n in suffi- cient quantity to pass through 1'" l"!' Ml 111. I.iittom of the pot: here it can remain an hour (.r more, and part of it will soak up, back into the pot, but the surplus should be taken away with a sponge, unless the pot has legs or it is a plant like calla, English ivy or some ferns, which are uninjured by an over-supply. Water given to the foliage of House Plants in the form of spray is al- ways helpful. Insects, dust and sometimes fungous pests are trouble- some to House Plants, due largely to insufttcient water- ing and lack of ventilation. The best remedy is frequent washings with warm water and a sponge for plants with large leaves. All plants can be easily cleaned at the kitchen sink or in the bath tub, or advantage can be taken of a mild day, and the work done in the yard with the hose. The forcible application of water will remove most insects, but if scale appears it must be taken oft with a stiff brush. Whale-oil and tobacco soap are too rank for house use ; fir-tree oil and Gishurst's compound are less obnoxious. They can be used when the plants are washed with spongeor brush. The florists' preventive against greenfly is impracticable; enough tobacco smoke to harm him would not be tolerated. The red spider can be driven off by spraying with an atomizer, if dis- covered in time. Some plants are not attacked by in- sects, but are injured by dust, e.g., the rubber-tree. Dusting when dry is better than nothing, but washing is best. If fungous diseases appear, the plants should be isolated, giving a chance to recover, or be thrown away. Ventilation is an important factor in keeping House Plants in good condition. Open the windows on bright days: the fresh air is moist and therefore grateful, and will do no harm, even if the plants are near the glass, so long as the sun shines and discretion is exercised. The night temperature need never exceed 50° F., and a drop of 5° or even 10° is not likely to do any harm. Precautions must be taken to exclude frost; the blinds must be shut and the curtains pulled down on cold nights. A layer of newspapers between the plants and the windows is a protection in extremely bad weather, or a large kerosene lamj near the plants. A list of suitable foli: L be allowed to bum all night plants for the house : Ficus F. religiosa, the peepul tree, L' arrowing evergreen species. ,'/.(( atistralis, Chamwrops ""■". all good fan-palms (the ^■Ini.il,,, P. rnniroh, and P. Ilowea Belmoreava. A / I /. ,/, A. rubra and Cocoi< M ■ : ; 1: . i nt require more care 1 1 mn ih- ...n i m..i. jmj,ii~. i ,n,,s 9'efo/((/a, the sago-palm. (_<<». **.../" '>' ,<»..(/.(, ,loy"-(..Wy(t liirida, Pandantis uiilis, the screw pine, P. I'eilcliii, Pliormium tenax (New Zealand flax), Cijperus alterni- foliu , Papyrus antiquonim,CoT7. H.- is best known as editor of the "Magazine of Hurtiiulline," which had an -uninterrupted existence from liioo to 1S6S. It was founded as the "American Gardener's Magazine," by C. M. Hovey and his brother, Phineas Brown Hovey. In its third volume (1837) it changed its name, and con- tinuously thereafter was known as the "Magazine of Horticulture," and was edited by Charles M. Hovey alone. It enjoyed the longest period of prosperity of any American horticultural journal. It is a record of the budding stage of New World horticulture. It was modelled after Loudon's "Gardener's Magazine," al- though its spirit was essentially American. Essays, records of current events, reviews of books, descrip- tions of varieties, were prominent features. It had very few illu-tr-iti..!!- Air. Hovey was author of the "Fruits of Am. II. I ■ i m parts from 1852 to 1856, completing t\\ i ; making more than a begin- ning on a tliii. I 1 1 ,1 was to give "richly colored figures and full .1. -. i q.i i.ii ..f all the choicest varieties cultivated in the Uniteil States." The volumes contain more than 100 colored plates. Handsomely printed and bound, these volumes are a fine type of the amateur's art-book of varieties. Mr. Hovey was also nurseryman and seed merchant. Until 1840, his grounds at Cambridge are said to have comprised only an acre, but at that time his premises were greatly enlarged. His epoch was a time of knowl- 778 HOVEY edge of varieties. Straightway he began assiduously to collect varieties, until he exhibited pears, apples and camellias by the hundreds, and plums, grapes, chrysan- themums and many other things by the score. These things were shown before the MassE " " " tural Society, which was the center of horticultural influence of the country. He raised many seedlings. Thuya Uoveyi is still prized as a garden conifer. His greatest contribution to horticultural varieties was the Hovey strawberry, which first fruited in 1836, and which is generally regarded as the starting-point of American commercial strawberry - growing (see Fig. 1088). For many years this berry was the standard of market excellence. Mr. Hovey continued to grow it and cherish it until the end. The writer remembers with what enthusiasm he expatiated on its virtues but a very few years before his death. Mr. Hovey was long an act- ive member, and for a time president, of the Massachu- setts Horticultural Society. He was one of the active projectors of the building which gave the Society a new and more commodious home. The history of the society records that, when the project was in doubt, "the per- severance and determination of the president of the society and chairman of the building committee, Charles M. Hovey, triumphed over every hindrance, and carried the work on to success." A portrait of Mr. Hovey will be found in the first vol- ume of the "Fruits of America," Another occurs in "Gardeners' Monthly" for 1886 (frontispiece) and "American Garden," Nov., 1887; and a reduction of this appears in Fig. 1106. L. jj. g. H6WEA (named for Lord Howe's Island, where these 2 species grow). Also written .ffojce ('a. Palmdeece. A genus of only 2 species, known to the trade as Kentias, and certainly ranking anions the 6 m ■ist popular palms for honsf ,-i.ltnn<. Th^v li:.v.- thn lin .it of Kentia, but their ri^..liir..rw„l..lv^ 11 :, 1.1^..:, t.. :. subtribe in which tlir IN. ,,, ...■..■h M- lii.l to the stem between tlir 1^., . ,.f -rr • .. : K.-ntia belongs toanoth.r miMhIi- in ^^lu. h i!,. J-. ir,. attached at a HO'WEA Howea's nearest cultivated ally is Linospadix, from which it is distinguished by the following characters: staminate fls. with very numerous stamens, the anthers erect and fastened at the base; pistillate fls. with no staminodes : ovule erect, ff. Belmoreana is the more popular of the two species, and as a house plant may be readily told from H. Forsteriana by the more nearly erect position of its leaf segments; those of H. Fnr- steriana are more pendent. Howeas are erect, spineless palms, with stout ringed caudex : Ivs. terminal, nu- merous, dense, equally pinnatisect: segments narrow, acuminate: spadices 2-3 ft. long, solitary or 3-5 from 1 spathe, thick, cylindrical, nodding or pendulous: pedun- cle long, compressed at the base; spathe solitary, as long as the spadix, cylindrical, 2-keeled toward the apex, longitudinally split: bracts bordering the chan- nels; bractk'ls scaly: fls. sunk in the deep furrows of the spadix, the staminate nearly an inch long: fr. 15^ in. long, olive-shaped. Belmoreina, Becc. (Kentia Bi-hnorehia. F. Muell.). Curly Palm Fig. 1107. Described aud distinguished above. B.M. 7018. K.H. 18'.)7:2r)(i and p. 257; O.C. 111. 8:75. I. H. 21:11)1. A.G. 13:U1; 10.345. Jin. '.1:25.- Var. variegata. Hurt. Adv, 1895 by Pitcher & Manda. Forsteriina, Becc. (Kfntia ForsteriAna, F. Muell.). Flat or Thatch Leaf Pal.m. 6.C. 111. 8:75 and 533. S.H. 2:53. A.G. 10:346. A.F. 4:565; 14:701. Jared G. Smith aud W. M. The two species of this genus are beyond a doubt the most popular and also the most satisfactory palms in the trade for decorative work in general, and in conse- quence of the great and growing demand, are grown by tens of thousands in the large nurseries. There does not seem to be any record of either of these species hav- ing borne fruit in cultivation in this country, and the trade, therefore, depends on imported seeds, which are gathered in immense quantities on Lord Howe's Island, usually shipped from thence to Sydney, N. S. W., and from the latter port to either London or New York. This long voyage is a severe test of the vitality of such seeds, and frequently results in faulty germination, the average of germination seldom exceeding 50 per cent, and is often much less. Two heavy shipments of Howea seeds are made each year, the first installment arriving in February or March, and the second in Sep- tember or October. Many growers favor the autumn shipment of these seeds as giving the best results. The seeds should be sown at once on their arrival, the prac- tice followed by large growers being that of broadcast- ing the seeds on a side bench in a warm greenhouse on 2 to 3 inches of light soil, then covering them with 1 inch of the same compost, watering lilieriUy and keep- ing up a bottom heat of about 80° I nder" such treat- ment some of the seeds ma\ germinate m two months, but others in the sanir lot ni i\ not start for eight or lower point. Also Howea has synimetrieal staminate fls. with rotund sepals, while in Kentia the staminate fls. are not symmetrical, 'the sepals being small and acute. 1106. Charles M. Hovey. nine months, from which it will be seen that the opera- tion extends over a considerable period of time. The' seedlings should be potted into small pots when the first leaf is expanded, kept moist and given a night temperature of 65°, the greenhouse in which they are HOWEA placed being moderately shaded. In three to four months the young plants should be ready for shifting into 3-ineh pots if properly cared for; from this time forward they do not require a higher night temperature than 60°. The Howeas are not very particular in regard to soil, a rich, light loam answering very well for them, but a very stitf soil may be improved by the addition of one-fourth part of peat, and in all cases a reasonable proportion of fertilizers may be used to advantage. Scale insects are the most troublesome the grower has to contend with, and should be removed as rapidly as possible, else the foliage will be permanently disfigured. Of the two species rcfernd to, //. Jielmoreana is per- haps the greater fa\ im iir. Im iml: niMrr compact ingrowth and extremely gr.--^ ■ . -.i plant of this spe- cies of a given iii.'.' nu' a greater number of leaves than out- ^i // . / .r .- > 'i.iiiiiiiiiti- Hs. with 5 erect stamens and 5-parted v the perianth segments being fiariufj iustfu.l ..f in. nix,.!. Hardy in middle states. H. fastigiatus, Benol. [JJ. PouzMzii, Gay) is a Corsican species, which is hardy in southern New England. It is a delicate species, with very narrow Ivs., scape 3-5 in. high and shorter than the Ivs.: fls. few, in a loose cluster, M-H in. long and light blue (a white form), with oblong-lanceolate segments longer than the tube. B.M. 6G63. Hjjacinthus Bom&nus, of Linnasus, is not the Hya bulus). LiniKiii-' -I- h s ,, a blue white, scill ' i . :■ n i -!■■■ B M 939). JI. I «■ referred to Gali 1 -r ::■ i\- eril cultural notes, see JUilli.i. L. H. B. Culture of the Hyacinth. — The perfection of the flower depends largely upon the strength of the roots, and as Hyacinths make all their root growth in the fall, the bulbs should be planted early, — say from the beginning to the mid- dle of October. Any good gar- den soil suits, provided it is well drained. The ground should be carefully pre- pared by spading to a depth of 20 inches, so that n the roots may pass straight ' through it to their full de- / velopinent of 12 or 16 ' inches. If the soil is nat- y urally stiff it may be light- ened by the addition of some sand, and if the beds have been occupied by other plants during the summer, some pure old cow manure, well worked in, is recommended. Horse manure should not be The bulbs should be planted 6 inches deep (to the bottom of the bulbs) and very uniformly, to in- sure simultaneous flowering. The ground having been prepared as above, perhaps the best way is to remove 3 or i inches of the soil, le%-el the bed carefully with the rake and set the bulbs in it 5 or 6 inches apart each way, pressing them in firmly, and then covering them Hyacinth. HT-\CINTHUS 781 evenly with the soil that had been taken out. When winter sets in, the beds should be covered with 2 inches of dry litter or coarse manure. As soon as the shoots appear above ground in the spring, 1 inch of this cover- ing should be removed and the balance when danger from late frosts is past. Unnamed Hyacinths in sepa- rate colors can be bought cheaply, and when grown in masses of solid color or in design beds, they make a very rich display. Forcing in Pots. -For this purpose large, solid bulbs should be selected, and pot- ted singly in 5-inch pots in a rich compost of loam, leaf- mold and S..11H- sliMip sand. A few pi s of l.iokrn i.ot fordrainal,''o',tli,. i..'.Iss'h,,u'|,'! be tilk-d iit-'Ully, and thu bulbs pressed into the loose soil till only the apex re- mains above the surface. The pots are then buried to a depth of 8 or 10 inches in the open ground for seven or eight weeks, till the roots are developed fully and the sprout is about VA in. above the bulb. When taken inside they should be kept in sub- dued light, at a temperature of about 50°, until the sprout has assumed a vigorous green color. Florists who force large numbers for win- ter decorations, set them un der the greenhouse benches for about two weeks, and then force them in a temperature of 70°. A greater heat than this attenuates the growth and weakens the color. Syringing with water twice a day is recomnuinlt d. iind as the flower-spike develops weak manure watn- is hfl|i- ful. The slower Hvacinths are forced tho tim r an.l more lasting will be the bloom. Bulbs waiitid in ilowri- for Christmas should ho potted in ScptemlMi-. and for a succession later, rt intorvals as d.-sir,-,!. Sin^'l.- Hya- cinths an- liaii.l- r and forr,- lirtt.r tlian tl,,. double, althout;li a f.w of tlo- lattrr may hr r. mm. nd.-d. The followinLC .arc am..iij,' tin- best ailapt.-.l f..r f..rring and most largely grown by American florists: Single Blue : Baron van Thuyll. China-blue. Charles Dickens. Dark norcelain. Czar Peter. Light blue. King of the Blues. D,irk blue. Leonidas. Cle-^ir blue. Queen of the Blues. Light blue. Regulus. Porcel.ain-blue. Double Blue : Charles Dickens. Dark bhie. Van Speyk. Lilac-blue. : White : Alba superbissim,a. Pure white. Baroness van Thuyll. Pure white. Grandeur a Merveille. Blush-white. LaGrandesse. Pure wliite. 1109. Roman Hyacinth. SINGL Whi- Pure white La Tour d'.iuvergne. Pure white. Prince of Waterloo. Pure white. SGLE Red : Charles Dickens. Pink. Gertrude. Bright pink. Ciigantea. Bright rose. Moreno. Waxj' pink. Norma. Delicate waxy pink. Robert Steiger. Crimson. Sultan Favorite. Sabnon. Double Red : Bouquet Tendre. Crimson. Noble par Merite. Deep ros3. ^ Single Lilac: Haydn. Lilac-mauve. Single Yellow ; Ida. Pure yellow. King of the Yellows. Deep yellow. Double Yellow: Goethe. Bright yellow. Miniature Hyacinths, or "Dutch Romans," are small- sized bulbs of the ordinary Dutch Hyacinths. They are excellent for growing in groups in bowls, pans or flats, planted close together and treated just like the large Hyacinths when grown in pots. Culture in Olasses. — Some of the single Hyacinths may be grown very satisfactorily in water. Special glasses for the purpose can be bought from the seeds- men. They should be filled with pure water and the bulb so placed that its base barely touches the water. They are stored in a dark, cold closet or cellar till the roots arp .If.vi-K.j.cd, niid then brought in to the light. n. -iiuition and a temperature of about iiid will insure the best results, kipt filled by adding water occa- i^|iiii..l. The following varieties are es- An Mina. Pure whtte. L'Innooence. Pure white. Von Schiller. Dark red. Grand Lilas. Light blue. Charles Diokens. Blue. Baron van Thuyll. Deep blue. Mr. PUmsoU. Pine blush. Obelisque. Yellow. Moreno. Deep rose. Sir. Wm. Mansfield. Mauve. Roman ffyacinths. — Instead of one large truss from each bulb, the Roman Hyacinth produces three or four smaller but more graceful flower-spikes. The bulbs ar- rive in America in August, and by successive pottings they may be had in flower from November till May. They require the same forcing treatment as the larger Hyacinths, but three or four bulbs may be planted in a pot. The florists use wooden flats instead of pots, set- ting the bulbs close together, 40 or 50 in a flat. By rea- son of its beauty and t^xipiisiir tr:ii::r;inre. its earliness and easy culture, the wliiir I.miiiuti H\ :i'iiith is the most popular of our winter-t'liN'nun^^ plarit^. Several mil- lions of these bulbs art- ht'iwu :nuni:iliy by the flori.sts of our large cities for winter cut-dowers. The Propagation of Hyacinths.— V^ith the exception of the Roman Hyacinths {which come from the south of France), the world's supply of Hyacinth bulbs is pro- duced in Holland. The soil and climate of that country seem to be peculiarly suitable for bulb-growing, which has been one of the leading industries there for 200 years. The bulbs intended for next year's market are planted in October in carefully proprirod, richly manured land, and protected overwinter by :i thick coviring of reed or litter. The flowers are cut hImh in full l.loom in the spring. By July the bulbs arc fully ri|iiiii-d, and Hyacinth are taken out of the ground by hand, dried, cleaned and assorted into three grades of quality, according to size Early in August they are ready for shipping. Over- grown or unshapely bulbs are reserved for propagating. As soon as these are taken out of the ground, three deep cross cuts are made with a sharp knife in the bot- tom of each bulb. They are then set out, bottom up- wards, and covered with loose soil for two or three weeks, during which time the cuts open out and the wounds are healed. They are then taken up and kept spread out on tables in storehouses till October, when they are planted out. When lifted next June nothing of the parent bulb remains but dry skins, on the edges of which from 20 to 30 offsets are fastened. These bulb- lets are picked off by hand and planted out in the fall, just like large bulbs. This process of planting in fall and taking up in summer for a two months' rest is re- peated for four or five years, till the bulbs have attained to marketable size. Another method of propagating is to hollow out the bottom of the bulb smoothly to a point in the center. More offsets are obtained in this way, but they are smaller and take a year or two longer to reach maturity. New varieties are obtained from seed, but such a de- gree of perfection in form and color has already been obtained that it is seldom a seedling is produced that proves superior to existing varieties of the same color. Some new varieties are obtained by encouraging any tendency to change of color or form which may be shown by the standard sorts. In this way the single blue Charles Dickens has been changed to single red and to double blue, and again, very recently, to double red, till we have four varieties named Charles Dickens. Last year's catalogue of a reliable Dutch grower con- tains ;)40 named Hyacinths, j. m. TnORBnBN & Co. HYBKIDS are the products cf crossing between spe- cies. Of late, the word Hybrid has been used by some writers to comprise all crosses, whether between species or varieties. The justification of this usage is the fact that there are no hard and fast lines between varieties and species, and therefore that hybridism in the old sense is incapable of exact delimitation. The opponents to this usage, however, contend that so long as it is cus- tomary to speak of species and varieties as different classificatory categories, it is equally allowable and use- ful to speak of Hybrids as between species and of cross- breeds as between varieties ; moreover, historical cus- tom favors this usage. Common-language terms rarely if ever express absolute or ideal truth : they grow up by custom. Whenever new ideas and discoveries render them inexact, it may be quite as well to invent new terms as to give new and technical meanings to old terms which are thoroughly established in litera- ture. The word Hybrid has always been a specific term, and it were a pity now to make it a generic one, particularly since there is a well established generic term. The generic word, both substantive and verb, is cross. Specific kinds of crosses are Hybrids, between species; cross-breeds, between plants of the same spe- cies ; half-hybrid, between a species and a variety of another species ; bigener, between plants of different HYDRANGEA 783 genera. There are technical terms to designate the various liinds and degrees of crossing. It was formerly held that inability to make fertile Hy- brids is proof that the forms are distinct species; and contrariwise, that plants which make fertile crosses are of one species. Hybridization has also been made a test of genera. These notions are now given up, for cross- ing and classitication belong to two unlike categories of facts. Species and genera are not entities in them- selves, but are mere artificial groups made by men for their convenience when writing and speaking of living things. Crossing is a biological phenomenon. Hybrids are unusual facts in nature ; that is, they are rare compared with the whole number of plants. On the other hand, cross-breeds are usual. Most flow- ers are so constructed as to favor cross-pollination. Cross-breeding is one of the prime means of inducing slight variations and of invigorating a type. Upon the variations which arise from crossing and other means, natural selection operates in the production of new forms. But it is significant that these new forms usu- ally come about slowly and gradually. It is the desire of the cultivator to produce new forms quickly and of pronounced distinctness. He therefore employs cross- ing between unlike types, or species, hoping thereby to secure wider departures. In nature, the cross-breed is the beginning of a process of breeding: it starts oft the variation. Man is often tempted to look upon the Hy- brid as the end. If the products of a given cross are not to his liking, he throws them away and tries again. The most expert plant-breeders, however, now hybridize to get a"break," and thenceforth depend chiefly on selec- tion to realize their clear-cut ideals, particularly in seed- propagated plants. To man Hybrids are of no value unless they can be propagated. By seeds they usually vary immensely: it is difficult to "fix" them so that they will come true. By cuttings or layers or division, however, the character of the parent may be propagated with practical cer- tainty; the original plant is divided, and the parts are put on the market. Nearly all commercial Hybrids are of plants which are thus propagated by asexual parts: Kieffer pear, Hybrid grapes, Wilson blackberry, Wild Goose plum, caiiiias, roses, begonias, anthuriums, fuch- sias, pelargoniums, rhododendrons. Since the Hybrid is variable when propagated by seeds, continued selec- tion, or plant-breeding, must be employed to fix and es- tablish a desirable type. It is thus seen that hybridization rarely gives rise to dominant horticultural seed-races, but rather to an in- dividual plant which may be disseminated by some di- visional means of propagation. The seeds of Hj'brids — as of the modern cannas — may give rise to good varie- ties, and they may not; but these new varieties are, in their turn, usually propagated by means of asexual parts if they are to be kept true. Practically there is no certainty in hybridization. Rarely can a man picture to himself an ideal variety, and then by means of hybridization produce it. He hybridizes plants which possess some of the character- istics of the desired or ideal variety, and then takes his chances. True plant-breeding set's an ideal, and then reaches it by working along certain definite lines. It seeks first to secure a variation in the desired direction: this may be secured by means of crossing, change of soil, modification of food supply, and other changed con- ditions. It seeks, then, to preserve or augment the form by means of definite selection. We are not vet able to formulate positive laws of hy- bridization. Every Hybrid is a law unto itself. By the study of many examples of hybridization, one is able to construct an average of probabilities as to what will or what will not occur in a given case: but the given case may contradict all the probabilities without ap- parent cause. Hybridization is an empirical subject. One can not tell what species will or will not hybridize except by trying. Hundreds of species have been tried, and for them the knowledge is more or less exact. Plants hybridize most freely which are the subjects of much care and coddling: the orchids are the best ex- amples. In these groups, Hybrids are chiefly fanciers' plants, valuable often only because they are Hybrids or are rare and curious. One cannot tell beforehand whether the products of any hybridization will be exact intermediates, or in what way or degree they will carry over or blend the parental characters. As a rule, the more closely akin the species, the more perfect will be the blending or amalgamation of the two. See PoHina' The literature of hybridization is extensive but scat- tered. The standard text is Focke's "Die Pflanzen-Misch- linge," 1881. The possibilities of hybridization as a factor in plant-breeding are presented in many aspects in the " Hybrid Conference Report " of the Royal Horticul- tural Society, London, 1900. There are special books de- voted to orchid Hybrids (see Orchids). In North America there has been little fundamental writing on the subject. See an excellent paper by Swingle and Webber, Ycar- Book of the U. S. Dept. Agric. 1897; papers in Ameri- can Gardening, 1899, pp. 397, 413, 431 ; Bailey's "Plant- Breeding," 1895. L. H. 3. HYDRANGEA (Greek, hydor, water, and aggeion, vessel ; alluding to the cup-shaped fruit). Saxifragd- cece. Very ornamental deciduous shrubs, with oppo- site, simple, rarely lobed, petiuled Ivs. and small, white, bluish or pinki^ll IN. in ,-,,imii1.s .,r |.aiii. 'I,... hearing pals, or in soiur \ ,-inrt i, - .-ill ili, lU. jr. -i. nl. anil en- larged : fr. a small, iiiM-iMlir:ii,i ,ai.Mil.>. Ilpanicu- lata is the liar.li.'-t .il' all. Imi //. ,/,/-/. :,. , ,,.v, 11. rudiata and H. Hr.lsrl,,,, ^laiiT will attain by fall the height of 4-6 ft., if lic.ly manured and watered during the summer; in autnnin, all file weaker branches are cut off, and in i. .1,1.1 .•liniatcs the plants should be lifted and stor< ,1 m a fi..st |.n„,f pit or cellar, since the wood is not usually snlll. i. ntly ripened to withstand severe frost. In Iln- f<.ll..\\ iiii,' year the top of the stem is allowed to branch. The weaker basal shoots may be pegged down to make new plants. Strong-growing varie- ties of IT. Iwrtensis may be treated in the same way if standard plants are desired. H. liortensis, which cannot withstand mui-h more than 10° of frost, is in the North iiiiicli i:r..wii as a pot- plant, especially the more showy vaii.ii.s wiih large heads of sterile fls., and is extensiv.ly um .1 f.-r outdoor decoration during the summer. Late in fall, when the Ivs. have fallen after frost, the plants are moved to a frost-proof cellar and kept rather dry until spring, when they are repotted in new soil and the growth of last year cut back to 1 or 2 pairs of buds. As a suitable soil may be recommended a mixture of loam, leaf -mold and sand, with ground bone, dried cow manure or some other kind of manure added. During the summer a liberal supply of water should be given, also occasionally ap- plications of liquid manure, until the fls. have developed. They may also be planted in the open ground during the summer, lifted late in fall with a large ball of earth, stored over winter in a coldframe or pit and planted out 784 HYDRANGEA again in spring; this will not injure in any way the pro- fusion of tls. In certain kinds of soil the pink Horten- sias show a tendency to turn blue, and perhaps this can be caused by adding iron filings or alum to the soil. H. hortensis is also a valuable plant for forcing, and is much grown for Easter, especially the var. Otaksa, on account of its dwarfer habit. Handsome pot-plants can be grown in one year from cuttings. In February or March cuttings are inserted in the propagating house with slight bottom heat, and planted in small pots as soon as they are rooted. During the sum- mer they may be easily grown in pots and plunged outdoors in coal ashes or in any kind of porous soil, transplanted sev- eral times and freely watered id occasionally manured ; or ic-y may be planted out in I'll soil, cxpctsed to the full in. will ri- water should be Ipcnilly Kiven and now and then an application of liquid manure. Last of September they should be repotted in 8- inch pots, kept shady some days until established, and afterwards exposed to the sun. After the first frosts they may be brought into a cool green- house. If intended to have them in flower for Easter, they should be transferred not later than the fore part of January into a warmer house, with a temperature gradually rising from 50° to 00°; the plants should be freely watered, and about once a week an application of liquid manure given until the flower buds are developed. The fls. should be almost fully developed some time before they are desired, that they may be hardened off in a cooler house, since overforced plants are likely to collapse if exposed to sudden changes of temperature. After flowering, the plants are pruned and repotted or planted out and treated as above described for cuttings, or they may be thrown away and another set of plants raised from cut- tings. H. peiiolaris is a handsome climbing plant for cover- ing walls and trunks of trees, and grows well in the shade, but fls. freely only in the full sun. The Hydrangeas are readily prop, by cuttings of half- ripened or nearly ripe wood under glass in summer (Fig. 1111); also by hardwood cuttings, layers, suckers or division of older plants. H. querci folia is best propa- gated by suckers or by layers of growing wood put down in summer. Rarely increased by seeds, which are very small, and should be sown in fall in pans or boxes and only slightly covered with soil. About 25 species in N. and S. America, Himal. and E. Asia. Lvs. without stipules : fls. perfect in terminal panicles or corymbs, often with sterile marginal fls.; calyx lobes and petals 4-5; stamens usually 10; styles 2-5, short: capsule 2-5-celled, dehiscent at the base of the styles, with many minute seeds. arborescens, 3. volu Belzoui, 7 (1). Japonioa. 7 (1). nuli:ita, 4. Bretschneideri, G. Lmdlefji, 7 {\). rosalba. 7(1). Burgeri, 7 (1). m.ierosepal.'v, 7 (It. roseo-margiii.ita. 7. c!' I.. 1. Lvs. elliptic- , '' In. \ ate sepals, long- iM -. S.Z. 51. Var. '.ucc. H. Japan acuminata, A. late, acuminate, Hs. with elliptic Var. Azisai, M;i //. cens , Regl.). Of dwarfei r and stoi liter habit : lvs. ovate or obovate, short-a.'umin; ate, glab. •ous , somewhat thick: steri le fl'.. w! litish pinkis h or blui "''•,'■: ,ith rhombic, usu- ally pals.' S.7.. ;-.:.. i'..:\i ;:i. Here l)elongs also "va'r.' /'i with ri.ik lis. R.H. i8i;s :47l. V: ir. Jap6nica,' .■MilMlii, //. ./ '," . -w, Sieb.). Lvs. i.vatc to i-lliptic, aruniiiiiLir, ^h.ll^.iu^ : sepals broadly ovate, t.mthed, pink. b.Z. .j:.;. L'..U. ;iO:Gl. R.H. 1874:!M) (as /I. tniniiinata) . Var. macros^pala, Rgl. Dif- fers from tlie former only by its larger sepals. Gt. 15:520. Var. M^riesi, Hort., seems also not much differ- ent, but has somewhat broader lvs., and the pink sterile -fls. are very large, S-."!'.. in. :mio-v. Cn. 54:1196. U.C. XXL 23, suppl. 5-28. V;ir. rosalba, \-,,n Houtte (H. Und- leyi, Hort.). Lvs. ovaio or . Ili|.i i.Mivate, acuminate, sparingly hairy: sepals acuminate, rather thick, glabrous sepals obovate, en tire pink or blue b Z 52 P S 17 1732-33 Gn 50 1079 R H 1868 450 Mn 5,p 105 A G 11 415 A F 10 1015 F E 9 52 and 401 Gng 5 161 Var pldna, Rgl Similar 1113 Hydrangea hortensis Hogg Hort I V 111] ti r t rtth( r in dl beads large pure wliii II i ii \ li t h\aifer than the conni II 1 i I i I ( It iksa the best as a j I I i 1 i iiim nded for outdoor cultn i i i ttli h rli t (3) Stillata group fls uitli many narrow sepals \ ar Bteliata Maxim [ff stellAta Sieb & Zucc) Lvs ovate or ovate oblong sparmglj pubescent cymes with larger sterile and smaller feitile fl both with many narrow elliptic sepals S Z 54 \ ir fimbriata Dipp Cymes rather dense with alinrst all the fl sterile sepals fimbriate white pink to\^aid the la e GC III 23 suppl 5 28 \ ir prolifera Hort {H stil lata var piolifeta Rgl ) The fertile fls bearing 1 or few smaller ones m the center \ ar rubro plSna Dipp Cvmes rather dense with almost all fls sterile chang- ing from pink or pale lilac to dark red There are also some varieties with vai legated lvs at var vanegata Regel a f rm (f var Bel o>n with the lvs edged white (t S 7 601 ) var tricolor Hort with the lvs variegated with whit iml edge 1 yellow var rdseo marginata Hort witlith h j tttd white and edged pmk re Ci/me en I III / i ling bi/ r S la) I I II s involucrata ^ l I \\ i i il t it 786 HYDRANGEA ing to 80 ft. in Japan: Its. long-petioled, broadly ovate- cordate to elliptic, acute or acuminate, crenately ser- rate, almost glabrous, 2-4 in. long: cymes rather loose, -810 in. across, with rather few sterile fls. ; styles usu- ally 2: capsule with the calyx at the apex. July. Japan, Saochalin. B. M. 6788. S. Z. 54, 59, 2, 92. M. D. G. 1897:236-37. S.H. 2:191-93. -A very variable species, figured and described by Sieb. & Zucc. under three dif- ferent names. In gardens it is often met with under the name of Sehizophragwa hydrangeoides, another Japanese climber of similar habit, which, however, is easily distinguished by its sinuately dentate Ivs. and its sterile fls. having only one large cordate sepal. S. altisHma, Wall. Allied to H. petiolaris, but less high climbing, often only a spreading shrub, to 15 ft.: Ivs. ovate- lanceolate: stamens 10. Himal.— .ff. dspera, Don. Shrub, to 20 ft., similar to H. vestita: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate, densely pu- bescent beneath: sepals usually toothed: fr. with the calyx at the apex. Himal. Tender.— fl^. hlrta, Sieb. & Zucc. Shrub, to 4 ft.: Ivs. broad-elliptic, coarsely incised-serrate: cymes without sterile lis. Jap. S.Z. 62. Not very decorative.— if. robusta. Hook. f. & Thoms. (H. cyanema, Nutt.). Spreading shrub, to 15 ft., Willi laraH ov:itc- Ivs.pubesi-ent rm both siilcs: sterile Hii AURED ReHDER. HYDEASTIS (name of doubtful meaning). Bamincu- l&cecr. Two species of hardy herbaceous perennials, one from Japan and one from N. Amer. Stem erect, pubescent; lvs.palmately5-7-lobed, serrate: fls. green- ish white, small, solitary; sepals 3, petal-like, falling early; petals none; stamens many; carpels 2-ovuled, in fruit becoming aggregated berries. Requires moist situations in good, rich loam and leaf-mold. Prop, by division of the root, and by seed. Canadensis, Linn. Orange Root. Golden-seal. Stem 4-10 in. long, from a thick, yellow rootstock: basal Ivs. 5-8 in. broad; stem Ivs. 2, lower one petioled, upper sessile and near the small flower: fr. in ovoid head, the 8-12 fleshy carpels tipped with a short, curved beak. April. Eastern U. S., in rich woods. B.M. 3019 (in flower); 3232 (in fruit).— Used in gardens for the showy leaves and beautiful red fruit ; root used in medicine. K. C. Davis. HYDKIASTfitE (Greek, water mA column; the tall trunks growing near springs). Palmdcece. A genus of one species, a tropical Australian palm advertised by perhaps only one American dealer as Kentia Wendlan diana. It is told, however, from the Kentias in foliage by the leaf -segments split at the apex instead of acumi- nate and not split. More fundamentally, it difl'ers in having the ovule on the side of the cell instead of at the bottom, as in Kentia. In this respect it agrees with the group of genera mentioned under Hedyscepe, but it differs from that group in having the fls. borne in 4 ranks in.stead of spirally. Hydriastele is a spineless palm with erect winged caudex: Ivs. terminal, pinnati- sect; segments alternate, linear, split at the apex; mid- veins covered below with caducous scales; margins thin; rachis laterally compressed, dorsally convex ; face of the petiole concave; sheath rather short: spadices with short, wide peduncles, branched from the base, the branches obtusely quadrate, long, slender, pendulous: spathes 2, complete, compressed, deciduous, the lower one ancipital: bracts and bractlets connate; fruit small, ellipsoidal, smooth or ribbed. For culture, see Palms. Wendlandiina, H. Wendl. & Drude {Kentia Wend- limdidim. F, Muell.). A tall palm. Leaves many feet long; segments numerous, unequal, file longest IK ft., the upper ones confluent at the base, all denticulate at the apex. Queensland. Jaeed G. Sjiith. This distinct and excellent palm has hitherto been rare, but now that the seeds are being produced in tropi- cal nurseries it is fast becoming popular. The seeds are round, fairly hard, and resemble those of Archonto- phoenix Alexandra. The characteristic Ivs. are pinnati- fld, the segments being irregular and somewhat jagged at the apex, after the fashion of a Fish Tail palm or HYDROCOTYLE Caryota. It stands the temperature of an ordinary living room better than many other palms. For rapid growth it needs more heat than Mowva Belmoreana and Fors- terictna. In the greenhouse a temperature of 60 to 70° is most congenial. A lower temperature will not hurt it, but gives a slower and more compact growth. It loves plenty of moisture, and frequent syringing is beneficial. For potting soil, it likes rich loam, with plenty of sharp sand and good drainage. The seeds and seedlings should be treated more like the commercial Areca, i.e., Chrysalidocarpus lutescens. It forms a sin- gle stem when only 3 ft. high, and grows to a height of 20 ft. or more in cult. It is at its best when 10 to 15 ft. high. When well established and pot-bound it loves high feeding, as does Chrysalidocarpus lutescens. This palm has a bright future commercially. H. A. SlEBEECHT. HYDE6CHAHIS (Greek, graceful water plant) HydrocharidAceie. Frogbit. A genus of one species, an aquatic plant, grown in a few aquaria. It is found in ditches and ponds in Europe and temperate Asia. H. Morsus-r4naB, Linn., has floating stems resembling run- ners, and tufts of radical leaves, and submerged roots. Lvs. stalked, roundish, with a heart-shaped base, rather thick, about 2 in. across: peduncles of the staminate plant bearing 2-3 fls. on long pedicels, which spring from a spathe of 2 thin bracts: petals 3, white, stamens 3-12: spathe of the pistillate fls. sessile among the ivs. : styles 6, with 2-cleft stigmas. For American Frogbit, see I4m- Hydrocharis dies in the fall, but winter buds (see similar buds of Elodea, Fig. 759) break off and sink when the old plants die. In spring, or In the green- house or aquarium under genial conditions, they start early into growth, the scales bursting and a young leaf de- veloping and then the whole rises to the surface. It is a very interesting plant. Its fine, silky roots are beauti- ful and attractive in the aquarium, as well as the soft, tender leaves and delicate flowers. Wn. Tkickee. HYDKdCLEYS. See lAmnocharis. HYDROCOTYLE (Greek, water and bealcer; the plants thrive in moist places, and the roundish Ivs. have a cup-like depression in the middle), llmbellifem. This includes a plant which, according to J. N. Rose, is considerably used at Washington, D.C., for carpet bed- ding under the name of if. sibthorpioides, hut, like many other bedding plants its name seems not to appear in the leading retail catalogues, American or foreign. Fig. 1114 is the only accessible picture of the plant, except that in Hooker's Exotic Flora as B. nitidula. The plant has shining Ivs. K-1 in. across, and is perhaps perennial. It is prostrate and roots at the nodes. The genus contains about 70 widely scattered species, mostly inhabiting swamps, and has no near allies of garden value. The species vary widely in habit and otherwise. HYDROCOTYLE Important generic characters are fr. strongly com- pressed: calyx teeth minute or obsolete; petals concave, valvate or imbricate: umbels simple. For culture, see Bedding. rotundiffilia, Roxb. (ff. sibfhorpioldes, Lem. Sib- thorpia £i(rojmtt, HoTt., not Linn.). Pig. IIU. Lrs. orbicular, cordate, subentire or 7-9-lobed to the middle or lower, doubly crenate : umbel 6-8-fld. : fr. 2-ribbed. Trop. Asia and Afr. Numerous synonyms are accounted for by the variable length of the petiole. isy_ jf, HYDEOPHtLLUM (Greek, tt-ater-leaf ; application obscure). HjidrophijUdceie. About 7 species of Ameri- can hardy herbaceous plants, mostly North American, and perennial, with pinnate or palmately cut foliage and cymose clusters of numerous small white, lilac, light blue, purplish or violet fls. borne In early summer. These plants grow a foot or two high, and are desirable for shady situations where other plants do not succeed. They are obtainable from dealers in native plants and collectors. Floral parts in o's: ovary 2-celIed : styles 2. Important generic characters are: calyx appendaged or not: corolla bell-shaped, the tube within bearing a lin- ear, longitudinal appendage opposite each lobe, with In- folded edges, forming a nectariferous groove. A. Calyx appendaged with a reflexed lobe at each appendiculitum, Michx. Biennial (all the others per- ennial), hirsute with long spreading hairs: root-lvs. pin- nately 5-7-parted : stem-lvs. palmately 5-7-angulated- lobed: fls. violet or purple. B.B. 3:44. AA. Calyx not prominently appendaged (often minutely appendaged in S. Canadense). B. Lvs. palmately cut. Canadense, Linn. Pis. mostly greenish white: some- times purplish. B.R. 3:242. B.B. 3:44. BB. Lvs. pinnately cut. 0. Peduncle shorter than the petioles. capititum, Dougl. Tufted, about 9 in. high : lvs. softly hirsute or pubescent. This and the next are the only 2 far western species. cc. Peduncle longer than the petioles. D. Divisions of the leaf 7-15. occident^le, Gray. Pubescent, hirsute or sparingly hispid: fls. violet-purple, varying to white: 1ft. ormore. DD. Divisions of the leaf 3-5. Virginicum, Linn. Glabrous or nearly so: fls. white or violet-purple. B.B. 3:43. HYDBOTi;NIA (Greek, «■«/<■,• and band; referring to a triangular glandular bar which secretes nectar). IridAcece. Four species of tender bulbs from Mexico and Peru, more curious than beautiful, allied to Tigri- dia, which see for culture. The following is procurable from Dutch bulb growers. Van-Hoilttei, Baker. Stem 2-3 ft. long, hearing 2-3 fls.: lvs. lanceolate, plaited, the lower! ft. long: spathes inflated, 2 in. long : perianth campanulate; outer seg- ments ublong, over 1 in. long, greenish outside, inside dark brown, much veined, yellowish at tip; inner seg- ments suborbicular, half as long, pale lilac, somewhat veined. F.S. 21:-n7i, as Tigridia Houttei. HYMEN^A (application obscure). Legumindscp. This includes a tree cult, in S. Calif, for its economic interest. According to Von Mueller, the timber is hard, extremely heavy, close-grained, used for select wheel- work, treenails, beams, planks, and in various machinery. A fragrant, amber-like resiu, known as West Indian copal, exudes from the stem. A tree of colossal size and remarkable longevity, found in the West Indies, Trop. Amer. and subtropical S. Amer. A genus of 8 species of tropical American trees: Ifts. 2, leathery, said to close at night: fls. white, in short, densely corymbose panicles; sepals 4: petals 5, sessile; sta- mens 10: stigma small: pod short, indehiscent, woody. Conrbaril, Linn. Lfts. unequal-sided, obliquely ob- long-lanceolate: fls. pedicellate: pod few-seeded, filled with an edible mealy pulp with a honey-like taste. HYMENOCALLIS 787 HYMENOCALLIS [beautiful membrane, alluding to the webbed filaments). Including Ismene. Amarylli- dAcece. Spider Lilt. Sea Daffodil. Bulbous plants of about 30 species of the warm parts of the New World (one in Africa), cult, for the fragrant white (in 1 spe- cies yellow), umbellate fls. Perianth with a cylindrical tube, equal linear or lanceolate segments: stamens 6, the filaments free above but webbed and united into a cup below, the anthers narrow and versatile: ovarv 3- loculed, with 2 ovules in each, bearing a long, slender style and capitate stigma:" scape solid and compressed, arising from a tunicated bulb: lvs. oblong or strap- shape. The genus is represented in the Old World by Pancratium, which differs chiefly in having many ovules in each locule. For an account of the species, see Baker, Amaryllideie, pp. 120-129 (1888). Some of the species of Hymenocallis are winter bloomers : these should be treated essentially like Crinums, being rested or kept slow in the summer. They require a warm temperature. Of such are B. macrostephana, H. speciosa, H. Caribaia. Other species require an intermediate or conservatory temperature, and bloom in spring or summer, resting in winter. Of such are H. calathina, H, Harrisiana, H. Made- ana, B. lacera, B. littoralis. Some of these latter or intermediate-house species are hardy in the southera states, there blooming in spring, as B. lacera, B. Gal- restonensis, and others. The species of Hymenocallis require no special treatment (see Bulbs), except that the same bulbs may be flowered year after year if they receive good care. Use turfy or peaty soil that will not become "sour" or soggy. Prop, by offsets from the bulbs. ill cup. calathina. 12. Harrisiana, 6. rotala, 9. Caribasa, 7. lacera, 9. Senegambic decUnatum, 7. littoralis, 4. speciosa, 3. Macleana, U. tublflora, 1. Guianense. 1. macrostephana ^10. A. Filaments long and slender beyond the t B. Lvs. distinctly petioled. 1. tnhifldra, Salisb. Bulb ovoid, about 4 in. in diam.. short-necked: leaf -blade about a foot long and one-third to one-half as broad at the middle, the petiole 6-12 in. long: scape 1 ft. tall: fls. many in the umbel and ses- sile, the valves or bracts broad and cuspidate: tube of perianth greenish, &-8 in. long, the linear white reflex- ing segments 4 in. long: cup 1 in. long, not toothed, less than half or a third the length of the free part of the filament. Northeastern S. Amer. B.R. 4:26.3, as Pan- cratium Guianense, Ker. .2. tmduiata, Herb. Bulb ovoid, 3-1 in. in diam. : lvs. with an oblong blade 1 ft. long and half as wide, cross- veined: scape 2 ft. long, compressed: fls. about 10, ses- sile, the tube 6-7 in. long, and the segments 3-4 in. long and linear, white, with tinged red cup an inch long. Venezuela. 3. specidsa, Salisb. Bulb globular, 3-4 in. in diam. : lvs. 20 or less, large (often 2 ft. long), oblanceolate-ob- long and acute, narrowed into a channelled petiole : scape mostly shorter than the foliage, glaucous: fls. 10-15, on very short pedicels, the bracts or spathe- valves 3-4 in. long: tube of perianth greenish, 3-4 in. long, the segments often twice longer (entire fl. often 9 in. long) : cup about 1% in. long, toothed, the free parts of the fllaments little longer th.an the cup. W. Indies. B.M. 1453. Gn.47, p, 294. P. 1883, p. 71. -One of the best. The bulb improves with age if care is taken in growing and repotting. The lvs. are evergreen and handsome. Fls. very fragrant, retaining their scent even when dried. Blooms in winter. This and B. macrostephana are the most showy species. B. Lvs. not petioled, strap-shaped. c. Perianth tube mostly above S in. long. 4. littorilia, Salisb. Bulb 3-4 in. in diam.: lvs. about 12, 2-3 ft. long, IK in. broad, acute: scape 2-edged, 2 ft. or less tall : fls. 4-8 in a sessile umbel, the tube 6-7 in. long and green-tinged, the segments linear and recurved, 4 in. long, joined to the base of the cup: the cup funnel- shape, broader and longer, toothed, the free part of the 788 HYMENOCALLIS filaments about 2-3 in. long : style about equaling the stamens. Tropics. Gn. 53, p. 57.-Long known in cult., but less showy than other species. 5. Seneg&mbica, Kunth & Bouch^. Lvs. somewhat curved, acute, 2 ft. long, 2 in. broad at the widest place: scape about as long as the lvs.: fls. 6-8 in a sessile umbel, the tube 5-0 in. long, segments very narrow and 4 in. long : cup funnel-shaped, 1 in. long and somewhat broader, the free parts of the filaments 2 in. long. W. Africa, 6. Earrisi&na, Herb. Bulb globular, small (less than 2 in. in diam.): lvs. only 3-6, a foot long and 2 in. broad, much narrowed below: scape less than 1 ft. tall, slender, glaucous: fls. 2-3 in a sessile umbel, the tube slender and 3-^ in. long, the segments linear and 3 In. or less long : cup funnel-shaped, % in. long, plicate, small-toothed, the free filaments IK in. long and often exceeding the style. Mex. B.M. 6562. -Flowers in early summer. Hardy South. CC. Perianth tube mostly under 3 in, long. 7. Caribaea, Herb. (PancrAtium Caribmim, Linn. P. declindtum,J&C(i.). Bulb globular, 3-t in. in diam. : lvs. thin, 12 or more, not 2-ranked, shining, 2-3 ft. long, 2-3 in. broad at the widest place : scape sharp-angled, nearly or quite as long as the lvs.: umbel sessile, 6-12-fld.: tube 2-3 in. long, the segments linear and somewhat «xceeding it: cup 1 in. long, toothed, the free part of the filaments lK-2 in. long. W. Indies. B.M. 82G. L. B.C. 6:558. 8. Galveston^nsis, Baker. Scape 1-2 ft. long, rather shorter than the linear lvs.: umbel sessile, 4-6: perianth tube 2-3 in. long (sometimes shorter), mostly a little shorter than the linear segments: cup 1% in. or less long, funnel-shape, the edge erect, the free part of the filaments little more than Kin. long. Texas. -Lately introduced to cultivation with the statement that it '" may be planted out in gardens all over the North like a peony and prove hardy." Spring or early summer. 9. Ucera, Salisb. (ff. rotdta, Herb. Pancriltium ro- tdtum, Ker) Bulb ovoid, 2 in or less in diam , with a long neck and producmg stolons or runners h s. C-8, Imear, IK ft or less long, flat above but concave toward the base scapc2tdg(cl ;;liii((ius il> )ut as long as the umbel long, exceedfd I saucer shapi il part of the hi im «27 L B C 1 1 green, 3^ in. ed lobes: cup lied, the free to Fla B.M. in the diraen- •^ 1115 Hymcnocalli rostephana (X 15) 10 maorost^phana, Baker Fig 1115 Closely allied to If speLiosa, and conjectured by Baker to be a hybrid of that species ind ff calathma Bulb with a long neck: lvs 8-9, oblanceolate and bright green, 2-3 ft long: fls. 6-10, large and striking because ot the great cup (whence the specific name), which is 2 in across and as much long, wavy-toothed : tube greenish, 3 in. long: segments HYMENOSPORUM linear-lanceolate, a little longer than the tube. B.M. 6436. Gn. 18:211. -Blooms in Feb. and Mar. One of the best of the Spider Lilies, perhaps the best for warm- house culture. AA. Filaments short and incurved {usually less than 1 in. long] beyond the large cup. {Ismene.) 11. Uacle&na, Nichols. (Ismene Macleana, Herb.). Bulb ovoid, 2 in. in diam. : lvs. a foot or more long and nearly 2 in. broad, narrowing towards the base: scape 2- edged, about the length of the lvs. : fls. 2-8, with a straight tube 2 in. or less long, and linear, erect or somewhat spreading segments as long as the tube: cup corolla- like, IK in. long and green-striped, fringed, the free filaments K in. long, strongly infiexed and angled or kneed at the cup. Peru. B.M. 3675. — One of the plants known to the Peruvians as Amancses, the subject of fes- tivals. This and the next are intermediate-house species, flowering in spring and summer. 12. calathlna, Nichols. (/smedeca^aMlHa, Herb. Pan- cratium calaihlnum, Ker). Bulb long-necked : lvs. 6-8, somewhat 2-ranked, strap-shaped, 2 ft. or less long: scape 2-edged, IK- to 2 ft. tall, bearing 2-5 fls, in a ses- sile umbel: tube green, 3-4 in. Ioiil', inn.-li •■iilMriiiing above: segments as long as the tulu-, ' m ,, i.i. I:iii.rn- late: cup corolla-like and greeh-stii; i n-ir than in the last, with rounded frill L : iits free for K in., incurved but not aii^'l. 1. I'^in, I'.ilivia. B.M. 2685. The f(jllo%ving names may be expected in the trade : H. adnata, Herb.^H. littoralis.— fl". Amdricces, Nichols., is one of the Ismene group, and the only species with yellow fls. B.M. 1224. U.K. 7;6(JU. (In. 48, p. 168.- .ff. amo-no. Herb.= H. ovata ihe]o-w).— H. Andredna. Nichols. An Ismene: fl. only 1, the cup nearly or quite as long as the segments. R.H. 1884, p. 129, iSS.—H. crassifdlia, Herb. (H. occidentalis, Britton & Brown). Ga. to Mo.: lvs. liiKMr, evergreen, thick: fls. with tube 3-5 in. lone and lin. n- - l-i i- i*^ ii-arlyas long: cup much narrowed below.-// ' ■ « ^ I -I. -H. ovata (below).-ff. J/aritei- (ino.Kunil I . iih lvs. like Eucharis : fls. white, fragrant, \\ iv, very slender and twice as long as the .scL'ni' I.I-, I' ■ .1 N.iy short and toothed, Venezuela. G,C.III.27:,^:i. — //. '"f/Zd, Kuem. Lvs. broad and petioled: fls, 6-10, the tube about 2 in. long, the linear segments little longer: CUP 1 in. long. W. Indies. B.R.1:43. B.M. 1467. L H B. HYMENODIUM. See^o s(jc7iii HYMEN6LEPIS. See Acrostichitm HYMENOPHYLLUM (Greek, membrane-leaved ). Hy- moiuijliyllaaa. A large genus of filmy ferns allied to Trichoraanes, but having a more or less deeply 2-lipped or 2-valved involucre. Some 80 species are found in the tropics of both hemispheres. One species appears in wells in England. Bymenophyllum demissum is a difiicult plantto grow. It needs a Wardian case in a coolhouse, and occasional sprinkling overhead. The members of this genus are propagated slowly by division. A. Lvs. glabrous : rachis slightly winged above. polyinthos, Swz. Lvs. 2-8 in. long, 1-3 in. wide, tri- pinnatifld: sori 2-12 to a pinna: involucre small. Tropics of both hemispheres. demissum, Swz. Lvs. 4-12 in. long, 3-4 in. wide, .3-4- pinnatifid; sori very numerous, 20-30 to a pinna; invo- lucre with ovate entire valves. E. Indies to New Zealand. AA. Lvs. pubescent or ciliate. ciliitum, Swz. Fig. 1116. Stalks ciliated and winged above : lvs. 2-6 in. long, 1-2 in. wide, tripinnatifid, the segments ciliated ; involucre roundi.sh, the valves di- vided half way down and ciliated. Tropics of both hem- ispheres. serugindBum, Carm. Fig. 1117. Stalks tomentose: lvs. 2-3 in. long, 1 in. or less wide, tripinnatifid, the pinnae often imbricate, the surface and margins densely pu- bescent ; involucres small, with valves divided nearly to the base, densely ciliate. Tristan d'Acunha. L. M. Underwood and Robekt Shore. HYMEN6SP0EUM (Greek, referring to the 2-winged seeds which distinguish it from Pittosporum). Pitto- spordcea. This includes an ornamental shrub, cult, only HTMENOSPORUM in S. Calif. It has corymbs of tubular yellow fls. each 1 in. or more across. The genus has only one species, an evergreen Australian shrub, with the habit of Pittos- porum and resembling that genus in having thick, leathery capsules and an indefinite number of seeds, but in Pittosporum the seeds are thicker, not so much flat- tened and not winged. flivum, F. Muell. Lvs. usually alternate, sometimes opposite or subverticillate, becoming nearly 9 in. long, obovate, leathery, entire: co- rolla with 5 obovate lobes, silky outside, marked with red at the throat ; stamens 5. B.M. 4799. HYMEN6XYS Califdrnica Actiiwlepis coronarin HYPERICUM 789 ■ful watering. HY0PH6EBE (Greek, food lor swine; referring to the fruits, probably). PalmAcew. Three species of pin- nate palms from Mauritius, 2 of which are cult, under glass North and outdoors South. Much of their distinc- tive beauty is in the color of the petiole and rachis, which in H. Verschaffeltii is yellow, while in H. amari- raulis the petiole is maroon and the rachis orange. The first species also has its leaves handsomely veined with These two species ai-e highly ornamental palms, and are frequently found in trade collections. They would probably be grown in greater quantities were it not for the fact that they are not very rapid growers while in a young state. They are naturally heat-loving plants, and flourish under similar treatment to that recommended for the palm commercially known as Areca tutescens, namely, a good loamy soil well enriched with stable manure and with a moderate addition of bone dust, firm potting, an abundance of water, and a night tempera- ture of G5°, while in common with palms in general when grown under glass, it is found necessary to shade from full sunshine during the period between March 1 and November 1. Of the two species, R. f'erscliaffeUii is much the bet- ter, and is one that should be found in all collections, its stout and usually triangular stem and well furnished foliage giving it a distinction that readily attracts at- tention. Seeds of Hyophorbe should be sown in a light compost, pure peat giving good results for this purpose, the seed pots being placed in a bottom heat of 80° and kept moist. The seedlings are delicate in their earlier stages, and should be kept in a warm place until thor- oughly established; they also re. the roots of these small plants li. Hyophorbe is allied to Chauii : ' 1: ..beria, which are cultivated. Hyophcrl.. ,,iid the leaf segments are acuminate, wljil. i, . . i,, , ,,i i,,,, >pines and segments 2-cut at the apex. In Jl ,ui.li,.rl,i the fls. are monoecious in the same spadix and disposed in small, elongated heaps : in Chameedorea the fls. are dioecious or monoecious in different spadices and spi- rally disposed. Hyophorbe contains stout, spineless palms with ringed caudices, cylindrical, or swollen be- low the middle or interruptedly swollen : Ivs. terminal, equally pinnatisect, the subopposite segments linear- lanceolate, acuminate, plicate-nerved, with the thick- ened margins recurved at the base; petiole .subcylindri- cal, the upper surface slightly furrowed, 3-sided at the base; sheath large, swollen, entire: spadices with short peduncles, twice-branched, the branches slender, spread- ing ; spathes numerous, imbricated in 2 rows: fls. pale green or yellow: fr. small, pear-shaped or olive-shaped, straight or curved, gibbous or bigibbous at the base, orange or blue. amaricaiilis, Mart. (Areca specibm, Hort.). Palm 60 ft. high, with a bottle-shaped caudex, 15-24 in. in diam. near the base, slightly diminishing upwards to the base of the leaf-sheaths and there abruptly con- stricted : petiole 12-18 in.- long, somewhat trigonous, grooved on the face ; segments in 40-60 pairs, 18 in. long, 2 in. broad, with the central and 1 lateral vein on each side prominent above, the veins clothed below with rather rigid, lanceolate, appressed scales I.H. 13:462. —Mauritius. VerschaffSItli, H. Wendl. (Arica Verschafmiii, Hort.). Caudes 25-30 ft. high, 6-12 in. in diam. at the base, bulging after a few feet, reaching 12-24 in. in diam. in the middle, thence contracting upward: petiole 3 in. long, subterete, slightly grooved on the upper sur- face, with a yellow band extending from the upper part of the leaf-sheath along the face of the petiole to the base of the blacli-: siLnmiits in 30-50 pairs, 20-30 in. long, 1 in. wide, "11 U id nal vein prominent, clothed ontheunderM, lie base with short, linear scales. Maunii, ^ h I. i-.J. G.C. 1870:418. 3. Cnmmersni,,,i,i,r, ;„,;,,; iimI Ititescens are Chrysalidocar- pus luteseeus, tlii>ti^'li 11. Iiiiiicri. is given as a good species by Index Kewensis. Jared G. Smith and W. H. Taplin. HYOSCtAMUS (Greek, liog's lean). Solandcece. Henbane is a coarse, clammy, ill-smelling, annual or biennial wayside weed which is cultivated for medicinal purposes. An extract is commonly sold in drug stores. About 15 species of herbs, biennial or perennial, pilose or glabrous: Ivs. wavy-margined, coarsely toothed, or pinnatifld, rarely entire : corolla pallid, or lurid and netted-veined, funnel-shaped, with 5 unequal lobes : capsule circumscissile above the middle. The nearest ally of garden value is Datura. Henbane grows wild in ' Eu., W. Asia and Himalayas and is naturalized in Amer. It is found in sandy and waste places. Seeds can be obtained by the pound or less. For medicinal purposes, only the leaves of the second year's growth should be used. nlger, Linn. Annual or biennial, 1-2V^ ft. high: Ivs. 3-7 in. long, the upper ones stem-clasping, irregularly lobed or pinnatifld: fls.. greenish yellow, with purple veins. June-Sept. B.B. 3:138. HYPERICUM (old Greek name of obscure meaning used by Dioscorides). Hypericieece. St. John's-Wort. A genus of about 200 species, consisting of herbs, un- der-shrubs and shrubs, and scattered over the whole world, but particularly abundant in S. Europe, W. Asia and N. Amer.; few species of any value in the garden. The leaves are opposite, oblong or lanceolate, exstipular, sessile or subsessile, entire, subevergreen or deciduous, dotted with pellucid or opaque glands, rich in volatile oil. Flowers polypetalous, terminal, solitary or disposed in single or compound cymes, appearing July-Oct., but particularly in early August ; sepals 4-5, more or less united at the base and unequal , petals commonly yel- low, 4-5, oblique or contorted, hypogynous, alternate with the calyx; stamens numerous, free or connate, in 790 HYPERICUM 3-5 clusters, sometimes with interposed hypogynous glands; ovary free, 1-celled, with a central placenta or incompletely or completely 3-5-celled, sometimes longi- tudinally furrowed: fr. a berry or capsule, with numer- ous seeds borne upon the placenta or introflexed mar- gins of the carpels : styles 3-5, free or united, persistent. The Hypericums grow 6 in. to 5 ft. high, of erect to prostrate habit, most of them tender or of uncertain hardiness, requiring some winter protection. Many kinds from the southern United States and southern Europe, otherwise good, are unreliable from lack of hardiness. Several N. American species not yet in cul- tivation are ornamental and hardy. The few useful species furnish a brilliant color, blooming when most shrubs do not. All are of simple culture, succeeding in almost any garden soil, but generally preferring a light, warm land ; hence useful in sandy soils, flowering later and longer if partly shaded. They are prop, by seeds, suckers, cuttings and strong pieces of creeping-rooted kinds. The twigs are terete, 2-angled or 4-angled. The smaller species are useful as rock-plants, the larger as border plants, in the front of shrubberies or in unmixed masses. Their common name, St. John's-Wort, comes from the fact that the common people of some European nations used to gather the flowers of H. perforation to decorate their dwellings on St. John's Day. The Hy- pericums are mostly short-lived, and need renewal every 6-7 years. INDKX. Chinen 17. 13. fastigiatum, 9. floribundum, 18. foUosum, 22. gladioides, 14. Kalmianum, 6, 22. lobocarpum, 7. monogynum, 23. Nepalense, 3. nudiflorum, 21. oblongifoliuin, 2. patulum, 3. prolificum, 22. pyramidatum, 1, salicifolimn, 23. sphseroearpon, 1 tricolor, 4. triflorum, 2. Uralum, 3. Virginicum, 24. multiflorum, 19, A. Flowers yellow. B. Styles 5. c. Plant herbticeous. 1. Ascyron, Linn. (ff. pyratnicUtum, Dryand.). Up- right perennial, 2-6 ft. high, with tetragonal stems: Ivs. clasping, ovate-oblong or ovate-lanceolate, acuminate from the base, 2-5 in. long : cymes terminal, 3-12-fld., appearing in July: fls. 1-2 in. in diam.; sepals small, ovate-lanceolate ; petals thin, narrowly obovate or ob- lanceolate, curiously shaped and twisted, persistent un- til withered; stamens in 5 clusters; styles somewhat spreading; stigmas capitate: capsule ovoid, % in. long. —A somewhat coarse and ungainly plant living on river banks, native to both North America and N. Asia. B.B. 2 :429. —Toward fall apt to t>e unsightly through the lower Ivs. dying and remaining. cc. Plant shrubby or suffntticose. D. Stems terete. 2. Hookeri^imm, Wight & Am. (ff. oblongifdlium. Hook., not Choisy. H. tritlbrum, Blume). A suffruti- cose species, 2K ft. high, thin growing: Ivs. among the largest of the genus, 1-4 in. long, evergreen, ovate or oblong, sessile, dark blue-green above, pale and glaucous below, minutely pellucid punctate : corymbs several- fld., of large golden yellow fls. in profusion, 2-3 in. in diam. ; sepals large, obovate ; petals very large, firm, sub-rotund ; stamens in 5 clusters; styles recurved, longer than the stamens: ovary broad-ovate, longitudi- nally furrowed. —Considered to be one of the best spe- cies because of its large fls. and hardiness. August. From the higher altitudes of the Himalayas. B.M.4949. Gn. 54, p. 490.— Easily prop, by cuttings. 3. pitulum, Thunb. [H. Urdhtm.Don. B.NepaUnse, Hort.). An evergreen spreading under-shrub, lK-2 ft., high, with many smooth, ptirplish arching branches: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate, acute, without dots: fls. many, solitary or in cymes, large, 2 in. in diam., of good sub- stance; sepals suborbicular; styles recurved: capsule ovate, more or less longitudinally furrowed. Japan, China and the Himalayas. Not very hardy, but one of the HYPERICUM best where it succeeds. Gn. 54, p. 491. B.M. 2375, 5693. R.H. 1875:171.— Not so showy as some American spe- cies, but graceful and delicate, and one of the best for rock-gardens. Earliest to bloom. 4. Moseriinum, Andre. Gold Flower. Hybrid raised by Moser, of France, from H. patulum and B. calyci- num. generally resembling the latter but lacking its coarseness, and surpassing both parents in good quali- ties. A glabrous subshrub 2 ft. high, erect, with the tips of the branches pendulous: Ivs. similar to those of H. calycimim, ovate-obtuse-mucronulate, opaque, 2 in. long, dark green above, pale below: inflorescence with 1-3 fls. per stalk, which are golden yellow, 2 in. in diam., blooming for some time : calyx of foliaceous oblong se- pals; corolla of broad rounded petals, their color height- ened by the many tufted yellow stamens with reddish anthers: capsule top-shaped. July, Aug. R.H. 1889, p. 404. Gn. 54:1201. R.B. 16:97. G.C. III. 10:333.-Not hardy in N. England, but successful farther south. Not good individually, but good in masses, better adapted to the herbaceous border than the shrubbery. May be used as a pot-plant. Var. tricolor. Variegated form of white and green edged with red. Habit like H. patulum, but more horizontal, the Ivs. smaller and narrower: fls. one-fourth the size of those of ff. Moserianum but similar. Less hardy. DD. Stems angled. 5. calyclnum, Linn. Rose of Sharon. Aaron's Beard. A subshrub, 1 ft. or less high, with many pro- cumbent or ascending stems occurring in thick tufts: Ivs. ovate, evergreen, leathery, dark green, glaucous below, 2^ in. long, filled with pellucid dots: fls. large, solitary, or 2-3 together, 3 in. in diameter; sepals large, obovate, spreading; stamens long and showy, in 5 clus- ters, with red anthers; styles shorter than the stamens, divergent: capsule ovate,4 in. long. July-Sept. B.M. 146. —A rapidly spreading plant, creeping by woody root- stalks completely covering the soil. Used as a ground cover abroad. Not very hardy in New England, the annual killing -back preventing its covering wide stretches, but not destroying its bloom each year, nor its usefulness in the herbaceous border, or in the margin of a shrubbery. May be protected, and its dark, persis- tent foliage preserved. Thrives in sun and moderate shade. From Greece and Asia Minor. Prop, by root and ripe wood cuttings. 6. Ealml&num, Linn. A shrub, 2-3 ft. high, with rather contorted stems ; Ivs. oblong-linear, or oblanceo- late, l-2>^ in. long, bluish, more or less glaucous below, crowded: fls. small, J.2-I in. in diameter, in 3- several- flowered cymes ; sepals foliaceous oblong; stamens dis- tinct; styles united below to form a beak : capsule ovoid, longitudinally furrowed. G.F. 3:113. Mn. 6:141. -A rare species, confined to the rocks and sands of Niagara and the northern lakes, enduring considerable dryness. Easily adapted to the garden, succeeding in the shade. Not so showy in fl. as some other species, but good be- cause of its bright, narrow Ivs. and hardiness. 7. lobocarpum, Gattinger. Upright, hardy shrub, IK ft. high, in the South 5-7 ft.: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate or linear-lanceolate, obtuse or barely acute, lK-2 in. long: fls. profuse, small, in many-flowered naked cymes; sepals linear-lanceolate; stamens numerous; styles connivent : capsule oblong, 5-angled, furrowed. Last of August. Tenn.,where it frequents marshes. G.F. 10:453. — Straggling plant of inferior quality. BB. Styles S. c. Fruit a berry; Ivs. ovate. 8. AndroBSBmum, Linn. {Androscemum officinale. All.). Sweet Amber. Common Tutsan. A dense under- shrub with erect, quadrangular stems: Ivs. ovate, 4 in. long, subcordate, minutely dotted, dark green, whitish below: fls. solitary or in cymes of 3-9, large, light yel- low; sepals ovate; stamens in 5 clusters, longer than the corolla ; ovary subglobular or oval, incompletely 3-celled ; styles divergent, persistent : fr. berry-like, blackish violet, the size of a pea. June-Sept. Lives in shady, wet places, W. Europe. — Not yet proved hardy at the North. Fls. not particularly attractive, but good in fruit and foliage. All parts very aromatic. HYPERICUM CO. I^r. a capsule, 1-S-celled, D. Plant low, 6-15 in. high. 9. adprtssum, Barton. (H. fastigiMum, Ell.). Practi- cally a herbaceous perennial, erect from a creeping or decumbent base, growing in dense masses : Ivs. oblong or lanceolate, 1-2 in. long, acute, thin: cymes few-sev- eral-flowered. July, August. Moist places, Nantucket, Mass., south. B.B. 2:431. Spreads rapidly by under- ground stolons, suggesting occasional use as a ground cover. Not very hardy in New England. 10. Biickleii, M. A. Curtis. Later written Buckleyi. Dense shrub, with slender, 4-angled stems, forming neat, rounded tufts : Ivs. bluish, broadly ovate oblong, )4-2% in. long, rounded at the apex, gradually narrowed at the base, pale below, becoming scarlet in autumn : fls. soli- tary or in cymes of 3, 1 in. in diam. ; sepals ovate ; petals striated and strap-shaped ; styles connate : cap- sule oblong-ovoid, large. June, July. Found only in the highest mountains of the Carolinas and Ga. G.F. 4:581. —Adapted to rockeries and margins of small shrub- beries. 11. filegans, Steph. A low perennial, 1-lK ft. high, with erect, winged stem filled with black dots: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate, rather clasping, bright green: fls. race- mose, 1 in. in diam., appearing in late summer and au- tumn; sepals ovate, much shorter than the petals, the stamens somewhat longer: capsule ovoid, with 3 apices. —A scarcely hardy plant from Siberia. 12. Jap6nicum, Thunb. Decumbent, with ovate or oval 3-nerved clasping Ivs. % in. or less long, the stems 4-an- gled, 2-15 in. tall : fls. % in. across, yellow, with petals equaling the linear-lanceolate sepals and bracts; styles one-third the length of the ovary. Japan to India. — Per- ennial; but Hooker (Flora of India) says it is annual. Blooms in spring. Not hardy North. DD. Plant higher, S^ ft. E. Leaves linear. 13. densiilbrum, Pursh (H. prolificiim, var. densifld- rum, A. Gray). A shrub, closely related to IT. prolifi- cum, but rarer: stems erect, stout, densely leafy, 4-6 ft. high: Ivs. variable, broader and oblong like those of R. prolificum, or narrower and linear-lanceolate like thoseof fl". galioides, 1-2 in. long, mucronulate: fls. ^in. in diameter, in broad, dense, many-fld. cymes; sepals narrow, not foliaceous; stamens distinct; styles connate: capsule completely 3-celled, short and slender, longitu- dinally furrowed. July-Sept. Pine barrens, N. J., and south. Mn. 4:97. G.P. 3:527.-E.H. 1899, p. 517, 518. Not well known, but appears to be hardy. 14. galioides. Lam. {H. axiUHre, Lam., not Michx.). Practically suff ruticose, but sometimes occurs as a round, compact shrub : stems erect, 3 ft. high, slender : Ivs. linear, mucronulate, dark green, crowded, 1-3 in. long: fls. in dense, many-fld. cymes M-K in. wide ; sepals linear, foliaceous, equal, shorter than the narrow petals ; stamens distinct; styles at first connate, becoming free: capsule conical, completely 3-celled, acute, longitudinally furrowed. July-Sept. Natural to low, wet grounds, Delaware to Pla., but grows freely in rich garden soil. G.F. 10:433. G.C. III. 24:301. -Seems to be perfectly hardy. Easily raised from seeds. Not well known. 15. sphaerocdrpum, Michx. Erect perennial, 1-2J^ ft. high, 4-sided: Ivs. linear or linear-oblong, obtuse, 1-2 in. long: cymes of many small fls. Vi in. in diameter, nearly leafless ; sepals ovate, mucronate; petals 3 times longer; stamens numerous, distinct; styles united be- low : capsule globose, M in. long. July. Frequents rocky banks of rivers, Ohio and Ky. ; satisfactory in light.sandy soil. — Spreads rapidly by stoloniferous roots, covering the soil and preventing washing. Not very ornamental. Half-hardy North. EE. Lvs. broadly lanceolate or ovate: sepals ovate. p. Stamens and styles longer than the petals: styles divergent. 16. hirclnum, Linn. Glabrous subshrub of round, compact habit, 2-3 ft. high, the branches winged toward the tips: lvs. ovate-lanceolate, acute, glandular, 1-2 in. long, deep green : As.VA in. wide, solitary or 3-clustered ; sepals deciduous, one-third to one-fourth the length of HYPERICUM 791 the lance-oblong petals, which are of a deeper yellow than in the other species; stamens very long; styles spreading, longer than the stamens : capsule ovoid, pointed. July-Aug.— Species characterized by the strong, goat-like odor of the lvs. (hence the name). Of easy cultivation, but requiring a dry position and winter protection. Mediterranean region. Var. minus, Wats. Dwarfer, with smaller lvs. and fls. ; as pretty and free- blooming as the type, and, in the rock-garden, preferable. 17. elitum, Dryand. Strong, tufted undershrub, re- calling H. Androsmmum, 3-i ft. high, i ot quite hardy, sometimes credited to the United States, but really from the Canaries: lvs. oval, lK-3 in. long, dark green, whit- ish below, acute: fls. numerous, 1 in. in diameter, in 3-7-flowered cymes; sepals ovate-oblong; stamens dis- tinct; styles prolonged, distinct: capsule oblong, small. July. 18. noribiindum, Dryand. A subshrub, with round, glabrous stems: lvs. lanceolate-elliptic, light green,with- out dots, numerous, 1-1/^ in. long: fls. in few- to many- flowered panicles, lJ^-2 in. in diameter, with dilated peduncles: sepals somewhat acute ; stamens numerous, shorter than the petals, petals and stamens persistent; ovary oval; styles long, divergent, with capitate stig- mas.—From the Canary and Madeira Islands. Not hardy North, but in cultivation in S. California. Grows very rapidly to the height of about 12 ft. Generally prop, from seeds, which are produced freely. 19. mnltifldrum, Hort., not HBK. A supposed hybrid between H. Androsmmum and H. elatiim, assuming an intermediate form, but more closely resembling ST. elatum. It also resembles R. hircinum, but is more shrubby and taller. Lvs. ovate-oblong, acute, somewhat clasping, 1-2 in. long: fls. in profusion, several in a cyme, 1 in, wide, lasting two weeks; sepals small, ovate reflexed; styles spreading: capsule oblong. July.— Not very hardy. Hypericum (XH). FP. Stamens and styles shorter than the petals: styles 20. aiJreum, Bartram. Fig. 1118. Showy shrub 3 ft. high, more woody than most species, of stiff, dense habit, top often globular like a miniature tree, the branches 2-edged, with thin, exfoliating red bark: lvs. 792 HYPERICUM oblong, mucronate, bluish, pale below, leathery : fls. soli- tary in the native state, in evraes of several in culti- vation, l'.<-2 in. in .liara..l.n<:'lit y.IInu . li.i-ht.ned by thegol,l.-i, tilMin,-.,t. :.t flic .-.■ntrr; lirart, I, -allik,-, last- ing two vv.rk- : s..|mN lr;,riik... „vat,.. .Ic.rlrr than the thick, bn.a.l |MiaK, which |.cr.siM until withciv,!- sta- mens distinct, very numerous ; stylus connate: capsule ovate acuminate, red. July-Aug. Affects rocky situa- tions when wild, generally shady, where moisture is longest retained, from Ga. and Tenn., but perfectly hardy in Mass. G.P. 2:185. -Prop, by seeds and cut- tings, young plants from seed blooming the second year. 21. nudifldrum, Michx. {H. cistifdlium, Coulter, not Lara.). Showy subshrub, 1-2 ft. high, with quadrangu- lar winged branches : Ivs. ovate-lanceolate or oblong, subacuminate or obtuse, 2-3 in. long, thin, veiny, pale above and below, with minute reddish dots: cymes leaf- less, loosely flowered, of many small fls; sepals linear to oblong; styles united: capsule ovate-conical, H in. long. N. C. and S.— Ornamental and of easy cultivation. 22. proliKcum, Linn. {H. folidsum, Jacq. Myridndra prolUica, Spach). A stout, dense shrub, 3 ft. high, with terete branches and exfoliating light brown bark, the twigs 2-angled : Ivs. oblong or oblanceolate obtuse, 1-3 in. long, glossy, dark green, pellucid, punctate: fls. in profusion, IH in. wide, in several- to many-flowered cymes; sepals lance-ovate; stamens numerous, distinct; styles united at the base: capsules large, oblong, K in. long. July-Sept. Pound in sandy or rocky soil. New Jersey to Iowa and Georgia; one of the most commonly cultivated. G.F. 3 :526-A strong, hardy shrub. Grows rapidly in ordinary garden soil, flowering regularly and profusely. Varies greatly in size. BBB. Stijles united throughout. 23. CMuSnae, Linn. {ff. »ionigynum,WnM. H.salici- fdlium, Sieh. & Zucc). Shrubby, half evergreen: Ivs. narrow, elliptic and obtuse, 1-2 in. long: fls. large, yel- low, with long stamens resembling "fine golden wire." Mar.-Sept. Orient. G.C. III. 1:705. -Said to be known only as a garden plant. Tender. Grown under glass in parts of the Old World. AA. Flowers pink. 24. Virginicum, Linn. (Eloden campanuldta, Pursh. Hlodia Vinjlnicii. Nutt.). Marsh St.-John'.s-Wort. Smooth perennial, 1-lX ft. high, nearly simple : Ivs. numerous, oblong or oval, cordate, clasping, rounded, 1-2K in. long: fls. K in. in diam., pink- or flesh-colored, in small, close cymes; sepals equal; petals oblong; sta- mens at least 9 in 3 sets ; styles distinct: capsule ob- long. July, Aug. In swamps, Labrador to Louisiana. B.B. 2:436. — Useful plant for an artificial bog, and thrives well also in any fine, loamy soil in the shade or sun. M.^^aipticum, Linn. Dwarf shrub, with very small yellow Ivs. and minute, solitary fls. in profusion. Not liardy. Mediterra- nean region. G.C.n.U:503.—H. Baleariaim. Unn. Curious evergreen species, with small oblong Ivs. H in. long, warty be- neath and on the twigs: fls. few. large, solitary. Not very hardy. Mediterranean region.-//. Ctiris. Linn. Procumbent shrub, with linear Ivs. in whorls, flowering Ma.v-Sept. Not hardy. Central and S. Europe.—//. dolahrifi. lyvs. toothed 1. amara DD. Lvs. pectinate {i.e., divisions deeper. farther apart) .. . 2. pectinata CC. Lobes of the pod spreading. D. Lvs. merely toothed 3. odoraU DD. Lvs. deeply cut (pinnatifid) 4. pinnata m. Perennials : stems woody at the base. c. While in flower race- mose CC. While in flow corymbose. D. Margin of lvs. sempervirens E. I\ F. Apex of lvs. subacute (i. saxatilis FP. Apex of lvs. obtuse (j. saxatilis,var.corifoUa EE. Form of lvs. ob- tonq, narrow iit base 7. Garrexiana DD. Margin of lvs. toothed toward apex 8. Gibraltarica fruit. B. Annuals: stems not woody at the base 9. umbellata BB. Perennials: stems xcoody at the base. c. Lvs. crenafe 10. Tenoreana CC. Lvs. entire or sub- dentate. D. Badicle descend- ing: seed not Pruiti DD. Radicle hi,ri;o„l„t: seed sf.mrwhiil margined : sep- turn nearly dou- ble 12. semperilorenB IXDEX. affinU. 2. Gil)raltarii<. at base, glabrous: fls. 7 white. Crete. Gng.2:145 Z (fine habit sljetch). F.E. 1 Id (poor). Var. pl^na, a double form, is cult., 7 1 ut is less desirable. \ ir rdsea and var. ffiliis variegiltis are sold abroad. Var. supArba or ^ Perfection is said to be one of the best forms.— This is the commonest, haidiest and most per- and tenderer kinds are winter-killed /. semper- virens is likely to spread out and surround the labels of other kinds. 1131. Iberis Gibraltarica(XK). This probably explains why some of the most reliable dealers have sold this plant under other names, particularly I, Gibra,ltarica. 6. saxAtilis, Linn. Lvs. glabrous or ciliate: fls. white. S. Eu. Var. corlfdlia, Sims (/. corifblia. Sweet). Lvs. gla- brous: fls. white. B. M. 1642, though this picture was ■doubtfully referred by Baker to /. Garrexiana. 7. Garrexi4na, AH., not Scop. Lvs. glabrous : fls. white. Piedmont, Pyrenees. Referred by Index Kewen- sis to I. sempervirens. Intermediate between /. sem- pervirens and /. saxatilis, having the habit of the latter. 8. Gibraltdrica, Linn. Fig. 1121. Lvs. wedge-shaped, obtuse, subciliate : outer fls. pink, inner ones white. Gibraltar. B.M. 124. Gn. 10:38. R.H. 1870:330. Gn. 24, p. 549, same as R.H. 1885, p. 446.-This is considered by some as the most striking and showy of the peren- nial kinds. It grows higher and more erect, with larger clusters and larger fls., but is less hardy than the others. This is much sought after, and the stock in the nur- series is often not true to name. Var. h^brida is adver- tised. 9. umbell4ta, Linn. Lvs. lanceolate, acuminate, lower ones serrate, upper ones entire : fls. in the wild typically purplish, rarely white : pods acutely 2-lobed. Italy, Crete, Spain. B.M. 106. -This is the common an- nual Candytuft with colored fls., the colors being more numerous and better fixed than in any other species. American trade names are vars. carminea, cAmea, lila- cina and Diinnetti (/. Dunnetti, Hort.), the last being dark purple. Vars. rdsea, purpurea and Alba are adver- tised abroad, also vars. nslna, ptimila and hjbrlda. Tall and dwarf forms of all the colors are pnocurable. 10. Tenoreina, DC. Lower lvs. obovate, narrowed at base: upper lvs. oblong-linear: fls. purplish or whitish: pods notched at apex. Naples. B.M. 2783. L.B.C. 18:1721. According to Baker (G.C. 1868:711), this is the only perennial kind that is decidedly hairy. DeCan- dolle says the lvs. are puberulous. 11. Prtiiti, Tineo. Lvs. glabrous, obovate-spatulate, entire or subdentate : fls. white: pods merely notched at apex. Sicily. Not advertised here, but cult, abroad. IDAHO 795 12. semp^rflorens, Linn. Lvs. wedge-shaped or spatu- late, obtuse, entire, glabrous: pods scarcely notched at apex. Sicily and perhaps Persia. The characters in the key under D and dd distinguish this from all the other species of Iberis. Once advertised by Pitcher & Manda, together with var. plena, a double variety. Var. foliis variegitis said to be cult, abroad. 1. cariAcea, once advertised by Saul, is presumably a typo- graphical error.—/, cordi/ulia is a f recjuent error for 1. corif olia. —I.correfefdlia, Hort., is a common trade name abroad, which is usually spelled 1. correefolia in American catalogues. There is no genus Corra, and Correa is an Australian plant of the Kutaoeffl. Specimens should therefore be compared with I. sax- atilis, var. corif olia. Mottet's description, however, would place this plant directly after Garrexiana in the key, being distin- guished from Garrexiana by the flowers becoming purplish in- stead of always remaining white. Mottet says that 1. correas- folia, Hort., is a hybrid, witli spatulate, entire, obtuse lvs. This Question could be quickly settled if seedsmen would keep dried specimens of their plants.—/. Ihlrica, at Jolin Sard's catalogue, 1893, is not in Index Kewensis.— /. Ulaclna of careless trade catalogues is presumably a lilac-fld. variety of I.umbellata.— /. nana hObrida, Hort., is not I. nana, All., a distinr-t botanical species, but a trade name of mixed dwarf varieties of some com- mon annual kind, presumably I. umbeUata. w M ICE PLANT is Mesembryanlhemum crijstallinum. IDAHO, HORTICULTURE IN. Fig. 1122. The state of Idaho lies entirely west of the Rocky Mountain range, whose summit line forms the northeastern boundary. All drainage and waterways of the state finally reach the Columbia river by many directions and extensions of numerous rivers ami creeks, excepting for a small area in the Extreme sunthrastrrn i.ortion of the state, which drains to the (in .M S:,lt L.ik. , in Utah. Generally the state is very mounliiiiH.u^. hut. a roiisiderable area of the southern portion c.Tistitul.-i the high table-lands lying on both sides of the Snake river. Most of the state lies above an altitude of 2,000 feet. At and near Lewiston, in the valleys of the Snake and Clearwater rivers, the altitude drops suddenly to 647 feet and up- wards. The numerous mountain chains and peaks which cover this vast Rocky Mountain slope, direct the streams in endless ways to their outlets into the large rivers. Thus it can be understood that climatic influences are extremely variable. Altitude does not altogether deter- mine the character of the climate in the valleys. The prevailing currents of air in a given locality are often influenced and directed by the direction of the mountain ranges and the proximity of snow-clad peaks. Greater 796 IDAHO ex,tremes of temperature prevail in the southern portion o£ the state than in the northern. The summers are hotter in the south than in the north, and the rigors of winter are more severely experienced. Irrigation for the successful cultivation of crops is necessary over most of the southern portion of the state, below the 45th parallel of latitude. North of this there is generally an abundance of rainfall, the atmos- phere is humid, and the soil is retentive of moisture. The native soils of Idaho are mostly of volcanic origin, interspersed with clay and sandy loam, and altogether quite fertile. Excepting in the narrow mountain valleys, and in the deep canyons of the Snake river, altitude largely determines the character of horticultural pur- suits. According to tlie T'liiti-d Stati-s Wi-^itlier Bureau records, some of th^ iiltim.li - :ii.- ili. -.■ : l,c w i-ii.n. i;47 feet ; Kootenai, 1 . . "" . I ' ' ■ i > . _ !"■ ■ ; I ■ i - I ■ i man, 2,196; Moscow, '.:..i;i : I-. '.'J,--'; _\ m.- i r,, „ rails, 4,341; Blackfoot. 4,:i'i:;; y.>r\ LmmIh. t i; I.I.iIm. l-'alls, 4,732; Paris, 5,946; Atlanta. 7,0(11). The known altitudes are named at points which are considered most advan- tageous for estimating variations for the whole state. Much of the south-central portion of Idaho contains vast lava beds, and hundreds of square miles are thus occu- pied. Among them, however, lie fertile irrigated areas. The wild sage brush covering these extensive table- lands grows most luxuriantly, often attaining to a height of six feet and over. Along the streams and bottom- lands of southern Idaho are growths of willows and pop- lars, and in the mountain gulches a black haw and dwarf maple skirt the water courses. Very little shrubbery grows in the mountains. In the mountain regions above an elevation of 4.500 feet, pine, spruce and fir abound. That portion of the state north of the 45th parallel con- tains fine forests of pine, fir, tamarack and cedar. The mountains, hills and valleys are also well covered with small drciduMUs trees and shrubbery, which for ages have rMiitriliutrd towards the establishment of a soil ri.'li ill "ix'aiiir matter. The list of species of deciduous plant- I.. and native in this part of the state is so exten- sive that it w.iuld seem out of place to name them in this article. There are no wild fruits of economic im- portance growing in the state. Horticultural operations are conducted within narrow limits above an altitude of 4,500 feet. Up to 3,500 feet elevation, fruit-raising has shown great promise. The best adapted sections for raising apples lie within the counties of Latah, Nez Perce,Washington, Canyon, Ada, and more limited in portions of Elmore, Boise, Cassia, Owyhee, Lincoln and Kootenai. Apples can also be produced in other counties to a very limited extent. Even in Bear Lake county, at an elevation of 6,000 feet, some varieties are being raised successfully. The horticultural inspectors of the various horticul- tural districts last year made a careful computation of the fruit acreage in their respective territories, and re- ported as foUows : Ada county, 5,581 acres ; Bannock, 100 ; Bear Lake, 100 ; Bingham, 1,100 ; Blaine, 350 ; Boise, 141 ; Canyon, 5,360 ; Cassia, 507; Custer, 185 ; Elmore, 875 ; Fremont, 1,000 ; Idaho, 200 ; Kootenai, 1,500 ; Latah, 5,900 ; Lemhi, 200 ; Lincoln, 840 ; Nez Perce, 2,000 ; Oneida, 1,000 ; Owyhee, 216 ; Shoshone, 1,200; Washington, 2,450. These figures show for the whole state a total of 30,805 acres planted to fruit. The figures include orchards, vineyards, and small fruit plantings, and are considered very reliable. Consider- ably the largest acreage is apples; then follow pnines, peaches, pears, chen'ies, nectarines and quinces in the order named. Small-fruit growing covers an important portion of the acreage given. All kinds of forest trees suitable to northern climatic conditions can be grown with excellent success within the state. F. A. HtTNTLEY. IDfiSIA (Tobrants Ides, Dutch traveler in China). BixAcew. A genus whose only species is a Japanese tree, hardy as far north as Philadelphia. It is a large, rapid-growing, deciduous tree, with large Ivs. borne on reddish stalks and loose clusters of fragrant, greenish yellow fls. which are inconspicuous except for their prominent anthers, and numerous orange-colored ber- ries about the size of a small cherry. Fls. dioecious, the parts in 5's (or 3-6); sepals tomentose, imbricated, de- ILEX ciduous; petals 0; stamens indefinite, inserted on a small disk with villous filaments: ovary of pistillate fls. globose : berries with an indefinite number of seeds. Prop, by green wood and root cuttings. polyoirpa, Maxun. Height 40 to 50 ft. : Ivs. drooping, 5-10 in. long, sometimes 8 in. broad, usually cordate- acuminate, sometimes oblong or orbicular, deep green, margin distantly serrate, glaucous beneath, petiole 4-6 in. long : panicles shorter than the Ivs., pendulous : staminate fls. K in. across. Var. crispa has curled foli- age. B.M. 6794. B.H. 1872, pp. 174, 175; 1878, p. 254 ; 1888, pp. 403-465. F. 1874, pp. 64, 65. Joseph Meehan and W. M. ILEX (the ancient Latin name of liiorrus ri,j-\. In- cluding Prinos and Othera. lh''in-^! ,,.|J,'' ■ 'I. Holly. Ornamental evergri' n i '• ■ \ -. with alternate, simple, sometim. hi! ■ , 'I in- conspicuous, whitish fls. in axillaix rln-t, r- ..r -lil.iiy, and black, red or sometimes yellow hi-irit-s. nmainiiig on the branches often until the following spring. Of the evergreen species, only I. glabra and /. riigosn are quite hardy North, and also I. opaca and /. crenata in somewhat sheltered positions. /. Aquifolhim and /. cornuta are more tender but stand many degrees of frost if sheltered, while most of the others can only be grown South. Of the deciduous species, /. deridua, I. moutieola, I. Icevigata and verticillata are hardy North; also /. iSieboldi and some other Japani>r sjuci. - ai-o hardy or nearly so. The Hollies, esiHiiall\ ih.i.i wuh scarlet or red berries, are highly ornaim mil. ami tlni berried branches of /. opaca and /. A1. A very small-leaved form, but var. line- ata is still smaller, and has the smallest lvs. of all. 10. Var. myrtifolia, Hort. Lvs. ovate-lanceolate, 1-lK in. long, moderately spiny, rarely entire. G.C. II. 2:687, 11. Var. serratifblia, Loud. Lvs. ovate-lanceolate, stiff, with numerous small spiny teeth. G.C. II. 2:687. (bb.) Lvs. all or most of them without spines. 12. Var. heterophylla. Loud. Lvs. oval or elliptic- ovate, about 2% in. long, sometimes twisted near the apex, entire or with few spiny teeth. G. C. II. 2:519. 13. Var. laurifdlia. Loud. Lvs. ovate to elliptic-lanceo- late, 2-3 in. long, usually quite entire. 14. Var. mar- ginita, Loud. Lvs. broadly ovate, sometimes twisted near the apex, with thickened entire margin. G. C. II. 2:813. 15. Var. Sobtioa, Hort. Lvs. oval-obovate, blunt and rounded at the apex, rarely pointed, lK-2 in. long, with thickened, wavy entire margin. G. C. II. 2:813. 10. Var. tOTtudsa, Hort. (var. crispa, Hort.). Lvs. oval and spirally twisted, with revolute margin, entire or with few spines, about 2 in. long: of dense habit. G.C. II. 513. (aa.) Foliage variegated. (b.) Lvs. spiny-toothed. 17. Var. 41ho-margin4ta, Loud. (var. argenteo-margi- 7iAta , Hort. } . Lvs. broadly ovate, to 2}>i in. long, with numerous irregular spines, dark green, the disk mottled with grayish green, with rather narrow silvery margin. 18. Var. alho-piota, Loud. (var. argenteo-medio-picta, Hort.). Lvs. ovate, with divaricate spines, dark green, with a whitish center and a narrow, irregular, silvery margin. G.C. II. 4:687. 19. Var. ailreo-macultlta, Hort. Lvs. oblong-oval, 2M in. long, with distant triangular, somewhat divaricate spines, with a large creamy white blotch in the center, outer part of the margin dark green, inner part mottled pale grav. 2U. Var. ailreo-re- gina, Hort. iv;,r. ,..,,--, „.--,;,.;■,, and var. latifolia marginata. U..'. I, n, to 3 in. long, with .strongly .: >. :< ,1 with gray and green, with a l.r".i. an.l JIo. Em. 388. — Very variable in shape ami 1. \iun- ..f Ivs. One of the best hardy shrubs, with oriKiiiii iital lis., which remain on the branches until lui.hviiitrr. and are not eaten by birds. 4,">. serrita, Tluinb. Slender shrub, to 15 ft., similar to III-' loriii' r liiit smaller in every part: lvs. elliptic or o\ Ml, . I, J. I .Miiminate, finely serrate, pubescent or ulit I ii, 1-2 in. long: fls. 4-5-merous : fr. liiiL I : one-sixth to one-flfth in. across. June. • la], 11 I ii. I' III .■ iwo forms of this species: both have I.. .11 uiiro.iui-i-il Irum Japan as /. Sieboldi, the first by I'rot". .s^arKt^ut, the second by Thomas Hogg. 46. Var. argutiden8,Rehder (/. argittidens, Miq.). Lvs. glabrous bfin-atli, sbort-petioled, teeth more remote and less fine: fls. usually 4-merous. 47. Var. Sieboldi, Kehder (/. .S'(fVi*»/(//, Miq. ). Lvs. somewhat larger, longer-petioled, more finely serrate, pubescent beneath : fls. usually 5-mer> in long: fr. dull reil. large Va. to Tia (rF'.^-U H.-ir.lv — I r.//,/.,r/iiC(7. Branilegee Evergreen l,n^. I I I 1 Ij n ^ I I us lvs elliptic to ohlong-eljiptic, s.rralate. 2-.') in. long: fr bl.ick, -I. I I I iiornamedl. trifiora).-/. Tnna- /'. i I 1^ ■ to 20 ft., glabrous: lvs. ovate to "'• '' ' I _■ I I'' . ' ■ MI ;, , J-4 in. long: fr. usually solitary, on tins j.\-tr s growth. Canar — /. conocdrpa, Reiss. Evergreen shrub, to 6 ft.: lvs. oolong-lanceolate, acuminate, sernilate, glabrous, 8-5 in. long: tls. in short, dense spikes: fr. ovoid- ■ " •■ BM 7S10,— 1. mrmi-Prt, Chapm. (I. luoida.Torr. to T glabra, lint taller: lvs. broader and longer, I I iiniinate. K (' to Fla . west to L.a — / liipy. Bi"»7il . glalii long: iiioiiiioii / <. .;"/i/ia. Mart.— Villaresiamucronata— / m- sffftnf. Hook. f. Evergreen small tree: lvs. elliptic-lancol.ate. 6-8 in. long, spiny-toothed, often almost entire on older plants: fr. large, globose. Himal. G.C. II. 14:297 —/ t?i(cgra, Thunb. Evergreen large shruo or tree, to 40 ft. : lvs. obovate. ILLINOIS 799 obtusely pointed aim t gl Tl il — / orelhpti p lb— 7 OS Webb i, Berth ) t-ser ous h s broadly ovite or \oingp]'int . i.-e mjiI I onditions. A large part of llii-; r.-inn is Hat prairie 1 md ; much of it was once .■n.r,.il uiih marshes, but with modern drainage facilities ii' ari}- ail "i this natur- ally fertile land has been impruVL-d untii it has become oue of the best farming sections in the state. Only occasional spots, however, are high enough for orchard purposes ; but small-fruits and vegetables grow with the greatest luxuriance, and large quantities of these are shipped to the Chicago market. A region in the Kanka- kee valley, including Starke and adjoining counties, is famous for its sugar beet productions. The soil here is of a sandy nature, eminently adapted to the culture of this vegetable ; specimens have been analyzed which yielded 22 per cent of sugar, with a purity coefficient of 90 to 95. While there aire not many large commercial orchards found in the northern and northeastern por- tions of the state, the soil and climate are admirably adapted to the growing of all kinds of orchard fruits, with the exception of peaches, which are grown only to a limited extent. Here we find a sandy or clay loam, with clay subsoil, which was originally covered with oak, maple, hickory, walnut and all kinds of hardwoods found in this climate. The surface is more or less roll- ing, with numerous small lakes dotting the landscape, thus insuring both soil and atmospheric drainage. In the shallow waters of some of these lakes and marshes the cranberry finds congenial surroundings, and in the sandy districts of Pulaski, Fulton, Kosciusko and sur- rounding counties, the huckleberry grows to perfection. In eastern Indiana tbe plum ami tliB cherry are grown more largely than the peach, while the central part of the state excels in pears. Small-fruits are abundant everywhere. Southern Indiana has a mean annual temperature 8° to 10° warmer than that of the northern end. With other favorable conditions iu the way of soil, protection from severe winds and perfect atmospheric drainage, owinpr to the fact that the country for the most part is hiliy, the peach and other tender fruits are successfully grown. Here, on the banks of the Ohio river, was, until recently, one of the largest peach orchards in the middle West ; and even now orchards of from 40,000 to 50,000 trees maybe seen on the "knobs" In Clark and Wash- ington counties. Here, too, is the home of the " Big Red Apple "(Ben Davis) and the KiefFer pear. The largest Kieffer pear orchard may be seen near the town of Sa lem, in Washington county. This orchard consists of I'.'.OOO trees. The soil in southern Indiana is for the most part decidedly different from that found farther north. In a report of the United States Geological Survey made some years ago, mention is made of the "white clay lands, "which cover a large portion of southern Indiana, Ohio and Illinois, where most of the finest fruit is grown. In Indiana the northern boundary of this pecu- liar formation, according to the description, begins near Terre Haute on the west, and passes more or less irregu- larly across the state, passing into Ohio nearBrookville, Franklin county. Thus the greater portion of the state south of this line is made up of this white clay deposit. In many places thisclay becomes almost a brick-red, but the characteristics are, in general, the same, whatever the color. An apple orchard consisting of such varie- ties as Ben Davis, Rome Beauty, Winesap, Rail's Genet and Grimes' Golden, planted on these clays, is certain to reward the owner who gives it intelligent attention. Here is also the home of the papaw, Asimina tri- loba, and the native persimmon, Diospijnis Virginiana. Excellent varieties of the latter are cultivated to some INDIAN TERRITORY 803 extent for the large markets, but the industry is as yet in its infancy. Both of these wild fruits offer a wide field for investigation. This section also includes the famous melon districts, where both musk- and water- melons are grown to perfection. Hundreds of acres are grown annually and the products shipped to the larger- cities of the North and West. j^^.^^ troop. INDIAN BEAN. Cat,, /,,„. mamiuis . I. Corn y.,, Mil I. Cress I. Cucu mher Rno . Mill, 1.1,1 I. Currant. liiri.<. I. Fig ( hum til i'»(r/,iMs. I. Hemp. A live III II III 1 . Mallow AblltilHIl [, Physic, i: II ill I. Pipe. -1 ■■'""" "'/' ntirii I. Shot, ('inni.i INDIAN TEEEITOEY, HOETICULTUEAL POSSI- BILITIES OF. Fig. Ii:i2. The liorliculture of the Indian Territory is in a very primitive state. The land is owned in common. The individual has the right to live on and occupy a certain piece of laud for an indefi- nite length of time. The shipping facilities are poor. The local markets are very limited. The country is thinly populated. There is an abundance of wild fruit. The people are not sufficiently educated in agricultural industries to be successful in fruit culture. There are soils of all kinds in the Territory. Most of the soil, however, is a sandy loam with a clay subsoil. Most of the land drained by the Arkansas and Canadian rivers is sandy. That drained by the Neosho and Ver- digris is a black clay and limestone land with heavv clay subsoil. All the gran.us, wliiir iiisi,l,>. Peru. — Int. lyiMI liy Krani-fsi-lii. 'Yhv sw.-ri, cMlil.lr |miIi> of the pods is much prized by the Pt-ruviaiis, wli" i-all it Pacay. /. anfimain, Kunth. Properly C.-illiamira graiidiflora. Benth. Unarmed: lvs. bipinnate; pinuse 15-I7-paired ; Ifts. more than 20-paired, linear, obtuse: petioles not glandular: branches, pe- duncles and lis. puberulous: Hs. rosy: pod linear, acute, nar- rowed at the base, glabrous, thickened at the margin. Trop. Araer.— /. duleis. The older plant of this name is Willdenow's, which comes from the PhiUppines, and is described under Pithe- oolol>ium. I. duleis, of Martius, comes from Brazil, and is I. affinis described above. Franceschi's plant of I. duleis makes a bushy tree, which he says comes from Central America, and has pods containing a white pulp rich in siigar. This plant, he says, grows only in frostless districts, while Inga anomala and pulcherrima will grow where the lemon thrives.—/, pulcker- rima, Cerv. Properly Calliandra Tweediei, Benth. Lvs. bipin- nate: pinnse 3-5-paired; Ifts. as many as 25-paired, paler and slightly hairy beneath : stipules ovato-seariose, brown hairy: peduncle being a head of about 20 fls. Mex. B.M.4188. P.M. 11:»7- W. M. INKBERRY. Ilex glabra. INSECTICIDES. Substances used to kill insects, as commonly understood ; but, as defined in dictionaries, "one who or that which kills, or the act of killing an in- sect," constitutes an Insecticide. Hence there are many natural Insecticides, such as winds, rains, sudden changes of temperature, forest and prairie fires, insec- tivorous plants, some bacteria and fungi, several of the higher animals (including man), and many of the in- vertebrates (including spiders and a host of parasitic and predaceous insects). Oftentimes these Insecticides of nature materially aid man in his warfare against in- juriotis insects, but usually it is necessary to resort to a spray or some other artificial Insecticide. Insecticides may be classed into those which are eaten with the food and kill by poisoning ; powders, washes and gases which kill by suffocation; and certain oils and soaps which kill when they come in contact with the body, and may also suffocate by closing the breathing holes. The poisons are effective against only the biting or chewing insects, and the sucking insects must be hit with a powder, an oil or soap; or both kinds of feeders may be suffocated with the gaseous Insecti- cides. Arsenic is the chief ingredient in most poisonous Insecticides. Its solubility in water, causing it to burn the foliage severely, prevents its being used alone. But by boiling one pound of it with two pounds of lime or four pounds of sal-soda in two gallons of water for half an hour, a very* cheap, effective and reliable In- secticide results ; use about IK quarts to 40 gallons of Bordeaux mixture or water. Paris green is still the standard poisonous Insec- ticide, but its cost and adulteration have recently brought several substitutes, such as paragrene and green arsenoid, on the market. London purple is too soluble and variable to give uniform results; hence it is not as much used as formerly. These arsenicals are used at the rate of 1 pound in 'from 100 to 300 gallons of water or Bordeaux mixture on fruit trees, the most dilute on the peach. Arsenate of lead is now largely INSECTS 805 used against such insects as the gypsy moth and the elm leaf -beetle; large quantities of it can be used on the foliage without injury, and it adheres better than Paris green, but is sometimes more expensive. Helle- bore, the standard currant worm remedy, is especially valuable to use after fruits are more than half grown, when there would be danger from the use of the arseni- cal poisons. Tobacco in its various forms is one of the best Insec- ticides for sucking insects; it is particularly useful in greenhouses. Pyrethrum powder is the standard Insec- ticide for house-flies, and is often effectively used against other insects. Kerosene is one of the most active and effective of In- secticides. It can rarely be used with safety undiluted, but as an emulsion with soap, it has been the standard remedy for sucking insects for many years. The for- mula is: half a pound of soap, 1 gallon hot water, and 2 gallons of kerosene; pour the kerosene into the hot soap solution and agitate violently for a few minutes. Recently, however, manufacturers have devised spray pumps which combine kerosene and water into a good, effective emulsion. These kerowater pumps can be regulated to use certain percentages of kerosene, but they are often unreliable and have not t:ikcn the place of the kerosene soap emulsion. Whal,- i.il >..:ip is now extensively and successfully usr, I in kjlliiiLr ^ -ili- insects and plant-lice. It and the limi-^nHHr ^pr.i> ;n «■ tlie most effective sprays now in use a{;;iiiiNt tin- taiimus ,San Jos^ scale, the pear psylla, and other sucking insects. Crude petroleum has been successfully used in combatting cattle lice and the horn-fly, and is an effective but some- times unsafe sulistance to apply on dormant trees for the San Jos6 and other scales. In California, a resin wash and a lime, salt and sulfur wash are extensively used and found very effective against scale insects; in the E.^st the lime-sulfur wash is also effective. Two gases are extensively used in killing insects. The fumes of carbon bisulfide are certain death to in- sects infesting stored grains, seeds or clothing. Place the infested material in a tight box; pour the liquid, at the rate of 1 pound to each 100 bushels, or 1 pound to each 1,000 cubic feet, into shallow dishes placed on top of the materials, and quickly close the box, leaving it for a day or so. The fumes are explosive; hence keep all lights away. This liquid has also been successfully used in treating melon and cucumber vines, under covers for plant-lice. The other gaseous Insecticide is hydro- cyanic acid gas, the uses of which are discussed below under Scale Insects, page 812. The arsenical poisons seem to be equally effective when applied in combination with the fungicide Bor- deaux mixture, and most fruit-growers now spray with such a combination. Sometimes one of the Insecticides for killing sucking insects has been successfully mixed with the Bordeaux, but it is doubtful if they are as effec- tive when thus applied. The poisons do not readily mix with the soaps or oils, and, as a rule, one cannot effectively hit sucking insects, biting insects, or the fungous diseases with a single application of some combination mixture. m. y. Slingerland. INSECTS. The animals which constitute the Insect world play an important part in most horticultural operations. The busy bee is an indispensable aid in the production of many fruits, but the equally busy .jaws of canker-worms or other Insects oftentimes seriously in- terfere with man's plans for profitable crops. Horti- culturists should become more intimately acquainted with their little friends and foes in the Insect world. Not only from the economic standpoint is this knowledge necessary in the busiii.'>i>< nf nrmving plants, but the striking peculiarities., r r.nn, r,,|,,i m-. structure, habits, and the wonderful tr;i 1 1 i :: i Insects afford one of the most interestiiiL : n.-. The life-stories of many Insects, if toM m I i i il ,. .iiM rival in variety and interest many a f:ini<.us f:dry tale. The science that treats of Insects, or entomology, has now reached the stage where its devotees are no longer looked upon as "crazy bug-hunters" in most communities. A recent directory of the entomologists, or those interested in the study of Insect life, of the United States and Can- ada contains the names of over 1,200 persons. What They Are.— An Insect is an animal wliich, in the adult stage, has its body divided into three distinct regions : the head, the thorax and the abdomen (I'^iK. li:U). The head hears one pair of anten- nie, and there are always three pairs of legs and usually either one or two pairs of wings attached to the thorax. By these characteristics one can usually readily distin- guish an adult Insect from any other animal. Among the near relatives of Insects in the animal least five pairs of Ieg> Centipedes, or "hundred-legged worms," and millipede'-, or "thousand-legged worms," are also nearly related to Insects, but they have the thorax and abdomen forming a continuous region, with from 6 to 200 segments, each bear ing one or two pairs of legs ; they have one pair of anten nae. The layman usually classes such animals as the spi ders, mites and daddy-long-legs among the Insects, but they form a distinct class, as they have the head and thorax grown together, no antennce, and have four pairs of legs ITow They Are Constructed.— Insects are constructed on an entirely different plan from the higher animals Their supporting skeleton is outside, it being simplj the skin hardened more or less by a horny substance known as chitin. This firm outer wall, or skeleton, sup ports and protects the muscles, blood-vessels ner\es, and other organs within. The mouth-parts, antennae and eyes of an Insect are attached to its he vd and all are exceedingly useful organs, as will be shown later m discussing the feeling and the other sensations of an Insect. An Insect's wings and legs are always borne by the thorax. The wings are primarily organs of flight, but are used as musical organs by some of the ' grasshoppers and crickets. Fe- male canker-worm moths, bed- bugs, and some other Insects have practically no wings, and the house-flies, mosquitoes, male bark lice, and similar Insects have but one pair of wings. In- sects use their legs primarily for walking, running or climbing ; some have their front legs modi- Head of erasshopper. fied for catching other Insects for Showing the great eye. food; others have hind legs fitted A detail of a part of for jumping, while the honey-bee "pockets" on its hind 1135. the surface of the eye : legs shown The arrangement of tlj> organs in Insects is soim culiar. The alimentary . , ; canal in larvae is a nearly srnu-iu tube, occupying the central portion of the body; in adult Insects it is usually much longer than the bndv and is more or h-ss f„],]ot]; fi-nin the mouth the foml nn-^rv tlnMUL'li a pharynx, an r-..|.!i ilj u ~ , ,,,Mir- times a crop and ^i _■! .n-l .i -i^.m iiJ:. Thr' [nur stages ach, and a small :mh1 I.iil''' iinr-- tine. The nervous system of an Insect is similar to that in the higher animals, but it extends along the venter instead of the back. There is a little brain in the upper part of the head, and two nerve cords extend from this around the food canal to another ganglion or nerve center in the lower part of the wo nerve cords then extend longitudinally along INSECTS the venter and connect a series of nerve centers or ganglia, typically one for each segment of the body. From each of these ganglia or little brains nerves arise, which supply the adjacent organs and ramify through- out the body. In Insects, all parts of the body cavity that are not occupied by the internal organs are filled with a rich, colorless or slightly greenish blood. There is no system of tubes, like our arteries and veins, in which the blood is confined and through which it flows There is a so-called "heart" above the food-canal, along the middle line of the back; it is a tube consisting of several chambers communicating with each other and with the body cavity by valvular openings. The blood is forced through this heart into the head, where it es- capes into the body cavity. It then flows to all parts of the body, even out into the appendages, in regular streams which have definite directions, but which are not confined in tubes They, like the ocean currents, are definite streams with liquid shores Insects do not breathe through the mouth, as manj suppose, but 1136 Fossil dragon fly Petaha longialata (X 1 through a series i f holes along the sides of the body These openings, or spuacles, lead into a sjstem of air tubes, called trachete. These trachete branch and finally ramify all through the Insect. Insects have no lungs, but the tracheae sometimes connect with air-sacs or bladders in the body, which help to buoy up the Insect when flying. Thus the relation between the circulation of the blood and respiration is not nearly so intimate in Insects as in man. In Insects the air is carried to all the tissues of the body in the trachefe and the blood simply bathes these tissues. Just how the blood is purified and how the waste matter is disposed of in In- sects are not yet clearly understood. Aquatic Insects breathe by either carrying down bubbles of air from the surface e'ntanLrlf.l iin'drr their wings, or they may be provided witli -iririiti- kiM>\vn as tracheal gills; these are usually platr likr . \i,.in-i..iis of the body that are abun- dantly suppliid w iili tr;i'-!n!P. in which the air is brought practically in luntatt with tli.- nir in wntcr. and may thus be purified. More than i.OOii .lnl.-. m niu. '. - liave been found in a single caterpillar. N .M heir deli- cate appearance, these musi'li- : ii -trongand their rapidity of action is won. In 1 III ; in ., ri:,iTi tjnats the .^„ ?o. — The codlin muscles! head; iiir:it.ili.. wiiiL's ir.jiontimes per second. Their 6'. witn throughwhich a wing-expanse of the moth from 2 to 3 feet escaped, then existed. In- sect fossils found in the Ter- tiary rocks indicate that there were more kinds of Insects then than now. Thnr Growth and Transfor- mations. Fig. 1137.- Insects begin life as an egg ; in some cases the egg stage is passed within the body of the mother, which then gives birth to living young. The eggs of Insects ex- hibit a wonderful variety of forms, sizes, colors and characteristic markings. A single scale Insect may lav thousands of eggs, while some plant-lice produce only one. Remarkable instinct is often shown bv the motlier Insect in placing her eggs where her young will find proper food. From their birth the young of some of the lowest or most generalized Insects closely resemble their parents, and they undergo no striking change during their life; hence are said to I,.,. , , ,, nuiiorphosis. In the case of i-i . , i ; -rink-bugs, dragon-flies, and many oth. i i , li ,„ing at birth resemble their parents. I.nr i, n, ,,,, ^ in-s. As they grow, wings gradually develu|) au-l mIu-h i.-tmiiges in markings occxir, until the adult stage is reached. The growth, however, is gradual, and no striking or complete change occurs, _ and these Insects are said to undergo an incomplete metamorphosis. The young ^ . Insects in all stages are called nymphs .^Q/i (Fig. 1138); thus Insects with an incom- ; moth gets out. 1147. The cabbaee butterfly. plete metamorphosis pass through three different forms during their life: an egg, the young or nymph stage, and the aditlt. From the eggs of butterflies, moths, flies, beetles, bees and some other Insects, there hatches a worm-like creature, much unlike the parent Insect. It is called a larva (Fig. 1139); the larvae of butterflies and moths are often called caterpillars (Fig. 1140); maggots are the larva" of flies (Fig. 1141); and the term gnib is applied to the larvfe of beetles and bees (Fig. 1142). When these larvie get their full growth, some of them go into the ground, where they form an earthen cell, while others proceed to spin around themselves a silken home or cocoon (Figs. 1143, 1144, 1145). In these retreats the larvae change to a quiescent or lifeless-appearing crea- ture which has little resemblance to either the larva or the parent Insect. It is called a pnpa (Fig. 1146) The pupffi of butterflies are often called chrysalids Flies change to pupa the 1148. Imago of caterpillar hardened skin of the maggot. Some pupae, like those of mos- very active. Wonderful changes take place within the skin of the pu- pa. Nearly all the larval tis- sues break down and the Insect is practitall> made over, from a crawling larva to a beautiful, flying adult Insect. When the adult is fully formed, it breaks its pupal shroud and emerges to spend a comparatively brief ex- istence as a winged creature. Such Insects are said to undergo a complete metamorphosis, and pass through four strikingly different stages during their life: the egg, the worm-like larva, the quiescent pupa, and the adult Insect. Such remarkable changes or transforma- tions make the story of an Insect's life one of intense interest to one who reads it from nature's book. Vari- ous kinds of adult Insects, or imagoes, are shown in Figs. 1147-1152. No two kinds of Insects have the same life-story to tell. Some pass their whole life I single host; some partake >of only a certain kind of food, while others thrive on many kinds of plants; some are can- nibals at times, and others, like the parasites, are boarders with- in their host, while many prey openly on their brethren in the Insect world. Usually the life of the adult Insect is brief, but ants have been kept for thir- 1149. A beetle. teen years, and the periodical The adult of a borer larva, cicada has to spend seventeen years as a nvmph underground before it is fitted to become a denizen of the air. The winter months may be passed in any of the different stages of the Insect's life. Two very closely allied In- sects may have very different life habits. How They Grotc. — Many people believe that the small house-flies grow to be the large ones. While most In- sects feed after they become adults, they get little or none of their growth during their adult life. Insects grow mostly while they are larvae, or nymphs. The maggots from which the' little house-flies develop doubt- less do not have as luxuriant or favorable feeding grounds as do those of the larger flies. In 30 days some leaf-feeding caterpillars will increase in size 10,000 times ; and a certain flesh- feeding maggot will in 24 hours (Tinsunie two hundred times its own ^^ weiL'ht, which would be paralleled **' " in tlif liunian race if a one-day-old lialiy ate 1,500 pounds the first day 1150. One of the of its existence! The skin of In- weevil beetles sects is so hard and inelastic that With a long and it cannot stretch to accommodate strong proboscis, such rapid growth. But nature ob- viates this difficulty by teaching these creatures how to grow a new suit of clothes or a new skin under- neath the old one, and then to shed or moult the lat- ^^^ ter. The old skin is shed all the appendages, and a natural position where the Insect left it as to easily deceive one into thinking that he is looking at the In- 1151. Ground beetle. One of the commonest predaceous insects. sect rather than at its cast-off clothes. Some Insects are so neat and economical that thej' devour their old suits or skins soon after moulting them. Larvae, or nymphs, may moult from two or three to ten or more times; the larvEB do not often change strikingly in appearance, but the nymphs gradually acquire the characters and struc- tures of the adult. How They Eat. — To the horticulturist,the mouth-parts of an Insect are its most important organs or appen- dages. The mouth-parts are built on two very differ- ent plans. Grasshoppers, beetles, caterpillars and grubs have two pairs of horny jaws, working from side to side, with which they bite or chew off pieces of their food, that then pass into the food-canal for digestion (Fig. 1153). The scale Insects (Fig. 1154), plant -lice, true bugs (Fig. 1155), mosquitoes and other.s have these jaws drawn out into thread-like organs, which are worked along a groove in a stiff beak or extended under lip. Such lusects can eat only liquid food, which they suck with their beak-like mouth-parts. The Insect places its beak on the surface of the plant, forces the thread-like jaws into the tissues, and then begins a sucking opera- tion, which draws the juices of the plant up along the jaws and the groove in the beak into the food-canal of the Insect. Thus a sucking Insect could not partake of particles of poison sprayed on the surface of a plant. Its mouth- parts are not built for such feeding, and as it is imprac- ticable to poison tht lu ( ' t t}it jtltnt one is forced to fight such Insecfi witli i 1. i Ih ^ i- oi . i, h indni.lual Insect must bea(tuill\ / t hiiIi s hil lu-. < ti. ide A knowledge of these tun 1 inn iitil 1 1 rs ihout the eating habits of Insects would ha\ e sdM:-d rauth time and inonej that have been wasted in trjing to check the ravages of sucking Insects with Pans green and similar oO^ INSECTS 809 Some Insects, like the bees and wasps, have mouth- parts fitted both for sucking or lapping and for biting. Beneficial Insects. -The horticulturist has many staunch and true friends amongthe Insects. The honey- bee, the many wild bees, and other Insects, as they visit the blossoms to get food forthemselves, for their voung, and honey for man, leave an insurance policy 'in the shape of tiny grains of pollen, which often insures a crop of fruit that otherwise might be extremely uncer- tain. The honey-bee is often accused of biting into ripe fruits, especially grapes. They have not yet been proved guilty, and careful, exhaustive experiments have shown that they will not do it under the most favorable circum- stances. Wasps and other strong-jawed Insects are re- sponsible for most of this injury, the bees simply sip- ping the juice from the wound. Most of the pretty little beetles known to every child as "lady-bugs" eat nothing but injurious Insects; many other beetles are also pn-daceous. Man is also often deeply indebted to maii\ ^i \\,, i a., winged Insects or true flies whose larva? 1 i \ . : .. m^ide the body of Insect pests or feed up .i.usly. Were it not for the ravenous lai > ,i ,.\ li,. ia.lv -bugs" and of the syrphus flies, plant-Uc-e o£ all kmds would soon get beyond control. While man must recognize these little friends as valuable aids in his warfare against the hordes of Insect pests, it will rarely be safe to wait for the pests to be controlled by their enemies. Fig. 1156 shows a tomato worm bearing the co- coons of a parasite. Fig. 1151 shows one of the predaceous beetles destroying a cutworm. Injurious Insects. — There are now about a thousand dif- ferent kinds of Insects that may be classed as injurious in the United States and Canada. Over 600 kinds were exhibited at the Columbian Expo- sition in 1893. All of these may not be injurious every year, as most Insect pests have periods of stibsidence, when certain factors, possibly their enemies or perhaps climate conditions, hold them in check. The outlook for American horticulturists, so far as injurious Insects are concerned, is not encouraging. Nowhere else in the world are Insects being fought as intelligently, success- fully and scientifically as in America, yet we never have exterminated, and it is very doubtful if we ever will, a single Insect pest. This means that American horticul- turists will never have any fewer kinds of Insects to fight. On the contrary, there are many more Insect pests now than in our grandfather's early days, and new pests are appearing every year. This alarming state of affairs is largely due to two causes", for both of which man is responsible. Man is continually en- croaching upon and thereby disturbing nature's primitive domain and the equi- librium which has there become estab- lished between ani- mals and plants. In consequence, Insects like the Colorado po- tato beetle, the apple- tree or the peach-tree borers have been at- tracted from their original wild food- plants to man's culti- vated crops, which often offer practically unlimited feeding grounds. Most of the new Insect pests, however, are now coming to America from foreign shores. American horticul- 810 INSECTS turists are continually importing plants from the ends of the earth, and oftentimes the plants are accompanied by one or more of their Insect pests. Some comparatively recent introductions of this kind are the sinuate pear- borer, the pear midpe, the gypsy moth, the brown-tail true bug. moth, the horn- fly and the elm leaf -beetle; such standard pests as the Hessian fly, the cabbage butterfly, the cur- rant-worm, the codling-moth (Pig. 1137) came in many years ago. Of the 73 Insects which rank as flrst-class pests, each of them almost annually causing a loss of hundreds of thousands of dollars, over one half have been introduced from foreign countries, mostly from Europe. It is a significant fact that usually these im- ported Insects become much more serious pests here than in their native home; this is doubtless largely due to the absence of their native enemies, to more favorable cli- matic conditions here, and to a less intense system of agi-i- culture in this country. Most of our worst Insect pests of the fruits, of the garden crops, of the granary, of the household, of the greenhouse, and practically all of our most dangerous scale Insects, are of foreign origin. Man will continue to encroach on and disturb nature's prim- itive domain, and commercial operations will never cease, nor is there much hope of ever effectually qu;iruiitiiiing our shores against these little f"'~ ; 1 ■ i i' i ' -' • i"^ to be no practicable way to stop till ^ i i ' i i l' sect enemies of the horticulturist, i i best fitted by nature, and who I" -t ii- tnin-. it i nhn knowledge of these pests and how i<> ri^lit Ttieiii, will usually be the one to survive and reap the reward of profit- able crops. >Jo part of a plant, from its roots to the fruit it produces, escapes the tiny jaws or the sucking beaks of Insects. Boot-feeding Insects.— Many of the small fruits and vegetables are often seriously injured by Insects feed- ing on the roots. The grape-vine fidia (the grub of a small beetle) and the grape phylloxera plant-louse live on grape roots. Strawberries often succumb to the at- tacks of the grubs of several small beetles known as strawberry-root worms, and to the large white grubs of the May beetles. The roots of cabbages, radishes and ^^ 1156. Tomato attacked by parasitic insects. other cruciferous plants are often devoured by hordes of hungry maggots. These underground root-feeding Insects are difficult pests to control, like any other unseen foe. Sometimes they can be successfully reached by injecting a little carbon bisulfide into the soil aroimd the base of the INSECTS plant. The cabbage maggots can be largely prevented by the use of tarred paper pads placed around the plants, or by pouring a carbolic acid emulsion at the base of the infested plants. The strawberry root-feeders are best controUel bj frequent cultivation and a short rotation of •rop Ii I- -These are the larvae of several different n 1 t Ii ect which burrow into and feed upon the 1 I 1 tl olid wood or the interior pith of the 11 er 1 t tl u ks branches and stems or stalks of 1 It Itual plants Nearly every kmd of fruit tt k 1 1\ Its spe al kind of borer as are I uai ot th 11 11 1 ^ 1 1 and b i h fruits and gar len re t n tl m t lestr ictn e of In ect 111 1 tl 1 n Ipl 1157. Burrows of an apple-tree borer. The holps i»t a show hcetle emerged. 1158. A beetle borer and its i The I.irva bores in the yoting wood of raspberry and Itlackl'erry canes, causing the swellings seen in the picture. Ill -. "I ■shot-hole "borers, usually attack only unthrifty "T -h kly fruit trees, and a tree once infested by them is ii-u.dly ilnomed. Two borers, one the grub of a beetle ml ill. Mth, r rill- caterpillar of a moth, sometimes tun- i I .juvii till st, ins of currants and gooseberries. Rasp- im s ,,,„i ihu-kberries (Fig. 1158) also suffer from i r till, r kimls of borers, one working in the root, M 111 till stLiii, and a maggot bores down and kills the 1 Hits. A caterpillar closely allied to the peach- M r lives in squash vines, often ruininc: the crop. I ; I iito-stalk weevil sometimes does much damage ;ii l".!;.to lields. S.mietinies one can prevent borers from getting into a fruit tree with a paper bandage closely wrapped around the part liable to be attacked, or by the application of some "wash." Most of the washes recommended will prove ineffectual or dangerous to use. Gas -tar has given good results, but some report injury t«-peach trees from its use; hence one should first experiment with it on a few trees. No way has been found to keep borers out of the small fruits or garden crops; usually if infested canes, stems or plants are cut out and burned early in the fall or whenever noticed, most of the borers will be killed. When borers once get into fruit trees, the "dig- INSECTS ging-out " process is usually the only resort, although some report that they readily kill the depredator by simply injecting a little carbon bisulfide into the en- trance of his burrow and quickly closing it with putty. Bud and Leaf-feedintj Insects. — The buds and leaves ' of horticultural crops often swarm with legions of biting and sucking Insects. A mere enumeration of the dif- ferent kinds of these pests would weary the reader. Some Insects, like the rose chafer, work on several dif- ferent kinds of plants, while many others attack only one or two kinds. In ap|.lr .mhanls. the opening buds are seized upon by the huiiLrry t'lnl inMrh and case-bearing caterpillars, by the n. \vl\ li.iirl,, d canker-worms, and by tent-caterpillars, wli.'-i' t.-iits or " signboards " are fa- miliar objects in niaiiv ih ■ it ,,f the apples that would otherwise be nil !■ i ii; .; iiinsare saved by an application of Paris ;;r, . n ai iln.-, critical time. The fact that the apple maggot never leaves the fruit until after it is picked or has fallen from the tree, gives one a chance materially to reduce its numbers by frequently gathering the windfalls and feeding them to stock or burying them deeply. As the iiliiiii .iiri'ulio, in the adult stage, feeds on the leav. s .in.l fruits, a poison spray, applied soon aft. r hlossoming "X ^W^ / against it, partirularl\ on .lierries. ff/~\M Many extensivo orow.is of the stone- \j(m '\|y fruits, however, aro -ati-li. d that this ^^ ' pest can behest , iriiiinv onn d by jar- ring the curculio- nnjo ^h. ii- and kill- ing them; the .|llll..a- rinnilio is also best fought b\ iho ]ariili:_' motliod. Hmd-picking of ilo mf, .i,d fruits A\\ i\ r^utsorSierries'areafti;;^'!^ vf \. Ill / '■^ Plaiit-Lhc. -Scarcely a plant es- *""" 1 ijies the little suction pump or beak of some kind of a plant-louse or aphis. \bout 250 different kinds of plant-lice i have been identified in the United stites, and nearly every kind of fruit, flower, farm or 1 1 ^ 1 1 11 I ] his Its special plant-louse enemy, which is I I I tt I I us factor in the production of a crop. These II tl I litil I t II s are so ^mall, so variable, so hard to per- 1 1 i\ I 1 nt so many different forms in the same spe- I hIrs I iLs md Ui\e such varied and interesting life-stories ot that to tell, that what we now know about them is but a lum cur mere beginning as compared to what is yet to be ise grub learned It would take a large volume to include the in- I to this teresting stones which might be told of the lives and of I- h the the relations with ants of some of the commonest of It _iiib these plant lice No other group of Insects presents so I ill h manv curious, varied, interesting, and wonderful prob- I I 1 t the lems of life as do the aphids. 812 INSECTS In the aggregate, the damage done by plant-lice is very great. At times hundreds of acres of peas have been ruined by an aphid. Nursery stock often suffers severely, but bearing fruit trees are not often seriously injured by them. About 40 different kinds of aphides live in greenhouses, where a perpetual warfare has to be waged against them. In 4 years we have reared nearly 100 generations of a common aphis in greenhouses, and there were no in- dications of any egg- stage or of male forms during this time, so that they may thus breed indefinitely in houses, their young being born alive and no males ap- pearing. The standard reme- dies for plant-lice are whale-oil soap, kero- in all situations Seaie Jn-^cts.- 'smce the recent ad- vent of the San Jos^ scale into the eastern United states scale In- sects of all kinds have ittratted world-wide attention Thev are all small Insects, and da- rn e their name from the fact that their ten- der bodies are protect- ed bv hard scale-like coverings secreted by the Insects Thus pro- tected they are diflRcult Insects to kill, and as they are easilv trans- ported on nursery stu multiply rap- I 11 til scale Insects 11 I 1 tl\ to be con.sid- I! i I tmong the most d tiifjcious and destruc- jf injurious In- sects A single female San Jos6 scale may rear a brood of from 100 to 000 young, and there may be four or five generations a year; and more than 2,000 eggs have been laid by a single Lecanium scale. The scale Insects, the dreaded San Jos^ species in- cluded, can be successfully controlled by judicious, in- telligent and timely work with sprays of whale-oil soap, lime-sulfur, crude petroleum, or hydrocyanic acid gas, which should be used in the case of nursery stock. Since 1889 fumigation with hydrocyanic acid gas has been extensively practiced in the citrous orchards of California, and now Florida and South African fruit- growers are also using it in their orchards. Large gas- tight tents or boxes are placed over the trees and the gas then generated within. Much nursery stock is now treated with the gas in tight boxes or houses ; this is required by law in Maryland and the province of Ontario, and it should be practiced in other regions. Recently greenhouses, railway coaches, moras in private houses, and wliMir il 'iir: iiiill. li:n i' l.r. II c'tl.'.'i r, -•|. |iiiiii_'ate.l with th; - I ,...,•..;■■! ■. I •! •. ! -ivi.lr in. In fuiiiigating trees, rooms or flouring mills, 1 ounce of the cyanide, 1% fluidounces of sulfuric acid, and 2H ounces of water are used for every 125 cubic feet of INULA space ; for nursery stock use the same amounts for each 100 cubic feet of space ; in greenhouses the gas is used about one-half as strong, or even less for some kinds of plants. Nursery stock, trees and plants in greenhouses are usually subjected to the gas for from 30 to GO minutes ; mills are usually kept closed 12 to 24 hours. As potassium cyanide and hydrocyanic acid gas are among the most deadly poisons, fumigation should be under the direct supervision of competent persons. Insects are preserved in collections by securing them in tight cases by means of a pin inserted through the thorax, or through the right wing if the subject is a beetle. Moths and butterflies are pinned in position on a spreading-board until thoroughly dried. See Pigs. 1159-1163. Every horticulturist should make a collec- tion of injurious Insects. Iitxeet Literature for ffoWi>H»Hris/s. -Horticultur- ists should keep in close touch with the experiment sta- tions and state entomologists of their own and of other states, and also with the Department of Agriculture at Washington; for it is from these sources that the best and latest advice regarding injurious Insects is now be- ing disseminated free, either by personal correspon- 'If-ni''- Mr liv iiii-mis ,,f tMillPtins. Among the books, one ■T II -r. Ml .1.1.1. i..:i. ..,11 find a place in a horticul- 1 .1 ' .11. .wing: Weed's "Insects and li - i I Injurious Insects and the Use I.I III ..!;.!. i. -, l,...ii iii.iii's "The Spraying of Plants," - ■ Insects," and Smith's "Economic M. V. Slingerland. Inula (ancient name). CompAsitce. This genus in- cludes some hardy herbaceous plants of the easiest cul- ture and of rather coarse habit, with heads of yellow or orange, each 2-4 in. across, borne in summer. ' There is such a great abundance of autumn-flowering yellow composites in the hardy border that only those Inulas that bloom in early summer are particularly desirable. Elecampane, /. Helenium, is probably also cultivated for medicine. A preparation of the mucilaginous roots is common in drug stores. Inula flowers have as many as 40 linear rays. The plants like a sunny position in any garden soil, and are prop, by division or seed. Inula is a genus of about 56 species, found in Europe. Asia and Africa: herbs, usually perennial, glandular, hairy; Ivs. radical or alternate, entire or serrate: heads large, medium or small, solitary, corymbose, panicled or crowded at the crown: rays yellow, rarely white. A. Stems panicled or corymbose. Helinium, Linn. Elecampane. Fig. 1164. Tall, thick-stemmed : Ivs. unequally dentate-serrate : root- Ivs. elliptic-oblong, narrowed into a petiole; stem-lvs. half-clasping, cordate-oblong: outer involucral parts leafy, ovate. Wet, sandy and mountainous regions. Eu., N. Asia. Naturalized in Amer. D. 163. — For medic- inal purposes, 2-year-old roots should be dug in August. If older they are likely to be stringy and woody. Entomology. aa. Stems 1-fld., or ti'itli at most 2 or S heads. B. Outer involucral parts linear and numerous. grandiSldra, Willd. Height 2-3 ft.: Ivs. elliptic-ob- long, serrulate, all sessile; upper ones subcordate; lower ones 2-1 in. long : glands numerous : heads 3V4-4 in. across. Himalayas, Caucasus. G.F. 6:406.— Cult, but not advertised." Earliest blooming Inula in cult. Bears orange-yellow fls. 5 in. across in June, and has bold but not coarse habit. INULA glandulbsa, WilM. Height 2-3 ft. : lower Ivs. oblong- spatulate, long-attenuate at the base, the uppermost ob long with a subcordate-decunsnt base, all entire oi very obsoletely denticulate: glands remote. Caucasus B.R. 4:334. "B.M. 1907. Gn. 22. p. 234 ; 25, p. 101 49:1047 and p. 7. J.H. III. 35:153. R.H. 1881, p. 419. lONOPSIS 813 ,^ 1164. Elecampane, Inula Helenium. G.M. 33:541 and 38:477.-Keller savs it has deep golden yellow, fringed, half-drooping rays. Rays are commonly said to be entire, but B.M. 1907 shows 2 minute teeth, and in B.R. 4:334 the fringes are more than a quarter of an inch long. This is said to be the only cult, species that does not seed freely. The Garden pictures an orange variety. Hobkeri, C. B. Clarke. Height 1-2 ft. : Ivs. 3-4 in. long, sessile or narrowed into very short petioles, ob- long-lanceolote, acute at the base, minutely toothed, glandular: heads 2.H-3V^ in. across: rays "pale yellow," according to Hooker. Himalayas. B.M. 6411 (rays pure yellow). — Fls. orange-yellow, according to J. W. Man- ning. J. B. Keller says it flowers in Aug. and Sept., and has bright yellow fringed rays. However, in B.M. 6411 the rays have only 3 minute teeth. BB. OuUr involucral parts lanceolate and leafy. hlrta, Linn. Lvs. netted-veined, lanceolate or ovate- oblong, the lowest narrowed at the base, the others rounded at the base and half-clasping. Eu., N. Asia. — Keller says it grows 15-18 in. high and fls. July-Aug. ensifdlia, Linn. Lvs. with numerous somewhat par- allel nerves, narrowly linear-lanceolate, involucral parts appressed, not spreading. Eu., N.Asia. G. M. 41:559. — Keller says it grows 6-8 in. high and fls. July-Aug. Rook- ery plant; blooms first year from seed if sown early. W. M. lOCHKdMA (Greek, t!o!fr-co?ore(?). Solandcerp. This genus includes 2 handsome flowering shrubs cult, out- doors in S. Calif, and under glass in Europe. Thev are tall-growing, and hear clusters of as many as 20 tubular, drooping fls., each l-lli in. long and less than J4 iB. across at the mouth, which seems to have 10 short lobes, but 5 of these are shorter, and are really appendages in the sinuses between the 5 typical lobes. lochroma is a. genus of about 18 American species, mostly tropical and South American : trees or shrubs : lvs. entire, usually large: fls. violet, blue, white, yellowish or scarlet: ber- ries globose or ovoid, pulpy. A. Fls. indiijo-hlue. lanceoiata, Miers. Shrub, 4-5 ft. high (taller in Calif.), the young branches herbaceous and downy, with stellate hairs: lvs. alternate, oval or elliptic-lan- ceolate, acute, entire, tapering below into a long petiole: umbels supra-axillary and terminal. Equador. B.M.433& and F.S. 4:309 (as Chainesthes lanceolata). AA. Fls. scarlet or orange-scarlet. fuchsioldes, Miers. Lvs. often clustered, obovate, very obtuse, tapering at the base into a short petiole. Peru. B.M. 4149 (as Lyehtm fucTisioides). lONIDIUM. For /. cnncolor, see Solea. lONOPSlDIUM (Greek, violet-like). Cniciferce. I. acaiile is a pretty, tufted little plant, growing 2 or 3 inches high and bearing numerous small 4-petaled, lilac fls. from spring to fall. It is a half-hardy perennial from Spain and N. Africa, but is treated as' an annual. It is desirable for edgings in moist, shady jil.-ices, and for rockeries. In rich garden soil tl].- [.hints make numerous runners. The fls. are almut '_ in. aiinss. 1 on each stalk. They open white and turn iilac-. Tlir plant has been advertised as the Dianioinl Flc.w.r l,y seeds- men. This plant is referred by Index Kewensis to Cochlearia, a genus whose limits are very uncertain. acaule, Reichb. [Cochle&ria acaiilis, Desf.). Lvs. ovate-rotund, heart-shaped at the base ; petioles pro- portionately very long: pods subrotund, notched. B.R. 32:51. w. M. IONOPSIS (Greek, violet-lil-e genus of epiphytic orchids, nun many of which c:iii iin.l,:ihly li.- few species. Jln-t of ih.- ^p-ii one or two beiin.- ruli i\ ;(i. d. paniculata figured in tlie But:ini.-al Maira/in.- has a panicle 10 in. long. 8^2 in. wide, with 5 l>ranclies, and about 80 fls., each three-quarters of an inch across and chiefly white, with violet markings near the center and a dash of yellow. In its native country it is said to re- main in attractive condition from Sept. to May. The fls. are produced so freely and over so long a period that it is sometimes necessary to destroy the flower spikes, which are out of all proportion to the number of lvs. The plants succeed in the warmhouse under the same treatment as Burlingtonias or the more delicate Oncid- lonopsis consists of tropical herbs without pseudo- bulbs, having very short stems, with few, narrow, sheathing, coriaceous lvs. : sepals subequal, erect, spreading, the dorsal one free, the lateral ones united into a short spur behind; petals like the dorsal sepals; labellum united to the base of the column, middle lobe large, expanded, 2-3 times as long as the sepals, 2-lobed; column short: pollinia 2: fls. small, in simple racemes or much-branched panicles. paniculita, Lindl. Lvs. thick and channelled, linear lanceolate, keeled, 2-3 in a cluster and about 6 in. long: panicle much branched and spreading, loaded with in- numerable fls. of a delicate texture: sepals and petals very short, sharp-pointed, the petals wider: labellum very large, pubescent at base, with a 2-lobed rounded limb, which in some is almost entirely white, while in others it has a spot of purple or yellow on the disk. Winter. BrazU. B.M. 5541. F.S. 22:2333 A. F. 6:631.- Very variable. utricularioidea, Lindl. Lvs. aad general habit as in the last: sepals and petals bluntish; .spur short; la- bellum almost twice as long as the petals; lobes sub- quadrate-rounded, white, streaked with red veins. Jamaica. h. Hasselbring. The best means of culture for the successful growing of these beautiful though delicate orchids is in shallow OrclndUce fp. A small ring abon in species, ri,ti.-sof a ti-ant. only ■ lin.- -iH- :.h. n of I. 814 lONOPSIS pans.with plenty of small broken coal cinders for drain- age, covered with the fine particles of fern root and chopped sphagnum gathered from the uplantl meadows. Plenty of heat and moisture during the growing season are essential. Rest them in winter at a temperature of 50° to 55° F. William Mathews. IOWA, HORTICULTUEE IN. Pig. 1165. Iowa is nearly a rectangle, about 200 miles north and south between the parallels 40° 30' and i3°30', and 300 miles east and west, bordered on the east by the Mississippi and on the west by the Missoui-i and the Big Sioux riv- ers. Its extreme elevations are 414 feet in the southeast corner, and 1,694 at the highest point near the northwest corner, the average elevation being about 800 feet above the sea. The surface is a gentle, undulating, grassy plain, well drained by numerous streams discharging into the rivers on its borders. All these streams are bordered more or less broadly with belts of native tim- ber, often many miles in width along the larger ones. The divide between the streams falling eastwardly and those falling westwardly is a line running from a little east of the northwest corner southwardly to about the middle of the state at the Missouri line, draining three- fourths of the state into the Mississippi and one-fourth westwardly. The entire surface, except a short and nar- row belt along the Mississippi at the northeast corner, is found deeply covered with glacial drift, the depth varying from a few feet to 200 feet or more. In about half the state this drift is overlaid more or less deeply with the peculiar deposit called loess, this being mainly in the south, extending farther north on the west, as shown by the map. There are no regions the size of Iowa which contain fewer acres unfit for agriculture. Agriculture is as profi- table in northern Iowa as in the southern part. Horticul- ture, however, has had a greater development in the southern and southwestern counties, the region of the fruit-bearing loess. It is not attempted to draw a hard and fast line below which fruit-growing is easy and above which it is difficult, but only to indicate, in a general way, that in the north and increasing with the distance, greater care must be used in selecting situations and varieties in culture and in protection. If safe conclusions may be drawn from the native fruits and nuts found in Iowa, the state has great horti- cultural adaptabilities. The native nuts, the walnuts, black and white, the hickories and hazelnuts, are abun- dant and of high quality, and the pecan is found along the Mississippi. The "fruits, especially the currants, raspberries, apples and plums, will compare favorably with the natives found in Europe, and the plums greatly excel. It cannot be doubted that they will soon be devel- oped into varieties fit to satisfy the most exacting tastes. Many hybrids have been secured between the native and the cultivated apples descended from Europe, and this line of work, hitherto neglected, is believed to promise a race of apples entirely adapted to the inter-continental climatic conditions of the region The apples of Europe, and their descendants, origi- nating along the eastern seaboard, have not been found entirely successful over the region of broader prairies, but have succeeded best in the southern half of the IPOMCEA state, ana especially on or near the timbered lands. Here, commercial orcharding has had its greatest devel- opment. This industiy is so young that statistics have not been systematically gathered, but in the most favored localities apple crops to the value of $100 a year per acre are not uncommon. Fruit, to the value of more than $350,000, has been reported as the product of a single county in one year, this being mainly of winter apples, the surplus findiug markets in the Northwest, in the East, and in foreign countries. In isolated localities, commercial apple-growing has been fully as successful in the north, but has neces- sarily been confined to a few sorts, chiefly two, the Oldenburg and the Wealthy. It has always been found that the long-keeping sorts of highest quality have been fastidious in choice of location in the south, and still more so northward, where early maturing sorts are more successful. Pear-growing is everywhere difficult. Much time and money have been spent with eastern and foreign varieties without satisfaction. This fruit is profitably grown in a few localities only, and under management of exceptional skill. A race of prairie-born seedlings must, apparently, be grown to insure success. With plums, the reverse is true. A generation of men tried to acclimatize the plums of Europe, and lately the effort has been extended to the Japanese, but without satisfaction ; in fact, no others succeed in competition with the natives of the soil. These, and especially the Americana types, are so well adapted, so profusely pro- ductive of such handsome and good fruit, that even as they c.-ime from the hand of nature, they have taken sub- stantial possession of the nurseries and orchards of the state. Such flattering successes have followed the first attempts to grow them for market, that the industry is fast assuming large proportions. New and improved varieties of larger size and finer quality are offered every year, and a bright future for that fruit is assured. Of cherries, only the sour sorts succeed, and little eff'>rt has been made to breed sweet varieties better adapted to prairie conditions. Commercial cherry-grow- ing is successful in the southern half of the state, and is rapidly increasing. Peaches have been grown in limited quantities in the southeast since the first settlement of the state. By seedling selection, the limit of success is gradually extending northward and now reaches to the middle of the state, but only for home use, as yet. The quince and the apricot cannot be said to succeed in Iowa. The former is liable to root-kill. Tlie grape flourishes and ripens in profusion, espe- cially in the south, whence it is shipped in large quan- tities. The currant, the gooseberry, the raspberry, the black- berry and the strawberry flourish in every' part of the state, requiring more favorable situations and greater care in the north. In some localities the native goose- berry has been cnltivated in preference to the best east- ern varieties, while European sorts have very limited success. The greatest difficulty the fruit-grower of Iowa has had, and still has to contend against, is that he has been compelled to choose between varieties all of which had originated far from his place of fruitasre, and usu- ally under conditions of soil and climate so different that the chances have been strongly against success here. It is only of late that those who have insisted that prairie regions should breed and select for themselves races of fruit from seeds planted and grown under their own peculiar conditions, have found a patient hearing. With intelligent effort along this line, the future is full of promise that the horticulture of Iowa may be brought to the high level now held by its agriculture. An account of the introduction of the Russian fruits into Iowa and other parts of the North, will lie found uudeT Pomology. C. L. Watrocs. IPECAC. The root of Cephaelis Ipecarunnhrr ( now re- ferred to Psychotria), a Brazilian plant not cultivated in N. America. For wild or American Ipecac, see GiUenia 1P0M<£A (according to Linn, from ipa, bindweed, and homoins, like, because of its resemblance to Convolvu- lus ; but ips is a worm). Including Batatas, Calonyc- IPOMCEA tion. Mi ta, Pharbitis and QimmocUt. Vonvolvuliceee. MoRNiNC Glory. Moonflower. Over 300 species of auuual or perennial herbs, ruostly twining, rarely trees ( G. F. 7 :364) or shrubs, widely distributed in tropical and temperate regions. They are remarkable for easy cul- ture, quick growth and beautiful flowers; hence the genus includes several of our most popular plants for covering verandas and screening unsightly objects. The generic characters of lpom(£a are not clearly defined. The list of synonyms given above is a record which this large and variable genus may be separated into smallerand more definite groups. It is distinguished from Convolvulus, its nearest ally, by having but 1 capi- tate or 2-3 globose stigmas, while Convolvulus has 2 linear or ovate stigmns. stpni iimitly slender, twining or climbing, sometiin. . m, .nii,. diffuse or erect; leaves alternate, entii' ii.'i], often varying greatly on the same I ill ,~u:illy showy, borne singly or in cymes on av.ii n . pi .luiirles ; corolla fun- nelform, salvertorm or bell-stuiped (in one species bag-shaped), the limb sometimes entire, but usually 5-angled or o-Iobed, red, purple, blue, white or yellow, in various shades and mixtures ; calyx without the bracts at the base, which appear in some species of Convol- vulus, but the outer sepals are commonly larger. The flowers of most species open in early morning and last but a few hours under bright sunlight, hence the popu- lar name. A few open only at night-fall. "The Japanese Morning-Glories," also called "Impe- rial "and "Emperor" Morning-Glories, were introduced to the American trade from Japan in 1895. They are probably selected strains of /. hederacea, although some botanists consider them to be of hybrid origin, possibly /. hederacea X riibro-cwruha. Maximowicz referred them to /. hederacea, and this appears to be the more reasonable disposition. The culture of the "asagoa" in Japan amounted to a popular craze about 1830, the equivalent of $U to $18 sometimes being paid tor a single seed of the rare sorts. With political disturbances came a decline of interest, but more recently the popu- lar fancy for Morning-Glories has again revived. The Japanese gardeners grow tlieir plants almost entirely in pots, and by constant attention have made them vary into many curious oddities in flower and foliage. Several finely illustrated books on the Morning-Glory alone are publisted in Japan. See also "Century Magazine, "55:281 (1897). The Japanese Ipomoeas are sold in this country mostly in strains, each package of seed giving flowers of many forms and colors. There are some inferior strains offered, and the flowers from these are often disappoint- ing ; yet as a class the Japanese Morning-Glories are the most gorgeous and versatile of garden Ipomoeas. If the seeds are notched they will generally bloom in 6 weeks from sowing. Moruing-Glories are among the least exacting of gar- den plants as regards soil and site. Most species love a strong soil and sunny site, with plenty of water ; but they will make the best of much that is uncongenial. The seeds of the annual kinds may be sown directly out- of doors, but are preferably started indoors, at least in the North. If the plants are allowed to become slightly pot -bound before being transplanted, they will come into bloom earlier. Germination may be hastened and also made more certain by filing a small notch in each seed, or by soaking the seeds in warm water about 2 hours. The "Moonfiower" and the "Japanese Morning- Glories" particularly are liable to germinate poorly un- less these precautions are taken. The perennial Ipomceas are grown from seeds in some cases, but mostly from cuttings of well ripened wood, layers, or division of the rootstocks. Some of the green- house species, notably I. EorsfalUcc, rarely produce seed and are rooted from stem-cuttings with great diffi- culty. These are often propagated successfully by grafting well ripened shoots on pieces of their own roots, or the roots of /. pandurata. I. ternnta roots from cuttings more readily, and /. Learl and /. Jalapa are easily propagated from cuttings. The rapid growth and dense foliage of most garden Ipomoeas make them especially valuable tor covering arbors, verandas, walls, and for screening unsightly objects. /. purpurea, I. ruhro-cmruUa , I. hederacea 52 IPOMCEA 815 and /. QuamocUt are the most popular annual species for this purpose ; and /. Zeari, setosa and pandurata are among the best perennials. In the South, the peren- nials may be carried through the winter outside by cut- ting off the stems and mulching the roots heavily in the fall ; in the North the tubers should be taken up and wintered like Dahlias, keeping them perfectly dry in a cool greenhouse or frost-proof cellar. /. leptophylla is valuable for very dry soils. /. Bona-nox is worthy of a place in every garden. The tender perennials are seen to advantage when trained to pillars, trellises, or along the roof of a green- house. Their roots should be given plenty of room to forage and their tops to spread. /. Horslallim and its closely related species, /. ternata, are very satisfactory for this purpose. After flowering the strong shoots should be cut back and the plant rested. Several spe- cies, particularly /. if a )-i,r!(6ro-c(F)i(7ea and hederacea, make excellent pot-plants if they are kept somewhat pot-bound to induce flowering. The roots of nearly all the perennial species are more or less purgative ; par- ticularly /. Purga, from which comes the Jalap of com- merce, /. Jalapa and /. calhartica. I. Batatas is the common sweet potato. The trade names of Ipomceas are endlessly mixed. Thus, /. Meiicuna of the catalogues may be /. hede- racea, I. digitata, I. Jalapa, I. Bona-nox, I. Leari or I. rubra -carujea ; but is rarely the true /. Mexicana of Gray. "Moonflower" is often applied indiscriminately 1166. Ipomcea Ouamoclit { to several species of Ipomcea, but it should be restricted to /. Bona-nox and /. grandiflora. It is evident that most of the plants now sold as /. grandiflora are forms of /. Bona-nox : but a few of the smaller and inferior types arethe true/, ffrandiffora of Lamarck. /. hybrida is a trade name for strains of /. purpurea and /. rubro- cwndea. The "Tree Ipomcea" is /. tistulosa. The "Japanese" or "Imperial" Morning-Glories may be referred to /. hederacea. Other popular catalogue 816 IPOMCEA names are : Double Morning-Glory is mostly /. purpu- rea,fl.pl.; Brazilian Morning-Glory is /. se(o«a ; Hardy or Perennial Moonflower is I. pandurata ; Ipomoea Heavenly Blue is /. rubro-ccenilea. angustifolia, 6. Hookeri. 8. palmata, 11. Batatas, 25. HorsfaUiie, 12. pandurata, 18. Uuberi. 3. paniculata, 11. Perringimm. 15. hybrida. 3, 8. Bonarlensis, 15. insignU. 11. Pes-oapriB, 24. Briggni, 12. imperialis, 4. Jalapa, 20. Purga, 26. chrisantha. 23. purpurea, 3. chryseides, 23. kermesina, 3. Quamoclit, 2. coecinea, 7. Leari, 19. rubrocserulea, 8. Oickensoni, 3. leptophyUa, 17. Sellowii, 15. digitata, 11. Umbata. 4. ditsecta.9. Lindheimeri. 10. sinitaia, 9. Ferrandiana, 4. Lindleyana. 10. sinuata, 9. ficifolia, 15. lobata. 1. temata, 13. lilicaulis. 6. maritima, H. Texana. 16. fistulosa, 16. Mexicaiia. 4, 5, 8, 10, Ooodelli, 16. 11,20,21. varia, 3. grandlflora. 22. Michauxi, 20. ffrandiflora. 21. Nil.i. vtolaceastriata, i hederacea, 4. noctiflora, 21. Wolcottiana, 27. hederifolia, 7. noctiphyton, 21. I. Plant annual : roots not tuberous . B. Fls. numerous, in long scor- pioid racemes ; corolla a bag-shaped tube, contracted at the mouth 1. versicolor BB. Fls. borne singly or few in loose cymes ; corolla ex- panded into a limb. c. 1/vs. pinnately divided in- to many thread-like seg- ments 2. Quamoclit cc. Lvs. entire or lobed, not divided. D. Stem hairy. E. Lvs. broad-ovate, cor- date, entire 3. purpurea EE. Lvs. angulate or deeply s-lobed 4. hederacea 5. Mexicana DD. Stem not hairy. E. Lvs. linear or lanceo- late, sub-sessile . . . C. angustifolia EE. Lvs. ovate-cordate to hastate; petioled. P. Fls. usually less than I in. across; scarlet or orange. 7. coecinea pp. Fls. usually over Sin. across; red, blue or purple .. 8. rubro-c senile a I. Plant perennial, with targe fleshy rootstocks. B. Lvs. palmately divided into S-7 segments, c. Stem and petioles hairy .. 9. sinuata 10. Lindheimeri cc. Stem and petioles not hairy. D. Peduncles longer than the petioles 11. digitata DD. Peduncles equaling the petioles. *:. Fls. red: leaf seg- ments sessile, taper- ing to both ends, margin wavy 12. Horsfalliae EE. Fls. white: leaf seg- ments stalked, not tapering to the ends, margin not wavy.. 13. temata BB. Lvs. entire, angulate or lobed, not divided, c. Stem, lvs. and peduncles densely hairy. D. Corolla salverform, the lobes pointed: leaf lobes acuminate, sin- uately toothed 14. setosa IPOMCEA DD. Corolla funnelform lobes obtuse: leaf lobe. unequal, blunt, ent CC. Plant not hairy. D. Stemerect or ascending, not trailing or climb- re.lo. Bonarlensis mg. E. Lvs. cordate to sub- sagittate, long-peti- oled, acuminate, pubescent beneath . .16. EE. Lvs, linear, very short-petioled, acute, not pubes- cent beneath 17. DD. Stem trailing, climbing, E. Lvs. pale beneath. F. Fls. white, with purple throat... IS. pp. Fls. lilac to dark purple 19. EE. Lvs.notpalebeneath. P. Fls. opening at night 20. pandurata Leari . opening i ing. I the Plan a. Corolla yellow. 23. chryseides GG. Corolla purple. H. Lvs. notched at the end.2i. Fes-capras HH. Lvs. acute or actiminate. 25. Batatas 2i;. Purga nial by a woody stem. 27. Wolcottiana 1. versicolor, Meissn. {Mlnalobita,L\&v.etLex.). A vigorous climber, 15-20 ft. high : lvs. with a cordate base, 3-lobed, the middle lobe longest and narrowed be- low: ds. %-% in. wide, opening rich crimson, soon fading to pak- vellow. July-Sept. Mex. Gn. 30, p. 436, 437; 39:7;c'. H.H. 1887, p. 19. G.C. II. 26:684, 685. P.M. lt!:l(IO. V. IU:.)4, 35. B.R. 28:24.-Distinguished from all other Ipomtpas by its bag-shaped corolla and scor- pioid inflorescence. It is a very free bloomer, and de- servedly popular. 2. au4mocllt, Linn. (Qudmojclit vulgdris, Choisy). Cypress- slender, t oled or longer tli the tube nearly fla America, Va. to Fh Pig. 1166. Stem smooth, -ht of 10-20 ft.: lvs. short-petl- i. s few-fld., commonly much corolla 1-1>^ in. long, scarlet, I form, inflated above; the limb -Uct. Naturalized from tropical Kan. and Tex. ; sparingly escaped from cultivation farther north. B.M. 244. Gn. 29:33. - Beautiful in flower and foliage. Var. 41ba, Hort., has white fls. 3. purpilrea. Roth. {Convdlvulus mdjus, Hort. Con- vdlvuliis purpiireus, Linn.). Tall Morning-Glory. Fig. 1167. Stem trailing or twining for 4-10 ft., branch- ing from the base : peduncles slender, 1-5-fld., often longer than the petioles: corolla 1-2 in. long, light blue, purple, pink and diversely variegated. July-Sept. Trop. America. Escaped from gardens to waste places. Can. to Fla., west to Neb. and Tex.; widely distributed in most trop. regions. B.M. 113, 1005, 1682. Gn. 21, p. 295; 27, p. 473. — One of the most popular of garden annuals. Someof its varieties resemble the entire-leaved forms of /./iedecrtcert.but may be distinguished by their longer and more slenderpeduncles. umbellate pedicels, and oblong- acute sepals without the long tip usually found on 1. hederacea. Seeds ripen freely on cultivated varieties and may be gathered for future sowings. Among the host of garden forms are: Alba, white; atTO-caerdlea, dark blue ; atrosangulnea, dark purple ; azdrea, sky- blue; carmlnita, light crimson; Dickensoni ( P7i(()?ii(is hlspida,v&T. Dickensoni},a.zure-hlue: Huberi (I.Hii- beri, var. variegAta, Hort.). Lvs. marked with silvery white, fls. variously colored and margined with white; kermeslna (/. kermesina), scarlet; rdsea, blush rose; IPOMCEA vllria, a trade name for packages containing a mixture of many kinds; violicea- striata, violet-purple. Tiiere are several double forms of /. purpurea. Var. SI. pi. has very large Ivs. : fls. appearing much laterthan sin- gle varieties, serai- or much-doubled, bluish white streaked with light blue or pink. Int. 1892. Said to be verv tloriferous and a good pot-plant. G. P. 5:593. A.G. U;246. Var. viol&cea fl. pi., Hort., is entirely distinct from the preceding. Gt. 47, p. 133. 4. heder4cea, Jacq. (/. :\'i7. Roth. /. scAbra, Hort.). Stem twining or climbing, 2-8 ft. : Ivs. 2-5 in. long, ovate-cordate, the lobes ovate to ovate-lanceolate, entire, or the lateral lobes repand or denticulate; the middle lobe narrowed at the base: peduncle 1-3-fld., mostly shorter than the petiole: corolla funnelform, the tube usually white, the limb light blue, purple or rose, and in various combinations of these colors; sepals hairy, lanceolate, with long and often recurved tips. July-Oct. — Widely naturalized from trop. America in fields and waste placi-. !',. i.i Fit , wi-st to Neb. and Mex. Per- haps native in ' 'i - , ' t' IM:85;4:276(as/.C(en(ko). K.M.188(a^ > V,/i. Gn. 27, p. 473. This spe- cies shows LI ;.( .,.i,.M, I, ill the form of its Ivs., both on the saiiiL (.l.ini :iiul un different plants. In some forms formerly known as /. Xil, the Ivs. are nearly en- tire; in others they are very deeply lobed. Next to /. purpurea, this is now the most popular Morning-Glory in cultivation, and the introduction of the improved .Japanese strains will extend its usefulness. Before the appearance of these oriental varieties in occidental gar- lens the species had already varied into many distinct horticultural varieties as var limbata (/. limbdta, Hort ) with the corolla violet purple edged with white. B M 5720 (as Pha)bitis Ail) (th 2<> p. .■)2. Var. mar- morilta cffiWstina, large fls mirliled and striped with light blue Gt 44, p 092 \ ar marmorita rdsea, fls. marbled with rose Gt 44 p 70 \ ir Jdlils marmoritis, Ivs marked with yellow limb of corolla rose color. Var. grandifldra, large blue fls V ar Ferrandiana, similar to var grandiflora Aside from these strains, the follow- IPOMCEA 817 1167. Mornine-Glory. IpomcEa ing named varieties of Japanese Ipomcpas Antigone, Ivs. variegated : fls. blue, with pink throat. Aglaia, Ivs. variegated: fls. crimson, with white throat. Aseria, fls. dull copper-red. Ceres, like Aglaia, but fls. edged with white. Euphrosyne, Ivs. variegated : fls. pure white, with pink throat. Princess, fls. spotted with carmine. Gt 47, p. 133. A form with foliage dot- ted with white is shown in l.H. 4:i, p. 75. The various strains give fls. which are diversely scalloped, ruflled, fringed, doubled, and show a wonderful range of col- oring. 5. Mezic&na, Gray. Like /. hederacea, but young Ivs. entire or slightly angulate, becoming deeply 3-lobed and 1168. Ipomcca coccinea (XK). No. 7. cordate, as in hederacea, the middle lobe broadest : peduncles as long or longer than petioles : corolla 1 in. wide, violet-purple, sometimes with crimson plaits.— Possibly this should not he distinguished from /. hede- racea. The plants in tlio trade- as /. ilexicana are mostly I. hederacea, di(iif'i/'i and /.'").. i-hm. I. Mexi- eana vera, Hort.; /. Mt.ricn,,: ,ini i„l,fl„,;i alba, Hort., and /. Mexicana grandiflora hijbrUla, Hurt., areLBona- nox or /. grandiflora. 6. angustifdUa, Jacq. (/. filicaulis, Blume). Stem prostrate, trailing or rarely climbing, much-branched: Ivs. 1-3 in. long, less than 1 in. wide, glabrous : pedun- cles exceeding the petioles, bearing 1-2 small, bell- shaped fls., which are yellowish white with a purple eye. Aug., Sept. Widely distributed in tropical Asia, Africa and America. B.M. 5426. B.R. 4:317 (as /. de«- tieulata). — Sometimes grown in the warmhouse, but. there is hardly enough foliage to set off the pretty dark- eyed flowers. 7. coccinea, Linn. Star Ipomcea. Fig. 1168. Stem- freely twining for 10 ft. : Ivs. slender-petioled, entire or angulate, acuminate : peduncle 2-6 in. long, few- to- several-fld. : corolla ^-% in. wide, salverforra: limb ob- scurely lobed, scarlet with a yellow throat. Aug.- Oct. Apparently naturalized from tropical America, on river banks in the middle and south Atlantic states; probably indigenous to northern Mex. and Ariz. B.M. 221. -Fls. are produced in abundance, but are disappointingly small. In var. liitea, Hort., the fls. are entirely orange, or with a tinge of scarlet. Var. hederiidlia, Gray (/. hederifMia. Linn. Wna sn«Sfi(i««n, Hort.). Fig. 1169. This Plains form of the species has angulate, 3-lobed or even 3-5-parted Ivs., and fls. usually larger. B.R. 1:9. B.M. 1769. l.H. 41, p. 159. — It is superior to the type for ornamental pur- poses. 8. rubro-cseriilea, Hook. (/. Hobkeri, Hort.). Stem tinged with purple, branched, 10-20 ft. high: Ivs. mem- branaceous, much-veined, short-acuminate : peduncle fleshy, 3-4-fld. : fls. 3-4 In. wide, the tube white and limb red before expanding, at length purple or china-blue. Aug.-Oct. Mex. R.H. 1855:441 (as Pharbitis rnbro- cmrulea). B.M. .3297. P.M. 3:99. Gn. 27:493.-One of the most beautiful of annual climbers. The fls. are often dashed, blotched and shaded with rose, or are en- tirely rose. It is likely to run to vine when out-of-doors unless the roots are confined in a box or pot to induce early flowering. It makes an excellent pot-plant for the greenhouse. Var. Heavenly Blue, from Calif., was said to be a cross between /. Leari and /. versicolor, but proves to be a blue form of /. rubro-cwrulea, which is especially valuable for cut-fls. Var. broacl. rounded lobes, very showy. Oosnmii.ilitaii ii"|ii -. i;\|.:!:U5. P.M.3:50. F.S.16:1647. K.W. I ■ i 1 i : n most T ipular Ipomoea for winti 1 iImh, r !: n , :■]!.. use. !.' well treated it will climb 'Jii-::!! ti .ami •..ill i. nbun- IPOMCEA dreds of fls. each day in early winter. /. HorsUdltii' may also be grown imt-ot-doors, but it will not come into bloom till late fall unless tl,,. r....ts ar.- .lamiad. Var. 41ba, Hort., is /. I.riial; .■ Lady Slade Ims pale rose fls.; var. Briggsii ( /. Urujii^ii. llort.i, or Lady Briggfl, is generally considered better than the type for most purposes. It is a freer grower and bloomer, the fls. are a rich magenta-crimson, and it roots from cut- tings much more readily than I. HorafalUce. This va- riety makes a fine plant in a 10-in. pot. G.M. 37:49. Var. Thdmpsoni, OT I. Thomxonidna, Hort., is I. ternata. 13. tem4ta, Jacq. (7. EorstdUice, var. dlha, Hort 7. HorsfdlUa, var. Thomsoniiina, Hort. 7. Thomsouiina. Mast.). Stem somewhat woody at base: lvs. usually 3- parted, the segrment.s elliptic or elliptic-oblong, fleshy, smooth: fls. trumpet-shaped, about 2 in. across. Other- wise like 7. JIorsfalJicE^ of which it is often considered a variety. Probably from W. Indies. G.C. II. 20:817. F. 1884:118. Gn. 35, p. 440. -Not considered quite as effective for greenhouse culture as 7. Morsfatlia. 14. setdsa, Ker. Brazilian Morning-Gi.ory. Plant very vigorous, branching, covered with stiff purplish hairs: lvs. 3-10 in. wide, cordate, angular or3-lobed, the middle lobe abruptly contracted below into a narrow neck: peduncles many-fld., longer than the petioles: fls. 2^ in. wide, salverform, rose-purple. Aug. -Oct. Braz. B.R. 4:335. -An excellent free-rowii^L' climber for covering arbors, and especially vai n ii. i ,, ,,, ,i.:i,u; a dense screen because of its very !■ ■ ■ In the latitude of New York seeds sown'in n i > uive flowering plants in late August. It nia_ :(!->> i' it'aTed as a warmhouse deciduous twiner. Var.' Northern Light is said to be a cross with 7. Bona-nox. Plant unusually vigorous, often growing 40-50 ft. : fls. lavender-pink. 15. BonariSnsis, Hook. (7. ficifdUa.JAnd]. T. P.rrhi- (liiiiin. Dammer. 7. AVHowii, Penny 1. Sim. l.rain liiiig, tinged with purple and covered with slnn i -i. jlat. l.aiis: lvs. deeply cordate, 3-5-lobed, the mi. I. II. I-. I..- |..nL-.st: peduncles several-tld., longer than the ]..ii..|'v: tN. Pn- 2 in. wide, violet to lilac, the limb spreading into ."> cre- nate lobes. August-October. Trop. America and Africa. B.M. ,3665. B.R. 27:13. P.M. 9:25. Gt. 47: 1446. -Here belongs 7. Sellowii, Penny, and probably Hort., not 7. Helloi, Mart., which is a distinct species. 16. KstuIbBa, Mart. (7. Tex&na, Coulter). Stem 4-10 ft. high, subshrubby, branching, smooth or minutely pubescent: lvs. 4-6 in. long, thiekish, entire or nearly so: peduncles 1-2 in. long, mostly shorter than the peti- oles, few-many-fld. : corolla about 3 in. long, bell-shaped, pink-purple. July-Sept. Brazil; now escaped from gar- dens in Mex. and southern L'nited States. — It is known to the trade chiefly as var. Goodwill (7. GooddU, Hort.). This var. has lavender-pink fls., with a darker throat, and is apparently more floriferous and desirable than the type. It produces seed sparingly, but is easily rooted from cuttings. In the South it is hardy if thestem is cut down and the roots mulched: in the North, the roots must be brought indoors. Advertised as the "Tree Ipomoea." 17. leptophylla, Torr. Bush Moon-Flowek. Stem 2-5 ft. high, with many slender, recurving branches: lvs. 2^ in. long, entire: peduncle stout, 1-4-fld., usu- ally shorter than the lvs.: corolla about 3 in. across, funnelform, rose-pink, deepening to purple in the throat. Aug.-Oct. Dry plains. Neb. and Wyo., south to Tex. and N. Mex.— This species is adapted for very dry places because of its enormous tuberous root- stocks, which often weigh 100 lbs. and extend into the subsoil for 4 ft. It sometimes thrives where no rain has fallen for one to three years. The plant is beautilul when in flower. 18. pandurMa. Man-of-theEarth. Wild Potato- vise. Stem 2-12 ft. long: root very long and large (10- 20 lbs.) : lvs. 2-4 In. long, long-petioled, usually cordate and entire, occasionally angulate, flddle-shape or has- tately 3-lobed : peduncles 1-5-fld., commonly a little longer than the petioles : corolla 2-4 in. wide, broadly fiinnelform with pointed lobes, white with a dark pur- ple throat. May-Sept. Drv soils. Can. to Fla., west to Mich, and Tex. A. G. 12:637. R.H. 1893:574. B.M. 1603 (as Convolvulus candicans), 1939, and Gn. 27, p. 373 IPOMCEA (both as C.panduratus}. B.R. T:5S8.-In some places tliis sjiecies is a very troublesome weed, which is almost im|iiissil)le to exterminate because of its loug tuberous roots. It can easily be kept within bounds in the gar- den with a little care, and makes a very desirable plant for covering an old dead stump or back fence. The chief merit of /. pandtirata as a garden plant is its har- diuess; hence it is often sold as the "Hardy" or "Per- ennial Moonflower." If well mulched the roots will stand 20° below zero. There is a double-fld. form. 19 L4ari, Paxt Blue Dawn- Flower Stem a very rapid grow er, of ten 30-40 tt loiv somew hat shrubby at the base hs 3-0 in long cordate icuti niosth entire or slightl> 3 lobed, \ ariable fls bom ii In t i f IJ 30, opening m succession , corolla 4 i I ill! shaped, deep lilac sometimts daik i 1 In c lighter plaits \ erv heautifnl \u i \ t 1 t' 1 ill I'M 4 1 H M / I attractiv e coppery purple 20 Jalapa, Pursh (/ Michaiij-i, Sweet) Stem 6-8 ft high, branched, slighth rough, springing from an oblong root weighing 4-30 lbs h s 3-5 in long ovate tordate membranaceous veiny repand or deeply lobed pubescent beneath variable fls 3-4 m wide, the corolla bowl shaped withinur h t il e i whit iir se puiple \u,I O.t Mei LI riHj ,) B M li72 ( IS C < 1 s I 1 — \ 1 erv ornainei t I 1 i I 1 1 i the garden if th t i 1 use before being set i 1 il i 1 u t scl luiu blooms much befoie tiust ThL J il ip ot ccmmerce does not come from this plant but from / Pinga The roots of / Jalapa are but slighth purgative 21 Bona n6x I m ^\ nfi im-i I in ^tet 10-20 tt h .h 1 819 long 4-fa m w i 1 times with green 1 ing m the mornin Aug -Sept Am B K 11 8i)9 (as / V 10 ^i9 Known in „ u I Hort (/ qtandiflota Kt which does not differ matei 1 11/ / I 1 \ 1 grand! flora is lis s Id undfr the following names / Cliildsii I iioctiphyton, I noctifloia, I ilexi carta qrandi flora, J Mexicana qrandiflora alba, I Mexicana qrandiflora teta These with \ 1 I is offerc 1 II 'M II «(r IS most p pnl ir is i gir den plant but it also does well tr lined ilong the roof of a low house or against a pillar. It is excellent for cut-flowers in the evening. 22. grandifldra, Lam. (Calonijction grandifldnim, Chois. /. Bona-n6x, Hort., not Linn.). Differs from /. Bona-nox in having the stem usually covered with short, sharp points: Ivs. smaller, entire; peduncle much shorter (usually 1-2 in.) : fls. not over 3 in. wide; sepals elliptic, obtuse (in I. Bona-nox ovate, mucronate) : seeds shortly villose, with shaggy margins (in /. Bona-nox 1170. Ipomoea Bona-i -.UVa,). smooth). Cosmop. trop. — Some of the inferior strains passing as /. Bona-nox a-nd. its synonyms belong here. 23. chrys^ides, Ker. Stem slightly woody, much twin- ing, smooth or branches slightly hairy : Ivs. 1-2 in. long, ovate-cordate to subhastate, acute, entire or toothed, 3- angled, 3-lobed and repand : peduncles 1-7-fld., longer than the petioles: corolla j^-jj in. wide, funnel-shaped. July-Oct. Trop. Asia and Africa. B.R. 4:270. -It can be grown out-of-doors, but is tardy in blooming. Best treated as a warmhouse evergreen climber. /. chryseides is advertised abroad. /. chri/sdnllia, Hort., described in American catalogues as having rich, glossy foliage and golden yellow fls., may belong here. 24. Pes-caprse, Roth (/. marUima, R. Br.). Stem creeping, seldom twining, 20-60 ft. : roots often 12 ft. long and 2 in. thick: Ivs. 1-4 in. long, fleshy, roundish, often broader than long, with 2 glands at the base and prominently pinnate-veined: peduncles usually few-fld., equaling the petioles : corolla nearly 2 in. long, bell- shaped, margin scarcely lobed. Aug.-Oct. Trop. coasts of both hemispheres; drifting sands of coast, Ga. to Tex. B.R. 4:319. 25. Ba,tii,tdiS,PoiT. (BalAtas idulis, Chois.). Sweet Po- tato. Lvs. ovate-cordate, usually angular or lobed, variable, petioled: peduncles equaling or exceeding the petioles, several-fld.: corolla 1-2 in. wide. Origin un- known, unless it be from /. fastigiata of tropical America — Largely cultivated in many varieties for its edible tubers bee Sii eet Potato 2b Purga, Hayne Lvs sagittate cordate, smooth : peduncles generalh 1 fld , longer than the petioles fls. rise jiui pie corolla long tubular, with a flat limb. Sept Oci Trop Amer BR 63 49 (as hxogomum Pu, li i us the anthers aie2 1oculed where 1 I iled To gardeners they are still 1 t 1 Because of ease of pioi i„ hstand sun and shearing, and the bri 1 t es are amongst the most popular bi 1 1 I lants are easier to grow btockplu mtei in acooltemperatniei s ii i I u 1 in Feb- ruaiy and Maich th \ I t and moisture, and cut back to get itl I t js root quickly in any good cutting bed. i'm- ni.i^s l.ediling, plants are usually set 0-10 in. apart. They will not withstand frost. H^rbstii, Hook. {.{Achyrdnthes VerschaffHtil, Lem.). Lvs. broadly ovate or orbicular, obtuse and notched at the apex, p'uride-re.l. with prominent arched veins, or in the i-.iniiiioner v;ii i.tv sreen or green-red with yellow veins (^■;ll^ ,,-.,-..,/, rl, /,;•,, i . S. Amer. B.M. 5499.- This ^^:l- .\. -■rj\::{ ;i.mI !i-;ire.l in August, 1864, by Le- maiiea-.l./,,,,,,,,/;,, M.', I, ,, s, ;„/r/c«u (I. H. 11:409), and later l.v Van Houtte us Ircsine Verschaffeltii (F.S. 820 IRESINE 15:1601). In July, 18C4, however, Hooker had published it as Iresine Her'bstii, ia honor of Mr. Herbst, of the Kew Nursery, who introduced it from the River Platte. There are horticultural varieties with Latin names. /. Wdllisii, Ort., is a small plant, with numerous small roundish Ivs., which are bronze - red or dark red above and dark blood-red be- neath. Probably a form of /. Herhstii. Lindeni.VanHoutte (Arlnir.inlh^sacunii- n-«i»6otr). IrldAcem. Plate XVI. Distin- guished from the other members of the tribe except Her- modactylus and Moraea by the 2-winged style branches, from Hermodactylus by the 3-celled capsule, and from Morsea by the more or less connate perianth segments. Herbs with linear or ensiform, equitant leaves and a rhi- zomatous or bulbous root stalk : stem simple or branched : flowers of 6 segments, the 3 outer reflexed, and the 3 inner usually smaller and erect, always narrowed to a distinct claw, one to many in terminal heads, from spathes which are formed of the upper bract-like leaves ; spathe stalked or sessile ; style divided into 3 petal-like branches, which are bifid or crested at the tip ; stig- matic surface immediately below the cre.sts : ovary ses- sile or pedicelled, within the spathe. For a monograph of the genus, see Baker's Iridea?, 1888. About 170 species of Iris are known to botanists. They are natives of the north temperate zone, inhabiting Asia, Europe and North America, with a few species in northern Africa. About 100 species, with innumerable garden varieties, are offered by dealers in America. Many of these, including the native species, are culti- vated only to a slight extent, so that horticultural inter- est centers chiefly around a few groups given below : 1. German Irises.— The plants known to the trade, and widely advertised as Iris Germanica, German Iris or Fleur-de-lis, are varieties and hybrids of several spe- cies, all of which are closely related to /. Germanica. It is a curious fact that /. Germanica itself has com- paratively few varieties, and forms but a small part of the group named after it. It rarely or never seeds in cultivation, even when placed near closely related spe- cies. The principal parent species are /. Florentina, IRIS squalen.^, xambitcinu, flavescens and variegala. Ow- ing to their diversity of origin, the varieties have a great diversity of color, ranging from pure white (in /. Flortntina and its derivatives) through all shades of mauve and blue to dark purple. From /. varie- gata and /. flavescens the yellow-flowered varieties and those whose flowers are variegated with yellow were probably derived. The flowers of all the varie- ties are large and handsome, often stately, exhibiting beautiful variegation and shades of color. They are borne on stout, erect, branched stalks much exceeding the clumps of spreading leaves. All are hardy, and form excellent border plants, flowering in May and June. 2. Japanese Irises. — All the plants cultivated as Japanese Irises are referable to a single species. Iris iievit/ata, more generally known as /. Kwmpferi. The type of the species has been so much broken that its varieties constitute a distinct horticultural group, con- taining perhaps as many or more named varieties than the /. Germanica group itself. So far as known, no hybrids or other species enter into the make-up of this class. The plants form strong clumps, attaining a height of 2 to 3 feet, and bearing several flower stems. The leaves are slender, erect, growing almost parallel to each other. In the wild type the inner segments are erect and rather small . Under cultivation they have been much broadened and have acquired a spreading habit, giving the flower a flat, expanded form characteristic of this group. In color they range from white through various shades of blue to deep purple, with the seg- ments variegated with darker veins and streaks, or plain. All the varieties are hardy, and thrive best in cool, moist situations. They begin flowering in the latter part of June and continue through July. 3. Dwarf Irises. — The dwarf Irises comprise several species related to /. pumila, verna and cristata. They seldom grow over 9 inches high, but spread rapidly by their creeping rhizomes, soon forming large patches. This habit makes them useful border plants. /. are- naria lives well in dry, sandy situations. The flowers are variously colored blue, lilac, yellow, etc. 4. Oncoctfclus Irises.— The interesting species of the subgenus Oncocyclus inhabit the dry mountain regions of Palestine, Persia and Armenia. They differ from other Irises in many striking characters. The plants grow from 6 to 12 inches high, the stem bearing a single flower, which in some species is of enormous size, com- pared with the size of the plant. The segments, of which the inner are larger than the outer, present a most singular combination of somber colors. The pecu- liar colors are often due to the interlacing of numerous very thin veins, u.sually blue or brown, on a white or straw-colored ground. The most common shades thus produced are beautiful sky-blue, light gray, and brown to almost black. In some, all the segments are colored nearly alike, but in most species the inner and outer segments are ditferentlycolored. In Americathis group is not widely cultivated, the most common representa- tive being /. Susiana, Many recorded hybrids have been raised in Europe. For a monograph, see Foster, Gn. 43, pp. l.')0-I35. Bulbous Irises. — About 20 species of bulbous Irises are cultivated in America. They are rather dwarf, hardy and half-hardy bulbous plants, known chiefly for the brilliant colors and strong contrasts, and for their numerous flowers. The species most commonly found in gardens are /. Xiphinm.^ better known as /. His- paniea, and /. xiphnides or/. Anglica. The latter is probably the oldest Iris in cultivation. See Foster, 6. C. II. 2:'i, pp. 507 and 72G. j] Ha^^selrkint,. The Irises are a widely distributeil iir..u\-> of j.^nits, occurring in almost all degrees of lontritmle ot tin; uurth temperate zone. They are found in few forms above 40 degrees north latitude, and there seem to be no species south of the Atlas mountains of Africa, the bota- nists rating the nearly allied southern forms as Morieas. There is a somewhat general localization of some of the main forms of Irises, central to southern Europe being rich in the broad-leaved species, both tall and dwarf, these giving way in Asia to many narrow-leaved forms, which forms are also abundant on our western coast, in fact east to Missouri. Spain and the Mediterranean Plate XVI. Japanese Irises, Iris laevigata IRIS regions of Africa are the home of bulbous forms. In southwestern Asia are found not only broad-leaveii forms, but this region is also the home of a rich %-ariety of dainty bulbous kinds and the curious Oncocyclus species. As will be seen by their distribution, Irises are espe- cially adapted by their hardiness to growth iu our gar- dens, though some forms, as the African, the Indian, and the Oncocyclus species, need special treatment or protection. In the main the Irises, from a cultural point of view, are like others of nature's various families, mostly very good — not to say commonplace — with a few decidedly bad members. As there are nearly 170 species of Irises, with countless varieties, they are in- teresting to the amateur collector and grower both for their variety and their general beauty of flower. The life of Iris flowers varies from three to six days. Thevare fragile, but if cut before the petals unroll may be forwarded to considerable distance without injury. This is the only way, in fact, by which the florist can market them. The botanists divide the Irises into two main groups, the bulbous kind and those with rhizomes, these groups being each divided by the varying charac- ters of the more or less raised line in the middle of the fall of the flower. This, of course, gives no clue to cul- tural necessities or to time of flowering, two important details in a garden. (•.iii^iileriiis; the bulbous Irises as a group, these are all iKinlv with'.ut protection in the latitude of New York citv .x.-'.-i.t /. instrio,I.alata,I.juHcea, I.Palmstina, I.'T,,„iit,ni„. I. rartani. In the order of their flowering, the reticulata group is the earliest, /. Bakeriana and others starting into flower as soon as released by frost, usually in February or March. These are soon followed by the others of this group, the largest-flowered member being /. 7iis- trioides. A peaty, sandy soil seems to be most accept- able to this group, and no organic manure must be given them. A location, it possible, where they may be kept on the side of dryness iu summer is desirable. The culture of these, like that of all exotic plants in our gar- dens, is, of course, tentative. If, on trial, they seem to be happy and increase from offsets or buds, they may remain in the borders indefinitely, but if during the second season they show no gain, the bulbs should be lifted and a trial made in another location. This group seeds freely, and the seed pods will be found just under the soil surface. Closely following this group are the so-called Juno Irises, of which /. Persica is the most familiar, though not the best example. These Irises have somewhat large bulbs, with curious, persistent, fleshy roots, and seem to thrive best in somewhat stiff soil, in sheltered loca- tions, where they will be well baked during the summer. They flower in March and April, the best forms being /. liosenbachiana , /. orchinides, I. Sindjarensis, and /. Assyriaca. They are desirable plants in the most exclusive gardens. They seed freely, and also increase by offsets. About the same time as above will flower the Iris tuberosa ("The Widow"), which is neither bulbous nor an Iris strictly, but has a weird beauty of its own, with its green and black flowers. This should have a summer baking. (See Hermodactijlus.) Planted out in the early fall, the so-called Spanish Irises make an early start and produce leaves which are persistent during the winter and seldom injured here. In May and June they broaden out, and are then sur- mounted by very bright, distinct and charming flow- ers. Very satisfactory flowers, these, and of the easiest culture. They probably do best in spots inclining to moisture. The bulbs make offsets rapidly, and should often be divided and replanted. There are two forms and numerous flowers of this Iris. The boldest form is that known as the "Thunderbolt." The "English" Irises. /. xiphinides, follow the " Spanish " in June and July. Their flowers are wider in all their parts, and in a limited range of colors, white and purple. "Mt. Blanc." pure white, is probably the most satisfactory of the group. The foliage of the English Iris does not spear till early spring, and the flourish in a rather drier position than the IRIS 8:21 The African bulbous Irises, /. juticea, I, Vartani^ I. alula, are subjects for a coolhouse, though the for- mer is rarely hardy here. The rhizomatous Irises may be divided into a number of sections, but in a cultural way may be broadly con- sidered in two sections : those with thick, surface- creeping rhizomes, as the hybrid German, and those with more or less thin ones, as /. Sibirica and /. Icevigata, which are subterranean. While the former section comprises plants which grow in various condi- tions, some with the roots submerged, yet in a general way they have mostly surface-creeping rhizomes. These are best transplanted soon after flowering, at which time they commence a new growth. It is customary for the nurserymen to supply these iu the fall, which usually leads to the loss of a season, as they often fail to become established when planted late. The foliage of the Iris indicates a sun-loving family, and Irises should be planted in full exposure in rich, but not manured soil, well drained. The rhizomes should be planted flat and covered to half their diameter. If the rhizomes are in a growing condition, no further care will usually be necessary with the great majority of the species, but if the rhizomes are dormant and partly dried up, as they are frequently on receipt, care should be taken that they have not much moisture till they start into growth, otherwise they are likely to rot. Not every Iris will grow in every garden, but the failure to establish these plants is most often caused by too much exposure to excitement of light, warmth and moisture when the plant is not ready to convert its reserve into food. Valuable species should have the protection of a frame in such circumstances till it seems safe to plant them out. If carefully treated and not excited, apparently hopeless dried up rhizomes may often be saved. Most of these Irises in common cultivation increase rapidly, and should be divided and replanted every two or three years; otherwise the rhizomes become matted and the abode of grass, etc. Among them will be found some of the showiest flowers of the family. Usually in early May we have flowers of /. Chamwiris and its variety /. Olbiensis, followed quickly by the dwarfer /. pumila and its white form I.Attica. Forms of /. lutescens, Lam., quickly follow, after which /. Germanica, I. Florentina and the host of "hybrid Ger- man" varieties come rapidly forward and give a great wealth of color. Every one is familiar with the great bearded purple /. Germanica, perhaps the most gener- ally cultivated Iris. There are larger-fld. forms of this: /. Amas and /. macro iillia. I. Germanica alba seems to be a variety of /. albicniis. This and /. florentina are the usual white-fld. forms seen at this time. Of bold, lighter purple kinds, /. pallida and its hybrids are then preeminent. The German Irises of the garden are not varieties of /. Germanica, but hybrids of various species, as I. pal- lida, I. variegata, I. sambucina, I. squalens, I. liirida X wild forms and /. neglecta, I. ammna, I. plicata and /. Swertii, which are known only in gardens. Naturally these vary much in stature, time of flowering, size and coloring of fls. They may be had in almost endless va- riety, but a typical collection may be made with com- paratively few plants. Among the best forms of the "hybrid German" Irises are: /. n/)7H/?/rf— Bridesmaid, Madame Chereau, Swer- tii; r. 'iD'-rif I 'oni;it(> .If St ('l;nr. f^airy Queen, iJe- ^;(.„/,,/ ,.,;;,, \-i,.i,,r ■ / .,. -/..'./- 1 '..rdelia, Wagner; /. /.., ■ \;\ ■ ' ■-! . i i'.- ■.:! I", l^>ueen of May, Wnlni. I . / - I ■ i;iiiiiana, Harrison Weil-, Ml. n-, I iirriMii: / , • r.i'aconsfield, Da- rius, Hector, Hon..l-;ili|.'. r,,,,. i 1 ir;,lii,'e. June is flowering tiin.. I.ir iii.inv In, sppcies, many of which are unconimoTi, l.ui "I Hi.' mor.- ii\-ailable forms one could scarcely ni-sl.rt lli.- iiativ.. /. liexagona,the dark La Mance form ot which is very distinct and amongst the handsomest of the familv. A white form of this is not hardy here. /. fulva, another native plant with copper-colored flowers, is also interesting. Irises with distinct forms of this season are /. Uonnieri and /. orieiitalis (or /. ochroleuca). both of which have ob- liquely growing rhizomes and enjoy moisture. For margins of water/. PseudacorMS, with yellow fls., is invaluable, and our natives, /. versicolor and /. Caro- 822 Ihieiu aalle are mostly creepers. The speci strong-growing plants an abundance of mois ble exceptions to be i o£ this group, /. Sib the up- planting 1(1 thinner than those of surface is with these roots are mostly , rapidly increasing and requiring ture, though there are some nota- aentioned later. Of the members rica, in several purple and white forms, is a common garden plant. /. ensala is a com- mon Asiatic Iris with sma'l fls. borne among the narrow foliage, which is as ornamental as some of the large grasses. The Japanese Irises, which usually end the general display of Irises, are a remarkable example of type- breaking, the occidental gardeners having worked up from /. Icevigata a wonderful variety of colorings and variation in number of petals, though the colors may be included in about half a dozen general types. There luf few handsomer flowers than good forms of the wliitt- .i:i[.;uu-^e Iris. This Iris may be grown on the >i|il;iii'l. liut ir iloes not do its best in such locations, for it 1^ pari i 'ulHrl^' susceptible to good treatment, and to prodiic'.' I:.' ... tl -v. r- Iioth watpr and manure are essen- tial. .Ml I '. . . r I'm' \ft'.|-all fali'-jiT of good plants, latelyw. : _-ii..^i fi-Mm.lai.an.atterconsulting one of II I at. us. thai "tlii^ Iris is grown in the ricu liui.l.. Ill .. ii.u.r and \vati;red each month while at rest with human manure (cow manure would do) ; as soon as young growth appears no more manure is given and the ground is flooded. When growth has ended the water is withdrawn." One of the most curious things in connection with the Japanese Iris is that though tiiese plants have been in cultivation here since soon after the treaty ports were first opened, they seem to have excited little attention from gardeners until within a few years. Yet the first importations were as handsome as the later. In this connection it may be said that Japan has also /. gracili- pes, a dark purple hardy form, and /. Juponica or Chi- nensis, one of the beauties of the family but, like /. tectorum (the Roof Iris), another crested kind, needing here greenhouse protection and well worth it. There is, however, a perfectly hardy crested Iris, the beautiful dwarf /. cristata of the upper southern states— a charm- ing plant for a front border or rockery. Equally dwarf are our lake Irises /. laciistris and /. verna. The west coast of the United States is fortunate in possessing some beautiful and distinct Irises, mostly of the wiry-rooted, thin-leaved type. They lia\ i. ml y> ( been fully separated botanically, and thi v an- ni'.-t difiicult things to establish in eastern or othi r -.llI, ,,-. so tihat there are really very few in cultivation, liai-im,- from sci'd srpm« the most practical way of e^luMisliins; these sp..i-i.-s. Th.-v (:lu.s ail. I Kt a. lia. These are considered by ama- teurs the most iiiturestiug groups of the Iris family— in- teresting in the amateur's vocabulary meaning some- thing rare and dini.'iilt. At the best, these plants give few flowers, but tliey compensate for this by their dis- tinct and quaint beauty. The best known member of the family, /. Susinna, has been in cultivation several hun- dred years, but is by no means yet a common plant. It takes more kindly to cultivation than any of the other species, will usually flower in the border the first year after planting if the spring is not too rigorous: and gardens are not unknown where from some conditions of fortunate placing or soil, they continue to flourish. It cannot be said that there is any hard and fast formula IRIS for growing these Irises. They vary among themselves as to their requirements, and need special and different treatment in different gardens and climates. These Irises are natives of Palestine, Asia Minor, the Caucasus, Cen- tral Asia and Persia regions, all of which are hot and Type of oth-petaled Iris (> dry in summer, with a settled and sometimes severely cold winter and a genial spring. In some of the regions they are protected by acovering of snow in winter while dormant, but Palestine and Persia have open winters, and their Irises make growth at this time. After culti- vating most of the species for a number of seasons, the writer's experience does not lead him to dogmatize much on their cultivation or to approve of many special devices which have been put forward from time to time as the solution of the problem. The consensus of opin- ion among the growers who have had the best sticcess with these plants is about as follows, premising that we are dealing with plants which are perfectly hardy: We receive the rhizomes with the Dutch bulbs in the fall, at which time they are dormant and leafless. It is well to store them in a cool place and plant out in November in a bed of fairly light and well drained soil in a border fully exposed. They require no protection, but if the climate is one where frosts and thaw alternate, it is well to give the ground a covering while frozen to keep it firm. The Irises so planted will seldom spear here till genial weather arrives, and with plentiful supplies of moisture at the root will give flowers from strong buds. After flowering, or, more accurately, flowering time, one is forced to choose between two methods of treatment. If the garden is high, dry and hot, the best procedure is to cover the beds with a glass frame sufficiently large to protect them from moisture and allow the rhizomes to bake. This frame may be removed in the late fall. If the leaves appear, as some of them are likely to do, they may be left unprotected until very severe weather sets iu, hereusually in December. The protection should be something to protect the leaves from the winter .sun and frequent change of temperature. Here coal ashes have proved satisfactory, though unsightly. Foliage does not seem to become as soft under them as under leaves or mats. If the spring is genial, with weather IRIS steadily becoming warm, tlie plants beinx uncovered as soon as tbe conditions will seem to warrant, should be in the best possible shape to reward one with their noble blooms. It is the lack of this srenial sprins in the lati- tude of New York which, h.nvpv.r. li-:i.ls often to cul- tural troubles. The leaves. \<:,\ ):,_■ I- . :, i.i .itucted, are none too hard, and, with thr . iite thawing and freezing, and the hif.'h ' : M cold, the plants need constant watch i ml' :Mii :L;>[hp :ti I'li (jf needed covering till really genial weather. Otlierwise the foli- age is blighted and no flowers are produced. In gardens which are low and never free from mois- ture, the best procedure is that followed in Holland, lifting tlie rhizomes in .Julv and taking them undercover in drv earth, planting out again in the fall. In this case 823 be Hesb The P.- ian fi. of tdiffic Irises an , : ^. ;ised by the division of the rhizomes .u i ; it maybe rapidly grown from seed, wliirli iln \ ii-i;ili\ produce freely, though, in most cases, they requii-e artificial fertilization. .V large number of the common Irises of gir.l.ns aiv h^ll^hls, and of late years a number of beautiful livlni.ls have been produced between some of the ranr (in yc'lus species, and between these also and common forms, as /. variegalfi, etc. There are still opportunities to pro- duce many new and untried crosses, and experiments in this line are recommended. The pollination of the Iris is simple. The anthers should be removed when the flower first opens, and preserved in paper or vials, properly marked. The pollen will retain its potency for a week or perhaps longer, and may be applied to the stigma of the flower selected (the anther of which has been removed promptly) with a camel's-hair brush. The stigma will be found near the apex of the petal-like style, and is ready for pollination when the upper edge drops down and exposes the upper surface. Many Iris seeds germinate with considerable irregularity, and failure to start promptly should not lead to discourage- ment or discarding of the pan in which the seeds are. J. N. Gerard. azurea. 37. Bakeriana. 90. Balkana. 40. Benaeensis, j>2. bitlora. 41. Florenti fcetidissi fragrans fiUva, 17 Germaniea. 6 gigantea. 26. gracilis, 10. 8 Gypsea. 60. hcpmatophiiUa. halophtilla. 30. lurida. 51. 70. Lusitanica. 81 lutescens, 44. .55. auperba, 13. mga, 67. Smdjarensis, 97. Susiana, 77. variegata. 12, 18, 48. !(^7(e sessile.. EE. Spathe stalked . DD. Tube of the peril short or obsolete. E. Fls. yellow xhinh' coendea, 87, 102. concolor. 68. cristata, 32. Danforili: Delavayi. Douglasis Hiaigarica, I hybrida. 59. Iberica, 76. Jacqitesiana, Japonica. 35. juncea, 85. Junonia, 55. longipetala. 9. pur in ,94. , 87. Rnseiibachiana. 95. Ruthenica, 1, 5. sambucina, 62. sanauinea, 12. Sarii, 70, 79. scorpioides, 99. setosa, 22. Sibirica, 12. enrpiiiii . . C. tenax 7. ensata 8. Delavayi GG. Ste m c o m - pressed 9. longipetala PF. Stem Ivs. long, generally orer 1 ft. in length 10. prismatica 11. grraminea cc. Valves of the spathe brown and scarious 12. Sibirica BB. Sheaths not splitting into fibers. c. Stem nearly obsolete 1.3. unguicularis cc. Stem present, clothed uith sheathing bracts 14. bracteata 824 IRIS ccc. stem present, lieurhig 1-i Iti. Douglasiana AA. I/va. ensiform, genera II n tiiui-h over % in. broad. B. Stem hearing several long leaves, c. Fls. reddish brown 17. fulva cc. Fls. yellow 18. Pseudacoms ccc. Fls. blue, purple, lilac, etc., or white. D. />i-s. somewhat glau- cous 19. versicolor DD. I/vs, bright green, not glaucous. E. Fls. sessile 20. hezagona EE. Fls. pedicelled 21. CaroUniana 22. setosa BB. Stem bearing S—i reduced Ivs. c. Fls. yellow 23. Guldenstoedtiana 24. aurea 25. Monnieri 26. orientalis cc. Fls. some shade of blue or white 27. foetidissima 28. laevigata 29. Trojana 30. spuria 1. hilmiliB, M. Bleb. (/. .BM^-3 in. long, 1 in. lir.a.l. witli a yellow keel, streaked with lilac on a wliite ;:r"iii].l ;it the throat; inner seg- ments oblong. Jan., lei.. Ali.'.ria. B.M. 5773. Gn. 24:398; 46:979; 49, p. ^Mi: 5U, p. 187. G.C. III. 25:85. — Not hardy, but useful for cutting in early winter. Fragrant. Var. Alba, Hort. White form; spring. Var. sup^rba, Hort. Bluish purple. Oct. and later. 14. bracteita, S. Wats. Rudimentary lvs. brown, very rigid; produced lvs. 1 to few, much exceeding the stem, 1-2 ft. long, one side green, the other glaucous, edge revolute : stem 1-headed, angled, 2-3 in. to 1 ft. long, sheathed with bracts 2-4 in. long : tube short, funnelforra : outer segments 2-3 in. ; blade ovate, as long as the claw, pale yellow, veined with bluish pur- ple; innersegmentsshorter,erect, yellow; style branches long, narrow. June. Discovered in 1884 by Thomas Howell, in Ore. G.P. 1:43. -Int. 1888. 1:1. Missouri^nsis, Nutt. (/. Tolmiedna, Herb.) Lvs. pale irreeu. tiiiely ribbed, 1-lK ft. long: stem 1-2 ft. long, usually exceeding the lvs., bearing a single large leaf low down; pedicel long: tube very short: limb bright lilac; outer segments obovate. 1 in. broad, yellow near the claw; inner segments oblong, straight, erect. Wet soil, S. Dak. and Mont, to Ariz. Gn. 50:1082. -Not in cult. Flowers earlv. IRIS 16. DougIasi4na, Herb. Rhizome stout, short, creep- ing: Ivs. about (J in a tuft, broadest in the middle, strongly ribbed, 1-2 ft. long: stem 1-2 ft. high, usually simple, with one long bract leaf: tube yi-Wn. long: tis. 3-4 in. iu diameter; outer segments obDvate-spatu- late, spreading and recurved, pale lilac, with a white disk and purple veins; inner segments shorter, erect, lanceolate, acuminate, pale lilac, not veined. Calif. B.M. 6083. Gn. 50:1086. 17. fiilva, Ker. (/. cfiprea, Pursh). Lvs. thin, bright green, lH-2 ft. long, not exceeding the stem: stem 2-3 ft. high, forked low down ; lower stem-lvs. 1 ft. long: pedicel produced : tube greenish yellow, 1 in. long: limb loosely expantlt-^i. Iruiii i. .ii|j>h brown or copper- colored, variegated « i I . ,i ji.en; outer segments obovate-euneate. eini', i i , r ■ . r segments smaller, spreading. Late .lun. . In ~w:mii|.^. 111. to Ga., La. and Tex-. Introduced into Kuglanil Isll by Lyon. B.M. 1496. Gn. 53:1175. JIu. 5:61. 18. Pseuddcorus, Linn. Lvs. lX-3 ft. long, equaling the stem: stem stout, terete, 2-3 ft., bearing several long lvs. and several clusters of fls. : limb bright yellow ; outer segments broadly obovate, 2-214 in. long, yellow, with a bright spot and radiating brown veins on the claw; inner segments scarcely longer than the claw of the outer, oblong. May, June. Europe, Syria and the Barbary states; naturalized in N. Y., Mass. and N. J.— The plants form tine, large clumps, bearing numerous flowering stalks. Var. varieg4ta, Hort. Lvs. striped with creamy white. Var. pallida, Hort. Fls. pale sulfur- yellow. 19. versicolor, Linn. Lvs. slightly glaucous, lJ^-2 ft. long: stem forked low down and often branched above, 2-3-headed: tube very short: limb violet-blue; outer segments spatulate, 2-3 in. long, variegated with yellow on the claw and veined with purple; inner .segments oblanceolate, much smaller. British N. A. and northern U. S. Int. into Eng. 1732. B.M. 21. G.W.F. 5. D. 89. 20. hexAgona, Walt. Lvs. 2-3 ft., luim-: >teiii u-u:iliy simple, 3 ft. long, 2-3-headed. with s, xnal l:iii;. l\s.", the upper ones exceeding the Hs. : spaili. valv.^ -:<),»■- times leaf-like: tube 1 in. loug, greeu. tiilaT-ii upward: limb bright lilac; outer segments 3 in. luug; blade obo- vate, with a bright yellow keel on the claw; claw downy; inner segments shorter, erect; style branches very concave, green, with a central lilac band. Ky. to Tex. and Fla. B.M. 6787. 21. Carolini4na, S. Wats. Lvs. 2-3 ft. long, bright green: stem stout, simple or branched: tube ^ in. long: limb lilac, variegated with purple and brown ; outer segments broadly spatulate. 2Vo-3 in. long, with narrow claws; inner segments narrower, nearly erect. Differs from /. rersicolorhy ii- lt. . ii \\ -, Discovered by W. A. Manda in N. Car. G.I', i. ::;:;:,. 22. setdsa, Pallas, l.v.. thin, -leen. 1-lJ.; ft. long: stem deeply forked, ninrh , \rc . 1 1- j i 1m h ^. : tube J^ in. long: limb bright lilai- ; ihm. t _ J mu. long; blade 1 in. broad. .-uil.lciil\ n v ii.-" claw, co- piously veined; inner set;iii.iit- V. r \ ■mall, '., in., cu- neate, large-cuspidate; style i>ranches large, crested. E. Siberia, Japan, and northwestern Amer. B.M. 2326. Gt. 322. 23. Gueldenstoedtiina, Lepech. Lvs. pale green, 1-lK ft. Iniii.': stem stinit. terete, lH-2 ft. long, often bearing 1-J ^]iiratf ,Iu-t( IS below the end one: limb pale yel- low; iMitrr ^,i,-irnnts with an orbicular blade ^-% in. l.iMa.l. -Ih.rt. r tl.au the claw, which has a bright yellow keel and faint lilac veins; inner segments shorter, erect. Asia. -Var. Sogdlina, Baker. A variety with gray-lilac flowers. 24. ailrea, Lindl. Lvs. scarcely glaucous, lK-2 ft. long: stem 3-3;i ft. long, stout, terete, with 1-2 sessile clusters below the end one: spathes 2-3-fld. : pedicel long: limb bright yellow; outer segments with an ob- long blade 1 in. broad, as long as the claw; inner seg- ments less than % in. broad. July. West Himalayas. B.R. 33:59. Gn.31 :579.-Int. by Dr. Royle. This species has brighter yellow fls. than the others of this group (18-211. 25. Monnidri, DC. Lvs. slightly glaucous, 2-3 ft. long: stem stout, terete, 3-t ft. long, with several sessile clus- ters of fls. : limb 2H-3H in. long, lemon-yellow, with- out veins; blade of outer segments orbicular, 1-1 J^ in. long, equaling the claw; inner segments oblong-ungui- culate, 1 in. broad. Rhodes and Crete. Discovered and int. by Sieber, 1821. Not showy except in masses. This and I. orientaUs are perhaps varieties of/, spuria. 1173. Habit sketch of Iris orientaUs (Xl-20). No. 26. 26. orientilis, Miller (/. ochroleiica, Linn. /. gigan- ; rlan short, distinct ; inner segments oblancfci; living or spread- ing: style branches wiiii d lobes. E.Si- beria and Japan. Int. K. \ :, - i i i. and flowered at Ghent in IS-,:. H M, ii' : ' Ml IM I '.S. ■jn:'_'(i7:)-71 : 23:24:n-'- 'i' n ' '.' >. :-"■ ; Jl::;41: "n. y. 105. l;,ii - ■ ;■■, lo-,. ii;:i ; 11:^01. 29. Trojina, Keruer. Lvs. very acute, glaueescent: stem over 3 ft. high, much branched and overtopping the lvs.: pedicel none : ds. bright violet-puiple; outer segments obovate; blade longer than the claw; claw white, bordered with yellow and veined with brown-pur- ple; inner segments elliptic, suddenly narrowed to a claw: style crests broad, denticulate. Troad, Asia Minor. 30. sptlria, Linn. Lvs. firm, linear, glaueescent, 1 ft. long : stem overtopping the lvs., bearing 1-3 spicate heads : pedicel shorter than the spathe : tube K-% in. long: limb bright lilac; outer segments with an orbicular, spreading blade }i in. broad and half as long as the claw; claws broad, concave, lilac, with a yellow 82(5 IRIS keel aud purple veins; inner segments shorter, straight, oblauceolate: style crests small. Central and S. Europe. B.M. 58. Var. ndtha, Bieb. {I.haloph!/!la,Kt:T.}. Morerobust: Its. 1 in. broad: spathes larger: stem 2-3 ft. high. Cau- casus to Kashmir. Int. 1780 by Peter Pallas. B.M. 875. -Hardy. SUBGENUS PARDANTHOPSIS. 31. v6rna, Linn. Dwarf, f. in. hi^ht rhizome wide- creeping: sheaths not s]ihtiiiiL' inf" tiliirs: Ivs. linear, slightly glaucous, 3-8 iti. Nn^: -t. m s,-arcely any, 1- headed: tube slender, 1' m- Imul-: limb deep violet ; outer segments 1)4 in. Inn:^, (,l,(i\-ati-, narrowed into a slender yellow, slightly pubescent claw; inner seg- ments erect, smaller, violet. Shade, Ohio, Ky., Va. and south. L.B.C. 19:1855. SUBGENUS EVANSIA. A. Stem very short 32. cristata AA. Stem equaling or exceeclinj the Ivs. B. Pedicels much shorter than the spathe 33. tectorum BB. Pedicels as long as the spathe^ and articulate at the apex 34. Milesii 35. Japonica 32. cristita, Ait. Plant dwarf : rhizome slender, creeping: Ivs. ensiform, thin, 4-8 in. long, green: stem 1-3 in. high, flattened, 1 headed, bearing 2-3 Ivs. • tube slender, lJ^-2 m. long- limb blue; outer segments obo- Tate, 1-1)4 m. lonsr cresttil. inner segments shorter, naked. Apr., JI n Mt- K\ \ .i and Carolinas. B.M. 412. Gn. 45, p 1- I I < M 1 'Ub. 33. tectdrum, ^1 n i I i n Lvs.lft.long.ensiform, strongly ribbed -ii m T tt subterete; heads on long large, plain lilac, short-clawed. Sei Dr. Hance. Cult, in China and Japa 22 2282 Gt 716 Gn 50 1086 Lvs 7-8 on the stem 2-3 ft long .^M peduncles: tube 1 in. long: limb bright lilac; outer seg- ments 2 in. long, obovate ; claw half as long as the blade, streaked with violet, with a wavy edge and a large, la- ciniate, white and lilac crest running up the claw and half up the blade: inner segments spreading, nearly as 34 Mllesu, Bak ind 2-3 m broad tt high brinched bearing 4-:> heads lis bright lilac, lasting onh a daj outer segments oblong cuneate claret purple whitish in tli center, spotted and \eiiii i with lilac, furnished with deeply lacmiated yelli \\ crest , inner segments ob long spreading, st^le crests deeph toothed Near 7 ttc til mil but inferior Hima la\ as B M 6889 3 1 Jap6mca, Thunb (/ Chinynsis tuit / funhll Ufa \ ent ) Fig 1176 Lvs ensiform, l-lj-j ft long stem slender, as long as the lvs , with a raceme of lilac fls tube % m long outer segments 1-lM m long with crimped margins, ^el low on the claw, crested, inner segments smaller Winter Japan and China B M 373 Gt 511 Gn 28 503 J H III 31 18t A G 12 704 F R 2 149 - SUBGENUS PSEUDEVANSIA. 30. Alberti, Regel. Lvs. ensiform, glaucous, lK-2 ft. long: stem exceeding the lvs., bearing 5-6 heads in I loose panicle; outer segments obovate cuneate, 2 in. long, bright lilac, with a rudimentary crest and a dense I'lard of white, yellow-tipped hairs, veined; inner seg- nient.s as long and broader than the outer, with convolute claws, lilac. Discovered in Turkestan bv Dr. Albert Regel. Gt. 999. B.M. 7020. SUBGENERA POGONIRIS A Bwarf: lvs. generally less than 9 in. long. B. Pedicel obsolete, or very short. c. Perianth tube S in. or more in length 37. pumila 38. pseudo-pumila cc. Perianth tube 1 in. or less in length. D. Stem 6 in. or more in length. E. Fls. blue, purple, violet, etc. F. Spa the va I ves green or nearly so. o. Za\i. linear 39. inracilis GG. Lvs. ensiform.. AO. Balkana 41. biflora p. Spathe valves en- tirely scariose...42. Cengialti EE. Fls. yellow 43. virescens 44. luteBcens length. E. Pis. blue 41. biflora EE, Pis. yellow 45. ChamsBiriB >B. Pedicel as long as the ovary. c. SheatJis not splitting into fibers 46. arenaria cc. Sheaths splitting into fibers.47. IlavisBima Tall: lvs. generally more than 1 ft. long. B. Stem S-6-headed. c. Pis. yellow 48. variegata 49, flavescens IRIS CO. ris. blue, violet, etc., or white. D. Stem slwrt, scarcely over- topping the Ivs 50, aphylla 51. lurida 52. Benacensis 53. Kochii DD. Stem tall, imich overtop- ping the Ivs. E. Spathe valves scari- ous 54 . Florentina 55. pallida 5(i. plicata 57. Swertii EE. Spnthr r^itrrs rirrni. neglecta hybrida Germanica FF. Spathe valves tinged with pie squalens . sambucina (i:t. Biliotti U4. Cypriana BB. Stem 1-headed. c. Spathe valves entirely scar- ious at the flotvering time.(>'<. atroviolacea cc. Spathe valves green. D. ivs. thin, linear OO. Suwarowi DD. Iivs. ensiform (u. Leichtlini 08. Korolkowi 37. pftmila, Linn. (I. grclcilis, E. Berg.). Fig. 1177. Lvs. linear, 2-4 in. long: stem none or very .short, 1- headed: spathe valves scariose at the tip : fls. fugitive, yellow, or brighter dark lilac: limb 2 in. long. A dwarf, hardy plant, spreading rapidly in borders. B.M. 9. L. B.C. 1G:1574.-Var. alba, Hort., pure white. Var. atro- violicea, Hort., velvet-purple. Var. aziirea, Hort., azure- bhi Lvs 40. Balkina, .Tanka 38. pseudo-ptimila,Tineo (/.Pnnora/iVchia.Tod ensiform, glaucescent, 6-9 in. long, iKincwrd Mnbinily to an oblique tip, 1-headed, G-8 in. l.iiiL-, I IIM ; tube 2-2^ in. long: spathe valves green: IN, \,ir\iiii; riniii yellow to bright lilac; outer segments ..lil..iit; uiif;iiiiu- late,2-2)^ in. long; inner segments rather ljro:idi.r. .Mts., Sicily. 39. gracilis, Maxim. Tufted lvs. grass-like, shorter than the stem : stem 1 ft. long, 1-headed: fls. pale lilac; outer segments obovate-oblong, with a yellow beard; inner segments oblong-emarginate, with a short claw. Western China. Rhizome stout: tufts crowded: ■Hiit, ^-4 in. long: stem 6-9 in. long, l-bc;Ml.i: -i.i;Im . 1-J-fld.: fls. dark claret-lilac; outer se^'iih i uin-ate, 2-3 in. long; beard dense, wlm ii lilac; inner segments erect, oblong. Kai:\ .M:i; . |;:ilk;iiis. 41. biflbra, Liun. (/. /^/-(((/yaHS, Salisb. /. nudicaiilis. Hook.). Lvs. 6-9 in. long: stem 2-10 in. long, com- pressed: fls. bright violet-purple; outer segments obo- vate-cuneate, 2-2J^ in. long, with dark veins and a beard of long, yellow hairs. Portugal and N. Morocco. B.M. 5806. 42. Cengiilti, Ambrosi. Resembles /. pallida, of which it is probably merely a dwarf variety: lvs. 6 in. long: stem about as long as the lvs.; IK. 1mi;-1ii lilac; outer segments with a white beard. M ' In i .ni- bardy and S. Tyrol. — Often spelled /. ' 43. virfiacens, DC. Lvs. 8-9 in. lunr : -i m '< \' in. long, bearing 2-3 reduced lvs. : outer segments (.liovate- cuneate, 2-2K in. long, 1 in. broad, greenish yellow, veined at the claw with purple; inner segments obovate, dull yellow. April. Valais. 44. lut^scens, Lam. Lvs. 6-9 in. long: stem equaling the lvs.: fls. pale yellow; outer segments obovate- cuneate, 2-2^ in. long, pale yellow, streaked with pale brown, undulate ; inner segments broader, suddenly IRIS >i'li narrowed to a claw, which is streaked with purple, crenulate. S. France. B.M. 2861. -Var. Stat611ae, Tod. Spathe valves shorter, less pointed, and more scariose: segments broader. Sicily. B.M. 6894. 45. Chamaeiris, Bertol. (/. Olbiinsis, Henon). Lvs. 3-4 in. long. M in. broad : stem very short: fls. bright yellow; outer segments obovate-cuneate, tinged and veined with brown ; inner segments oblong. May. Italy, France. -Var. Italica, Pari. Fls. dark violet. 46. areniria, Waldst. Lvs. few in a tuft, linear, 3-4 in. long: stem short: limb bright yellow: outer seg- ments oblong-cuneate, 1^ in. long, K in. broad; inner segments smaller: very distinct. Rare in cult., but good for dry soils.— Hardy. Var. minor, Hort. Smaller. B.R. 7:549. 47. HavlBsima, Pallas. Lvs. thin, linear, 4-8 in. long: stem 1-6 in. long: limb bright yellow: outer segments 1-lK in. long, 5^ in. broad ; inner segments oblong, narrower. — Var. Bloud6vii, Led. {/. lilonddvii. Hort. More robust, with broader lvs., a larger stem and larger fls. Siberia and Mongolia. 1176. Iris Japonica. A crested flower (X%). No. 35. 48. varieg4ta, Linn. 1 ing the lvs.: outer set: brown toward the tip, mi low ground; beard bri>;li oblong, bright yellow, v »: stem equal- meatp, claret- irnwn on a yel- ..'iii. nts erect, 828 IRIS Long in cult. B.M. IG. Gn. 14:135; 52 lUS (va.r. aiirea). Var. lionor4bilis, Hort. Yellow, shajed with brown. 49. flavSscena, DC. Lvs. 12-15 in. long: stem 2-3 ft. high: lis. bright lemon-yellow; outer segments obovate- cuneate,2K in. long; beard deep yellow; inner segments obovate, pale yellow. Bosnia to Caucasus and Armenia. B.R. 31:35 (as /. imbricata). 50. aph^lla, Linn. (/. fimita, Bieb. /. Bohemica, P. W. Schmidt. /. HungAriea, Waldst. /. falcilta, Tausch.). Lvs. glaucescent, 6-12 in. long: stem equaling the lvs., sometimes forked low down, leafless: spathe valves greenish: fls. dark lilac; outer segments obovate- ouneate, 2-2}^ in. long; beard white; inner segments broader, obovate. E. Eu. B.M. 2361. B.B. 10:801. L.B.C. 20:1970.-Nos. .50 to 53 cannot be easily separated from each other by the material available. They are dis- tinguished by slight differences in the lvs., spathe valves, beard, and form of the segments, as described in the text. 51. lilrida, Ait. Lvs. 1 ft. long, slightly glaucous: stem not much overtopping the lvs., 3-4-headed : spathe valves green, very ventricose: outer segments obovate- cuneate, retlexed from half-way down, dead purple at the top, veined with dull purple on a yellowish ground below; beard yellow; inner segments broader, dull pur- ple. Southeastern Eu. B.M. 986. 52. Benaofinsis, Kerner. Lvs. 1 ft. long: stem about as long as the lvs., 3-headed: spathe valves lanceolate, herbaceous, tinged with purple, scarious at the tip: outer segments obovate, dark violet, veined with brown- violet; beard yellowish white; inner segments oblong, clawed, bright violet. Limestone rocks, S. Tyrol. 53. Kdchii, Kerner. Lvs. 12-15 in. long, glaucescent : stem as long as the lvs., 3^-headed : spathe valves lanceolate, the outer herbaceous : outer segments obo- vate, dark violet; claw veined with brown; beard yel- low ; inner segments obovate, clawed, dark vio'let. Istria, near Trieste and Eovisrno. 54. Florentina, Linn. Rhizome fragrant when dried (orris-root); lvs. 1-U-^ ft. lonsr: stem exceeding the lvs. : fls. white; outer segments ;:',, in. Idiiir. tinged with lav- ender; claw yellowish v.-in. .1 witli inirple; inner seg- ments as large,, white, ('int. ami S. i:n. B.M. 671. Gn. 16:190 andSl, p.295.-Fl..w.is ,.aily. with f.Germanica. Hardy. Var. Albicans, Lange. Pure white. Spain to Cyprus. Var. 41ba, Hort. Pure white. 55. p&IUda, Lam. (/. Jimdiiia, Schott & Klotschv. I. Asidtica, Stapf. /. skula. Tod.). Lvs. l}-^ft. long: stem much exceeding the lvs., 2-3 ft. high: fls. fragrant, violet, rarely white ; outer segments obovate-cuneate, 3J^ in. long; inner segments orbicular. Differs from /. Oermanica by its scented fls., which appear a month later. B.M. C85. Gn. 14:85 ; 33:631; 50, p. 119. G.M. 38:441. -Var. speoibBa, Hort. Tall, with large, light blue 56. pUcita, Lam. (r. aphylla, var. plic&ta, Ker.). Rhizome, stem and lvs. as in /. pallida: outer segments obovate, pure white in the center, conspicuously veined with lilac towards the margin and on the claw ; inner segments very plicate, white tinged with lilac on the margin. B.M. 870. — Known only la cult. Probably de- rived from /. pallida. 57. Sw6rtii, Lam. (/. aplif/ll.t. var. Sirrrlii. Kit.). Much dwarfer than J. Flnrcntiiin and r. jHillnla. Stem 1-1 >^ ft. long: spathe valves lliisli,,! with viol.t : enter segments 2-2 H in. long, obuvatf-cuncatc, wliitc, faintly veined and flushed with purple ou the margin; inner segments as large, much crisped, pure white, except the purple keel and margin. Fls. May and .June, long before /. ywi^ida.— Fragrant. Known only in cult. The following seven species (58-64) are closely related, the distinctions between them being mainly those of de- gree. Some of them are known only in cultivation, and are no doubt derived forms; all are connected by nu- merous intermediate garden forms : 58. negUcta, Horn. Lvs. slightly glaucous, 12-15 in. long, ensiform, purple at the base: steni taller, IK- 2 ft., many-fld. : spathe valves green below at the flow- ering time, much tinged with purple: outer segments obovate-cuneate, very obtuse, 2 in. long, violet-blue on the margin, whitish veined with blue in the center; beard yellow ; inner segments erect or connivent, ob- long, as large as the outer, pale lilac. June. B.M. 2435. — Known only in cult. 59. hybrida, Retz. (/. aimena.DC). Differs from /. neijlei-ta by its longer spathe valves, and its pure white or f.iintly lilac-tinted outer segments and style branches. June. — Known only in cult. 60. GermAnica, Linn. Fig. 1178. Lvs. 1-1 >^ ft. long: stem 2-3 ft. high : spathe valves tinged with purple: outer segments obovate-cuneate. 2-3 in. long; beard yel- low; inner segments as large, obovate, connivent. Cen- tral and S Eu. Early May, June. B.M. 670. B.R. 10:818. I. H. 40:182 ( var. Gypsea, pure white). Gn. 48:1033 (dark purple var. ) . - Var. retictilita sub^rba, Hort. Outer seg- ments purplf, veined; inner segments lavender. 61. squilens, Linn. Lvs. glaucous, 1-1% ft. long: stem 2-3 ft. liiirli : spathe valves subscarious: outer segments ol)iivati.--i-unratc. upper part plain lilac-pur- ple; claw yellow, vi-inicl with lilac" ; beard yellow; inner segments as largi-. ..Ii..vati\ dnll lilac and yellow, or brownish and yellow. C.ntral En. to Caucasus. B.M. 787.- Many of the (iirnian Insus .jf cultivators belong to this form. Var. Jacquesiana, Hort. Outer segments dark red-violet, yellow at base; inner segments tawny yellow. Late. One of the best. 62. sambuclna, Linn. Differs from I. squalens by its less robust habit, narrower segments and elder-like odor. The outer segments are colored and veined with i-Iaret, not lilac, purple; inner segments emarginate. Late May. Central Eu. B.M. 187. — Tall and handsome. 63. Bilibtti, Fost. Lvs. darker green, more distinctly striated, and more rigid than in /. Germanica ; stem several-headed, 2%-3tt. long: spathe valves ventricose: outer segments obovate cuneate, reddish purple, with many dark veins; beard white, tipped with yellow; in- ner segments orbicular unguiculate, 2 in. broad, bright blue-purple. Late June. Trebizond. — Very near /. Ger- 64. Cypriina, Foster & Baker. Plants tall, the branch- ing stem being 3 ft. high, bearing many fls. 6-7 in. in diameter: outer segments obovate cuneate, reddish lilac, with thin, darker veins; claw whitish, with greenish brown veins; inner segments oblong-unguiculate, lilac, spotted with reddish brown on the claw. June, July. Cyprus. — Very near /. pallida, from which it differs only by the longer navicular spathe valves, which are not entirely scariose at the flowering time, and the more obovate segments. 65. atroviol&cea, Lange. Lvs. very glaucous, 1 ft. long: stem equaling the lvs.: spathe entirely scariose : fls. dark violet, very fragrant ; outer segments obovate- IRIS cuneate, 3 in. long; beard white, tipped with yellow; inuer segments as long, 2 in. broad, orbicular. Late May. — Known only in cult. Probably a hybrid between /. Chamceiris and I. pallida. C6. Suwartwi, Regel (/. linedta, Poster). Lvs. thin, linear, I ft. long, pale green : stem 1 ft. high, bearing 2-3 reduced lvs. and a single head of fls. : outer seg- ments oblong-cuneate, K in. broad, 2 in long, closely reined with oblique lines of claret purple on a greenish yellow ground; beard blue; inner segments oblong with a long claw, often faintly bearded, vemed and tinted on the margins with claret purple B M 7029 G7. Leichtlini, Regel (/. vdga, Poster) Rhizome slender, wide-creeping : lvs. m tufts, not contiguous ensiforra, 1-lH ft. long, scarcely glaucous stem 1\ tt long, 1-headed, bearing 2-3 fls. and 2 reduced h s outer segments 2-2V^ in. long, oblong cuneate, bright Inac, with a whitish beard; inner segments oblong as broad as the outer, claw also bearded. Turkestan &n 52 1136 — Var. vAga, Hort., has larger flowers G8. Korolkdwi, Regel. Rhizome short creeping lvs glaucous, 1 ft. long: stem 1 ft long limb 2^™-3 in long, milk-white, veined with red brown m the type outer segments oblong, 1 in. broad, with a blown beard and a brown patch in the thioat , inner segments as large, erect. May. Turkestan B M 7025 Gn 28:517. G.C. III. 4:37. -Very hardy One of the earliest. Variously colored lilac, etc , in cult \ ar cdncolor, Hort. Purplish lilac, veined darker Var Leichtliniina, Hort. Creamy white with brownish veins. Var. violacea, Hort. Violet, with dark veins SUBGENUS ONCOCTCLl s A. Outer segments Ugulate, much »< duced.. t'l paradoxa AA. Outer seilmfiits not much ^mtilli , th.u, the inner. n. Les. pule e/reen. c. Lrs. ensiform - atrofus-i cc. ii's. linear 70 Sam Manse BB. Xivs. glaucous. c. Lvs. ensiform Bismarckiana 73 Lortetu 74 atropurpurea CO. Lvs. linear. T>. Stem very short or iiniu Iberica DD. Stem over 6 in. long 77 Susiana 7S Gatesu 7>) Nazarena 80 lupina ,3-Gi 73. Lort^tii, Barbey. Lvs. less than 1 ft. long: stem short: limb 4 in. long: outer segments obovate, 3 in. broad, whitish, finely veined and spotted with red- 69. parad6xa, Stev. Plants dwarf: Iv long: stem 2-6 in. high: fl. large; outer segments re- duced to a mere claw, dark, covered with a dense pile; inner segments 2 in. long, orbicular, lilac to white. Mts., Georgia and N. Persia. B.M. 7081. Gn. 32:628; 46, p. 173. Gt. 386.— A flower with singular combinations of color. Grows in dry situations, but requires shelter in winter. Long cult., but not common. 70. Sirii, Schott. Rhizome short, stout; lvs. about 6 in. long, Anally 1 ft., linear-complicate : stem 3-6 in. long, with 2 reduced lanceolate lvs.; pedicel very short: tube 1 in. long; fls. bright lilac, large as in /. Susiunu: outer segments obovate-cuneate, 13^-2 in. broad, reflexed chiefly by its bright lilac fls. Asia Minor. Var. lirida, Boiss. Outer segments with many brown- black spots and lines on a pale brownish ground. B.M. 6960. 71. Miriae, Barbey (/. SMeme, Barbey). Lvs. very falcate, 3-4 in. long: stem 3-6 in. long, with 2-4 short lvs.: limb pale lilac, with fine red-brown veins; outer segments orbicular, 2>^ in. long, with a dark purple patch at the throat ; inner segments larger, more rounded. Desert between Egypt and Palestine. Dis- covered 1880. Gt. 42, p. 488; Supp. PI. J.H. IIL 28:302. G.M. 37:215. 72. Bismarcki&na, Hort. Damman. Habit of /. Su- siana, and fls. as large: lvs. 8 in. long: stem 1 ft. high: outer segments orbicular, ash-gray, with darker veins 1178. Ins Germanica (X ^0 Typical of miny species m which the be.ird is confined to the midrib brown, with a dark spot at the throat : inner segments orbicular, connivent, pale gray, with red-brown veins. -Quite hardy N. B.M. 7251. Gn. 43:897; 48, p. 337. Gt. 42, p. 490. G.C. III. 12:153. G.M. 36:386; 40:250. 74. atropurpilrea, Baker. Lvs. 6 in. long; stem 4-5 in. ; outer segments oblong, 2 in. long, purplish black, without veins, with a yellow patch on the throat and a beard of yellow, black-tipped hairs ; inner segments larger, of the same color, with discemable veins: style crests small. Easily distinguished by its rather small, uniformly colored flowers. Gt. 42, p. 489. PI. Supp. 75. Var. atrofiisca, Baker (/. atrofusca. Baker). Lvs. pale green, 1 ft. long: stem 1 ft. long, hidden by the sheathing inner lvs.: limb dark purple-brown; outer segments obovate, 3 in. long, with a dark spot on the throat ; inner segments larger and broader : style branches very convex; crests large. B.M. 7379. Gn. 48, p. 8; 50:1089 and p. 333. 7G. Ibdrica, Hoffm. Dwarf, with a large flower: Ivs. 3-8 in. long, narrow, very falcate: stem 3-4 in. long: outer segments roundcd-obovate, 2 in. broad, pale brown, closely vcinid and Moti-hcd with purple-brown and with a shining darlt patch on the throat ; inner seg- ments connivent, pure white, faintly veined, with a few wine - red sjiots at base. Caucasus of Ar- d Persia. B.M. :. 386 and 723. 73: :!7(>. (ill. 111:49. I.H. 19: lOii. (i.e. II. 11:693. F. 1873:2.5. P.M. 1875: 168. -Hardy. 77. Su8i4na, Linn. Mourning Iris. Fig. 1179. Lvs. very glau- cous, 6-9 in. long, nearly 1 in. broad : outer seg- ments obovate, 3 in. long, brownish purple, veined and spotted with black- brown, with a brown beard ; inner segments brownish white, spotted with violet - brown and black. Asia Minor and Persia. B.M. 91. P. S 11:1087,1088. R.H. 1859 p. 322, 323. Gn. 32, p. 193 and 39: 800. -The best known of this group, Said to have been in- troduced from Constan tinople in 17i)3. Name from a city in Persia, Not entirely hardy North, but a good pot plant. Var. m^jor, Hort, Bluish, tiut.-d bruwu. 78. Gitesii, Foster. Hal.it and foliage of /, seg- cula 3 ii :4tJ_'.' iiiii.i.l. cream - white, ".f'-'T'''^ " ' ' ^"nl'■||||"■^sky-blue, cov- ered with a network of 1179. Type of Oncocyclus Iris— tine veins, giving them a Iris Susiana (XH). light gray tint; inner Type of iliffusely bearded flower, segments ' larger, pale purple or yellow. Dry regions, Armenia. Gn. 43: 897, and 52, pp. 88 and 279. G.C. III. 8:17. A.G. 13:60. -The largest-fld. of its sub- genus. Fls. about twice as large as in /. Siisiana. Quite hardy. 79. Nazardna, Hort. (/. Sclrii, v&r. Ifazarina, Tost.). Foliage and stem of /. Hiisiana, and fls. as large: outer segments obovate, straw-colored, netted with red and brown veins and blotched with a patch of black-crimson near the claw; beard dark purple, with a bare streak running down the claw; inner segments cream-white, with thin blue veins. Palestine.— Foster described this plant without definitely determining its systematic po- sition. It is related to /. Sarii and to /. Bismarckiana, and differs from the other members of this section by its long, creeping, stoloniferous rhizome. See Gn. 43, p. 133. I.H. 42, p. 78. Gt. 42, p. 487 and supp. pi. 80. luplna, Foster. Lvs. I ft.long: stem6in.high,with 2 lvs. and 1 fl. : outer segments obovate-cuneate, yel- lowish green, with red-brown veins and a velvety dark brown patch on the throat ; claw with a yellowish beard ; inner segments orbicular, with a short claw, colored like the outer ; style crests large, toothed. Turkish Armenia, where it is called "Wolf's Ear," hence the specific name. Gn. 43:897 and 54, p. 59. IRIS SUBGENUS XIPHION. L. titem 1 ft. or more in length. B. Tube obsolete. c. Lvs. snbterete 81. cc. Jyfs. linear complicate 82. BB. Tube more or less developed. c. livs. linear complicate 83. cc. Lvs. slender, terete or sub- terete. D. Pedicel IK in. long ...84. elshort 85. 86. Pedit filifoUa juncea Boissieri Stem very short or noi B. Lvs. acutely quadrangular, very short at the flowering time 87. BB. Lvs. acutely quadrangular, much overtopping the fl... H8. BB. Lvs. terete or linear subteri-le. c. Jiiilb tunics conijw.sfd of parallel fibers 90. ec. Bulb tunics reticulated... 91. 81. Xlphium, Linn. (/. Bispdnica, Hort. /. spectdhi- lis, Spach^. Spanish Iris. Fig. 1180. Lvs. about 1 ft. long: stem 1-2 ft. high: pedicel long; tube obsolete: outer segments 2-2H in. long, violet-purple, yellow in tlip center; inner segments as long, but narrower. Late June, Spain and N. Afr. B.Jl. 686. Gn. 20:308 and 30, p. 3,s,-..- Long cult, and well known. Hardy in N. J. in protected situations. Var. Lusitanica, Ker. (/. Lusi- ttinica, Hort.). Fls. yellow. B.M. 079. 1180. Iris Xiphii TjTe of bulbous Iris. 82. xiphioldes, Ehrh. {/. Anolica, Hort.). English Iris. Lvs. about 1 ft. : stem 1-2 ft. : fls. dark violet- purple in the typical form: outer segments orbicular, yellow in the center; inner segments shorter, oblong. French and Spanish Pyrenees. B.M. 687. Gn. 30, p. 384; 31:586. IRIS 83. Tinglt4na, Boiss. & Reut. Stem stout, 1-2- beaded, about 2 ft. high, hidden by the sheathing bases of the stout, falcate Ivs., of which there are 6-7 on the stem, the lower about 1 ft. long: fls. 2-3 in a cluster; outer segments 3 ia. long, with an obovate, reflexed blade, pale lilac, yellow in the center, and with a bright yellow keel down the claw; inner segments shorter, oblanceolate, erect, incurved. Tangiers. B.M. G775. Gn. 36:720. G.M. 40:377. 84. Jili!dlia, Boiss., not Bunge (Xiphion fiUminm, Klatt.). Slender and Ipnfy, about 2 ft. bi-h. bonrin- 1-2 bright yiolet-purpli' IN. L'-J',. in. in .limn.f.r : 1\ -. -diMiit outer segments willi ;i h.ut.iw .-liiw cviliimIhii,' .snil,l,nly the center; inner segineuts ervct, obovate-lanceolate, erose, notched. S.Spain. B.M. 5928.-Int. 1809. Hardy. 85. jiincea, Desf. {Xiphion jilnceum, Klatt.). Stem slender, erect, rigid, 9-18 in. high, bearing 1 (rarely 2) golden yellow flowers, 2-3 in. in diam. : Ivs. rigid, the lower 1 ft. long: outer segments with an orbicular blade shorter than the cuneate claw, recurved and veined with brown; inner segments erect, oblanceolate. May, .June. Algeria, Tunis, etc. B.M. 5890. Gu. 54:1200. 86. BoissiSri, Henriq. Lvs. 1 ft. long: .stem about a foot long, beariug few, reduced lanceolate lvs. and a single flower: outer segments 1% in. long; blade ob- ovate, reflexed, as long as the cuneate claw, bright lilac, with a yellow keel running down the claw, slightly bearded; inner segments as long as the outer, erect, obovate, clawed, bright lilac. June. S. Portugal. B.M. 7097. 87. reticulata, M. Bieb. Lvs. 2 in a tuft, short, erect, elongating to IK ft.: stem very short: fls. bright pur- ple, very fragrant; outer segments 2 in. long, yellow at the claw, with a low yellow crest; inner segments nar- rower. Mid-April. Asia Minor and Persia. B.M. 5577. F. S. 5, pp. 507-9. R. H. 1890, p. 133. L. B. C. 19:1829. Gt.779. Gn. 20: 295; 54, p. 471. G.C. II. 11:501; 21: 217. P. 1860:161. Var. histrioides, Poster (/. hisMoldes, Hort. ). Outer segments much mottled with white and lilac on the claw and broad, orbicular blade. Asia Minor, Persia, and the Caucas. Gn. 42: 880. J. H. III. 34:111. —Early-flowering, and flue for pots. Var. Krelagei, Kegel. Fls. red-purple, varying greatly in shade; claw conspicuously veined. The common wild form of the Caucasus. Nearly odorless. Var. coertllea, Hort. Azure- blue. Var. cyinea, Hort. Blue. Var. mijor, Hort. Like the type, but larger. 88. Hfstrio, Reiehb. f. {Xiphion Hlstrio, Hook. f.). Plants tufted, slender and flaccid: lvs. deeply grooved on each face. 1 ft. long: stem half as high, very slender, 1-fld. : fls. 3 in. in diameter; tube 3—4 in. long, blue above; outer segments obovate-spatulate, spreading, deep blue, with a yellow line in the center bordered with white and spotted and shaded with blue; inner segments erect, oblanceolate, blue. Related to /. reticu- lata, differing only in its paler, odorless fls., which are produced several weeks earlier. Feb. Mts. of Palestine. B. M. 60.3.3. Gn.9, p. 29, and 33:653. G. C. III. 12:729; 21:105. 89. Vdrtani, Foster. Lvs. usually 2, 8-9 in. long, slen- der, finally longer: stem very short, hidden: tube 2% in. long: outer segments with a narrow claw, suddenly enlarged into an ovate-lanceolate blade ; pale, slaty lilac, with darker veins and a crisp yellow crest down the claw; inner segments erect, almost linear-lanceolate, pale lilac. Dee. Palestine, near Nazareth. B.M. 6942.- Not scented. 90. Bakeriiua, Foster. Lvs. 3-4, 6-9 in. long, finally a foot or more after flowering: fls. single, on a short peduncle, fragrant; outer segments with a long, obovate- elliptical claw, and a small, ovate, reflexed blade, in- tense violet, creamy in the center, with a yellow streak down the claw; inner segments shorter, erect, oblanceo- late, lilac; style crests large. Feb., Mar. Armenia. B.M. 7084. Gn. 37:753. G.C. III. 7:293, and 21:103. J.H. III. 34:177. G.M. 40:118. 91. Kolpakowskiina, Regel {Xiphion Kolpakowshi- Unutu , Baker). Lvs. 5-6. wrapped round by a sheath at the base, very short at the flowering time, but growing IRIS 831 longer: scape very short, 1-fld.: outer segments with a long, erect claw and an ovate, acute blade, deep violet- purple with a yellow keel down the claw; inner seg- ments oblanceolate, erect, pale lilac. Mts., Turkestan. Very near /. reticulata, fls. at the same time, and is sweet-scented. B.M. 6489. Gn. 17, p. 75, and 33:653. SUBGENUS GYNANDKIRIS. 92. Sisyrinohium, Linn. {Xiphion Sisyrinchium, Baker. Moraia Sisyrinchium, Ker. /. maricoldes, Regel). Stem 6-12 in. high, stout or flexuous, 1-3- headed: lvs. 2, slender, as long as the stem: fls. fugi- tive, lilac-purple, with a yellow, oblong spot on the outer segments, which are oblong spatulate; inner segments narrow-lanceolate, erect, pale: style crests large, lance- deltoid. Wi.l.Iy s|.r.Ni.l tln-MU-h S. Eu., Afr. and Asia. Easily lulh ,1 liy Iimm. li.M. U07 (not good), and 6096. In I. iiiari,'n,,l, X. b'r^il. 111,, lilaments are said to be distinct fr,ii,i ca.-l, ,,thtr and from the style. SUBGENUS JUNO. A. I/vs. hollow, tetragonous, pro- duced after the floicers 93. Danfordiae AA. Lvs. linear rnmplieate. short at tlie fluirtriinj tiiii, 94. Persica the fl'tir.rnnj 1 1 „i ,' 95. KoBonbachiana AAAA. Lus. lanerulate. fulvate at base; H-9 in. lonij. B. Stem 1-2-headed: inner segments pendulous. c. Acs. u'ilh a distinct wliile niiiriiiii 96. Fostcriana cc. Lrs.aii hmilii iir, ,n . .. '.17. Sindjarensis BB. stem l-],,.,d.:l: n,N. , ■.■<,,, - 99. alata BBB. Stem o-U-lieaded: lvs. o-ti 0. Lvs. with a horny bor- der 100. Caucasica cc. Lvs. without a horny border 101 . fumosa 102. orchioides 93. DAnfordisB, Boiss. Fl. stems 2-4 in. high : lvs. finally a footlong: fls. brightyellow, IH in. in diameter; outer segments with an orbicular blade spotted with brown; claw cuneate; inner segments reduced to mi- nute, spreading, subulate teeth : style crests large. Spring. CicUian Taurus. B.M. 71411. -Fra^Tant. 94. Persica, Linn. Bulb ovoid: lvs. 1-:,. J-:; i„. long: stem short, 1 -headed: tube2-3 in. loim ; limb jiale lilac: outer segments with an orbicular blade with udark pur- ple blotch, an orange keel, and purple liues and spots; claw auriculate ; inner segments small. Should be lifted in summer. Asia Minor and Persia. B.M. 1. Gn. 11, p. 207; 14:156; 33:653; 54, p. 103 & 470. F.S. 10:1045. G.C. III. 7:577. Var. purpiirea, Hort. A bright purple variety. Fine. Krelage. 95. BosenbacMana, Regel. Lvs. 4-5, flnally 6-8 in. long: stem short, 1-3-headed: outer segments obovate- cuneate; bladi- rctlrxed, white at the tip, deep purple in the middii' ainl cr. amy below, with a yellow keel and dark lila.- vrins; inm-r'segments spreading or reflexed, obovate. )>alc lilac. 'I'he color of the fls. is very variable. Mts., Turkestan. B..M. 7135. J.H. III. 28:189. G.C. HI. 7:577. G.M. 34:171. 96. Fosteriina, Aitch. Lvs. 4-6 in. long: stem short: outer segments yellow, streaked with black, obovate- cuneate; claw not auriculate; inner segments shorter, obovate, bright purple. March. Afghan and Russian boundary. B.M. 7215. -Very dift'erent from the allied species "/. orchioides, I. Sindjarensis, etc., on account of the difference in color of the sepals and petals. 97. Sindjarensis, Boiss. & Haussk. Lvs. about 8, crowded, 1 in. broad: stem short: ds. slaty lilac; outer segments with an obovate, reflexed blade narrowed to a claw, with darker lilac lines and a small yellow crest- inner segments oblong, clawed. Feb. Deserts of Mes- opotamia. Plantshalf afoot high. B.M. 7145. G.C. III. 7:365. J.H. HI. 28:227. 832 IRIS 98. Palsestina, Boiss. Lvs. 3-G in. long: stem very short: fls. pale yellow, tinged with lilac; outer seg- ments oblong, upper K reflexed; claw auriculate ; inner segments minute, narrowly lanceolate. Fls. in winter. Mts. of Palestine. Very near /. Vancasica, but dis- tinguished by its longer acuminate spathes and the color of the Hs. 99. aUta, Poir. {I. scorpioldes.Best.]. Lvs. about 6, plane, 6-9 in. long: stem very short: outer segments 3-4 in. long, obovate-cuneate, bright lilac, variegated with white, and having a yellow keel down the claw ; in- ner segments obovate-unguiculate, spreading from the base of the outer: style crest large, laciniately toothed. Winter-flowering. Plants very dwarf. Spain to Sicily and Algeria. B.R.22:1876. Gn. 10, p. 579 and 54, p. 102. G.M. 35:614. 100. Catic&sica, Hoffm. Lvs. about 6 : stem short: IRRIGATION ments more spotted. Var. cserulea, Hort. Pis. br lilac, with a yellow blotch on the blade of the outer ments. Mts., Turkestan. B.M. 7111. Gn. 53, p. R.H. 1880, p. 337. Of the following names wh h are f o n 1 n cat logi c complete d r pt on s available / it,su \a a Blu si w — / a g St a Deep yeUow marked thma oon Or r 1 1 ot I ar eg-iti -/ Batta di^n Wh te A^lgena Bull Bos a a \ ellow Rhizomatous — 1 brachys\pho P 1 I Rh zomitous -I Bnttan c is FdXe p k w th the o net 1 tl purple Carl to u t I 1 ( 1 ents redd sh purpi J etlow C erma — / Pale black witl j Ui te a form of I neglecta Ldac d purple — / ; gulans Purple -I M "=^^ : flBj erect at 1 A good species for pots. ricles and a toothed or ciliated crest; inner segments oblanceolate. Dwarfer habit than /. orcAj'oi'dcs. Cauca- sus to Asia Minor, etc. 101. fumdsa, Boiss. & Haussk. Lvs. about 10: stem 6 in. long: outer segments spatulate-oblanceolate, re- curved above the middle, claw with a yellow crest; in- ner segments minute, spatulate, toothed. The fls. are greenish yellow, shaded with smoky gray. Dry fields, Syria. 102. orohioldeg, Carr. Pig. 1181. Lvs. about 6: stem 12-15 in. long,with distinct intemodes : spathes 1-fld. ,2in. long: fls. yellow; outer segments with an obovate blade, and a purple blotch on each side of the crest of the claw; inner segments oblanceolate, less than an inch long, and generally sharply deflexed, with a long filiform claw. Spring. Var. oculita, Maxim. Blade of the outer seg- 111 1 N I Per 1 nell i 1 tl t e hort the flowe g time fl spr ng ng iron th& gro d the long t be 1 ghtl mpped ro nd 1 y the Hnceolate SI- tl il n t r t. e t '>m long blide refle ed bla k 111 1 1 t p w th n in 1 1 ck spots on a pale 1 r e^n ents smill 1 or zontil stjle I A_mer intnl t t III " 1 1 Gn / I =Hermo H t 1 t ero s -/ Tog I 1 I ca ind I Ro enb 1 na but earher II 1 M n color s Iver gr j predom nat ng V, \ It lie mark ngs \ ar grand flora Large flowering The following numbers are not mentioned n eitalogues of \n er in dealers They ire procurable thro gh f r grow 1 re A Ivert ed n D tch Amen a I I 4 >; 40 4 51 5 53 W 58 5 b h9 aO 91 9 J3 95 96 J IRIS ROOT, or OBBIS BOOT. I J IRONBABK. Eucalyptus. IRONWEED. Weed. IRONWOOD, in America, Ostrya Virginica. IRRIGATION. Irrigation in its broadest sense In- chuies all problems of collecting, storing, delivering, and applying water to the land through the construc- tion ot dams, reservoirs, canals and laterals, and the application of power when necessary to deliver the water; while in a restricted horticultural sense it is a method of cultivation, having for its object to increase and regulate the water supply in the soil. In this latter sense Irrigation is a necessary practice in the arid regions, and is advisable in the humid re- gions in proportion to the intensity of the cultivation and the value of the crop grown. Thus in Florida, with an average of 60 to 70 inches of annual rainfall — usually well distributed — Irrigation has been largely introduced in the past few years for horticultural crops and even for tobacco, as an insurance against loss or damage by the occasional droughts. The first cost of a small Irri- gation plant in Florida, for 20 acres or over, is said tc be approximately $100 to $150 per acre; the interest on which, and the necessary repairs, would amount to from $5 to $10 per acre per annum. This is a small expendi- ture to insure a crop against loss or injury where the value per acre is so great as in many horticultural lines. Irrigation is needed not only to prevent the actual death of the plants, but to promote a uniform, rapid, and con- tinuous growth, which is necessary for the development of the finest texture or flavor of the commercial crop. King has shown that the value of a crop saved in Wis^ consin, such as the strawberry, in a season i\:hen the crops generally are injured by drought, may pay all th© expenses of the original cost of the Irrigation plant. IRRIGATION la the semi-arid regions west of the 100th meriilian, with a, rainfall of from 20 to 30 inches, crops are liable to be entire failures three or four years out of five; while with an Irrigation plant there should not be a failure one year in five. In the arid regions with less than 15 or 20 inches of rain, Irrigation is a necessity on most soils. Here the work has been highly organized and systematized, so that the cost of water delivered at IRRIGATION 833 the nounts fron $5 Under skilful management the most abundant yields are secured. The most careful management is required in the application of water to prevent serious injury to the land and to avoid actual injury to the crop in ren- dering the plants tender and liable to disease, and in maintaining the quality and flavor, both of which are liable to depreciate unless good judgment is displayed in supplying water. Sources of Water Suppli/. -The principal sources of water supply are streams, surface wells, artesian wells, and the storage of storm waters. For small irrigated tracts near cities the city water supply may often be used to advantage. In other localities the nature of the conditions will determine the most economical source from which to obtain the water. Perpetually flowing streams, if situated in such a way that water can be carried to the land by gravity, have the advantage of cheapness of construction and maintenance. On the other hand, if the stream supplies others in the com- munity, there is liable to be trouble and expense in es- tablishing and maintaining water-right claims and in securing water when needed for the crop. Questions arising out of the water rights on streams and rivers in the western states, with the various state laws, the multiplicity of court decisions on the most intricate legal questions — both in different states and different counties along the line of the stream — the absence in most states of adequate police or judicial powers vested in the Irrigation commissioner, have led to the most perplexing and bewildering state of affairs, and have in- volved the states and individuals in enormous costs for law suits, resulting in many cases in the apportionment of many times the volume of the stream to the settlers along its bank. The large planter must seek some perennial and abundant supply of water, as is furnished by streams, but it is safe to say that all streams of any size in the western part of the United States are already appropri- ated to their fullest extent, although the water so appro- priated is not all in present use. Smaller planters are much more independent with some of the other sources of sup])ly mentioned above. Wells from 10 to 20 feet deep, with pumps operated by windmills, or wells of a maximum depth of 50 feet operated by many forms of gasoline, hot air or portable engines, attached to direct acting pumps or centrifugal pumps, form in general a very satisfactory means of irrigating small areas. Over limited areas artesian wells have been very suc- cessfully used. If they are flowing wells delivering a considerable stream, they can be used over small areas without storage reservoirs, or over much larger areas with reservoirs. They should be capped in all cases, where possible, so that the flow can be stopped when not actually needed. In many places it is possible, at a comparatively small expense, to construct a dam to collect the storm waters. The magnitude and expense of such work will depend entirely on the configuration of the surface, the area of the watershed, the volume of the water to be handled as well as the nature of the soil, and the material out of which the dam is to be constructed. Methods of Raising Water. -YarioxLa methods are used for raising water from streams, wells, or storage reservoirs which may lie below the general level of the land to be irrigated. Hydraulic rams are sometimes used for small areas, but these are not economical when a small volume of water is at hand, as only about one- seventh of the water can be collected. Open buckets carried on an endless belt, operated by either wind- mills, steam power or even horse-power, are used with success and offer the advantage of cheap construction. The ordinary cylinder or plunger pumps are usually employed when the water has little or no sediment, and are operated by windmills or by steam or other form character of the 1 ture of the materi water. The consi involves engineer of engine. When the water carries considerable sedi- ment such pumps are liable to wear away rapidly, and the centrifugal pump is the most economical form to use. The relative first cost of equipment for pumping with windmills or with gasoline or hot air engines of approximately equal horse-power is about the same. The windmill, however, is dependent upon a mean ve- locity of wind of about eight miles per hour, while the engine may be operated at any time, and is thus more reliable when either form of motive power is taxed to nearly the extreme limit. There are many kinds of windmills on the market, and many forms of home-made construction are in use. Storing and Conducting ira(e)-. -Storage reservoirs for streams and for storm waters vary in size and in cost as well as in mode of construction, according to the , size of area, volume of water, na- if construction, and demand for the ii..ii ..r siii-li reservoirs sometimes pi.ilil, insofthe mostdifllcultkind, demanding the ex|M mliiuir ,,f immense sumsof money. In the use of wiiidmiils it is necessary to have small distributing ponds or tanks, as the direct flow from the pump is usually so small and varies so much with the velocity of the wind that it cannot be depended on to water any considerable area. Where it is stored it can be turned out onto the land in large volumes, so that it spreads over the surface and waters the whole area uni- formly. For an ordinary windmill the ponds are from 50 to 100 feet square. They can be stocked with fish and thus be a source of some revenue and variety in the family supplies. Unless the pond is situated on a slight elevation, the earth for the embankment must be taken from the outside. The banks are usually made with a slope of IH to 1 foot. For a bank 5 feet high and 2 feet across the top, the side would be about 7H feet and the base about 17 feet wide. If the ground is at all pervious to water, the bottom of the pond should be protected from undue seepage and loss of water by puddling. This should be done with clay, if this is obtainable. This puddling is often done by driving horses or cattle in the pond while the surface is wet. A pond of the size indicated above, operated by a windmill where the mean wind velocity is about 8 miles per hour, will irrigate from 3 to 5 acres of land in the semi-arid regions. Such a pond could be counted upon to irrigate from 5 to 10 acres where, as in the East, only one or two irrigations would be required during the season. The size of the reservoirs ;iim1 tli.- ar.a they will irrigate, when supplied by steuiii '.1 nilur kind of engine, will depend upon the availalilr wal. r sii|.|ily and upon the size of pump and power u-r,L Dilrh,.i and Fliinns. -The water is usually carried from the stream or storage reservoir by gravity in open ditches. This involves loss by evaporation from the sur- face and by seepage through the soil. When the water supply is limited and its value is consequently great, terracotta pipes, iron pipes, cement or woodeu pipes may be used. When the surface of the country is uneven and ravines have to be crossed, flumes are used to carry the water on an even grade across the depression. These flumes may be iron pipes, open wooden troughs, or wooden pipes held together with substantial hoops. If the depression is not too great the ditch may be built up on an earth embankment. When the water has to pass through a gravelly soil, or when for other reasons the soil is very pervious, special precautions should be taken to prevent seepage by using pipes, cementing the sides of the open ditch, or puddling the ditch with clay or similar material. Application of Water. -The water is usually applied to the ground by flooding over the whole surface. For this purpose the surface must be perfectly level and the ground carefully prepared, so that the water will flow uniformly and quickly over the entire area and be of uniform depth throughout. Where crops are cultivated in rows or on beds the water is allowed to flow down in the troughs between the rows, and there must be a suf- ficient head of water to reach the end of the rows in a reasonably short time, so that the whole width of the field will be properly watered. Where the surface of the ground is so uneven that surface flooding cannot be used, basins are formed by 834 IRRIGATION throwing up slight riiiges, with a pluw or other imple- ment, and tile water turned into these basins in succes- sion and allowed to accumulate to a sufficient extent. This method is particularly applicable to fru t t ees although it is occasionally used in other crops In very sandy soils the water is occasionally cir e 1 tl ro ^1 the field in wooden troughs, which a 1 t ot 11 t seepage to water the land. This pr t tl e 1 seepage which might occur in such so 1 t tl t flowed over the surface. Another metl J to I tribute the water through the field n ir u p pes v. th openings at frequent intervals, in wh ch nozzles can be attached to deliver a fine spray over a small area W th four or five such nozzles an attendant can water a con siderable area of ground in the co rse of a day Such an irrigating outfit in Florida was supplied with a power equivalent to about one horsepower per acre. The mains and laterals were of 1-inch or IK-inch iron pipes laid near the surface of the ground, the laterals about 100 feet apart, with hydrants every 50 feet. Tanks were originally used, but it was found desirable to pump directly into the mains to insure a sufficient pressure. Care should be exercised in applying water to the land. Where water is plentiful there is a common prac- tice of using such an excess as to injure the flavor of fruit, increase the liability of disease, and eventually in- jure the land by the accumulation of seepage waters and of alkali. As a rule, there has been very much more damage from over-irrigation than from the use of too little water. The first two or three years a soil usually requires a considerable amount of water, but after be- coming well moistened to a considerable depth it should require comparatively little water thereafter to maintain its fertility. As it is not easy to apply just the proper amount, the excess should be provided for. If there is any reason to fear lack of drainage, the land should be thoroughly underdrained before Irrigation is started, or at any subsequent time when the need of it becomes apparent. Irrigation always should be supplemented by the most thorough cultivation. After going to the expense of watering the soil in this way, it is poor economy to allow the water to escape by evaporation or otherwise; therefore every precaution should be used in thorough, subsequent cultivation and in the exclusion of weeds, to conserve the moisture so applied. The intelligent horticulturist will find that in the use of this expensive method of maintaining a proper water supply in the soil, it is incumbent upon him, even more than if the method were not used, to give careful attention to all the ordinary methods of preparation and cultivation in order to maintain the advantages he has established by the Irrigation plant. Milton Whitney. SuB-iREiOATioN IN THE GREENHOUSE.— The term sub- irrigation is used to describe a method of supplying water to the roots of plants by means of some form of conduit placed below the surface of the soil. In green- house operations, the essential features of the plan are a level, water-tight bench-bottom, and tile or pipes to serve as conduits for the water. The tile, or pipes, are laid diiT.ilv (m iln l.rm'h bottom, and over these the soil i^ M ■' ' ' i i' I" the depth of about 6 inches. When ^^ ■ : I '.hiced in sufficient quantities throu^li 111. Hi. r [.i|i."-,it passes out at the joints or perforaliuus ml., ilic ^uil. When applied to greenhouse operations, the term sub- watering has been proposed by Gofif and Cranefield for the reason that Irrigation is used to denote watering on a large scale out-of-doors. It may be said, however, that the words watering and Irrigation do not indicate the scale of operations with any degree of accuracy, hence it seems as well to use an old word as to coin one, es- pecially when the familiar word expresses the meaning intended. Experiments in watering plants by this method were begun in the winter of 1890 and 1891, at the Ohio Ex- periment Station. The suggestion came from the re- sult obtained in nn offnrt to check the lettuce rot. Water was intro.hic.d to tlie soil in boxes by means of a pipe, in a similar iiianin r t.> the method often employed in watering hilN ..f iiulons and cucumbers. When the plants were watered in this manner, the lettuce showed IRRIGATION BO much more vigor than that watered in the ordinary way that operations were begun at once on a larger scale : first in a bed on the ground having a clay bottom, then on a ater t ght ben h ua le of 1 1 er ai d finally on I tect apart t eld have f,hto I 1 in ze 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I \ I I I re 1 off the corn till t 1 tl e flow of water 11 1 I I I 1 ) 1 1 j u ng com uon 1 111 1 tl co^ r ng the ent re ben h I otto tea I of a 1 i oft le e-( ery 2 feet, as at first. Benches made of lumber have proved unsatisfactory because of the swelling .ind warping of the lin.irds. Solid beds on the gi-.niTvl hrv,- vt h. . -i .:,,-,■, -ufi,l. ex- cept where an imii.T'-.':- . I ■ i,..'...M. , .-.,,! i,:.ha- nized-iron adds gn ;i: . in.l lasts only a short t.. i ■ : i..r greenhouse sub-irri;:,.! i- .-n.' in;..].' .t iimi. luils which are not acted upon by watir. A well-made tile- and cement-bench seems to be the only form of construction that will meet the require- ments. Such a bench does not ci.st so niiich as to pre- clude its use, and nil! l::-t n- h ir: ..^ ;iii\ ..iIjit part of the greenhouse. In .i' - ;: ! :. i . ' . li. it will not be necessary to ent. I ■ ' .. i n. 1 1 as relate to the method of wai. i in n i .i i . n - - !..ii. The bench must be water-tiglit, ur marli .s... aii.l iiii> condition is secured by spreading a layer of cement, an inch or more in thickness, over the tile bottom. It is not a matter oi; any moment whether flat tile or common drain-tile are used, except in the quantity of cement required. The cement must be spread with care, so as to secure a per- fectly flat, level bottom, otherwise the water will not flow uniformly in all directions. The sides of the benches are made of cement also, but need be only 2 or 3 inches high, or of sufficient height to merely retain the water. Boards or slate are placed outside the ce- ment wall to retain the soil. The tile-bottom may rest on iron or wood cross-pieces. Wood has been in use for this purpose at the Ohio Station for seven years and shows no signs of decay, because it is out of reach of the water. Nine years' experience shows that a perfectly con- structed bench bottom, with the tile laid 2 feet apart, will serve satisfactorily in distributing the water to all parts of the bed, provided the tile are straight, so as not to impede the flow of water. The tile are laid in the 118S. Sub-irrigation with of tile. as tile-drains, and lengthwise or crosswise the bed, as preferred. Better results are usually se- cured if they are laid crosswise than lengthwise, as it is difficult to secure an even flow through long lines of tile. A little cement or mortar is used at each joint merely to hold the tile in place when the soil is put in the bench, but not enough to impede the flow of water from the IRRIGATION joints. The first tile where the water is introduced is laid at an angle, one end resting on the edge of the bench side. This leaves a wide opening at the first joint, which is closed with cement. A better plan is to use a curved sewer-pipe for the inlet, but this is not always available. The picture (Fig. 1182) shows how the tile is laid on the bench bottom, being a view of a .side bench in a carnation house. Following Goff's suggestion in the use of brick, tiles IRRIGATION 835 1163 Sub have been used over the entire bene h b ittom with good results, and it seems probable that this will be found to be the best form of construction as it appears more certainly to insure an even distribution of water The method of constiuction is the sime as ibove de scribed, for the tno plans differ only m thi number of tiles employed to distributt the watei \\ hen the bench bottom is covereil with tik pi iced ne ir enough together so that the soil will not fill between it will be readily seen that water introduced at any point will flow to all parts of the bed in and aroun igatwn m the qteenhouse I Ihe amount of labor saved depends nuisth on the completeness of the arrangements for watering, but there is a sa\ ing m the number of appli- cations as well It IS possible to reduce the time em- ployed m watering a h msp or scries of houses, to one- afth the most autoniatii the ouh c ire necess iry being to look after such portions of the beds as may by position, be subject to unusual conditions of air or sunlight (i) Whoe sub inu/atwn is practiced m the green- house, the surface of thi toil dots not become compacted, but lefaiHs its oiiqiniil loose fnable condition It is true that where frequent s\ ringing is practiced the sur- face of the soil becomes more or less hardened but not to the extent that occurs m surface-watering, and the condition is easily remedied, whereas in the other case it is not. It follows that a heavier soil may be used for sub-irrigation than with surface-watering. Still other considerations might be urged in favor of this method of watering, but many .,f tli. m wi.uld apply to special cases only. Regunlm^: ilie . ili .-t of the method upon insects and disc ;i-i -. Imt liitle can be said. Lettuce rot is less prevulint iiifii , s must be made by IS will Ih' t;a- easier in the future •ause Intier iiietli. ids of construction prevail than formerly. The success of sub-irrigation in the greenhouse is now simply a question of mechanics. W. .J. Green. ISATIS (meaningobscure) Cnielferce This includes the Dyer s Woad / tinefona formerly cult tor a blue dye but no lonf;er advertised t sesar relates thit the ISOLOMA with them to the base of the column, somewhat sigmoid below the middle column ere t loner without wmgs pollinia4 About 5 species m Hi 1' M nd W Ind lineins, R Br Slender 1-1 I f\ Ivs dis striate obtu i ni long s purple borne in a sli n | March rowing on rocks and trei ii il i I Jamaica, rinidad Brazil etc B K 9 74j L L L li 1J41 H Hasselerino IS6LEPIS See Sen pus ISOLOMA (equal botder) Gesner li hiAeh lydwa btxty or more ti I I il \merican plants, very closely 111 1 t Otesneria and Achimenes I-i m desneria distinguished bv ab sence of well formed tubers and thnr acters of capsule and inthers and the 5 lobes of the disk e 111 1 ti iii \ liim enes m the more 1 il i il r i 1 lobed disk Ihe ul IS for Achiments ii 1 [ of thenewerhjbrids i | i i i\ and plants bloom tht sam \ tr It is probable that the puie species aie not in the trade Like Achimenes Ges- nena and Gloxinii they have been much hjbridized and varied It is probable tha* they are hybridized with Achimenes and Gesneria Tvdfea is a garden genus It is not known how the current forms have originated Some of the recent ones have fringed lis (Gn 55 1223) Tydaea( Idunutwipicta Benth Tij rU I I /( 1) lie 1 lu lls-t One to 2 I I lobes ob 1 lialf of the " and red I < f adapted 1184. Isoloma Tydaa ( ancient Britons used the Woad for staining their bodies, and the word Britain itself comes from an old Celtic word meaning painted. Before indigo became common in Europe, the Dyer's Woad produced the chief blue coloring matter for woolen cloth. The introduction of indigo in the seventeenth century destroyed this im- portant industry, not without opposition. Dioscorides and Pliny mention both the Dyer's Woad and indigo. /. tinclbria, Linn., is rather tall, glabrous and glau- cous; stem-lvs. lanceolate, entire, sessile, somewhat ar- row-shaped: fls. small, yellow, borne in early summer, on panicled racemes. Instead of apod, opening length- wise by valves, it has a closed fruit like on the samara of an ash, 1-ceIled, 1-seeded. indehiscent, wing-like. It is a biennial, and common in Europe. ISCHABUM. See i?(nr» Wi. ISMfiKE. Now referred to ITymenocallis. ISNARDIA. Includes a few species of Ludwigia. ISOCHiLUS (Greek, cgimnip). Orchidiceoe. A genus of no commercial value. Plants epiphytic, with tall, slender, leafy stems, without pseudobulbs, bearing a few small fls. at the summit. Sepals erect, free, keeled ; pet- als similar but plane ; labellum like the petals and united 18-)0 to ^I f Hook whi 1 See r S (, s, plant, the tirs parently not i am&bile, Mottet {Ti/dwa am( Erect, hairy: 1 11 I , pula of I lilt r i.t jilant I M 41 I Ihis latter Jsoloma pictum, is ap- commerce. iVis, Planch. & Lind.). or less tapering to the 1185. Isoloma Jaliscani petiole, bluntly sen hairy, pendent, dark i Colombia. B.M. 4998 te, purplish on the veins: fls. se dotted with purple, paler inside. R.H. 1859, p. 25. F. 8.10:1070. ISOLOMA CecilisB, Nichols. (Ttjdaa Cecllice, Andr(5). Much like /. ainabile, but Ivs. marked with violet and silvery zones or blotches: fls. 2 or 3 from each axil, the fls. pale rose outside and striped in the throat, and the limb pur- ple-spotted. Colombia. I.H. 23:260. oceUatum, Benth. & Hook. (Achimenes oceUita, Hook. ) . Short-hairy on the stem : Ivs. ovate-acuminate, serrate, green: fls. small, on peduncles shorter than the Ivs., the tube and short, rounded lobes red, the seg- ments marked with whitish and black spots. Panama. B.M. 4359. Jaliac&num, Wats. Fig. 1185. Herbaceous or some ■what woody at the base, 1 ft., pubescent: Ivs. opposite, oblong-lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate to ovate, short- acuminate, short-stalked, serrate: fls. 2-4 on an axillary peduncle, the corolla an inch long, tubular and short- lobed, 'pubescent, scarlet. Mex.— A worthy plant, not IVA 837 Virginica, Linn. Virginian Willow. Fig. 1186. A shrub, H2-6 ft. high, usually not more than 2-3 ft. high, of upright, somewhat slender habit: Ivs. deciduous, al- ternate, oblong, pointed, minutely serrate, smooth green above, pale and slightly pubescent below, petioled, with- out stipules, 1-3 in. long: fls. regular, 3 lines long, fra- grant, white, in solidary, erect, hairy, simple, dense, ter- minal racemes 2-6 in. long, given a greenish white ef- fect by the stamens and pistils, not particularly showy, appearing late June and July; calyx 5-cleft, persistent, nearly free from the base of the ovary; corolla of 5 Ian- yet in the trade, but has been cult. L. : ISONANDEA (Greek, equal anthers). Sapotdceif. Jgonaiulra Giitta is a large-leaved E. Indian tree, which furnishes the best commercial gutta-percha. The name has appeared in one southern catalogue, but the plants were found to be not true to name. This plant should be called Dichopsis Gulla. In Dichopsis the floral parts are in 6's, stamens 12, and the seeds have no albumen, while in Isonandra the floral parts are in 4's, the sta- mens 8, and the seeds albuminous. See Buhber Plants. Giitta, Hook. Properly Vichdpsis Giitta. Benth. & Hook. GUTTA-PEBCHA Tree. Lvs. leathery, elliptic, abruptly pointed Malaya. R.H. 1898, p. 441. IS6T0MA (Greek, equally cut; referring to the co- rolla, and true only by contrast with Lobelia). Com- panulAcetT. This includes a plant treated as a half-hardy annual, which grows about a foot high, has curiously cut foliage, and odd fls. with a slender bent tube 1 in. or more long, and 5 slender spreading lobes, each }4m. long. Among allied generaof garden value, Centropogon and Siphocampylus have the stamens fastened at the base of the tube, while in Isotoma they are at the top or above the middle. (Centropogon has an indehiscent berry : Siphocampylus a capsule 2-valved at the top like Isotoma.) Downingia has a tube of stamens free from the corolla. axillaris, Lindl. Perennial, flowering the first year so as to appear annual, but forming at length a hard root- stock, erect, with few spreading branches: lvs. linear, irregularly pinnatifid, 2-3 In. long, lobes linear : pedi- cels axillary, 2-6 in. long: fls. large, bluish purple, pale outside. Australia. B.M. 2702 ias Lobelia senecioides) and 5073 (as Isotoma senecioides, var. subpinnaiifida). —Not in cult. petraea, F. Muell. Identical with the above, except that the lvs. are ovate-oblong or elliptical. Australia. The plant in the trade is said to have cream-colored fls., and is sold as a "Lemon Verbena," a name which properly belongs to Lantana. ITALIAN MAY. Spi. hype itolu ITfiA (Greek name of the willow; because it has wil low-like lvs., and grows near the water). SaxifragA- cece. A genus of trees and shrubs, numbering about 5 species, inhabiting eastern N. Amer. and eastern Asia, whose one representative in cultivation is /. Virf/inica, a low, upright, somewhat coarse shrub, best known by its long, upright racemes of small white fls. appearing about July 1, in Massachusetts, and its brilliant autumn coloring. In nature it inhabits low, wet places. In cul- tivation it seems to adapt itself to almost any soil. It is not perfectly hardy, but grows rapidly and seems endur- ing of both sun and shade. In ornamental use it is planted in masses or mixed with other shrubs of similar character in the shrubby border or at the edge of woods. Its somewhat coarse character does not favor its ap- proach to more refined objects. In autumn it becomes a brilliant red. It is prop, from seed, by cuttings and by division of roots, which spread slowly and form clumps of stems. It may be collected from the wild. 1186. Ilea Virginica ceolate, nearly erect petals and longer than the 5 sta- mens ; capsule slender, longitudinally 2-furrowed, 2- celled, many-seeded, splitting through the simple style and partition. Pa. and N. J. to Pla. and La. B.M. 2409. A. Phelps Wyman. IVA (named after ,1 ;»!/<( Trn, from its similar smell). Compdsitce. This includes I. frutescens, Linn., the Marsh Elder or High-water shrub, a native hardy perennial of no garden value, which is, nevertheless, on record as having been cult. It grows 3-12 It. high in salt marshes and on muddy seashores, has serrate lvs. and fls. as In- conspicuous as those of a ragweed. See B.B. 3:292 and Gray's Manual. IVfiSIA. All referred to PotentiUa. IVY, The common or English Ivy is Hedera. Boston l,=Ampelopsis tricuspidata. German I. = Climbing Senecio and Herniaria glabra. Ground I.=Nepeta Ohchoma. KenilwOTthI.=LinariaC!im.balaria. Poison I.=i?;j«s, B. Toxicodendron. Some authors think that two species of Rhus are confused, B. radicans being the common Poison Ivy of the North, and B. Toxico- dendron being a shrub of the South. IXIA (Greek, bird lime; said to refer to the juice). Iriddcece. Ixias are delightful tender bulbs originally from the Cape of Good Hope, with attractive grass-like foliage and spikes of flowers borne in early spring, ex- hibiting an exceptionally wide range of colors. They grow about 1% ft. high on the average, with an un- branched stem, a spike 3-8 in. long, containing G-12 fls. each lK-2 in. or more across. The fls. have a very slender tube usually about K in. long, and 6 segments. The following colors are all well marked in Ixia: white, yellow in at lea^t S shades orange lilac rose, pink, crimson light and dirk purple ruby red pale blue, and e\en green Perhaps the only impjrtant colors lack- g are skj blue and red in e bright shades of scarlet d vermilion The flowers ly be eoncolorous (all of e color) or these same shades may be com- l ined with an eye. t of our cultivated ras seem to have an I of brown, purple almost black, but re have been kinds \ ith a white, blue or reen eve Occasion- ll\ there is a ring of I lown color above'the I ill If Add tothis that the I acks of the segments may be more or less suffused with various colors(usually, however that of the eye) and the interesting possibili- of Ixias in color combi- can be imagined. Sooner or later all good gardeners yield to the fascination of bulbous plants, and whoever has not yet succeeded in growing Ixias has something to live for. Ixias number their cultivated varieties by the hundreds. Next to Crocuses and Freesias they have no rivals in point of popu- larity among spring -blooming bulbs of the important Iris fam- ily, which rejoices in the posses- sion of such splendid summer- ris. Gladiolus and Montbretia. Cul- o the same class with Babiana and also desirable and distinct in gen- eral appearance and coloring, but are outstripped by Ixias in popularity and in number of varieties. Botani- cally, these three genera belong to the Ixia tribe, in which the fls. are spicate, not fugitive and never more than one to a spathe. The stamens of Ixia are equi- lateral; those of Babiana and Sparaxis unilateral. Ixias have about 6 erect grass like Ivs. arranged in 2 ranks; Babiana has plaited, hairy Ivs. Bulb catalogues give no hint whatever as to the parentage of the numerous named varieties. Not one of them mentions /. maculata nor /. cohtmeVaris, which were the two all-important parent stocks. Of the 23 species recognized by Baker in Flora Capensis, vol. 6, 1896, only I. viriditlora appears as a trade name, but /. speciosa and paniculala are advertised under their synonyms eralerinides and longiflora. I. crocata IS Tritonia crocata, and /. hybrida of the trade is not the hybrida of the botanists, but means nothing more than mixed varieties. 1187. Ixiafl. in their di ine: staee. blooming bulbs as I turally they belong i Sparaxis, which are IXIA Before speaking of the dominant types, it is conve- nient to mention some very distinct species which are still cultivated in a condition not essentially different, botanically, from the wild types. /. paniculala is in- stantly distinguished from all other Ixias in cult, by its very long tube, which is often 3 in. long. It is also the last to bloom. I. viridiflora is unique in the genus for its green flowers, and it is one of the few green-flowered plants that are attractive. Whether this species has hybridized with the other dark-eyed species is conjec- tural. At any rate, the prototype is a popular plant to-day. Of 86 named varieties received from 3 leading dealers in America, England and Holland, and supposed to be a representative collection, all but a bare dozen seem to be the offspring of /. maculata and /. colutnellaris. Both of these species have a purple or purple-black eye, sometimes brown, and the white and yellow colors of the segments are derived from maculata, while the lilac and purple shades of the segments are derived from columel- laris. Baker makes no distinction between these two prototypes except that of color. The common opinion is that Ixias hybridize freely, both at the Cape and in cultivation, and it is usually said that they are now so thoroughly mixed by hybridization and selection that it is impossible to refer any of the named horti- cultural varieties to their proper species. Nevertheless, from a study of the specimens mentioned above and the colored plates cited below, the writer ventures the opin- ion that the vast majority of cultivated Ixias are eyed forms, which, with the exception of viridiflora, can be readily referred either to maculata or to columellaris, and that all such forms could be reproduced without hybridization if the original types were reintroduced from the Cape and subjected to an equal period of selec- tion. The real mystery in Ixia is why the self-colored forms are so little cultivated. There are at least 7 species with self-colored fls. which should be obtained directly from the Cape, if necessary, for they would all make decided additions to the Ixias that are in common culti- vation. These are: po?)/s/ac/i)/a,pure white; flexuosa, white, veined rose, with fine red and purple varieties; •istata, a superior pink; Zii^ea, orange; patens, bright as this color seems to be lacking among the varieties that are commonly cultivated; also monadelpha in its variety with pale blue segments. One of the most desirable of all these little-known types is 7. s;)eciosn, which is shown in the Botanical Magazine, with a delightful ruby-red color, untouched with any suggestion of purple, lilac or allied shades. This form would seem to promise to the hybridizer the possibility of several distinct shades of red that now seem to be practically unknown in cultivated Ixias. A synonym of /. speciosa is /. craterioides, which is a common trade name, but it is doubtful if the ruby-red form is in general cultivation. At any rate, it has not been sufficiently exploited. The dearth of good colored plates of modern cultivated Ixias is out of all proportion to their commercial and artistic value. The writer has no record of any good one since that published in 1884 in "The Garden." Ixia flowers are charming in every stage of develop- ment. At first the flowers are erect and cup-shaped. They close at night and remain closed on dark days. As they grow older they open wider and become more star-shaped. The reader may judge by Fig. 1187 of the beauty of the flowers in their drooping stage. The plants remain in flower for three weeks, though the faded flowers at the bottom of the spike should be taken off toward the end of the period. As cut-fiowers, they are presentable for a week or two. \y, ji. Culture op Ixias Oct-of-doors.— The writer has al- ways liked Ixias, but has considered that it is too much trouble to grow them under glass. They are vastly more satisfactory when grown outside. The planting of the bulbs should be delayed until the last moment, because Ixias are more inclined than most things to make an au- tumnal growth. They should be planted 3 inches deep, as late as November 30. In planting bulbs it is always IXIA well to sprinkle a handful o£ sand ou tlie spot where the bulbs are to lie. This helps the drainage, especially on heavy lands, and prevents rotting. The bulbs should then be covered with about 3 inches of leaves, hay, or better still, pine needles. In the latitude of Boston, bulb beds can be uncovered during the first week of April. However, there will still be sharp frosts to nip the tender shoots that have started beneath the winter covering. Consequently a little hay or other covering material should be left near by, where it can be easily gotten when a chilly evening threatens. In ten days the young sprouts will become sufficiently hardened to withstand any subsequent cold. Even such hardy things as Alliums, when first uncovered, can hardly withstand any frost at all. It is, however, a mistake to wait two weeks longer and then permanently uncover the bulb beds, for by that time the earlv-starting things are likely to be so lank and long that they never attain ideal sturdiness. It is better to uncover too early than too late. The secret of success with Ixias outdoors is largely in hardening the plants in early spring and in never allowing them to grow too fast under cover, where they become yellow and sickly. During the win- ter shutters can be placed over the bulb beds to shed the rain; but the bulbs do as well without this protec- tion, though they may be later in starting. Of course, Ixia bulbs cannot stand any freezing, and they must, therefore, be planted in un- frozen soil. After flower- ing, let the bulbs i ^ the lid of July : then take them up, and store them, not in dry earth, but in boxes without any packing. Let them re- main in a dry place until they are wanted for Novem- ber planting. In the south- ern part of England Ixias can be planted 6 inches deep in hardy borders as late as Decem- ber, and Krelage, perhaps thinking of still warmer regions, considers summer-blooming bulbs, and planting from October to December. In the writer's experi- ence, the flowers from the old bulbs are not at all inferior in succeeding years: indeed, the contrary has been the case, and the bulbs he raises ar" uper the ones he buys. Amateurs are commonly advised to throw away the offsets because fresh bulbs are cheap. Yet the under- signed finds that many of the off- bloom the first year and nearly all of them the second. It is commonly thought that if Cape bulbs are ever raised com- mercially in America, California or the co,astal plain of the southern states would be the fittest regions for the industry. The writer knows of Ixias being raised commercially near Boston with every prospect of suc- cess. It is .strange that Tritonias, Sparaxis and Babianas cannot be grown in the same way, though it is some consolation that they can be so easily grown in pots. To the under- signed Ixias are the most pleasing of all bulbs. He has thousands in bloom in the month of June, and thinks they make a braver show even than tulips. •^. E. Endicott. CCLTURE OP Ixias in Greenhouses. -Ixia bulbs can be planted any time from September 15 to October 30, the sooner thebetter. In general, tender bulbs of small size tend to lose vitality when kept a long time in the dry airof warehouses. Ixia bulbs should be planted an inch deep, 5 or 6 in a 5-in. pot, or 8 to 10 in a 6-in. poi. They IXIA »ay like a compound of sandy soil and leaf-mold. It is sup- posed that three-fourths of the failures with Ixias are due to hasty forcing. The pots should be stored under a bench or in a rather dark cellar, at a temperature of 45°. The object is to hold back the tops while the roots are growing, in order to get stocky, well colored, slowly started shoots. They need no water until growth has started. Then water carefully until the flowers come, as the young plants are liabli- to rot at the surface ot the ground. While flow ering water freely. At ter flowering, some gar- deners give the plants no water. Others keep the soil moist until the leaves turn yellow, and then gradually withhold water. As to temperature, the plants may be brought into a cool greenhouse (50°) when well started, and to- wards the end of January may be given 5° more heat if flowers are desi:ed as early as the middle of _ March. Ixias have to be staked " and tied. The old bulbs, from which the offsets have been re- moved, may be used again. Ixia bulbs, which are really flbrou-- coated corras about K in. thick, keep as well as Freesias. Seed lings flower the third year. W. M. Culture of Ixias in Cold- frames.— Choose for the frame an open place, sheltered from 1189. Ixia maculata. north and west winds. In its CXM.) construction give especial care to providing good drainage, to close-fitting .and snug banking, so that frost, mice and moles can be kept out. A sandy soil, without manures, is safest and best for Ixias. If fertilizers are used they must be placed several inches below the bulbs, never in contact with them. As in out- door culture, the bulbs must be planted late and in soil well dried by placing the sashes over the frame some time beforehand. Plant about 3 inches deep, as far apart, and treat afterwards much as in greenhouse cul- ture. Take off the sashes in early M.ay to show the mass of rich, odd flowers which, ordinarily, will open about that time and last for several weeks. If the frame is to have other tenants through the snmnipr. tl;p Ixias may be taken up after their tops are d.-n.l .■md stm-.-d in dry sand till planting time comes ar.Mnid .•i-^iin. i itherwise, merely cease watering as the tcp-^ "t tin- Ixia-; die down, and put on the sashes again, tiltiiii; tliciii su tliat they will give air and shed rain. L. Greenlee. ladelplia, 13. polystafhya, 4. flexnosa, 5, oclorat.i, 1. speciosa, 8. longiflora, 2. ov.ata. 11. vindiflora, 12. A. Tube of periatilJi dllati-d below the limb ivio a distiiu-t funnel. 1. odorita, Ker. FIs. pure yellow. B.M. 1173. AA. Tube of periaruh not dilated. B. Length of tube 2X-S in. •> paniculata, Delaroche (/. /o«f/i «'>'•", Berg.). Fig. 1188. Segments white, often tinged red: throat same color or black. B.M. 2.'i6 and 1502. BE. Length of tube 1 in. 3. aristata, Ker. FIs. whitish, according to Baker, but a fine pink in B.M. 589. 840 IXIA BBB. Length of tube %-% in. c. tSegments K in. long or less. D. Color white. i. poIysUcliya, Linn. No eye. B.M. 623. DD. Color shades of red or lilac. 5. flexuosa, Liun. No eye. B.M. 621. CC-. Segments more thcCn % in. long. D. Fls. self-colored. E. Color yellow or orange. 6. litea, Baker. Fls. "uniformly deep bright yellow," according to Baker, but orange in B.M. 846. EE. Color red. F. Segments %-% in. long. 7. p4tens, Ait. Fls. pale red, according to Baker, but deep rosy red in B. M. 522. FF. Segments %-l in. long. 8. specifisa, Andr. (/. craferioldes, Ker.). Fls. dark crimson, according to Baker, but rich ruby-red in B.M. 594. DD. Fls. ivith an eye of brown, purple or black. E. Color of segments white to yellow. 9. maculilta, Linn. Fig. 1189. Fls. typically yellow, according to Baker. B.M. 539 (orange). The following natural varieties show the range of color. Var. ochro- leilca, Eer. Segments sulfur-yellow; eye brown. B.M. 1285. Var. nigro-dlbida, Klatt. Segments white; eye black. Var. ornata, Baker. Fls. flushed bright red or purple outside. EE. Color of s.'ijm, ol.t little to purple. 10. columelliris, Ki r. 'I'> i.i.ally with bright, mauve- purple segments iiio\ lilut- tliicat. " B.M. 630. EEE. Color of seyments bright red. 11. ovita, Klatt. Andrews Bot. Rep., plate 23. EEEE. Color of segments green. 12. viridiSldra, Lara. Typically with pale green seg- ments and black throat. B.M. 549. L. B.C. 10:1548. F.S. 2:124. Var. c4na, Eckl. Segments pale blue; throat black. B.M. 789 (as /. maeulata amelhystina). Var. caesia.Ker. Segments pale lilac; eye greenish. B.R.7:530. EEEEE. Color of segments pale blue. 13. monad^lpha, Delaroche. Onlv species in the genus thiit does not have free anthers. B.M. 607; 1378. -Seg- ments typically lilac, but there are forms with claret- red, blue or pale yellow segments, combined with eyes and markings of various colors. \Y. M. IXIOLtRION (Greek, n»j Ixia-like lily). Amaryllidtl- cece. A genus of 2 species of hardy bulbs from western Asia, with umbels of 5-9 deep blue or violet, 6-lobed fls. each 2 in. across, borne in spring. Perianth regular, without any tube above the ovary; segments oblanceo- late; stamens shorter than the segments, attached to their claws. The nearest cultivated allies are Alstroe- meria and Bomarea, which have no distinct rootstock, while Ixiolirion has a bulbous rootstock. Monogr. by Baker, Amaryllideie, 1888. monttlnum. Herb. (/. Pdllasii. Fisch. & Mey. ). Bulb ovoid, 1 in. thick, with a neck 2-3 in. below the basal tuft of Ivs. : stem about 1 ft. long: Ivs. about 4, persistent, and a few smaller ones above: fls. on long Var. TaUricum, Herb. (/. Tatdricum, Hort.). Stems more slender: Ivs. awl-shaped: fl.s. all in a terminal umbel, sraallerthan the type. AltaiMts. G.C. II. 19:757. Kegel calls the collective species /. Tataricum, and de- scribes 5 species of it. IXdEA (a Malabar deity). Bubi&cea;. Many species (100 or more) of shrubs or small trees with opposite or verticillate Ivs. and terminal or axillary corymbs of very showy fls.. inhabiting the tropical parts of Asia, Africa, America, Australia and Pacific islands. The species are very difScult to distinguish. The fls. are white, rose or scarlet, on bracteate pedicels; corolla very long- and IXORA slender-tubed, the throat sometimes barbed, the limb 4- or 5-lobed and wide-spreading; stamens 4 or 5, inserted on the throat, the filaments short or none: ovary on a fleshy disk, 2-loculed, the style filiform and exserted, 2- branched: ovules solitary. L. jj. B. Ixoras, which are handsome dwarf flowering shrubs, belong to the tropics. The species, as well as their hy- brids, all bear beautiful trusses of flowers of various shades, from a creamy white to a rich crimson. They require a stove temperature during most of the time, although, after having finished their growth in the early autumn, they could be placed for a time into a lower or greenhouse temperature, in which theywould more fully ripen their young growth and set and develop their flower buds. After tliis, when again placed in the warmhouse, the plants will keep flowering until spring. Sandy leaf- mold, with plenty of drainage, is best to cultivate them in. They like plenty of heat and moisture, and care should be taken not to overpot them. The foliage should be syringed often, as otherwise the mealy bug and other insects will infest them. They do best in a sunny spot in a greenhouse temperature, but should not fall below 00° while growing. They propagate freely from cuttings of half-ripe wood, and they produce their best flowers when the pots are filled with roots; then a little feeding with liquid manure will bring out the size and color of the flowers to perfection. H. A. Siebrecht. Many of the Latin names of Ixoras are of horticultural forms. Of this class, the following are in the Amer. trade: C/it7so«i', fls. brilliant salmon-orange. Cdlei,&s. pure white : cross of /. coeeinea and /. stricta.-vnT. alba. Conspicua, fls. yellow, becoming orange. OixiAna, fls. deep orange. Friiseri, fls. scarlet in the tube, and bril- liant salmon above. Orndta, salmon-orange. Princeps, fls. whitish, becoming orange; said to have come from Java. J?f9l«a, fls. shaded violet-sahiu.ii. Saniiuhien, fls. crimson, shaded with violet. S/'l-ro"", , iin-.iii- orange. I.H. 29:463. Wifstii, fls. p:il. i. ^^ . i„ ,,- brilliant; hybrid (Gn. 42:886. G.M.3i; :: n fls. re.Ulish salmon. Other horticultm il i-ii,,, :m . : Aro, ,,,r, y.u,.,v; i)(fcoTO, yellow; ///(i.v^-i.s, orange; Ins.- .1 : /'/.//-/mi, orange-scarlet; Proviso, rose; Sjo Sjilendens, orange; Veniista, orsmge. A. / . o.„„l!o hi shades of red (sometimes varying to Btricta, Roxbg. (/. coccinea, Hort. /. bldnda, Ker- I. crocdtay Lindl.). Apparently the common species, known in greenhouses as /. coccinea: glabrous shrub, with sessile or subsessile Ivs. which are obovate or obo- vateoblong,and very slender-tubed fls. in dense corymbs, the corolla lobes short and rounded. Moluccas and China. B.M. 169 (as /. coccinea). B.B. 10:782. -Runs into nearly pure white forms. /. striata of the importers of Japanese plants is probably a misprint for stricta. There are said to be yellowish fld. forms. Prince of Orange is said to be a form of this species. coccinea, Linn. (/. grandifldra, Br. /. Bandhiica, Roxli-. L Miioh like the last, but Ivs. oblong and corolla lobes iuutc. E.Indies. B.R. 2:154; 6:513. macrothyrsa, Tej'im. & Binn. (I. Duffii, Moore). Very hirge, glabrous: Ivs. a foot long, linear-oblong to oblong-lanceolate : cluster very large, 8 in. across, bearing very many deep red tinged crimson fls., with lanceolate obtuse lobes about Kin. long. E. Indies. B. M. 0853.— Probably the finest of the genus. AA. Fls. in shades of yellow or orange. Javdnlca, DC. Glabrous shrub with Ivs. 5-7 in. long, ovate-oblong, acute or acuminate : corymb terminal, with forking coral-red branches: fls. deep orange-red, the lobes rounded. Java. B.M. 4586. cong^sta, Roxb. (/. Griffithii, Hook.). Evergreen tree in its native haunts, glabrous, except the cymes: Ivs. very large (6-12 in. long) , stalked, elliptic or elliptic- oblong, acute or acuminate: cymes sessile or nearly so: fls. orange-yellow, changing to reddish, the segments rounded. Indies. B.M. 4325. AAA. Flowers white. parvifldra, Vahl. Evergreen tree, with subsessile ob- long or elliptic-obtuse Ivs. 3-6 in. long: cymes sessile: fls. white, the tube only }i in. long. India. l. H. B. JACABANDA (Brazilian name). Bignonidcew. J. ovalifolia perliaps ranks among the 100 best flowering trees or slirubs for subtropical regions. The foliage is as finely cut as a fern, symmetrical and elegant. The leaves are decussate, distant, each one with 16 or more pairs of pinnae, each pinna having 14-24 pairs of leaf- lets. Theplantbearsloose,pyramidalpanicles,8in.high, of 40-90 blue fls., each 2 in. long and 1% in. wide, which have a long, bent, swelling tube and the 2 lobes of one lip smaller than the 3 other lobes. Prom S. Fla. It is one of the best of foliage plants for the S., valuable alike for florists' decorations, conservatory, subtropical bedding in the North, or for lawn specimens in Florida, where, if cut back by frost, it rapidly recovers its beauty. It reaches a height of 20 ft. or more. It is commonly planted in parts of S. Calif., and attains a height of 50 ft. and more. This species is also cult, in Europe under glass. Jacarandaisa genusofaboutSO tropical American species, mostly Brazilian: trees, with Ivs. opposite, 2- pinnate, rarely 1-pinnate: Ifts. usually numerous, en- tire or dentate: fls. showy blue or violet, panicled ; corolla lobes rotund; perfect stamens 4, didynamous; starainode about as long as the stamens, club-shaped at the apex and often bearded at the top. ovaUfdUa, B. Br. (./. mimnsafdlia, D. Don). Lvs. distant, spreading, oblong, villous: fls. more or less horizontal. S. Amer. B.R. 8:631. B.M. 2327. R.H. 1897:132. E. N. Beasoner and W M. JACK BEAN. Refer to Canavalia. JACK FRUIT. Artocarpus integrifolia. JACK-IN-A-BOX. HeniamUa. JACK-IN-THE-PULPIT. Sue Aris n winter. Young plants are usually ihm-i old ones being kept over only for cutt rich soil, and plenty of water in the growing season. PoMUna, Benth. & Hook. (Curtanthh-a Pohliina, Nees). Much like J. miniiiifica, but more robust and quite cordate at the h:\se, more glabrous, often pm-ple- one form obtuse. Brazil. — V'oss ounsiders J. magnifica, var. carnea to be synonymous with J. Pohiiana. Var. veltltina, Hort. (J. velidina and Justicia velii- tiiia, Hort. Cyrtanthera PnhliUnn, var velutina, Nees). Dwarf: bracts obtitse : lvs. villous-pubescent on both surfaces : fls 2 in. long, rose-color. Brazil. Gng. 7:212. A.F 14:998. -A worthy plant of compara- tively recent introduction in this country. It is an ex- cellent pot subject and has been considerably adver- tised recently as the "New Dwarf Justicia velutina ." A profuse and continuous bloomer. Cultural remarks un- der J. magnifica also apply to this. AA. Fls. in a dense terminal spike: corolla long and curved: stamens fixed to the base of the tube. {Subgenus Polystachys.) coccinea, Hiern. {Justicia coccinea, Aubl.). Erect herb or subshrub, usually grown from cuttings each year and treated as a pot subject: 2-5 ft. high: branches terete: lvs. elliptic or ovate-lanceolate, entire, glabrous 1190. Jacobinia Penrhosiensis (X }^. or nearly so : fls. crimson, in a dense terminal spike, pubescent, the long upper lip more or less arched and the lower one reflexed. Brazil. B.M. 432. -Blooms in summer. Said to be known sometimes as Aphelandra cristata. (841) 842 JACOBINIA AAA. Fls. scattered or in loose more or less leafy pani- rli'x: of iiKiUnm length, straiijlit or nearly so, ,/ ■ ./' - / ' / i /' !l. (Subgenus Libonia.) pauciiliii I. ,.: ,'. \[ or acuminate, almost glabrous, bright green, 2-5 in. 1 fr. almost globular, green; nut usually oval, reticulate and ratlier smooth, rather thin-shelled. S.E.Europe, Himal., China. U. S. N. C, pi. 6. Many vars. are culti vated as fruit trees, for which seeWalnnt. Of the orna mental vars. the most distinct and decorative is var, laciniAta, Lou.l. (var. filieif„li'i, Hort..\nr. uspleiufdlia. Hort.),with narrow, piiinately cut Ifts.; very effective as a single specimen on the lawn ; remains usually shrubby. Var. monophylla, Hort., has the Ivs. simple or 3-foliolati'. Var, p^ndula, Hort., has pendulous branches. Var. praeparturiens, Hort., is a shrubby var., producing rather sm:in. tliin-shcllud nuts on very young plants. Var. Bartheriina, Hort. (var. elongala, Hort.). Nut elongated, narrow-oblong. R.H. 1859, p. 147; 18Cl,p.427. Gn. 50:47S. 1197. Julians Sieboldiana fruits. With and without the husk. Katur.'il s JUGLANS BB. I/fts. 13-25, serrate. Cahfbmica Wats. Round-headed tree, occasionally to (fltt Willi puberulous branchlets: If ts. ovate-oblong to 1 I 11^ Ian eolate acute or acuminate, almost glabrous ( I 1 111 nil lus when young, 2—1 In. long: stamens 30-40: o\ 11 \ diiiost glabrous or puberulous : fr. globose, %-ll4 m aciosb nut obscurely sulcate, rather thin-shelled. Calif 6> S 7 337. Gn. 49, p. 278.-A graceful, orna- mental tree also used as stock for grafting in Calif. The nut is of good quality but rather small. rupfistns Engelm. Shrub or small tree, rarely to 50 ft bianchlets pubescent when young: Ifts. ovate-lan- ceolate to lanceolate, acuminate, puberulous or pubes- cent when young, 2-5 in. long: stamens about 20: ovary J 111 lit or tomentose : fr. globular, rarely ovoid, M n ] lilted usually pubescent, J'a-IK in. across; nut I I '\ uhate with longitudinal grooves, thick-shelled, \Mili null kernel. Colo, to Tex. and northern Mex. s s ~ o —The typical form has narrower, more gla- bious hb and smaller frs., while var ma]or Torr the western form, IS ot more vigorous growth, has broader more coarsely serrate and more pubescent Ivs. and larger, less thick walled nuts. S.S. 7:336. Probably J" long%rostris,Ca,TT. (R. H 1878, p 53) belongs here. nigra Linn Black Walnut. Fig 1193 Lofty tree, to 150 ft., with rough brown bark and pu- bescent branchlets : Ifts. oblong- lanceolate, atuminate, appressed- serrate, glabrous and somewhat shining above at length, pubescent beneath, 3-5 in. long : fr. usually 1-3 on a short stalk, lJ^-3 in. across, with papillose surface; nut thick-shelled, globular or some- what depressed, deeply furrowed. Mass. to Fla., west to Minn, and Tex. S. S. 7: 333-334. Em. 211. (i.e. II. 11:373; 26:617. U.S.N.C. 7, pp. 1-3. Gn. 27, pp. 269, 270. AA. Fr. coated with viscid hairs : nut ii-celled at the base: Ifts- with stellate and glandular pubescence beneath, serrate. clndrea, Linn. Butternut. White Walnlt. Fig. 1194. Large tree, occasionally to 100 ft., with gray bark : Ifts. 11-19, oblong- lanceolate, acuminate, appressed- serrate, usually pubescent on both sides, more densely below, 3-5 in. long: fr. in short racemes, 2-5, ob- long, pointed, 3-5 in. long; nut ob- long, with 4 more and 4 less promi- inent irregular ribs and many broken sharp ridges between. New Brunswick to Ga., west to Dak. and Ark. S.S. 7:.')31-332. Em. 207. n98. Winter twig of U.S.N.C. 7, p. 4. Juglans Sieboldiana. Mandshirica, Maxim. Fig. 1195. Natural size Broad-headed tree, to 60 ft.: Ifts. oblong, acute, obtusely serrate, at length almost gla- rous above, pubescent beneath, rarely almost glabrous at length, 3-8 in. long: fr. in short racemes, globular- o\ ate to oblong; nut similar to that of the former, but le'.s sharply ridged. Mandshuria, Amurland. G.C. III. 4 l^i R.H. 1861, p. 429 (as J. regia octogona). Gn. 50, p 478 (by error as J. regia cordata). U.S.N.C. 7, p. 5. SiPboldiina, Maxim. (J. ailantifdlia, Carr.). Figs. 1196-8 Broad-headed tree, to 50 ft.: Ifts. 11-17, oval to oval oblong, short-acuminate, densely serrate, glabrous above, pubescent beneath, 3-6 in. long: frs. in long ra- cemes, sometimes twenty, globose to ovate-oblong; nut more or less globose, with thick, wing-like sutures and pointed apex, the surface rather smooth, slightly rugose and pitted, 1-lK in. long, rather thick-shelled. Japan. Gn. 47, p. 442. A.G. 11:701; 12:179. R.H. 1878, pp. 414^15. U.S.N.C. 7. p. 7. cordi!6rmi8, Maxim. Fig. 1199. In habit and foliage very near to tlie preceding, but Ivs. less pubescent, and nut very different, heart-.sbaped, much Battened, sharply 2-edged and with a shallow longitudinal groove in the middle of the flat sides, smooth and rather thin-shelled. Japan. U.S.N.C. 7, p. 6. intermedia, Carr. {J. nigra x regia). Hybrid of gar- den origin of which two forms have been described. Var. pyriJbrmis, Carr.. with a fr. more resembling that of J. regia. K.H. 1863, p. 30. Var. Vilmorini4na, Carr., with afr. more like that of J. nigra. G.F. 4:52-53. Probably also J. regia gibbosa, Carr., with a large, thick- shelled, deeply rugose nut. belongs here. R.H. 1861, p. 428. Gn. 50. p. 478. Another not uncommon hybrid is J. quadrangulita, Carr. {J. cinerea x regia. J. alata, Hort.), of which large trees are known as well in this country as in Europe. G.F. 7:435. R.H. 1870, p. 494. Hybrids between J.CaUfornica and J. regia and be- tween J. Californica and iamata ; others are half hardy, as J. Oxycednis, macrocarpa, recurva, excelsa occidentalis, while some, as J. procera, Bermudiana thurifera and the Mexican species, can only be grown South. All are valuable ornamen tal pUuts and the erect-growing species mostly of pyramidal or columnar habit, are decorative as single specimens on the lawn or it planted in groups. Some varieties form a ver\ n irrow column, and are valuable for foimil gaidens, the columnar form otJ. 1 ngiHHina is a good substitute in the North for the classical cypress. The low Junipers, as J communis var. nana, Sabina, and »-e- luiia var <;/»u»in(n, are well adapted for covering rocky slopes or sandy banks. The close grained, fragrant wood is much used for the interior finish of houses and in the manu- facture of small articles, also for posts, since it is very durable in the soil; thatof J. Virginiana and Bermudiana is in great demand for pencil-making. The fruits and also the young branchlets of some species contain an aromatic oil used in medicine. The fruit of J. drupacea is edible. The Junipers thrive best in sandy and loamy, moderately moist soil, but grow well even in rather dry, rocky and gravelly ground. They prefer sunny, open situations. They are well adapted for hedges and for planting as shelter or wind-breaks ; also for seaside planting. Prop, by seeds, which ger- 1200. Common Rush, Juncus effusus. The flower-cluster, a, is natural size. The single flower, 6, is enlarged. minate usually the second and sometimes the third year, or by cuttings of nearly ripened wood in fall un- der glass, either outdoors or in the greenhouse. As a rule, those with needle-shaped Ivs. root much easier 848 JUNIPERUS than those with scale-like Ivs., and the latter are there- fore mostly increased by side-grafting during the win- ter in the greenhouse on young potted plants of the typical form or an allied species. The shrubby species, especially J". Sabinaj are also prop, by layers. About 35 species distributed throughout the extra- tropical regions of tlie northern hemisphere, in America south to Mexico and W. liuliti. Trees or shrubs with the branchlets spna.lin^' in all directions: Ivs. either all needle-shaped and in .I's. ..r needle-shaped and scale- like, and usually "ppuj^iti.-, often found on the same plant, the needle shaped Ivs. prevailing on younger plants and vigorous branches, the scale-like ones on older plants: fls. dioecious, rarely monoecious; staminate yellow, consisting of numerous anthers united into an ovoid or oblong catkin; pistillate greenish, minutely globular, with several bracts; each or some bearing 1 or 2 ovules; the bracts become fleshy and unite into a berry- like cone, usually wholly enclosing the 1-6, rarely 12, seeds. The fr. ripens either the first year, as in J. Virginiami, or the second, as in J. Subina and most species, or in the third, as in J. communis. Juniperus is closely allied to Cupressus, and some- times hard to distinguish without fr. ; but young plants with needle-shaped Ivs. can be almost always told apart, since Juniperus has whitish lines or mariss on the upper surface of the Ivs., while the similar juvenile forms of allied genera have the whitish marks beneath. Most species are very variable, as well in habit as in the shape of the Ivs., which renders the determination of an unknown form, at least without fr., a rather difficult INDEX. alpina. 5. nana 5 Sabina 17 Barbadensis, 14. Neaboriensis, 2. sabinoi'des] 17 Bermudiana, U, 16. oblonga, 5. sappl. Californica, 8. oceidentalis, 9. Schottii, 14. Canadensis, 5. Oxycedrus, 3. Shepbardi, 13. Chinensis, 12. phcenicea. 7. procera. 11. sphserica, 13. dmpacea. 1. procumbens. 12, 17. Suecica, 5. excelsa, 10. prostrata, 17. SQuamata. 6 FortunH, 13. recarT.l, 6. tamariscifolia, Hibemica, 5. repanda. 6. tripartita, 14. hemisphffirica. 5. repens. 17. venusta. 10. Japonica. 12. Reevesi. 12. VirginiaTia, 14. macroearpa. 2. rigida, 4. Waukegan, 17. A. Foliage always needle-shaped and in S's, rigid, jointed at the base: fls. axillary, dioecious: win- ter-buds with scale-like Ivs. (see also No. 6). B. Fr. large, %-l in. across, with the seeds connate into a usually S-celled bony stone. [Caryocedrus.) 1. dnip&cea, Labill. Pyramidal tree with narrow head, to 45 ft. : Ivs. lanceolate, spiny-pointed, K-% in. long and ys-)4 in. broad (the broadest of all species), with 2 white lines above: fr. bluish black, edible. S. E. Eu., W.Asia. G.C. 1854:455; III. 19:519. R.H. 1854, p. 1G5. BB. Fr. smaller: seeds not connate, usually s. c. Lvs. with 2 white lines above. 2. macrocirpa, Sibth. (./. yeaborihisis, Gord.). Shrub or small tree, to 12 ft., of dense pyramidal habit: lvs. crowded, linear-lanceolate, spiny-pointed, spreading, K-?4in. long: fr. to Kin. across, dark brown, glaucous. Mediterranean region. 3. Oxycedrus, Linn. Bushy shrub or small tree, to 12 ft., with rather slender branches: lvs. linear, spiny- pointed, spreading, }4-% in.: fr. globose, ii-% in. across, brown, shining, not or slightly glaucous. Medi- co, l/vs. with one white line above. 4. rigida, Sieb. & Zucc. Small, pyramidal tree, to 30 ft., or spreading shrub with the slender branches pendulous at the extremities: lvs. in closely set whorls, narrow-linear, stiff, yellowish green, }4-l in. long: fr. about M in. across, dark violet. Japan. S.Z. 125.— Graceful, hardy shrub, somewhat similar to J. commu- nis, var. oblonga, but the lvs. more crowded and stiffer. 5. commilnis, Linn. Common Juniper. Shrub, with procumbent, spreading or erect branches, sometimes tree becoming 40 ft.: lvs. linear or linear-lanceolate, and with a broad white band above, spiny- i, i4-%in. long: fr. almost sessile, dark blue, JUNIPERUS glaucous, K-H in. across. Widely distributed through the colder regions and mountains of the northern hemi- sphere in many different forms. Some of the most i_m- g^ta, Hort. Upright f.n m. « mm ih.- tips of the branch- lets golden yellow. V:u-. Canadensis, Loud. (^. Allied to J. excelsa. Shrub or sukiII I]' times procumbent: Ivs. closely aiipr.-s,;..!! ii ;,.,I!!l- :'l'liiil:ir. 4-seeded. Persia to Himal.— J", Mexicana. Si-liiedo. l*yramidal tree; branchlets numerous, short and rather stout; Ivs, acute, loosely appressed; fr. 2-4-seeded. Mex.—/. monosperma. .Sarg. (J. occidentalis, var. monosperma, Engelin.). Closely allied to J. occidentalis. Branchlets more slender; Ivs, usually opposite and eglandular; fr. smaller and usually 1-seeded, Rocky Mts,. from Col, Alfred Rehder JUSSIffiA. See Jussieua. JUSSIEtlA (the JusMru fiumly r,,„l;iined five botanists, of whom tin' i ,: .lUNhed was Antoine Laurent de .In l , i - i '., who laid the foundations of a ni"'li m iiiimii -\-tcmof the vegetable kingdom). Alt^u wmu-u Jussutu. Ona- iji-Acefe. About 30 species of tropical plants, largely bog and aquatic herbs and shrubs, one of which is cult, in America. It grows 2-3 ft. high, and pro- duces numerous axillary fls. of a bright yellow, somewhat like an evening primrose. It is little cult., but desirable for planting at the edge of a pond of tender aquatics or for tub culture. Jus- sieua is allied to Ludwigia, and distinguished by the following characters: petals 4-6, not clawed, entire or 2-lobed: stamens 8-12: ovary 4-celled. Jussieuas have alternate Ivs., which are mostly membranous and entire, rarely leathery and ser- rate: fls. yellow or white, solitary, short or long- pedicelled. longifblia, DC. Erect, glabrous: stem 3-angled: Ivs. sessile, lanceolate-linear, acuminate at both ng ends, glandular beneath at the margins: pedicels 1-Hd., longer than the ovary, and bearing 2 bract- lets at the apex : petals 4, obovate, scarcely notched at the apex: stamens 8. Brazil. w, jj. The plant in the trade as J. longifolia is a summer- flowering aquatic herb, and differs somewhat from the description given above. The stems of young seedlings are4-winged, and aspecimen before the writerof a plant of the previous season is 5-winged. The main root of these old plants may be tuber-like, 3 in. long, % in. thick, or 8-10 in. long and more slender. Also the lower Ivs., at least, are opposite. J. longifolia is best treated as a tender annual. The seed may he sown in fall or spring in shallow water, using seed-pans or pots, as with other flower seeds. Cover the seed, which is very fine, with finely sifted soil, place the pot or seed-pan in water, but do not submerge until the second day, when the seed will be thoroughly soaked and will not float on the surface of the water. When the plants attain a few leaves they should be potted, singly, into thumb-pots, and later into 3-in. pots, and from these planted into their summer quarters. It is not absolutely necessary to keep these plants always submerged in water after potting. The plants will do well on a bench, which should be covered with sand or ashes and the plants kept well watered. Wm. Thicker. JUSTlCIA (James Justice, a Scotch gardener and author of 18th century). AcantMcece. A large and poly- morphous genus (perhaps 100 species) in the warm parts of the Old and New World. They are mostly herbs of various habits, with opposite entire Ivs., and are cult, under glass for the showy fascicles or heads of fls. Most of the garden plants which are known as JustVias JUSTICIA are Jacobinias. Consult Jacobinia, for example, for Justiciu maijnifica, J.carnea,J. Pohliann. J. nliilhia , J.cocci)iea,J. Ghiesbreghtiana anil J. J.iiiil.ii: . ,/itsli,'i,i Adhatoda is Adhatoda yasica. Otluis iii:iy ln.-lcniu' t.. Thyrsacanthus and Dsedalacanthus. 'I'Iil- ./".■./(.;,( r.in, - gala of catalogues Is probably not flm ,/. nirin/alii of Aublet and the botanists, but is very likely a variegated- leaved form of some Jacobinia. From Jacobinia the spe- cies are distinguished by the spurred or appendaged anthers. The corolla is red, purple or white, tubular, deeply 2-parted or lipped: stamens 2: seeds normally 4, in an ovate or oblong capsule: fls. iu bracted heads or fascicles. The remarks on the culture of Jacobinias will apply here. Plants are secured readily from cuttings made in late winter or spring, and these should bloom the com- ing fall or winter. After blooming, discard the plants, except such as are to be kept for furnishing cuttings. Unless well headed liack, old plants become loose and wi^rily, and tlu-y t.iki- lip too much room. It is not kiiMv.i f it anv true Justicias are in the AmiT. (railp. J. fhiva, recently introduced, is Schaw- I'na tta fh'oma , which see. "It is covered for months with large, feather-like clusters of pure yellow flowers, remaining perfect for a very long time, and enhanced hy dark green, shiny foliage." l. jj. b. JUTE is a fiber plant, of easy culture in warm climates. It has been successfully grown in the Gulf states, but, according to the Department of Agriculture, the want of a suitable machine for separating the fiber is the great obstacle which prevents the growth of the Jute- fiber industry in America. See Corchonis. K E&DSO'BA (Japanese name). MagnoHAcew. About 7 species, tropical Asian woody climbers, of one of which Charles S. Sargent writes (U.F. 0:75): "The flowers are not at all showy, but It is a plant of extraordinary beauty in the autumn when the clusters of scarlet fruit are ripe, their brilliancy being heightened by contrast with the dark green, lustrous, persistent leaves. * * * It might well be grown wherever the climate is sufficiently mild, as in the autumn no plant is more beautiful." Kad- suras have leathery or rarely membranous foliage: fls. axillary, solitary, whitish or rosy, unisexual; sepals and petals 9-15, gradually changing from the outermost and smallest to the innermost and petaloid : staminate fls. ■with an indefinite number of stamens, which are separate or coalesced into a globe: carpels indefinite in number, 2-3-ovuled: mature berries in globular heads. Japflnica, Linn. Small, procumbent, warty shrub: Irs. oval or oblong-oval, thick, serrate: peduncles 1-fld., soli- tary. .Japan, as far as 35° north latitude. — The type is ad vertised by Japanese dealers ; also a variety with foli- age blotched with white, and another var. with foliage margined white. KffiMPFfiEIA (Engelbert Ksempfer, 1G31-171G, trav- eled in the Orient, and wrote on Japan. He is also com- memorated by /ris A'dinpfeW). ScitaminAcetv. About 18 species of tropical African and Asian plants with tuberous or fleshy roots, often stemless, and bearing the peculiar fls. of this order in which the showy parts, as intheCanna, arethestaminodes. For culture, seeffedi/- chium and Zinijiber. A. Foliage margined ivith white. Gllberti, Hort. Fleshy- rooted: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate, deep green, bordered white, wavy at the margin : fls. purple and white. East Indies. 6.0.11.17:71.3. R.B. 21:169. S.H. 2:131. -Int. by W. Bull, 1882. Reasoner Bros, cultivate this outdoors in S. Fla.,and say, "The fls. are borne on ornamental crimson heads rising from the ground on separate stalks, and resembling in out- line small pineapple fruits. These heads retain their beauty all summer." AA. Foliage not margined with white. B. £rvs. tinged purple beneath. rotunda, Linn. Stemless, tuberous: Ivs. not produced until after the fls., oblong, erect, petioled : corolla seg- ments long-linear : staminodes oblong, acute, white, lX-2in. long: lip lilac or reddish, deeply cut into 2 sub- orbicular lobes: anther-crest deeply 2-fld: petiole short, channelled : blade 12 in. long, 3-4 in. wide, usually variegated with darker and lighter green above and tinged purple beneath: spikes 4-6-fid., produced in Mar. andApr. India. BM.920and6054. -Adv. 1895 by Pitcher & Manda, who said the fls. were fragrant. BB. Irvs. not tinged purple beneath. Kirkii, Schumann {Cienk6wsk}fa KlrJcii. Hook.). Leaf-stem 3-4 in. long : Ivs. about 4, crowded at the apex of the stem, oblong, acute, 8-9 in. long, 2K-3 in. wide at the middle : flowering stems short, slender, 1-fld.: corolla lobes oblong-lanceolate, 1 in. long: stami- nodes more than twice as long as the corolla lobes, pale rose-purple: lip rounded at the apex, slightly notched, 2 in. broad, with a yellow mark at the throat. Trop. Afr. B.M.5994. I.E. 30:495.-Once adv. by John Saul. W. M. KAFFIR CORN. ?,ee Sorghum. KAGENECKIA ( after an Austrian minister to Spain ) . liosAcete. Six species of tender evergreen trees from Chile and Peru, one of which is cult, at Santa Barbara. The fls. are white, 5-petaled, about % in. across, and unisexual. The male fls. are borne in racemes or corymbs ; the females are solitary ; all are terminal : Ivs. leathery, serrate, short-stalked: stamens 16-20, in- serted on tiie mouth of the calyx, in 1 series: carpels 5, free: ovules numerous, in 2 series. obl6nga, Kuiz& Pav. Lvs. oblong, acuminate at both ends, the serrations obtuse and rather callous. Chile. -Int. 1900 by Franceschi. KAKI. SeePe: ! and Diospyros. EALANCHOE (Chinese name). CrassulAcem. Some- times spelled Calanchoe. About 50 species of succulent erect shrubs, chiefly of tropical Africa, but also inhabit- ing tropical Asia, S. Africa and Brazil. Lvs. opposite, sessile or stalked, varying from entire to crenate and piunatifld : fls. yellow, purple or scarlet, in many-fld. terminal cymes, rather large and often showy; calyx 4- parted, the narrow lobes shorter than the corolla tube, usually falling early ; corolla 4-parted and usually spreading ; stamens 8 : carpels 4. A few species are prized by amateurs. The fls. are lasting in bouquets. The foliage is ornamental and interesting. Culture of Crassnla, which see also for a conspectus of the garden crassulaceous genera. The four following species are novelties. A'. pinnAta, Pers. (Mn. 2:56), is Bryophyl- lum calycinum (which see). Flowers . irlet . mge. COCCinea, Welw. Somewhat hairy above, 2-4 ft. tall: lower lvs. ovate-obtuse, coarsely crenate-dentate, stalked ; upper lvs. linear-lanceolate-obtuse, sessile: fls. scarlet or orange, on short pedicels, in broad, forking panicles which have stalks about 1 ft. long; calyx pubescent, the segments lanceolate-acute ; corolla tube K in. long, the limb % in. across, and the segments deltoid-ovate. Trop. Africa. JWmmea, Stapf. A foot to 18 in. high, glabrous, lit- tle branching: lvs. ovate-oblong, obtuse, narrowed into a short petiole (blade about 2 in. long and 1!<-1X in. wide), fleshy, obscurely crenate-dentate or almost en- tire: fls. yellow and orange-scarlet, }^ in. across; calyx parted to the base, the segments linear-lanceolate and somewhat acute; corolla tube 4-angled, less than Kin. long, yellowish ; lobes ovate-acute, orange-red. Trop. Afr. B.M. 7595. G.C. III. 26:47.-First fully described in Kew Bulletin, Aug.-Sept., 1897, p. 2Gfi, but it was named and partially described in G.C. July 10, 1897, as A', flamea, -which is evidently an orthographical error. The plantisoneof theleadingnoveltiesof 1900. Thrives in a comparatively cool greenhouse. Flowers pi i. Mast. Stems simple, : less, glabrous : oval or obovate, obtuse, crenate-dentate, narrowed into a short petiole, the upper ones nearly linear and sessile: fls. light rose or pink, very fragrant, nearly K in. across; calyx parted to the base, the segments lin- ear-pointed; corolla tube swollen at base, and 2-3 times longer than calyx; corolla lobes broad-oval, acute. S. Afr. G.C. III. 1:211. G.F. 3:53.-Good winterbloomer, prop, by seeds or cuttings. Seeds sown in spring give blooming plants for the following Christmas. AAA. Fls. white i '.-yello very long. marmorita. Baker I^K. grandifldra. Rich., not Wight). Stem stout and branching : lvs. large (G-8 in. long), obovate, narrowed to a short broad petiole, crenate, blotched with purple : fls. long and tubular (3 in. or more long), creamy white or yellowish, the lobes ovate- acuminate. Abyssinia. B.M. 7333. I.H. 43, p. 45.-In- teresting pot-plant, with large trusses of erect fls. L. H. B. KALE or BORECOLE (Brassica oleracea, var. aceph- ala. Figs. 295. 290) is thought by some to be the original type of the cabbage. Members of this section of the cabbage tribe do not form heads, but have variously (852) KALE colored, often finely cut, leaves with fleshy leaf-stems, which form part of the eUihle portion. These leaf-stems are tough in the early autumn, but become crisp and pala- table with the accession of autumn frosts. The plant is ex- ceedingly hardy ; in the southern states it winters without injury and in the Atlantic states may be carried through with slight winter protection. For autumn use the seeds are sown in early spring under glass or in coldfraraes and treated exactly as cabbage. In the South the seed may be sown in August or September, and the plants are ready for use the following spring. In the colder regions they may be carried through the winter in cold- frames. Leading types: (1) Dwarf Scotch Curled; (2) Tall Green Curled; (3) Variegated; (4) Purple. There are many intermediate forms. The finely cut varieties of Scotch Kale are now frequently used for bedding pur- poses. Their hardiness gives them special features of usefulness in the autumn. Kale is adapted to a wide range of country. One of the leading Kale centers is Norfolk, Va., where it is grown during fall and win- ter for the early northern market. See also Brassica and Cabbaae. j^^^ ^^^^^ The Dwarf Scotch Kale makes a most excellent plant for spring greens. It is hardy enough to stand the winters of western New York without protection uninjured, and to make a new growth of tender sprouts very early in spring. These sprouts are service- able for greens, salads, etc. For this purpose we sow seed early in June, either in a seed-bed and transplant the seedlings, just as we do cabbages, or directly in the hill, thinning to one plant in a hill. In a general way, the plant is handled like late cabbage. t. Greinek. Kale at Norfolk (Fig. 1204 ). — Truckers about Nor- folk, Va., grow both the Scotch and the Blue Kale, more of the former than of the latter. The amount of Kale shipped from Norfolk one year with another will average somewhere between 175,000 and 200,000 barrels. The number of barrels shipped in a single season has reached as high as a quarter-million. The soil most desirable is a clay loam, — Just such land as is best adapted to the growth of cabbages. The seed is sown with a hand drill in August, and shipments therefrom begin in October following, and continue off and on throughout the winter, until the crop is en- tirely shipped, -say until April 1 to 15 following. As soon as the frosts in the vicinity of New York and Philadelphia have been sufficiently heavy in the fall to kill all outdoor vegetables, Norfolk Kale is in fairly good demand and brings from 75 cts. to $2 per barrel in northern markets. The yield per acre ranges from 200 barrels up to 400. Instances have been known in which more than 600 barrels of the Mammoth Kale have been raised from an acre of ground. It is a cheap crop to raise, requiring not more than half as much fertilizer as the spinach crop. The soil is prepared, generally, in the following man- ner: It is thoroughly plowed, say about August 1, and harrowed level and smooth, and as the lands are very loose the Kale bed, although it may comprise 100 acres, is as mellow and as friable as the best of garden lands anywhere. A little later in the month the soil is thrown up with a single plow into small beds or ridges. Some- times a single row will be sown by itself on a little ridge. 'Sometimes a ridge will be wider, and two rows will be KALMIA 853 grown thereon. Sometimes four or five rows are thus sown; but as the soil must be relieved of the winter's rains, the beds are generally narrow, with little furrows between them to draw off any surplus water which may fall duringthewinter months, as we have from 2 to 6 inches of rain per month throughout the year. After the plants are well upthey are tilled between the rows with cultivator or small plow, and hands are sent through the field with small han~. versicolor. .— ^ — =^ KAULFtSSIA(G.F.Kaul ^"^ fuss, professor of natur.il history at Halle). Compos itw. A small, branchy, hardy annual, 6-12 in. high, with blue or red aster-like fls.. on long stems: plant pubes- cent or hispid: Ivs. ohlong- spatulate or oblong-lanceo- late, entire or remotely den- ticulate : heads many-fld., radiate, the ray fls. pistillate, 1M7. the disk-fls. perfect: akene obovate and compressed, those of the disk with plumose pappus : involucre scales in two rows. K. amelloldes, Nees (Figs. 1207-8), is an excellent annual, of easy culture in any garden soil. Var. atroviolicea, Hort., has dark violet fls. Var. kermeslna, Hort., has violet-red fls. Sow seeds where 856 KAULFUSSIA ■ they may be started indoors and the plants transplanted to the open. The genu„ Kaulfussia was founded by Nees in 1820. In 1817, how- 1203 Charieis ever, the plant was described by Cassini as CMrieia heterophylla, and this name should stand. S. Africa. L. H. B. KENILWOBTH IVY. Linaria Cijmbalaria. KENNfiDYA (Kennedy, of the nursery firm of Ken- nedy & Lee, important English nurserymen of the lat- ter part of last century). Leguminbsa: . Australian woody trailers or twiners of about a dozen species, making excellent plants for the intermediate house or conservatory. FIs. red to almost black, pea-like: Ivs. mostly pinnately 3-folioIate: standard orbicular or obo- vate, narrowed to a claw, and bearing minute auricles; wings falcate, joined to the keel; stamens diadelphous, — 9 and 1: pod linear, flattened or cylindrical, 2- valved, with pithy divisions between the seeds. Ken- nedyas are easily grown from cuttings of nearly ripe wood: also from seeds. They are mostly spring and summer bloomers, and should rest in winter. Give plenty of water during summer. They should be given support: they grow from 3-10 feet high, making stiff, woody stems. They may be trimmed back freely when at rest. The taller kinds, like K. rubicimda and K. eoccinea, are excellent for rafters. Well-rooted plants may be planted permanently in the greenhouse border. A. FU. nearly black. nigricans, Lindl. Twining, robust, somewhat pubes- cent: Ifts. (sometimes reduced to 1) broad-ovate or rhomboid, entire, obtuse or emarginate: fls. slender, 1 in. or more long, in short one-sided axillary racemes, deep violet-purple or almost black : pod flattened. B.R. 20:1715. B.M. 3652. -/T. c/enilen, Hort., with blue fls., is perhaps this species. AA. Fls. red or scarlet. B. Standard narrow-obovate. rubiciinda, Vent. Pubescent: Ifts. 3-i in. long, ovate to orbicular or ovate-lanceolate, entire: fls. dull red, drooping in racemes, usually not exceeding the Ivs.; standard narrow-obovate, reflexed; wings narrow and erect: pod flat or nearly so. L.B.C. 10:954. B.M. 268 (as Glycine rubicundn). B.R. U-.UOl [as Amphodus ovatus). BB. Standard broad-ovate or orbicular. prostrita, R. Br. Prostate or twining, pubescent : Ifts. broad-obovate or orbicular, less than 1 in. long, often wavy: stipules leafy, cordate: fls. 2-4 on each peduncle (which usually exceeds the Ivs.), scarlet, % in. long; standard obovate; keel incurved and obtuse; wings narrow and short: pod nearly cylindrical, pubes- cent. B.M. 270 (as Glycine eoccinea). Var. major, DC. (K. Mdrrynttce, Lindl. K. Marryat- tiAna, Hort.). Larger and more hairy: Ifts. larger, strongly undulate: stipules sometimes 1 in. across: fls. large, deep scarlet. B.R. 21:1790. Gn. 28:501. A.F. 3:547. — A very handsome winter-flowering twiner. eoccinea, Vent. Densely pubescent: Ifts. 3 or 5, ovate or oblong, very obtuse, often 3-lobed : stipules very KENTIA small: fls. ^2 in. long, scarlet, in long-peduncled clus- ters of 15-20; standard orbicular; keel very obtuse: pod flattened. B.M. 2G04. L.B.C. 12:1126. -Known un- der several names, as A', inoplu'illd, Lindl., B.R. 17:1421; K. dilatilta, Cunn., B.R. 18:1.520; Zichya tricolor, Lindl., B.R. 25:52; Z. viUbsa, Lindl., B.R. 28:68, and others. Handsome slender twiner or trailer. L. H. B. KENKICK, WILLIAM, was born in 1795, and was the oldest son of John Kenrick, one of the pioneer American nurserymen. His father commenced his nursery in the year 1790 on Nonantum Hill, near the line of the towns of Newton and Brighton, Mass., and on the very ground where the apostle Eliot began his labors for the Indians, under \yaban, their chief. The raising of peach seed- lings was the commencement of Mr. Kenrick's work. He soon acquired the art of budding, and thus offered named varieties for sale. In the year 1823 his son Wil- liam became a partner in the nursery, and we find the first advertisement of the stock in the October number of the "New England Farmer" of that year. It named 30 varieties of finest budded peaches 5 to 8 feet high at 33H cents each ; 10 varieties of European grapes ; 4 Ameri- can: Isabella, Catawba, Bland and Scuppernong; cur- rants, horse-chestnut, catalpa, mountain ash, lilacs, roses and a few other ornamental trees. It was stated that the trees would be packed with clay and mats. The son, William, appears to have assumed early control, having planted in 1823 two acres in currants alone. In 1824 they made 1 ,700 gallons of currant wine, increasing the amount to 3,000 gallons in 1825 and to 3,600 in 1826. Mr. Ken- rick was an enthusiast in whatever he did, his extensive cultivation and introduction of the Lombardy poplar being an illustration of his sanguine temperament. A still more marked instance was his culture of theJ/ortis multicaulis about the year 1835, and his advocacy of silk culture. For a time he found this to be a more profit- able venture to himself than to his patrons. But it should be said that, however sanguine and confident were his opinions, they were honestly held and with no intent to mislead. In the year 1835 Mr. Kenrick pub- lished "The American Silk Growers' Guide," a small trea- tise on mulberry culture. In 1833 appeared the "New American Orchardist." This is a larger work, and is a full description of the fruits of that date. The author acknowledges his large indebtedness to other cultivators, especially to Mr. Robert Manning, of Salem, who pub- lished his "Book of Fruits" in 1838. Mr. Kenrick died in February, 1872. yy,,,^ e. Strong. E£NTIA (after William Kent, horticulturist, compan- ion of Reinwardt in journeys through the Indian archi- pelago). Palindcece. Spineless palms with pinnate Ivs., sharp-pointed or 2-toothed, linear-lanceolate Ifts., mid- nerves scaly beneath, and rachis angled above; petiole channeled above, rounded on the back. It differs from Areca in the sharply 4-angled branchlets of the spadices; and from Hedyscepe and Kentiopsis in having only 6 sta- mens. Species at most 6 or 7, from the Moluccas to northern Australia. The type is K. procera, Blume, from New Guinea, which is not cult. It is probable that none of the Kentias known to the American trade be- long properly in this genus. K. artstrdlis, Hort., from Lord Howe's Island, is probably one of the four following palms which, according to Maiden in Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. 1898, are the only palms ,.n lli.it isl.mci: Clinostigma Mooreanum, Howea Belmorpani .ml T^ 1 i. 1 i ma, and Hedyscepe Cauterburyana. K. australi^ !■ "' '-" ■■ li.i- vertised 1893 by John Saul.— £". ^cimorra.^ / < M I .H Belmoreana. — iT. Bai'teri, Seem. = RhoiialM !., A' IMmormna. F. MufU. = Howea Belm..r.- r ;, /;/,/,,, Hnrl Tv.i:.,V..l I.. D. S T'r-.wn, .-.f ' :, .v, i;,.^,■„ll.lM scr, • , - K ,;.:.,,■,.•.,'.,, ri;,i,.'i, - Kfiitiopsis ,lix ,■ f> I' ■:Iart.=Rhopalo- stylis sapida.— £■. Tan HotUtei. Hort.= Veitchia, sp. > Adv. 1895 by Pitcher & Manda.— ^. YHtchii. Hort. probably=Hedy- scepe Canterburyana.— £■. Wendlandidna, F. Muell.=Hydrias- tele Wendlandiana. Jared G. Smith. KENTIOPSIS (Greek: like Kentia). PalmAcece. Spineless palms: lvs. equally pinnate; pinnae suboppo- site, very coriaceous, narrow, sword-shaped, narrowed to the obtuse or toothed apex, with strong mid-nerve, prominent veins and thickened margins. Species 2. New Caledonia. Kentiopsis belongs to a large group of genera men- tioned under Hedyscepe (p, 718), which differ from Kentia in having the ovule fastened on the side of the locule, and more or less pendulous, instead of fastened at the base and erect, as in Kentia. Kentiopsis is dis- tinguished from Hydriastele by having its Hs. arranged spirally instead of in 4 ranks. From numerous other cultivated allies it is distinguished by the following characters: stamens numerous, 20-25: leaf-segments narrowed, obtuse or dentate: sepals of the staminate fls. triangular-orbicular, broadly overlapping. macrocirpa, Brongn. [Krutin L'iwl.iii, Hort. Linden. Kentia Liiciana, Lindeul. H.irhi-, il:if :iliove, convex below. The form known :is h','„li'i Lnri^nii has bright green lvs., tinged with brown on the iiiider surface, the young petiole yellowish, later becoming brown. I.H. 29:451 and 24:276. P. 1884, p. 71. S.H. 2:U7.-The spe- cies is distinguished by the reddish tinge of the young leaves. K. divaricala, Brongn. (Kentia divaricata, Planch.), is re- ferred by Drude in Engler & Prantl, to Drymophloeus. It may be distinguished from the preceding by the alternate pinnte and triangular rachis, keeled above. I.H. 28:409. This li:is been confuse93. R.H. 18G9, p. 293. S.B.F.G. II. 337. Gn. 2], p. 275.- V'ar. flore pldno, double, more vigorous and more fre- quent in culture than the single. B.M. 129(;. V'lir. grandifldra, a vigorous form with large fls. Var. aiireo- vittitis (ramulis variegatis aureis), a dwarf form, the branches striped with yellow and green. Var. arg^nteo- varleg&ta, 2-3 ft. high, with small green lvs. edged with white. A. Phelps Wyman. KIDNEY BEAN KIDNEY BEAN. Common name in England for the common beans in distinction from the Lima bean, the former being Pliaseohis vulgaris, the latter P. liinalus. KIDNEY VETCH. Hee AntJiuUis. KINGNDT, Carya sulcata. KIN-KAN. See Kumqual. KLEINIA. Of the 3 genera of CompositiB of this name, 2 are referred to Porophyllum and Jaumea, but the trade names will be accounted for under Seueeio. KNAPWEED. See Centaurea. KNIGHT'S STAK. JTippeastrum equestre. KNIPHOFIA (Johann Hieronymus Kniphof, 1704- 17GJ, professor at Erfurt). LiUAcece. This genus in- cludes the Red-hot Poker Plant (Fig. 12U), which is unique in its appearance and one of the most striking plants in common cultivation. No one who has ever seen its pyramidal spike of blazing red fls. borne in au- tumn is likely to forget when and where he "discovered" this plant. It is herbaceous and nearly hardy N., has sword-shaped Ivs. 2-3 ft. long, and several scapes 4 or 5 ft. high surmounted by a spike 4-8 in. long composed of perhaps 100 tubular, drooping fls., each 1 in. or more long, and fiery, untamed red. A sky-rocket is not more startling. By far the commonest species is A', aloides, which has perhaps a dozen varieties with Latin names and twice as many with personal names. All the other .species have much the same general effect, and are of interest chiefly to collectors and fanciers. Poker Plants are hardy south of Philadelphia when well covered in winter, but in the North it is generally safer to dig up the plants in November, place them in boxes with dry earth, and store them in a cellar in winter. In spring place them in a warm, sheltered, well-drained spot, preferably with a background of shrubbery to set off the flowers. The genus is confined to Africa and Madagascar, and all but two of the species numbered below are from south Africa. The plants seem to be still better known to the trade as species of Tritoma, but the following ac- count omits most of such synonyms. Bentham and Hooker placed Kniphofla between Punkia and Notoscep- trum. The latter genus is not in cultivation, and Fun- kia has blue or white fls., which colors are not found in Kniphofla. Poker Plants have fls. of red, orange or yel- low. Blandfordia has similar colors and agrees in hav- ing pendulous tubular fls. with short lobes, and also long, narrow Ivs., but the stamens are fixed at the mid- dle of the tube, and the capsule has septicidal dehis- cence, while in Kniphofia the stamens are fixed under the pistil and the capsule has loculicidal dehiscence. Kniphoflas are often classed by dealers as bulbous plants, though they have only a short rhizome and nu- merous, clustered, thickish root-fibers. Baker speaks of the " raceme" of a Kniphofia, but the pedicels are so short that the inflorescence is herespoken of as a "spike, "par- ticularly as a spike signifies to the popular mind a denser inflorescence than a raceme. Most of the spe- cies have been very recently monographed by Baker in Flora Capensis, vol. 6 and Flora of Trop. Afr. vol. 7. Index of names exclusive of tho tary lists (varieties and synonyms aloides, 1. coroUina, 5. Burc-lielli, 3. glaucescetis, 1. carniisa, 1. grandiflora, 1. CJUilescens. 6. grandis, 1. belo Rooperi, 2. Saundersii, Tuckii, 7. efers KNIPHOFIA 859 Le)iiith ofpetianth 1 m or moie s blemless or nearly so c Form of Ivs sword - shaped- acummate D Coin) ofh III. iiiiiaiilli 9 Leichtlinii 1. aloid63, Moench (K. Uv&ria, Hook. Tritoma nvd.ria,K&T.). Red-hot Pokeb Plant. Poker Plant. Torch Lily. Flame Flower. Fig. 1211. Lvs. slightly glaucous, 2-3 ft. long, scabrous on the margin, acutely keeled, with 30-40 close vertical veins: raceme dense, often 6 in. long, 2^-3 in. thick: upper fls. bright red, lower ones yellow; perianth cylindrical; stamens some- times barely exserted. F.S. 13:1393. B.M. 4816:758.- The following varieties with Latin names are in the trade and usually advertised as apparent species under Kniphofla or Tritoma. They may be all more or less distinct horticulturally. Aneverblooming kind is adver- tised in 1900 and said to flower from June to Dec. Var. cambsa is flgured in Gn. 19 :286 with the fls. opening from the top instead of the bottom, and with red filaments and yellow anthers. Leichtlin introduced it about 1881 and said it grew \%-2 ft. high, the apricot-red of the fls. toned down by a glaucous bloom. Var. floribilnda is early-fiowering, says Van Tubergen. Var. glaica is less known than the next. Var. glauc6scens is figured in Gn. 36:727 with a spike 9 in. long, of "vermilion-scarlet fls. changing to a more orange color. One of the freest bloomers. _ Int. 1859." Foliage somewhat glaucous. Var. grandiJldra, one of the earliest improvements on the type. John Saul said it grows 2-3 ft. high. Var. gr4ndis. "The largest-flowered of all; fls. red and yellow, 5 ft." Woolson. Referred by Kew authorities to var. maxima. Var. ndbilis is said by Carrifere, R.H. 1885:252, to have 8b0 KNIPHOFIA shorter aud stricter Ivs. than Sauntlersii, the spikes more ovoid, the fls. uniformly red and less deUexed. Lvs. not glaucous. Gn. 55, p. 167. Var. Satindersii, in R. H. 1882:504, is shown with "red-orange fls." in an elliptical spike and said to grow 6 ft. and more high. Woolson finds it grows 4-G ft. high in rich soil, with cylindrical spikes 18-24 in. long and fls. often }4 in. across- Var. ser6tina is a late-fld. form. Baker's treatment of the varieties is as follows: Var. maxima, Baker ( K. and T. grandifldra, Hort. T. Saundersii, Carr.). More robust: lvs. 4-5 ft. long, 1 in. wide: raceme and fls. longer: stamens more decidedly exserted. B.M. 6553 (fls. yellow, more or less tinged red). R.H. 1882:504 (colored like the type). Var. nbbilis, Baker (T. ndbilis, Guill.). Still more robust: scape including raceme sometimes 6-7 ft. long: fls. 1% in. long. R.H. 1885:252. Var. serdtina, Hort. A late-flowering form with slender perianth 1% in. long and distinctly exserted stamens. Baker also mentions varieties camosa and glaucescens without discrimination. Other varieties with Latin names are mentioned in Gn. 36: 727. 2. Bodperi, Lera. Lvs. 4 ft. long, scabrous on the margin, glaucous. Later-fld. than No. 1: fls. paler. B. M. 6116. 3. BiircheUi, Kuntli. Lvs. 2-3 ft. long, %-H in. wide, smooth on tlir in:ir-in: spike 6-12 in. long: fls. bright yellow, iiiiHli iiML'.l Willi red when young. "A much dwarfer pl.iiil ih;m No. 1 and for many purposes equally dc-siraljlc. lliif;ht l}4 ft. Fls. tinged green." J. B. Keller. 4. NMsoni, Mast. Lvs. lK-2 ft. long, with athick mid- rib and recurved serrulate edges. G.C. in. 11:561. Gn. 50, p. 400; 55:1213 (brick-red, no trace of yellow). 5. Macdwanii, Baker. Lvs. with a thickened scabrous margin, many upper fls. bright dark red. B.M. 6167. B.H. 1879:390. -"A very neat dwarf species with orange- scarlet fls. in early autumn, 1-2 ft." WoolsoH. K.coral- Ihui, Hort., R.B. 19:25 (1893), a hybrid between this species and K. l/t'(tri(t,'was raised by Deleuil, of Mar- seilles. Woolson savs it grows 18-24 in. high and bears ovoid spikes of coral red fls. all summer and fall. He says it is imod for cutting. K. corolinianum of one of our nurs< 1 -. r:,i:i l.i.n. is presumably an error for A'. coroUiii"- /- ' U u,',wanii,HoTt. "A hybrid be- tween y\'. • ' /''i-a fmd K. Macowanii. This is an eatlii r iii."i,,iirii- sort than either of its parents, as dwarf as ■'\l:ii'nwaiiii and much earlier and more brilliant. Thoroughly tested." Woohon. 6. caulfiscens. Baker. Lvs. sword-shaped-acuminate, broadly channelled, not acutely keeled on the back, 4-5 ft. long, 5-6 in. wide, margin serrulate: spike over 1 ft. long, 3 in. thick: lower fls. yellow, upper ones red. G. C. III. 6:564. R.H. 1887: 132. -This differs from all de- scribed above in having stamens much exserted. Gn. 41:861 is perhaps the most artistic of all colored plates of Kniphofias. 7. Tiickii, Baker. Lvs. ensiform (linear in Nos. 8-10), 1-lK ft. long, ?< in. wide, margin serrate: spike very dense, 5-6 in. long: fls. yellow, tinged bright red when young. One of the hardiest. 8. paucifldra, Baker. Lvs. 1-1>$ ft. long, margin smooth: raceme lax (dense in Nos. 9-10), 2-3 in. long: fls. pale yellow; stamens shortly exserted, as in No. 7. G.C. III. 12:65 shows it with only 25 fls. and the loosest raceme of any species here described. 9. Leiclitlinii, Baker. Fls. bright yellow; perianth more narrowly funnel-shaped than in No. 10, becoming ?4in. long: scape speckled with red, sometimes bearing a bract 4-5 in. long. This and No. 10 are from tropical Africa; the rest from South Africa. B.M. 6716. R.H. 1884, p. 557. Var. dist^chya. Baker, has a forked scape and small accessory lateral raceme. 10. comdaa, Hochst. Fls. bright yellow, dilated sud- denly at the middle, % in. long; filaments red; anthers yellow. B.M. 6569. — This has relatively longer stamens than any other species and is perhaps more conspicuous by reason of its mass of stamens than the outline of the spike. One of the tenderest. Supplementary list of imperfectly known Latin names rep- spec dsffi Hort Van Tul e gen —K Wodd Hort » 1 by Princescl who s ys t come from Natal and n llwfl ^tn^l pn (recorded ands I If tiefila i form of K alo de« W M K6CHIA (atte W D J Koch 1771 849 professor of botany at Erlangen; wrote a flora of Germany and Switz- erland). Chennpodiacew. This includes a plant treated as a hardy annual which is called the Mock Cypress or Summer Cypress. J. Wilkinson Elliott says, "It grows 2-2% ft. high, resemblingasmall, closely sheared evergreen, the foliage being light green until Septem- ber, when the whole plant is a solid mass of crimson. The fls. are minute but countless. The plant dies within two weeks after blooming. It germinates very quickly, even in the warm spells of late winter." Elliott called it the Mexican Fire Plant, because the seeds were procured in Mexico. However, the genus has no species native to the western hemisphere. It is probably this same plant which is advertised by Bridgeman as Belvidere Kochia. There is no genus called Belvidere. The French popu- lar name for this plant is Belvedere, and it is a native of Europe and northern Asia. Bridgeman, however, says the fls. are yellow, and gives the height as 3 ft., while Voss (Vilmorin's Bluraengartnerei) says it is 3-5 ft. highormore. Voss advises a clay soil aud sunny posi- tion, and since it likes a salty soil recommends that about an ounce and a half of saltpetre be sprinkled over each square yard of soil. Ttiis plant is used abroad as a "foliage plant," because of the vivid color of the whole plant from July to September. The seed m ay be sown indoors in April, and the plants set out in May, or the seeds may be sown in the open ground about May 1. The plants should stand about 2 ft. apart. Kochia is a polymorphorus genus of about 30 species of herbs which are often woody at the base: lvs. often minute and narrow, alternate, more or less silky, rarely glabrous: fls. small or minute, sessile, solitary or clus- tered in the axils of the lvs.; calyx enlarging into a fiask-shaped body, which incloses the fruit ; perianth orbicular; lobes 5, incurved and bearinghorizontal wings on the back or on the tube which are membranous or scarious, distinct or confluent; stamens 5; filaments short or long and compressed; stigmas 2, rarely 3. scopilrla, Schrad. Mock Cypress. Summer Cypress. Erect, much-branched, densely pyramidal : branches striate, slender, and close to the main stem: lvs. linear-lanceolate, ciliate, 2-3 in. long, 2-t lines wide: fls. incon.spicuous, green; perianth in fruit provided with very short, triangular, pointed appendages. KffiLfiRIA (O,. or- L.i.lH-i- Km Lr, pr.if.-sorof natural history at M^iin/, ],iil.|M,r,l in 1-.il' :i .l.-rri|,ti..n of the grasses of (ic-riiiiinv and I'rancc). ip!ii,li,s Chiiiriisi.':, Murr.). Varnish Tkee. Lvs. decidu.ius, alternate, 12 in. l.mg, unequally pinnate, without stipules; Itts. ovate, largely and irregularly dentate, glabrous, in 4-7 pairs, opposite and alternate: fls. yellow, H in. long, in large, upright, terminal, many-fld. panicles, sepals 5; petals 3^, hy- pogynous, irregular, each claw with a scale-like appen- dage, the disk enlarging before each petal; stamens 5-8: ovary oblong, pubescent, becoming a 3-lobed, 3-eelled bladdery, inflated, triangular pod, 1)^-2 in. long, usually red, becoming brown, borne in large, erect panicles. G.C. III. 2:561. Gng. 2:353 and 8:219. Gn. 32, p. 378. K. Upintirtra. Pranch. A vigorous tree, CO ft. high, with doiihty pinnate Ivs. over 2 ft. long, growing in W. China. R.H. 1888. p. ;ill3. Gn,;U,p. 305. — K.Japonica, Sieh. A more branched form witli deeply cut lvs. and smaller fruit, but not specifically distinct from K. paniculata. j^^ Phelps Wyman. KCENIGA. See Ahissiim. KOHLKABl {Brassira oleracea, var. caulo-rapa). Fig. 1212. This plant exhibits a remarkable variation from the normal form of the specific type, as represented by the cabbage. A prominent writer on vegetables, re- ferring to the botany of the plant, says: "It comes be- tween the cabbage and turnip." Had this rcf.riiicc )ieen made to the edible portion it would be lite imIIv true. In the turnip the edible part is the swolW n roi.i; in the cabbage it is the fleshy and tightly curlcil Iiavis, while in the Kohlrabi it is the globular enlargement midway be- tween root and top. This plant is mainly grown for cattle food. It is but little known in America. In France and Germany its usefulness is generally recognized. In Italy the partially developed stems are used as substitutes for cauliflower and cabbage. It is not likely that as a cattle food it will grow in popularity in this country, as rape is better adapted for sheep-grazing purposes, and turnips can be grown with equal ease and kept through winter with greater satisfaction. Its treatment in the garden is essentially that of early cabbage. The plants are very hardy. For very early crop it is de- sirable to start them in a hotbed. If properly hardened off, they may be set out as soon as the frost is out of the ground. Plant and cultivate like early cabbages. The seed of main field crop may be sown directly in the hill. The rows should be 2',^ ft. apart, and the hills 2 ft. apart in the row. Several seeds are planted in each hill, and all plants pulled out but one, after danger of destruction by flea-beetle is over. Many growers in the western states follow this plan in growing late cabbages, as well as kale and brussels sprouts. The seed may be planted, according to locality, from Mav 10 to June 20. When the plants are grown in the seed bed the treat- ment is essentially the same as that described under Cabbage. In northern regions, only the early varieties should be grown on account of the slowness of the plant in maturing. No special effort seems to have been made to develop many distinct varieties of Kohlrabi. The two leading types are the Purple and the White Vienna, which mature sufficiently for table use in 2}4-3 months from time of sowing seed ; the common white requires 3-t months to reach edible size, and much longer to at- tain maturity. Where corn is largely grown as a cattle KRIGIA 861 1312 Kohlrabi food, the culture of Kohlrabi is not likely to extend. Vilmorin describes Artichoke-leaved and Neapolitan. Other varieties are Erfurt, Goliath, Green, Imperial, Late Purple, Purple Vienna, Short-leaved Vienna, White Forcing, and White Vienna. Persons who like turnips will also like Kohlrabi. The al most universal in using it is to allow the tubers to get too large. When they aie partially grown thi \ are soft and palatabl* Cabbage worm and clubroot are the most important enemies. Consult, also, Brassica and Cabbage. John Craig. Kohlrabi may be grown, bunched and put on the market in exactly the same man ner as early table beets are handled In our eastern cities, wheie the population consists to a large extent of people of German e\ traction. Kohlrabi foi table use is in good de mand, or such a de- mand is easily culti- vated. We find it an easy crop to grow, and invariably profitable, simply be- cause few gardeners make a specialty of it. As early in spring as the ground can be brought into best shape, sow seed in rows with the drill, the rows to be about 18 inches apart, and afterwards thin the plants to stand 4 to 6 inches apart in the rows. Begin pulling and bunching when the bulbs have attained a size of 2 to 3 inches in diameter. Make successional sowings to keep up a continuous supply of the tender bulbs. They grow tough when nearing full development and maturity. Plants often winter well on their summer stems, and seed may be grown from them. f. Greinek. KOLA. See Cola. KONJAK. See Conophallws Konjak. KRAtSSIA (C. F. F. Krauss, of Stuttgart, collected plants at the Cape, and wrote on South Sea corals). JiubiAceie. K. lanceolata is a shrub cultivated in southern Florida, bearing small white fls. in axillary, many-fld. cymes K in. or more long. K. coriacea of the trade will be found under Tricalysia, an allied genus, in which the fls. do nothave a densely bearded throat, as in Kraussia, but are quite glabrous. Kraussia has 3 species of shrubs from the Cape of Good Hope: lvs. opposite, short-stalked, entire, leathery, elliptical or lanceolate : stipules short, persistent, grown together into a small cup; corolla broadly funnel-shaped; lobes 5: ovary 2-celled: berry pea-shaped, 1-3-seeded. E.N. Reasoner writes that the Kraussias have been frozen so many times in Florida that he has never seen them in flower. lanceoUta, Send. Branches yellowish, 4-grooved: lvs. lanceolate, acuminate, 3-3M in. long, 8-10 lines wide: filaments exserted, nearly as long as the anthers : stigma 2-cut, one-third as long as the style. ERlGIA (David Krig or Krieg, an early collector in Maryland and Delaware). Compdsihc. Five species of hardy herbaceous plants, annual and perennial, yel- low-fld. and sometimes called "Dwarf Dandelions." They differ from the common dandelion in having a pappus composed of both chaff and bristles, instead of bristles alone. They are natives of the Atlantic states. Three perennial species are cult, by dealers in native plants. These have heads about 1 in. across and 15-20 862 KRIGIA pappus bristles. Unlike the common dandelion, these plants do not become weedy. A. Stem a leafless scape, bearing 1 head. B. Bas tubers. Dandelion, Nutt. Height 6-18 in. : Its. lanceolate or almost linear, varying from minutely toothed to pin- natifid. Apr.-June. Moist ground, Md. to Fla. and Tex. —The only kind that has tubers. EB. Has no tubers. montina, Nutt. {K. Dandelion, var. montana. Chap- man). Height 9-12 in.: Ivs. oblong to linear, varying from entire to pinnatifid : head smaller than in K. Dan delioH. Crevices of rocks, Alleghenies, N. and S. Car. and Ga.- Harlan P. Kelsey writes that this is an admir- able rock plant, thriving in any soil or situation, and blooming profusely from March to June or July. Prop, by seed or division. AA. Stem 1-3-lvd., branched above, bearing S-6 heads. amplexicaWla, Nutt. (Cynthia Virglnica, Willd.). Height 12-24 in.: Ivs. oblong or oval, obtuse, entire or repand and denticulate, or the root-lvs. somewhat lyrate; stem-lvs. partly clasping. May-Oct. Moist banks, N. Y. to Ga., west to Colo. KBYNlTZKIA (Prof. J. Krynitzki. of Cracow). Bor- laginilcece. Chiefly North American herbs, annuals and some perennials, with small fls. nearly always white. Two species have been listed in eastern catalogues, and are procurable from western collectors. The following descriptions give some idea of what the plants are like, and for specific distinctions from numerous allies the student is referred to Gray's "Synoptical Flora." glomer^ta, Gray. Biennial, coarse, grayish prickly- hirsute, 1-3 ft. high: Ivs. spatulate or linear-spatulate: fls. white, thyrsoid-glomerate. Plains, along eastern base of Rocky Mountains. barbigera, Gray [EritrXchium barbtgerum. Gray) Hispid and hirsute, 9-12 in. high: Ivs. linear: fls.white in solitary or panicled, elongating spikes. S. Calif. KUDZU VINE. Pue Thunbergii KUMQUAT or KINKAN, of the Japanese, is a dwarf aber of the citrous tribe [Citrus Japonica), seldom growing more than 6 or 8 ft. high on the most vigorous stock, and when worked on IX dwarf stock making but a good- sizHil biisli ; but no matter what its size may In-, it freely produces very pretty golden yellow fruit, which is very palat.able either in a fresh state or preserved. The plant may be budded or grafted on any citrus stock— orange, J213. Theoblone lemo". lime, etc.-but is most com- Kumauat (X5i) monly worked on Citrustrifohafa.ma.^- Kumquat K>^A). .^^ ^^^ ^ ^^^^.^^ eminently adapted for growing in restricted places, both In- and outdoors. As a KYDIA pot-plant for the house it is a gem, making a very hand- some evergreen bush and blooming freely through the spring or early summer, then setting its interesting fruit. The flowers are much like the orange, white and scented, but smaller. The soil best adapted to the Kum- quat is a light loam or sand ; it thrives in any soil suited to the orange or lemon. There are two well-defined varieties of this species, the oblong and round fruited ; the oblong fruit ( Fig. 1213 ) is about 1% inches long by 1 in diameter, and aJl the fruits of this variety are almost of an exact size, not 1214. Round Ku so much variance being noticed among them as in hens' eggs. On the contrary, the round fruits (Fig. 1214) are produced with great difference in size, varying from !4 to a full inch in diameter. There is also some difference in flavor and thickness of skin between the varieties, the oblong being more esteemed. For an account, with illustrations of the two types of Kum- quat, see A. (i. 21 : :!4.'i (1900). The fruit, when eaten out of liaiii. 1- Mitir.lv .iinsumed, excepting the few small sfi n i . r\ .me tasting it seems to relish the conilti ■ r . i -kin, pulp and juice. Its chief use, how. \ . I , I- in miking marmalade or preserves. The fruit is used wliole in heavy syrup, and makes a delicious dainty. It is also candied and used in fine con- fectionery. E. N. Rf.asoner. Et'DIA (Col. Robert Kyd, founder of the Calcutta Botanic Garden, died 1794). MalvcLcea. Three species of oriental trees, one of which is cult, in S. Fla. and S. Calif. K. eatychia has white or pink fls. somewhat like those of Hibiscus, and borne in long panicles. This genus belongs to a subtribe characterized by having 2 or more ovules. Kydia has 4-6 bractlets; Abutilon none; Sphieralcea 3. Kydia has fls. polygamous; petals 5; staminal tube divided about the middle into 5 divi- sions, each bearing 3 anthers, which are imperfect in the pistillate fls. calyclna, Roxb. Tree, attaining 25 ft.: Ivs. 4-5 in. long, 3 in. wide, rounded, cordate, palmately 7- nerved, more or less lobed, midlobe longest, close felted be- neath ; petiole 1-2 in. long : inflorescence much-branched, many-fld. LABELIHG. Figs. 1215-1218. The characters de- mauded in a good plant label are legibility, convenience, durability and a reasonable cheapness. The purposes for which labels are needed by the horticulturist may be grouped as follows: (1) For pots, boxes, frames and benches; (2) for slock in storage or transit; (3) for rows, plots or beds in garden, nursery, orchard, etc. ; (4) for individual trees, shrubs and plants. Of the materials that may be used for labels, wood holds the first place, and the soft, easily worked nature of white piue makes this the favorite, though other more durable woods, such as cedar, cypress, spruce and mulberry, are used to some extent. Machine-made, ready painted wooden labels of convenient shapes and sizes, from 4 to 12 inches in length, (see 1, Fig. 121J) are car- ried in all stocks of gardeners' supplies, and are in com- mon use in all work with plants in pots, boxes, benches, etc., .ind to some extent in out-of-door gardening; but these should not be trusted when the label is expected to endure for a considerable time. In the storage of grafts and cuttings in pits or cellars, two of these labels should be written and slipped together under the tie, the outer one for immediate reference and the uuder and protected one for security when the other becomes defaced. Notched or perforated labels (2, 3, Fig. 1215), with or without wires, are also prepared for nurserymen's use, those strung with soft copper wire being the best. These are used in the shipping of nearly all trees and shrubs, and here great annoyance would be saved if all names were written distinctly and with a heavy impres- sion. If such labels are used on stock after plantmg the grower should use great care that stems and branches choked by the wire. The printing of sired names may be procured on order, effect ing a great saving of time and a gain in dis tinctness. For marking rows, plots, etc., stakes should be used large enough to readily attract atten tion and not be broken over or moved in cul tivation. A very serviceable stake for nur series, trial grounds and gardens is made by cutting 2 inch pine or cyress plank 2^o inches wide and 2 feet long, pointing and giving two good coats of paint. Inscriptions may be sten ciled on these as suggested in 4. Fig. ILlo written with a heavy pencil, or better, when names, dates and list or plot numbers are wanted, written on a square of sheet zinc and fastened to the face of the stake with small nails. {No. 5.) An annual coat of paint obliterates old lettering and preserves the wood. A common wooden label tor borders, groups or specimen plants is shown by No. G and a variation by No. 7. The stakes should be of some durable wood , and the whole well painted A paint of pure lampblack and oil is the most indestructible that we have, and letters of tl is will stand out like type after the lead paint and the very wood surface have weathered away from them. An effective contrast is ob tained by painting the face of the label black and doing the lettering in white. For more permanent labels in a variety of forms, sheet zinc has proved superior to all other materials. It may be stamped with steel letter dies or written upon with a common lead pencil, but more commonly a chemical ink is used. The common formula for this in horticultural books is substantially that pre pared by the French chemist, Brainnot jn 1837, and is as follows: Take two parts by weight of verdigris ( acetate of copper) , two of ' sal ammoniac (ammonium chloride), one part of lampblack and thirty parts of soft water 55 ay de The chemicals should be incorporated with a little of the water, and the balance added. Keep in a glass bottle tightly corked and shake frequently while usiug, as the lampblack tends to separate. The zinc, cut in the desired forms, should be prepared by scouring slightly with em- ery dust or fine sand paper. The ink may be applied with a quill or coarse steel pen, but a fresh one will be needed with each batch of labels. Inks of an aqueous solution of chloride of copper or of chloride of mercury are also recommended for writing on zinc, which should first be cleaned with a weak solution of muriatic acid. Bichlor- ide of platinum is one of the blackest inks for ziuc. A slightly oxidized ziuc surface may be written upon with a soft lead pencil, and while the inscription will not be very distinct at first will grow more so with age, and will endure for years. A wired zinc label, as shown in 8, Fig. 1215, if exposed to the wind will sometimes cut out the eye completely, unless care is taken to twist the wire up tightly. Strips of zinc five-eighths of an inch wide and 7 inches long (9, Fig. 1215), coiled loosely around a branch, as in No. 10, are the most serviceable form of tree label, but even these should be noticed every year, that they do not be- come fastened into the fork of a rapidly-growing tree. For borders or beds of herbaceous perennials, bulbs, and the like, the label shown in No. 11 is excellent and inexpensive. A piece of galvanized wire Nos. 6-8 in size, is cut IH to 2 feet long, bent to shape and the written zinc tablet closed in. For a more conspicuous label, the zinc may be given a coat of white lead, then one of black enamel paint, and the letters be traced in white In some E iropean botanical gar lens a zmc tablet stamped with s inken letters brought into relief by paint are use 1 for similar purposes A zinc label with two wire legs to 864 LABELING LABURNUM prevent it from turning around, is shown in Fig 1216. It can lie made for about $2 per hundred, with the face 3% X I'A inchs. There are many designs of expensive cast or enameled metal or porcelain labels, tliathave found little use iu this CduiiMv. A l;il.i-l of stamped zinc of I-:,mli-li i,i:ini.r,-..'ture (shown in IG, I'i:.'. l^-'l'ii n nnu of the best garden lalnU. I'.ir i.alieling specimen tree trunks, a sheet of zinc or copper with a little water-leilge bent at the top, painted, enameled black and lettered in white, is about the best thing we have. It should be secured with cop- per tacks, and given occasional atten- tion. (See No. 15.) The white bronze tree tablets with letters cast in relief have so far failed to secure general in- 1216. A metal ear- troduction. A series of thin sheet-cop- den label, per labels, to be written on with a stylus against a soft, yielding surface, as a piece of leather, are shown in Nos, 12, 13, 14. These have proved too frail for exposed out-of-door use, but are very good for conserva- tory plants, orchards, etc., though the inscription needs rather close examination. In making copper labels, the and the metal folded on the nservatory use is made of nat surface, as pencil marks temper should be taken o edges. A neat label for white sheet-celluloid with show very phiiuly on it. Hid ley describes (in "Principles of Fruit-growing") llie tree Ial>els shown in Fig. 1217. "1, 2, German labels, made of glazed earthenware, with the name colored blue and sunken. Strong copper wire, coiled, to allow of the growth of the limb, holds the label to the tree. 3, Cornell label, made of wood. 4, double wooden label, consisting of two common wooden labels fastened together. The name is ten on the outside of the double label, in any other label, but it is also written the inside to insure permanence. When outside writing is worn off, the label opened and the inside is still bright. The label is fastened to the tree by a tack or small nail, as shown in the cut at the right. The label is seen opened in the cut at the left. 5, G, zinc labels, used at the New York State Experiment Station, Geneva. The wire is driven into the tree, and the name is written or printed on the zinc with black made wooden tag, taken from an old tree in the test orchard of the late Charlea Downing, New- burgh, N. Y. 8, thin cop- per label, with the name indented into the metal by the use of a hard-poiuted instrument. Some metal labels are liable to tear out at the hole when exposed to winds. 9. common 1218. Paddock' painted pine label used by yard label, nurserymen, and costing (without the copper wire) about 35 cents per thousand for the common size, which is 3}4 inches long. 10, Lodeman's label, used some- what at Cornel I, consisting of a tag of sheet lead securely fastened to a coiled brass wire. The wire is secured to the body of the tree by a staple or screw-eye, and it is expected that the wire will become imbedded in the trunk as the tree grows. No. 11, commonzinc label ortally." .K good vineyard label is shown in Fig. 1218, described by Bailey as follows: "The figure is I'addock's vineyard label (designed by W. Pad- dock. State Experiment Station, Geneva, N.Y. ). The label is a strip of heavy zinc secured to a stiff galvanized wire. This wire or shank is provided with a hook at the lower end and a half-hitch near its middle, so that it can be se- curely adjusted to the wires of the trellis, hold ing the label well above the foliage." S. C. Mason. LABLAB BEAN. See DoUchos. LABRADOR TEA. Ledu Is ot many patte LABURNUM (ancient Latinname). Legumi- >iAs\uv. V.. .M. s:.t :u](i 12G9. L. B. C. 11:1076 (as L. niul.thn ,s \ . "■rh,- nn.st striking color forms," says Biik. r, "mit atrovioltlcea, hyacinth blue; virenti-flAva, greenisli yellow, and muUblUs, inner seg- ments dull yellow, tipped red-brown." 3. glaucina, Jacq. Lvs. as in No. 2: fls. long, white' redf yellow or tinged blue. B.M. .'!.').'i2 (wonderfully varied in color) . B.R. 16 : 1350 and 23 : 1945. 4. p^ndula, Ait. Bulb globose, about 1 in. thick: peduncle 6-12 in. long, more robust than in Nos. 5 and 6: raceme few- or many-tld., 2-6 in. long, all except the upper fls. more or less nodding: outer segments yellow, passing upwards into red, not spotted ; inner bright red- purple at the tip. B.M. 590. Gn. 18:241; 23, p. 142; 33, p. 249, and 45, p. 355. F. 1871:265. V. 8:172. Var. Aure- li&na has outer segments red, barely tipped yellow; inner ones tipped green. R.H. 1890:396. G.C. 111.23:195. 5. Ti^bida, Jacq. Bulb about K in. thick : peduncle 6-9 in. long: lvs. spotted: raceme 6-20-fld.: outer seg- ments bright red, tipped green ; inner ones yellow be- low the tip. 6. tricolor, Thunb. Lvs. often spotted : lower fls. nodding ; outer segments yellow, tipped green ; inner purplish red .at the tip. L. B.C. 8:767. B.M. 82. F. 1871: 265. Gn. 18:241 and 47, p. 163. Var. quadricolor (L. qnadrieolor, Jacq.), perianth with ared base and green- ish yellow middle; outer segments tipped green; inner ones tipped red-purple. L. B.C. 8:740. Var. luteola (i. 1221. Lachenalia Nelsoni luteola, Jacq.), perianth lemon-vellow, tinged green towards the tip. L. B.C. 8:734. P."S. 18.-1873. B.M. 1704 and 1020. Var. luteola macuUta (L. luteola maculata, Hort. ), dififers from the preceding in having spotted foliage. Var. N«soni (i. mUoni. Hort.). Fig. 1221. Perianth bright yellow, both series of segments faintly tinged green. Gn. 49, p. 470. Gng. 5:262. J. H. III. ■M:-SM. V;ir. aurea. Hook. (L. aiirea, Lindl.), peri- aiitl, liiiL'lii .riii-.-N-ellow. F. 1871:265. B.M. 5992.- "t /.. . 11- in cult., the finest of which is L. ('■in,i„(. II. .11.. n liich combines the bright yellow fls. of L. iiiii'm, wuh tliL- habit of L. pendula." 7. pustulata, .T:ieq. Lvs. lanceolate : fls. white or faintly tini^^Mt i-ed. B.M. 817. Perhaps synonymous with No. 8. Var. viollcea is cult. 8. pAUida, Ait. Lvs. strap-shaped: fls. white; outer segments tipped green. B.M. 1372. 9. unitdlia, Jacq. Dififers from all described above in having only one leaf, which is linear to awl-shaped, and has a band of brown at the base fls white, oi more or less tinged with red or blue B M 766 L. viridis Thunb is Dipcadi fil impiitosiini tthidi is distin guished from the species ot I which are Imetr rieeme ^tt i In Dipcadi the outer segments k ing in Lachenalia and the st I i pressed, while in Lachenalu tl li viride is distinguished fiom ill < tl r sp les in its t,pnus by the outer segments being tak ite •) 12 lines long distinctly longer than the inner ones i\hieh iretonnivent lvs linear not crisped, 3-b lines bioad -^ jj LAGTOGA (from the old Latin name lac referring to the milky ]uice) Compdsitie Lettice \ well known genus of hardy annual or perennial herbs, mosth n itn e of the northern hemisphere More than JOO spenhc names have been given to the genus, probably half ot which are synonyms with but only 8 or 9 known in cult., and these are doubtless forms of but 2 or 3 species. Plants 2-4 or more feet high, with alternate, variously shaped lvs. and small-paiii.-led heads of yellow, white or blue fls. (liily I s, „,■:.- is to be found in the American trade, thoiii:li wil.l pliinisof other species are often gathered itn- iiir(li..iiial [.nrposes or used as a salad. All of the species pu-sse-ss ii;trc(itic and sedative properties, the sedative known as lactucarium or lettuce-opium, being obtained principally from the European species, L. virosa. Lettuce has been known and used as a salad from a very remote period. It is said to have served at the tables of Persian kings 400 B.C. See Lettuce. satlva, Linn. Lettuce. An annual plant, not known in the wild state but generally supposed to have origi- nated from L. Scariola, Linn., in Asia. There ar& many garden varieties assuming an endless variety of forms but which may be divided into 4 quite distinct types. Var capit4ta, Hort. (L. r„pil,)l„. TtC). Common Cabbage Lettuce. Lvs. entire i.i- si.ariiiL'ly dentate, broad, rounded, yellowish or !.r.>\\iiisli ^'r...-n. more or less wrinkled and in some ganl. u v.ui. li. s nnu-h curled, spreading, 6-14 in., usually quite oinipaet. Var. iutybicea, Hort. (L. intybdcea, Jacq. L. qner- fhin, Linn.). Cut-leaved Lettuce. Lvs. 6-10 in. long, deeply and irregularly cut on the edges, loosely spreading. Var. Eomina, Hort. Cos Lettuce. One to 2 ft. high : lvs. entire or sparingly dentate, much longer than br.iail, (|uite erect, forming a cylindrical or conical- shaped plant. Var. angustina, Hort. (L. angustdna, Hort.). Lvs. 1-2 in. wide, 6-12 in. long, entire, slightly spreading in habit. L. Canadensis, Lmn Bienni il 4-0 ft liitli l\s entire or nearly so. Wild plants often eitli i Linn. Root perenniil 2-i tt In i cut: fls large, purple Nitn PeICKLT L'iTTUCE. Annu ll , 1 1 lvs. 1-2 in. wide. 4-6 in long II from Old World, and now a wulelj i ■iig deeply 'la Liun 1. It high H C Irish LADRONES. The Ladrone or Mariana Islands (Fig. 1222) lie about 1,200 miles east of the Philippines. The seventeen islands contain about 400 square miles. Guam is- the southernmost of the islands, and is about as large as all the rest together. It is 600 miles from the 868 LADRONES northernmost oJ the group. The Ladrones lie in an almost straight line north and south. They were cap- tured from Spain in July, 1898, and Guam was retained by the United States chiefly as a coaling station. The Ladrones were discovered in 1521 by Magellan in the first voyage round the world. They were the first islands in the Pacific to corae into continuous contact with European civilization. The aboriginal race, the Chamorros, is extinct, and was replaced chiefly by Tagals from the Philippines. These have deteriorated. The chief settlement is Agana, on the island of Guam, ■which contains a majority of the population of the ■whole group. The Spaniards had but one mail a year between the Ladrones and the Philippines. The Ladrones are well wooded, but the original flora has almost vanished. None of the Pacific islands pos- sesses any metal, or any native mammal, save a kind of bat. The Ladrones are said to have a more agreeable climate than is common within the tropics. There is moisture at all times, but a so-called "dry season " lasts 1222. Ladrones. from June to Sept., during which time the northeast trade winds prevail. The rainfall is in most places abundant. The highest part of Guam is 1,.500 feet above the sea. The Ladrones have exported no fruit to speak of. Cocoanuts and bananas are perhaps the chief fruits. <3uava figs and breadfruit grow well. Other products are rice, sugar, indigo, arrow-root, cotton, tobacco, and even wheat. One of the best recent accounts of the Ladrone Islands is in Appleton's Annual Cyclopedia for 1898. For maps of the Ladrones, see Century Atlas, and Overland Monthly 33:92. For references to recent lit- «rature. see the Cumulative Index of Periodical Litera- ture. There is a book on the history of the Ladrones written in Spanish. It is an octavo of 210 pages pub- lished at Granada in 1886, and entitled Historia de las islas Marianas. The author is Luis de Ibaiiez y Garcia. LADY'S EAEDBOPS. Short-flowered Fuchsias. L. Garters. Phalaris arundinacea, var. picta. l. Mantle. Alchemilla vulgaris. L. Slipper. Cypripediums. h. Smock or Meadow Cress. Cardaminepratensis. L. Tres- ses. Spiranthes. L.ffiLIA (meaning uncertain). Orchidilce. [irandi flora, is long and slender, erect, nodding or sub-horizontal, and bears at its end 1 or 2 fls. (L. anceps), or a raceme of 2-7 fls. {L. albida). L. grandiflora, placed here on account of its thickened pseudobulbs, bears greater resemblance to the members of the next group. Group II (species 11-13). — Pseudobulbs short-cylin- drical, stem-like, or swollen jointed, i. e., consisting of several internodes and sheathed with bracts. These plants are of dwarf habit, bearing 1-2 very large fls. on short scapes, so that the top of the flower scarcely exceeds the lvs., which are oblong, about 6 in. long, and leathery. Group III (species 14-23). — Pseudobulbs long-oblong, fusiform or clavate, tapering below to a sheathed and jointed stalk. This group contains the largest and most showy Laelias. The pseudobulbous stems are tall and tufted, a foot or more in length, forming robust, com- pact, almost bushy plants. The flowering stems of i. siiperbiens are said to attain a height of 12 ft. The ra- cemes bear 3-7 large, handsome flowers. Group IV (species 24-26). Pseudobulbs slender, reed- like and tufted, clothed with scales and often somewhat swollen at base. This group includes a few species which are very distinct on account of their bright scar- let or orange-colored fls. and slender, reed-like pseudo- bulbs. L. monophylla is perhaps the smallest of all Lfelias, being scarcely over 6 in. high, with pseudobulbs about as thick as a crow-quill. One variety of L. cinna- barina has purple fls. aiMminaia, 10. Forslermannii, 5. Percivaliana, 9. alba, 2, 4, 9, 11, 23. Foumieri, 4. Perrioii. 2a. albida, 3. furfuracea, 4. prcsstans, 12. ilmesiareo, 9. glauca, 15. prcetexta, 22. anceps. 9. Gouldiana. 8. pumila. 12, Ashworthiana.9. 22. grandiflora, 2, 9. purpurata. 22. atropurpurea, 22. grandis, 18. Aivieri. 20. atrorubens, 4. harpophylla, 25. rosea, 3, 9. Amoldiaua, 5. HiUiana, 9. rubescens, 10. autumualis, 4. holochila, 9. Russelliana, 22. Barkeriana, 9. Jonglieana, 11. Sanderiana, 9. teJia, 3. Lawrenciana, 26. Scottiana, 9. Boothiana, 20. Leeana, 9. 13. Schrcederi, 22. co«(esc«i«, 1. Lindleyana = C a t - Schroderiana, 9. OauwelcerHcE, 21. tieya Lindleyana. Sieiia. 9. cinnabarina, 26. lobata, 20. superbiens. 19. crispa, 21. mouoiw, 2. sulphurea, 3. crispUabia, 26. majus, 2, 3. tenebrosa, 18. Crawshayana, 7. Mandaiana, 22. i)f;ius(o, 4. Dawsoni, 9. marginata, 12. Veitchiana, 9. Dayana, 12. monophylla, 24. virens, 16. dMcata, 9. morada, 9. IFuddonienst"*, 9 Digbyana, 14. Nelisii, 22. Ifiiiiornsi, 9. Eyermanniana, 6. peduncularis, 10. xanthina, 17. flava, 1. Pinelii, 12. The following names must be sought under Laelioeattleya : i. amanda, Dominiana, Dormanlana, eUgans, euspatha, Exoni- ensis, Nyleptha, prasiata, Schiileriana, Tumeri. GRonp I. A. Paeudohulbs not compressed or edged. B. Fls. bright yellow 1. flava BB. FL'i. rose, purple or tvhite. c. Scape scarcely equaling the Irs. : dwarf plants, with 1111/ large fls 2. grandiflora cc. Scape slender, much exceed- ing the Ivs. D. Fls. small, white or pale yellow 3. albida DD. Fls. large, rose -purple; rarely white. E. Trip 2-lceeled 4. autumnalis 5. Arnoldiana EE. Lip S-keeled. F. Irvs. oblong 6. Eyermanniana FF. lyvs. lance-linear or oblong-linear 7. Crawshayana 8. Gouldiana AA. Pseudobulbs compressed and edged. B. Ijip with a broad, elevated line down the center: ovary viscose. 9. anceps BB. Iiip with 3 keels: ovary not vis- cose 10. rubescens 1. fliva, Lindl. {L. cauliscens, Lindl.). Lvs. 3-5 in. long, oblong-lanceolate, acute, very thick and stiff : scape 1 ft., erect, bearing 4-8 bright yc-Iluw fls. 2-2*2 in. in diameter: sepals and petals sprPn-iiiiL^, nlilMUL'-l.mrpo- late, obtuse or subacute ; lalielhini ■ ■ ' ■ : ■' "; fhr petals; middle lobe recurved, m- i; iihiH', having 4 elevated ridges running' > I .: r; lat- eral lobes obtuse. Autumn. Br^/. li.il. li:bl. 2. grandifldra, Lindl. [L. majAHs, Lindl.). Lvs. soli- tary, oblong, coriaceous, 6-7 in, long; fls. solitary, rarely 2, on a short peduncle, scarcely equaling the lvs., 5-^ in. across, showy, rose-lilac; sepals lanceolate, plane; petals oblong, acute, shorter and much broader than the sepals; middle lobe of the labellum large, expanded, emarginate, center white, shading to lilac at the mar- gin, spotted with dark lilac; side lobes small, white in- side, streaked with lilac. May, June. Mex. B.M. 5667. B.B. 30:30. P.M. 12:1. G.C. II. 19:628.-A magnifi- cent orchid. Var. Alba, Reichb. f. White. A. G. 19:109; 20:371. \'ar. mijus is advertised. 3. dlbida, Batem. Lvs. lance-linear, acute : scape twice as long as the lvs.: fls. 2 in. across, pure, trans- parent white except a yellow streak down the lip and a few crimson dots at its base, sweet-scented; sepals lanceolate, spreading ; petals similar but broader, all very acute; labellum 3-lobed; side lobes small, erect; middle lobe large, round-ovate, reflexed. All autumn and winter. Oaxaca, Mex. B.M. 3957. B.R. 25:54. 6n. 35:695.— The first white-flowered species discovered. Var. sulphdrea, Reichb. f. Larger: fls. sulfur-yellow, with a rose-colored border on the middle lobe, and rose spots on the inner surface of the side lobes. Var. bSUa, Hort., ex- Williams, not Reichb. f. Fls. larger than the type; sepals and petals creamy white, faintly bordered with lilai-; lip white, the middle lobe broadly bordered with deep rose and having three yellow ridges down the center. Var. rOsea, Hort. Fls. rose-colored. Var. mijus is advertised. 4. autumnilis, Lindl. Lvs. oblong-linear, obtuse, cori- aceous. :> in. long: scape i;4-2 ft. long, 5-6-fld., with sheathing scales: fls. showy, fragrant; sepals lanceolate- acuminate; petals oblong-lanceolate, undulate; lateral lobes of the labellum large, erect, rotund-truncate, whit- ish; middle lobe obovate, obtuse, apiculate, recurved, deep purple; disk with two narrow yellow lamellse. In color and general appearance much like L. anceps, but the segments lack the green ribs. Autumn. Mex. B.M. 3817. B.R. 25:27. I. H. 1:17. P.M. 6:121. G.C. 1872:1009. —Grows on bare rocks and stunted trees in most ex- posed situations, often at great altitudes. Less valu- able than L. anceps. Var. furfuracea, Bolfe {L. fur- furdcea, Lindl.). This seems to be a dwarf alpine form, with the ovary more scurfy and the petals unusually broad. It is always found at great elevations, occurring frequently at 7,500-8,500 ft. Intermediate forms exist. B.M. 3810. B.R. 25:26. Var. atrdruhens, Backhouse. Pseudobulbs short : fls. large, deep rose or magenta, darker toward the ends of the segments and the label- lum; base of the labellum and lateral lobes white. Gn. 17:229. Var. ven-ista, Hort. Goldring. In habit resem- bles var. nfj-oi-KbeMS.- stalk 2-3 ft. : fls. large, rosy mauve. Gn. 25:4.38. Var. Foumieri, Ed. Andri;. Fls. about 6-7 in. across; sepals revolute at the summit, purple-red; petals rhomboid, of the same color, all paler toward the base; labellum white, with the middle lobe colored like the segments. Larger than var. alroriibens. R. H. 1896:548. Var. (Uba, Hort. Fls. pure white. 5. Amoldiina, Manda. Pseudobulbs 4-fi in. long, pyri- form, deeply furcate, 2 Ivd.: Ivs. 5-7 in. long, leathery, lanceolate, thick and dark green: scape 1-4 ft. long, .S-ll-fld.: sepals oblong -lanceolate, pointed; petals broader, ovate, all somewhat reflexed, rose-colored; middle lobe of the labellum reflexed, deep rose-purple, paler towards the center; throat with 2 yellow keels, spotted purple; lateral lobes straight, pale rose or white. A species closely related to L. autumnalis, from which it differs in having bulbs growing erect and rigid lvs. and in the absence of the fetid odor of L. autumnalis (W. A. Manda). Mex. A.K. 5:303.-Var. Forstermannii, Hort. Identical with the type, but has pure white fls., with a tinge of delicate pink on the ends of the seg- ments (W. A. Manda). 6. Eyermanniana, Reichb. f. Natural hybrid. Pseudo- bulbs like those of L. grandiflora: lvs. oblong, acute, very leathery, G in. long and 2 in. broad: racemes bear- ini: ?,-i Us. up tci 4 in. arruss (as large as those of L. (/"iil'Ji'f ii'i . Imt sinall'-r tlian L. autumnalis), rose-pur- >right rosy crimson); sepals ■i broadly oblong or almost sulfur- die lobe r rim- son-purple. G.C. III. 1:349. (in. ^. .;..,, ''. ;;„„,.- siana). Var. Leeina. R.i.-lih. f, Fl..v.l,ii, , .-uialK r than rith and very acute; side ■ lobe small, triangu- pedkeel; throat yel- Var. Schroderiina, iar, wavy lowish, veined \\ii)i r. \' ! middle lobe emarginate, white and crisp, w I'li :ii».iit 7 l'mMi'u yellow undulate ridges in the throat. Braz. B.M. 6038. R.H. 1873:290. G.C. 1872:425.— A dwarf species with remark- able'leathery Ivs. Said to equal L. grandifloru and Cattleya Mossiae. Rare in cultivation. 12. pOmila, Reichb. f. {CattlPija piimila. Hook. C. marr/indta, Past. Lcflia pra:.' ,,, , :m i ..-- ; -, |.;,Minear- oblong, spreading, wh it' ' ■ l'*^t^^s much broader, ovate, n ' . liiiuate, colored like the sepals ; i: unn > . i . in _> , i" ,1 -li;iped; middle lobe rounded, mi,lul,iic-. ri-.|., li. U |.iiiple with darker veins, throat yellow. A robust jdaut. whose large fls., borne on strong, erect stalks, make it one of the grandest Lalias in cultivation. Spring. Brazil. I.H. 1, p. 54, and 3:83. P.S. 11:1138-39. Gn. 54, p. 17 and 56, p. 46 (var. Mrs. Measures). G. C. II. 14:45 and 20 : 533. A. P. 6 : 223. - Var. atropurpilrea, Williams. Sepals and petals deep rose; labellum large, expanded, purple-magenta ; throat yellow, veined with purple. Brazil. Var. Ashworthiina, J. Anders. Petals wider than in the type, 2 in. wide, purpli-sh rose, with darker stripes. A highly colored form. G. C. III. 20: 39. Var. Nfilisii, Hort., Verschaff. Sepals and petals subsessile, 872 L^LIA the former rose-colored outside; midlobe of the labelluiu ovate, acute. Much like the type in color. I. H. 15:569. Var. KuBselliJlna, Williams ( L. BussellicLna, Hort. ) . Fls. large ; sepals somewhat narrow, white, suffused with lilac; petals broader, deeper lilac; labellum large, rose- lilac; throat yellow, marked with rose. Autumn. Var. SchioBderi, Reichb. f. Sepals and petals white; labellum white, with a tinge of rose in the center; tube pale yel- low, with fine, dark purple lines. I. H. 38:139. Var. ■ ■' 1, Hort. Pseudobulbs thinner and narrower ^.f//. %r^ than in the type: fls. as large as those of the tj'pe, pure white, with a faint tinge of pink on the labellum. Var. praetfixta, Reichb. f. No description of this plant is available. 23. PSrrinii.Lindl. (Crf«7ci/o ^^rnnji, Lindl.). Pseu dobulbs elongate : Ivs. solitary, oblong, coriaceous 8 in. long, equaling the stem: fls. showy, 2-3 on i short stalk; sepals oblong-linear, obtuse: petals a lit tie broader, all rose-purple, darker at the tips; middh lobe of labellum cucullate, expanded, oblong, obtuse undulate, with an inflated fistular cavity at the base destitute of ridges, color deep crimson; lateral lobes erect, acute, pale. Oct.-Dec. Brazil. B.M. 3711. B.R. 24:2. P.M. 13:5. G.M. 37:717. A.F. 13:1196. -Fl rather pale. Var. 41ba, O'Brien. Pis. white, with the labellum tinged with yellow. There are several pale varieties of this plant. GROUP IV. A. I/vs. solitary. B. Scape l-fld 24. monophylla BB. Scape several-fid 25. harpophylla AA. Lvs. usually 2 20. cinnabarina 24. monophylla, N. E. Brown. Rhizome a matted mass sending up tufts of leaf- and flower-stems : flowering stems 6-10 in. long, as thick as a crow-quill, rigid and erect, bearing a single linear-oblong, obtuse leaf 2-3 in. long, and several sheathing bracts: fls. 1-2 in. across. vivid orange-scarlet; sepals and petals similar, spread- ing, oblong, subacute; labellum very small, lateral lobes embracing the column, terminal minute papillose on the disk. Mts. of Jamaica, growing on trees at elevations of 3,000-5,000 ft. B.M. 6683. 25. harpophJUa, Reichb. f. Hybrid much like L. cin- nabarina. Pseudobulbs slender, about 10 in. long, each bearing a single lance-linear leaf: raceme short, sub- erect, bearing 5-10 brilliant scarlet-orange fls. : sepals and petals oblong-lanceolate, acute; middle lobe linear, acuminate, crisp, with a whitish spot. A luxuriant free- flowering species. Feb., March. Brazil. Gn. 24:400. P.M. 1879:372. -Probably a hybrid between L. cinna- barina and a Brassavola{?) Reichb. f. 26. cinnabarina, Batem. Pseudobulbs elongate, cylin- drical, but broadest at the base, sheathed with scales, bearing 1-2 linear-oblong, reflexed, acute, coriaceous lvs. : raceme terminal, erect, 15-20 in. long, with 4-5 medium-sized reddish orange fls. : sepals and petals linear-oblong, obtuse, spreading; labellum convolute, reflexed; lateral lobes acute, middle lobe large, oval, crisp. Brazil. B.M. 4302. P.M. 7:193. -A summer- flowering species whose peculiar color and graceful habit render it very ornamental. Var. crispil&bia, Veitch (i. crispilalna, A. Rich. L. Lawrencidna, Hort.). Pis. amethyst-purple; labellum darker, finely crisp and un- dulate: raceme 12-14 in. long, bearing 3-5 fls. A pretty, free-flowering variety. Lwlia Latdna, Hort. Veitch. Sepals and petals light orange- yellow: labellum whitish at base, the rest purple bordered with orange-yellow: middle lobe much undulated. A garden hybrid between L. cinnabarina and L. purpurata. Not adver- tised in America. A. Pericat. Philadelphia, writes as follows of this plant; " Lailia Latona, raised by Veitch. is a beautiful hy- brid Lselia of a distinct and unusual color from L. purpurata X L. cinnabarina, the latter being the seed p.irent. The sepals and petals are of light orange-yellow: lip whitish at the base, the remainder red-purple bordered with orange-yellow, the margin of the apical spreading; lobe is much undulated," Heinrich Hasselbring. Laelias may be divided into three cultural groups: (1) those which have clavate pseudobulbs and which bear a nearer affinity to Cattleya than the others; (2) those with long, rounded, slender stems, and (3) those with pseudobulbs oiort- .irl.-s* jivrif..rni in vl,;i[„.. Those of the lir-i lt-ui, -I M i... ,,l:, ,■...[ ;,,,,,,,,,-,» the warmer-growing' 1 ^ I ■: ■ / nata, Thoseof th'eser.i,,,!. ,,, -:■ -,,i, , i, ,:i„ ,i ^.r,,,.]!. -■..■,., ■.•din both in the atni()v|ihi i . nr L.pumila, L. l,„ .-/..^iJ, ,iii. group with pear ~li,i|.. il I. roots. Examples are monophylla. Of the (imeps, with its nu- Otbers are A. ""'"/"" ' / . ai„\ L. albida. To these may be :iili|. .1 -i / > iitnabarina, L. «nra, and soiii.- 1. « ..!l,. i- ,m - r habit. These require at all timu.^ a suiiii;,.,uiy i,._...:tiuii, with abun- dance of overhead watering during their period of growth, and after flowering a severe resting period, the one great object being to keep them inactive for as long time as possible. L. autiimnulis and L. majalis require somewhat different treatment, since they flower from an incompleted bulb, and should, therefore, re- ceive attention until the bulbs are solid, when the drier condition must be observed. The best method for cultivation of specimens of the first group is to pot them in the ordinary flower-pot, but for very large specimens a basket is preferred as a more ready means of carrying off the water and afi'ord- ing better ;in.l swcftr-r conditions for the roots. The liottin^'iiLit.ri;.! -i)i,,iiM hp composed of about two-thirds goo.l |.iMi .,;• f, in loMt ;ind the remainder fresh sphag- num 111..-^. 'I'Im- rii|tiv;iior should use good judgment as t,n ,,( Lselias for the adornment LiELIOCATTLEYA 873 of L. m»i„'plii/ll,i. h',i,;,..,'l,'i:'.:. i: ,■,■;„,.. ;,..,■ ,..•-,, ,,„yM ,-. biens, xaiitltina. In some species ahnost endless variety occurs, notably so with L. purpnrata, Perrinii and atbida, and pure white varieties are known in many of the rarer species. Henry T. Clinkaberkv. LJELIOCATTLfiYA. A name proposed by R. A. Rolfe to designate the bigeneric hybrids of L»lia and of Cattleya, which readily hybridize. The species of the two genera have 8 and 4 pollen masses respectively, while the hybrids are irregular in this respect. Many of the plants are natural hybrids, and many others have been produced by artificial crossing. For a list of Lteliocattleyas, see Rolfe in G. C. III. 6:78, 155. In the following account L=Laelia ; Lc=L£Bliocattleya ; C=Cattleya. H. T. Clinkaberry writes that the cultivation of Lffilio- <;attleyas is the same as for Leelia and Cattleya. It is therefore important to know the parentage in each case, from which one may know whether warm or coolhouse treatment is needed. He adds that many Laeliocattleyas are of such a vigorous constitution that they are nearly always in growth. alba. in. INDEX. Dormaniana. li Duvaliana. 10. Andreaua, 7. elegans, 1. Sallieri. 8. linisiana, 1. eximia inv( ?rsa. 11. SchiUeriana, 13. callistoglossa, 5. Exoniensis .17. Stelzneriano-Har- Corbeillensis, 3. intermedio-flava. 13. dyana, 4. Dominiana, 6. Nylephtha, 1. Turneri, 1. Domini/ana. 6. Martinet!, 12. velutinoelegans, 14. A. Fls. light or brigiii rose 1. elegans ■2. amanda n. Corbeillensis 4. Stelzneriano-Hardyana 5. callistoglossa AA. ris. rose-purple, mauve, violet, etc.. C. Dominiana 7. Andreana 8. SalUeri 9. radlata 10. Duvaliana 11. eximia iuversa 12. Martinet! AAA. Fls. white orwl, it ish. or yellow '-2. SchiUeriana 14. velutino-elegans 1'). intermedio-flava AAAA. Fls. Olive-brown.... li'i. Dormaniana AAAAA. Fls. tintedlight blue. 17. Exoniensis 1. Megans, Rolfe (Lcelia elegans, Reiehb. f. Cattleya (legans, Morren). Pseudobulbs terete, stem-like, 15-20 in. high: Ivs. solitary, linear-oblong, coriaceous, 10-12 in. long: scape short, stout, 3-7-fld.: fls. Sin. in diam., light or bright rose, fragrant ; sepals oblong, acute, often somewhat twisted or with revolute edges; petals much wider, lanceolate, margin somewhat undulate; labellum with the lateral lobes elongate - obtuse, whitish with purple apices, convolute over the column; middle lobe broadened in front, subreniform, margin undulate, crisp, entirely a very deep purple, without raised lines or callosities. May-Sept. Brazil. B. M. 4700. I. H. 4:134 (as L. Brysiana); 11:402. -A showy, tall-grow- ing species. Var.NyUptha, O'Brien. Fls. large; sepals tinted with yellow and rose, lightly spotted with purple toward the tips; petals broader, more suffused with purple; lip bright purple in front, paler at the side lobes. G.C. III. 3:176. Var. Tumeri.Wam. Fls. large, richly colored; sepals and petals bright amethyst-purple, with deeper veins; lip with a large purple blotch on the middle lobe; side lobes white, tipped with rose. Gn. 47, p. 319; 49:1067 and p. 385. — One of the finest of the genus. Var. prasi4ta, Reiehb. f . Sepals and petals rose, tinged with green : labellum white at the base and side lobes, middle lobe crimson-purple. — Var. superbum is adver- tised. 2. am4nda, Rolfe {LTelia amanda, Reiehb. f.). Natu- ral hybrid between C. intermedia and perhaps Lwlia crispa. Pseudobulbs thin, fusiform, 5-7 in. long, 1-2- Ivd. : Ivs. shorter than the pseudobulbs, cuneate-oblong, acute: fls. in pairs, from a small, narrow spathe; sepals oblong-ligulate, acute, light rose, with a grayish hue outside, wavy; petals similar but broader, with darker tinted nerves on the inside; lateral lobes of the labellum enveloping the column, rich dark purple; middle lobe transversely oblong, short, emarginate, wavy, separated from the others by an exceedingly short isthmus, veined with rich purple. Brazil. I. H. 38:135. 3. Coxbeill^nsis, Maron. Garden hybrid of C. Lod- digesii and L. pumila, var. marginata. Pseudobulbs 5-6 in. long, fii«if.,nii: Ivs. al.nnt 6 in. lone: fl.- stalk 2-3 in. long, iM-aiin- 1 - J -in.'.n- iN. al..iiit .", in. across: sepals and pi t;, . , ihc laii. i- m im-.l with deeper purple I i 1 1 ' ■ ' ■ ■ iln- lain. limn v,i 1 with yellow on a whit r -r. unnl ; I.I.mI,^ int.MiM' purph-, hilobed and undulate. 4. St61zneriino-Hardy4na, Maron. A garden hy- brid of Lc. elegans, var. Stelznfriana and Cattleya Hardyana. Plants vigorous: pseudobulbs 7-8 in. long: Ivs. 10 in. long by 2% in. wide: sepals pale clear rose, deeper on the edges; petals undulate, rose on the mar- gins, fading almost to white at the center; labellum purple-magenta, undulate lacerate on the margin, with a broad purple line in the center of the blade and 2 large white spots in the throat. 5. calUstogldssa, Rolfe (Lwlia callistogUssa,B.eiQhh. f. ). Garden hybrid ot L. purpurata and Cattleya labi- rt?rt,var. Warscewiczii. Pseudobulbs as in Ij. purpurata: Ivs. 12 in. long: petals broad, oblong, acute; sepals nar- rower, all pure rose; middle lobe of the labellum broad, refuse, dark purple, with yellow on the disk; side lobes small obtuse-angled. 6. Dominiana, Rolfe (Lalia Dominyite :,,>.! i.tirple f|«. art- not uncommon. It is har.l' I- I ir > 'ii :■- l;:.!i,.ie.r.., lu.r ,i,,rth of that latitude II ' i' ■■■ ■■ ■ ' ■ . li |i"t.ction it can not be trr- ■ i.. ■'•,..;■ ',. I ..; 'j I l.m.: i . -ii.u. Lager-ti- :< :- a ^Muili .\.i:,ii K'im- '>f nearly 20 species of shrubs and trees. The lvs. are opposite or the uppermost alternate, mostly ovate, entire; fls. in axillary and terminal panicles, the pedicels bracted; calyx with a funnel-shaped tube and 6-9 lobes; petals mostly Ik > 1 mill A "r fiiiiiied, with a long, slender claw (Fig. IJJ' I my. long, some of them upward- curved: ' 1. with a long, bent style and capitate -1 _iii apsule; seeds winged at the top. Indica. l.iiin, i k \ i k .Myrtle. Fig. 1226. Glabrous brown-liarl.r,! vliml,. ^^ ith rather small (2 in. long) ellip- tic or eliliiiii.' -r.~ilr mostly acute lvs.: panicle open, sometimes miaulely |iul.escent: calyx not ribbed, gla- brous or nearly so." \Vir hs. 4-8 in. long: panicle large: •II. ^s. varviiiLc from rose to purple from . iiiu:;. 111.- .alvx grooved, the petals erose- 1.- 1 in. ...• i.i.'.i-e long. India. G.C. III. I.I.. ,.l..nt in in.pical India; also int. in S. Calif. In th..' 1 III! \V..,rM sometimes grown under glass. L. H. B. LAGUNARIA. (named for its resemblance to Lagunfea, which is now considered a section of Hibiscus and cora- nn'uiorates a Siianish botanist, Andres de Laguna, 1494 or 1 t:i:i-l.'.i-.(i. i.hvsi.-ian to Pope Julius III.). 3Iah'Acew. Oil.- >|.. .i, -, an .\iistralian tree cult, outdoors in S. Calif. aii.t in at„„ trailing herb, tin lips i long-petioled (i \.-( pt tli blunt, round-t....tli.,l II- elusters, the ui.j.i-r lij. s tube 2-3 times Linger tli.i — Flowers usually purpl. white (when it is known ; of botanists is a differi sharp-toothed lvs.). The 1 along the midrib (var. varin/i'lhiiii), and in this form it is common about old gardens, trailing in the waste places. The plant is also run wild. L. imrpureiim of the botanists is annual. erioc^phalum, Benth. Stem much branched, glabrous : lower lvs. long-stalked, puberulent, small, orbicular, somewhat incise-crenate : floral lvs. larger, deeply toothed, sessile or nearly so: calyx villous; corolla 3-4 times longer than the calyx, .straight, purple. Taurus.— Said by some to be annual. Gale6bdolon, Crantz, of Europe, with yellow fls. and sometimes with yellowish foliage, is cult, in the Old World, but it has not appeared in the Amer. trade. LAMPE0C6CCUS. See ^chmea. LANDEETH, DAVID, founder of the oldest seed- house in America, was born in 17.32 at Haggerston, North- umberland county, England. He came to America late in the eighteenth century, making Philadelphia his home, and establishing there, in 1784, a nursery and seed busi- ness. Its location, on what was then known as High street, is now covered by the building 1210 and 1212 Market street. The raising of trees and production of ing too contracted for the purpose, the nursery and seed grounds were removed in 1789 to the "Neck," then con- sidered far out of town, the place chosen being not far distant from the site of the present arsenal. The sub,iect of the present sketch, the younger David Landreth '(Plate X), was born in Philadelphia in 1802. When of suitable age he entered actively into his father's business, which had considerably extended in Philadel- phia, while a branch house had been opened in Charles- ton, S. C. The young man's early duty was that of manager of this Charleston branch. Of the Charleston business, it will suffice here to say that it continued till the era of the civil war, when it came to a sudden end by the act of the Confederate States District Court, which confiscated the real estate and merchandise alike, on April 22, 1862. The younger David Landreth, in 1828, succeeded his father as proprietor of the well-established and thriv- ing business in Philadelphia, a business which was to remain highly prosperous for half a century afterwards under his fostering care. His time, however, was not wholly occupied with the details of business, but was turned at an early age towards the literature of hus- bandry and to enterprises of public interest. Among the latter may be mentioned the Philadelphia Horticul- tural Society, of which, in 1827, he was one of the founders and a vice-president, and in 1828 was elected corresponding secretary, which ofiice he held for seven 876 years. At a subsequent date he was made president of the Philadelphia Society for the Promotion of Agricul- ture, and vice-president of the United States Agricul- tural Society, and became an active member of many and 1 thu of luduytry. He edited an American edition of George W. Johnson's "A Dictionary of Modern Gardening," a volume of 635 pages, published at Phihulelphia in 18-17. In iNt, th.- L;iii.lr.tli iiium ry was niijoved to Blooms- dale, wInTr .Ml'. I.riii.lrcili r.i;il.li-h.i| wliat is believed to bi- thr 111. .-I i-..iii|i|i-t.' siriliiinii ill tlip United States, anil wli.i-.' Ill' pl:iiii.i| iiii iiiinir.inin wliirli perhaps stands uneqiiii!' -i II, I'l. . . ill! I . Ill III. .1. \ . l-|.iin'ntof itstrees. Hewii. -, ' . ! . .1 ■]:. 1 , ,. II..1 Island cattle, then -I I.I .1 J ilieearliest raan- ufaetiii. 1 . ..I , ,;,. ,11,.; II ,,i.;ii. hi;,. 1 1 i.iery. In 1872-73 he cxpermiLiil. d lu .-.icaiii (.luuiiij; uitli a Scotch engine, and in the fulluwing year with an American engine. Subsequently, steam-digging and steam-chopping were experimented with at Bloomsdale, and many improve- ments produced in the machine shop of that model farm. David Landreth lived until 1880 in the enjoyment and care of the business which had been so much developed in his hands, and which had reached almost its hun- dredth year. The firm is now one of the thirty cente- nary firms in the United States. During a long life he had served his country in connection with agriculture, a pursuit which he dignified by the wide respect he had gained as an old-school country L">'iHeiie,n. and his reputation as an able and learned i.../n. ninn .-i In early life he had lived amid the plant, ' ■ Limlreth nursery, one of the show plan- I , lna — the mti- ith Bdenet Landketh. -^ LANDSCAPE GARDENING. "Gardening may be divided into three species— Isitchen gardening— parterre- gardening— and landskip, or picturesque gardening; which latter is the subject intended in the following pages— It consists in pleasing the imagination by scenes of grandeur, beauty, or variety. Convenience merely has no share here ; any farther than as it pleases the imagination." These are the opening lines of "Uncon- nected Thoughts on Gardening." by the poet William LANDSCAPE GARDENING Shenstone, 1764. These sentences gave the world the term Landscape Gardening, to embody the growing de- sire to make grounds like nature. Milton, Addison, Pope, and the Dutch painters, expressed the awakening to the charms of the external world and hastened the day ,,f fr. . .I.iin and naturalness. These and others had pro- • • I, ilireetly or indirectly, against the artificialisms 111-, as Bacon, also, in the following sentence, had , : :, I. .1: "As for the making of Knots or Figures, with .U\ Li-i Colored Earths, they be but toys, you may see as good sights many times in Tarts. ****** I do not like Imuges cut out in Juniper, or other gar- den-stuff ; they are for Children." One does not know what .Slienstone's protest meant until he knows tli. -t^:. ,.| uu.l.niug which had been and still was in V..-. ,■ i i a .re- fantastic construc- tions, elaborate will I, I ,1.1 j'.irmalities, cramped withgeometricalil. ii.ii-. A I;..iii:im -arden (Fig. 1227)was well enough in its iiiaee. but tiiere are other conditions and other ideals. Only rarely cau such gardens as these find the proper setting. If effective, they must be domi- nated or supported by architecture. In the freer atmos- phere of the country, thev are evidenth- „rfiri.-iiil : they are conceits. The reader'will catdi iK. t. . In. - ..| the formal gardens of a later time by I.. I ., ; ; I i_'l'8, which is a reduction from one of )■ , I. - de- signs in his "New Principles of (,,1.1 l 1728. Langley seems to have been the extreniest of lt.. metri- cians. In fact, Part I of his book on gardening treats "Of Geometry." Yet his plates suited the taste of the time. The particular plan which is shown in Fig. 1228 he describes as follows: "The House opens to the North upon the Park A, to the East upon the Court B. to the South upon the Parterre of Grass and Water C ; and Lastly to the West upon the circular Bason D, from which leads a pleasant Avenue ZX. The Mount F, is raised with the Earth that came out of the Canal EE, and its slope H is planted with Hedges of different Ever-Greens, that rising behind one another of different Colours, have a very good Effect, being view'd from M. I, I, are contracted Walks leading up the Mount." The ideas of the time are further reflected in Fig. 1229,which is a reproduction, on a smaller scale, of one of Langley's pictures of artificial ruins. It is one of his "views of the Ruins of n,iil,1iii--, ,. fi. r the old Roman manner, to ter- minate -1 '.' ' I . nd in disagreeable Objects; which K I r be painted upon Canvas, or actually l.,..,i , ,1 manner with Brick, and cover'd with Piaisi. rii,„' in liniuition of Stone," The awakening loyu of nature and of the spontaneous life, as expressed in writings and paintings, soon found expression also in gardens. In verse. Pope gave rules h,,>: 1227, Garde LANDSCAPE GARDENING 877 1228. One of Langley's " Designs for gardens that lye irregularly to the Grand House. for the laying out of :i s| paiiying plan of SIm : (Fig. 1230), and th. (Fig. 1231), show how i.i from those of LangU y, short of the Ideals of the pr ^ -:iiden. The accora- i' II. the Leasowes I 1,'linipse therein . j.i i.iiis were removed 1 much they may fall day. A full descrip- tion has been left us of the Leasowes. Here is a glir "Passing through a small gate at the bottom of the fine swelling lawn that surrounds the house, you enter upon a winding path, with a piece of water on your right. The path and water, over-shadowed with trees that grow upon the slopes of this narrow dingle, render the scene at once cool, gloomy, solemn, and sequestered ; and forms so striking a contraste to the lively scene you have just left, that you seem all on a sudden landed in a subter- raneous liiud of region. Winding forward down the val- ley, you pass beside a small root-house, where on a tablet are these lines: cool grot, and mossy cell, I fays and faeries dwell; ■i-ly seen by mortal eye. The garden-art of 1 1 1 ■ of architecture. Tlic ^n^ particularly amongst Kns l:n-gely a corollary I tlie present time, king peoples, exists ay that the old-time garden-art is unlovely, or that it contradicts the canons of good taste. Tlie two belong to different categories of aesthetic feeling, and the mere fact that both of them use plant-subjects does not make them comparable. Garden-art, like painting or music or literature, develops along racial or national lines. The Latins and their descendants have liked the formal and conventional gardens ; and since these gardens express the personal and national emotions, they need no apology, notwith- standing the fact they are condemned by many land- scape gardeners. A different type of ciidt-iivor is tliat which attempts to interpret nature in thi' makin- .if laii.ls.-apes. The ideal landscape garden, likr (hr i.li :.l lamlscape painting, expresses oremphasizis s,,iin- sIiil;].- tljoughtor feeling. Its expression may be gay, buld. retired, quiet, florid; but if it is natural, its expression will conform to the place and the purpose, and the expressions are not mat- ters of rule. It should be a picture, not a collection of interesting objects. Mere planting and grading do not make a landscape garden: in fact, they often spoil it. It is not enough to plant : the plants must be in the right place. A yard or a lawn with bushes or flower- beds scattered over it may be interesting as a mere garden, but it is not a landscape garden. The Italian gardens were hardly landscape gardens. A real landscape garden has open breadth, space, atmosphere. It usually has an open center with mass-planted sides, and vistas to the off scape. Incidentally, it may be ornamented; yet many persons even confound ornamental garden- ing with Landscape Gardening : it would be as proper to confound house-painting with architecture. Figs. 1227 and 1232 show the contrasts of a mere garden and a landscape garden. Compare Plates XIV and XV. It will be seen from the above that the term Land- scape Gardening precisely expresses the art of mak- ing a garden or tame area which sliall be a landscape or picture. Yet, amongst the profession, the term land- scape architecture is preferred. This term borrows the dignity of architecture, and is useful in a professional way. The writer much prefers the term Landscape Gardening ; but it is apparent that the term landscape architecture is growing in favor with the profession, and there is little use in debating over a mere term. Properly speaking, the terms Landscape Gardening and landscape architecture are not synonymous, although in practice they are so used. It is not every place which is adapted to the making of a landscape picture. Formal gardens are often more to be desired than natural ones. They may conform to the principles of art, but it is the art of formal gardens, not of natural gardens. Too often have formal gardens been judged from the view- point of the natural or landscape garden, and hence confusion has arisen. There is now a slow but whole- some reaction against the too exchisive use of the true landscape garden. In practice, however, one cannot separate the two, so that one practitioner is, or should be, both landscape gardi-ner and landscape architect. So it comes that ttp- iiim ImmI - .iji.' :ir-liit,rtiir. ^t.inds for the whole art ■ ' - i- ' I i '■ i-in is therefore broadrr : : i m :. -t:the word "architect " -I ;,,,; _.i,.; i-cof contriver OT plaiiin ,. iAiUri ilum iii it,- .^pn iliu une of builder. It is the uaturc-likc landscape garden, rather than the formalesque garden, which the writer has in mind in the advice which is given in this article. The 878 LANDSCAPE GARDENING character of the formalesque garden is dominated so completely by the nature of the architecture and the site, that condensed general remarks are of little purpose. Landscape Gardening has undergone many fluctua- tions of taste within the century. Such changes are to 1229 An be expected as long as the human race makes progress. The constantly increasing wealth of plants modifies the spirit of the work. It is no longer worth while to follow any school or cult. Every style has its use and place. In small city or suburban places, a formal or formalesque treatment of the ground plan may be desirable. In larger and freer places, the spirit of the fields may be given fuller expression The fundamental thing to consider is the fact that there must be a general theory or plan before there is any grading and plant- ing,—these latter things are only means to an end. Yet many persons who would be called landscape gardeners conceive that to plant a place is the whole of the pro- blem. The working out of the details of the plan is to Landscape Gardening what building is to architecture, or what pen-work and grammar are to literature. It is the industrial or constructional part of the work. It is what has been called Landscape Horticulture (Bailey "Garden and Forest," 1:58). It has to do with all the details of kinds of plants, the care of them, the making of lawns, and similar problems. The American writings on Landscape Gardening are mostly writings on land- scape horticulture and kinds of plants. Of indigenous American books, only two (Downing and Waugh) can be said to give a dominant .share of their space to the prin- ciples of Landscape Gardening as a fine-art conception. The first American practicing landscape gardener of note was Andrfi Parmentier, who came to this country from Belgium about 1824 and established a nursery on ground which is now in the heart of Brooklyn. He was a man of great taste and skill, and Andrew J. Down- ing considered his "labors and example as having effected, directly, far more for Landscape Gardening in America than those of any other individual whatever." He laid out many places, even as far away as the south- ern states on the south and Montreal on the north. The first American book on Landscape Gardening sprung full-fledged and complete from the pen of A. J. Down- ing in 1841, without having undergone the tedious evo- lution of preliminary and imperfect editions which char- acterize so many horticultural and kindred writings. It LANDSCAPE GARDENING was immediately popular, and it has probably ex- erted a greater influence on American horticulture than any other single volume. It remains to this day without a superior and almost without a competitor. Downing was also the second prominent practicing land- scape gardener, although his untimely death left the (MMiiitry with nn i-cuijili-ted works of his genius. His lir^t known |ii.,', ■; an- tlie grounds of the .Smithsonian Insiitnii"!! :in.l l,.ifayrtte Square, Washington, but it is ilnul.tfiil if till- sul).^i.|UHut treatment which the former duinc'Siiu bus rcciivcd is such as would have pleased the designer. A. J. Downing's pomological work was continued by his painstaking brother Charles ; but the artistic work dropped at his death, and Henry Winthrop Sargent, who edited the sixth edition of the "Landscape Gardening," in 1859, declared that "there has been no one since Mr. Downing's death who has exactly filled the niche he occupied in the public estimation." The third genius of American Landscape Gardening, and the one who has carried the art to its highest points of excellence, is Frederick Law Olmsted, who as a young man was inspired by Downing, and who became a land- scape gardener when he was placed in charge of the improvements nf Centrnl Park. N-w V..rk -iti-, about 185«. Fcrni...-.' than twrntv-liv.. X, :,,- M ,■ (il n, -i, ,1 has given lii- i:ihiit^ « li.,||\- I" till- .ii ! ' I. more than any ..tli-r Anim. an, liav nnmi .. ., : , ., , . i:.l|ized public t.a-t.- r.->i„.,'t)n^' th.^ apiir.ri;,! i, ,,, , r I ,, ii,K,.ape Gardening. A leading spirit in the construction of this great park was Calvert Vaux, who, with Olmsted, was joint author of the original plan. Vaux was also asso- ciated with A. J. Downing. He diid in 1895. He was an excellent artist. The iniiiiii.n .r f. ntral Park as a pleasure ground inaugin.i^ I '' u ' in )iark systems of the country, and creat. , I 1 1 of Meath has recently designated the ' . ■ ih.iIih i .■_. lor park mak- ing" which has "seized tin An.iiii.iu j.iiblic." See the article on Piirkx, Vol. 111. Witliiti recent years, the number of practitioners of Landscape hardening has greatly increased. The art is becoming established in popular estimation. Tastes may change, but the changes will affect only the minor applications of Landscape Gardening. The desire for artistic treatment of grounds is ineradicable. Three national societies are conservators of the Landscape Gardening and rural art of the country : American Park and Out-Door Art Association ; American Society of Landscape Architects ; Association of American Ceme- tery Superintendents. The one point in which America excels other countries LANDSCAPE GARDENING in landscape art is in the rural and garden cemetery. The first distinct movement towards a rural cemetery was made in 1825 by Jacob Bigelow, of Boston, whose work was soon taken up by the Massachusetts Horti cultural Society As a result of the agitation by this admirable organization Mt Auburn Cemeterj at Cam bridge, was established and incorporated m 18 il Ihe consummation of this enterprise gave to the w ild i cemetery which should be distinct from church \ iid removed from the citj and softened b) the „i i uu touch of natuie nnd thereby also tli -( luu^ Mi i chusetts Horticultunl Soiiit\ set iii \ iiiii I I ill similar organiz itions and achieved f i it It ii luim^ fame. The wiik of Rcpton ind I on 1 ii 1 1 1 ii t tli ii enlivened and broadened thr i | ti i II i i Gardening, and Mt Aubiii i i I i t 1 1 of its kind, is not a land | I I modern art of girden cem f 1 1 the park, the contitni u i i fundamental contc I ti i il Adolph Stiauth «l i of Spring Gro\e i Prussian, born in 1 i i II i i Spring Grove cemei m li i in iK ^i^ n linu li iiii^, fame, and his book dLsciioiug the pldce must suited by any one who trai es the evolution of the garden cemetery. The Board of Directors of the cemeterj said at the time of his death that he had tilled the measure of his ambition by the consent of his profession, which ranked him as the equal of Repton and Piickler-Miiskau as a master of art in landscape creation, which had been finally proved by him to be possible to be successfully applied in adorning and making attractive the last rest- ing places of humanity." At the present time, about a hundred burial places in various parts of North America can be said t.> be landscape-garden cemeteries. See the article on A 'n. '..//;. f. //'-)>s, following. The su ! :l ].-■■■■■■••• nf Landscape Gardening de- pends, Hr-i, t. : ' I h temperament and an inher- ent love oT i,,, .i : J 1, c in an intimate knowledge of plants; ami tinn;. uu l;iiiiiliarity with various arts and handicrafts, as the making of roads, grading, draining, enriching the land, and the like. Landscape Gardening must be sharply distinguished from gardening : the ture. In one, the interest centers in art: in the other it centers in plants. Since Landscape Gardening is pri- marily a matter of taste, it is impossible that it be LANDSCAPE GARDENING 879 tinguish sharply between the fundamentals and the in- cidentals,—those things which are to give the character or tone to the place, and those which are embellishments or ornaments Keep one or more spaces open Plant the sides or boundaries with masses Use single or individual plants only to emphasize or to heighten an effect not to 1231. Glimpse dominated by rules However a few geneial precepts and suggestions may be useful and these are given in the following paragraph (see Figs 1232-1238) The motive of a true landscape garden as already ex- plained, is to make a picture. The picture should have a landscape or nature-like effect. The place should be one thing: it should emphasize some thought or feeling. It should have one central or emphatic object. Avoid scattered effects. Bunch or mass the planting. Dis- 56 1232. Outline of an open center and Suggestion from Englischer Garten, Munich, give it character: they are incidentals. Ornament should be an incident. Foliage is a fundamental. Greensward is the canvas on which the picture is spread. Plants are more useful for the positions they occupy than for their kinds. Walks and drives are no part of a landscape picture : they are a necessity, but they may be made to conform to the spirit of the picture. The place Im- walks and drives is where they are needed: other»i-r ilir\ Ikim- no use or purpose. It is the part of a u ! I <:hI-< .ii'- gardener to make his grounds conform i" the l.ml.l- ings : it should equally be the part of an architect to make his buildings conform to the landscape. Make views to desirable objects in the outlying landscape or the offscape. Obstnict the views to undesirable parts. Aim for a good prospect from every window in a residence, including the kitchen. Shear the trees and bushes when hedges, curiosities, and formal gardens are wanted : let them assume their natural forms when a landscape garden is wanted (Pigs. 1237, 1238). Place no tree or plant until you are sure that it will mean some- thing. The best results in the planning of any place are to be expected when one employs a competent landscape gardener. Avoid the man who places great stress on flower beds and "designs." Yet one can do much by himself, and be the happier for the effort. Books will help. Some of the current American books on Land- scape Gardening and related topics are the following : Dowuing's "Landscape Gardening ;" Kemp's "How to Lay Out a Garden ;" Parson's "Landscape Gardening'- and "How to Plan the Home Grounds ;" Long's "Orna- mental Gardening for Americans ;" Waugh's "Land- scape Gardening ;" Maynard's "Landscape Gardeningas Applied to Home Decoration;" Davis' "Ornamental Shrubs;" Van Rensselaer's "Art Out of Doors;" Bai- ley's "Garden-Making." See BorderSj Herbs, Lawns, Piirks, Shrubs. l H. B Landscape Cemeteries (Plate XVII). -The cemeteries of the present day have come into existence from a desire to have burials made at a distance from centers of popu- lation, and among beautiful surroundings. They are often called "rural cemeteries." The first one in the United States to merit this name was Mt. Auburn, near Boston, Mass., founded in 1831. Since then the idea of having burial places park-like in their character has been spreading until they contain to-day some of the most beautiful landscapes developed by the hand of man. The wish to have in the cemetery all the beauty of trees, shrubs, lawns and flowers has gradually led to the abolition of fences, coping and other lot enclosures, and a reduction in the number of monuments and the size of headstones. There are many who now believe LANDSCAPE GARDENING wurk or artificial objects, e ce netery sho 1 i 1 e ess on that t should o I church iiult tu le of h the n es th ; ts that the last resting place s quietness and beauty nt tlj.s work without distrjufiiii; >ti There are oth resemble somen h 1 yard or graveja d crowded stones nscr ed and good lual t es of all walls All agree s tuated an 1 way t e he borho T the o f, deep Ii Ma it has t w h r ch earth haule i fron a long d stance In st 11 other cases t ha been found ne es ary to select a clay sol because there was no other, or to make gro nd by excavat ng lakes ^ using the material excavated to raise the sur- rounding land, or to bury above ground in structures erected for the purpose, as at New Orleans. When a site is chosen, it is usually sub- divided into sections and lots, which must be made accessible by the construction of drives and walks. The drive should pass within 150 or 200 feet of every place available for burial. The width of the drive should vary according to the size of the ceme- tery and the probable amount of driving. If the area is very small, say not over four or five acres, it may be unnecessary to have any drive. In a little larger area, a grass drive 8 feet wide might suflce ; in one still larger, a driveway 16 feet; and, finally, a cemetery de- signed to accommodate large populations should have good macadamized roadways 24 or 32 feet in width. Walks should generally be left in grass which forms part of a continuous lawn, such being better in appear- ance and more easily maintained than those made of gravel. The location of the drives will determine the shape and size of the sections. The plans should be made after a careful study of the ground in question, the drives being placed so that they will have easy grades, command good views, and be as few as possible without being more than 300 or 400 feet apart. When the groimd is irregular in shape, or has steep slopes, or LANDSCAPE GARDENING contains streams or lakes or valuable trees, these condi- tions may make it necessary to construct more drives than would otherwise be desirable. They can generally be stake 1 out on tl e gro nd 1 y eye w'th a better effect than f drawn first m an ofiice by the use of some geo ^ 1^^' . %^^'^ -'-5S-.~-5SS.f.^; 1233. A free and open i 1234. A flank plantine, leavine the center free. metrical curve. They should nearly always be curved to produce the most pleasing result, a curved driveway being interesting because : (1) when the margins are properly planted certain portions of the ground are always hidden ; (2) they insure varied effects of light and "shade ; (3) they make the average distance from the cemetery entrance to the lots shorter than if one follows straight lines and turns right angles. An open tract, to begin with, is in many ways prefer- able to one that is thickly wooded, but groups of trees or single specimens that have broadened out in a natural way would be very valuable, since they would help to take away the naked, forbidding appearance of land newly planted with young trees. On a vacant area, it is usually advisable to plant some large trees for the sake of immediate effect. These can be grouped about the entrance, a fork in the drives, the top of a hill, the margin of a lake, or other distinguishing position. The objection to a piece of land covered with thick woods is that the necessary thinning to get sufficient open space will leave tall, spindling trees, unused to exposure. These, while not very attractive in themselves, are very likely to die and are liable to be blown down. If there are thick woods in the land chosen, the trees selected to remain should be those ' that are healthiest and have the low- (J^j est branches. Some of the trees re- W " moved might be cut off at the ground, fi when the sprouts springing from the o, stump will form beautiful bush-like V !( specimens. The necessarv IniiMinu- vi;i \ ;iry with the size of th. . . > ■ iii. y should always belli" ; ; nice and suitably embclhnMil \\nii ^iinib- j bery and vines. The oiiice would natu- * rally be placed near the entrance to avoid unnecessary walking, but it ■^ should not be placed immediately on ' ^ » tlip hiirliwav or public street. The "^ ^ liHL-, :inh frequently built over the r' ^ L i . I, is usually too pretentious in \J/^ ' :ii I :ii Mice and not in keeping with 'staV til. rliaracter of the grounds. A nat- '^ ' ural archway of living trees would be '^ better. The chapel, if any, should be built well within the grounds to give it greater seclusion and quietness. LANDSCAPE GARDENING Whether there sh be discussed here or It raaj' simply be said that with the greater variet flowering trees and shrubs which we have to choose f i is well as the thousands of hardy, flowering, herbal plants, most beautiful .-llV'-t-; .■.-m h« productMl wit the expens , the than half the year, « i: ■ i , ■ inv tin- r.nj^ti-un i,.n of greenliousos. l"-i ' . -ii-u {■